Books
- Digitaledited by Vivian Vimarlund.Contents:
Introduction to the ecosystem for two-sided markets, barriers and facilittors / V. Vimarlund and T. Mettler
Patient safety and health information technology / E.M. Borycki and A.W. Kushniruk
Usability of healthcare information technology / A.W. Kushniruk and E.M. Borycki
Inclusive design in ecosystems / J. Mitchell and J. Treviranus
Privacy, trust and security in two-sided markets / P.S. Ruotsalainen
Sustainable and viable introduction of tele-technologies in healthcare / L. Botin, P.Bertelsen and C. Nøhr
Implementation and evaluation of e-health ecosystems in two-sided markets / P. Nykänen
HIT implementation and coordinated care delivery from the perspective of multi-sided markets / C.E. Kuziemsky
Explaining healthcare as a two-sided market using design patterns for IT-business models / M. Eurich and T. Mettler
Business models in two-sided markets (analysis of potential paymants and reimbursement models that can be used) V. Vimarlund and T. Mettler
The future of two-sided health markets / V. Vimarlund.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalDavor Mucic and Donald M. Hilty, editors.Summary: This book describes the use of telecommunication technologies to provide mental health services to individuals in communities or locations that are underserviced, typically as a result of their geographic isolation or due to cultural and/or linguistic barriers. The potential of the e-Mental Health approach is demonstrated in various mental health settings by describing concrete clinical examples and applications involving novel strategies for employing technology. Further, the book presents an approach to cooperation on a global level based on the exchange of expertise and knowledge across national boundaries. The target audience includes mental health workers (clinicians and staff members), medical and nursing students, academic researchers, technology professionals and health care policy makers.
Contents:
INTRODUCTION
Technology, health and contemporary practice: how does telemental health fit it and what does it offer?
Unexpected events with new technologies: addiction, consequences on communication
PREVENTION, EARLY DETECTION AND HEALTH PROMOTION
Telemental health improves access to care, promotes health, facilitates prevention and provides evidence-based treatments at a distance
How to evaluate your telemental health program, make improvements and increase clinical, fiscal and administrative
Treatment of cross cultural populations world wide (international perspectives of telepsychiatry)
CLINICAL CARE MODELS: STEPPED CARE, COLLABORATIVE CARE AND INTEGRATED CARE BY TELEPSYCHIATRY
The effectiveness of telemental health: evidence base, how to choose the model based ease/cost/strengths and future areas of research
How telemental health adds to traditional outpatient and newer models of integrated care for patients, providers and systems
Patient-centered comorbidity approaches (e.g., depression/diabetes) to MH treatments and the interdisciplinary team
Social media and clinical practice: what stays the same, what changes and how to plan ahead
NEW THERAPIES / METHODS / TREATMENTS
Web-based support and treatment approaches
Web-based CBT and potential alternatives
How psychiatric applications are shifting clinical practice: patient reflection, informal and formal clinical care, communication and new approaches to treatment
CONSEQUENCES, LIMITS AND RISKS
Global/world wide telehealth: international perspectives of telepsychiatry and the future
How does the Internet influence the Doctor-Patient Relationship?
Pathological use of Internet/social media
From telehealth to an interactive virtual mental health clinic. - Digitaledited by Patricia Geraghty.Summary: This book is designed to meet the needs of nurse practitioners, other advanced practice nurses, and allied health professionals working in women's health, primary care, and other specialties. The multiple roles the clinician embraces in menopause management include that of direct caregiver, manager of therapeutics, educator, and interdisciplinary team member or leader. This book provides updated, evidence based information on the menopause transition from the late reproductive stage to post-menopause to optimize the interaction of the clinician and the individual woman in each of those roles. Women's lived experiences of menopause and women's concerns regarding both the menopause transition and the choice of care options are included as critical components of shared therapy decisions. The review of natural menopause physiology and the variability of menopause symptoms are inclusive of diverse women and diverse trajectories. The impact of menopause on chronic disease, sleep, weight and nutrition, mood and cognition, urogenital health and sexuality, as well as vasomotor symptoms are each developed as individual topics by experts in those fields. Evidence based management using hormonal and non-hormonal options, and life-style and other complementary interventions are discussed with the most updated advantages and disadvantages of each treatment option. Consistent with advanced practice nursing theory, the approach is whole patient focused.
Contents:
Chapter 1. History and Overview of the Menopause Experience
Part I. Women's Perspective and Physiology of the Menopause Transition
Chapter 2. Women's Voices: The Lived Experience of the Path to Menopause
Chapter 3. Communication with Women in the Menopause Transition
Chapter 4. Physiology of Menopause
Chapter 5. Menopause and Chronic Disease
Chapter 6. Menopause Hormone Therapy
Part II. Menopause Symptom Management
Chapter 7. Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
Chapter 8. Vasomotor Symptoms
Chapter 9. Sleep Disruption
Chapter 10. Mood and Cognition
Chapter 11. Genitourinary and Sexual Health
Chapter 12. Nutrition and Weight Management in Midlife
Chapter 13. Musculoskeletal Health in Menopause
Chapter 14. Breast Health. - Printedited by Massimo Lombardi, Sven Plein, Steffen Petersen, Chiara Bucciarelli-Ducci, Emanuela R. Valsangiacomo Buechel, Cristina Basso, Victor Ferrari.Summary: This highly comprehensive and informed textbook has been prepared by the Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance section of the European Society of Cardiology association on imaging, the EACVI. The EACVI Textbook of Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance is the authority on the subject.
Contents:
Cover; Contents; Abbreviations; Contributors;
SECTION 1 Physics;
Chapter 1 The MR scanner in anutshell;
Chapter 2 Basic MR physics;
Chapter 3 Spatial encoding and image reconstruction;
Chapter 4 Scan acceleration;
Chapter 5 Basic pulse sequences;
Chapter 6 Motion compensation;
Chapter 7 MR angiography;
Chapter 8 CMR applications;
Chapter 9 Image quality and artefacts;
SECTION 2 Safety in cardiovascular MRI;
Chapter 1 MRI set-up and safety;
Chapter 2 MRI contrast agents;
Chapter 3 MRI interactions withmedical devices;
SECTION 3 CMR methodology;
Chapter 1 Morphology
Chapter 2 Global and regional cardiac function
Chapter 3 Dynamic contrast-enhanced perfusion CMR;
Chapter 4 Early and late gadolinium enhancement;
Chapter 5 Mapping techniques;
Chapter 6 Blood flow and phase contrast CMR;
Chapter 7 Coronary imaging;
SECTION 4 Ischaemic heart disease;
Chapter 1 Chronic ischaemic heart disease;
Chapter 2 Acute ischaemic heart disease;
SECTION 5 Myocardial disease;
Chapter 1 Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy;
Chapter 2 Dilated cardiomyopathy;
Chapter 3 Takotsubo syndrome;
Chapter 4 Arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy
Chapter 5 Non-compaction or excessive trabeculation cardiomyopathy
Chapter 6 Myocarditis;
Chapter 7 Chagas' cardiomyopathy; Chaper 8 Transplant cardiomyopathy;
Chapter 9 Cardiac involvement in oncologic patients;
Chapter 10 Cardiac involvement in systemic diseases and secondary cardiomyopathies;
Chapter 11 Infiltrative cardiomyopathy;
Chapter 12 Myocardial iron overload;
Chapter 13 Cardiovascular magnetic resonance in cardiac resynchronization therapy;
Chapter 14 Athlete's heart and prevention of sudden cardiac death in athletes;
SECTION 6 Pericardial disease;
Chapter 1 Pericardial disease
SECTION 7 Vascular disease
Chapter 1 CMR of vascular disease;
SECTION 8 Valve disease;
Chapter 1 Valve disease;
SECTION 9 Masses and tumours;
Chapter 1 Epidemiology and classification;
Chapter 2 CMR approach in cardiac tumours;
Chapter 3 Benign cardiac tumours;
Chapter 4 Malignant tumours;
Chapter 5 Metastatic tumours;
Chapter 6 Pericardial tumours;
Chapter 7 Cardiac thrombi;
SECTION 10 Congenital heart disease; Chpater 1 Introduction;
Chapter 2 Segmental approach to congenital heart disease;
Chapter 3 Adapting CMR sequences for CHD and imaging small patients
Chapter 4 Novel CMR techniques for advanced surgical planning
Chapter 5 Assessing shunts;
Chapter 6 The pulmonary circulation: assessing pulmonary arteries and pulmonary veins;
Chapter 7 Ebstein's malformation of the tricuspid valve;
Chapter 8 Congenital aortic disease;
Chapter 9 CMR for transposition of the great arteries;
Chapter 10 Tetralogy of Fallot;
Chapter 11 Double-outlet right ventricle;
Chapter 12 The single ventricle and surgical palliation;
SECTION 11 Extra-cardiac findings;
Chapter 1 Extra-cardiac findings;
SECTION 12 CMR in the multi-modality environmentDigital Access Oxford 2018 - DigitalRobert K. Jackler, MD Sewell Professor and Chair Department of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery Professor of Neursurgery and Surgery Standford University School of Medicine Stanford, California, illustrations by Christine Gralapp, MA, CMI, FAMI, Medical and Scientific Illustrator, Fairfax, California.Contents:
Surgical anatomy of the ear
The fundamentals of ear surgery
The external ear
Stapes surgery
Tympanoplasty
Ossiculoplasty
Mastoidectomy
Cholesteatoma
The facial nerve
Vestibular surgery
Cochlear implants
Temporal bone fractures, encephaloceles, and cerebrospinal fluid leaks
Temporal bone resection
The petrous apex
Pulsatile tinnitus.Digital Access - DigitalJanna S. Gordon-Elliott, Anna H. Rosen, editors.Summary: This casebook tackles the common psychiatric illnesses that physicians experience during these early stages of their careers. The cases carefully present guidelines for assessment and management, along with clinical pearls and resources for further reference. Written by experts in the field, the text is designed to be valuable for physicians engaged in medical education and training, and specifically for the psychiatrists who provide care for other physicians. Each chapter includes a unique case and discussion. Topics include: onset of a mood and or psychotic disorder, life transitions, trauma in care, physician suicide, anxiety, and other issues that are part of the experience of young adults developing their personal and professional identities.
- Digitalvolume editors, Anita Riecher-Rössler, Patrick D. McGorry.Contents:
Preliminaries
Overview. Early detection of psychosis: state of the art and future perspectives
Early intervention in emerging psychosis: state of the art and future perspectives
Early detection of psychosis: clinical assessments. First signs of emerging psychosis
Psychosis high-risk states in adolescents
The psychosis high-risk state
Early detection of psychosis: helpful or stigmatizing experience for those concerned?
Early detection of psychosis: neuroimaging. Structural and functional MRI in the prediction of psychosis
Pattern recognition methods in the prediction of psychosis
Connectivity abnormalities in emerging psychosis
Early detection of psychosis: neurocognitive and neurophysiological assessments. Neurocognition and motor functioning in the prediction of psychosis
Electroencephalographic predictors of psychosis
Early intervention in emerging psychosis. Psychological methods of early intervention in emerging psychosis
Nonpharmalogical substances for early intervention
Pharmacological intervention in first-episode psychosis
Conclusions and future perspectives. early detection and intervention in psychosis.Digital Access Karger 2016 - DigitalRami El Assal, Dyani Gaudilliere, Stephen Thaddeus Connelly, editors.Summary: Head and neck cancer (HNC) is a heterogeneous group of cancers that, if combined, represent one of the most common cancer types. Patients with HNC suffer significant morbidity and mortality due to the importance of the structures involved. Over two-thirds of these patients are diagnosed at a late stage, leading to a poor prognosis. Therefore, advancements in early detection and treatment of HNC are crucial. Volume I begins with a general overview, including the industry landscape, of HNC detection, diagnosis, and treatment. Next, it covers the applications of innovative technologies such as microfluidics, nanotechnology, and deep learning to early detect as well as study HNC. For example, studying the cellular features at a single-cell level became possible with the advancement of technologies such as mass cytometry or specifically, Cytometry by Time Of Flight Mass Spectrometry (CyTOF), which has revolutionized the way we can study complex human diseases such as HNC. Finally, the last few chapters are dedicated to describing the standard of care of HNC. The first volume of Early Detection and Treatment of Head & Neck Cancers is highly pertinent to the next generation of interdisciplinary clinicians, scientists, residents, and students who are particularly interested in HNC and in the translation of early detection methods, technologies, and research to clinical practice.
Contents:
Early Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Head and Neck Cancers
Emerging Technologies in Head & Neck Cancer Detection: Industry landscape of Head and Neck Cancer Detection and Diagnosis
Microfluidic Technologies for Head and Neck Cancer: from Single Cell Analysis to Tumor-on-a-chip
Nanotechnology for Diagnosis Imaging and Treatment of Head & Neck Cancers
The Role of Mass Cytometry in Early Detection, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Head and Neck Cancers
Deep Learning based Cancer Detection from H&E Slide of HPV-associated Oropharyngeal Tumors
Salivary Biomarkers for Non-invasive Early Detection of Head and Neck Cancer
Surgical Ablative Treatment of Head and Neck Cancer
Conventional Reconstructive Approaches following Resection of Head and Neck Cancers
Dental Implants and their Management in the Treatment of Oral Cancers. - DigitalRami El Assal, Dyani Gaudilliere, Stephen Thaddeus Connelly, editors.Summary: Head and neck cancer (HNC) is a heterogeneous group of cancers that, if combined, represent one of the most common cancer types. Patients with HNC suffer significant morbidity and mortality due to the importance of the structures involved. Over two-thirds of these patients are diagnosed at a late stage, leading to a poor prognosis. Therefore, advancements in early detection and treatment of HNC are crucial. This second volume provides an up-to-date overview of the theoretical background in the field of head and neck cancer (HNC) as well as of the emerging research that is impacting our understanding of this disease. The book begins with a comprehensive review of the epidemiology, etiology, symptoms, diagnosis, and staging of HNC. Next, it covers the essentials of potentially malignant disorders of the oral cavity, an important variety of HNC. Subsequently, it covers the newly emerging research in the field of HNC. The overall goal is to shift towards precision medicine (discussed in detail in Volume I), which will bring individualized clinical benefit to patients with HNC. This second volume of Early Detection and Treatment of Head & Neck Cancers concludes with the topic of chronic pain associated with HNC, including both the mechanisms of pain and the management strategies, and the emerging oral mucoadhesive drug delivery approach for HNC. All HNC surgeons, scientists, residents, and individuals whose lives have been touched by this disease, will recognize the impact pain has upon a patients health and his or her recovery trajectory.
Contents:
Epidemiology of Head and Neck Cancers
Epidemiology of Head and Neck Premalignant Lesions
Mutational Landscape of Head and Neck Cancers
Genomic and Proteomic Factors of Head and Neck Cancer Progression
Understanding the Role of Exosomes in Molecular Pathogenesis of Cancers including Head and Neck Cancers
Risk of Head and Neck Cancers in Systemic Inflammatory Disorders and after Immunosuppressive Treatment
Metastasis of Brain Tumors (including Glioblastoma) to Head and Neck Region
Virus-associated Head and Neck Cancers in Immunocompromised and Healthy Patients
Orofacial Pain-/Oral Adverse Event-associated with Head and Neck Cancers
EGFR Activation Signature and Modulation in Head and Neck Cancers
Identification of Genetic Differences between Normal and Tumor Tissues in Head and Neck Cancers
Cellular Immune Mechanisms of Natural Killer (NK) Cell, Dendritic Cells (DC) and T Lymphocyte Activation Against Head and Neck Cancers
Statistical Power Analysis in Head and Neck Cancer Studies
Bioethics in Head and Neck Cancer Research
Future Perspective of Head and Neck Cancer Research. - PrintO'Rahilly, Ronan; Tucker, John A.Contents:
Contents. - pt.
1. Embryos of the first five weeks (to stage 15). - DigitalFlorian Otto, Manfred P. Lutz, editors.Summary: "This Recent Results in Cancer Research volume provides an up-to-date overview of the multidisciplinary management of locally confined rectal cancer as well as colorectal cancer with synchronous resectable liver metastases. The contents comprise the majority of the invited contributions from the Second St. Gallen EORTC Gastrointestinal Cancer Conference, held on 6-8 March 2014 in St. Gallen, Switzerland. Written by some of the world's leading experts in the imaging, endoscopy, pathology, molecular biology, surgery, radiotherapy, and medical oncology of rectal cancer and liver metastases, the chapters offer a comprehensive view on the latest recommendations in diagnosis and multidisciplinary treatment. Every clinician involved in the care of patients with rectal cancer will find this book interesting and helpful."--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Staging of rectal cancer
Imaging assessment of early rectal cancer / Jo Waage, Fiona Taylor, James Read and Gina Brown
Predicting lymph node metastases in pT1 rectal cancer / S. L. Bosch and I. D. Nagtegaal
Treatment of early rectal cancer
Endoscopic resection: when is EMR/ESD sufficient? / H. Messmann
Transanal endoscopic microsurgery /Chris Cunningham
Surgical treatment of rectal cancer
What is "good quality" in rectal cancer surgery? The pathologist's perspective / S. L. Bosch and I. D. Nagtegaal
Total mesorectal excision: open, laparoscopic or robotic / Monica Young and Alessio Pigazzi
Ultra low resection versus abdomino-perineal excision in low rectal cancer / Torbjörn Holm
T4 rectal cancer: do we always need an exenteration? / Thomas A. Vermeer, Miranda Kusters and Harm J. T. Rutten
Do T3 rectal cancers always need radiochemotherapy? / Rob Glynne-Jones
Quality of life after surgery for rectal cancer / Teresa Gavaruzzi, Francesca Giandomenico, Paola Del Bianco, Lorella Lotto, Alessandro Perin and Salvatore Pucciarelli
Combined modality therapy in rectal cancer
Aims of combined modality therapy in rectal cancer (M0) / J. P. Gerard, K. Benezery, J. Doyen and E. Francois
Neoadjuvant radiotherapy (5 3 5 Gy): immediate versus delayed surgery / Krzysztof Bujko, Maciej Partycki and Lucyna Pietrzak
Early and late toxicity of radiotherapy for rectal cancer /Ines Joye and Karin Haustermans
Immediate surgery or clinical follow-up after a complete clinical response? / Angelita Habr-Gama and Rodrigo Oliva Perez
Rectal cancer with synchronous liver metastases
Limits of colorectal liver metastases resectability: how and why to overcome them? / Serge Evrard
Rectal cancer with synchronous liver metastases: leave it all in? When (not) to resect the primary? / Florian Lordick
Recurrence patterns after resection of liver metastases from colorectal cancer / Halfdan Sorbye.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Print[Jay B. Brodsky]Summary: From its start in 1909, all surgical and obstetrical anesthesia services at Stanford affiliated hospitals were provided by physician anesthesiologists. The first formal anesthesia residency training program in California was founded in 1937 at Stanford. Then in 1959 one of the nation’s earliest independent Departments of Anesthesiology was established at Stanford. Many of the most prominent anesthesiologists in the country came to work at Stanford. This book highlights the anesthesiologists on the faculty of the Stanford School of Medicine from 1909 until 1972, the final year of John Bunker’s tenure as the first Chair of the Department of Anesthesiology.Print Access
- Digitaledited by Gisèle Apter, Emmanuel Devouche, Maya Gratier.Summary: This first book of a two-volume series describes current research and state of the art clinical practice the shed light on the developmental origins of psychopathology in the first year of life, i.e. approximately up to the emergence of secondary intersubjectivity and/or walking. The second volume explores the interactional underpinnings of psychopathology in toddlerhood, from the time of voluntarily gross motor functioning to the emergence and basic organization of symbolic language at 24-30 months. A comprehensive approach is adopted, focusing on the fundamentally interactive nature of early development and examining interactions both with caregivers and more broadly with the socio-cultural environment. The books describe the processes involved in psychopathological trajectories and provide clinical insight into tailored, culturally sensitive therapeutic care in diverse environments. This volume discusses in detail situations placing the infant at risk and the nature of infant development, including communication, intersubjectivity, functional development, and affective and emotional development. Culturally and socially sensitive approaches to psychopathology are examined, with examples of specific infant- and family-centered therapies. Information on risk of abuse and neglect and infant protection policies is included.
Contents:
Introduction.-Historical View
Part 1: At risk situations: The MRM Model and Infants' Implicit Relational Knowing
Parental Pathology
During Pregnancy
Premature Parents
Immediate Peripartum Psychopathology
Part 2: Early Fetal and Infant Development: The Beginning of Parent-Infant Communication.-Mothers and Fathers Interactions with Sons and Daughters
Early Rhythms Development
Affective and Emotional Development
Part 3:Early Assessment: NBAS
Early Psychomotor Assessment.-0-3
Assessing Early Interactions
Conclusion: Therapeutic Perspectives. - Digitaledited by Peter Byrne, Alan Rosen.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: List of contributors
Foreword
Part I: The Rationale for Early Intervention in Nearly Everything
1 Introduction
2 How Early Intervention can turn things upside down and turn a patient into a psychiatrist
3 Involving the Family in Early Interventions
4 Do Early Intervention Services for Psychosis Represent Value for Money?
Part II: Early Intervention across the Lifespan
5 Perinatal preventive interventions in psychiatry: A clinical perspective
6 Psychiatry and Intervention in Infancy and Early Childhood
7 Early Intervention for young people with mental illness
8 Transiting out of Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services
9 Adults of working age
10 Early Intervention in Older Adults
A focus on Alzheimer's Dementia
Part III: Early Intervention in Specific Settings
11 Primary prevention of mental disorders
12 Early intervention in mental health problems: the role of the voluntary sector
13 Why primary care matters for early intervention in psychiatry
14 General hospitals
15 Early Intervention Services: Background, rationale and development
Part IV: Early Intervention in Specific Disorders
16 Prevention and early intervention in depression and anxiety disorders
17 Alcohol and substance use prevention and early intervention
18 Early intervention in childhood disorders
19 Early intervention for Delirium
20 Early intervention for Self-harm
21 Early intervention in Bipolar disorder
22 Early intervention in Eating disorders
23 Early intervention to reduce violence and offending outcomes in young people with mental disorders
24 Early intervention for Borderline Personality Disorder
Part V: Conclusions
25 Early intervention and The Power of Social Movements: UK development of early intervention in psychosis as a social movement and its implications for leadership
26 Challenging stigma
27 Conclusions including standards
Afterword.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalYankai Xia, editor.Summary: This book offers valuable insights into the latest concepts and findings from epidemiologic, clinical and basic studies in the burgeoning area of early-life environmental exposure and diseases. The book is divided into five parts, starting with an overview of environmental exposure measurement and evaluation, followed by a review of the effects of exposure to various substances like tobacco smoke, pesticides and metals as well as stress on offsprings health. It then discusses the developmental origins of a range of childhood diseases that affect growth, neural development and the immune system, and highlights the importance of longitudinal studies that measure exposure at potentially sensitive time points during childhood. It also provides up-to-date evidence of the intergenerational/transgenerational effects of early-life environmental exposure, especially via genetic and epigenetic pathways. Allowing readers to gain a thorough understanding of the predominating aspects of early-life environmental exposure and diseases, the book also provides a basis for developing environmental and health policies that could have wide and long-term impacts on human health.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Cover Page
Acknowledgments
Contents
Environmental Exposure Measurements and Evaluations
1 Introduction
2 Internal Exposure Assessment
2.1 Biomarkers
2.2 Biomaterials
3 External Exposure Assessment
4 Analytical Instruments for Environmental Exposure
4.1 Gas Chromatography
4.2 Liquid Chromatography
4.3 Capillary Electrophoresis
4.4 Ultraviolet-Visible Spectroscopy
4.5 Fluorescence Spectroscopy
4.6 Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy
4.7 Atomic Fluorescence Spectroscopy
4.8 Mass Spectrometry 2 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Respiratory Morbidity
2.1 Types of Exposures
2.2 General Overview of Respiratory Morbidity Following Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure
3 Nicotine Is the Primary Determinant of Early-Life Tobacco Smoke Exposure-Mediated Respiratory Morbidity
3.1 Animal Models Used to Study Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotineś Effects on the Developing Lung
3.2 Critical Window for Tobacco Smoke/Nicotineś Effects on the Developing Lung
3.3 Perinatal Nicotine Metabolism and Pharmacokinetics 3.4 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Potential Long-Term Outcomes on Respiratory Health
3.5 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Predisposition to Respiratory Infections and Allergic Asthma
3.6 Genes and Signaling Pathways Involved in Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine-Induced Lung Phenotype
4 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Weight
5 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Neurobehavior
6 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Diabetes 4.9 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
4.10 Direct-Reading Instruments
4.11 Chromatography Tandem Mass Spectrometry
4.12 Inductively Coupled Plasma Tandem Mass Spectrometry
4.13 Capillary Electrophoresis Tandem Mass Spectrometry
5 Analytical Methods for Environmental Exposure
5.1 Analytical Methods for Organic Chemicals
5.2 Analytical Methods for Inorganic Chemicals
6 From Exposure Measurements to Evaluations: The Use of Models
7 Future Perspective
References
Early-life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Health
1 Introduction 7 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Offspring Fertility
8 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and the Developing Heart
9 Effects of Prenatal Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure on Craniofacial Development
10 Effects of E-cig Flavorings on Developing Organs
11 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and the Risk of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS)
12 Early-Life Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Later Risk of Malignancies
13 Perinatal Tobacco Smoke/Nicotine Exposure and Transgenerational EffectDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalAlexander Vaiserman, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the field of developmental programming of ageing phenotypes. Although gerontological research has traditionally focused on later stages of the life cycle, growing evidence indicates that both the rate of ageing-associated functional declines, and the risks of later-life chronic pathological conditions, can be traced to origins early in life. While other books in the field concentrate on the developmental origin of particular disorders, this volume offers a detailed guide to all important aspects of the role of early-life conditions in programming both chronic pathological conditions and the ageing process. Interest in the study of ageing and longevity had its beginnings in research on the fetal origins of adult disease. This has evolved into a hypothesis on the Developmental Origins of Adult Health and Disease (DOHaD), which postulates that adverse environmental exposures during critical in-utero and early postnatal stages of development may permanently change physiological responses and cause functional impairments and disorders in adult life. In this book, the contributing authors and leading experts from around the world, describe research on mechanisms underlying the developmental programming phenomenon, as well as interventional strategies aimed at restoring developmentally disrupted epigenetic patterns. Early Life Origins of Ageing and Longevity benefits a wide audience of working scientists, clinicians, and advanced students, and will also interest scientifically curious general readers who wish to know more about current research in this rapidly evolving field.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Overview; 1 Epidemiology of Early Nutrition and Adult Health: Metabolic Adaptations and Body Composition; 1.1 Introduction to the Developmental Origins of Adult Health and Disease; 1.2 Famine and DOHaD; 1.2.1 Dutch Famine; 1.2.2 Chinese Famine; 1.2.3 Finnish Famine; 1.3 Historical Birth Cohorts and DOHaD; 1.3.1 Poor Growth as a Risk Factor for Obesity; 1.3.2 Poor Growth as a Risk Factor for Chronic Diseases; 1.3.3 Poor Growth as a Risk Factor for Mental Health Diseases; 1.4 Growth Retadation and DOHaD; 1.4.1 Global Prevalence of Stunting 1.4.2 Stunting in Latin America1.4.3 Stunting in Africa; 1.4.4 First 1,000 Days Concept; 1.4.5 Stunting and Metabolic Adaptations; 1.4.6 Social Determinants of Growth and Role in DOHaD; 1.5 Summary and Conclusions; References; 2 General Biology of the Developmental Origins of Health; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Growth: A Cellular Process; 2.3 Cellular Dualities: Alternative Cell Fate Decisions; 2.4 Oxygen; 2.5 Building and Reserving; 2.6 Building the Body: Cells Are Energy-Driven; 2.7 Phenotypic Outcomes Reflect Tissue Construction; 2.8 Fetal Challenges in Building the Body 2.9 Biological Fundamentals of Developmental Origins of Health and DiseaseReferences; Experimental Study of DOHaD; 3 Early Life Programming of Aging in Genetically Long-Lived Mice; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Ames Dwarf Mouse, an Animal Genetically Predisposed to Extreme Longevity; 3.3 Multiple Mechanisms Link Reduced GH Signaling with Extended Longevity of Ames Dwarf Mice; 3.4 Effects of GH Replacement Therapy in Juvenile Ames Dwarf Mice; 3.5 Discussion; References; 4 Immunological Basis of In Utero Programming of Adult Disease; 4.1 Developmental Origin of Metabolic Diseases 4.2 Fetal Immune Development4.3 Fetal Immune Perturbation Results in Adult Metabolic Disease; 4.4 Immunologic Basis of Metabolic Health; 4.5 Concluding Remarks; References; 5 Early Life Developmental Programming of the GH/IGF Axis and Long-Term Health; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Developmental Programming of the GH-IGF Axis-Evidence from Epidemiological Cohorts and Human Clinical Studies; 5.3 Altered Programming of the GH-IGF Axis-Evidence from Animal Models; 5.3.1 Rodents; 5.3.2 Sheep; 5.3.3 Primates; 5.3.4 Other Models; 5.4 Epigenetic Regulation of the GH-IGF Axis 5.5 Strategies to Reverse Early Life Impacts on the GH-IGF Axis5.6 Conclusions; References; 6 Early Life Nutritional Programming of Adult Health Status; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Obesity and Pregnancy; 6.2.1 The Increasing Prevalence of Maternal Obesity; 6.2.2 Maternal Obesity and Adverse Pregnancy Outcomes; 6.3 Maternal Obesity and Programming of Later Disease; 6.3.1 Epidemiological Evidence Linking Maternal Obesity to Later Outcome; 6.4 Animal Models of Maternal Obesity; 6.4.1 High Fat Feeding; 6.4.2 Cafeteria Feeding; 6.4.3 Clinical Studies; 6.5 Obesity and Infant Feeding; 6.5.1 The Role of Early Infant Nutrition: Breastmilk Versus Infant Formula - DigitalFrieder Berr, Tsuneo Oyama, Thierry Ponchon, Naohisa Yahagi, editors.Contents:
Endoscopic Screening and Surveillance-Indications and Standards
Histopathology of Early Mucosal Neoplasias-Morphologic Carcinogenesis in the GI Tract
Principles of Endoscopic Resection-Diagnostic and Curative Resection of Mucosal Neoplasias
Endoscopic Detection and Analysis of Mucosal Neoplastic Lesions
Enhanced Imaging and Tumor Morphology
High-resolution Endoscopic Ultrasound -Clinical T-staging of Mucosal Neoplasms
Squamous Cell-lined Esophagus and Hypopharynx
Mucosal Neoplasias
Columnar Epithelium-lined (Barrettś) Esophagus
Mucosal Neoplasias
Stomach-Mucosal Neoplasias
Duodenum and Small Bowel
Mucosal Neoplasias
Colorectum-Mucosal Neoplasias
Chronic Inflammatory Bowel Disease in Remission -Mucosal Neoplasias. - DigitalRon El-Hawary, Craig P. Eberson, editors.Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases demonstrating the management of idiopathic, congenital, syndromic and neuromuscular early onset scoliosis (EOS), this concise, practical casebook will provide orthopedic surgeons with the best real-world strategies to properly manage the differing presentations of EOS they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome, clinical pearls and pitfalls, and literature review. Cases included illustrate different types and management strategies for EOS, including various spine-based growing rods, the vertical expandable prosthetic titanium rib (VEPTR), anterior vertebral body tethering (AVBT) and congenital resection. Treatment strategies for EOS with related conditions such as myelomeningocele, cerebral palsy and skeletal dysplasia are also discussed, as are common complications and the role of traction. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Early Onset Scoliosis: A Clinical Casebook is an excellent resource for pediatric orthopedic surgeons and other physicians confronted with both common and complex disorders of the child's spine.
Contents:
Normal Spine Growth
Classification of Early Onset Scoliosis
EDF Casting for Early Onset Scoliosis
Spine-Based Growing Rods for the Treatment of Idiopathic Early Onset Scoliosis
The Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (VEPTR) for Idiopathic Early Onset Scoliosis
Treatment of Idiopathic Early Onset Scoliosis with a Hybrid Growing Rod Construct
Shilla Growth Guidance Technique for Early Onset Scoliosis
Early Onset Scoliosis Treated with Magnetically Controlled Growing Rods
Modern Trolley Growth Guidance for Early Onset Scoliosis
Anterior Vertebral Body Tethering (AVBT) for Early Onset Scoliosis
Anterior Vertebral Body Stapling for the Treatment of Idiopathic Scoliosis
Congenital Resection for Early Onset Scoliosis
The Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (VEPTR) for Congenital Scoliosis
Hemiepiphysiodesis for the Treatment of Congenital Scoliosis
Congenital Myopathy with Early Onset Scoliosis
Cerebral Palsy with Early Onset Scoliosis
The Use of the Vertical Expandable Prosthetic Titanium Rib (VEPTR) in Myelomeningocele
Early Onset Scoliosis in Skeletal Dysplasia
Complications with Early Onset Scoliosis
Spine Growth Assessment of Growth Friendly Surgery
The Role of Traction in Early Onset Scoliosis
The End Game for Early Onset Scoliosis.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digital[edited by] Colin Nnadi.Digital Access
- DigitalChristian Lattermann, Henning Madry, Norimasa Nakamura, Elizaveta Kon, editors.Summary: Early osteoarthritis is novel topic for orthopedic surgeons and its process begins immediately after joint injury. The mechanical restoration of the joint surface or ligamentous stability is not sufficient to restore the homeostatic environment in the joint, and this leads to osteoarthritis, despite mechanical stability and alignment. This book sheds light on the various mechanisms and systems involved in the gradual decline of the injured joint toward manifest osteoarthritis. Published in collaboration with ISAKOS, this volume appeals to all stakeholders in surgical orthopaedics and sports medicine.
- DigitalClaire Bouvattier, Catherine Pienkowski, editors.Contents:
1. Current findings in epidemiology
2. Precocious puberty and environmental endocrine disruptors
3. Neuroendocrine control of puberty
4. Puberty in particular situations
5. Clinical and biological diagnosis of central precocious puberty
6. Etiological diagnosis of central precocious puberty
7. Precocious puberty therapeutic management: GnRH analogs treatment
8. Midterm and long-term impacts of GnRH agonists treatment.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalXiangpeng Zheng, Ming Li, Guozhen Zhang, editors.Summary: This book discusses major issues and advances in the diagnosis and treatment of incidentally detected early-stage lung cancer (ESLC). In Part I, pathology and radiology experts comprehensively review the state-of-the-art advances in individual research fields, and offer an update on the cross-sectional anatomy of the lung and post-processing techniques for CT imaging. Part II focuses on the imaging features, differential diagnosis and radiologic-pathologic correlations of ESLCs in the categories pGGN, mGGN and solid nodules in compliance with the Guidelines on Lung Cancer Screening from the National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN). Part III briefly introduces therapeutic management strategies for ESLCs, including surgical and non-surgical approaches, for instance stereotactic ablative radiation therapy (SABR) and radiofrequency ablation (RFA). Lastly, the authors have meticulously prepared 50 clinical cases of pathologically proven benign and malignant pulmonary nodules with in-depth discussion and experts? comments to further readers? understanding of practical imaging and management strategies of ESLCs.
Contents:
The pathological advances of early lung adenocarcinoma
Advancement in Cross-sectional Anatomy of the Lung
Low-dose CT Screening of Lung Cancer
The Advances of PET/CT clinical application in micronodular lung cancer
Angiogenesis-dependent tumor progression
Pure Ground-glass Nodules
Part-solid Ground-glass Nodules
Solid Pulmonary Nodules
CT-based Categorization of Small Pulmonary Adenocarcinoma and Differential Diagnosis
Multiple Primary Lung Cancer
Management Strategies of Micronodular Lung Cancer: Surgical Perspectives
Management Strategies of Early-stageLung Cancer: Stereotactic Ablative Radiation Therapy
Radiofrequency ablation
Case Discussion. - Digitalauthors, Jay M. Weiss, Lyn D. Weiss, Julie K. Silver ; illustrator, Dennis J. Dowling.Contents:
What is an EMG?
Why perform electrodiagnostic studies?
About the machine
Nerve conduction studies
Electromyography
Injuries to peripheral nerves
How to plan out the examination
Pitfalls
Carpal tunnel syndrome
Ulnar neuropathy
Radial neuropathy
Radiculopathy
Spinal stenosis
Fibular (peroneal) neuropathy
Tarsal tunnel syndrome
Peripheral polyneuropathy
Myopathy
Brachial plexopathies
Lumbosacral plexopathies
Motor neuron diseases
Critical illness neuropathy and myopathy
Inflammatory neuropathies
Neuromuscular junction disorders
How to write a report
Tables of normals
Reimbursement
Figures for table 4.3 (nerve conduction studies setup)
Figures for table 5.4 (common muscles: innervation, location, and needle placement).Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016 - DigitalTimothy D. Brewerton, Amy Baker Dennis, editors.Summary: Eating disorders, addictions, and substance use disorders are each challenging in their own right, but they also commonly co-occur, causing major challenges for clinicians. Emerging research suggests that there are common substrates at the neuroanatomical, neurochemical, and psychological levels. While randomized controlled trials have revealed a number of effective psychotherapeutic and psychopharmacologic treatments for the individual conditions, little is known about integrative interventions for these comorbidities. This book presents cutting-edge research on the overlap of these complex disorders and reviews integrative assessment strategies and treatment approaches, including enhanced cognitive behavioral therapy, dialectical behavior therapy, abstinence approaches, motivational enhancement, mindfulness meditation, and pharmacotherapy. The issue of whether eating-disordered behaviors such as dieting, binge eating, and excessive exercise are merely other forms of addictive behavior is examined. The authors argue both for and against the concept of food addiction in research, clinical treatment, and public policy.
Contents:
Research Perspectives: Relationship between feeding and drug seeking behaviors
Animal models of eating disorders
Activity Anorexia
Role of neurotransmitter systems
Dimensions of personality and neuropsychological function
Imaging findings
Genetic aspects: Do EDs, addictions, and SUDs share genetic vulnerabilities
The Role of Epigenetics
Clinical Perspectives: Epidemiology of EDs, addictions and SUDs
Assessment
Nutritional Aspects
Are EDs addictive disorders?
The Role of Stress, Trauma and PTSD
The Role of Obesity
EDs, addictions and SUDs following bariatric surgery
Prevention and public policy issues
Treatment Perspectives: General principles of treating the comorbid patient
The use of CBT
Mindful based treatments
The use of self-help approaches
The use of motivational interviewing and MET
The use of family therapy
Nutritional interventions
The use of exercise
The use of alternative and complementary therapies
Ethics and the role of compulsory hospitalization
The role of invitational intervention.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJason M. Nagata, Tiffany A. Brown, Stuart B. Murray, Jason M. Lavender, editors.Summary: Boys and men with eating disorders remain a population that is under-recognized and underserved within both research and clinical contexts. It has been well documented that boys and men with eating disorders often exhibit distinct clinical presentations with regard to core cognitive (e.g., body image) and behavioral (e.g., pathological exercise) symptoms. Such differences, along with the greater likelihood of muscularity-oriented disordered eating among boys and men, emphasize the importance of understanding and recognizing unique factors of clinical relevance within this population. This book reviews the most up-to-date research findings on eating disorders among boys and men, with an emphasis on clinically salient information across multiple domains. Five sections are included, with the first focused on a historical overview and the unique nature and prevalence of specific forms of eating disorder symptoms and body image concerns in boys and men. The second section details population-specific considerations for the diagnosis and assessment of eating disorders, body image concerns, and muscle dysmorphia in boys and men. The third section identifies unique concerns regarding medical complications and care in this population, including medical complications of appearance and performance-enhancing substances. The fourth section reviews current findings and considerations for eating disorder prevention and intervention for boys and men. The fifth section of the book focuses on specific populations (e.g., sexual minorities, gender minorities) and addresses sociocultural factors of particular relevance for eating disorders in boys and men (e.g., racial and ethnic considerations, cross-cultural considerations). The book then concludes with a concise overview of key takeaways and a focused summary of current evidence gaps and unanswered questions, as well as directions for future research. Written by experts in the field, Eating Disorders in Boys and Men is a comprehensive guide to an under-reported topic. It is an excellent resource for primary care physicians, adolescent medicine physicians, pediatricians, psychologists, clinical social workers, and any other professional conducting research with or providing clinical care for boys and men with eating disorders. It is also an excellent resource for students, residents, fellows, and trainees across various disciplines.
Contents:
Section 1
Overview
1 History of eating disorders in men
2 Body Image in males
3 Muscularity oriented disordered eating
4 Epidemiology of eating disorders in males
Section 2
5 Assessment/Diagnosis
6 Assessment
7 Using Eating Disorder and Body Image Assessment Questionnaires with Boys and Men
8 Avoidant Restrictive Food Intake Disorder
9 Muscle Dysmorphia
Section 3
Medical complications
10 Medical complications of traditional eating disorders
11 Supplements and appearance and performance enhancing drugs and medical complications
12 Anabolic androgenic steroids and medical complications
Section 4
Prevention and treatment
13
Prevention
14 Treatment
Section 5
Specific Populations/Social Cultural
15 Race/ethnicity considerations
16 Cross-Cultural in Latin America
17 Sexual minorities
18 Transgender men and gender minorities
19 Athletes and Exercise
20 Social Media, Eating and Body Image Concerns Amongst Men and Boys
21 Body image and eating disorders across the lifespan
22 Conclusions and Future Research Directions for Eating Disorders in Boys and Men. - Digital[edited by] Jonna Fries and Veronica Sullivan.Contents:
What are eating disorders? / Therese Waterhous
The psychology of an eating disorder : etiology and risk factors / Cathey Soutter
Physiology of an eating disorder / Vicki Berkus
The treatment of eating disorders / Jonna Fries and Veronica Sullivan
Nutrition therapy : evolution, collaboration, and counseling skills / Sondra Kronberg
Eating disorders in college students / Mandy Golman, Marilyn Massey-Stokes, and Susan Karpiel
Eating disorders in athletes / Kate Bennett
Pregnancy and eating disorders / Maggie Baumann and Jessica Setnick
Eating disorders in males / Helen B. Murray and Adelaide S. Robb
Eating disorders and type 1 diabetes / Carolyn Costin, Gail Prosser, and Jacque Mular
Eating disorders in racial/ethnic minorities / Anna M. Bardone-Cone, M.K. Higgins, and Stacy L. Lin
Eating disorders in women at midlife and beyond : a bio-psycho-social-relational perspective / Margo Maine and Karen Samuels
Eating disorders in sexual and gender minorities / Jonna Fries.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digitaledited by Nicolaus Kröger, John Gribben, Christian Chabannon, Ibrahim Yakoub-Agha, Hermann Einsele.Summary: This first open access European CAR-T Handbook, co-promoted by the European Society for Blood and Marrow Transplantation (EBMT) and the European Hematology Association (EHA), covers several aspects of CAR-T cell treatments, including the underlying biology, indications, management of side-effects, access and manufacturing issues. This book, written by leading experts in the field to enhance readers' knowledge and practice skills, provides an unparalleled overview of the CAR-T cell technology and its application in clinical care, to enhance readers' knowledge and practice skills.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. The science behind CAR-T Cells
3. Manufacturing CAR-T Cells: the supply chain
4. Clinical indications for CAR-T Cells
5. Clinical management of patients treated with CAR-T Cells
6. Access to CAR-T cells. . - DigitalEnric Carreras, Carlo Dufour, Mohamad Mohty, Nicolaus Kröger, editors.
- DigitalMichael B.A. Oldstone, Madeleine Rose Oldstone.Contents:
1. Ebola's origin: a limited but devasting viral hemorhagic disease of Central Africa
2. Ebola's unanticipated arrival in West Africa
3. Kenema Government Hospital: from Lassa to Ebola
4. Sheik Humarr Khan: leading the fight against ebola in Sierra Leone at Kenema Government Hospital
5. ZMapp: the ethics of decision making
6. Robert Garry: managing the effort to curtail ebola's curse
7. Pardis Sabeti: geneticist tracking ebola's travels and changing profile
8. Ebola's curse: impact on the economics of West Africa
9. Ebola's scorecard: failure of the WHO and the international community
Addendum
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalMarta Lado, editor.Summary: This current manual gives an overview to management of Ebola Virus Disease outbreaks from a practical point of view. It gives an introduction to the topic, reviews the history and previous outbreaks of Ebola virus disease and gives insight to clinical features of the disease. The major part of the book presents ways of response including screening, isolation and personal protection equipment as well as waste management during disease outbreaks. New therapies and experimental drugs are discussed in further detail. The last part of the volume deals with all aspects of diagnostics and practical laboratory handling of Ebola virus. Dr. Marta Lado is the clinical lead of the King's Sierra Leone Partnership in country team. She brings together a group of authors aggregating both well-grounded basic knowledge on Ebola virus as well as deep experience with Ebola Virus Disease in the field.
Contents:
EVD INTRODUCTION
Virology and VHF diseases: Ebola, Marbung, Lassa.-History of previous outbreaks
Sources of the infection, ways of transmission
CLINICAL FEATURES AND CASE DEFINITION
Clinical features: incubation period, clinical presentation and post Ebola syndrome
RESPONSE TO EVD OUTBREAK
Screening of suspected cases in a referral Hospital: variability of the case definition adapted to the outbreak. Screening forms and Standard precautions
Isolation Unit: how to set up and construct a holding unit in a hospital and satellite clinics
Personal protection equipment (PPE) and Infection prevention and control (IPC) measures
Waste management and cleaning/disinfection
Safe Medical Burials: practical and cultural implications
EVD MANAGEMENT
Symptomatic, supportive treatment- differences between treatment in the field and high resources settings (Europe, US)
Special populations: pregnancy and pediatrics
Controversies with invasive therapies: dialysis, ventilation
New therapies, Experimental drugs (Zmapp, Favipiravir, convalescent serum, etc) and vaccines
DIAGNOSTICS EVD
Rapid tests for EVD
Laboratory: RT-PCR, serology and Ag determination. - DigitalDigital Access Database
- PrintJulian Frieden, Ira L. Rubin.Print
- DigitalFranklin H. Zimmerman.Summary: "A conversational, reader-friendly, clinical approach to electrocardiography. A how-to-read ECGs teaching tool that provides lessons from basic to advanced"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Background material/getting started
How to use this book
History
Anatomy and physiology
Electrophysiology
Introduction to the EKG
The cardiac rhythms. Introduction to laddergrams
Mechanisms of arrhythmias
Sinus rhythms
Premature complexes and aberrancy
Conduction abnormalities and heart block
Supraventricular arrhythmias
Ventricular arrhythmias
Chamber enlargement. Atrial
Ventricular
Myocardial ischemia, infarction and pericarditis
Preexcitation
Pacemaker interpretation
Miscellaneous conditions. Electrolyte imbalance
Drug effects
Qt prolongation
Hypothermia
A step-by-step method of interpretation
Final exams
Supplementary materials
Diagnostic criteria
GlossaryDigital Access - PrintRoland X. Stroobandt, S. Serge Barold, Alfons F. Sinnaeve.Contents:
Anatomy and basic physiology
ECG recording and ECG leads
The normal ECG and the frontal plane QRS axis
The components of the ECG waves and intervals
P waves and atrial abnormalities
Chamber enlargement and hypertrophy
Intraventricular conduction defects
Coronary artery disease and acute coronary syndromes
Acute pericarditis
The ECG in extracardiac disease
Sinus node dysfunction
Premature ventricular complexes (PVC)
Atrioventricular block
Atrial rhythm disorders
Ventricular tachycardias
Ventricular fibrillation and ventricular flutter
Preexcitation and Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome (WPW)
Electrolyte abnormalities
Electrophysiologic concepts
Antiarrhythmic drugs
Pacemakers and their ECGs
Errors in electrocardiography monitoring, computerized ECG, other sites of ECG recording
How to read an ECG.Digital Access Wiley 2015 - DigitalFred Kusumoto.Summary: The second edition of this book provides an overview of electrocardiography from a pathophysiological basis. Refreshed with color illustrations, it incorporates new anatomic and electrophysiologic information as well as updated material on clinical applications of the electrocardiogram (ECG). Intended as a reference for students with a basic understanding of the ECG, the book's focus is to provide the fundamental anatomic and electrophysiologic processes that lead to ECG changes rather than simple pattern recognition. Each chapter has key points and questions with comprehensive explanations so that the reader can assess their understanding of the contents. It can be utilized as a guide - chapter by chapter - or read cover to cover for a complete overview. Case studies are included at the end of the book that integrate the multiple principles of electrocardiography. The Second Edition of ECG Interpretation: From Pathophysiology to Clinical Application is an essential text for medical students, residents, fellows, physicians, and nurses in cardiology and clinical cardiac electrophysiology.
Contents:
Part I. Fundamentals
Chapter 1. Electrophysiology/Anatomic Principles
Chapter 2. ECG Physics
Chapter 3. Normal ECG
Part II. Abnormal Depolarization and Repolarization
Chapter 4. Hypertrophy
Chapter 5. Bundle Branch Blocks, Fascicular Blocks
Chapter 6. TU Waves
Chapter 7. ST Segment Changes: Myocardial Infarction
Chapter 8. ST Segment Changes: Other
Part III. Arrhythmias
Chapter 9. Premature Beats
Chapter 10. Bradycardia
Chapter 11. Supraventricular Tachycardia
Chapter 12. Wide Complex Tachycardia
Chapter 13. Pacing
Part IV. Putting It All Together
Chapter 14. Interpreting ECGs
Chapter 15. Cases 1: Putting It All Together
Chapter 16. Cases 2: ECG in Clinical Practice
Chapter 17. Cases 3: Electrolytes
Chapter 18. Orphans
Chapter 19. Extra Practice. - Digitalclinical editor, Jessica Shank Coviello, DNP, APRN, ANP-BC, Associate Professor, Director of the Doctor of Nursing Practice Program, Yale University School of Nursing, West Haven, Connecticut.Contents:
Cardiac anatomy and physiology / Opal V. Wilson
Obtaining a rhythm strip / Jessica Shank Coviello
Interpreting a rhythm strip / Carolynn Spera Bruno
Sinus node arrhythmias / Leigh Ann Trujillo
Atrial arrhythmias / Nancy Bekken
Junctional arrhythmias / Karen Knight-Frank
Ventricular arrhythmias / Maurice H. Espinoza
Atrioventricular blocks / Leigh Ann Trujillo
Nonpharmacologic treatments / Karen Crisfulla
Pharmacologic treatments / Mary l. Johnston
Obtaining a 12-lead ECG / Marcella Ann Mikalaitis
Interpreting a 12-lead ECG / Carolynn Spera Bruno.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - Digitalclinical editor, Jessica Shank Coviello, DNP, APRN, ANP-BC.Summary: "Offering expert direction, this freshly updated, fully illustrated guide is packed with images and learning aids that support your understanding and retention in obtaining and interpreting rhythm strips. Recognize and treat a wide variety of arrhythmias with this vital text -- an ideal study aid and friendly on-the-unit support for both students and practicing nurses."--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Part I. ECG fundamentals
Chapter 1. Cardiac anatomy and physiology / Opal V. Wilson
Chapter 2. Obtaining a rhythm strip / Jessica Shank Coviello
Chapter 3. Interpreting a rhythm strip / Carolynn Spera Bruno
Part II. Recognizing arrhythmias
Chapter 4. Sinus node arrhythmias / Leigh Ann Trujillo
Chapter 5. Atrial arrhythmias / Nancy Bekken
Chapter 6. Junctional arrhythmias / Karen Knight-Frank
Chapter 7. Ventricular arrhythmias / Maurice H. Espinoza
Chapter 8. Atrioventricular blocks / Leigh Ann Trujillo
Part III. Treating arrhythmias
Chapter 9. Nonpharmacologic treatments / Karen Crisfulla
Chapter 10. Pharmacologic treatments / Mary L. Johnston
Part IV. The 12-lead ECG
Chapter 11. Obtaining a 12-lead ECG / Marcella Ann Mikalaitis
Chapter 12. Interpreting a 12-lead ECG / Carolynn Spera Bruno
Appendices and index
Practice makes perfect / Kathleen M. Hill
ACLS algorithms
Brushing up on interpretation skills / Kathleen M. Hill
Look-alike ECG challenge
Quick guide to arrhythmias
Glossary
Index.Digital Access Ovid 2020 - DigitalShirley A. Jones.Contents:
Anatomy and physiologyof the heart
The electrocardiogram
Sinoatrial node arrhythmias
Atrial arrhythmias
Junctional arrhythmias
Ventricular arrhythmias
Atrioventricular and bundle branch blocks
Artificial cardiac pacemakers
Artifact
The 12-lead ECG and acute myocardial infarction
ECG practice test one
ECG practice test two
ECG practice test three
ECG practice test four.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalThomas S Metkus.Summary: Includes nearly 200 tracings and 150 cases that teach you the art and Science of ECG interpretation. This book presents a set of tracings, which when taken together, demonstrate most of the abnormalities that a generalist physician trainee should be familiar with.
Contents:
Introduction: A focused step-wise guide to ECG interpretation
Level 1
Case #1
Case #2
Case #3
Case #4
Case #5
Case #6
Case #7
Case #8
Case #9
Case #10
Case #11
Case #12
Case #13
Case #14
Case #15
Case #16
Case #17
Case #18
Case #19
Case #20
Case #21
Case #22
Case #23
Case #24
Case #25
Case #26
Case #27
Case #28
Case #29
Case #30
Case #31
Case #32
Case #33
Case #34
Case #35
Case #36
Case #37
Case #38
Case #39
Case #40
Case #41
Case #42
Case #43
Case #44
Case #45
Case #46
Case #47
Case #48
Case #49
Case #50
Level 2
Case #51
Case #52
Case #53
Case #54
Case #55
Case #56
Case #57
Case #58
Case #59
Case #60
Case #61
Case #62
Case #63
Case #64
Case #65
Case #66
Case #67
Case #68
Case #69
Case #70
Case #71
Case #72
Case #73
Case #74
Case #75
Case #76
Case #77
Case #78
Case #79
Case #80
Case #81
Case #82
Case #83
Case #84
Case #85
Case #86
Case #87
Case #88
Case #89
Case #90
Case #91
Case #92
Case #93
Case #94
Case #95
Case #96
Case #97
Case #98
Case #99
Case #100
Level 3
Case #101
Case #102
Case #103
Case #104
Case #105
Case #106
Case #107
Case #108
Case #109
Case #110
Case #111
Case #112
Case #113
Case #114
Case #115
Case #116
Case #117
Case #118
Case #119
Case #120
Case #121
Case #122
Case #123
Case #124
Case #125
Case #126
Case #127
Case #128
Case #129
Case #130
Case #131
Case #132
Case #133
Case #134
Case #135
Case #136
Case #137
Case #138
Case #139
Case #140
Case #141
Case #142
Case #143
Case #144
Case #145
Case #146
Case #147
Case #148
Case #149
Case #150.Digital Access AccessCardiology 2014 - DigitalJane Huff, RN, CCRN, Education Coordinator, Critical Care Unit, Arrhythmia Instructor, Advanced Cardiac Life Support (ACLS) Instructor, Preceptor-Mentor, Critical Care Unit, Unity Health White County Medical Center, Searcy, Arkansas.Summary: "Grasp the electrocardiography basics and identify arrhythmias accurately, with the freshly updated ECG Workout, 7th Edition. Fully addressing the most common arrhythmias, this clearly worded text will take you step-by-step through expert ECG tracing interpretation methods, including differentiating among rhythm groups, equipment use, and management protocols. This is the go-to ECG guide for both student training and professional review--perfect for physicians, nurses, medical and nursing students, paramedics, emergency medical technicians, telemetry technicians, and related practitioners. Get a strong grounding in accurate ECG readings with: NEW pull-out arrhythmia summary cards help you interpret end-of-chapter practice strips, NEW and updated advanced cardiac life support (ACLS) guidelines incorporated in each arrhythmia chapter, NEW and updated figures, boxes, tables, and additional practice strips, Updated coverage of all ECG concepts and skills, including: Illustrated anatomy and physiology of the heart, Electrical basis of electrocardiology, Arrhythmia chapters: sinus, atrial, junctional and AV blocks, ventricular and bundle-branch block rhythms--examples, causes, clinical treatments, and practice strips, Step-by-step direction on interpreting rhythm strips, Components of the ECG tracing: waveforms, intervals, segments, complexes, and waveform identification, Discussion of cardiac monitors, lead systems, lead placement, ECG artifacts, and troubleshooting monitor problems, Methods for precise rate calculation, Discussion of cardiac pacemakers: types, indications, function, pacemaker terminology, malfunctions, and pacemaker analysis, with practice tracings. ECG conversion table ensures precise heart rate calculation with plastic pocket version inside back cover. Skillbuilder practice strips--more than 600 life-size ECG tracings: End-of-chapter strips from actual patients, with 3-second indicators for rapid-rate calculation, and answers at back of book. A mix of arrhythmias to help you distinguish among types. Posttest with mix of more than 100 waveform rhythm strips, for student testing or self-evaluation"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Anatomy and physiology of the heart
Electrophysiology
Waveforms, intervals, segments, and complexes
Cardiac monitors
Analyzing a rhythm strip
Sinus arrhythmias
Atrial arrhythmias
Junctional arrhythmias and AV blocks
Ventricular arrhythmias and bundle-branch block
Pacemakers
Posttest.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - Digitaledited by Kathy R. Foltz and Amro Hamdoun.Digital Access
- DigitalJae K. Oh, Garvan C. Kane, James B. Seward, A. Jamil Tajik.Summary: "This best-selling manual is a practical guide to the performance, interpretation, and clinical applications of echocardiography. It is written by recognized authorities at the Mayo Clinic and provides a concise, user-friendly summary of techniques, diagnostic criteria, and quantitative methods for both echocardiography and Doppler echocardiography. Discussion of each clinical problem also includes transesophageal echocardiography"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalHakimeh Sadeghian, Zahra Savand-Roomi.Summary: This atlas of echocardiography presents more than 100 cases of adult congenital heart disease, from diagnosis to treatment follow-up. The coverage is broad, encompassing atrial and ventricular septal defects, patent ductus arteriosus, cyanotic adult congenital heart disease, and numerous other anomalies, as well as findings on fetal echocardiography. For each disease, all echocardiographic images and views which proved of diagnostic value are arranged sequentially, with inclusion of transesophageal echocardiographic images whenever appropriate. Additional pertinent information is provided relating to diagnosis and treatment, and key teaching points are highlighted. The superb quality of the illustrations and the range of cases considered (including many rare ones) ensure that this atlas will be of great value for cardiology residents and fellows and highly relevant to day-to-day practice.
Contents:
Left to right shunts
Cyanotic adult congenital heart disease
Other anomalies
Fetal heart echocardiography.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalPetros Nihoyannopoulos, Joseph Kisslo, editors.Summary: This updated textbook provides an essential evidence-based approach to echocardiography and includes practical case-based instruction illustrating a wide variety of clinical scenarios in which echocardiography is a vital diagnostic option for physicians. It reflects how echocardiography has evolved into a complex multimodality method for evaluating and quantifying cardiovascular lesions, and explains the use of hemodynamic assessment of the heart using echocardiography, transesophageal and three-dimensional echocardiography, deformation imaging and assessment of myocardial perfusion, which have added a new dimension to real-time noninvasive evaluation of patients. Echocardiography highlights the clinical utility of these evolving modalities that are now crucial to the renaissance of echocardiography, and it provides a thorough clinical review of this most revealing and adaptable methods of imaging a patient. The Editors and their world-class group of contributors have created an essential reference for those in training or who already use echocardiography in their practice. .
- PrintTarak Rambhatla, Gila Perk.Summary: This is a comprehensive yet easy to read study guide for those preparing for the echocardiography board examinations, which brings all of the critical resources together into one convenient and portable resource. Echocardiography is an integral part of routine cardiology practice and this book represents a quick, yet thorough, reference that can be easily consulted to help practicing clinicians deliver high quality care to their patients. The Echocardiography Companion: Study Guide and Review includes a comprehensive educationally-focused review of the technique, its clinical uses, applications, and utilization in all cardiac conditions. The practical and quick reference format allows it to serve as a reference book and as a helpful companion to students, on which notes can be taken while studying from other resources such as board review videos.
Contents:
Echocardiography Physics
Chamber Quantification
Systolic Function and Strain Imaging
Coronary Artery Disease and Stress Testing
Diastolic Function
Right Ventricular Function and Pulmonary Hypertension
Aortic Valve
Mitral Valve.-Tricuspid Valve and Pulmonic Valve
Prosthetic Valves
Cardiomyopathies: Dilated, Hypertrophic, Restrictive, Right Sided
Echocardiographic Swan Ganz Cather: Hemodynamics
Pericardial Disease
Aortic Disease
Congenital Heart Disease
Cardiac Masses
Additional Echo Modalities: M mode, TEE, 3D echo, Interventional echo. . - DigitalMichel Slama, editor.Summary: This book offers readers a better understanding of how to perform echocardiography in their daily intensive care unit (ICU) work. With numerous practical examples highlighting the indices and hemodynamic monitoring profiles that physicians could encounter, it considers echocardiography not merely as a simple imaging technique, but as a practical diagnostic and hemodynamic monitoring tool. The booklet is richly illustrated with figures explaining how to perform echo, and includes numerous tables, simple equations and normal and abnormal values. Echocardiography in ICU, a pocket guide written by the leading international experts in the field, is an excellent source of information and guidance for all residents and physicians working in ICU, emergency medicine, anesthesia and cardiology as well.
Contents:
Foreword.-Preface
Ultrasound Physics
Section 1 TEE and TTE Views.-Transthoracic echocardiography: views and measurements
Transoesophageal echo views and measurements
Artifacts
Section II: Echocardiography in ICU
Echocardiography in ICU: when to use it
Transthoracic echocardiography : technical aspects
Transesophageal echocardiography (TEE) in mechanically ventilated patients: practical aspects
Section III: Heart lung interactions
Heart lung interactions
Section IV: Hemodynamic evaluation
Fluid requirement and fluid-responsiveness
LV global and segmental systolic function including cardiac output
LV diastolic function and PAOPRight ventricular function
Pulmonary artery pressures
Section V: Shocks
Hypovolemia fluid-responsiveness
Cardiogenic shock
Septic shock
Section VI: Respiratory failures
Respiratory failure
Right to left shunt
Section VII: Pathologies
Pericardial Effusion and tamponade
Echocardiography in ARDS
Pulmonary embolism
Valvulopathy quantification
Infective Endocarditis
Prosthetic valve evaluation
Myocardial infarction and complications
Acute diseases of the thoracic aorta.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Benjamin W. Eidem, MD, FACC, FASE, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Divisions of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiovascular diseases, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Patrick W. O'Leary, MD, FACC, FASE, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Divisions of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiovascular Diseases, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Frank Cetta, MD, FACC, FASE, Professor of Pediatrics and Medicine, Divisions of Pediatric Cardiology and Cardiovascular Diseases, College of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.Contents:
Principles of cardiovascular ultrasound
Practical issues related to the examination, anatomic image orientation, and segmental cardiovascular analysis
Quantitative methods in echocardiography-basic techniques
Quantitative methods in echocardiography-advanced techniques for the assessment of ventricular function
Anomalies of the pulmonary and systemic venous connections
Abnormalities of atria and atrial septation
Atrioventricular septal defects
Ebstein's malformation and tricuspid valve diseases
Echocardiographic assessment of mitral valve abnormalities
Congenitally corrected transposition of the great arteries
Ventricular septal defects
Univentricular atrioventricular connections
Abnormalities of right ventricular outflow
Abnormalities of left ventricular outflow
Tetralogy of fallot
d-Transposition of the great arteries
Double-outlet right and left ventricles
Truncus arteriosus
Patent ductus arteriosus and aortopulmonary window
Abnormalities of the aortic arch
Marfan syndrome: aortic aneurysm and dissection
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Additional cardiomyopathies
Pericardial disorders
Systemic diseases
Vascular abnormalities
Cardiac tumors
Evaluation of the transplanted heart
Pulmonary hypertension
Echocardiography in the diagnosis and management of endocarditis
Evaluation of prosthetic valves
Fetal echocardiography
Three-dimensional echocardiography in congenital heart diseases
Stress echocardiography
Intracardiac and intraoperative transesophageal echocardiography
Interventional echocardiography in congenital heart disease
Echocardiographic assessment of mechanical circulatory support
Cardiac magnetic resonance and computed tomographic imaging in congenital heart disease
Evaluation of the adult with transposition after atrial or arterial switch operations
Tetralogy of fallot with pulmonary regurgitation
Echocardiographic evaluation of the functionally univentricular heart after fontan "Operation"
Eisenmenger syndromeDigital Access Ovid 2015 - Digitaledited by Benjamin W. Eidem, Leo Lopez, Jonathan N. Johnson, Frank Cetta.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Wyman W. Lai, Luc L. Mertens, Meryl S. Cohen, Tal Geva.Summary: "This textbook was designed to be a resource on echocardiography in pediatric and congenital heart disease. When first published in 2009, this book filled a void of nearly 10 years between major textbooks in the field. In this textbook we strived to provide a comprehensive source of information for both beginners and advanced practitioners. At the time of the first edition, the "special" topics included 3D echocardiography and fetal echocardiography. When we updated the textbook in 2016, the newer topics were post-Fontan imaging and pregnancy with heart disease. In this updated third edition of our comprehensive textbook, we focused on consolidating recent advances in echocardiography into routine practice. We have incorporated the topics of speckle tracking echocardiography and 3D echocardiography into the chapters discussing ventricular function and cardiovascular lesions. To highlight the progress in our profession, we added new chapters on assessment of the right ventricle, the transitional neonatal circulation, and the role of multimodality imaging. In our "key elements" sections, we continued to emphasize echocardiographic predictors of important clinical outcomes. Many, if not most, of the images and videos have been replaced to give the readers up-to-date examples of essential clinical images"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2022
- Digitaledited by Eyal Herzog, Edgar Argulian.Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the use of echocardiography in the rapidly evolving field of critical care cardiology. Increasingly, cardiac care units (CCU) are focusing on the management of patients with multisystem diseases, advanced hemodynamics compromise, complex ventricular arrhythmias, and established or incipient multi-organ failure. This book covers ultrasound applications in such topics as hemodynamic assessment and the assessment of patients with intracardiac devices. Syndrome-based echocardiography in the CCU is also covered with an emphasis on using echocardiography in patients with acute dyspnea, acute chest pain and neurologic syndromes. The use of contrast echocardiography in the CCU is also covered. Echocardiography in the CCU reveals the essential role of various echocardiographic modalities in modern acute cardiovascular care. This is therefore a critical resource for all cardiology practitioners and trainees who use echocardiography in CCUs.
Contents:
Hemodynamic assessment in the CCU by Echo
Use of Echo in Patients with Intra-Cardiac Device
Non Cardiac Ultrasound in the CCU
Hand held Ultrasound devices in the CCU
Contrast Echo in the CCU
Echo in Acute Chest Pain
Echo in Acute Dyspnea
Echo in Syncope
Echo in Hypotension and Shock
Echo in Cardiac Arrest
Echo in a Patient with Arrhythmia
Echo in Acute Neurologic Syndrome
Echo in a Patient with a new murmur. - Digitaledited by Chiara Robba, Giuseppe Citerio.Summary: The aim of this book is to educate and train practitioners in the safe and professional use of diagnostic ultrasound imaging in the visualization and interpretation of various cerebral conditions not only in neurointensive care, but also in the operating room and, in general, cardiothoracic and neurocritical care settings. It is chiefly intended for anaesthetists and intensivists with a basic knowledge of ultrasound physics, but also for neurosurgeons and neurologists. All chapters were coordinated by the Editors, with experiences in hands-on courses on Echography and Doppler of the Brain, and prepared by international experts. The book covers from basic principles to estimation of intracranial pressure and cerebral perfusion. The topics cover emergency department and prehospital brain US as part of POCUS and US multiorgan evaluation to general intensive care, neurointensive care and anesthesia, including special populations as pregnant and children and setting as LMIC. Clinical scenarios complete the book. An innovative and unique guide that equips readers to perform bedside and non-invasive assessments for a range of cerebrovascular diseases.
Contents:
Part I. Technology, views and normal echo anatomy
Physical principles probe/Technology
Basic anatomy with TCCD and vessels
Windows and practical approach: the MoTOr
ONSD
Limitations and pitfalls
The minimal, intermediate and advanced skills: how to boost your competencies
Part II. PI, FV, Autoregulation, Cr Cl
Intracranial pressure
Brain US for cerebral perfusion
Part III. Pathology and clinical applications: Emergency department
Emergency department and prehospital brain US as part of POCUS and US multiorgan evaluation
Part IV. Liver failure, metabolic coma, sepsis
Meningitis, stroke
Cardiac arrest
ARDS (protective ventilation), ECMO
Part V. Intracerebral haematomas, midlineshift, hydrocephalus
SAH Vasospasm
Brain US in the neurologic settings
Brain death
Part VI. Pathology and clinical applications: Applications in neurosurgery
Applications in neurosurgery
Applications in low middle income countries
Part VII. Pathology and clinical applications: specific considerations
Pediatric population
Pregnant patients
Part VIII. Pathology and clinical applications: Intraoperative applications
Non cardiac surgery
Cardiac surgery
Part X. Pathology and clinical applications
Clinical cases images: clinical scenarios. - DigitalFabio Sangalli, Nicolò Patroniti, Antonio Pesenti, editors.Summary: Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) has been in clinical use for some 40 years, but it is only in the past decade that its application in the treatment of life-threatening circulatory and respiratory failure has truly flourished. This book presents a comprehensive overview of both pathophysiological and practical aspects of circulatory and respiratory extracorporeal support. The basics of ECMO, including its history, the "ECMO team", cannulation, materials, and blood-surface interactions, are first discussed. The various indications for and particular characteristics of circulatory and respiratory extracorporeal life support are then described in detail in the main part of the book. Patient care during ECMO and monitoring of the ECMO patient are also carefully covered, with explanation of the management of technical and clinical complications and transport-related problems. Further topics include long-term therapy options beyond ECMO, such as ventricular assist devices and transplants, outcome, the new frontiers of ECMO for organ procurement and future challenges. The authors are well-known experts in the field whose authoritative contributions and attention to practical aspects will be invaluable for novices and experienced practitioners alike.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalRakesh Singh Sengar, Ashu Singh, editors.Summary: As the world population is exploding and alongside fluctuations in climate is also prevalent, there is an increasing stress on the food requirements of the population. We have an urgent necessity to produce more food in the limited agricultural land. Further, to feed 7 billion people there is a requirement of high yielding crops, without harming environment and limiting the use of unnecessary pesticide and chemical fertilizers. Therefore it has become crucial to develop agri-bio-techniques which are environment friendly and also give high crop productivity. Many countries are evaluating the utility of biotechnology and its role in addressing problems of food security and poverty. Biotechnology is the application of scientific and engineering principles to the processing and production of materials by utilising biological agents. These agents are exploited to provide goods and services. Agricultural biotechnology encompasses a growing list of techniques that range from simple probes to determine a relevant gene from the complete genome to manipulating genes for a desired outcome. Many other popular methods used in the realm of agricultural technology are - gene integration, Marker-assisted breeding, Tissue culture, Gene profiling or association mapping, Metabolomics etc. The fundamental challenge facing the scientific community is how to devise innovative strategies that will bring all developed as well as developing countries into the "biological fold" and to do so in ways that will take full advantage of advances in the biological sciences to curb poverty, improve public health, and promote human development. This book contains information on eco-friendly techniques for high crop productivity and it is a myriad of different techniques and technology used to sustain productivity in crop plants. There are fewer books focusing on large-scale organic farming, molecular farming etc. Multidisciplinary research and literature is needed to deliver knowledge and products into the marketplace which fulfil these requirements. The present book is a collection of literature contributed by experts, scientists, professors, and researchers from around the world, it emphasizes work of concerned scientist and his choice of techniques used for enhancement of agricultural production. This book analyses the use of modern techniques to increase crop yields, production, and risk of hunger linked to socioeconomic scenarios.
Contents:
Organic Agriculture: Techniques to Improve Crop Production
Recent Biotechnological Approaches to Produce Climate-ready-crops and Enhancing Crop Productivity
Bioformulation and Fluid Bed Drying: A new approach towards an improved biofertilizer formulation
Analysis of chlorophyll fluorescence: a reliable technique in determination of stress on plants
The LISA and SOCRATEES© approach for sustainable crop and soil management
Integrated farming systems for sustainable agriculture
Resource conserving technologies for enhancing resource use efficiency and crop productivity
Biotechnological tools for Enhancing Abiotic Stress Tolerance in plant
Bioengineering of DREB and NAC Transcription Factors for Enhancing Plant Tolerance against Abiotic Stresses
Perspectives in high-throughput phenotyping of qualitative traits at the whole-plant level
An Overview of QTL Identification and Marker Assisted Selection for Grain Protein Content in Wheat
Statistical Data Analysis Tools-Software prospects for Crop Productivity. - DigitalKuldeep Bauddh, Sanjeev Kumar, Rana Pratap Singh, John Korstad, editors.Summary: Rampant industrialization, urbanization, and population growth have resulted in increased global environmental contamination. The productivity of agricultural soil is drastically deteriorated and requires a high dose of fertilizers to cultivate crops. To ensure food security, farmers are compelled to apply excess chemical fertilizers and insecticides that contaminate soil, air, and water. Heavy loads of chemical fertilizers not only degrade the quality of agricultural land but also pollute water and air. Use of chemical fertilizers also accelerate the release of greenhouse gases like nitrous oxide and methane along with nutrient runoff from the watershed in to lower elevation rivers and lakes, resulting in cultural eutrophication. Farming practices globally in developed, developing, and under-developing countries should utilize and promote sustainable methods through viable combined environmental, social, and economic means that improve rather than harm future generations. This can include use of non-synthetic fertilizers like compost, vermicompost, slow-release fertilizers, farmyard manures, crop rotations that include nitrogen-fixing legumes. Organic fertilizers like compost and vermicompost improve soil properties like texture, porosity, water-holding capacity, organic matter, as well as nutrient availability. The purpose of this book is to document the available alternatives of synthetic fertilizers, their mode of action, efficiency, preparation methodology, practical suggestions for sustainable practices, and needed research focus. The book will cover major disciplines like plant science, environmental science, agricultural science, agricultural biotechnology and microbiology, horticulture, soil science, atmospheric science, agro-forestry, agronomy, and ecology. This book is helpful for farmers, scientists, industrialists, research scholars, masters and graduate students, non-governmental organizations, financial advisers, and policy makers.
Contents:
Intro
Acknowledgment
Contents
About the Editors
1: Sustainable Agricultural Approaches for Enhanced Crop Productivity, Better Soil Health, and Improved Ecosystem Services
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Crop Productivity Along with Soil Health
1.3 High-Yielding Varieties (HYVs) and Genetically Modified Varieties (GMVs)
1.4 Modern Agricultural Practices and Their Impacts on Ecosystem Services (ES)
1.5 Environmentally Friendly Agricultural Practices and Ecosystem Services
1.6 Soil-Friendly Crops
1.7 Soil-Friendly Fertilizers and Pesticides
1.7.1 Biofertilizer 1.7.2 Biopesticides
1.7.3 Green Manure
1.7.4 Farmyard Manure (FYM)
1.7.5 Biochar
1.7.6 Vermicompost
1.7.7 Slow-Release Fertilizers
1.8 Soil-Friendly Farming Practices
1.8.1 Crop Rotation
1.8.2 Multi-cropping
1.8.3 Mixed Cropping
1.8.4 Strip Cropping
1.8.5 Zero/Low Tillage
1.8.6 Nitrogen-Fixing Cropping
1.9 Conclusion
References
2: Ecologically Sound and Practical Applications for Sustainable Agriculture
2.1 Introduction
2.2 The Need for Topsoil
2.3 No-Till
2.4 Crossbreeding and Genetics
2.5 Case Studies Around the World
2.6 Conclusion 2.7 Communication
2.8 Economic Viability
2.9 Education
2.10 Final Thoughts
References
3: Destruction of Soil Health and Risk of Food Contamination by Application of Chemical Fertilizer
3.1 Mineral or Chemical Fertilizers
3.2 Application of Chemical Fertilizers
3.2.1 Direct Application
3.2.1.1 Surface Feeding
3.2.1.2 Foliage Feeding
3.2.1.3 Indirect Application
3.3 Contamination of Soil Health
3.3.1 Soil Health
3.4 Chemical Fertilizers and the Risk of Food Contamination
3.5 Discussion
3.6 Conclusion
References 4: Impacts of Synthetic Pesticides on Soil Health and Non-targeted Flora and Fauna
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Need of Pesticides
4.3 Synthetic Pesticides
4.4 Types of Synthetic Pesticides
4.4.1 Organochlorine Pesticides
4.4.2 Organophosphorus Pesticides
4.4.3 Carbamates
4.5 Toxicity of Synthetic Pesticides
4.5.1 Toxicity to the Animals
4.5.2 Toxicity to Plants
4.5.3 Toxicity to the Soil
4.6 Impact of Synthetic Pesticides on Non-targeted Beneficial Insects
4.7 Conclusion
References
5: Ecological Consequences of Genetically Modified Crops on Soil Biodiversity 5.1 Introduction
5.2 Genetically Modified Crops
5.3 Role of Genetically Modified Crops in Agriculture
5.4 Environmental Consequences of GM Crops
5.4.1 Impact on Human Health
5.4.2 Impact on Plants
5.4.3 Impacts on Soil Biodiversity
5.4.4 Impact on Non-targeted Insects
5.5 Risk of Gene Flow
5.6 Conclusion
References
6: Application of Biochar in Agriculture: A Sustainable Approach for Enhanced Plant Growth, Productivity and Soil Health
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Biochar
6.2.1 Synthesis of Biochar
6.2.2 Characteristics of Biochar
6.2.2.1 pHDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalFelix Fuders, Pablo J. Donoso, editors.Summary: This book proposes strategies for improving the resilience and conservation of temperate forests in South America, such that these forests can provide ecosystem services in a sustainable way. As such it contributes to the design of a resilient human-forest model that takes into account the multiculturalism of local communities, in many cases including aspects of ecological economics, development economics and territorial development planning that are related to indigenous peoples or first nations. Further, it provides proposals for public and territorial policies that improve the state of conservation of native forests and forest ecosystems, based on a critical analysis of the economic factors that lead to the degradation of forest ecosystems in South America today. This edition was conceived by members of the Transdisciplinary Research Center for Social and Ecological Strategies for Sustainable Forest Management in South America at the Universidad Austral de Chile. It includes contributions by distinguished researchers from around the world, combining the fields of economics, ecology, biology, anthropology, sociology and statistics. It is not, however, simply a collection of works written by authors from different disciplines, but rather each chapter is in itself transdisciplinary. This approach makes the book a unique contribution to enhancing social, managerial and political approaches to forestry management, helping to protect forest ecosystem services and make them more sustainable. This, in turn, will benefit local communities and society as a whole, by reducing the negative externalities of forestry management and enhancing future opportunities.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
Part 1. General thoughts on transdisciplinarity, economics and ecology
Chapter 1. Towards a transdisciplinary ecological economics: a cognitive approach
Chapter 2. The 'Tragedy of the Commons' and the role of the money interest rate
Chapter 3. Allocative efficiency and property rights in ecological economics: why we need to distinguish between man-made capital and natural resources
Part 2. Chile
Chapter 4. Subsidizing green deserts in southern Chile
between fast growth and sustainability of Forest Management
Chapter 5. Land use as a socio-ecological system: developing a transdisciplinary approach to studies of land use change in south-central Chile
Chapter 6. Between extractivism and conservation: tree plantations, forest reserves, and peasant territorialities in Los Ríos, Chile
Chapter 7. Land tenure insecurity and forest conservation in Chile: the case of the Mapuche Huilliche indigenous communities in the coastal range rainforests of Mapu Lahual
Chapter 8. Towards a New Forest Model for Chile: managing forest ecosystems to increase their social, ecological and economic benefits
Chapter 9. On ecosystem dynamics for the conservation of wetlands and forest
Part 3. Brazil
Chapter 10. Transdisciplinary case study approaches to the ecological restoration of rainforest ecosystems
Chapter 11. Forest governance in Brazil and Chile: institutions and practices in the implementation of sustainable management of native forests
Chapter 12. Municipal private natural heritage reserves: uses and attributions of Natural Protected Areas in the city of Curitiba (PR)
Chapter 13. Understanding adoption and design of incentive-based forest conservation policies: a case study of the SISA Program in Acre, Brazil
Conclusions
Index. - DigitalMartin Drechsler.Summary: "Ecologists and economists both use models to help develop strategies for biodiversity management. The practical use of disciplinary models, however, can be limited because ecological models tend not to address the socioeconomic dimension of biodiversity management, whereas economic models tend to neglect the ecological dimension. Given these shortcomings of disciplinary models, there is a necessity to combine ecological and economic knowledge into ecological-economic models. Gradually guiding the reader into the field of ecological-economic modelling by introducing mathematical models and their role in general, this book provides an overview on ecological and economic modelling approaches relevant for research in the field of biodiversity conservation. It discusses the advantages of and challenges associated with ecological-economic modelling, together with an overview of useful ways of integration. Although being a book about mathematical modelling, ecological and economic concepts play an equally important role, making the book accessible for readers from very different disciplinary backgrounds"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
What is a model?
Purposes of modelling
Typical model features
Homogenous deterministic population models
Homogenous stochastic population models
Spatial population models
Models with individual variability
Models of biodiversity
Instruments for biodiversity conservation
Game theory
Incentive design
Modelling human decisions
The agglomeration bonus
Foundations of ecological- foundations of ecological-economic modelling
Benefits and challenges of ecological-economic modelling
Integration of ecological and economic models
Examples of ecological-economic modelling
Outlook.Digital Access Cambridge 2020 - PrintChristian R. Landry, Nadia Aubin-Horth, editors.Summary: "Researchers in the field of ecological genomics aim to determine how a genome or a population of genomes interacts with its environment across ecological and evolutionary timescales. Ecological genomics is trans-disciplinary by nature. Ecologists have turned to genomics to be able to elucidate the mechanistic bases of the biodiversity their research tries to understand. Genomicists have turned to ecology in order to better explain the functional cellular and molecular variation they observed in their model organisms. Ecological genomics covers 3 fields of research that have most benefited from the recent technological and conceptual developments in the field of ecological genomics: the study of life-history evolution and its impact of genome architectures; the study of the genomic bases of phenotypic plasticity and the study of the genomic bases of adaptation and speciation"-- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Recent advances in ecological genomics: from phenotypic plasticity to convergent and adaptive evolution and speciation
Trait transitions in explicit ecological and genomic contexts: plant mating systems as case studies
Revisiting Mortimer's genome renewal hypothesis: heterozygosity, homothallism, and the potential for adaptation in yeast
Ecological genomics of adaptation and speciation in Fungi
Integrating phenotypic plasticity within an ecological genomics framework: recent insights from the genomics, evolution, ecology, and fitness of plasticity
Eco-evo-devo: the time has come
Evolutionary and ecological genomics of developmental plasticity: novel approaches and first insights from the study of horned beetles
Neurogenomics of behavioral plasticity
Ecological genomics of host behavior manipulation by parasites
Ecological epigenetics
The reproducibility of adaptation in the light of experimental evolution with whole genome sequencing
Ecological Genomics of Host Shifts in Drosophila mojavensis
The genomics of an adaptive radiation
insights across the Heliconius speciation continuum
Merging ecology and genomics to dissect diversity in wild tomatoes and their relatives
Integrated genomics approaches in evolutionary and ecological endocrinology
Evolutionary genomics of environmental pollution
Signatures of natural selection and ecological differentiation in microbial genomes.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalManoj Kumar Jhariya, Ram Swaroop Meena, Arnab Banerjee, editors.Summary: Ecological intensification involves using natural resources such as land, water, soil nutrients, and other biotic and abiotic variables in a sustainable way to achieve high performance and efficiency in agricultural yield with minimal damage to the agroecosystems. With increasing food demand there is high pressure on agricultural systems. The concept of ecological intensification presents the mechanisms of ensuring high agricultural productivity by restoration the soil health and landscape ecosystem services. The approach involves the replacement of anthropogenic inputs with eco-friendly and sustainable alternates. Effective ecological intensification requires an understanding of ecosystems services, ecosystem's components, and flow of resources in the agroecosystems. Also, awareness of land use patterns, socio-economic factors, and needs of the farmer community plays a crucial role. It is therefore essential to understand the interaction of ecosystem constituents within the extensive agricultural landscape. The editors critically examined the status of ecological stress in agroecosystems and address the issue of ecological intensification for natural resources management. Drawing upon research and examples from around the world, the book is offering an up-to-date account, and insight into the approaches that can be put in practice for poly-cropping systems and landscape-scale management to increase the stability of agricultural production systems to achieve Ecological resilience. It further discusses the role of farmer communities and the importance of their awareness about the issues. This book will be of interest to teachers, researchers, climate change scientists, capacity builders, and policymakers. Also, the book serves as additional reading material for undergraduate and graduate students of agriculture, forestry, ecology, agronomy, soil science, and environmental sciences. National and international agricultural scientists, policymakers will also find this to be a useful read for green future.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Ecological Intensification of Natural Resources towards Sustainable Productive System
Chapter 2. Ecologically Harmonized Agricultural Management for Global Food Security
Chapter 3. Ecological Intensification: A Step towards Biodiversity Conservation and Management of Terrestrial Landscape
Chapter 4. Climate Change and Agricultural Sustainable Intensification in the Arid Lands
Chapter 5. Ecological Intensification for Sustainable Development
Chapter 6. Ecological Intensification for Sustainable Agriculture in South Asia
Chapter 7. Ecological Intensification for Sustainble Agriculture and Environment in India
Chapter 8. Mulching and Weed Management towards Sustainability
Chapter 9. Vertical Greenhouses Agro-technology- Solution toward Environmental Problems
chapter 10. Bioremediation of Lead Contaminated Soils for Sustainable Agriculture
Chapter 11. Pollination and Ecological Intensification: A Way towards Green Revolution
Chapter 12. Ecosystem Services of Himalayan Alder
Chapter 13. Soil Carbon Stock and Sequestration: Implications for Climate Change Adaptation and Mitigation
Chpater 14. Ecomodelling towards Natural Resource Management and Sustainability
Chapter 15. Ecological Intensification for Sustainable Agriculture: The Nigerian Perspective
Chapter 16. Eco-designing for Sustainability
Chpater 17. Ecological Intensification: Towards Food and Environmental Security in Sub-Saharan Africa
Chapter 18. Eco-intensified Breeding Strategies for Improving Climate Resilience in Goats. - DigitalWesley Dáttilo, Victor Rico-Gray, editors.Summary: Based on graph theory studies this book seeks to understand how tropical species interact with each other and how these interactions are affected by perturbations in some of the most species-rich habitats on earth. Due to the great diversity of species and interactions in the tropics, this book addresses a wide range of current and future issues with empirical examples and complete revisions on different types of ecological networks: from mutualisms to antagonisms. The goal of this publication is not to be only for researchers but also for undergraduates in different areas of knowledge, and also to serve as a reference text for graduate-level courses mainly in the life sciences.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; Contents;
Chapter 1: Tropical Biodiversity: The Importance of Biotic Interactions for Its Origin, Maintenance, Function, and Conservation; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Biotic Interactions and the Origin of Tropical Forest Biodiversity; 1.3 Biotic Interactions and the Maintenance of Tropical Biodiversity; 1.4 Biotic Interactions and Ecosystem Functioning; 1.5 Management and Conservation Implications; References;
Chapter 2: The History of Ecological Networks; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Pioneering Natural Historians. 2.3 Early Ecologists2.4 Food Web Models; 2.5 Modern Developments in Ecological Network Analysis; 2.6 Concluding Remarks; References;
Chapter 3: The Structure of Ecological Networks; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Indices to Describe the Topology of Ecological Networks; 3.3 Indices to Describe the Roles of Individual Species; 3.4 Factors That Influence the Structure of Ecological Networks; 3.5 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 4: Ecology and Evolution of Species-Rich Interaction Networks; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Ecological Dynamics; 4.3 Evolutionary Dynamics; 4.4 Eco-evolutionary Dynamics. 4.5 The Challenge Ahead: Eco-evolutionary Dynamics in Tropical, Species-Rich NetworksReferences;
Chapter 5: The Complex Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Relationship Within Tropical Ecological Networks; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Interactions in a Network Perspective; 5.3 Origin and Maintenance of Structural Patterns in Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; 5.4 The Robustness of Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; 5.5 Limitations and Recommendations for the Study of Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; 5.6 Future Directions in the Study of Antâ#x80;#x93;Plant Networks; References;
Chapter 6: Plant-Pollinator Networks in the Tropics: A Review. 6.1 Introduction6.2 A Profile of Pollination Network Studies; 6.3 Global Distribution of the Studies; 6.4 Comprehensive Versus Partial Networks and Habitats Sampled; 6.5 Sampling Methods; 6.6 Structure and Drivers of Pollination Networks; 6.7 General Network Patterns; 6.7.1 Low Connectance; 6.7.2 Uneven Degree Distribution and Interaction Strength; 6.7.3 Asymmetric Interactions; 6.7.4 Nestedness; 6.7.5 Modularity; 6.8 Drivers of Network Structure and a Nicheâ#x80;#x93;Neutral Continuum Model for Interactions; 6.8.1 Contemporary Mechanisms. 6.8.2 A â#x80;#x9C;Neutralâ#x80;#x93;Niche Continuum Modelâ#x80;#x9D; for Species Interactions6.8.3 Evolutionary History May Shape Interactions by Its Influence on Species Traits; 6.8.4 Historical Drivers of Interactions; 6.9 Is There a Latitudinal Gradient of Specialization in Pollination Networks?; 6.10 Concluding Remarks; References;
Chapter 7: Tropical Seed Dispersal Networks: Emerging Patterns, Biases, and Keystone Species Traits; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Temporal and Spatial Distribution of Tropical Seed Dispersal Networks; 7.3 Basic Network Descriptors and Methodological Bias; 7.4 Methodological Bias. - DigitalCharles M. Crisafulli, Virginia H. Dale, editors.Summary: This book builds on existing work exploring succession, disturbance ecology, and the interface between geophysical and biological systems in the aftermath of the 1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens. The eruption was dramatic both in the spatial extent of its impact and the range of volcanic disturbance types and intensities. Complex geophysical forces created unparalleled opportunities to study initial ecological responses and long-term succession processes that occur in response to a major contemporary eruption across a great diversity of ecosystems, lowland to alpine forests, meadows, lakes, streams, and rivers. These factors make Mount St. Helens an extremely rich environment for learning about the ecology of volcanic areas and, more generally, about ecosystem response to major disturbance of many types, including land management. Lessons about ecological recovery at Mount St. Helens are shaping thought about succession, disturbance ecology, ecosystem management, and landscape ecology. Explosive Mount St. Helens now rivals Krakatoa's 1883 eruption for understanding ecological change. Researchers escaping their desks have produced top science by repeated immersion, inspiration and observation in nature. From a mountain with conspicuous heterogeneous geology, the big picture emerges, and landscape ecology's evolving spatial patterns come alive. Bounce-back ecosystem recovery processes enrich the concepts of both resilience and ecological succession. Readers will relish the cascade of discoveries here. Richard T.T. Forman, retired PAES Professor of Landscape Ecology at Harvard University. A volcanic eruption instantly resets the ecological clock, starting a process of recovery and renewal that follows multiple pathways. The lessons gleaned from the contributions to this book apply not just to Mount St. Helens, but more broadly, to less spectacular but more frequent environmental disturbances of all sorts. John A. Wiens, former Chief Scientist, The Nature Conservancy, and Adjunct Professor, University of Western Australia "Research following the eruption of Mount St. Helens has helped revolutionize our thinking about how forest ecosystems respond to disturbances. Now, as demonstrated in this book, it has also become the global go-to locale for scientific information on impacts of volcanic eruptions! We are incredibly fortunate to have this latest volume summarizing science in this eruptive landscape." Jerry F. Franklin, Professor of Forest Ecosystems, University of Washington.
- DigitalC. Max Finlayson, Gurdeep Rastogi, Deepak R. Mishra, Ajit K. Pattnaik, editors.Summary: This book chronicles the decades-long work of studying, analyzing, and reversing the environmental pressures that threatened India's Chilika Lagoon, the largest brackish-water lagoon in the region, and the second largest in the world. Designated as one of India's first Ramsar Sites in 1981, Chilika Lagoon continued to degrade for a decade longer. Then, the Chilika Development Authority (CDA) was established to gather information and devise a restoration plan that benefits the ecosystems of the lagoon, with sensitivity to the needs and livelihoods of local communities. Expert contributors detail the work of analysis, planning and implementation, including extensive coverage of such topics as: Devising a plan for implementing Ramsar wise use guidelines Sedimentologic, chemical, and isotopic impacts Hydrodynamics and salinity Runoff and sediment in watersheds of the Lagoon's Western Catchment Long-term analysis of water quality and continued water quality monitoring Bio-optical models for cyclone impact assessment Studies of geomorphology, land use, and sedimentary environments Spatiotemporal assessment of phytoplankton communities Creation of a post-restoration scenario for fish and fisheries Assessing status of waterbirds, species diversity and migration patterns The result was a major hydrological intervention to re-establish hydrological and salinity regimes, biodiversity, and fish catches, and help protect the livelihood of lagoon-dependent communities. The story of the rehabilitation and management of Chilika Lagoon demonstrates that it is possible to halt and reverse the encroachment and degradation of wetlands, to restore biodiversity and to provide benefits for large numbers of people. Ecology, Conservation, and Restoration of Chilika Lagoon goes beyond scientific research articles to explore institutional and governance issues, political ecology, and the Ramsar Convention's guidelines for ecosystem restoration. The book will benefit researchers, wetland managers, government policy makers and more general readers concerned with restoration and conservation of wetlands around the planet.
Contents:
Introduction
An overview of the restoration and management of Chilika Lagoon : successful application of the Ramsar wise use guidelines
Ecological characterization of Chilika : defining strategies and management needs for wise use
Ecosystem services : implications for managing Chilika
Sedimentologic, chemical, and isotopic constraints on the Anthropogenic influence on Chilika Lake, India
Modelling of hydrodynamics and salinity characteristics in Chilika Lagoon
Assessment of runoff and sediment yield from selected watersheds in the Western Catchment of the Chilika Lagoon
Long-term analysis of water quality in Chilika Lagoon and application of bio-optical models for cyclone impact assessment
Spatio-temporal variation in physicochemical parameters of water in the Chilika lagoon
Geomorphology, land use/land cover and sedimentary environments of the Chilika Basin
Spatiotemporal Assessment of phytoplankton communities in the Chilika lagoon
Fish and fisheries of Chilika : post-restoration scenario
Avifauna of Chilika, Odisha : assessment of spatial and temporal changes
Biodiversity of benthic fauna in Chilika lagoon
Microbial ecology of Chilika Lagoon
Survey, characterization, ecology, and management of macrophytes in Chilika lagoon. - DigitalGisela Heckel, Yolanda Schramm, editors.Summary: Pinnipeds are marine mammals that include eared seals, true seals, and walruses. This book presents detailed reviews on the ecology and conservation of 10 pinniped species along the coasts and islands in Latin America, from Mexico to Chile and Argentina. Topics covered include their population dynamics, trophic ecology, reproduction, and behavior. In addition, the book addresses major conservation issues regarding climate change, interaction with fisheries, ecotourism, and other human activities.
Contents:
Chapter 1 - Introduction - Pinnipeds in Latin America
Chapter 2 - South American fur seal (Arctocephalus australis, Zimmerman 1783)
Chapter 3 - Ecology and conservation of the Galapagos fur seal (Arctocephalus galapagoensis, Heller 1904)
Chapter 4 - Antarctic fur seal (Arctocephalus gazella, Peters 1876)
Chapter 5 - Reviewing the current status of Juan Fernandez fur seals (Arctocephalus philippii philippii, Peters 1866)
Chapter 6 - The Guadalupe fur seal (Arctocephalus philippii townsendi, Merriam 1897)
Chapter 7 - South American sea lion (Otaria flavescens, Shaw 1800)
Chapter 8 - Current status of the California sea lion (Zalophus californianus, Lesson 1828) in Mexico
Chapter 9 - Life history strategies in the Galapagos sea lion (Zalophus wollebaeki, Silvertsen 1953): understanding the past to predict the future
Chapter 10 - Conservation and management implications of southern elephant seals (Miroung leonina, Linnaeus 1758): demography, social organization and behavior
Chapter 11 - Status review of the northern elephant seal (Mirounga angustirostris, Gill 1866) in Mexico: past, present and perspectives
Chapter 12 - The Pacific harbor seal (Phoca vitulina richardii, Gray 1864) in Mexico. - DigitalSonia Gallina-Tessaro, editor.Summary: This book brings together the latest information on tropical ungulates in different Latin American countries. These animals are not only important from the point of view of their role in different ecosystems, but also have cultural value for people. The book also discusses topics such as habitat transformation and hunting as these species are an important source of food in many places. Addressing ungulate natural communities in diverse ecosystems and countries, the book provides information on specific aspects of each of the most representative species, and highlights topics to help readers better understand these species and develop effective management and conservation strategies. The information presented also reveals the need for more knowledge and will hopefully provide the incentive for continued studies on this important group of animals. This publication serves as a reference for academic research on ungulate ecology, behavior and dynamics, as well as the basis for conservation strategies.
Contents:
Section 1
General Topics of Tropical Ungulated Species
Chapter 1
Introduction: Tropical Ungulates in Latin America
Chapter 2
Tropical Ungulates in Mexico
Chapter 3
Tropical Ungulates of Costa Rica
Chapter 4
Tropical Ungulates of Honduras
Chapter 5
Tropical Ungulates of Panama
Chapter 6
Tropical Ungulates of Colombia
Chapter 7
Tropical Ungulates of Venezuela
Chapter 8
Tropical Ungulates of Peru
Chapter 9
Tropical Ungulates of Brazil
Chapter 10
Tropical Ungulates of Argentina Chapter 11
Tropical Ungulates of Uruguay
Section 2
SpecificTopics of Tropical Ungulated Species
Chapter 12
Mule Deer
Chapter 13
White-Tailed Deer
Chapter 14
Brocket Deer
Chapter 15
White Lipped Peccari
Chapter 16
Collared Peccari
Chapter 17
Tapir
IndexDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalEn Tao Wang, Chang Fu Tian, Wen Feng Chen, J. Peter W. Young, Wen Xin Chen.Summary: This book reviews the history and development of rhizobial ecology (diversity, function and interactions with the biotic and abiotic environments), evolution (genome diversification, systematics of symbiotic genes) and application. Further, it describes the new concept of rhizobia, the latest systematic methods, biogeographic study methods, and genomic studies to identify the interactions between rhizobia, legumes and environments. To enable readers to gain a comprehensive understanding of rhizobial biogeography, the book provides effective protocols for the selection and application of high-efficiency rhizobial inoculants. In addition, it presents standard and modern methods used in studies on rhizobial ecology and evolution in dedicated appendices, making it a unique and valuable handbook for researchers.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Symbiosis between rhizobia and legumes
Chapter 2. History of rhizobial taxonomy
Chapter 3. Current Systematics of rhizobia
Chapter 4. Genomics and evolution of rhizobia
Chapter 5. Symbiosis genes: diversity and organization
Chapter 6. Evolution of symbiosis genes: Vertical and horizontal gene transfer
Chapter 7. Diversity of interactions between rhizobia and legumes
Chapter 8. Geographical distribution of rhizobia
Chapter 9. Environmental determinants of biogeography of rhizobia
Chapter 10. Effects of host plants on biogeography of rhizobia
Chapter 11. Rhizobial genomics and biogeography
Chapter 12. Current status of rhizobial inoculants
Chapter 13. Screening for effective rhizobia
Chapter 14. Usage of rhizobial inoculants in agriculture
Chapter 15. Rhizobial activity beyond nitrogen fixation
Chapter 16. Working on the taxonomy, biodiversity, ecology and evolution of rhizobia
Index
Acknowledgments.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Andrew M. Barton and William S. Keeton ; foreword by Thomas A. Spies.Summary: "An important contribution to the burgeoning literature extolling the virtues of forest complexity. As a compendium of the literature on forest heterogeneity alone, this book is an indispensable reference for scholars and practitioners of ecological forest management." Gregory H. Aplet, Senior Science Director, The Wilderness Society "Ecology and Recovery of Eastern Old-Growth Forests is extremely timely and hugely important. Old-growth forests are quickly disappearing, and global changes mandate that we find new approaches to manage them. Succinctly written by prominent American and Canadian scientists, this book is a must-read for forest professionals and enthusiastic forest lovers everywhere." Christian Messier, Professor of Forest Ecology, Université du Québec à Montréal and Université du Québec en Outaouais "Finally, a much-needed, up-to-date treatise on the state of old-growth forests in the East. All forest stakeholders should read this book." Jerry F. Franklin, Professor Emeritus, University of Washington.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
Chapter 1. Introduction: Ecological and Historical Context
Chapter 2. Old-Growth and Mature Remnant Floodplain Forests of the Southeastern United States
Chapter 3. Fire-Maintained Pine Savannas and Woodlands of the Southeastern United States Coastal Plain
Chapter 4. Old-Growth Forests in the Southern Appalachians: Dynamics and Conservation Frameworks
Chapter 5. Topography and Vegetation Patterns in an Old-Growth Appalachian Forest: Lucy Braun, You Were Right!
Chapter 6. Old-Growth Disturbance Dynamics and Associated Ecological Silviculture for Forests in Northeastern North American
Chapter 7. Historical Patterns and Contemporary Processes in Northern Lake States Old-Growth Landscapes
Chapter 8. Is Management or Conservation of Old Growth Possible in North American Boreal Forests?
Chapter 9. Forest-Stream Interactions in Eastern Old-Growth Forests
Chapter 10. Belowground Ecology and Dynamics in Eastern Old-Growth Forests
Chapter 11. Biological Diversity in Eastern Old Growth
Chapter 12. Eastern Old-Growth Forests under Threat: Changing Dynamics due to Invasive Organisms
Chapter 13. Silviculture for Eastern Old Growth in the Context of Global Change
Chapter 14. Source or Sink? Carbon Dynamics in Eastern Old-Growth Forests and Their Role in Climate Change Mitigation
Chapter 15. Conclusion: Past, Present, and Future of Old-Growth Forests in the East
Glossary
Contributors
About the Editors
Index. - DigitalI.J. Gordon, Herbert H.T. Prins, editors.Summary: Large herbivorous mammals have a long history of adaptation to changing environmental circumstances. Many groups of mammalian herbivores started as omnivores and opportunistic browsers of fruits and other plant parts, later adapting to increasingly specialised leaf browsing, and finally to grazing as open grass-dominated environments spread following climatic cooling and drying during the Neogene. Changes in global climate led to vegetational changes in terrestrial ecosystems, which resulted in changes in the proportions of browsing and grazing species in the ungulate guilds. There is currently a range of proxy methods to assess diets and feeding ecology of large extinct herbivorous mammals, including dental microwear and mesowear analyses and stable isotope analyses. Together these methods have enabled an increasingly diverse and fine-scale understanding of the dietary variation of herbivorous mammals throughout the Cenozoic, providing a more detailed picture than traditional comparative ecomorphology approaches alone. This chapter will provide an up-to-date assessment of the analytical methods of determining the diet of extinct large herbivorous mammal taxa, and provide insights into changes in the assemblages of browsing and grazing mammals and how these relate to changes to climate and the evolution of different plant forms.
Contents:
The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing II / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H.T. Prins
The Palaeontology of Browsing and Grazing / Juha Saarinen
The Paleoecological Impact of Grazing and Browsing: Consequences of the Late Quaternary Large Herbivore Extinctions / John Rowan and J.T. Faith
Morphological and Physiological Adaptations for Browsing and Grazing / Daryl Codron, Reinhold R. Hofmann, and Marcus Clauss
Feeding Ecology of Large Browsing and Grazing Herbivores / Jan. A. Venter, Mike M. Vermeulen, and Christopher F. Brooke
Population Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates in the Anthropocene / Christian Kiffner and Derek E. Lee
Community Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Charudutt Mishra, Minib Khanyari, Herbert H.T. Prins, and Kulbhushansingh R. Suryawanshi
Weather and Climate Impacts on Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Randall B. Boone
Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Soil Biota and Nutrient Dynamics / Judith Sitters and Walter S. Andriuzzi
Effects of Grazing and Browsing on Tropical Savanna Vegetation / Frank van Langevelde, Claudius A.D.M. van de Vijver, Herbert H.T. Prins, and Thomas A. Groen
Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Plant Characteristics and Dynamics / Autumn E. Sabo
Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Faunal Biodiversity / Krisztián Katona and Corli Coetsee
Interactions Between Fire and Herbivory: Current Understanding and Management Implications / Izak P.J. Smit and Corli Coetsee
Managing Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Richard W.S. Flynn, David J. Augustine, and Samuel D. Fuhlendorf
The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing in Other Vertebrate Taxa / Iain J. Gordon, Herbert H.T. Prins, Jordan Mallon, Laura D. Puk, Everton B.P. Miranda, Carolina Starling-Manne, René van der Wal, Ben Moore, William Foley, Lucy Lush, Renan Maestri, Ikki Matsuda, and Marcus Clauss
Browsers and Grazers Drive the Dynamics of Ecosystems / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H.T. Prins.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitalby Charles S. Elton ; with contributions by Daniel Simberloff and Anthony Ricciardi.Summary: Charles S. Elton's classic text Ecology of Invasions by Animals and Plants sounded an early warning about a human-driven global change that became widely appreciated among scientists and the public only decades later. "We must make no mistake", he wrote. "We are seeing one of the great historical convulsions of the world's fauna and flora." The enormous environmental consequences of this phenomenon are now well recognized. The past 60 years have seen an exponential rise in research on biological invasions, and Elton's original hypotheses are among those at the center of this research. In this new annotated edition, ecologists Daniel Simberloff and Anthony Ricciardi have provided forewords placing each chapter into historical scientific context. They assess the influence of Elton's ideas on the development of invasion ecology. Moreover, using the author's notes from the Elton archives at the University of Oxford, Simberloff and Ricciardi offer evidence that Elton was preparing the groundwork for a revised edition and discuss what additions and changes he intended to make. With clear language and copious examples, Ecology of Invasions is the first book to place invasions in a global context and is still the most cited work on the subject. It is an essential reference for students, researchers, and the general public who wish to understand an environmental phenomenon that has grown in magnitude and scope as a global issue for conservation and biosecurity.
Contents:
The invaders
Wallace's realms : the archipelago of continents
The invasion of continents
The fate of remote islands
Changes in the sea
The balance between populations
New food-chains for old
The reasons for conservation
The conservation of variety. - Digitaledited by Ann E. Hajek, David I. Shapiro-Ilan.Contents:
Section I. Introduction
1. General concepts in the ecology of invertebrate diseases
2. Methods for studying the ecology of invertebrate diseases and pathogens
Section II. The Basics of Invertebrate Pathogen Ecology
3. The pathogen population
4. The host population
5. Abiotic factors
6. The biotic environment
Section III. Ecology of Pathogen Groups
7. Viruses
8. Bacteria
9. Fungi
10. Microsporidia
11. Nematodes
12. Modeling insect epizootics and their population-level consequences
13. Leveraging the ecology of invertebrate pathogens in micrbial control
14. Prevention and management of diseases in terrestrial invertebrates
15. Prevention and management of infectious diseases in aquatic invertebrates
16. Ecology of emerging infectious diseases of invertebrates
17. Conclusions and future directions.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalEdouard Jurkevitch, Robert J. Mitchell, editors.Summary: This work is a collection of articles that discuss microbial predation from a variety of perspectives. It provides the readers a concise resource describing factors that are critical for several different predatory microbes, including Myxobacterium spp. and Bdellovibrio-and-like organisms (BALOs), including the mechanisms involved, ecological conditions that adversely impact it and potential applications in aquaculture and bioproduction. The first half of this collection focuses more on ecological aspects of predation, with in-depth discussions on "wolf pack" predators, the presence and activities of predators in waste-water treatment plants and the role of intraguild predatory relationships, i.e., when two different predators are competing for a single prey but also interact with one another. The reader will gain a deeper understanding of the predatory mechanisms involved and their ecological roles. In the latter half, emphasis is given more to the application and limitations of predators. In addition to discussing secondary metabolite production within different microbial predators, the readers will also learn how predators are being used to purify secondary metabolites from prey. This section also discusses the expanding and promising role of predation in aquaculture, focusing on the application of predators to reduce pathogenic populations, but includes some important caveats for young researchers to consider and follow when working with Bdellovibrio. This work is written for both experienced researchers already in the field and for young scientists who are captivated by the thought of predation at the microscale and its growing importance within a wide-array of fields.
Contents:
Preface
Predatory interactions between Myxobacteria and their prey
The ecology of Bdellovibrio and like organisms in wastewater treatment plants
Intraguild predation: predatory networks at the microbial scale
Antibacterial activities of Bdellovibrio and like organisms in aquaculture
Secondary metabolism of predatory bacteria
Environmental and biotic factors impacting the activities of Bdellovibrio bacteriovorus
Emerging horizons for industrial applications of predatory bacteria.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalGraham E. Rotheray.Summary: This book offers an overview of the larva of Diptera Cyclorrhapha. It first discusses the principal forms, functions and roles of larvae, and then evaluates feeding, locomotion and respiration in larval saprophages, phytophages and zoophages as keys to understanding and predicting larval morphology. It also highlights how the environment affects morphology, the adaptiveness of morphological features and compares the adaptive features. Assessing the larval attributes that have the potential to explain the success of the Cyclorrhapha, the book also suggests future research directions and provides a summary of main findings and conclusions. As such, it appeals to entomologists, evolutionary biologists and Diptera researchers in all fields.
Contents:
Chapter 1: The Cyclorrhaphan larva
Chapter 2: Acquiring data: targets, problems and solutions
Chapter 3: Forms, functions and names
Chapter 4: Mobility and locomotion
Chapter 5: Respiration
Chapter 6: Saprophagy, developing on decay
Chapter 7: Phytophagy and mycophagy
Chapter 8: Zoophagy: predation and parasitism
Chapter 9: The Cyclorrhaphan larva as a data source.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalVasilios Fragoulakis, Christina Mitropoulou, Marc S. Williams, George P. Patrinos.Contents:
Economic evaluation in health care: evidence-based medicine and evidence-based health economics
Genomic medicine today: an introduction for health economists
Economic evaluation and genomic medicine: what can they learn from each other?
Introduction to the technical issues of economic evaluation
Advanced methodological aspects in the economic evaluation
Economic evaluation in the genomic era: some examples from the field
Special requirements for economic evaluation and health technology assessment in genomic medicine
A new methodological approach for cost-effectiveness analysis in genomic medicine
Conclusions and future perspectives.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalSonia Quiroga, editor.Summary: This book compiles examples of the most widely used tools in agricultural economics that have been developed and used to analyze the impact of global change in agricultural activity. The research papers on this topic are plenty but lack the methodology. The content of this book can be used by research students exploring additional methods in agricultural economics.
Contents:
Part I: Microeconomic modelling: Risk management, adaptation measures and stakeholders' perception
Ch.1. Crop Production functions and efficiency models: Climate change and water adaptation policy over competitiveness and social disparities of crop production in the Mediterranean
Ch.2. Using ecological modelling tools to inform policy makers of potential changes in crop distribution: an example with cacao crops in Latin America
Ch.3. The effects of climate change on poverty and income distribution: A case study for rural Mexico
Ch.4. The value of meteorological information in agrarian producers' decision making: introducing analytic decision models
Ch.5. Participatory process: Approaches for assessing farmer behavior towards adopting climate change adaptation strategies in Sub-Saharan Africa
Part II: Macroeconomic and Complexity Modelling: Global challenges and multi-agent interactions in Mitigation and Adaptation Policy analysis
Ch.6. CGE models in environmental policy analysis: A review and Spanish case study
Ch.7. General equilibrium models: A computable general equilibrium model to analyze the effects of an extended drought on economic sectors in México
Ch.8. Costs and benefits of Adaptation: "Economic appraisal of adaptation options for the agriculture sector
Ch.9. The impacts of climate change on crop yields in Tanzania: comparing an empirical and a process-based model
Ch.10. Development of a prioritization tool for climate change adaptation measures in the forestry sector
A Nicaraguan case study. - DigitalTahereh Alavi Hojjat.Summary: Much has been written about the economic causes of obesity, but this book offers a comprehensive and deep investigation of the causes and treatment of these issues in a single volume. In the second edition, the author expands upon the serious threat that obesity poses not only to our health, but also to our society. Obesity costs billions of dollars a year in lost productivity and medical expenses. The social distribution of obesity has changed over time. Obesity rates in the United States continue to worsen in parallel with income inequality. Socioeconomic groups with low personal capital, levels of education, and income have higher obesity rates. In fact, the rate of obesity has increased the fastest among low-income Americans. The disproportionate burden of obesity on the poor poses an economic challenge and an ethical imperative. The link between obesity, inactivity, and poverty may be too costly to ignore because obesity-associated chronic disease already accounts for 70% of US healthcare costs. Although economic and technological changes in the environment drove the obesity epidemic, the evidence for effective economic policies to prevent obesity remains limited. The new edition brings together a multitude of topics on obesity previously not discussed with a particular emphasis on the influence of poverty and income inequality on obesity including: Economic Analysis: Behavioral Patterns, Diet Choice, and the Role of Government Income and Wealth Inequality and Obesity Social Mobility and Health Food Policies, Government Interventions, and Reducing Poverty The Economics of Obesity is an essential text for readers interested in learning about the causes and consequences of obesity within a social context including students, academicians, and practitioners in public health, medicine, social sciences, and health economics, both in and outside of the United States. US and international policy-makers also will find the book a salient read in addressing the issues that contribute to the cycle of poverty, income inequality, and obesity.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction: The Magnitude of the Obesity Problem
Chapter 2: Different Perspectives on Causes of Obesity
Chapter 3: Consequences of Obesity
Chapter 4: Economic Analysis: Behavioral Patterns, Diet Choice, and the Role of Government
Chapter 5: Socioeconomic Factors: Poverty and Obesity
Chapter 6: Income and Wealth Inequality and Obesity
Chapter 7: Data and Methodology: Empirical Investigation of the Relationship Among Obesity, Income Inequality, and Poverty
Chapter 8:Obesity and Socioeconomic Status: Case Study of Peruvian Women
Chapter 9: Social Mobility and Health
Chapter 10: Food Policies, Government Interventions, and Reducing Poverty
Chapter 11: Concluding Comments. - DigitalMirza Hasanuzzaman, Kamrun Nahar, Münir Öztürk, editors.Summary: Halophytes are those plant species that can tolerate high salt concentrations. There are diversified species of halophytes suited for growth in various saline regions around the world, e.g. coastal saline soil, soils of mangrove forests, wetlands, marshlands, lands of arid and semiarid regions, and agricultural fields. These plants can be grown in soil and water containing high salt concentrations and unsuitable for conventional crops, and can be good sources of food, fuel, fodder, fiber, essential oils, and medicine. Moreover, halophytes can be exploited as significant and major plant species for the desalination and restoration of saline soils, as well as phytoremediation. This book highlights recent advances in exploring the unique features of halophytes and their potential uses in our changing environment.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Halophytes Responses and Tolerance to Abiotic Stresses.- Chapter 2. Behavior of Halophytes and their tolerance mechanism under different abiotic stresses.- Chapter 3. An Overview of the Germination Behaviour of Halophytes and Their Role in Food Security.- Chapter 4. Reactive Oxygen Species Production and Scavenging During Seed Germination of Halophytes.- Chapter 5. Halophyte Growth and Physiology under Metal Toxicity.- Chapter 6. Oxidative stress and antioxidant defense under metal toxicity in halophytes.- Chapter 7. Molecular mechanisms of osmotic stress recovery in extremophile plants: What can we learn from proteomics?.- Chapter 8. Halophytic Microbiome in Ameliorating the Stress.- Chapter 9. Economic utilization and potential of halophytes.- Chapter 10. Halophytes: prospective plants for future.- Chapter 11. Sustainable Use of Halophytic Taxa As Food and Fodder
An Important Genetic Resource in Southwest Asia.- Chapter 12. How Could Halophytes Provide a Sustainable Alternative to Achieve Food Security in Marginal Lands?.- Chapter 13. Halophytes
The Plants of Therapeutic Medicine.- Chapter 14. Halophyte species as a source of secondary metabolites with antioxidant activity.- Chapter 15. Phytoamelioration of the salt-affected soils through halophytes.- Chapter 16. Multidisciplinary studies on a pilot coastal desert modular farm growing Salicornia bigelovii in United Arab Emirates.- Chapter 17. Financial analysis of halophytes cultivation in a desert environment using different saline water resources for irrigation.- Chapter 18. Rhizophora Biomass of Mangrove Swamp Forests and its Utilization in Energy and Industrial Production: The Case of Malaysia.- Chapter 19. Halophytic Plant Diversity of Duzdag Mountain in Nakhchivan Autonomous Republic
Azerbaijan. - DigitalHaakon Hop, Christian Wiencke, editors.Summary: This book focuses in detail on all ecologically important aspects of the Kongsfjorden system such as the marine and atmospheric environment including long-term monitoring, Ecophysiology of individual species, structure and function of the ecosystem, ecological processes and biological communities. The contributed articles include review articles and research articles that have a wider approach and bring the current research up-to-date. This book will form a baseline for future work.
- DigitalD.K. Pal.Summary: This book highlights ecosystem services of Indian tropical soils driven by soil properties. Soils are complex and important biomaterials and have an outstanding role in providing ecosystem services to mankind. The tropical soils have been traditionally and generally considered as either agriculturally poor or virtually useless by many. This book will discuss the difficulties encountered in managing Indian tropical soils in order to sustain their productivity. Some unique soil properties are yet to be linked explicitly to soil ecosystem services and soil care needs to be a constant research endeavour in the Indian tropical environment. This book highlights the new and unique soil knowledge base necessary to close the gap between food production and future population growth.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Author;
Chapter 1: Soil Properties and Ecosystem Services: Overview and Introduction; References;
Chapter 2: Agro-ecological Regions for Better Crop Planning and Ecosystem Services; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Refinement of Agro-ecological Zones Based on Soil Properties; 2.3 Usefulness and Revision Needs of AESR; 2.3.1 Example 1 from SAT Non-zeolitic Vertisols; 2.3.2 Example 2 from SAT Zeolitic Vertisols; 2.3.3 Example 3 from BSR and IGP Areas on Wheat Productivity; 2.4 Generation of New Data for AESR Revision 2.5 Computation of Length of Growing Period (LGP) Based on sHC2.5.1 Estimation of sHC; 2.5.1.1 sHC of the IGP soils; 2.5.1.2 sHC of the BSR soils; 2.6 Modification of AESR Boundaries; 2.6.1 The Indo-Gangetic Plains; 2.6.2 Black Soils Region; 2.7 Usefulness of Modified AESRs in BSR Observed in Better Compatibility Between Revised LGP and Cotton Yield: A Case Study; References;
Chapter 3: Organic Carbon Sequestration and Ecosystem Service of Indian Tropical Soils; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Other Factors of SOC Sequestration; 3.3 '4 per mille' Concept and Enhancement of SOC Sequestration 3.4 Possible Ways to Enhance the SOC SequestrationReferences;
Chapter 4: Is Soil Inorganic Carbon (CaCO3, SIC) Sequestration a Bane or a Hidden Treasure in Soil Ecosystem Services?; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Formation of CaCO3 in SAT Soils: A Regressive Pedogenesis; 4.3 SIC (CaCO3) as Soil Modifier: Its Soil Ecosystem Services; 4.4 SIC's Ecosystem Services and Sustainability of SAT Soils; References;
Chapter 5: Soil Modifiers (Ca-Zeolite and Gypsum) as Ecosystem Engineers in Soils of Humid and Semi-arid Tropical Climates; 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Ca-Zeolites as Prolonged Ecosystem Engineer in Inceptisols, Alfisols and Mollisols of the Humid Tropical WG and KR Areas5.3 Ca-Zeolites as Transitory Ecosystem Engineer in Soils of SAT Marathwada Region of Central Peninsular India; 5.4 Gypsum: A Better Ecosystem Engineer than Ca-Zeolites in Vertisols of SAT Environment; 5.5 Zeolites Sustain Rice Cultivation in SAT Vertisols; 5.6 Ca-Zeolites in Adsorption and Desorption of Major Nutrients in SAT Vertisols; 5.6.1 Organic Carbon; 5.6.2 Nitrogen; 5.6.3 Phosphorus; 5.6.4 Potassium; References
Chapter 6: Degradation in Indian Tropical Soils: A Commentary6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Physical Degradation Due to Water Erosion in Indian HT and SAT Soils; 6.2.1 HT Soils; 6.2.2 SAT Soils; 6.3 Chemical Degradation in Indian HT and SAT Soils; 6.3.1 HT Soils; 6.3.2 SAT Soils; References;
Chapter 7: Summary and Concluding Remarks; 7.1 Agro-ecological Regions as a Tool for Ecosystem Services; 7.2 Organic Carbon Sequestration and Ecosystem Service; 7.3 Soil Inorganic Carbon Sequestration in Soil Ecosystem Services; 7.4 Soil Modifiers as Ecosystem Engineers; 7.5 Degradation in Indian Tropical Soils - Digitaledited by Ajith H. Perera, Urmas Peterson, Guillermo Martínez Pastur, Louis R. Iverson.Summary: Over the last two decades, the topic of forest ecosystem services has attracted the attention of researchers, land managers, and policy makers around the globe. The services rendered by forest ecosystems range from intrinsic to anthropocentric benefits that are typically grouped as provisioning, regulating, supporting, and cultural. The research efforts, assessments, and attempts to manage forest ecosystems for their sustained services are now widely published in scientific literature. This volume focuses on broad-scale aspects of forest ecosystem services, beyond individual stands to large landscapes. In doing so, it illustrates the conceptual and practical opportunities as well as challenges involved with planning for forest ecosystem services across landscapes, regions, and nations. The goal here is to broaden the scope of land use planning through the adoption of a landscape-scale approach. Even though this approach is complex and involves multiple ecological, social, cultural, economic, and political dimensions, the landscape perspective appears to offer the best opportunity for a sustained provision of forest ecosystem services.
Contents:
Preface
Ecosystem services from forest landscapes: An overview.- Effects of climate change on CH4 and N2O fluxes from temperate and boreal forest soils.- What are plant-released biogenic volatiles and how they participate in landscape- to global-level processes?.- Towards functional green infrastructure in the Baltic Sea Region: knowledge production and learning across borders.- Sustainable Planning for peri-urban landscapes.- Barriers and bridges for landscape stewardship and knowledge production to sustain functional green infrastructures.- Solving conflicts among conservation, economic and social objectives in boreal production forest landscapes; Fennoscandian perspectives.- Natural disturbances and forest management: interacting patterns on the landscape.- Ecosystem services from forest landscapes: Where we are and where we go
Index. - DigitalPablo L. Peri, Guillermo Martínez Pastur, Laura Nahuelhual, editors.Digital Access Springer 2021
- Digitaledited by I Nicol Ferrier, Jonathan Waite.Summary: The fourth edition of this popular Handbook provides the latest guidance on prescribing and administering electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). Leading researchers and practitioners review new research on ECT and related treatments, including their efficacy in children and adolescents, and in those with bipolar disorder and neurological conditions. With a focus on safe provision and minimisation of side effects, it provides the reader with practical, evidence-based advice. The book has been substantially revised: references have been updated throughout; related treatment modalities such as rTMS, tCDS and ketamine are covered in greater depth; and current administrative and legal framework guidelines are clearly outlined. An essential reference manual for consultant and trainee clinical psychiatrists, as well as ECT practitioners. This guide will benefit clinical teams looking after complex cases of depression, as well as those involved in the care of other people for whom ECT may be recommended.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalTogas Tulandi, editor.Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases covering ectopic pregnancy, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians in reproductive medicine and obstetrics/gynecology with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and treat the various forms of the condition they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Cases included illustrate different management strategies ? from treatment with methotrexate to surgical interventions ? as well as types of ectopic pregnancy, such as ovarian, interstitial, heterotopic and abdominal forms, among others. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, Ectopic Pregnancy: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for reproductive medicine specialists, obstetricians and gynecologists, and family and emergency medicine physicians alike.
Contents:
Identification of Risk Factors of Ectopic Pregnancy
Discriminatory Serum hCG level for Ectopic Pregnancy
Pregnancy of Unknown Location
Ectopic Pregnancy After In-Vitro Fertilization
Surgical Treatment of Ectopic Pregnancy
Bleeding Ectopic Pregnancy
Medical Treatment of Ectopic Pregnancy
Compliance with Methotrexate Treatment for Ectopic Pregnancy
Inadvertent Methotrexate Administration
Effect of Methotrexate Treatment for Ectopic Pregnancy on Current and Subsequent Pregnancy
Interstitial Pregnancy
Cervical Pregnancy
Ovarian Ectopic Pregnancy
Cesarean Scar Pregnancy
Abdominal Pregnancy
Intramural Pregnancy
Heterotopic Pregnancy
Retroperitoneal Ectopic Pregnancy
Ectopic Molar Pregnancy
Rudimentary Uterine Horn Pregnancy
Fertility after Tubal Ectopic Pregnancy. - DigitalGiovanni Sogari, Cristina Mora, Davide Menozzi, editors.Summary: This book explores one of the most discussed and investigated novel foods in recent years: edible insects. The increasing demand for alternative protein sources worldwide had led the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) to promote the potential of using insects both for feed and food, establishing a program called "Edible Insects." Although several social, environmental, and nutritional benefits of the use of insects in the human diet have been identified, the majority of the population in Western countries rejects the idea of adopting insects as food, predominantly for cultural reasons. Nevertheless, international interest in promoting the consumption of insects has grown significantly, mainly in North America and Europe. This trend is mostly due to increasing attention and involvement from the scientific network and the food and feed industries, as well as governments and their constituents. The book explores the current state of entomophagy and identifies knowledge gaps to inform primary research institutions, students, members of the private sector, and policymakers to better plan, develop, and implement future research studies on edible insects as a sustainable source of food. The case studies and issues presented in this book cover highly up-to-date topics such as aspects of safety and allergies for human consumption, final meat quality of animals fed with insects, the legislative framework for the commercialization of this novel food, and other relevant issues.
Contents:
Insects as food: risk assessment and their future perspective in Europe
Insects as food in the Global North
the evolution of the entomophagy movement
How to measure consumers acceptance towards edible insects?
A scoping review about methodological approaches
Bugs on the menu
Drivers and barriers of consumer acceptance of insects as food
Sensory and consumer perspectives on edible insects
Quality and consumer perspectives on edible insects
Quality and consumer acceptance of products from insect-fed animals
Potential allergenic risk of entomophagy.-Insects as food: the legal Frameword. - DigitalT.K. Lim.Contents:
v. 1. Fruits
v. 2. Fruits
v. 3. Fruits
v. 4. Fruits
v. 5. Fruits
v. 6. Fruits
v. 7. Flowers
v. 8. FlowersDigital Access - DigitalJudith Babar, Oğuz Dicle, Hildo J. Lamb, Laura Oleaga, Fermín Sáez.Summary: This EDiR guide has a practical rather than a theoretical focus, and is intended as a reference tool for potential EDiR candidates who would like to gain a better understanding of the EDiR examination. A pool of experts has made every possible effort to create a single source that contains everything needed to successfully pass the EDiR examination. Times have changed, and there is certainly a new generation of radiologists who will find this cutting-edge tool a "must-have" to familiarize themselves with the examination quickly and easily. The book is divided into the following main sections: one chapter for each subspecialty; one chapter on Safety, Management and Imaging Procedures; another on Principles of Imaging Techniques and Processing; and lastly, one on Management. This structure follows the same pattern as the EDiR examination, which is based on the European Training Curriculum (ETC) for Radiology released by the European Society of Radiology (ESR). Each subspecialty is covered using the same basic structure: Multiple Response Questions (MRQs), Short Cases (SCs) and CORE Cases from one of the most recent EDiR examinations. Students will thus be able to see all the questions from a recent examination and learn from the answers and comments provided by our pool of experts. Clinical cases as electronic supplementary material complete the book, and links to EDiR preparation sessions are also included, allowing students to improve their knowledge of specific areas.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalAdrian Thomas, Francis Duck.Summary: This book explores the lives and achievements of two Irish sisters, Edith and Florence Stoney, who pioneered the use of new electromedical technologies, especially X-rays but also ultraviolet radiation and diathermy. In addition, however, the narrative follows several intertwined themes as experienced by the sisters during their lifetimes. Their upbringing, influenced by their liberal-minded scientist father, set the tone for both their lives. Irish independence fractured their family heritage. Their professional experiences, fulfilling for Florence as a qualified doctor but often frustrating for Edith as a Cambridge-educated scientist, mirrored those of other aspiring women during this period, when the suffragist movement expanded and womens lobby groups were formed. World War I created an environment in which their unusual specialist knowledge was widely needed, and the sisters war experiences are carefully examined in the book. But ultimately this is the extraordinary story of two independent but closely bonded sisters and their abiding love and support for one another.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Dublin
Chapter 2: Oakley Park
Chapter 3: Newnham College, Cambridge
Chapter 4: Cheltenham
Chapter 5: London School of Medicine for Women
Chapter 6: Florence and X-rays
Chapter 7: Teaching Physics
Chapter 8: Challenge and Loss
Chapter 9: Action and Reaction
Chapter 10: Florences War
Chapter 11: Chateau de Chanteloup
Chapter 12: Serbia and Salonika
Chapter 13: Mobile Radiography
Chapter 14: Villers-Cotterêts
Chapter 15: Royaumont Abbey
Chapter 16: Return to Civilian Life
Chapter 17: Family, Retirement and Travel
Chapter 18: Legacy.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Printdoor Lauren Ann Maggio, geboren op 11 november 1979 te Lynn, Massachusetts, Verenigde Staten.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Characterizing physicians' information needs at the point of care
3. Access of primary and secondary literature by health personnel in an academic health center : implications for open access
4. Evidence-based medicine training in undergraduate medical education : a review and critique of the literature published 2006-2011
5. Challenges to learning evidence-based medicine and education approaches to meet them : a qualitative study of selected EBM curricula in North American medical schools
6. Designing evidence-based medicine training to optimize transfer of skills from the classroom to clinical practice : apply the Four Component Instructional Design Model
7. Discussion. - Digitaledited by Edwin A. Bowe, Randall M. Schell, Amy N. DiLorenzo.Summary: Do you want to improve your teaching skills in graduate medical education? This book provides suggestions and practical examples for teaching in the Pre-Anesthesia Clinic, the Operating Room, the Pain Clinic, and the ICU. Designed to help the reader become a more efficient and effective teacher, it also provides best practice suggestions for teaching airway management, regional anesthesia, transesophageal echocardiography, and newer technologic advancements such as point-of-care ultrasound. Based on research in education, this book provides information for all medical educators, including creating the optimal learning environment, teaching clinical reasoning, using multimedia and simulation, making the classroom interactive, and the significance of test-enhanced learning, while presenting specific examples of each. Chapters include teaching professionalism, preparing residents to be teachers, teaching quality and safety, providing feedback, and teaching residents how to read the literature. This volume emphasizes providing practical suggestions from recognized leaders in each of the areas discussed.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- DigitalSusan Bridges, Lap Ki Chan, Cindy E. Hmelo-Silver, editors.Contents:
Foreword
How can e-learning support PBL groups? A systematic literature review
How do students use their mobile devices in PBL?
Are Wikipedia articles and YouTube videos reliable resources in problem-based learning curricula
Peeking behind the curtain of PBL learning processes: An ethnographic study among medical students
Video as context and conduit for problem-based learning
PBL facilitation with interactive whiteboards: An interactional ethnography
E-learning for e-health: Improving concepts to improve curriculum
The deteriorating patient Smartphone app: Serious game design
Mobile just-in-time situated learning resources for surgical clerkships
Utilising mobile electronic health records in clinical education
EEG and dental simulators indicate skill-learning pathways
Impact of haptic simulation on dental student performance
Opportunities of a virtual reality training environment in dental education
Measuring emotions in medicine: Methodological and technological advances within authentic medical learning environments. - DigitalChristoph Mulert, Louis Lemieux, editors.Summary: This book provides the most up-to-date and comprehensive source of information on all aspects of EEG-fMRI, a neuroimaging technique for synchronous acquisition of electroencephalography (EEG) and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) data. The reader will find in-depth information on the physiological principles of the EEG and fMRI signals, practical aspects of data measurement, artifact reduction, data analysis, and applications. All the main areas of the techniques application are the subject of one or multiple chapters: sleep research, cognitive neuroscience, and clinical neurology and psychiatry. In addition to providing a thorough update, this second edition offers five entirely new chapters covering important areas of research that have emerged during the past 5 years, including noninvasive brain stimulation during fMRI, resting-state functional connectivity, real-time fMRI, and neurofeedback. Written by the most prestigious experts in the field, the text is enhanced by numerous high-quality illustrations. This book will be valuable for neuroradiologists, neuroscientists, physicists, engineers, electrophysiologists, (neuro) medical scientists, neurologists, and neurophysiologists. Chapter 30 is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License via link.springer.com.
Contents:
PartI Background: Principles of Multimodal Functional Imaging and Data Integration
EEG: Origin and Measurement
The Basics of Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Locally Measured Neuronal Correlates of Functional MRI Signals
What Can fMRI Add to the ERP Story?
The Added Value of EEGfMRI in Imaging Neuroscience
Part II Technical and Methodological Aspects of Combined EEGfMRI Experiments: EEG Instrumentation and Safety
EEG Quality: Origin and Reduction of the EEG Cardiac-Related Artefact
EEG Quality: The Image Acquisition Artefact
Image Quality Issues
Specific Issues Related to EEGfMRI at B0 7 T and above
Experimental Design and Data Analysis Strategies
Real-time fMRI with EEG
Brain stimulation with multimodal acquisitions
Part III Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Brain Rhythms
Sleep
Part IV Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Clinical Applications : EEGfMRI in Adults with Focal Epilepsy
EEGfMRI in Idiopathic Generalised Epilepsy (Adults)
EEGfMRI in Children with Epilepsy
EEGfMRI in Psychiatric Disorders
Part V Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Activation Studies: Combining EEG and fMRI in Pain Research
Simultaneous EEG and fMRI of the Human
Part VI Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Auditory System: Visual System
Cognition
Part VI Applications of EEGfMRI : Resting State: Special Topics: Neuronal Models for EEGfMRI Integration
BOLD Response and EEG Gamma Oscillations
EEGfMRI in Animal Models
EEGfMRI Information Fusion: Biophysics and Data Analysis
EEG-fMRI and brain connectivity (data fusion and modelling)
EEGfMRI Information Fusion: Empirical approaches
Outlook. - DigitalLi Hu, Zhiguo Zhang, editors.Summary: This book presents the conceptual and mathematical basis and the implementation of both electroencephalogram (EEG) and EEG signal processing in a comprehensive, simple, and easy-to-understand manner. EEG records the electrical activity generated by the firing of neurons within human brain at the scalp. They are widely used in clinical neuroscience, psychology, and neural engineering, and a series of EEG signal-processing techniques have been developed. Intended for cognitive neuroscientists, psychologists and other interested readers, the book discusses a range of current mainstream EEG signal-processing and feature-extraction techniques in depth, and includes chapters on the principles and implementation strategies.
Contents:
Intro; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Historical Background; 1.2 Why to Write This Book?; 1.3 Who Wrote It and Who to Use?; 1.4 The Organization of the Book; References;
Chapter 2: EEG: Neural Basis and Measurement; 2.1 Neural Basis of EEG; 2.1.1 Volume Conduction and Source Estimation; 2.1.2 EEG, ECoG, and LFP; 2.2 EEG Measurement; 2.2.1 Recording Electrodes; 2.2.1.1 Electrode Type; 2.2.1.2 Electrode Number; 2.2.1.3 Electrode Placement; 2.2.1.4 Impedances; 2.2.1.5 Reference Electrode; 2.2.2 Amplifiers and Converters; 2.2.3 Artefacts; 2.2.4 Suggestions on EEG Measurement 2.2.4.1 Recording Environment2.2.4.2 Parameters of EEG Recording System; 2.2.4.3 Subjects; References;
Chapter 3: Electroencephalography, Evoked Potentials, and Event-Related Potentials; 3.1 Spontaneous EEG Activity; 3.2 Evoked Potentials and Event-Related Responses; 3.3 An Overview of EPs and ERPs; 3.4 Common EP and ERP Components; 3.4.1 Auditory Evoked Potentials; 3.4.2 Visual Evoked Potentials; 3.4.3 Laser Evoked Potentials; 3.4.4 Somatosensory Evoked Potentials; 3.4.5 Steady-State Evoked Potentials; 3.5 Pitfalls and Promise in EP and ERP Studies; References 4.4.4 Oddball Paradigm4.4.5 Sentence Comprehension Paradigm; References;
Chapter 5: EEG Preprocessing and Denoising; 5.1 Artifacts in EEG; 5.1.1 Physiological Artifacts; 5.1.2 Non-physiological Artifacts; 5.2 Montage; 5.3 Filtering; 5.4 Re-referencing; 5.5 Extracting Data Epochs and Removing Baseline Values; 5.6 Removal and Interpolation of Bad Channels; 5.7 Removal of Bad Epochs; 5.8 Removal of EEG Artifacts Using ICA; 5.9 Summary; References;
Chapter 6: Spectral and Time-Frequency Analysis; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Spectral Estimation; 6.2.1 Basic Concepts; 6.2.2 Periodogram 6.2.3 The Welchś Method6.2.4 The Multitaper Method; 6.2.5 Autoregressive Method; 6.2.6 Comparison of Spectral Estimation Methods; 6.2.7 Extraction of Spectral Features; 6.3 Time-Frequency Analysis; 6.3.1 Basic Concepts; 6.3.2 Short-Time Fourier Transform (STFT); 6.3.3 Continuous Wavelet Transform (CWT); 6.3.4 Other Commonly Used TFA Methods; 6.3.4.1 Time-Varying AR Model; 6.3.4.2 Time-Frequency Decomposition Methods; 6.3.4.3 Latest Developments; 6.4 Event-Related Synchronization/Desynchronization (ERS/ERD); 6.4.1 Estimation of ERS/ERD; 6.4.2 Baseline Correction and Illustration of ERS/ERD
Chapter 4: ERP Experimental Design4.1 Experimental Design and Cognitive Processes; 4.1.1 Stimulus Properties; 4.1.2 Condition Comparison; 4.1.3 Behavioral Measure; 4.2 Requirements of the ERP Method; 4.2.1 Trial Number; 4.2.2 Stimulus Probability; 4.2.3 Time-Locking; 4.2.4 Time Interval; 4.2.5 Eye and Body Movement Control; 4.3 Confounding Factors; 4.4 Classic Experimental Designs and Corresponding ERP Indexes; 4.4.1 Cue-Target Paradigm; 4.4.2 Face Presentation Paradigm; 4.4.2.1 Stimulus Response Compatibility (SRC) Paradigms; 4.4.2.2 Stop Signal Paradigm; 4.4.3 Gambling Paradigm - DigitalShahin Roohinejad, Mohamed Koubaa, Ralf Greiner, Kumar Mallikarjunan, editors.Summary: This text comprehensively covers novel, innovative technologies used in the food and beverage industries in order to provide safe and healthy foods for consumers. The research provided in these chapters aims to show that the traditional pasteurization and commercial sterilization of foods result in unacceptable quality and nutrient retention, creating an important need for alternative methods used to minimize undesirable reactions such as thermal decomposition or degradation. Emerging processing methods to minimize heat induced alterations in foods and their applications are covered in-depth, demonstrating that these methods are useful not only for the inactivation of microorganisms and enzymes but also for improving the yield and development of ingredients and marketable foods with higher quality and better nutritional characteristics. Effect of Emerging Processing Methods on the Food Quality: Advantages and Challenges not only covers the advantages of using innovative processing methods, but also the disadvantages and challenges of using these techniques on food quality. Each chapter focuses on a different emerging processing technique, breaking down the sensory, textural and nutritional aspects for different food products in addition to the advantages and challenges for each method. New technologies and advanced theories are a major focus, pointing to innovative new paths for the quality and safety assurance in food products. From pulsed electric fields to ultrasounds, this work covers all aspects of emerging processing techniques for fruits and vegetables, foods and dairy products.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents;
Chapter 1: Impact of Ohmic Processing on Food Quality and Composition; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Nutritional Properties; 1.2.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 1.2.2 Meat Products; 1.2.3 Dairy Products; 1.3 Textural Properties; 1.3.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 1.3.2 Meat Products; 1.3.3 Dairy Products; 1.4 Sensorial Properties; 1.4.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 1.4.2 Meat Products; 1.4.3 Dairy Products; 1.5 Advantageous and Challenges of Using Ohmic Processing on Food Quality; 1.6 Conclusions; References 2.3.2 Plant-Based Foods2.4 Sensorial Attributes and Consumer Acceptance; 2.5 Conclusions and Outlook; References;
Chapter 3: Impact of Ultrasound on Food Constituents; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Advantageous and Challenges of Using Ultrasound on Food Quality; 3.2.1 Nutritional Properties; 3.2.1.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 3.2.1.2 Meat Products; 3.2.1.3 Dairy Products; 3.2.2 Textural Properties; 3.2.2.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 3.2.2.2 Meat Products; 3.2.2.3 Dairy Products; 3.2.3 Sensorial Properties; 3.2.3.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 3.2.3.2 Meat Products; 3.2.3.3 Dairy Products; 3.3 Conclusions
Chapter 2: Effects of Pulsed Electric Fields on Food Constituents, Microstructure and Sensorial Attributes of Food Products2.1 Introduction; 2.2 On Food Constituents; 2.2.1 Proteins; 2.2.1.1 Milk Proteins; 2.2.1.2 Egg Proteins; 2.2.1.3 Meat and Fish Proteins; 2.2.1.4 Plant-Based Proteins; 2.2.2 Lipids and Oils; 2.2.2.1 Milk Fat; 2.2.2.2 Egg and Meat Lipids; 2.2.2.3 Plant-Based Oils; 2.2.3 Carbohydrates; 2.2.4 Bioactive Compounds; 2.2.4.1 Milk Components; 2.2.4.2 Plant Compounds; 2.2.5 Flavor Compounds; 2.2.5.1 Milk; 2.2.5.2 Plant-Based Foods; 2.3 Food Microstructure; 2.3.1 Animal-Based Foods Cheese4.2.3 Sensorial Properties; 4.2.3.1 Fruits and Vegetables; Fruits; Vegetables; 4.2.3.2 Meat Products; Fish and Fish-Based Products; Meat and Meat-Based Products; 4.2.3.3 Dairy Products; Milk; Fresh Cheese; Cheese; 4.3 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Impact of Pulsed Light on Food Constituents; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Influences of Pulsed Light on Foods' Qualities; 5.2.1 Fruits and Vegetables; 5.2.2 Meat Products; 5.2.3 Dairy Products; 5.3 Challenges; 5.3.1 Challenges as a Surface Treatment Technology; 5.3.2 Effect on the Photochemical and Photothermal Compounds - DigitalFábio Silveira, Arlene Terezinha Cagol Garcia Badoch.Summary: This book shows how a successful public health policy designed to foster the culture of brain death diagnosis and improve the interaction between Organ Procurement Organizations and Intra-Hospital Organ and Tissue Donation Committees for Transplants led the Brazilian state of Paraná to reach one of the highest rates of effective organ donors per million population in the world. Brazil has the largest public transplant system in the world, and each of the country’s 26 states is responsible for organizing its own transplant system. The state of Paraná, with 11 million inhabitants, has stood out in this regard in the last decade. It reached 47.7 effective donors per million population (pmp), performing better than countries such as the United States (33.3/pmp), Canada (21.9/pmp), Portugal (33.6/pmp) and Croatia (41.2/pmp). The remodeling of Paraná’s transplant system, between 2011 and 2020, was based on the recognized Spanish model, but has some unique characteristics. This book seeks to describe all the steps of this remodeling, describing its characteristics and explaining how the new system was built. By presenting an in-depth analysis of a local successful case, Effective Public Health Policy in Organ Donation: Lessons from a Universal Public Health System in Brazil seeks to provide useful information to policy makers, health professionals and students from different fields within the health sciences interested in understanding how public health policies can improve organ donation rates, especially in developing countries. Describes the highly efficient organ procurement system developed in the state of Paraná, Brazil Brazil Presents a model that can be reproduced in countries with lesser socio-economic development Explains the construction and development of Paraná’s organ procurement system, allowing replication.
Contents:
1.The Parana´s Model of Organ Donation and Transplant
2.Pathway to convert a potential in an actual organ donor
3.Strengthening the donation process
4.Access, outcome and monitoring of transplants
5.Interference of the human factor in the efficiency of the Parana´s Transplant System. - Digital[editors] Steven Chang, Allen Ho.Summary: "This book provides a thorough understanding of the history, classification and multiple options of treatment for trigeminal neuralgia. It addresses the entire pathology of trigeminal neuralgia and minimally to maximally invasive approaches to treating this phenomenon"--Provided by publisher
Contents:
Glycerol rhizotomy as a treatment modality for trigeminal neuralgia / Alexander Dru, Hasan Zaidi, Andrew Shetter
Endoscopic-assisted microvascular decompression / M. Yashar Kalani, Michael Levitt, Celene Mulholland, Charles Teo, Peter Nakaji
V2 rhizotomy / Lucas Campos, Nicholas Telischak, Huy Do, Xiang Qian
History of trigeminal neuralgia : a discussion of how the understanding of pathophysiology guided treatment / Alice Hung, Michael Lim
Medical management of trigeminal neuralgia / Niushen Zhang.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2018 - DigitalMustafa Karahan, Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Pietro Randelli, Gabriëlle J.M. Tuijthof, editors.Summary: This book explains how training in arthroscopic skills is best carried out in order to keep up to date with advances in arthroscopy, meet the ever-increasing demand for high-quality care, and respond to changes in available training time. State of the art developments regarding tools, performance monitoring, and learning strategies are presented, and practical guidelines provided for direct implementation in daily clinical practice. The coverage of simulation-based training ranges from the use of wet labs and box trainers through to sophisticated virtual reality simulators. Subsequent sections on objective performance tracking of training outside and in the operating room cover a variety of key aspects, including psychomotor learning, the adequacy of performance measures, evidence-based thresholds, preclinical training strategies, the role of global rating scales, and video tools. As a result of the success of arthroscopy, its role in the orthopaedic armamentarium is continuously increasing and ever more complex surgeries are being performed arthroscopically. Effective training in arthroscopy is essential to good outcomes. The guidance provided in this book by acknowledged experts in the field will assist in improving the efficiency and effectiveness of arthroscopic training and in enhancing patient safety.
Contents:
Obstacles faced in the classical training system; Why is there a need for newer systems?- Needs and wishes from the arthroscopic community? Simulation: Traditional wet labs (animal and human cadavers) including industry involvement
Box trainers & anatomic bench models
Virtual reality simulators
Simulator Validation
Guidelines for use of simulators. Objective performance tracking: Psychomotor learning applied to arthroscopy
What measures represent performance?- What thresholds are evidence-based?- Preclinical training strategies
Guidelines for preclinical performance tracking. Monitoring training in the OR: Theory on learning strategies applied to arthroscopy
Global rating scales
(Video) tools for objective monitoring in OR
Guidelines for use in OR
Concluding remarks.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGrace A. Cordts, Paul J. Christo, editors.
- DigitalEvan M. Forman, Meghan L. Butryn.Summary: "Effective Weight Loss presents 25 detailed sessions of an empirically supported, cognitive-behavioral treatment package called Acceptance-Based Behavioral Treatment (ABT). The Clinician Guide is geared towards helping administer treatment, and the companion Workbook provides summaries of session content, exercises, worksheets, handouts, and assignments for patients and clients receiving the treatment"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note:
Acknowledgments
Introduction and Principles of Treatment
Chapter 1: Session 1: Welcome
Chapter 2: Session 2: Calorie Cutting Keys
Chapter 3: Session 3: Goal Setting, and Weighing and Measuring
Chapter 4: Session 4: Labels, Planning, and Calorie Accounting
Chapter 5: Session 5: Control What You Can, Accept What You Can't; the Home Food Environment
Chapter 6: Session 6: Physical Activity and Willingness (Part 1)
Chapter 7: Session 7: Willingness (Part 2) and Values
Chapter 8: Session 8: Forming Good Habits/Flexibility
Chapter 9: Session 9: Restaurant Eating/Handling Weekends and Special Occasions
Chapter 10: Session 10: Barriers to Living a Valued Life
Chapter 11: Session 11: Friends and Family
Chapter 12: Session 12: Introduction to Defusion and Urge Surfing
Chapter 13: Session 13: Strategies to Help Defuse and Increase Willingness
Chapter 14: Session 14: Review of Dietary Principles, Mindless Eating, and Portion Sizes
Chapter 15: Session 15: Mindful Decision-Making
Chapter 16: Session 16: Transitioning to Bi-Weekly Meetings
Chapter 17: Session 17: Maintaining Losses over the Long Term
Chapter 18: Session 18: Willingness and Reducing Barriers to Physical Activity
Chapter 19: Session 19: Committed Action
Chapter 20: Session 20: Emotional Eating
Chapter 21: Session 21: Lapse vs. Relapse/Reversing Small Weight Gains
Chapter 22: Session 22: Revisiting Commitment/Transition to Monthly/Bi-Monthly Meetings
Chapter 23: Session 23: Maintaining Motivation
Chapter 24: Session 24: Looking Ahead
Chapter 25: Session 25: Celebrating Accomplishments
Appendix 1: Weight and Lifestyle Inventory (WALI)
Certificate of Completion
References.Digital Access Oxford [2016] - DigitalEvan M. Forman and Meghan L. Butryn.Summary: 'Effective Weight Loss' presents 25 detailed sessions of an empirically supported, cognitive-behavioural treatment package called Acceptance-Based Behavioral Treatment (ABT).
Contents:
Information about weight loss and this treatment program
Chapter 1: Session 1: Welcome
Chapter 2: Session 2: Calorie Cutting Keys
Chapter 3: Session 3: Goal Setting, and Weighing and Measuring
Chapter 4: Session 4: Labels, Planning, and Calorie Accounting
Chapter 5: Session 5: Control What You Can, Accept What You Can't; the Home Food Environment
Chapter 6: Session 6: Physical Activity and Willingness (Part 1)
Chapter 7: Session 7: Willingness (Part 2) and Values
Chapter 8: Session 8: Forming Good Habits and Flexibility
Chapter 9: Session 9: Restaurant Eating: Handling Weekends and Special Occasions
Chapter 10: Session 10: Barriers to Living a Valued Life
Chapter 11: Session 11: Friends and Family
Chapter 12: Session 12: Introduction to Defusion and Urge Surfing
Chapter 13: Session 13: Strategies to Help Defuse and Increase Willingness
Chapter 14: Session 14: Review of Dietary Principles, Mindless Eating (Part 1), and Portion Sizes
Chapter 15: Session 15: Mindful Eating (Part 2) and Mindful Decision-Making
Chapter 16: Session 16: Transitioning to Bi-Weekly Meetings
Chapter 17: Session 17: Maintaining Losses over the Long Term
Chapter 18: Session 18: Willingness and Reducing Barriers to Physical Activity
Chapter 19: Session 19: Committed Action
Chapter 20: Session 20: Overeating and Emotional Eating
Chapter 21: Session 21: Lapse vs. Relapse/ and Reversing Small Weight Gains
Chapter 22: Session 22: Revisiting Commitment and Transition to Monthly/Bi-Monthly Meetings
Chapter 23: Session 23: Maintaining Motivation
Chapter 24: Session 24: Looking Ahead
Chapter 25: Session 25: Celebrating Accomplishments
Appendix A: Keeping Track Form
Appendix B: In-Session Weight Change Record
Appendix C: Home Weight Change Record
Appendix D: Weekly Review
Appendix E: Worksheets.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digital/PrintArthur N. Popper, Anthony Hawkins, editors.Summary: The meeting of Aquatic Noise 2013 will introduce participants to the most recent research data, regulatory issues and thinking about effects of man-made noise and will foster critical cross-disciplinary discussion between the participants. Emphasis will be on the cross-fertilization of ideas and findings across species and noise sources. As with its predecessor, The Effects of Noise on Aquatic Life: 3rd International Conference will encourage discussion of the impact of underwater sound, its regulation and mitigation of its effects. With over 100 contributions from leading researchers, a wide range of sources of underwater sound will be considered.
- DigitalTon J. Cleophas, Aeilko H. Zwinderman.Summary: Machine learning and big data is hot. It is, however, virtually unused in clinical trials. This is so, because randomization is applied to even out multiple variables. Modern medical computer files often involve hundreds of variables like genes and other laboratory values, and computationally intensive methods are required. This is the first publication of clinical trials that have been systematically analyzed with machine learning. In addition, all of the machine learning analyses were tested against traditional analyses. Step by step statistics for self-assessments are included. The authors conclude, that machine learning is often more informative, and provides better sensitivities of testing than traditional analytic methods do.
Contents:
Preface
Traditional and Machine-Learning Methods for Efficacy Analysis
Optimal-Scaling for Efficacy Analysis
Ratio-Statistic for Efficacy Analysis
Ratio-Statistic for Efficacy Analysis
Complex-Samples for Efficacy Analysis
Bayesian-Networks for Efficacy Analysis
Evolutionary-Operations for Efficacy Analysis
Automatic-Newton-Modeling for Efficacy Analysis
High-Risk-Bins for Efficacy Analysis
Balanced-Iterative-Reducing-Hierarchy for Efficacy Analysis
Cluster-Analysis for Efficacy Analysis
Multidimensional-Scaling for Efficacy Analysis
Binary Decision-Trees for Efficacy Analysis
Continuous Decision-Trees for Efficacy Analysis
Automatic-Data-Mining for Efficacy Analysis
Support-Vector-Machines for Efficacy Analysis
Neural-Networks for Efficacy Analysis
Ensembled-Accuracies for Efficacy Analysis
Ensembled-Correlations for Efficacy Analysis
Gamma-Distributions for Efficacy Analysis
Validation with Big Data, a Big Issue
Index. - DigitalDaniel Rosenthal, Oleg Pianykh.Summary: Aiming at building efficient radiology operations, this book walks the reader through the entire radiology workflow, from the moment that the examination is requested to the reporting of findings. Using their practical experience, the authors draw attention to the many elements that can go wrong at each step, and explain how critical analysis and objective metrics can be used to fix broken processes. Readers will learn how to measure the efficiency of their workflows, where to find relevant data, and how to use it in the most productive ways. The book also addresses how data can be turned into insightful operational information to produce organizational change. All aspects of radiology operations are considered including ordering, scheduling, protocols, checking-in, image acquisition, image interpretation, communication, and billing. The closing section provides a deeper dive into the advanced tools and techniques that are used to analyze operations, including queuing theory, process mining and artificial intelligence.
Contents:
Part 1. A word about numbers
Mining your own business
Part 2. Ordering
Scheduling.-Examinations, Protocols, Autoprotocols
Arriving for the Examination
Creating the Imagines.-Image Delivery
From Images to Reports
Part 3. Ars Longa, Vita Brevis. - DigitalEberhard BreitmaierSummary: Study the essentials of organic chemistry efficiently! This e-book for bachelor and master students facilitates effective learning and is renowned for the quality of its content. Based on the author's long teaching experience, this book has been developed from lecture scripts of courses held in the USA and in Germany. It comprises the molecular orbital model to explain covalent bonding in organic molecules, the classes of organic compounds including natural products, polymers and biopolymers, basic concepts (orbital hybridization, resonance, aromaticity), types and mechanisms of organic reactions, and essential aspects of molecular structure such as atom connectivities, skeletal isomerism, conformation, configuration and chirality.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2016
- Digitaleditor, Mark A. Chapman.Summary: The book discusses the importance of eggplant (Solanum melongena L.) as a crop, highlighting the potential for eggplant to serve as a model for understanding several evolutionary and taxonomic questions. It also explores the genomic make-up, in particular in comparison to other Solanaceous crops, and examines the parallels between eggplant and tomato domestication as well as between the most common eggplant species and two related eggplants native to Africa (Ethiopian eggplant [Solanum aethiopicum L.] and African eggplant [Solanum macrocarpon L.]). The eggplant genome was first sequenced in 2014, and an improved version was due to be released in 2017. Further investigations have revealed the relationships between wild species, domesticated eggplant, and feral weedy eggplant (derived from the domesticate), as well as targets of selection during domestication. Parallels between eggplant and tomato domestication loci are well known and the molecular basis is currently being investigated. Eggplant is a source of nutrition for millions of people worldwide, especially in Southeast Asia where it is a staple food source. Domesticated in the old world, in contrast to its congeners tomato and potato, the eggplant is morphologically and nutritionally diverse. The spread of wild eggplants from Africa is particularly interesting from a cultural point of view. This book brings together diverse fields of research, from bioinformatics to taxonomy to nutrition to allow readers to fully understand eggplant's importance and potential.
Contents:
Economic/Academic importance
Botanical descriptions/cytology
Classical genetics and traditional breeding
Genetic basis of nutrition
Molecular mapping
comparison to other crops
Molecular mapping of genes & QTLs/Association Mapping
Structural & functional genomic resources developed
The draft genome
Background history of the genome initiatives. Strategies for sequencing
Repetitive sequences, gene annotation, gene families, genome duplication
Synteny with allied & model genomes
Other domesticated eggplants
Domestication genomics
Impact on germplasm characterization & gene discovery
Impact on plant breeding
Future prospects. - DigitalAntonio Gaddi, Fabio Capello, Marco Manca, editors ; forewords by Sergio Bertolucci and Gianfranco Gensini.Summary: The debate over eHealth is alive as never before. Supporters suggest that it will result in dramatic innovations in healthcare, including a giant leap towards patient-centered care, new opportunities to improve effectiveness, and enhanced wellness and quality of life. In addition, the growing market value of investments in health IT suggests that eHealth can offer at least a partial cure for the current economic stagnation. Detractors counter these arguments by claiming that eHealth has already failed: the UK Department of Health has shut down the NHS National Program for IT, Google has discontinued its Health flagship, and doubts have arisen over privacy safeguards for both patients and medical professionals. This book briefly explains why caregivers, professionals, technicians, patients, politicians, and others should all consider themselves stakeholders in eHealth. It offers myth-busting responses to some ill-considered arguments from both sides of the trench, in the process allowing a fresh look at eHealth. In addition, it describes how the technical failures of previous eHealth systems can be avoided, examines the legal basis of eHealth, and discusses associated ethical issues.
Contents:
1 Introduction: The debate over eHealth
2 Definitions of eHealth
3 An introduction to the technological basis of eHealth
4 eHealth and me: The implications of the Net for health care relationships
5 Legally eHealth
6 EU support to eHealth and cost-benefits
7 No (e)Health without (e)Research
8 eHealth policy
9 The high-tech face of eHealth
10 The data-driven revolution of healthcare
11 eEducation and eHealth: a call for action
12 Conclusions. - DigitalZeguang Ren.Summary: This book introduces the basic tenets and technique skills for endovascular embolization and provides the most up-to-date technical advancements, treatment strategy evolution, and literature review related to the endovascular treatment of brain aneurysms. The most special feature of this book is how the content is organized. The morphology, instead of the location, dictates the treatment strategy applied and procedure skills required for the endovascular treatment of brain aneurysms. Hence, the book is structured with a new conceptual way of classifying aneurysms into eight different types based on the morphological characteristics of brain aneurysms. The specific technical skills and treatment strategies for these different aneurysm categories are described separately in their own chapters. Another important feature of the book is the combination of detailed technical descriptions of the skills, strategies, and advancement in the field accompanied with case presentations. The large and comprehensive collection of the case presentations further enhances the points in the text. This book can be used as a handbook on endovascular treatment of brain aneurysms. It can also help physicians in the early careers of these subspecialties for their daily practice and board preparation. The text will provide the most up-to-date knowledge for more experienced endovascular neurosurgeons and interventionalists on the topics of new techniques and endovascular products. Additionally, it can also serve as a practice guidance resource for nurse practitioners and physician assistants of the above subspecialties.
Contents:
Why the Brain is classified into eight types, and what are they?
Anticoagulation and antiplatelet treatment related to endovascular treatment of aneurysms
Complications of aneurysm embolization and its prevention
Trans-femoral access
Trans-radial access
Transbrachial access
Transcervical Access
Narrow neck aneurysm
Wide neck aneurysm
Blood Blister like and small aneurysms
Fusiform/Dissecting Aneurysm
Recurrent/Residual Aneurysm
Large and giant aneurysms
Pseudoaneurysms/arterial injury
Infectious aneurysm (mycotic aneurysm). - Digital/Printvon Gaston Graul.Contents:
T.
1. Einführung in das Wesen der Magen-, Darm- und Stoffwechsel-Krankheiten.Digital Access Google Books 1908- - PrintLehnartz, Emil.
- DigitalLloyd Tannenbaum, Rachel E. Bridwell, Brannon L. Inman.Summary: This book is a short-form guide designed to fill a training gap in medical education. It is a reference that will help interns and junior residents understand and appropriately respond to real world situations that they will be encountering as newly minted physicians. The book outlines a basic methodology for electrocardiogram (EKG) interpretation and sets a framework for the junior resident physician to use to approach every EKG. It describes common dysrhythmias that residents will often encounter, on the wards, in the emergency department, and in clinic. It uses many high-quality images to prime junior learners in the interpretation and recognition of high yield EKGs. Chapters address commonly encountered pathology, such as atrio-ventricular blocks, tachydysrhythmias, acute coronary syndrome, and syncope. The conversational tone of this book is designed to mimic how staff physicians talk to senior medical students and junior residents, maximizing readability to enhance retention. EKG Teaching Rounds is a case-based book that will quickly become an essential reference text for medical professionals in training who are looking to advance their knowledge of EKG interpretation. This book is relevant for every medical specialty and every level of medical education.
Contents:
Chapter 1: The Basics
Chapter 2: Conduction Blocks
Chapter 3: Tachydysrhythmias
Chapter 4: Bradydysrhythmias
Chapter 5: Electrolytes
Chapter 6: Syncope
Chapter 7: Acute Coronary Syndrome. . - DigitalMaureen A. Knechtel.Contents:
Basics of cardiac physiology and relationship to the EKG rhythm output
Introduction to the EKG, cardiac anatomy, and electrical conduction system
Defining the intervals
Lead review
Rate
Rhythm
Axis
Heart block
Ischemia and infarction
Supraventricular tachycardia
Ventricular arrhythmias
paced EKGs
Drug and electrolyte effects on the EKG
Clinical conditions that affect the EKG
Applying EKG skills to clinical practice.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalRichard G. Barr.Contents:
Introduction to elastography / Richard G. Barr
Principles of elastography / Richard G. Barr
Elastography for diffuse liver disease / Giovanna Ferraioli, Mabel Zicchetti, Raffaella Lissandrin, and Carlo Filice
Elastography for focal liver disease / Stephanie R. Wilson
Elastography of the breast / Richard G. Barr
Elastography of the thyroid gland / Vito Cantisani, H. Grazhdani, E. David, F. Calliada, N. Di Leo, M. Di Segni, A. Masciotra, C. Catalano, and F. D'Ambrosio
Elastography of the prostate / Jean-Michel Correas and O. Hélénon
Elastography of the lymph nodes / Nitin Chaubal, Anupam Bam, and Ketki Khadtare
Elastography of the spleen, pancreas, and kidney / Mirko D'Onofrio, Vito Cantisani, Emilio Quaia, Riccardo De Robertis, Costanza Bruno, Stefano Crosara, Valentina Ciaravino, Antonio Giulio Gennari, Michele Pontello, and Roberto Pozzi Mucelli
Elastography of the musculoskeletal system / Richard G. Barr, Amy M. Lex, and Nelson A. Hager
Elastography of small parts / Fabrizio Calliada, Vito Cantisani, Chandra Bortolotto, Hector Grazhdani, Emanuele David, Antonio Pio Masciot, and Andrea Isidori
Magnetic resonance elastography / Bogdan Dzyubak
Future applications of elastography / David O. Cosgrove.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Radiology 2017 - DigitalMirella Fraquelli, editor.Summary: This volume explores the main applications of elastographic techniques in hepatological and gastroenterological diseases, and elaborates on the use of these diagnostic techniques in a broad range of clinical settings; in this regard, it provides a clear critical methodological approach to the correct indication, taking into account the existing diagnostic pathways, the actual diagnostic accuracy of elastographic techniques, and their impact on clinical practice in terms of correct positioning of the test in the diagnostic pathway and clinical outcomes improvement. In the first chapters, which focus on the correct methodology for Diagnostic Accuracy Assessment of non -invasive techniques, the architecture of diagnostic research is discussed. In turn, the following sections describe a broad range of clinical applications in hepatology and gastroenterology. The closing section presents a number of case studies on practical issues, together with a critical discussion on how to promote the appropriate use of these technologies. Given its scope, the book will be of interest to specialists, post-graduate medical students, and researchers in the fields of hepatology and gastroenterology.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Part I: Introduction to Elastography
1: Elastographic Measures: A Methodological Approach
1.1 Phase 0
1.2 Phase 1
1.3 Phase 2
1.4 Phase 3
1.5 Phase 4
1.6 Conclusions
References
2: Liver Stiffness: Thresholds of Health
2.1 Preamble: The Concept of Normality in Medicine
2.2 Healthy Ranges in Liver Disease Diagnostics
2.3 Definition of Healthy Ranges for Liver Stiffness
2.4 Conclusions
References
Part II: Liver Diseases 3: The Role of Transient Elastography for Fibrosis Staging in HCV-Related Chronic Liver Disease
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Assessment of Liver Disease Severity
3.2.1 Role of Liver Biopsy
3.2.2 Non-Invasive Assessment of Liver Fibrosis in CHC
3.3 Transient Elastography for the Assessment of Liver Fibrosis Prior to Antiviral Therapy
3.3.1 Combination Algorithms
3.3.2 TE vs. Other Elastography Techniques
3.4 Transient Elastography for the Assessment of Liver Fibrosis After SVR
3.5 Transient Elastography for Diagnosing Liver-Related Complications 3.5.1 Portal Hypertension
3.5.2 Gastro-Oesophageal Varices (GEV)
3.5.3 Hepatocellular Carcinoma (HCC)
3.6 Transient Elastography to Determine Prognosis
3.7 Conclusions
References
4: The Role of Elastography in HBV: Assessing Liver Fibrosis
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Liver Stiffness Cofactors and Confounders
4.3 TE in Untreated HBV Carriers
4.3.1 HBsAg Carriers Without Liver Disease
4.3.2 Untreated CHB Patients
4.4 TE in Treated CHB Patients
4.4.1 LS Kinetics During Antiviral Treatment 4.4.2 Correlation Between LS Changes During Treatment and CHB Outcomes
4.5 Conclusions
References
5: The Role of Transient Elastography in NAFLD
5.1 Fibrosis in NAFLD: The Burden
5.2 Transient Elastography: The Technique
5.2.1 The Procedure
5.2.2 Probes
5.2.3 The Role of Controlled Attenuation Parameter (CAP)
5.2.4 Limitations
5.3 Transient Elastography in NAFLD: The Quote
5.3.1 Diagnostic Accuracy
5.3.2 The Issue of Rule-In and Rule-Out
5.3.3 Confounding Factors
5.3.4 Liver Stiffness as Predictor of Liver Events
5.4 Conclusions References
6: Elastography in Liver-Transplanted Patients
6.1 Acute Rejection
6.2 Recurrent Hepatitis C
6.3 "Non-viral" Graft Disease After Transplantation
6.4 Non-alcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD)
6.5 Elastography Outcome After Liver Transplantation
6.6 Spleen Stiffness and Liver Transplant
References
7: Elastography in Autoimmune Liver Diseases
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Primary Biliary Cholangitis
7.3 Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis
7.4 Autoimmune Hepatitis
7.5 Conclusions
References. - Digitaleditor, Bernard F. Morrey.Contents:
Part I. Exposures
part II. Fractures and trauma
part III. Complications of trauma
part IV. Soft tissue injuries and management
part V. Nonreplacement and reconstructive surgery
part VI. Joint replacement arthroplasty
part VII. Postoperative management.Digital Access - DigitalGiuseppe Porcellini, Roberto Rotini, Susanna Stignani Kantar, Silvia Di Giacomo, editors.Summary: This book provides readers with detailed guidance on the evaluation, diagnosis, and treatment of injuries and disorders of the elbow, including dislocation, complex instability, articular fractures, epicondylitis and epitrochleitis, distal biceps and triceps tendon injuries, peripheral nerve pathology, snapping triceps syndrome, elbow stiffness, and upper limb compartment syndrome. The choice between conservative and surgical treatment in different settings is clearly explained, and detailed advice offered on selection of surgical technique. A separate section provides a deeper understanding of the most common sports-related elbow pathologies, and their management, based on careful correlation with the movements performed by athletes in particular sports. Extensive consideration is also given to rehabilitation and physiotherapy protocols. This book will be of value for all orthopedic surgeons and other specialists who care for patients with elbow injuries, which can represent a challenge even to the more experienced.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalLuigi Adriano Pederzini, Denise Eygendaal, Matteo Denti, editors.Contents:
Clinical relevant anatomy of the elbow
Biomechanics of the elbow joint in overhead athletes
Physical examination of the elbow
Imaging of the elbow in overhead athletes
Preventions of elbow injuries
Medial sided elbow pain
New aspects in UCL stabilization
Evaluation of medial coll rec by ultrasound
Olecranon elbow pain in sportsmen
Lateral sided elbow pain
Conservative treatments in lateral elbow pain
PRP in lateral elbow pain
Degenerative elbow in sportsmen
Distal Biceps tendon pathology
Triceps tendon pathology
Triceps repair
Posterior impingement of the elbow joint
Nerve compression syndromes around the elbow in sportsmen
Endoscopy around the elbow
Ulnar nerve problems in sportsmen
Acute sports related injuries
Elbow Dislocation in Extreme Sports
Complex elbow dislocation
Radial head fractures
Fractures of the olecranon
Rehabilitation of the elbow joint.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalFilippo Castoldi, Giuseppe Giannicola, Roberto Rotini, editors.Summary: This handbook provides detailed, state-of-the-art information on total elbow replacement, covering all relevant aspects, from basic science and pathogenesis to clinical and instrumental evaluation, and treatment techniques. Elbow arthroplasties have undergone a considerable evolution in recent decades due to better anatomical and biomechanical knowledge, continuous development of biomaterials, improvement of operative techniques and better definition of the surgical indications. This book enables readers to better understand the main indications, the outcomes and the complications following total elbow arthroplasty, radial head arthroplasty, radiocapitellar arthroplasty and distal humerus hemiarthroplasty. The closing section addressing the post-operative management of the patients who have undergone elbow replacement is provided in order to optimize the relationship between the orthopedic surgeon and the rehabilitation physician. Written by leading experts in the field, the book is an invaluable tool for experienced surgeons, orthopedic residents and shoulder fellows.
Contents:
Section 1- Basic science : 1 History and evolution of elbow arthroplasties
2 Epidemiology and demographics of elbow arthroplasties
3 Anatomy of the elbow and its influence on implant design
4 Kinematics and biomechanics in normal and replacement elbow
5 Surgical exposures in elbow arthroplasty. Section 2
Total Elbow Arthroplasty: 6 Indications and surgical technique of primary elbow linked arthroplasty
7 Cement techniques: tips and tricks to improve fixation of implants
8 Total elbow linked arthroplasty in distal humeral fractures and distal humeral nonunion: peculiarities of surgical technique and expected results
9 Total elbow arthroplasty in rheumatoid arthritis and other inflammatory conditions: unlinked or linked replacement?
10 Total elbow linked arthroplasty in primary and post-traumatic arthritis: peculiarities of surgical technique and expected results
11 Convertible total elbow arthroplasty: theoretical or real advantages?
12 Infection management in total elbow replacement: do effective guidelines exist?
13 Periprosthetic fractures in total elbow replacement: classification and current treatment algorithm
14 Revision in total elbow replacement with preserved bone stock: surgical technique and expected results
15 Revision in total elbow replacement with bone stock loss: surgical technique and expected results
16 Resection arthroplasty: expected clinical results
17 Changes in quality of life and cost/utility analysis after total elbow replacement. Section 3
Distal Humeral Hemiarthroplasty: 18 Anatomical considerations and biomechanics in distal humeral hemiarthroplasty: are custom-made implants essential?
19 Distal humeral hemiarthroplasty: indications and expected results
20 Distal humerus hemiarthroplasty: surgical technique.-21 Complication management in distal humerus hemiarthroplasty. Section 4
Radial Head and Radiocapitellar Arthroplasty: 22 Indications for radial head arthroplasty and classification of current implants
23 Non-anatomical monopolar uncemented radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and expected outcomes
24 Anatomical monopolar press-fit radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and expected outcomes
25 Bipolar press-fit radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and expected outcomes
26Cemented radial head arthroplasty: surgical technique and outcomes
27 Complications and revision of radial head arthroplasty: management and outcomes
28 Radiocapitellar arthroplasty: indications, surgical technique and outcomes. Section 5
Postoperative management: 29 The use of elbow braces in elbow replacement
30 Continuous passive motion and rehabilitation in elbow arthroplasty: when, how and why
31Mobilization under anaesthesia in stiff prosthetic elbow: is it still an option?Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJoshua S. Dines, David W. Altchek, editors.Contents:
Clinically Relevant Elbow Anatomy and Surgical Approaches
Ulnar Collateral Ligament: Throwing Biomechanics
Valgus Extension Overload
Ulnohumeral Chondral and Ligamentous Overload
Epidemiology of Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
History and Physical Exam on the Thrower's Elbow
Radiographic Imaging of the Elbow
MR Imaging in Patients with Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injury
Ultrasound Imaging of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injury
The Conservative Treatment of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
Injections Including Platelet Rich Plasma
Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction: Graft Selection and Harvest Technique
Primary Repair of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries of the Elbow
The Role of Arthroscopy in Athletes with Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
Biomechanics of Reconstruction Constructs
Figure of 8 Technique and Outcomes
Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction: Docking Technique
American Sports Medicine Institute Techniques and Outcomes
Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction: Alternative Surgical Techniques
Combined Flexor-Pronator Mass and Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries
Ulnar Nerve Issues in Throwing Athletes
Revision Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction
Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injuries in High School-Aged Athletes
Ulnar Collateral Ligament Injury in Female Athletes
Complications of Ulnar Collateral Ligament Repair
Sports Specific Outcomes for Ulnar Collateral Ligament Reconstruction
Rehabilitation of the Overhead Athlete{u2019}s Elbow
Sport Specific Rehabilitation after Ulnar Collateral Ligament Surgery.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Joshua S. Dines, Christopher L. Camp, David Altchek.
- DigitalJacopo Martellucci, editor ; forewords by Ernest H.J. Weil and Klaus Matzel.Summary: "This book will enable the reader to gain a sound understanding of contemporary and futuristic evidence-based interventions and assessment procedures for pelvic floor disorders. It gathers the experiences of some of the most important experts on electrical stimulation techniques, offering a multidisciplinary and problem-oriented approach organized according to therapeutic goals. Interventions are recommended that are consistent with theory and display clinical efficacy for specific disorders, including urinary incontinence or retention, fecal incontinence, constipation, pelvic pain, sexual dysfunction, and neurological diseases involving the pelvic floor. All of the surgical or rehabilitative techniques requiring electrical stimulation for the treatment of these disorders are explored, and essential background information is provided on functional anatomy, neurophysiology, and concepts in electrotherapy. This volume will be a very useful tool for urologists, general or colorectal surgeons, gynecologists, and anesthesiologists, and also physiotherapists and alternative medicine practitioners (a specific chapter focuses on electroacupuncture). It will assist in their clinical practice as they seek to help the very many patients who suffer from any of the wide range of functional pelvic floor disorders"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Electrotherapy for pelvic floor disorders: historical background / Jacopo Martellucci
Functional anatomy of the pelvic floor / Jacopo Martellucci, Carlo Bergamini, Giulia Palla, Tommaso Simoncini, Gabriele Naldini, and Andrea Valeri
Neurophysiology and neurophysiological evaluation of the pelvic floor / Giuseppe Pelliccioni, Paolo Pelliccioni
Basic concepts in electricity and electrotherapy / Jacopo Martellucci
Acupuncture for pelvic floor disorders / Marco Scaglia, Mattia Tullio, Ines Destefano, Leif Hultén
Electrical stimulation, biofeedback, and other rehabilitative techniques / Filippo Pucciani
Functional electrical stimulation (FES) in micturition disorders / Aldo Tosto
Transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation / Filippo Murina, Stefania Di Francesco
Tibial nerve stimulation / Iacopo Giani, Stefania Musco
Sacral nerve modulation: techniques and indications / Michele Spinelli
Sacral nerve modulation for urinary disorders: overactive bladder / Marzio Angelo Zullo
Sacral nerve modulation for urinary disorders: urinary retention / Maria Paola Bertapelle
Sacral nerve modulation for fecal incontinence / Donato F. Altomare, Simona Giuratrabocchetta, Ivana Giannini, Michele De Fazio
Sacral nerve modulation for constipation / Marco Franceschin, Jacopo Martellucci, Alfonso Carriero
Pudendal nerve modulation / Michele Spinelli
Dynamic graciloplasty / Claudio Fucini, Filippo Caminati, Niccolò Bartolini
Electrical stimulation in sexual dysfunction / Jacopo Martellucci
Electrical stimulation for pelvic pain / Francesco Cappellano
Pelvic Floor neuromodulation in neurologic patients / Giulio Del Popolo, Jacopo Martellucci, Stefania Musco
New frontiers: electrical stimulation in urinary disorders / Michele Spinelli.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Anish Khan, Mohammad Jawaid, Aftab Aslam Parwaz Khan, and Abdullah M. Asiri.Summary: "A comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the latest research trends in conductive polymers and polymer hybrids, summarizing recent achievements. The book begins by introducing conductive polymer materials and their classification, while subsequent chapters discuss the various syntheses, resulting properties and up-scaling as well as the important applications in biomedical and biotechnological fields, including biosensors and biodevices. The whole is rounded off by a look at future technological advances. The result is a well-structured, essential reference for beginners as well as experienced researchers."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Bioinspired Polydopamine and Composites for Biomedical Applications / Ziyauddin Khan, Ravi Shanker, Dooseung Um, Amit Jaiswal, Hyunhyub Ko
Multifunctional Polymer-Dilute Magnetic Conductor and Bio-Devices / Imran Khan, Weqar A Siddiqui, Shahid P Ansari, Shakeel khan, Mohammad Mujahid Ali khan, Anish Khan, Salem A Hamid
Polymer-Inorganic Nanocomposite and Biosensors / Anish Khan, Aftab Aslam Parwaz Khan, Abdullah M Asiri, Salman A Khan, Imran Khan, Mohammad Mujahid Ali Khan
Carbon Nanomaterial-Based Conducting Polymer Composites for Biosensing Applications / Mohammad O Ansari
Graphene and Graphene Oxide Polymer Composite for Biosensors Applications / Aftab Aslam Parwaz Khan, Anish Khan, Abdullah M Asiri
Polyaniline Nanocomposite Materials for Biosensor Designing / Mohammad Oves, Mohammad Shahadat, Shakeel A Ansari, Mohammad Aslam, Iqbal IM Ismail
Recent Advances in Chitosan-Based Films for Novel Biosensor / Akil Ahmad, Jamal A Siddique, Siti H M Setapar, David Lokhat, Ajij Golandaj, Deresh Ramjugernath
Self Healing Materials and Conductivity / Jamal A Siddique, Akil Ahmad, Ayaz Mohd
Electrical Conductivity and Biological Efficacy of Ethyl Cellulose and Polyaniline-Based Composites / Faruq Mohammad, Tanvir Arfin, Naheed Saba, Mohammad Jawaid, Hamad A Al-Lohedan
Synthesis of Polyaniline-Based Nanocomposite Materials and Their Biomedical Applications / Mohammad Shahadat, Shaikh Z Ahammad, Syed A Wazed, Suzylawati Ismail
Electrically Conductive Polymers and Composites for Biomedical Applications / Haryanto, Mohammad Mansoob Khan. - PrintJ. P. Varshney.Summary: This book provides essential information on methodologies for recording electrocardiograms in various animal species, including dogs, cats, cattle, buffaloes, sheep, goats, mithun, chelonians, snakes, avians, equines, rabbits, and the Indian gray mongoose. It also reviews the electrocardiographic physiology, generation of electrocardiograms, and normal criteria for various animal species; electrocardiograms in health and disease; and the interpretation of abnormal electrocardiograms, cardiomyopathy and arrhythmias, with corresponding treatment protocols. Further, it presents several approaches to interpreting the electrocardiograms of dogs, cats, ruminants, tortoises, pigeons, and other animals, offering a valuable resource for all veterinary students, scientists, and physicians wanting to make greater use of this valuable non-invasive tool in the diagnosis of heart diseases and general health examinations.
Contents:
Part 1. Canine
Chapter 1. Cardiac Evaluation Approaches
Chapter 2. Electrocardiography, its uses and limitations
Chapter 3. Generation and shape of electrocardiogram
Chapter 4. A Systematic reading of an electrocardiogram
Chapter 5. Benchmarks for normal electrocardiogram
Chapter 6. Abnormal wave forms, segments and intervals in electrocardiogram
Chapter 7. Atrial and Ventricular enlargement patterns and Clinical Associations
Chapter 8. Intraventricular conduction abnormality and bundle branch blocks
Chapter 9. ECG Patterns associated with Electrolyte imbalances, Drug Toxicities and Physical and Chemical Agents
Chapter 10. Cardiac Arrhythmias
Chapter 11. Electrocardiographic findings in cardiac and non-cardiac diseases
Chapter 12. Canine Cardiomyopathy and Bacterial Endocarditis
Chapter 13. Valvular Insufficiency
Chapter 14. Pericardial Effusion
Chapter 15. Heart Failure , Cardio-pulmonary Arrest and Cardiogenic Shock
Chapter 16. Canine Electocardiograms in diseases
Part 2. Feline
Chapter 17. Electrocardiography in Cats
Part 3. Ruminant
Chapter 18. Electrocardiography in ruminants
Part 4. Other Animals
Chapter 19. Electrocardiography in other animals. - DigitalMartin Green, Andrew Krahn, Wael Alqarawi, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the ECG findings of inherited arrhythmias and cardiomyopathies. Despite new forms of medical imaging, electrocardiography (ECG) remains the cornerstone of diagnosis, risk-stratification, and prognosis for these conditions. It is extremely important for clinicians to develop the skills required to interpret the ECG correctly as both overdiagnosis and underdiagnosis of these conditions can have a deleterious effect on patients and their families. Each chapter covers a specific condition and highlights typical or critically important ECG findings. Chapters include detailed descriptions of these findings along with pathophysiological mechanisms and clinical vignettes. In addition, the book reviews some normal ECG findings in athletes in order to differentiate some ECG findings from those which may be found in inherited arrhythmia or cardiomyopathy conditions. Electrocardiography of Inherited Arrhythmias and Cardiomyopathies: From Basic Science to Clinical Practice is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, cardiac electrophysiology, emergency medicine, sports medicine, and primary care.
Contents:
Part I. Inherited Arrhythmias
Chapter 1. Long QT Syndrome
Chapter 2. Brugada Syndrome
Chapter 3. Short QT Syndrome
Chapter 4. Early Repolarization Syndrome
Chapter 5. Catecholaminergic Polymorphic Ventricular Tachycardia
Chapter 6. Short-coupled PVC-induced Ventricular Fibrillation
Part II. Inherited Cardiomyopathies
Chapter 7. Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
Chapter 8: Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
Chapter 9: Dilated Cardiomyopathy
Chapter 10: AMP-K Syndromes
Part III. ECG in Athletes
Chapter 11. Athletes. - DigitalJeffrey W. Richig, Meg M. Sleeper.Summary: Electrocardiography of Laboratory Animals is the only book covering electrocardiography of laboratory animals, including dogs, mini-pigs, and cynomologus monkeys. As more countries institute requirements for the care of laboratory animals in research, this publication offers an effective standard on performing and analyzing ECGs. Topics covered include safety electrocardiography, toxicology, safety pharmacology, and telemetry. Electrocardiography of Laboratory Animals will assist biological and medical researchers, veterinarians, zoologists, and students in understanding electrocardiography of various species of animals used in research. Covers safety electrocardiography of large laboratory animals. Offers comprehensive analysis of ECGs for practical laboratory use. Includes a self-evaluation section for testing of ECG reading and analysis.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- DigitalNestor Galvez-Jimenez, Alexandra Soriano, John A. Morren, editors.Summary: This easily readable book describes a practical approach to electrodiagnostic medicine. Replete with well-curated figures, the relevant principles and procedures are clearly described and portrayed, including the anatomical details needed for successful nerve conduction studies and needle electrode examination. Numerous summary tables also convey key information in a concise and easily accessible manner. The reader is also able to reinforce understanding of the various topics through high-yield sample cases which are presented and discussed at the end of chapters. Electrodiagnostic Medicine, A Practical Approach is ideal reading for budding, junior as well as more experienced electrodiagnosticians, particularly those in the field neurology and physiatry.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Few Antecedent Words of Gratitude from NGJ
Using the Book
Contents
Contributors
1: Principles of Electrodiagnosis: Introduction
Introduction
Biases, Advantages and Disadvantages/Limitations (see Tables 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4)
Physiopathological Basis for the Interpretation of NCS
Nerve Conduction Studies
Needle Electrode Examination
Late Responses
F-Wave (Fig. 1.4)
H-reflex (Fig. 1.5)
The A-wave or Axon Reflex
Blink Reflexes
Facial Nerve Motor Studies
Standard Assessments of the Upper and Lower Extremities Some Common Scenarios in Which an Electrodiagnostic Study Is Requested
Hand Pain/Numbness/Sensory Disturbance
Foot Pain/Numbness/Sensory Disturbance
Radiculopathies
Proximal Lower Limb/Anterior Thigh Weakness
Foot Drop/Weakness
Generalized Weakness
References
2: Atlas of Nerve Conduction Studies (NCS)
Introduction
General Concepts
Upper Extremities
Sensory NCS
Median Sensory Recording at Index Finger (See Fig. 2.1)
Median Sensory Recording at the Thumb (See Fig. 2.2)
Median Sensory Recording at Middle Finger (See Fig. 2.3) Ulnar Sensory Recording at Fifth Finger (See Fig. 2.4)
Dorsal Ulnar Cutaneous Sensory Recording at Dorsum of the Hand (See Fig. 2.5)
Radial Sensory Recording at Base of the Thumb (See Fig. 2.6)
Median Palmar Mixed Nerve (See Fig. 2.7)
Ulnar Palmar Mixed Nerve (See Fig. 2.8)
Medial Antebrachial Cutaneous Sensory Recording Medial Forearm (See Fig. 2.9)
Lateral Antebrachial Cutaneous Sensory Recording Lateral Forearm (See Fig. 2.10)
Motor NCS
Median Motor Recording at Abductor Pollicis Brevis (APB)
Ulnar Motor Recording at Abductor Digiti Minimi (ADM) Ulnar Motor Recording at First Dorsal Interosseous (FDI)
Radial Motor Recording at Extensor Digitorum (Communis) [ED/EDC]
Musculocutaneous Recording at Biceps Brachii
Axillary Recording at Deltoid Muscle
Lower Extremity
Sensory NCS
Sural (Sensory) Recording Posterior Distal Leg/Lateral Ankle (See Fig. 2.23)
Superficial Peroneal (Fibular) Sensory Recording Dorsolateral Aspect of Ankle/Proximal Foot (See Fig. 2.24)
Saphenous Nerve Recording Medial Distal Leg (See Fig. 2.25)
Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve Recording Lateral Thigh (See Fig. 2.26) Medial and Lateral Plantar Mixed Nerve Response Recording the Medial Ankle (See Figs. 2.27 and 2.28)
Motor NCS
Peroneal (Fibular) Motor Recording at Extensor Digitorum Brevis (EDB)
Peroneal (Fibular) Motor Recording at Tibialis Anterior (TA)
Tibial Motor Recording at Abductor Hallucis (AH)
Tibial Motor Recording at Abductor Digiti Quinti Pedis (ADQP)
Femoral Motor Recording at Rectus Femoris
Tibial H-Reflex Recording at Soleus
Spinal Accessory Motor Recording at Trapezius
Facial Motor Recording at Nasalis
Suggested Reading - DigitalDavid C. Preston, Barbara E. Shapiro.Contents:
Approach to nerve conduction studies, electromyography, and neuromuscular ultrasound
Anatomy and neurophysiology for electrodiagnostic studies
Basic nerve conduction studies
Late responses
Blink reflex
Repetitive nerve stimulation
Anomalous innervations
Artifacts and technical factors
Basic statistics for electrodiagnostic studies
Routine upper extremity, facial, and phrenic nerve conduction techniques
Routine lower extremity nerve conduction techniques
Basic overview of electromyography
Anatomy for needle electromyography
Basic electromyography: analysis of spontaneous activity
Basic electromyography: analysis of motor unit action potentials
Clinical-electrophysiologic correlations : overview and common patterns
Fundamentals of neuromuscular ultrasound
Neuromuscular ultrasound of mononeuropathies
Neuromuscular ultrasound of polyneuropathy, motor neuron disease, and myopathy
Median neuropathy at the wrist
Proximal median neuropathy
Ulnar neuropathy at the elbow
Ulnar neuropathy at the wrist
Radial neuropathy
Peroneal neuropathy
Femoral neuropathy
Tarsal tunnel syndrome
Facial and trigeminal neuropathy
Polyneuropathy
Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and its variants
Atypical and inherited motor neuron disorders
Radiculopathy
Brachial plexopathy
Proximal neuropathies of the shoulder and arm
Lumbosacral plexopathy
Sciatic neuropathy
Neuromuscular junction disorders
Myopathy
Myotonic muscle disorders and periodic paralysis syndromes
Approach to electrodiagnostic studies in the intensive care unit
Approach to pediatric electromyography
Basics of electricity and electronics for electrodiagnostic studies
Electrical safety and iatrogenic complications of electrodiagnostic studies.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - Digitaledited by John Kuo.Contents:
Conventional specimen preparation techniques for transmission electron microscopy of cultured cells / John J. Bozzola
Microwave-assisted processing and embedding for transmission electron microscopy / Paul Webster
Processing plant tissues for ultrastructural study / John Kuo
Staining sectioned biological specimens for transmission electron microscopy : conventional and En Bloc stains / E. Ann Ellis
Metal shadowing for electron microscopy / Gregory M. Hendricks
Freeze fracture and freeze etching / Douglas E. Chandler and William P. Sharp
Conventional specimen preparation techniques for scanning electron microscopy of biological specimens / John J. Bozzola
High-pressure freezing : current state and future prospects / Andres Kaech and Urs Ziegler
Cryo-fixation by self-pressurized rapid freezing / Markus Grabenbauer, Hong-Mei Han, and Jan Huebinger
Cryo-electron microscopy of vitreous sections / Petr Chlanda and Martin Sachse
Negative staining and cryo-negative staining : applications in biology and medicine / J. Robin Harris and Sacha De Carlo
Electron microscopy of microtubule cytoskeleton assembly in vitro / Margaret Coughlin, Aaron C. Groen, and Timothy J. Mitchison
Cryosectioning fixed and cryoprotected biological material for immunocytochemistry / Paul Webster and Alexandre Webster
Analysis of specificity in immunoelectron microscopy / Christian Hacker and John M. Lucocq
Cryo-electron microscopy of membrane proteins / Kenneth N. Goldie [and others]
Tracking DNA and RNA sequences at high resolution / Dušan Cmarko, Anna Ligasová, and Karel Koberna
Visualization of DNA and protein-DNA complexes with atomic force microscopy / Yuri L. Lyubchenko, Alexander A. Gall, and Luda S. Shlyakhtenko
Biological applications of phase-contrast electron microscopy / Kuniaki Nagayama
Single particle cryo-electron microscopy and 3-D reconstruction of viruses / Fei Guo and Wen Jiang
Electron tomography for organelles, cells, and tissues / Wanzhong He and Yongning He
Correlative light and electron microscopy : from live cell dynamic to 3D ultrastructure / Coralie Spiegelhalter, Jocelyn F. Laporte, and Yannick Schwab
Nanometer-resolution fluorescence electron microscopy (Nano-EM) in cultured cells / Shigeki Watanabe [and others]
Correlative fluorescence and electron microscopy of quantum dot labeled proteins on whole cells in liquid / Diana B. Peckys, Madeline J. Dukes, and Niels de Jonge
FIB-SEM tomography in biology / Caroline Kizilyaprak [and others]
Correlative light and electron microscopy using immunolabeled sections / Heinz Schwarz and Bruno M. Humbel
Correlative 3D imaging : CLSM and FIB-SEM tomography using high-pressure frozen, freeze-substituted biological samples / Miriam S. Lucas [and others]
Three-dimensional imaging of adherent cells using FIB/SEM and STEM / Clarissa Villinger [and others]
X-ray microanalysis in the scanning electron microscope / Godfried M. Roomans and Anca Dragomir
Application of SEM and EDX in studying biomineralization in plant tissues / Honghua He and Yaowanuj Kirilak
Freeze stabilization and cryopreparation technique for visualizing the water distribution in woody tissues by x-ray imaging and cryo-scanning electron microscopy / Yasuhiro Utsumi and Yuzou Sano
Biological applications of energy-filtered TEM / Martin Saunders and Jeremy A. Shaw
Secondary ion mass spectrometry imaging of biological cells and tissues / Nicholas P. Lockyer
Elemental and isotopic imaging of biological samples using NanoSIMS / Matt R. Kilburn and Peta L. Clode
3D chemical mapping : application of scanning transmission (soft) x-ray microscopy (STXM) in combination with angle-scan tomography in bio-, geo-, and environmental sciences / Martin Obst and Gregor Schmid.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Printedited by Jan Vincents Johannessen.
- Digitaledited by Peter Z. Qin, Kurt Warncke.Digital Access
- DigitalSusan Chu Walley, Karen Wilson, editors.Summary: Electronic cigarettes (E-cigarettes), also known as vape devices or by trade names such as JUUL, are handheld devices that aerosolize liquid commonly containing nicotine, humectants and flavorings. Used by 1 in 5 high school students in 2020, they are the most common tobacco product used by youth. E-cigarette use has been associated with a variety of health issues such as nicotine addiction, e-cigarette or vaping associated lung illness (EVALI), seizures, and increased risk of cardiovascular disease. This first-of-its-kind book begins with an introduction and background on the historical context of tobacco products. The next chapters provide an overview of the e-cigarette landscape and reviews the e-cigarette devices and solutions and the evolution of these products. This is followed by reviews of the health effects of e-cigarettes on users and non-users and includes recommendations for prevention and treatment of youth e-cigarette use. The last few chapters address the public health impact of e-cigarettes with a review of the evidence of e-cigarettes in smoking cessation. The book closes with policy and advocacy approaches and a resource page. E-cigarette and vape device use pose a public health crisis. This book contains succinct practical information and is a key reference for pediatricians as well as clinicians of all specialities. It also serves as a resource for health professionals, including tobacco dependence treatment providers and public health experts.
Contents:
Introduction
A Brief History of Tobacco and Implications for New Tobacco Products
The E-Cigarette Phenomenon: What it is, why it is happening, and what you should know about it
Background and description of e-cigarette products and solutions
Acute and Chronic Health Effects of E-cigarette use
Health Effects of E-cigarettes and Other Vaping Devices on Non-users
Recommendations for prevention and treatment of e-cigarette use among youth in the clinical setting
Evaluation of evidence of e-cigarettes as a smoking cessation treatment for adult smokers
Marketing and advertising of E-cigarettes and Pathways to Prevention
The E-cigarette Regulatory Landscape: Policy and Advocacy Approaches
Resource Page
Conclusion. . - DigitalXiaohui Guo, editor.Summary: This book offers clinicians involved in perinatal care a detailed and in-depth perspective on electronic fetal monitoring (EFM). Topics include EFM management, antepartum and intrapartum fetal assessment and application of EFM in abnormal pregnancy, obstetrical complications, fetal acid-base balance, and fetal arrhythmias. Variant fetal heart rate patterns are presented with interpretation, diagnosis and comments from experts who have wealthy experience in high risk pregnancy intervention. It will be a valuable reference for physicians, nurses, and midwives who are responsible for initiating, performing, and interpreting EFM.
Contents:
Assessment of fetal well-being
Management of EFM
Fundamental electroic FHR monitoring
Prenatal and intrapartum EFM
Abnormal pregnancy
Pregnant diseases
Fetal acid-base balance
Impact of intrapartum events on EFM
Fetal arrhythmia. - DigitalCydney Afriat Menihan, Ellen Kopel.Summary: "The newly updated Electronic Fetal Monitoring: Concepts and Applications, 3rd Edition, is an invaluable guide for clinicians (nurses, nurse-midwives, physicians) responsible for ordering, initiating, performing, and interpreting electronic fetal monitoring (EFM). Written by OB/GYN nurses and advanced practitioners, this combination textbook/workbook offers clinicians involved in perinatal care a uniquely detailed, in-depth, and historical perspective on EFM. Topics include maternal-fetal physiology, EFM instrumentation, antepartum and intrapartum fetal assessment and pattern interpretation, and a variety of additional issues and challenges relevant to the current state of EFM practice. Applicable to both the novice and seasoned practitioner, this text is useful as a both a primer for this specialty field and also as a detailed resource to ready for the NCC Certificate of Added Qualification in EFM. Upgrade and update your EFM skills with: Examples of EFM tracings that demonstrate the points presented in the text- including 22 case studies annotated with real-time bedside interpretation, followed by expert review with commentary to support these analyses. Validation of knowledge - New! End-of-chapter study questions and answers are a perfect supplement for certification exam preparation. For the educator, methods of competence validation are discussed and presented in detail. Up-to-date EFM guidelines - explained and demonstrated in real-life, situational context. Concise, easy-to-follow support for optimal acquisition and assessment of EFM data, and proper response to findings. Expert advice on handling both clinical and instrumental challenges related to EFM. Detailed explanation of the workings of EFM equipment and technology. Proven algorithms for management of antepartum testing and of EFM data, outlining specific interventions and their rationales. Coverage of crucial knowledge, including maternal-fetal physiology of fetal heart rate patterns and management of unusual EFM tracings, common problems and more. Chapter features include helpful tips ("Stork Bytes") to highlight important points. Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC, and Mac. Take advantage of these practical features that will improve your eBook experience: The ability to download the eBook on multiple devices at one time--providing a seamless reading experience online or offline. Powerful search tools and smart navigation cross-links that allow you to search within this book, or across your entire library of VitalSource eBooks Multiple viewing options that enable you to scale images and text to any size without losing page clarity, as well as responsive design. The ability to highlight text and add notes with one click. About the Clinical Editors, Cydney Afriat Menihan, CNM, MSN, RDMS, is a Nurse Midwife and Perinatal Consultant in North Kingstown, Rhode Island. Ellen Kopel, RNC, MS, is a Nurse Educator and Perinatal Consultant in Tampa, Florida"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2019
- DigitalHolly Talbott and Ashley Zmau.Summary: "This guide shows you how to develop a library-wide workflow and a shared understanding of the components delivering electronic resources to your patrons"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Troubleshooting as problem solving
The access chain
Soliciting problem reports
Diagnosing access issues
Resolving access issues
Common access issues and examples
Troubleshooting workflows and training
Proactive troubleshooting.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020 - DigitalMuhammad Zaffar Hashmi, Ajit Varma, editors.Summary: Electronic and electric waste (e-waste), defined as end-of-life electronic products, including computers, television sets, mobile phones, transformers, capacitors, wires and cables, are a major global environmental concern. The crude recycling of e-waste releases persistent toxic substances, such as heavy metals, polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs), polychlorinated dibenzodioxins (PCDDs), polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDFs), polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and the environmental pollution and health risks caused by the improper disposal of e-waste has become an urgent issue. This book offers an overview of e-waste history, sources, and entry routes in soil, air, water and sediment. It also addresses e-waste transport and fate, bioavailability and biomonitoring, e-waste risk assessment, impacts on the environment and public health. In addition, it discusses the impact of e-waste on soil microbial community diversity, structure and function and reviews the treatment and management strategies, such as bioremediation and phytoremediation, as well as policies and future challenges. Given its scope, it is a valuable resource for students, researchers and scholars in the field of electronics manufacturing, environmental science and engineering, toxicology, environmental biotechnology, soil sciences and microbial ecology, as well as and plant biotechnology.
Contents:
History and Major Types of Pollutants in Electronic Waste Recycling
Biomonitoring of Electronic Waste Polluted Environment
New Brominated Flame Retardants in the Environment of Developing Countries
Status of Organophosphate Esters in the Environment of Developing Countries and their Impact on Human Health
Global Trends of E-waste Pollution and Its Impact on Environment
E- wastes: Global Scenario, Constituents, Biological Strategies for Remediation
Organic and Inorganic Contaminants from E-waste and their Effects on Environment
Environmental and Health Effects: Exposure to E-waste pollution
Health Effects of E-waste Pollution
Effects of E-waste on Immune System of Pre-School Children
Metagenomics Approaches to Study the Microbes in E-waste Pollution Environment
Recycling Processes and Plastic in Electronic Waste Is an Emerging Problem for India: Implications for Future Prospect
Techniques Used for Recycling the E-waste Worldwide
Ecotoxicological Risk Assessment of E-waste Pollution
Toxicity, Eco-toxicity and Phytoremediation of E-waste
Phytoremediation of Electronic Waste: A Mechanistic Overview and Role of Plant Secondary Metabolites
Aspects of E-waste Management in India
Bioremediation Approaches For E-waste Management: A Step Toward Sustainable Environment
Biodegradation of E-waste Pollution
Enzymatic Role in the Degradation of E-waste Pollution
Managing Electronic Waste Pollution: Policy Options and Challenges. - DigitalJonathan S. Steinberg, MD, Suneet Mittal, MD, FACC, FHRS.Contents:
SECTION I EVALUATION AND MANAGEMENT
1 Bradycardia
2 Supraventricular tachycardia: AVNRT, AVRT
3 Atrial arrhythmias
4 Ventricular tachycardia
5 Syncope
6 Sudden cardiac death and the cardiac arrest survivor
SECTION II THE ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY
7 Electrophysiology equipment
8 Electrophysiologic testing : indications and limitations
9 Principles of mapping and ablation
10 Indications for cardiac rhythm management devices
11 Ambulatory electrocardiographic monitoring
SECTION III THE PACEMAKER AND DEFIBRILLATOR CLINIC
12 Device interrogations and utilization of diagnostic data
13 Lead management and extraction
SECTION IV MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS
14 Approach to the patient with wide complex tachycardia
15 Antiarrhythmic medications
16 ChannelopathiesDigital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalVeena Kumari, Petr Bob, Nash N. Boutros, editors.Summary: Psychophysiology is an ever expanding field. The application of psychophysiological investigations to psychiatric disorders is likewise expanding and has in fact shed much light on some of the neural processes contributing to the development of psychiatric symptoms and/or their amelioration following treatment. The first part of this volume deals with a number of conditions where psychophysiological investigations have recently provided some insight into the pathophysiology of a particular manifestation (e.g., dissociation) or a disorder. Although this volume has a main focus on electrophysiological investigative modalities where neuroimaging was complimentary this added insight was included. The second part of the volume focuses on novel uses of psychophysiological measures, combining it with neuropsychology and imaging where possible, in the context of neuropsychiatric research and describes advanced analytical tools. Both basic and clinical investigators in this field should find the reviews and interpretations provided clear and informative. Clinicians will find this volume easy to assimilate. While direct clinical applications may be down the road, the insights provided should help the practicing clinicians to have firmer understanding of the complexity of the disorder they manage in everyday practice.
Contents:
Preface
Part 1. Psychophysiology in Neuropsychiatric Disorders and Their Treatment: Past, Present and Future
Part 2. Psychophysiology Measurements and Analytical Tools: New Perspectives. - Digitalauthor, Reginald T. Ho.Contents:
Bradycardias
Mechanisms of tachycardia
Intracardiac echocardiography
Transeptal catheterization
Narrow complex tachycardias
Long RP tachycardias
Atrio-ventricular nodal reentrant tachycardia
Ablation of atrio-ventricular nodal reentrant tachycardia
Basic evaluation of accessory pathways
Orthodromic reciprocating tachycardia
Unusual types of accessory pathways
Ablation of accessory pathways
Atrial tachycardia
Atrial flutter
Atrial fibrillation
Sinus node and atrio-ventricular junction modification/ablation
Wide complex tachycardias
Preexcited tachycardias
Idiopathic ventricular tachycardia and fibrillation
Ablation of scar-related ventricular tachycardia
Bundle branch reentrant tachycardia
Unusual electrophysiologic phenomenaDigital Access LWW Health Library 2020 - Digitaledited by Shulin Li, Department of Pediatrics, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA, Jeffry Cutrera, Department of Pediatrics, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA, Richard Heller, Old Dominion University, Frank Reidy Center for Biolectrics, Norfolk, VA, USA, Justin Teissie, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Institut de Pharmacologie et de Biollogie structurale, Toulouse, France, Université de Toulouse, UPS, IPBS Toulouse, France.Contents:
1. Electroporation-based gene therapy; recent evolution in the mechanism description and technology developments / Lluis M. Mir
2. Electropermeabilization of the cell membrane / Justin Teissie
3. The impact of non-electrical factors on electrical gene transfer / Jiemino Hu, Jeffry Cutrera, and Shulin Li
4. Electroporation formulation for cell therapy / Jiemiao Hu and Shulin Li
5. Short-fragment DNA-mediated in vivo DNA electroporation delivery / Jinliang Peng, Yonggang Zhao and Yuhong Xu
6. Gold nanoparticle-enhanced electroporation for leukemia cell transfection / Shuyan Huang, Yingbo Zu and Shengnian Wang
7. siRNA delivery via electropulsation: a review of the basic processes / Muriel Golzio and Justin Teissie
8. Continuous cell electroporation for efficient DNA and siRNA delivery based on laminar microfluidic chips / Zewen Wei and Zhihong Li
9. Electroporation of siRNA into mouse bone marrow-derived macrophages and dendritic cells / Isabel Siegert, Valentin Schatz, Alexander T. Prechtel, Alexander Steinkasserer, Christian Bogdan and Jonathan Jantsch
10. Directo imaging of siRNA electrotransfer at the single-cell level / Justin Teissie and Muriel Golzio
11. Electroporation mediated siRNA delivery into tumors / Yashifumi Takei
12. Substrate-mediated, high-efficiency siRNA electroporation / Hiroyuki Fujimato and Hiroo Iwata
13. Intradermal electroporation / Maria L. Knudsen, Karl Ljungberg, Peter Liljeström and Daniel X. Johansson
14. Delivery of DNA into the central nerous system via electroporation / Jochen De Vry, Tim Vanmierlo, Pilar Martínez-Martínez, Mario Losen, Yasin Temel, Harry Steinbusch, Marc De Baets and Jos Prickaerts
15. DNA delivery in adult mouse eyes: an update with corneal outcomes / John M. Nickerson, Shannon E. Getz, Jana T. Sellers, Micah A. Chrenek, Penny Goodman, Christiana J. Bernal and Jeffrey H. Boatright
16. Delivery of plasmid DNA into dental tissues of developing rat teeth by electroporation / Shaomian Yao, Michael L. Beckley and Dawen Liu
17. Electroporation-mediated gene delivery to the lungs / Jennifer L. Young, Michael S. Barravecchia and David A. Dean
18. Electroporation-mediated delivery of genes in rodent models of lung contusion / David Machado-Aranda and Krishnan Raghavendran
19. In vivo electroporation-mediated gene delivery to the beating heart / Hendrik T. Tevaearai, Amiq Gazdhar, Marie-Noëlle Giraud and Martin Flück
20. Managing local swelling following intratumoral electro-chemo-gene therapy / Jeffry Cutrera, Glenn King, Pamela Jones, Elias Gumpel, Xueqing Xia and Shulin Li
21. Gene electrotransfer in clinical trials / Julie Gehl
22. Electrochemotherapy in veterinary oncology: from rescue to first line therapy / Enrico P. Spugnini and Alfonso Baldi
23. Low-energy DC current ablation in a mouse tumor model / Prejesh Philips, Yan Li and Robert C.G. Martin II
24. Evolution of electroporated DNA vaccines / Andrea M. Keane-Myers and Matt Bell
25. Clinical development of intramuscular electroporation: providing a "boost" for DNA vaccines / Amir S. Khan, Kate E. Broderick and Niranian Y. Sardesai
26. Electroporation-mediated administration of candidate DNA vaccines against HIV -1 / Sandhya Vasan
27. Electroporation-mediated intradermal delivery of DNA vaccines in nonhuman primates / Lucille Adam, Roger Le Grand and Fré́déric Martinon
28. Intramuscular DNA vaccination protocols mediated by electric fields / Pieranna Chiarella and Emanuela Signori
29. DNA electroporation of multi-agent vaccines conferring protection against select agent challenge: TriGrid delivery system / Andrea M. Keane-Myers, Matt Bell, Drew Hannaman and Mark Albrecht
30. Gene-based vaccination and screening methods to develop monoclonal antibodies / M. Pirouz Daftarian, Aram Vosoughi and Vance Lemmon.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalBruce A. Carlson, Joseph A. Sisneros, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.Summary: This book provides a comparative perspective on the topic of electroreception and reviews some of the fundamental insights gained from studies of electrosensory and electromotor systems to understand how the nervous system extracts biologically relevant information from the natural environment A Brief History of Electrogenesis and Electroreception in Fishes Bruce A. Carlson and Joseph A. Sisneros The Development and Evolution of Lateral Line Electroreceptors: Insights from Comparative Molecular Approaches Clare V.H. Baker Electrosensory Transduction: Comparisons Across Structure, Afferent Response Properties, and Cellular Physiology Duncan B. Leitch and David Julius The Evolution and Development of Electric Organs Jason R. Gallant Biophysical Basis of Electric Signal Diversity Michael R. Markham Hormonal Influences on Social Behavior in South American Weakly Electric Fishes Ana C. Silva Evolutionary Drivers of Electric Signal Diversity Rüdiger Krahe Using Control Theory to Characterize Active Sensing in Weakly Electric Fishes Sarah A. Stamper, Manu S. Madhav, Noah J. Cowan, and Eric S. Fortune Envelope Coding and Processing: Implications for Perception and Behavior Michael G. Metzen and Maurice J. Chacron Evolution of Submillisecond Temporal Coding in Vertebrate Electrosensory and Auditory Systems Bruce A. Carlson Influences of Motor Systems on Electrosensory Processing Krista Perks and Nathaniel B. Sawtell Active Electrolocation and Spatial Learning Sarah Nicola Jung and Jacob Engelmann Bruce A. Carlson is Professor of Biology at Washington University in St. Louis Joseph A. Sisneros is Professor of Psychology at the University of Washington, Seattle Arthur N. Popper is Professor Emeritus and research professor in the Department of Biology at the University of Maryland, College Park Richard R. Fay is Distinguished Research Professor of Psychology at Loyola University Chicago, Chicago.
Contents:
Intro; Acoustical Society of America; Series Preface; Preface 1992; Volume Preface; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: A Brief History of Electrogenesis and Electroreception in Fishes; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Early Fascination with Electric Fishes; 1.3 Discovery of Electrogenesis; 1.4 Discovery of Electroreception; 1.4.1 Detection of Electric Fields; 1.4.2 Generation of Weak Electric Organ Discharges; 1.5 Electric Fishes and the Neuroethological Approach to Animal Behavior; 1.5.1 Active Electrolocation; 1.5.2 Jamming Avoidance Response; 1.5.3 Electrocommunication 1.5.4 Reafference and Exafference1.6 Fundamental Insights from Comparative Approaches; 1.7 Future Directions and Concluding Comments; References;
Chapter 2: The Development and Evolution of Lateral Line Electroreceptors: Insights from Comparative Molecular Approaches; 2.1 Introduction; 2.1.1 The Mechanosensory Division of the Lateral Line System; 2.1.2 The Electrosensory Division of the Lateral Line System; 2.1.2.1 Electrosensory Organs in Jawless Fishes; 2.1.2.2 Electrosensory Organs in Nonteleost Jawed Vertebrates; 2.1.2.3 Electrosensory Organs in Teleost Fishes: Independent Evolution 2.1.2.3.1 Overview of Teleost Electroreception2.1.2.3.2 Electroreception Evolved Independently At Least Twice in Teleosts; 2.1.3 Trigeminal Nerve-Mediated Electroreception in Monotremes and Dolphins; 2.2 Electroreceptor Development; 2.2.1 An Introduction to Cranial Placodes; 2.2.2 Nonteleost Ampullary Organs Develop from Lateral Line Placodes that Elongate to Form Sensory Ridges; 2.2.3 Experimental Evidence Is Lacking for the Embryonic Origin of Lamprey and Teleost Electroreceptors; 2.2.4 The Molecular Control of Lateral Line Placode Formation 2.2.4.1 Lateral Line and Otic Placodes Are Developmentally Independent2.2.4.2 Different Lateral Line Placodes Have Different Molecular Requirements; 2.2.5 Investigating the Molecular Basis of Nonteleost Electroreceptor Development; 2.2.5.1 The Candidate Gene Approach; 2.2.5.1.1 Transcriptional Regulators; 2.2.5.1.2 Signaling Pathways; 2.2.5.2 Insights from an Unbiased Transcriptomic (Differential RNA Sequencing) Approach; 2.3 Electroreceptor Evolution; 2.3.1 Morphological and Physiological Similarities Between Hair Cells and Nonteleost Electroreceptors 2.3.2 RNA Sequencing Data Suggest Nonteleost Electroreceptors Share Synaptic Transmission Mechanisms with Hair Cells2.3.3 Hypotheses for Electroreceptor Evolution: The Importance of Ribbons; 2.4 Summary; References;
Chapter 3: Electrosensory Transduction: Comparisons Across Structure, Afferent Response Properties, and Cellular Physiology; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Electroreceptor Organs; 3.2.1 Ampullary Receptors; 3.2.1.1 Ampullae of Lorenzini Structural Properties; 3.2.2 Tuberous Organ Structural Properties; 3.2.3 Mammalian Trigeminal Electroreceptor Structural PropertiesDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMatt Richtel.Summary: The immune system is a guardian vigilantly fighting illness, healing wounds, maintaining order and balance, and keeping us alive. Richtel interweaves the stories of four people: a terminal cancer patient who rises from the grave; a medical marvel who defies HIV; two women with autoimmunity who discover their own bodies have turned against them. As he leads us from the Black Plague to twentieth-century breakthroughs in vaccination and antibiotics, to the cutting-edge laboratories that are revolutionizing immunology, his four patients each illuminates an essential facet of our "elegant defense."--Adapted from jacket
Contents:
Part I. Lives in the balance. The ties that bind
Jason
Bob
Linda and Merredith
Part II. The immune system and the festival of life. The bird, dog, starfish, and magic bullet
The festival
Festival crashers
The mystery organ
The B-word
T cells and B cells
Vaccines
The infinity machine
Transplant
The immune system's fingerprint
Inflammation
Fever
Flash Gordon
The harmonious way
Three wise men and a monoclonal antibody
A second immune system
Part III. Bob. Sex machine
GRID
The phone call
CD4 and CD8
Magic
The prime
Part IV. Linda and Merredith. Linda
The wolf
Invisible evidence
Best of both worlds (sort of)
Merredith
Should you pick your nose?
Microbiome
Stress
Sleep
Part V. Jason. A word about cancer
Laughter and tears
The Lazarus mouse
Wound healing
Programmed death
The breakthrough
Jason races time
Shepherd of death
Trials, personal and clinical
The other shoe
Part VI. Homecoming. Bob
Linda
Jan and Ron
Jason down the white tunnel
Jason rises
Apollo 11
Home
Jason's way
The meanings of life
The meaning of Jason.Digital Access 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - PrintNitzulescu, Virgil.
- PrintMonson Malice, Carlos Manuel.
- Digitaleditors, Wilson Z. Shou, Naidong Weng.Contents:
Eliminating bottlenecks for efficient bioanalysis : practices and applications in drug discovery and development / Wilson Z. Shou & Naidong Weng
Automated method development of sample preparation / Chris Singleton & Ming Li
Strategies for high-throughput sample analysis / Maria A.M. Fitzgerald
Enabling software for high-throughput bioanalysis / John Janiszewski & Nick Levitt
Sample pooling approaches in discovery bioanalysis / Rongda Xu
Quantitative bioanalysis by microflow LC-MS to support discovery-based pharmacokinetic studies / Heather Skor & Ravi Visswanathan
The current status and future perspective on high-resolution MS in regulated bioanalysis / Eliza N. Fung
Bottlenecks in bioanalysis : where do they come from and how to remove them? / Philip Timmerman
Discovery to development : bioanalytical considerations that can facilitate the transition / Graeme T. Clark
Use of fit-for-purpose quality requirements in bioanalysis / Wenying Jian, Richard W. Edom & Naidong Weng
Incurred sample reanalysis evaluation and impact on drug preclinical and clinical development / Stephanie Pasas-Farmer & Zhongping (John) Lin
Tissue analysis and tissue imaging / Stacy Ho
Bioanalysis supporting disease biomarker discovery and validation / Ian A. Blair
Bioanalysis of biomarkers in support of drug discovery and development / Dieter M. Drexler, Timothy V. Olah, Michael D. Reily, Petia A. Shipkova, Holly D. Soares & Adrienne A. Tymiak
MS-based protein quantification in a discovery setting / John T. Mehl, Joanna J. Zheng & Timothy V. Olah
MS-based protein quantitation in regulated drug development / Diego F. Cortes, William Mylott & Rand Jenkins. - DigitalPoonam Khetrapal Singh, editor.Summary: This book discusses the historical context, country experience, and best practices that led to eliminating infectious diseases from the WHOs South-East Asia Region, such as malaria, lymphatic filariasis, yaws, trachoma, and mother-to-child HIV in the mid-twentieth and twenty-first century. The UN Sustainable Development Goals (3.3) targets to end AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, and neglected tropical diseases and combat hepatitis, water-borne diseases and other communicable diseases by 2030. In this context, this book is of high significance to countries from the SEA region and around the globe. It helps create national strategies and action plans on infectious disease elimination and thus attaining SDG 3.3.
Contents:
Introduction: A historic paradigm shift in communicable diseases in South-East Asia: from control to elimination
Thailand: Elimination of mother-to-child HIV transmission
Yaws: freeing young children in India from an old scourge
Maldives: a long battle to banish malaria
Unburdening the poor: elimination of lymphatic filariasis in Maldives
Sri Lanka: long battle to eliminate malaria
Lymphatic filariasis elimination in Sri Lanka: overcoming the odds
Elimination of lymphatic filariasis in Thailand: a model for best practices
Trachoma elimination in Nepal: bringing light, preventing darkness
South-East Asia Region marches ahead on elimination of mother-to-child transmission of HIV and syphilis: Sri Lanka becomes the third country in the SE Asia Region to be validated
Leveraging health system gains towards eliminating mother-to-child transmission (EMTCT) of HIV and syphilis: How Maldives became the second country in WHO South-East Asia Region to achieve this feat
Leprosy: accelerating towards a leprosy-free world. - DigitalE. Gaylon McCollough, MD, FACS, Founder and Chief Operational Officer, McCollough Plastic Surgery Clinic, the McCollough Institute for Appearance & Health, Gulf Shores, Alabama, USA.Digital Access
- DigitalJohn D. Kelly IV, editors.Contents:
Part I: Overhead Athlete
Pathophysiology of Throwing Injuries.- Prevention of Labral and Rotator Cuff Injuries in the Overhead Athlete
Keys to Successful Labral Repair
Indications and Techniques for Posterior Capsule Release.- Throwing Acquired Anterior Rotator Interval Pathology
Part II: Instability
Evaluation of Bone Loss and the Glenoid Track
Management of Capsular Laxity
Remplissage: Technique and Results
Arthroscopic Latarjet
Posterior Instability
Part III: Glenohumeral Arthritis
Pearls for Through Debridement, Capsular Release, and the Role of Microfracture.- The Comprehensive Arthroscopic Management (CAM) Procedure for Young Patients with Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
Graft Interposition Arthroplasty
Adhesive Capsulitis: Diagnosis, Etiology and Treatment Strategies
Part IV: Rotator Cuff
Ultrasound in Rotator Cuff Evaluation
Indications for Repair: Who Really Needs Surgery?- Biologic Augmentation of Rotator Cuff Repair Repair.- Indications and Technique for Double Row Fixation.- Retracted Subscapularis Tears.- ont-family: 'Times New Roman', serif; font-size: 10pt;">Arthroscopic Repair of Massive Retracted Rotator Cuff Tears.- The Use of Graft Augmentation in the Treatment of Massive Rotator Cuff Tears.- Suprascapular Nerve Release: General Principles.- Spinoglenoid Ligament Release.- Part V: Post Op Care.- Maximizing Return to Activity Post Cuff and Instability Surgery.- When is the Patient Truly ?Ready to Return?, a.k.a. Kinetic Chain Homeostasis. . - Digitaledited by Gregory S. Thomas, L. Samuel Wann, and Myrvin H. Ellestad.Summary: The 6th edition of the textbook Ellestad's Stress Testing: Principles and Practice was written for the new and veteran clinician alike performing stress testing. Thoroughly updated, referenced and interspersed with case examples, the book reviews how to get the most out exercise testing, without and with ancillary imaging. In addition to evaluation of ST segment depression, other powerful tools to detect ischemia and forecast the future are reviewed to increase the diagnostic accuracy and prognostic ability of exercise testing. The recognition and significance of exercise induced arrhythmias and conduction defects are examined. When to convert to pharmacologic stress or add ancillary imaging, including myocardial perfusion imaging, echocardiography, coronary calcium scoring, and magnetic reference imaging are reviewed. The use of stress testing in the management of obstructive and non-obstructive coronary artery disease (CAD), heart failure, cardiac rehabilitation, peripheral vascular disease, congenital heart and other cardiovascular diseases (CVD) is examined. Options to optimize the diagnostic capabilities of exercise and other diagnostic testing for women are highlighted. Strategic use of exercise testing in the face of a decreasing burden of CAD in the developed world, as well as the opportunity to rely on exercise testing as the first test to evaluate CVD in the developing world, are reviewed. The fundamentals of exercise physiology and myocardial ischemia that serve as the foundation for exercise testing in health and disease are explained.Digital Access Oxford 2018
- PrintBrittney Cooper.Summary: Far too often, Black women's anger has been caricatured into an ugly and destructive force that threatens the civility and social fabric of American democracy. But Cooper shows us that there is more to the story than that. Black women's eloquent rage is what makes Serena Williams such a powerful tennis player. It's what makes Beyoncé's girl power anthems resonate so hard. It's what makes Michelle Obama an icon. Eloquent rage keeps us all honest and accountable. It reminds women that they don't have to settle for less. In the Black feminist tradition of Audre Lorde, Brittney Cooper reminds us that anger is a powerful source of energy that can give us the strength to keep on fighting. -- Back cover.
Contents:
The Problem With Sass
Capital B, Capital F
Strong Female Leads
The Smartest Man I Never Knew
Bag Lady
Grown-Woman Theology
Orchestrated Fury
White-Girl Tears
Never Scared
Love in a Hopeless Place
Favor Ain't Fair
Joy. - DigitalDigital Access Karger v. 1-5, 2010-15.
- Printcompiled by A.F. Dorian.Contents:
pt. A. General medicine
pt. B. Anatomy
pt. C. Biology, genetics and biochemistry
pt. D. Therapeutic substances. - Digital[edited by] S. Jean Herriot Emans, Marc R. Laufer, Amy Desrochers DiVasta.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Pascal Chabrot, Louis Boyer.Summary: Innovations in catheterization techniques and embolization agents have considerably contributed to the development of endovascular occlusion techniques in arterial and venous trunks as much as distal parenchymal capillar beds. Mini invasive therapies, endovascular embolization and chemo-embolization now constitute valuable therapeutic alternatives in various fields: on a purely palliative or on a curative basis in oncology, but also in traumatology, functional diseases, and for the treatment of benign tumors, or when dealing with post-operative complications. As in-depth and detailed descriptions of these techniques are all ready available in specialized books, our ambition is to provide a basic handbook for the young vascular radiologists in training and a checklist for the more experienced interventional radiologists, by providing for each of the constantly increasing indications a synthetic approach of the technique and its expected results. The first part of this book relates to the tool box (the materials) and the procedure techniques as well as the physiopathological requirements for carrying out embolization; the second part is an analytical description of the main situations and anatomo-clinical strategies. This handy book should to be a valuable memory aid for clinicians and interventional radiologists, readily available in the multidisciplinary staff rooms and in angiography suites.
Contents:
1. The Tool Box: Catheterization Devices and Embolization Agents
2. Vascular Occlusions and Parenchymal Embolizations: Principles
3. Hemorrhages of the ENT Area
4. Massive Hemoptysis: Radiological Management
5. Embolization of the Pulmonary Artery
6. Hepatic Artery Embolization
7. Chemoembolizations and Hepatic Intra Arterial Chemotherapies
8. Portal Vein Embolization
9. Splenic Arterial Embolization
10. Gastro Intestinal Tract Arterial Haemorrhages
11. True and false Aneurysms of Visceral and Renal Arteries
12. Hypogastric Arteries: Aneurysms, Occlusions Before Stent-Grafting
13. Renal Arterial Embolizations
14. Anticoagulant Related Hematomas
15. Embolization of Varicoceles
16. Embolization of the Internal Pudendal Arteries for High Flow Priapism
17. Embolization of Endoleaks Ater Endovascular Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms Repair (EVAR)
18. Post Partum Haemorrhages
19. Uterine Fibroid Embolization (UFE)
20. Pelvi-Perineal Venous Insufficiency
21. Embolizations of Abdominal and Pelvic Traumas
22. Traumatisms of the Limbs
23. Management of Vascular Malformations
24. Miscellaneous/Marginal/Evolving Indications (Other Abdomino-Pelvic Tumors, Portal Hypertension Related Varicose Veins, Osteoarticular Pathologies).Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJoachim P. Sturmberg, editor.Summary: This detailed volume illustrates the transformative nature of systems and complexity sciences for practice, research, education, and health system organization. Researchers highlight the fresh perspectives and novel approaches offered by these interdisciplinary fields in addressing the complexities of global, national, and community health challenges in the 21st century. With the implications that these emerging fields hold for health still relatively underexplored, researchers from a wide variety of disciplines, including physiological, social, environmental, clinical, prevention, educational, organizational, finance, and policy domains, aim in this book to suggest future directions in health care and highlight recent advances in basic and clinical physiology, education, policy-making, and leadership. Among the topics discussed: • Impact of genomic heterogeneity on bio-emergent properties • Harnessing Big Data to improve health services • Decision-making of women in violent relationships • Co-producing healthcare interventions • A socio-ecological solution to physician burnout Embracing Complexity in Health: The Transformation of Science, Practice, and Policy is a highly relevant resource to practitioners in the field, students, instructors, and policy makers, and also should find an engaged audience among health and disease researchers, healthcare planners, health system financiers, health system administrators, health services administrators, health professional educators, and other health professionals. The trans- and interdisciplinary natures of health and health care are fostering a broad discourse amongst all concerned with improving patient care in an equitable and sustainable way. .
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I Introduction: A Systems and Complexity Science Understanding of Health; If You Change the Way You Look at Things, Things You Look at Change. Max Planck's Challenge for Health, Health Care, and the Healthcare System; 1 Looking Differently: At Health, Dis-ease and Disease; 1.1 Most People Are Healthy Most of the Time; 1.2 Dis-ease Versus Disease Versus Health; 1.3 The Cause of Disease; 1.3.1 The Fallacy of `Macroscopic Causation'; 1.3.2 The Emergence of a Network Physiological Understanding of Health and Disease 1.4 Disease: An Outcome of Mal-/Adaptive Regulatory Feedback1.4.1 Genome Regulation; 1.4.2 Autonomous Nervous System and HPA-Axis Regulation; 1.4.3 Mitochondrial Regulation; 1.5 Diseases as Phenotypes; 1.6 Health, Dis-ease and Disease: A `Whole of Person' Phenomenon; 1.7 Detecting Physiological Dysregulation; 1.7.1 Biomarkers of Physiological Dysregulation Have Limited Application in Clinical Practice; 1.8 … Your Appreciation of Health, Dis-ease and Disease Changes; 2 Looking Differently: At Healthcare Delivery; 2.1 Health Care: Is That Really What We Do? 2.1.1 Shifting of the-Mental-Mind Frame2.1.2 In Essence Health Professionals Are Disease Managers; 2.1.3 Disinterest in the Person with the Disease; 2.2 Disease Care at Work; 2.2.1 Communication: About Disease; 2.2.2 A Protocol-/Guideline-Driven Approach to Disease Management; 2.2.3 Disease Management Results in Wasting Scarce Resources; 2.3 Health Workforce Composition; 2.3.1 Evaluating Outcomes: Which Ones Count?; 2.4 … Your Appreciation of the Healthcare Delivery Changes; 3 Looking Differently: At the Healthcare System 3.1 The Disease Focus Diverts Attention and Resources Away from `Being Healthy' and `Staying Healthy'3.2 Reframing Our Metaphors: Achieving Health; 3.3 … Your Appreciation of the Healthcare System Changes; The Transformative Aspects of This Study;
Appendix 1: Disease Definitions and Re-definitions;
Appendix 2: Prevalence of Long-Term Conditions in the Australian National Health Survey;
Appendix 3: Annas' Analysis of the Consequences of the Military and Market Metaphors on Health Care ch1:bib144; References; Fail Small, Fail Often: An Outsider's View of Physiologic Complexity; 1 Introduction 2 Complex Is Typical Not Normal3 But Why Multifractal?; 3.1 Some Results; 4 Control of Variability; 5 Discussion and Conclusions; The Transformative Aspects of This Study; References; Part II Physiology; A Puzzling Question: How Can Different Phenotypes Possibly Have Indistinguishable Disease Symptoms?; 1 Basic Mechanisms Allowing the Emergence of Life; 1.1 The Role of the Chemical Bond; 1.2 Phase Separation; 2 Emergent Processes in Disease; 2.1 Patterns of Ventilation Defects in Asthma; 2.2 Asthma Phenotypes; 3 One Symptom: Different Mechanisms?; 4 Conclusions - Digitaleditors, Lars H. Wegner and Ulrich Lüttge.Summary: This book focuses on modules and emergence with self-organization in the life sciences. As Aristotle observed so long ago, the whole is more than the sum of its parts. However, contemporary science is dominated by reductionist concepts and tends to neglect the non-reproducible features of complex systems, which emerge from the interaction of the smaller units they are composed of. The book is divided into three major parts; the essays in part A highlight the conceptual basis of emergence, linking it to the philosophy of science, systems biology and sustainability. This is subsequently exemplified in part B by applying the concept of emergence to various biological disciplines, such as genetics, developmental biology, neurobiology, plant physiology and ecology. New aspects of emergence come into play when biology meets the technical sciences, as revealed in a chapter on bionics. In turn, part C adopts a broader view, revealing how the organization of life follows a hierarchical order in terms of scalar dimensions, ranging from the molecular level to the entire biosphere. The idea that life is primarily and exclusively shaped by processes at the molecular level (and, in particular, by the information encoded in the genome) is refuted; rather, there is no hierarchy with respect to the level of causation in the cross-talk between the levels. In the last two chapters, the evolutionary trend toward ever-increasing complexity in living systems is interpreted in terms of the Gaia hypothesis sensu Lovelock: the entire biosphere is viewed as a functional unit (or 'holobiont-like system') organized to develop and sustain life on Earth.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; The Basics; Is There Anything New Under the Sun?; Introduction; Instabilities as the Ontological Core of Emergence: Novelty, Processuality, Internality; Nothing New Under the Sun and the Disregard of Instability; Acknowledging Instabilities; Novelty, Processuality, and Internality; Types of Instabilities; Watersheds-and the Static Instability; Chaos-and the Dynamical Instability; Criticalities and Bifurcations-the Structural Instability; Limits of Physical Sciences?-Methodological and Epistemological Issues Biomimetic Façade Shading SystemsBio-inspired Sustainability (Assessment); Discussion and Perspectives; References; Roots of Complexity in the Self-referential Genetic Code; References; Brains Emerging: On Modularity and Self-organisation of Neural Development In Vivo and In Vitro; Introduction: Biologic Determinism Revisited; Modules Governing Normal Development; Cells Forming Spheres; From Hollow Spheres to Planar Tissues; The Epithelium, the Most Basic Tissue; Brain and Eyes Emerging from the Body Surface Epithelium; Neural Tube Evagination, Invagination and Widening to Form an Eye From Modules to Emergent Holistic Properties in Living OrganismsModularity Versus Emergence: How to Cope with Complexity in Whole-Plant Physiology?; Introduction; Modularity and Emergence: General Remarks; Modularity and Emergence in Plant Biology; Synthesis; Redundancy; Implications for Future Basic and Applied Research in the Plant Sciences; References; Emergence in Biomimetic Materials Systems; Introduction; Biomimetic Materials Systems; Emergence in Biomimetic Materials Systems; Selected Examples for Emergence in Biomimetics; Biomimetic Composite Materials; Biomimetic Micro-laminates Limits with Respect to Reproducibility and ExperimentationObstacles to Predictability and Calculability; Boundaries of Testability and Confirmability; Limitations of Describability and Reductive Explainability; Critique of Standard Concepts of the Philosophy of Science; Science in an Unstable World; History of Science: Perceiving Instability, Imposing Stability; The Qualitative: Complexity Characteristics at the Center of Testability; Towards a Novel Kind of Calculability and Testability; Modeling Turn; Decisions ex ante and Underlying Knowledge Interests; Summary; References Modular Organization and Emergence in Systems BiologyReferences; The Emergence of Sustainability; Introduction; Emergence: Three Sustainability Facets in Response to the Planetary Crisis; Sustainability as Policy; Sustainability as Moral Value; Sustainability as Science; Submergence: System Dismantling; Crisis of Conservation Science; Crisis of Environmentalism and of Development; Convergence: Consolidating Sustainability and Moving to the Next Level; Sustainability as Utopia; Gaia: The Next Level?; Concluding Remarks: The Ticking Clock; References - DigitalJana Söderlund.Summary: This book addresses the emergence of biophilic design, a form of design that looks at peoples intrinsic connection with nature. There is no denying that biophilic design is rapidly expanding globally as an effective response to pressing issues in urban areas and built environments. From being a term few had heard of in 2012, when the authors research began, to one that is currently trending in a broad range of disciplines, the story of its emergence has never been properly told. The story of the emergence of biophilic design is the story of a social movement and how a gathering of people with a common interest and passion can spark a global trend. The book and the stories within are not only engaging but also informative and educational, offering readers an in-depth understanding of what biophilic design is all about, and how to promote its implementation in their own built environment. Hopefully, they will inspire people to act, to campaign and to implement initiatives in their urban environment, with the confidence that they are capable of making a difference. The author spent three years researching the emergence of biophilic design, and why and how it was driven by certain people who championed the concept. Part of the authors research involved a three-month tour of ten North American cities, during which she interviewed 26 key players. These people ranged from community leaders, landscape architects, and academics, to the CEOs of NGOs and government leaders. The result is a collection of stories that illustrate the evolution of biophilic design, and how it was frequently born from a passion for, belief in and love of nature, as well as a response to an urban crisis.
Contents:
Chapter 1. The emergence of a new social movement: Biophilic design
Chapter 2. The rationale for biophilic design
Chapter 3. Biophilic design: The stories of the pioneers of the social movement
Chapter 4. How the biophilic design social movement informs planning and policy
Chapter 5. Living green wall trials in a hot dry city climate
Chapter 6. The progression of biophilic design
Bibliography
Appendix.Digital Access Springer 2019 - PrintMamta Bhushan Singh, Rohit Bhatia, editors.Summary: This is the second edition (in two volumes) of a well-received book that reflects current practices in the management of neurological emergencies. It was written bearing in mind the needs of first-contact physicians, who may be neurology trainees, neurology consultants, or interns. Special attention has been paid to various aspects of managing patients at the emergency department, from taking a good clinical history, to completing a quick and focused clinical examination, to investigating and commencing treatment. Neurological emergencies are unique in that they appear abruptly, generally follow a volatile course, and require a prompt yet balanced response. The management of neurological emergencies has been a major challenge in the past, and today, early and aggressive approaches are generally recommended. Exploring these and other aspects, the book offers a valuable asset for all practitioners seeking answers to the questions that inevitably arise while attempting to manage such critical situations.Digital Access
- DigitalElio Agostoni, editor.Contents:
Preface
Glossary
Part I. Neuromuscular Disease: Recent Progress in Diagnosis and Therapy
Neuromuscular Disease: An Overview
Tetanus
Guillain-Barré Syndrome
Porphyria
Vasculitis
Myasthenia Gravis
Botulism
Malignant Hyperthermia
Rhabdomyolysis
Periodic Paralysis.-Part II. Case Studies
Case Study: Atypical GBS
Part III. Differentiated Decisional Algorithms
Differentiated Decisional Algorithms Based on the Technical and Organizational Characteristics of the Hospital Receiving the Clinical Case.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMaxwell Damian, Marianne de Visser, editor.Summary: This comprehensive book addresses the acute emergencies in neuromuscular disease from a novel perspective, focusing on clinical management and treatment of these disorders rather than the more traditional neuropathology, neurogenetics, and neurophysiology approaches. The book fills the gap in guidelines by providing an evidence-based guidance for the clinical adult or pediatric neurologist confronted by an acutely ill patient in a potentially life-threatening situation. The book is structured according to pathophysiological principles, but each chapter is strictly organised around case vignettes that emphasize clinical relevance allowing the non-specialist to access complex scientific backgrounds. The electronic supplementary material and multimedia are provided as an integral tool to facilitate accessibility and understanding of a notoriously difficult field of neurology. Finally, the role of patients, who are increasingly involved in many management decisions, is highlighted in a chapter on ethical issues discussing withholding or withdrawing life-sustaining therapy, patient end-of-life values, wishes and preferences, and on advanced directives. The publication is aimed equally at the non-specialist neurologist in frontline clinical practice confronted by a rare disorder needing immediate management decisions, at the clinical specialist referring for guidance in specific management aspects, and at the specialist researcher keen to maintain clinic relevance.
Contents:
Recognition and Assessment of the Neuromuscular Emergency
Diagnostic Tests in the Acute Setting: Strengths and Limitations
Respiratory Management in Acute Neuromuscular Disease
Management of Respiratory Emergencies in Chronic Neuromuscular Disease
Weaning from the Ventilator and Long-Term Respiratory Support
Emergencies in Motor Neuron Diseases
Emergencies in Peripheral Neuropathies
Infectious Diseases of the Peripheral Nerve and Spinal Cord
The Acute and Emergency Management of Neuromuscular Junction Disorders. - Digitaledited by Stergios K. Doumouchtsis, Professor Sir S. Arulkumaran.Summary: The second edition of Emergencies in Obstetrics and Gynaecology provides a practical and accessible guide to all emergency situations encountered in obstetrics and gynaecology, from the immediately life-threatening to the smaller but urgent problems that may arise. Designed around the symptoms and signs with which the patient presents to the hospital, this handbook explains how to arrive at a differential diagnosis and how to prevent, manage, or treat an emergency. The 'Obstetric emergencies' section covers topics from early pregnancy through to post-delivery complications, whilst the 'Gynaecologic emergencies' section addresses those issues that could potentially pose a threat to a women's fertility or even her life. Addressing new topics on issues that have become more prevalent, such as substance misuse in pregnancy, and violence against women and children, the second edition of Emergencies in Obstetrics and Gynaecology is an essential read. A new topic on 'preoperative assessment' outlines how to manage consent, the risks, benefits, and what the patient should expect. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
PART 1: OBSTETRICS
1. Pregnancy changes and early pregnancy complications, Kevin Hayes, S. Arulkumaran, Christina Coroyannakis, Edwin Chandraharan
2. Medical emergencies in pregnancy, Stergios Doumouchtsis, Aris Papageorghiou, Ingrid Watt-Coote, Onnig Tamizian, Sambit Mukhopadhyay
3. Obstetric complications, Onnig Tamizian, Hassan Shehata, Mishkat Shehata, Vishalli Ghai, Christina Coroyannakis, Edwin Chandraharan, Claire Hordern, Sambit Mukhopadhyay
4. Concerns for the fetus and surveillance, Amar Bhide, Deepika Deshpande
5. Interpartum procedures and complications, Hilary Turnbull, Sambit Mukhopadhyay, Stergios Doumouchtsis, K. Nikolopoulos, E. Chrysanthopoulou, D. Vinayagam, Christiana Nygaard, Renata Wendler, Frank Schroeder
6. Post-delivery procedures and complications, Stergios Doumouchtsis, G. Iancu, D. Vinayagam, M. Basu, Christiana Nygaard, Justin Richards
7. Sepsis in pregnancy, Stergios Doumouchtsis, Austin Ugwumadu
8. Complications associated with complex psychological needs, Joanna Becares Doumouchtsi, Jonathan Dominguez- Hernandez
9. Miscellaneous topics in obstetrics, Olujimi Jibodu, Leonie Penna, Austin Ugwumadu, K Rege, Sambit Mukhopadhyay, Paul Simpson
PART 2: GYNAECOLOGY
10. Abnormal menses and bleeding, Tahir Mahmood
11. Chronic and acute abdominal pain, Stergios Doumouchtsis
12. Intra-operative emergencies, Vikram Talaulikar, S. Arulkumaran
13. Postoperative complications, Vikram Talaulikar, Stergios Doumouchtsis, Christiana Nygaard, G. Iancu
14. Ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, Kamal Ojha
15. Contraception and termination of pregnancy, Sheila Radakrishnan, Kamal Ojha
16. Vaginal discharge, Kamal Ojha
17. Vulval problems, David Nunns
18. Miscellaneous topics in gynaecology, Stergios Doumouchtsis, M. Basu, Claudine Domoney, Sambit Mukhopadhyay
19. Diagnostic laparoscopy & emergencies following laparoscopic surgery, Hugh Byrne
20. General issues in obstetrics and gynaecology, K Rege, Hannah Sims, Eddie Morris, Stergios Doumouchtsis.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalBipasha Mukherjee, Hunter Yuen, editors.Summary: This handbook on orbital, lacrimal and eyelid emergencies deals with such situations in a practical manner guiding the ophthalmologists in accurate handling and making them more proficient and confident in managing vision and life-threatening emergencies. With 51 chapters and more than 150 images, this book covers all the eye emergencies that generalist and specialist ophthalmologists can expect to come across in their day to day practices. It can be argued that the orbit can no more be called 'Pandora's Box' because of the unpredictable nature of its contents. This perception has changed over the years due to the advent of improved diagnostic, in particular, imaging techniques. However, since medical residency provides very little exposure to orbital and adnexal disorders, most clinicians are inexperienced and unsure about their management. Facing an emergency situation where improper management can rapidly worsen the condition leading to blindness or even death of the patient is every ophthalmologist's nightmare. The emergent nature of these conditions does not always provide for a leeway to refer these patients to an orbit and oculoplasty specialist, who are few and far between. By the time the patient reaches his destination, his vision maybe irrevocably lost. The legal implications of such mismanagement can be significant too. This book is a quick and essential resource to manage and refer eye emergencies with confidence. .
Contents:
Systemic management in Orbital & Adnexal Emergencies
Globe Rupture
Subluxated Globes
Exposure keratopathy due to absent or avulsed eyelids
Periocular and adnexal injuries due to animal bites
Chemical and thermal Injuries
Endophthalmitis
Eyelid trauma: general considerations
Investigation of eyelid and lacrimal injuries
Management of eyelid injuries
Management of lacrimal system trauma
Orbital Trauma: Mechanisms and investigations
Types and management of orbital fractures
Organic foreign bodies
Inorganic foreign bodies
Traumatic optic neuropathy
Retro-bulbar hemorrhage: Etiology, pathogenesis, epidemiology and clinical perspectives
Orbital compartment syndromes
Orbital emphysema
Iatrogenic visual loss after orbital and eyelid surgery
General considerations and investigations for inflammatory orbital and eyelid disease.-Management of fulminant thyroid eye disease
Orbital apex inflammation
Pyoderma gangrenosum
Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis and other muco-cutaneous syndromes
Idiopathic orbital inflammatory disease
Management of dysthyroid optic neuropathy
Management of severe exposure keratopathy
Acute medical management of non-thyroid orbital and eyelid inflammation
Acute surgical management of non-thyroid orbital and lid inflammation
General approach and algorithm for managing acute infections of the orbit and eyelid
Diagnosis and treatment bacterial infections of the orbit
Viral and fungal infections of the orbit
Life-threatening infections
Fulminant streptococcal infections and necrotizing fasciitis
Viral Keratitis
Dacryoadenitis
Dacryocystitis
Canaliculitis and Intracanalicular foreign bodies
General approach and algorithm for managing emergent neoplasms of the orbit and adnexa
Primary orbital malignancies
Secondary and metastatic tumors of the orbit
Malignant transformation in benign orbital diseases
Sebaceous gland carcinoma
Squamous cell carcinoma
Melanoma
Merkel cell carcinoma (Cutaneous neuroendocrine carcinoma)
Acute presentation of vascular lesions in the orbit
Exposure keratopathy due to facial nerve palsy
Complications of Botulinum toxin and facial fillers
Iatrogenic orbital injury associated with adnexal intervention.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalKate Curtis (editor) ; Clair Ramsden (editor) ; Ramon Z. Shaban (editor) ; Julie Considine (editor) ; Margaret Fry (editor).Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019
- DigitalAbhishek Agrawal, Gavin Britz, editors.Summary: This comprehensive guide answers commonly asked questions about neurosurgical conditions related to brain and spinal cord. Emergency Approaches to Neurosurgical Conditions fills the gap which arises after a diagnosis is made on the loved one, explaining the basics of neurosurgical diseases and their management. Emergency Approaches to Neurosurgical Conditions concentrates on the brain and spine, both in surgery and radiotherapy, as well as congenital and accident-related conditions. This comprehensive book which is part of a book-set including Comprehensive Guide to Neurosurgical Conditions, informs the reader on various symptoms to look for, and helps with the management of brain and spine surgery in chapters written by reputed neurosurgeons to help the physicians, the patients and their families.
Contents:
1. Non Malignant Brain Tumors
2. Malignant Brain Tumors
3. Pituitary Tumors
4. Pediatric Brain Tumors
5. Congenital Neurosurgical Problems.- 6. Hydrocephalus
7. Chiari Syndrome
8. Brain Aneurysms
9. Brain Arteriovenous Malformations
10. Moya Moya Disease
11. Medical Management of a Stroke
12. Neuro-Interventional Management of a Stroke
13. Symptoms and Signs to Look for After a Spinal Cord surgery
14. Evaltuation of Spinal Alignment
15. Herniated Discs of the Spine
16. Spinal Fusions
17. Spinal Tumors
18. Epilepsy. - Digitaledited by Jesse M. Pines, Jameel Abualenain, James Scott, Robert Shesser.Contents:
The emergency care system in the U.S. / Jesse M. Pines and Jameel Abualenain
Ten common misconceptions about emergency department care / Dana Kindermann and Robert Shesser
International perspectives on emergency care / Jameel Abualenain, Drew Richardson, David Mountain, Samuel Vaillancourt, Michael Schull, Phillip Anderson, Eric Revue, Brijal Patel, Ali Pourmand, Hamid Shokoohi, Shingo Hori, Lit-Sin Quek, and Suzanne Mason
Human factors in emergency care / Raj M. Ratwani, A. Zach Hettinger, and Rollin J. Fairbanks
Information technology in emergency care / Adam Landman and E. Gregory Marchand
Telehealth and acute care / Sara Paradise, Michael Shu, and Neal Sikka
Simulation in emergency care / Claudia Ranniger, Keith E. Littlewood
Emergency care workforce projections / James Scott, Rachelle Pierre-Mathew, and Drew Maurano
U.S. emergency and disaster response in the past, present, and future : the multi-faceted role of emergency healthcare / Joseph A. Barbera and Anthony G. MacIntyre
Emergency public health / Rebecca Katz, Anthony MacIntyre, and Joseph Barbera
The role of the emergency department in care coordination / Emily R. Carrier
Payment reform in emergency care / Janice Blanchard, Stephanie Donald, and Nathan Seth Trueger
The legal framework for hospital emergency care / Sara Rosenbaum
The future of emergency care / Robert Shesser and Dana Kindermann.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalTae Jung Kim, Kyung Hee Lee, Yeon Hyeon Choe, Kyung Soo Lee.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, comprehensive review of every aspect of emergency chest radiology in patients who are admitted to emergency departments with chest trauma or chest pain. The aim is to offer an unsurpassed source of practical information on imaging diagnosis of acutely ill and injured patients with this symptomatology. To this end, the wide spectrum of chest and cardiovascular emergencies are systematically categorized and typical imaging manifestations of these emergent conditions are illustrated in superb detail, with particular attention to the role of state of the art imaging techniques. The book will be an ideal resource for all members of the emergency team, general and emergency radiologists, radiology residents, and medical students.
Contents:
Traumatic lung injury
Traumatic airway injury
Diaphragmatic Injuries
Traumatic skeletal injuries
Traumatic and non-traumatic esophageal emergency
Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging evaluation of acute aortic diseases
Evaluation of acute cardiac diseases with computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging
Pulmonary Infection (Pneumonia)
Mediastinal and spinal infection
Pulmonary embolism
Non-Infectious Pulmonary Emergency
Postoperative Emergency
Pleural diseases
Foreign bodies in the thorax
Contrast extravasation on chest CT. - DigitalAshis Banerjee.Summary: This book is a rapid reference guide for all levels of medical staff working in emergency and acute care settings, but may also benefit nursing professionals and medical students. In this book, the readers will find diagnostic checklists, organised according to potential emergency presentations and classified under body systems, including atypical presentations, lists of differential diagnoses and guidance to pattern recognition. The book aims to help the reader achieve the correct diagnosis in an emergency setting, which continues to remain a challenge, given the variety of potential clinical presentations. Diagnostic failure is the largest reason for delays in provision of appropriate treatment and the largest source of clinical complaints and untoward incidents.
Contents:
1. Cardiovascular emergencies
2. Respiratory emergencies
3. Musculoskeletal emergencies
4. Metabolic and endocrine emergencies
5. Dermatological emergencies
6. Ocular emergencies
7. ENT and maxillofacial emergencies
8. Gynaecological emergencies
9. Neurological and psychiatric emergencies
10. Toxicological emergencies
11. Emergencies in the elderly
12. Gastrointestinal emergencies
13. Renal and urological emergencies
14. Haematological and oncological emergencies
15. Infectious disease emergencies
16. Paediatric emergencies.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJoseph R. Shiber, editor ; Scott D. Weingart, consulting editor.Summary: This comprehensive book provides practical guidance on the care of the critical patient in the emergency department. It focuses on the ED physician or provider working in a community hospital where, absent the consulting specialists found in a large academic center, the provider must evaluate and stabilize critically ill and injured patients alone. Structured in an easily accessible format, chapters present fundamental information in tables, bullet points, and flow diagrams. Emergency medicine scenarios covered across 38 chapters include acute respiratory failure, spinal cord Injuries, seizures and status epilepticus, care of the newborn, and end-of-life care. Written by experts in the field, Emergency Department Critical Care is an essential resource for practicing emergency physicians and trainees, internists and family physicians, advance practice nurses, and physicians assistants who provide care in emergency departments and urgent care centers.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
1: Shock Overview
Introduction
Pathophysiology and Monitoring
Classification of Shock
Hypovolemic Shock
Obstructive Shock
Cardiogenic Shock
Distributive Shock
Clinical Assessment
Physical Examination
Diagnostic Testing
Initial Stabilization
Intravascular Volume Resuscitation
Types of Fluid
Goals for Fluid Resuscitation
CVP
Fluid Responsiveness
Blood Products
Nonhemorrhagic Shock
Vasopressors
Cardiogenic Shock
Septic Shock
Airway Management
Protocol-Directed Therapy Mask Ventilation
Oropharyngeal Airway
Nasopharyngeal Airway
Direct Laryngoscopy
Bougie Stylet
Video Laryngoscopy
Glidescope
McGrath
C-MAC
Fiberoptic Intubation
Supraglottic Airway Devices
Laryngeal Mask Airway
Laryngeal Mask Airway-Fastrach
i-gel
Air-Q
Combitube
King Laryngeal Tube
Surgical Airway
Needle Cricothyrotomy
Surgical Cricothyrotomy
Endotracheal Tube Exchange
Conclusions
References
3: Acute Respiratory Failure
Introduction
Pathophysiology
Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure
Hypercapnic Respiratory Failure Patient Presentation
Diagnostics
Initial Stabilization and Treatment
Ventilatory Failure from COPD or Asthma
Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure
Respiratory Failure Secondary to Shock
References
4: Noninvasive and Mechanical Ventilation
Introduction
Physiologic Changes Due to Positive- Pressure Ventilation (PPV)
Indications for NIPPV
Indications for Invasive PPV
Oxygenation
Ventilation
Airway Protection
Anticipated Clinical Course
Ventilator Parameters and Modes
Parameters
Control
Trigger
Cycle
Limit
Modes Continuous Mandatory Ventilation (CMV) and Assist Control (AC)
Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (IMV) and Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation (SIMV)
Pressure Support Ventilation (PSV)
Airway Pressure Release Ventilation (APRV)
Dual-Mode Ventilation
Initial Ventilator Settings
Specific Clinical Situations and Ventilator Considerations
Airway Protection
Severe Hypoxemia and ARD (See Chap. 6 for Additional Discussion on ARDS)
Obstructive Lung Disease and Auto-PEEP (See Chap. 6 for Additional Discussion on COPD)
Troubleshooting the Ventilator
Auto-PEEPDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJoelle Borhart, editor.Summary: Obstetrical emergencies can be among the most stressful events an emergency physician will face in their entire career. The purpose of this book is to provide an evidence-based, practical approach to the wide spectrum of obstetric complications an emergency physician must be prepared to manage throughout all trimesters pregnancy as well as postpartum, including complications of assisted reproductive technology, bleeding, precipitous delivery and preterm labor. Clinical pearls and pitfalls are highlighted throughout. The approach to the pregnant patient with trauma, non-pregnancy-related abdominal pain, or in cardiac arrest is discussed. Updates in the classification and management of the hypertensive disorders of pregnancy are presented. Recent controversies surrounding the use of anti-emetics for first trimester nausea and vomiting and the use of a beta-hCG discriminatory zone for the evaluation of pregnancy of unknown location are also addressed. Obstetrical support services vary widely between different facilities, and Emergency Department Management of Obstetric Complications is written for emergency clinicians in all practice settings. This book provides useful information for daily practice as well as preparation for rarely encountered and potentially life-threatening events.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digitaledited by Robert Shesser, Ali Pourmand, Amy Keim.Summary: Emergency Department Technicians (EDTs) play a vital role in actively supporting the medical team in today’s hospitals, and the role continues to expand in light of staffing shortages and increased emergency department volumes. The Emergency Department Technician Handbook is a reliable, comprehensive resource in this increasingly important field, filling a timely need in EDT workforce development for both technicians and educators. Concise, readable text, along with high-quality clinical photos and a video library that depict procedures and patient positioning, make this new handbook a must-have resource in every emergency department.
Contents:
The Role of the Hospital Emergency Department and the Specialty of Emergency Medicine
Emergency Department Organization and Flow
Medical Terminology
Teamwork and Communication
Initial Emergency Department Patient Assessment
Triage
Point-of-Care Testing
The Electrocardiogram and Cardiac Monitoring
Cardiologic Emergencies
Respiratory System Emergencies
Abdominal and Genitourinary Problems
Endocrinologic Emergencies
Ear, Nose, and Throat and Ophthalmologic Emergencies
Stroke and Neurologic Emergencies
Vascular Access
Ultrasound-Guided IV Access
Wound Management
Musculoskeletal Injuries
Orthopedic Immobilization Techniques
The Major Trauma Patient
Behavioral Health and Toxicologic Emergencies
Medical Ethics, the Law, and Cultural Competency
Patient Transport
Pediatrics
Documentation
Disasters and Mass Casualty Events
Infection Control in the Emergency Department
Case Studies in Emergency Triage
Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Emergency Department.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - Digitaledited by Bruce Jennings, Center for Humans and Nature & Yale University, John D. Arras, University of Virginia, Drue H. Barrett, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, Barbara A. Ellis, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta.Contents:
Ethical aspects of public health emergency preparedness and response / Bruce Jennings and John D. Arras
Justice, resource allocation, and emergency preparedness: issues regarding stockpiling / Norman Daniels
Vulnerable populations in the context of public health emergency preparedness planning and response / Madison Powers
Public engagement in emergency preparedness and response: ethical perspectives in public health practice / Ruth Gaare Berheim
Professional, civic, and personal obligations in public health emergency planning and response / Angus Dawson
Research in public health crisis: the integrative approach to managing the moral tensions / Alex John London.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalRifat Latifi, Fausto Catena, Federico Coccolini, editors.Summary: There is a growing need for a book on emergency general surgery in the elderly, as adults age 65 and older are the fastest growing segment of the population worldwide, and their number is expected to double to 89 million between now and 2050. Based on these changing demographics, it is expected that there will be a concurrent rise in the demand for a variety of surgical services, including vascular surgery (with a projected growth of 31%) and general surgery (with a projected growth of 18%), as well as in all sub-disciplines of surgery (thoracic, cardiac, oncology, hepatobiliary, transplant, plastic colorectal, orthopedic, gynecologic, urology and neurosurgery). In addition, older surgical patients often require a different level of care than younger patients during the preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative phases. Many of our geriatric population have multiple chronic illnesses beyond the one for which surgery is required, and therefore are prone to developing postoperative complications, functional decline, loss of independence, and other undesirable outcomes. In response, this book offers surgeons, geriatrists and nurses state-of-the-art surgical approaches and essential information on the complex perioperative care of the elderly.
- DigitalAlexander B. Baxter.Contents:
Introduction to emergency imaging
Brain
Head and neck
Spine
Chest
Abdomen and pelvis
Musculoskeletal
Pediatrics.Digital Access - DigitalMichael N. Patlas, Douglas S. Katz, Mariano Scaglione, editors.Summary: This book presents a comprehensive and modern approach to the imaging of nontraumatic and traumatic emergencies in pregnant patients. Readers will find a careful review of the relevant imaging-related clinical literature, explanation of imaging appropriateness criteria and guidelines, and enlightening discussion of current controversies in the emergency imaging of obstetric patients. The opening chapter discusses general principles of emergency imaging during pregnancy and offers an overview of an evidence-based approach to imaging interpretation. The remainder of the book describes specific applications of ultrasound, MRI, radiography, and MDCT for the imaging of common as well as less common acute brain, spine, thoracic, abdominal, and pelvic conditions during pregnancy. Clear guidance is offered on the unique challenges that may be encountered during such imaging. Emergency Imaging of Pregnant Patients is written by a group of leading North American and European emergency and trauma radiology experts. It will be of value to emergency and general radiologists, to emergency department physicians and related personnel, to obstetricians and gynecologists, to general and trauma surgeons, and to trainees in all of these specialties.
Contents:
Emergency Imaging of Pregnant Patient: General Principles
Imaging of Neurological Emergencies during Pregnancy
Imaging of Thoracic and Cadiovascular Emergencies during Pregnancy
Non
traumatic Abdominal Emergencies in Pregnant Patients: Role of Ultrasound
Non
traumatic Abdominal Emergencies in Pregnant Patients: Role of Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Imaging of Non Obstetric Pelvic Emergencies
Imaging of Abdominal and Pelvic Trauma in Pregnant Patients
Imaging of Early Obstetric Emergencies
Imaging of Late Obstetric Emergencies. . - DigitalFerdinando Agresta, Mauro Podda, Fabio Cesare Campanile, Carlo Bergamini, Gabriele Anania, editors.Summary: The global population is aging rapidly, and as a result emergency abdominal surgery for acute abdomen in the elderly has become a global issue. Demographic changes in the population have also altered the profile of emergency abdominal surgery, with typical causes of acute abdomen in the elderly including acute cholecystitis, incarcerated hernia, bowel obstruction and appendicitis. In these patients, recovery from surgery is often complicated, leading to longer hospital stays compared with younger patients. Laparoscopy in the emergency setting is well established and offers a number of advantages over open surgical approaches, such as reduced postoperative pain, length of hospital stay and complication rates. While laparoscopic surgery for acute diverticulitis has become more widespread, in other conditions, like small bowel obstruction and perforated peptic ulcer, laparotomy is still used in about 70% of cases. Further, despite the urgent need for knowledge regarding surgical treatment of acute abdomen in the elderly, there is still a lack of evidence in this relevant clinical field. This book analyzes the management strategies and critically evaluates the outcomes of laparoscopic emergency surgery for acute abdomen in the elderly according to the principles of evidence-based medicine. Discussing each topic clearly, and promoting the use of emergency laparoscopy in elderly patients, the book is intended for young general surgeons and surgeons in training with at least a basic knowledge of surgery for acute abdomen. It is also useful as a quick reference tool during on-call shifts.
Contents:
Part 1
How to Define an Elderly and Frail Patient ?
1 Defining the Burden of Emergency General Surgery in the Elderly Today
2 A Worldwide Overview of Emergency Laparoscopic Procedures in the Elderly
3 The Economic Burden of Emergency Abdominal Surgery in the Elderly: What is the Role of Laparoscopy?
4 Goals of Care in Emergency Abdominal Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
5 Wound Healing in the Elderly and Frail Patient
Part 2 Acute Cholecystitis
6 Gallstone Ileus
7 Acute Pancreatitis
8 Acute Appendicitis
9 Non-Specific Abdominal Pain
10 Perforated Gastro-Duodenal Ulcer
11 Gastric Outlet Obstruction
12 Obstructing Colonic Tumor
13 Acute Diverticulitis
14 Small Bowel Obstruction
15 Incarcerated Groin and Crural Hernias
16 Incarcerated Incisional and Ventral Hernias
17 Abdominal Trauma
18 Acute Mesenteric Ischemia
19 Gynecologic Emergencies
20 Bedside Laparoscopy in the Elderly and Frail Patient
21 Emergency Robotic Surgery for Acute Abdomen in the Elderly and Frail Patient
22 Enhanced Recovery After Emergency Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
23 Antibiotics in Emergency General Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
24 Anesthesia and Emergency Laparoscopy in the Elderly and Frail Patient
25 Imaging in Emergency Surgery in the Elderly and Frail Patient
26 Emergency Laparoscopy in the Elderly and Frail Patient: Perioperative Nursing Considerations. - DigitalFerdinando Agresta, Fabio Cesare Campanile, Gabriele Anania, Carlo Bergamini, editors.Digital Access Springer 2016
- PrintSummary: Public health crises, such as COVID-19, natural disasters from wildfires to tornados, and human-caused emergencies, including mass shootings and cyberattacks, have been on the rise in recent years, putting health care organizations on high alert. Because of the unpredictability of emergencies, The Joint Commission champions an all-hazards approach to emergency management (EM), reflected in its requirements. Emergency Management in Health Care: All All-Hazards Approach, 5th edition, is a comprehensive, up-to-date resource to help all types of health care organizations plan for a wide range of emergencies. This new edition has been completely revised to reflect The Joint Commission’s new “Emergency Management” chapter for hospitals and critical access hospitals (effective July 1, 2022) and continues to address the EM planning needs of all health care settings. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library [2022]
- Digitaledited by Rachel L. Chin, Bradley W. Frazee ; associate editor, Zlatan Coralid.Summary: The diagnosis and treatment of infectious disease represents a large and very important part of emergency medicine practice. Challenges faced by acute care practitioners on a daily basis range from the definitive treatment and discharge of a patient with a simple abscess, to recognition of a rare infection in a traveler, to resuscitation and stabilization of a patient with septic shock. In this second edition of Emergency Management of Infectious Diseases, we have endeavored to produce a practical, clinically oriented, systems-based overview of the most important infectious diseases encountered in emergency practice. Our textbook covers the gamut of common viral, bacterial, fungal, and parasitic infections. For each disease, we briefly discuss microbiology, pathophysiology, and epidemiology, but the emphasis is on emergent diagnosis and treatment. The narrative is supplemented with photographs and tables highlighting key diagnostic findings and current antimicrobial recommendations, including dosing. Acute care practitioners also act as sentinels for outbreaks of communicable and emerging infections, and are likely to be the first to encounter victims of biological weapons. In this edition, we include chapters on recent emerging infections such as Ebola and Zika, as well as rare but deadly infectious agents that can be weaponized, such as anthrax and smallpox. We hope that our textbook can be of use to every type of practitioner that cares for patients with infectious diseases, including emergency physicians, primary care physicians and specialists, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, residents, and medical students. We thank the many nationally and internationally respected clinicians, educators, and researchers who contributed, and hope that this second edition of Emergency Management of Infectious Diseases will prove an invaluable reference for practitioners confronting the spectrum of infectious disease.--PrefaceDigital Access Cambridge 2018
- Digitaleditors, Ioannis Koutroulis, Nicholas Tsarouhas ; associate editors, Richard J. Lin, Jill C. Posner, Michael Seneff, Robert Shesser.Summary: "The idea of writing this book was born in early 2016; we knew that the road would be bumpy, yet exciting! We are thrilled to introduce the first edition of our manual to assist healthcare providers in managing our very unique patients with various hardware devices. These "hi-tech" devices help our patients breathe, walk, hear, and do a host of other essential activities of daily living. Importantly, when these patients seek emergency care due to device malfunction, infections, or other complications, it is crucial that the medical provider know how to manage both the patient, as well as the device"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cerebral-Ventricular Shunts
Panagiotis Kratimenos (pkratimenos@gmail.com), Chima Oluigbo (coluigbo@childrensnational.org), Angela Burd (aburd@childrensnational.org) 15. Initial Evaluation and Management of Patients with Neurosurgical Devicess
Peter J. Madsen; Chariton Moschopoulos, Benjamin C. Kennedy "SECTION 5 Miscellaneous devices 16.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - DigitalChristian Ventura, Edward Denton, Emily Van Court ; with contributions by Pilar Nava-Parada.Summary: Emergency medical service providers serve as the primary immediate response to emergencies of all kinds, including natural disasters and acts of terrorism in the United States, with states serving as the regulatory agencies responsible for training, scope of practice, and continuing education for potential and working EMS providers. This text serves as a comprehensive guide to individuals in training to become emergency medical service providers and complements Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) and Emergency Medical Responder (EMR) courses as the primary classroom text consistent with National EMS Curriculum Standards and other industry guidelines. Each chapter addresses a relevant organ system and its physiology, methods of assessment, treatment recommendations, along with a case study to illustrate the topics at hand. So much of what is involved in emergency medical services is based on practical and applicable knowledge of situations, and these case studies will provide students with exposure to the field work they will be responding to. Written with the context of COVID-19 implications in mind, this is first EMT text of its kind produced after the onset of the pandemic, with considerations and citations from national and international emergency medicine journals to incorporate guidelines and best-practices in light of shifting conditions and expectations.
- Digitaledited by David C. Cone, Jane H. Brice, Theodore R. Delbridge, J. Brent Myers.Summary: Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight is the official textbook of the National Association of EMS PhysiciansTM (NAEMSPTM) National EMS Medical Directors Course and PracticumTM. Now paired with a companion website featuring self-assessment exercises, audio and video clips of EMS best practices in action, and more, this essential study aid guides students through the core knowledge they need to successfully complete their training and begin their careers as EMS physicians. Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight consists of: Volume 1: Clin.
Contents:
V. 1. Clinical aspects of EMS
v. 2. Medical oversight of EMS.Digital Access Wiley v.1-2=, 2015 - Digitaledited by editor-in-chief, David C. Cone, editors, Jane H. Brice, Theodore R. Delbridge, J. Brent Myers.Summary: "Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight is the official textbook of the National Association of EMS Physicians. National EMS Medical Directors Course and Practicum. Now paired with a companion website featuring self-assessment exercises, audio and video clips of EMS best practices in action, and more, this essential study aid guides students through the core knowledge they need to successfully complete their training and begin their careers as EMS physicians. Emergency Medical Services: Clinical Practice and Systems Oversight consists of: Volume 1: Clinical Aspects of EMS Volume 2: Medical Oversight of EMS Companion website featuring supportive self-assessment exercises, audio and video clips"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
V. 1. Clinical Aspects of EMS
v. 2. Medical Oversight of EMS. - Digitaleditor, James G. Adams ; associate editors, Erik D. Barton [and others].Summary: Be prepared to manage increasingly prevalent problems seen in the ED, such as emergent complications of fertility treatment and management of patients who have had bariatric surgery. Deliver high-quality care to your younger patients with expanded pediatrics content. Stay up to date with new chapters on Clotting Disorders and Hemophilia, Patient-Centered Care, Health Disparities and Diversity in Emergency Medicine, Cost-Effectiveness Analysis, Antibiotic Recommendations for Empirical Treatment of Selected Infectious Diseases, and Cardiac Emergency Ultrasound: Evaluation for Pericardial Effusion & Cardiac Activity.
Contents:
Basic Airway Management
Advanced Airway Techniques
Mechanical Ventilation
Shock
Emergency Cardiac Ultrasound : Evaluation for Pericardial Effusion and Cardiac Activity
Ultrasound-Guided Vascular Access
Management of Cardiac Arrest and Post-Cardiac Arrest Syndrome
Trauma Resuscitation
Sonography for Trauma
Procedural Sedation
Resuscitation in Pregnancy
Neonatal Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
Pediatric Resuscitation
General Approach to the Pediatric Patient
Emergencies in the First Weeks of Life
Emergencies in Infants and Toddlers
Child with a Fever
Approach to the Pediatric Patient with a Rash
Pediatric Cardiac Disorders
Pediatric Genitourinary and Renal Disorders
Pediatric Gynecologic Disorders
Pediatric Abdominal Disorders
Pediatric Trauma
Pediatric Traumatic Brain Injury
Pediatric Orthopedic Emergencies
Eye Emergencies
Ear Emergencies
Dental Emergencies
Pharynx and Throat Emergencies
Maxillofacial Disorders
Esophageal Disorders
Diseases of the Stomach
Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Mesenteric Ischemia
Diverticulitis
Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Constipation
Hernias
Appendicitis
Bowel Obstructions
Anorectal Disorders
Liver Disorders
Pancreatic Disorders
Biliary Tract Disorders
Emergency Biliary Ultrasonography
Gastrointestinal Devices, Procedures, and Imaging
Complications of Bariatric Surgery
Asthma
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Lung Infections
Pneumothorax
Pleural Effusion
Lung Transplant Complications
Chest Pain
Acute Coronary Syndrome
Cardiac Imaging and Stress Testing
Congestive Heart Failure
Bradyarrhythmias
Tachydysrhythmias
Pericarditis, Pericardial Tamponade, and Myocarditis
Cardiac Valvular Disorders
Endocarditis
Management of Emergencies Related to Implanted Cardiac Devices
Syncope
Aortic Dissection
Abdominal Aortic Aneurysm
Aortic Ultrasound
Peripheral Arterial Disease
Hypertensive Crisis
Pulmonary Embolism
Venous Thrombosis
Lower Extremity Venous Ultrasonography
Traumatic Brain Injury (Adult)
Imaging of the Central Nervous System
Spine Trauma and Spinal Cord Injury
Facial Trauma
Penetrating Neck Trauma
Thoracic Trauma
Blunt Abdominal Trauma
Penetrating Abdominal Trauma
Pelvic Fractures
Genitourinary Trauma
Hip and Femur Injuries
Knee and Lower Leg Injuries
Foot and Ankle Injuries
Tendinitis and Bursitis
Injuries to the Shoulder Girdle and Humerus
Forearm Fractures
Hand and Wrist Injuries
Arterial and Venous Trauma and Great Vessel Injuries
Acute Compartment Syndromes
Low Back Pain
Intimate Partner Violence
Altered Mental Status and Coma
Cranial Nerve Disorders
Vertigo
Peripheral Nerve Disorders
Demyelinating Disorders
Seizures
Transient Ischemic Attack and Acute Ischemic Stroke
Headache
Intracranial and Other Central Nervous System Lesions
Intracranial Hemorrhages
Delirium and Dementia
Neurologic Procedures
Allergic Disorders
Joint Disorders
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
Connective Tissue and Inflammatory Disorders
Vasculitis Syndromes
Male Genitourinary Emergencies
Nephrolithiasis
Hematuria
Renal Failure
Emergency Renal Ultrasonography
Dialysis-Related Emergencies
Renal Transplant Complications
The Healthy Pregnancy
Disorders of Early Pregnancy
First Trimester Ultrasonography
Third Trimester Pregnancy Emergencies
Emergency Delivery and Peripartum Emergencies
Postpartum Emergencies
Gynecologic Pain and Vaginal Bleeding
Complications of Gynecologic Procedures, Abortion, and Assisted Reproductive Technology
Gynecologic Infections
Breast Disorders
Sexual Assault
Emergency Contraception
Heat-Related Emergencies
Hypothermia and Frostbite
Lightning and Electrical Injuries
Dysbarisms, Dive Injuries, and Decompression Illness
Submersion Injuries
Acute Radiation Emergencies
Smoke Inhalation
Chemical and Nuclear Agents
Mammalian Bites
Venomous Snakebites in North America
Arthropod Bites and Stings
Non-Snake Reptile Bites
Marine Food-Borne Poisoning, Envenomation, and Traumatic Injuries
General Approach to the Poisoned Patient
Acetaminophen, Aspirin, and NSAIDs
Anticholinergics
Insecticides, Herbicides, and Rodenticides
Antidepressants and Antipsychotics
Cardiovascular Drugs
Sympathomimetics
Hallucinogens and Drugs of Abuse
Toxic Alcohols
Hydrocarbons
Inhaled Toxins
Ethanol and Opioid Intoxication and Withdrawal
Sedative-Hypnotic Agents
Hypoglycemic Agent Overdose
Over-the-Counter Medications
Pediatric Overdoses
Fluid Management
Acid-Base Disorders
Alcoholic Ketoacidosis
Diabetes and Hyperglycemia
Hypoglycemia
Sodium and Water Balance
Potassium
Calcium, Magnesium, and Phosphorus
Thyroid Disorders
Adrenal Crisis
Rhabdomyolysis
Pituitary Apoplexy
Meningitis, Encephalitis, and Brain Abscess
Sepsis
Infections in the Immunocompromised Host
Viral Infections
Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
Fungal Infections
Helminths, Bedbugs, Scabies, and Lice Infections
Tetanus
Rabies
Tick-Borne Diseases
Tuberculosis
Epidemic Infections in Bioterrorism
Food- and Water-Borne Infections
Skin and Soft Tissue Infections
Antibiotic Recommendations
Wound Repair
Soft Tissue Injury
Local and Regional Anesthesia
Thermal Burns
Chemical Burns
Approach to the Adult Rash
Rash in the Severely Ill Patient
The Emergency Psychiatric Assessment
Psychosis and Psychotropic Medication
The Violent Patient
Self-Harm and Danger to Others
Anxiety and Panic Disorders
Conversion Disorder, Psychosomatic Illness, and Malingering
Addiction
Anorexia Nervosa and Bulimia Nervosa
Introduction to Oncologic Emergencies
Cardiovascular and Neurologic Oncologic Emergencies
White Blood Cell Disorders
Emergency Management of Red Blood Cell Disorders
Platelet Disorders
Bleeding Disorders
Leadership and Emergency Medicine
Quality and Patient Safety in Emergency Medicine
Conflict Resolution in Emergency Medicine
Informed Consent and Assessing Decision-Making Capacity in the Emergency Department
Regulatory and Legal Issues in the Emergency Department
Medical-Legal Issues in Emergency Medicine
Documentation
Ethics of Resuscitation
Emergency Medical Services and Disaster Medicine
Patient-Centered Care
Health Care Disparities and Diversity in Emergency Medicine
Introduction to Cost-Effectiveness Analysis.Digital Access - DigitalAdam J. Rosh, Ciara J. Barclay-Buchanan.Contents:
Chest pain and cardiac dysrhythmias
Shortness of breath
Abdominal and pelvic pain
Trauma, shock, and resuscitation
Fever
Poisoning and overdose
Altered mental status
Gastrointestinal bleeding
Musculoskeletal injuries
Headache, weakness, and dizziness
Pediatrics
Vaginal bleeding
Ultrasound in the emergency department
Environmental exposures
Eye pain and visual change
Prehospital, disaster, and administration
Wound care
Endocrine emergencies
Psychosocial disorders
Emerging infections.Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2016Users must register and sign in to take a test - PrintAdam J. Rosh, Ciara J. Barclay-Buchanan.Summary: "The trusted resource that asks the right questions so that you'll will be equipped with the answers. Emergency Medicine : PreTest® is the perfect way to ensure that you are prepared for the Emergency Medicine shelf exam. Written by clerkship faculty and reviewed by students who know what it takes to pass, Emergency Medicine : PreTest® is perfect for clerkship exam review and the USMLE Step 2CK. You'll find hundreds of high-yield questions, along with targeted answers explaining both correct and incorrect choices. This new edition has been heavily revised to reflect the latest information and practice, including a new chapter on professionalism, communication and ethics. 570 USMLE-style Q & A cover core topics on the clerkship exam. Complete explanations explain each answer option. Answer discussions highlight essential topics for high-yield review. Tested and reviewed by students who know what it takes to pass."--Taken from back cover
Contents:
Introduction
Acknowledgments
Chest pain and cardiac dysrhythmias. Questions ; Answers
Shortness of breath. Questions ; Answers
Abdominal and pelvic pain. Questions ; Answers
Trauma, shock, and resuscitation. Questions ; Answers
Fever. Questions ; Answers
Poisoning and overdose. Questions ; Answers
Altered mental status. Questions ; Answers
Gastrointestinal bleeding. Questions ; Answers
Musculoskeletal injuries. Questions ; Answers
Headache, weakness, and dizziness. Questions ; Answers
Pediatrics. Questions ; Answers
Vaginal bleeding. Questions ; Answers
Ultrasound in emergency medicine. Questions ; Answers
Environmental exposures. Questions ; Answers
Eye pain and visual change. Questions ; Answers
Prehospital, disaster, and administration. Questions ; Answers
Wound care. Questions ; Answers
Endocrine emergencies. Questions ; Answers
Psychosocial disorders. Questions ; Answers
Emerging infectious diseases. Questions ; Answers
Professionalism, ethics, and communication. Questions ; Answers
Index.Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2021Users must register and sign in to take a test - DigitalEmmanouil Pikoulis, Jay Doucet, editors.Summary: The number of natural and man-made disasters has risen dramatically over the last decade. Natural disasters, industrial accidents and terrorist attacks represent major incidents, often involving multiple casualties. In such cases, health professionals face multiple challenges because the type of medical care required differs from what is taught and provided in their everyday hospital duties. The aim of this book is to inform and prepare healthcare professionals for the challenges posed by major incidents, so that they can act effectively in medical teams sent on humanitarian missions or into conflict zones. It offers a holistic and horizontal approach covering all stages of the disaster management cycle. The book is divided into 5 sections: section 1: prehospital emergency services; section ii: hospital response; section iii: management of incidents; section iv: after the disaster; and section v: evaluation, ethical issues, education and research. Healthcare providers will find essential information on the special medical considerations in both prehospital and hospital disaster settings, medical management of disaster response, recovery, mitigation and preparedness. The book offers an interdisciplinary and interprofessional approach, and was written by prominent researchers and experienced practitioners.
- DigitalJoseph J. Violaris [and 6 others].Summary: This state-of-the-art book provides a concise and up-to-date review of key emergency medicine topics in a predominantly visual format along with extensive practice questions to assist in preparing for the emergency medicine board exams. It is comprised of numerous illustrations, created by Dr. Joseph Violaris, which are specifically tailored toward the visual learner studying and preparing for board exams in emergency medicine. The book is organized by organ system, with chapters on ophthalmology, cardiology, pulmonology, gastroenterology, nephrology, orthopedics, immunology, and more. Special chapters that conclude the book are dedicated to trauma, pediatrics, toxicology, environmental disorders, and epidemiology. Each chapter contains a visual learning guide followed by board practice questions at the end to reinforce topics addressed in the illustrations. Emergency Medicine Board Review for the Visual Learner is an essential guide for medical students, residents, and fellows in emergency and internal medicine studying for board exams as well as EM physicians and related professionals preparing for recertification.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: HENT
1.1 HENT Review Questions
1.2 HENT Review Answers
2: Ophthalmology
2.1 Ophthalmology Review Questions
2.2 Ophthalmology Review Answers
3: Cardiology
3.1 Cardiology Review Questions
3.2 Cardiology Review Answers
4: Pulmonology
4.1 Pulmonology Review Questions
4.2 Pulmonology Review Answers
5: Gastroenterology
5.1 Gastroenterology Review Questions
5.2 Gastroenterology Review Answers
6: Nephrology and Urology
6.1 Nephrology and Urology Review Questions
6.2 Nephrology and Urology Review Answers 7: Obstetrics and Gynecology
7.1 Obstetrics and Gynecology Review Questions
7.2 Obstetrics and Gynecology Review Answers
8: Orthopedics
8.1 Orthopedics Review Questions
8.2 Orthopedics Review Answers
9: Dermatology
9.1 Dermatology Review Questions
9.2 Dermatology Review Answers
10: Metabolic Disturbances and Endocrinology
10.1 Endocrinology Review Questions
10.2 Endocrinology Review Answers
11: Immunology
11.1 Immunology Review Questions
11.2 Immunology Review Answers
12: Infectious Disease
12.1 Infectious Disease Review Questions 12.2 Infectious Disease Review Answers
13: Neurology
13.1 Neurology Review Questions
13.2 Neurology Review Answers
14: Hematology and Oncology
14.1 Hematology and Oncology Review Questions
14.2 Hematology and Oncology Review Answers
15: Psychology
15.1 Psychiatry Review Questions
15.2 Psychiatry Review Answers
16: Trauma
16.1 Trauma Review Questions
16.2 Trauma Review Answers
17: Pediatrics
17.1 Pediatrics Review Questions
17.2 Pediatrics Review Answers
18: Toxicology
18.1 Toxicology Review Questions
18.2 Toxicology Review Answers 19: Environmental Disorders
19.1 Environmental Disorders Review Questions
19.2 Environmental Disorders Review Answers
20: Epidemiology
20.1 Epidemiology Review Questions
20.2 Epidemiology Review Answers
References
Index - Digitaleditors and chief, William G. Gossman, MD, FAAEM, Chairman, Department of Emergency Medicine, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, Nebraska, Scott H. Plantz, MD, FAAEM, Associate Professor of Emergency Medicine, University of Louisville Emergency Medicine Residency, Louisville, Kentucky.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016Limited to 3 simultaneous users
- Digitaleditors, Katherine M. Bakes, Jennie A. Buchanan, Marie E. Moreira, Richard Byyny, and Peter T. PonsDigital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Digitaledited by Alex Koyfman, Brit Long.Summary: Trauma is a leading cause of death and disability around the world, and the leading cause of death in those aged under forty-five years. Conditions such as airway obstruction, hemorrhage, pneumothorax, tamponade, bowel rupture, vascular injury, and pelvic fracture can cause death if not appropriately diagnosed and managed. This essential book provides emergency physicians with an easy-to-use reference and source for traumatic injury evaluation and management in the emergency department. It covers approaches to common, life-threatening, and traumatic diseases in the emergency department, for use on shift and as a reference for further learning. Each chapter includes a succinct overview of common traumatic injuries, with evaluation and management pearls and pitfalls. Highly illustrated with images from one of the busiest trauma centers in the US, and featuring expert contributions from a diverse set of attending physicians, this is an essential text for all emergency medicine practitioners.
Contents:
Chapter 1 General Approach to Traumatic Injuries; Introduction; The Trauma Team; Emergency Medical Services (EMS); Primary Survey; A
Airway (Key Question: Do We Need to Take Control of the Airway Right Now?); B
Breathing (Key Questions: Are Chest Tubes Required? Is There Bleeding in the Chest?); C
Circulation (Key Question: Where Are They Bleeding and Do They Need Blood?); Hypotension/Shock; D
Disability (Key Question: Is There a Major Neurologic Deficit?); E
Expose (Key Question: What Injuries Haven't Been Found Yet?); Secondary Survey; Imaging; Trauma Bay Imaging; CT Scans; Disposition and Ongoing Care; References; Chapter 2 Trauma Airway; Important Considerations for Airway Management in Trauma Patients; Consider Pre-existing Difficult Airway; Trauma Immobilization; Mechanical Distortion of the Airway and Contiguous Structures; Indications for Airway Intervention; Traumatic Injuries with Associated Difficult Airways; Closed Head Injury; Maxillofacial Trauma; Direct Airway Trauma; Cervical Spine Injury; Thoracic Trauma; Burns; Rapid-Sequence Intubation (RSI)Rapid Sequence Intubation (RSI): The Technique; P
Plan B; P
Predict a Difficult Intubation; L
Look Externally; E
Evaluate Internally: The 3-3-2 Rule; M
Mallampati; O
Obstruction; N
Neck mobility; S
Saturation; P
Prepare; P
Preoxygenate; P
Position; P
Put to Sleep; P
Paralyze; P
Pass the Tube; Video Laryngoscopy; The GlideScope; The C-MAC; P
Prove Placement; P
Post-Intubation Management; Ventilator Settings; Post-Intubation Ventilator Settings; Post-Intubation Sedation/Analgesia; Post-Intubation Paralysis; P
Problem Solving; Difficult Intubation; Devices That Facilitate Intubation; Endotracheal Tube Introducer; Flexible Fiberoptic Bronchoscope (FFB); Devices That Temporarily Substitute for Endotracheal Intubation; Supraglottic Airways; Laryngeal Mask Airway (LMA), the Intubating Laryngeal Mask Airway (ILMA), and the i-Gel; The Failed Airway; Surgical Airway; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3 Transfusion in Trauma; Introduction; Blood Products; Negatives of Crystalloid Resuscitation; Trauma Coagulopathy and the Lethal Triad; Damage Control Resuscitation; Permissive Hypotension; Minimal Volume Normotension; Balanced Resuscitation; Primary Literature for MTP; PROMMTT; PROPPR; When Should Massive Transfusion Be Activated?; How to Run MTP; Other Products; Tranexamic Acid (TXA); Calcium; PCC; Factor VII; Product Guided Resuscitation; Resuscitation Goals; Anticoagulants; Transfusion Complications; Controversies
Whole Blood; References; Chapter 4 Trauma in Pregnancy; Epidemiology; Anatomical Changes in Pregnancy; Physiologic Changes in Pregnancy; Overview of Initial Evaluation and Management; Airway; Breathing; Circulation; Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation; Peri-Mortem Cesarean Section Procedure.Digital Access Cambridge 2020 - DigitalLeonard E. Swischuk, Siddharth P. Jadhav.Summary: This book is a practical guide to the radiologic evaluation of acute musculoskeletal injuries of the upper and lower extremities in children. It covers the detection of more subtle and frequently missed fractures and injuries such as buckle fractures, Salter Harris I and II fractures, and epiphyseal and metaphyseal fractures. It also emphasizes the assessment of soft tissues and periarticular fat pads, which can lead to discovery of the sites of bony injuries. Other pathologies that affect the musculoskeletal system, such as infections and tumors, are also discussed. It includes over 600 magnetic resonance, computed tomography, ultrasound, and radiographic images organized by anatomic region.
Contents:
General Considerations
Infection/Inflammation and Infarction
Tumors, Cysts and Tumor Mimickers
Types of Fractures in Children
Shoulder and Upper Arm Injuries of the Shoulder and Upper Humerus
Elbow and Forearm
Wrist and Hand
Pelvis and Sacrum
Hip and Femur/Femoral Shaft
Knee and Leg
Ankle and Foot
Battered Child Syndrome/Non-Accidental Trauma. - DigitalKaren L. Roos, editor.Summary: This book is an invaluable resource for the diagnosis and management of neurological illnesses in the emergency setting. It emphasizes the quality of prognosis to be contingent on the prompt management of these illnesses... Emergency Neurology, Second Edition is an excellent reference for neurologists, emergency room physicians, internists, neurology residents, emergency medicine residents, and internal medicine residents.
Contents:
1. Headache in the Emergency Department
2. Low Back Pain Emergencies
3. Dizziness and Vertigo Presentations in the Emergency Department
4. Syncope
5. Acute Visual Loss
6. Diplopia, Third Nerve Palsies, and Sixth Nerve Palsies
7. Facial Nerve Palsy
8. Evaluation and Management of Acute Ischemic Stroke
9. Intracerebral Hemorrhage
10. Seizures and Status Epilepticus
11. Central Nervous System Infections
12. Guillain-Barré Syndrome
13. Spinal Cord Compression and Myelopathies
14. Movement Disorder Emergencies.-15. Encephalopathy
16. Acute Respiratory Failure in Neuromuscular Disorders
17. Coma, Disorders of Consciousness, and Brain Death
18. Neurotoxicology Emergencies. - DigitalJulie K. Briggs, BSN, RN MHA, Valerie Aarne Grossman, MALS, BSH, RN, NE-BC.Summary: "The process of triage occurs in a variety of settings around the world, from the battlefield to the private medical office. Each venue may have different goals and practices are dependent upon the location of the incident or place of service, patient care needs and available medical resources., A triage process is essential to assist the care provider in prioritizing the needs of those seeking care, working to minimize or prevent a delay in care to the patient with the highest acuity risk. Triage methods and sources have evolved over many decades, and now address the needs of different practice settings"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalSven-Anders Solveborn.Summary: Emergency Orthopedics is a practical, up-to-date, and comprehensive manual on the diagnosis and treatment of emergency injuries and disorders of the locomotor system. Its problem-based structure, with each chapter addressing a particular symptom, is designed to allow the reader to rapidly locate hands-on advice. For each symptom, facts and findings that will assist in diagnosis are highlighted. Possible diagnoses are suggested according to the ICD-10 code, and the proposed treatment recommendations consider both short- and long-term aspects. The text is supported by exceptionally instructive illustrations, e.g., of examination techniques and reduction maneuvers. The author has extensive practical experience in emergency rooms as well as in sports medicine, research, and education. This book will be a treasure trove of information for all who work in the emergency room and will also be very useful for general practitioners, physiotherapists, and chiropractors.
Contents:
Major orthopaedic trauma
Acute soft tissue injuries
Foot injuries
Foot pain
Foot wounds
Foot and ankle swelling
Ankle injuries
Ankle pain
Lower leg injuries
Lower leg pain
Knee injuries
Knee pain
Knee swelling
Knee locking
Thigh injuries
Thigh and groin pain
Hip and pelvis injuries
Hip pain in children
Lumbar back pain
Chest and lumbar back injuries
Neck (cervical) injuries
Cervical pain
Shoulder injuries
Shoulder pain
Upper arm injuries
Elbow injuries
Elbow pain
Forearm injuries
Wrist injuries
Wrist pain
Hand injuries
Hand infections
Numbness of the hand, nerve injuries
Burns
Basic injection techniques
Osteoporosis.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalDaniel Purcell, Sneha A. Chinai, Brandon R. Allen, Moira Davenport, editors.Summary: This handbook provides a comprehensive, yet succinct guide to the evaluation, diagnosis, and treatment of various musculoskeletal/extremity disorders in the emergency department. It covers a wide variety of common patient presentations, advanced imaging interpretation, proper anesthetic implementation, and associated extremity reduction/immobilization techniques. Richly illustrated, it assists clinical decision making with high-yield facts, essential figures, and step-by-step procedural instruction. Emergency Orthopedics Handbook is an indispensable resource for all medical professionals that manage emergent orthopedic, musculoskeletal, and local extremity injury care.
Contents:
Key motor and sensory exam
Anesthesia
Acute compartment syndrome
Joint arthrocentesis
Dislocation(s)/Reduction(s)
Immobilization
Distal radius
Wrist
The hand - Digitaledited by James A. Connolly, Anthony J. Dean, Beatrice Hoffmann, Robert D. Jarman.Summary: The editors are leaders in the development of the modality, and have assembled a team of experts to write the individual chapters in this authoritative text, covering all areas of this exciting and rapidly-developing field. The book also covers the basic ultrasound applications meaning it is ideal both for practitioners who are just beginning in ultrasound scanning and those who have many years of experience.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- Digitaleditors, Rachel Lipson Glick, MD, Scott L. Zeller, MD, Jon S. Berlin, MD.Summary: "The field of emergency psychiatry is complex and varied, encompassing elements of general medicine, emergency medicine, trauma, acute care, the legal system, politics and bureaucracy, mental illness, substance abuse and addiction, current social issues, and more. In one comprehensive, highly regarded volume, Emergency Psychiatry: Principles and Practice brings together key principles from psychiatric subspecialties as well as from emergency medicine, psychology, law, medical ethics, and public health policy. Leading emergency psychiatrists write from their extensive clinical experience, providing evidence-based information, expert opinions, American Psychiatric Association guidelines, and case studies throughout the text. This fully up-to-date second edition covers all of the important issues facing psychiatry residents and practitioners working in today's emergency settings, or who encounter psychiatric emergencies in other medical settings. Provides complete, invaluable information on every aspect of today's emergency psychiatry, including the areas of community, consultation/liaison, psychotherapy, substance abuse, psychopharmacology, disasters, children, geriatrics, administration, forensics, and much more. Reflects significant recent advances and changes in perspectives regarding crisis and emergency mental health care. Features a newly reorganized format covering Models and Standards of Patient Care, Research, and Education; General Principles of Care; Staffing and Support; Common Presenting Problems; Special Populations; and Policy and Special Topics. Includes new chapters on psychiatric boarding, staffing models, and inclusion of the family in crisis care, as well as additional special population chapters on college students, transgender individuals, prisoners, and immigrants and refugees. Covers specific approaches to common problems, such as alignment of the approach to agitation with Project BETA recommendations, and includes evidence-based management and treatment throughout. Discusses special topics such as legal issues that emergency mental health providers must be aware of, emergency telepsychiatry, best practices for working with police and law enforcement, crisis phone services, and disaster psychiatry"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
- Digital[edited by] Jorge A. Soto, Brian C. Lucey.Contents:
Traumatic and nontraumatic emergencies of the brain, head, and neck / Glenn Barest, Asim Z. Mian, Rohini N. Nadgir and Osamu Sakai
Chest trauma / Ryan T. Whitesell and Laura Avery
Abdomen trauma / Joshua W. Stuhlfaut, Christina A. LeBedis, and Jorge A. Soto
Extremity trauma / Rathachai Kaewlai and Ajay Singh
Extremities : nontrauma / Luis E. Diaz
Imaging evaluation of common pediatric emergencies / Jennifer C. Talmadge, Sarah Sarvis Milla, and Sarah Dantzler Bixby
Traumatic and nontraumatic spine emergencies / Glenn D. Barest and Margaret N. Chapman
Nontraumatic emergency radiology of the thorax / Alejandra Duran-Mendicuti, Scott White, Salvatore Viscomi, Michael Stella, and Aaron Sodickson
Nontrauma abdomen / Stephan W. Anderson, Brian C. Lucey, and Jorge A. Soto
Pelvic emergencies / Brian C. Lucey
Vascular emergencies / Russ Kuker, Carlos A. Anaya, Ana Maria Gomez, and Felipe Muner
Emergency nuclear radiology / Anna K. Chacko and Rashmikant B. Shah.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalMariano Scaglione, Ulrich Linsenmaier, Gerd Schueller, Ferco Berger, Stefan Wirth, editors.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, systematic review of all facets of emergency radiology in patients with chest trauma or pain with the aim of equipping the reader with a detailed knowledge of the various radiological patterns, which is essential in order to make a prompt diagnosis under circumstances when time is of critical importance. To this end, the indications, value, and results of the various emergency imaging modalities, including sonography and interventional radiology, are described and illustrated in the full range of blunt chest injuries and nontraumatic chest emergencies. Technological aspects, protocols tailored to the mechanism of injury, and post-processing techniques are also extensively covered. Emergency Radiology of the Chest and Cardiovascular System will be of value to general and interventional radiologists, radiology residents, radiology technicians, and all physicians and surgeons who work in emergency care -- Cover.
Contents:
Part I: Blunt chest trauma
Lung injury / Vittorio Miele ; Grazia Loretta Buquicchio ; Chaudia Lucia Piccolo ; Alessandro Stasolla ; Michele Galluzzo
Injuries of the pleural spaces / Vittorio Miele ; Grazia Loretta Buquicchio ; Chaudia Lucia Piccolo ; Alessandro Stasolla ; Stefania Ianniello ; Luca Brunese
Bony and thoracic chest wall injuries / Stefan Wirth ; Stephan Jansen
Acute tracheobronchial injuries / Mariano Scaglione ; Roberto Ronza ; Chaudia Rossi ; Maria Teresa Martino ; Francesca Lacobellia ; Roberto Grassi ; Sujit Vaidya
Esophageal injuries / Antonio Pinto ; Carlo Lignori ; Teresa Cinque ; Nicola Gagliardi ; Luigia Romano
Blunt traumatic aortic injury / Ferco H. Berger ; Diederick W. De Boo
Cardiac injuries / Ulrich Linsenmaier ; Lucas L. Geyer
Traumatic diaphragmatic injuries / A. Olsen ; R. Nicola; C. Raptis ; M. Patlas
Part II: Nontraumatic, nonvascular chest emergencies / Infection / P. Agarwai ; L. Romano; H. Prosch ; G. Schneiler
Non-infectious parenchymal lung disease / G. Dalpiaz ; M. Piolanti
Airway disease / Tullio Valente
Pleural disease / Selen Bayraktaroglu ; Chiara Andreoli
Part III: Vascular chest emergencies / Cardiac emergencies: acute chest pain / Florian Schwarz
Acute aortic syndromes: aortic dissection, intramural haematoma and penetrating aortic ulcers / Elizabeth A. Dick ; Maureen Dumba ; Ali Alsafi ; John M. Curtis ; Elika Kashef
Thoracic aortic aneurysms, fistula, and thrombus / Maria Cristina Firetto ; Marcello Petrini ; Francesco Sala ; Maurizio Domanin ; Giovanni Terribile ; Pietro Raimondo Biondetti
Pulmonary embolism / Raffaella Basilico ; Mannela Mereu ; Rosa Lucia Patea ; Francesco D' Alessandro ; Paola Franchi ; Anna Rita Larici ; Antionio R. Cotroneo.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMariano Scaglione, Cem Çalli, Mario Muto, Stefan Wirth, editors.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date, systematic review of all facets of emergency radiology in patients with head and spine injuries. The aim is to equip readers with a detailed knowledge of the various radiological patterns that may be encountered, thereby facilitating prompt diagnosis under circumstances in which time is of crucial importance. The indications, value, and results of the various emergency imaging modalities, including interventional radiology, are described and illustrated in the full range of traumatic and nontraumatic head and spine emergencies. In addition, basic management principles and technological aspects are fully explained, and protocols tailored to the mechanism of injury are presented. Emergency Radiology of the Head and Spine will be of value to neuroradiologists, interventional neuroradiologists, neurosurgeons, emergency radiologists, emergency physicians, radiology residents, radiology technicians, and all physicians and surgeons who work in emergency care.
Contents:
Part I Brain: Traumatic Emergent Injuries
Imaging of Cranial and Facial Fractures
Traumatic Haemorrhage
Non Accidental Injuries. Part II Brain: Non-Traumatic Emergent Injuries
Acute Stroke: Parenchymal and Vessel Imaging
Acute Stroke: Management
Nontraumatic Intracranial Hemorrhage
Emergent CNS Infections, Inflammations and Tumors
Toxic-Metabolic Encephalopathies
Herniation Syndromes
Basic Neuro-Interventional Spine Interventions
Part III Spine: Traumatic Emergent Injuries
Introduction: Traumatic Spinal Cord and Spine Injury. Stability and Instability Concepts
Traumatic Emergent Injuries: Cranio-Cervical Junction
Cervical Spine Injury
Thoraco-Lumbar Spine
Part IV Spine: Non-Traumatic Emergent Injuries
Introduction
Emergent Degenerative and Disc Diseases
Vascular Injury of the Spinal Cord
Emergent Tumors and Infections of the Spinal Cord
Myelitis and Myelopathies
Spinal Post-Operative Complications
Basic Neurointerventional Therapeutic Approaches
Emergency Paediatric Head and Neck
Part V: Emergencies of the Face and Neck
Neck Space Anatomy
Traumatic and Non-Traumatic Head and Neck Infections. - DigitalAbe Fingerhut, Ari Leppäniemi, Raul Coimbra, Andrew B. Peitzman, Thomas M. Scalea, Eric J. Voiglio, editors.Summary: This manual explains how to make the right decisions on the timing and selection of investigations and surgical procedures in emergency and urgent surgical settings and describes the most widely used procedures step by step with the aid of high-quality illustrations. The goal is to address the situations that can arise in almost any emergency department throughout the world, enabling the surgeon on call to acquire or sharpen the knowledge and skills needed to deal with acute surgical problems in the most appropriate way. The reader will gain a sound understanding of the most efficient diagnostic modalities, pre-, intra-, and postoperative decision-making, and surgical techniques and issues in particular circumstances. The manual stems from an initiative by members of the European Society of Trauma and Emergency Surgery (ESTES) and the American Association for the Surgery of Trauma (AAST) to set up and formalize Emergency Surgery Courses to provide specific training in emergency and acute care surgery. It represents a didactic accompaniment to the course that will guide the beginner and maintain a certain degree of standardization among the more experienced.
Contents:
Generalities: Intra-operative Strategy: Open Surgical Approach
Leading Symptoms
Management options: non-operative versus operative management
Pathophysiology
Post-operative complications
When To Operate After Failed Non-operative Management. Techniques: Laparoscopy
Laparotomy (Open surgery)
Lower gastrointestinal endoscopy
Percutaneous interventions
Upper gastrointestinal endoscopy. By organ: Appendix
Biliary tree
Colon & rectum
Diaphragmatic Problems for the Emergency Surgeon
Esophagus
Female genital tract
Liver
Pancreas
Proctology
Small bowel
Soft tissue (necrotizing)
Stomach and duodenum
Surgical emergencies related to abdominal wall hernia
Thorax. - DigitalFrancesco Piscioneri, Yoram Kluger, Luca Ansaloni, editors.Summary: This book is aimed at surgeons faced with the immediate management of acute surgical problems in a variety of resource settings. The topics covered are common in both developed and developing countries as well as in tropical and non-tropical settings. The book offers an introduction to trauma, which includes primary, secondary and tertiary surveys, trauma resuscitation, and multidisciplinary care followed by a short section on acute burns management and a discussion of a range of specific surgical topics including various of acute abdomen, upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding, perianal conditions, oncological issues that require acute intervention, abdominal wall problems, urological emergencies and neck swellings. It also addresses the rational use of antibiotics and medications and the role of high dependency units. Each chapter includes a flow chart algorithm with multiple endpoints that relate to the resource situations available to the surgeon. The book is of interest to clinicians dealing with changes in acute surgery and the increasing disparity between developed and developing countries.
Contents:
1 Changing face of acute surgery and increasing disparity between developed and developing countries
2 Minimum requirements for an acute surgical facility
3 Organisation of surgical systems
4 rational use of antibiotics
5 Pain management
6 The acute abdomen-an overall synopsis
7 Upper and lower gastrointestinal bleeding
8 Perianal conditions
9 Oncological issues that require acute intervention
10 Abdominal wall problems
11 Breast
12 Skin and soft tissue
13 Urological emergencies
14 Neck swellings
15 ENT emergencies
16 Trauma primary surveys
17 Trauma secondary surveys
18 Trauma tertiary surveys
19 trauma resuscitation and multidisciplinary care
20 acute burns management. - DigitalDiego Foschi, Giuseppe Navarra, editors ; foreword by Paolo De Paolis.Summary: This comprehensive, multi-authored book covers all aspects of surgery on obese patients in emergency conditions. Obesity is a metabolic disease affecting a high percentage of world population. It involves marked anthropometric changes, affecting surgical practice and altering patients' ability to react to surgical stress. The prevalent comorbidities also affect the rate of complications and mortality after surgery. The obesity paradox, the ability of obese patients to survive emergency operations in spite of an increased risk of complications, is an effect of the widespread development of "Obesity Science". This volume discusses this science, examining the frailty of the obese patients and the main comorbidities that affect clinical practice, as well as the most frequent emergency situations after trauma, inflammatory diseases and the complications of bariatric surgery. With contributions from leading experts, it provides clinicians with detailed and updated information for better practice in this emerging field of surgery.
Contents:
Foreword
1 The frailty of the obese patients and the effect of surgical stress
2 Emergency anaesthesia in the obese patient
3 Perioperative and intensive care management of the obese surgical patient
4 Postoperative complications in ICU
5 The ERAS protocol
I CLINICAL SETTINGS IN OBESE PATIENTS
6 Trauma and burns in obese patients
7 Perforations of the upper gastrointestinal tract
8 Acute Diverticolitis
9 Acute appendicitis
10 Pancreatic and biliary emergencies
11 Bowel obstruction
12 Abdominal compartment syndrome
II CLINICAL SETTING AFTER BARIATRIC SURGERY
13 The evolution and development of bariatric surgery
14 Metabolic complications after b.s.: the faulse acute Abdomen
15 Complications after bariatric surgery.: a general overview
16 Complications of BIB therapy
17 Complications of restrictive operation
18 Upper G-I bleeding after bariatric surgery
19 Peptic ulcer after bariatric surgery
20 Bowel obstruction after bariatric surgery
21 Acute peritonitis and abscess after bariatric surgery
22 Anastomotic leakage after bariatric Surgery: from prevention to treatment
23 Gallstones and related complications, cholecistitis and Cholangitis after bariatric surgery
24 Emergencies After bariatric surgery: the role of flexible endoscopy and interventional radiology
25 Extreme remedial surgery for b.s. acute complications
26 Accreditation of the surgeon to emergency bariatric surgery
27 Litigation after bariatric surgery. - Digitaledited by Michel Merle and Gilles Dautel ; coordinated by Lim Aymeric Y.T. ; foreword by L. Scott Levin ; illustrations by C. Witt-Deguillaume and C. Martinet.Contents:
Regional anesthesia of the upper limb / I. Baeckelmans, E. Colling, J.-P. Galeazzi, J. Welter
Emergency microsurgery of the upper extremity / Adrian Ooi, Amitabha Lahiri, Aymeric YT Lim
Instrumentation and technical equipment / G. Dautel
Injury assessment and operative strategy / M. Merle, A. Lim
Sprains and dislocations of the fingers / F. Dap, M. Merle, T. Jager, A. Lim ; in collaboration with M. Isel
Dislocations and fracture-dislocations of the carpometacarpal joints of the digits and the thumb / Ph. Chardel, Th. Jager, A. Lim
Metacarpal and phalangeal fractures / by M. Merle, Th. Jager ; in collaboration with M. Isel, Iallemand, A., Lim, A., Durand, Ph. Voche
Revascularization / G. Dautel
Finger and hand soft tissue defects / G. Dautel
Flexor tendon injuries / by M. Merle, Th. Jager, A. Lim ; in collaboration with M. Isel
Injuries of the extensor apparatus / by M. Merle, A. Lim Th. Jager, L. Vaienti ; in collaboration with M. Isel, C. Camps, A. Durand
Temporary amputations and permanent amputations / G. Dautel
Nail trauma / G. Dautel
Nerve injuries / M. Merle and A. Lim ; in collaboration with Th. Jager, L. Vaienti
Digital replantations / G. Dautel, Ph. Voche
Hand replantations / G. Loda
The "tissue bank" / G. Dautel
Dressing / G. Dautel and E. Lee
Surgical treatment of hand infections / Th. Jager and R. Srisena.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - Digitaleditors, Nicola de'Angelis, Salomone Di Saverio and Francesco Brunetti.Summary: This volume provides an overview of the current evidence-based medical and surgical practice in emergency conditions in colorectal cancer patients. It offers a multidisciplinary perspective, taking into account the specific characteristics of colorectal cancer patients, the necessary pre-operative assessment, the endoscopic and radiological management, and the surgical treatments. Each chapter is supplemented with tables, figures, key-point boxes, schematic representations, and decision-making trees that serve as easy-to-use tools to apply in the different scenarios requiring acute care. Recommendations for best practice and the main reference articles are included for each topic, as well as numerous illustrated clinical cases with cilnical and empirical evidence regarding the surgical management of colorectal cancer. Specific technical aspects of the different surgical interventions and approaches (e.g., open surgery, laparoscopy, and robotics) are also detailed. This book is intended for residents and emergency surgeons, as well as all practictioners who treat colorectal cancer patients, such as gastroenterologists, oncologists, and radiologists.
- DigitalJames H. Paxton, editor.Summary: This book focuses on the placement of vascular access devices under emergent conditions, including the techniques and devices needed to achieve successful device deployment in even the most critically-ill patient. Up-to-date references and evidence for best practices are provided, informing both the novice and experienced healthcare provider. Each chapter is meticulously researched, including individual chapters focusing upon peripheral intravenous, intraosseous, central venous, and ultrasound-guided catheter placement. Device selection and emergent decision-making are discussed at length, including such crucial determinants as infusion flow rates, device limitations, issues with medication incompatibility, complications of line placement, and the relative indications and contraindications associated with various vascular access approaches. Emergent Vascular Access is an essential resource for any healthcare provider who places or manages vascular access devices in critically-ill patients, including emergency and ICU physicians, residents, rapid response providers, EMS paramedics, patient care technicians, medical students, and nurses.
Contents:
Chapter 1. What is Emergent Vascular Access?
Chapter 2. The Anatomy of Vascular Access
Chapter 3. The Physiology and Physics of Vascular Access
Chapter 4. Types of Vascular Access Devices
Chapter 5. Peripheral Intravenous (PIV) Devices
Chapter 6. Central Venous Catheter Devices
Chapter 7. Intraosseous Devices
Chapter 8. Alternative Vascular Access Solutions
Chapter 9. What is Difficult Vascular Access (DVA)?
Chapter 10. Decision-Making in Emergent Vascular Access
Chapter 11. High-Risk Presentations (e.g., Cardiac Arrest, Shock, etc.)
Chapter 12. The Future of Emergent Vascular Access. - DigitalSeyedmojtaba Seyedmousavi, G. Sybren de Hoog, Jacques Guillot, Paul E. Verweij, editors.Summary: The book will provide insights into epidemic and emerging mycoses in various animal groups. The different categories of pathogens and outbreak fungi are discussed. In an introductory chapter, the reader will be provided basic information on fungal infections that are non-transmissible, infections from a common environmental source known as sapronoses, and zoophilic fungal pathogens in various animal species and populations, worldwide. Chapter 2 details the vocabulary and terminology that is required in the scientific literature in order to maintain clarity of expression to the field of Mycology. Chapters 3 to 9 discuss epidemic mycoses with a reservoir in animals and occasional outbreaks, including dermatophytoses, coccidioidomycosis, histoplasmosis, paracoccidioidomycosis, adiaspiromycosis and similar diseases, blastomycosis, and paracoccidioidomycosis ceti (lacaziosis/lobomycosis). Chapters 10 to 15 comprise emerging mycoses in animals that include feline sporotrichosis, lethargic crab disease, emergence of C. gattii in animals and zoonotic potential, white-nose syndrome in hibernating bats, chytridiomycosis in frogs and salamanders and aspergillosis in cats. The last chapter is about treatment possibilities, antifungal use in veterinary practice, and emergence of resistance. The book will address medical and veterinary mycologists, microbiologists, veterinarians, infectious disease specialists, epidemiologists, ecologists, public health scientists from academia and industry as well as graduate students, PhD students and postdocs in the field.
Contents:
Section 1: Definitions, Terminology, Methods for classifications
1.1. Emerging, pseudo-epidemic, endemic, zoonoses, dynamic, population genetics, epidemiology
Section 2: Epidemic mycoses in animals
2.1. Sporothricosis
2.2. Coccidioidomycosis
2.3. Histoplasmosis
2.4. Dermatophytoses in animals
2.5. Epidemics of black moulds and melanized yeasts in animals
2.6. Penicilliosis
Section 3: Emerging Mycoses in animals
3.1. Cryptococcus gattii in animals
3.2. Bat-white nose syndrome
3.3. Chytridiomycosis
3.4. Oomycetes in fish
3.5. Emmonsia and adiaspiromycosis in animals
Section 4: Genetic changes in fungi and evolution of resistance
4.1. Antifungal treatment in animals and problem of resistance. - DigitalAnne C La Flamme, Jacqueline Montique Orian editors.Contents:
The role of HLA in MS susceptibility and phenotype
Sex-based differences in multiple sclerosis (Part I): biology of disease incidence
Sex-based difference in multiple sclerosis (MS): Part II: rising incidence of multiple sclerosis in women and the vulnerability of men to progression of this disease
The role of environment and lifestyle in determining the risk of multiple sclerosis
Evidence for an association between Vitamin D and multiple sclerosis
Photoimmunology and multiple sclerosis
Modelling MS: chronic-relapsing EAE in the NOD/Lt mouse strain
Developing biomarkers for MS
Helminth Therapy for MS
Self-assembling peptides form immune suppressive amyloid fibrils effective in autoimmune encephalomyelitis
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Giovanni Rezza, Giuseppe Ippolito.Contents:
Preface- emerging viruses: from early detection to intervention
How to tackle natural focal infections: from risk assessment to vaccination strategies
Human-animal interface: the case for influenza interspecies transmission
Bats and emerging infections: an ecological and virological puzzle
The Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus- a continuing risk to global health security
Emerging Zika virus infection: a rapidly evolving situation
Syrian hamsters as a small animal model for emerging infectious diseases: advances in immunologic methods
Enabling rapid response to the 2014-2016 ebola epidemic: the experience and the results of the National Institute for Infectious Diseases Lazzaro Spallanzai
Prioritization of high consequence viruses to improve European laboratory preparedness for cross-border health threats
The potential of social media and internet-based data in preventing and fighting infectious diseases: from internet to Twitter
Erratum: Emerging Zika virus infection: a rapidly evolving situation
Index. - DigitalYashpal Singh Malik, Raj Kumar Singh, Mahendra Pal Yadav, editors.Summary: This book, which is the first volume of the book series-Livestock Diseases and Management, summarizes the prominence and implications of the emerging and transboundary animal viruses. Although the livestock plays an important role in the economy of many countries, the emerging and transboundary animal viral diseases possess a serious risk to the animal-agriculture sector and food security globally. The book describes the precise and up-to-date information on animal viral diseases which have emerged in the recent past or are re-emerging due to various environmental factors and those which are not bounded in restricted national boundaries and attained the transboundary status. The chapters summarize the recent advancements in the molecular state-of-art tools towards the development of diagnostics, prophylactics, and therapeutics of these viruses. It also explicitly describes the challenges imposed by the emerging and transboundary viral infections and our preparedness to counter them.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Emerging and Transboundary Animal Viral Diseases- perspectives and preparedness
Chapter 2. African Swine Fever Virus
Chapter 3. Classical Swine Fever Virus
Chapter 4. Porcine Coronaviruses
Chapter 5. Torque Teno Virus
Chapter 6. Teschovirus
Chapter 7. Animal Flaviviruses
Chapter 8. Orbiviruses
Chapter 9. Equine Influenza Virus
Chapter 10. Schmallenberg Virus
Chapter 11. Crimean-Congo Hemorrhagic Fever Virus
Chapter 12. Porcine Reproductive and Respiratory Syndrome Virus
Chapter 13. Peste Des Petits Ruminants Virus
Chapter 14. Sapelovirus
Chapter 15. Hepatitis E Viruses.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited Martin G. Pomper, Paul B. Fisher.Contents:
Ch. 1. Quantitative radiology: applications to oncology
Ch. 2. The intricate role of CXCR4 in cancer
Ch. 3. Recent advances in nanoparticle-based nuclear imaging of cancers
Ch. 4. Molecular-genetic imaging of cancer
Ch. 5. Real-time fluorescence image-guided oncologic surgery
Ch. 6. Cerenkov Imaging
Ch. 7. Molecular imaging of the tumor microenvironment for precision medicine and theranostics
Ch. 8. Tracking cellular and immune therapies in cancer
Ch. 9. Developing MR probes for molecular imaging
Ch. 10. Clinical translation of molecular imaging agents used in PET studies in cancer
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalYunhui Zhang, editor.Summary: This book mainly focuses on advances made over the past 10 years on the exposure, metabolism, transformation, toxicity, molecular mechanism and biomarkers of emerging chemicals in humans. Emerging chemicals' pollution is a hot issue in the field of environmental health. Emerging chemicals refer to a class of compounds widely existing in the environment and potentially harmful to the ecological environment and human health. They are also the preferred substances for future environmental control. The list of emerging chemicals include human drugs and personal care products (PPCPs), endocrine disruptors (EDC), persistent organic pollutants (POPs), veterinary drugs and nanomaterials. However, the environmental and health hazard characteristics of most emerging chemicals are not clear. The aim of this book is to stimulate further research in new directions by providing novel and provocative insights into the exposure assessment and potential mechanisms of emerging chemicals in humans. It also offers a state-of-the-art report on recent discoveries concerning emerging chemicals and where the field is going.
Contents:
Introduction
Emerging chemicals of concern
Environmental exposure of emerging chemicals and their effects on human health
Air pollutants: exposure, effects on cardiopulmonary and metabolic disease, and regulation
Plasticizers' exposure and reproductive& developmental health: phthalates and BPA
Exposure assessment of UV filter and its effect on humans
Heavy metals' exposure and children health
Pesticides: environmental exposure, toxicity and mechanism
Flame retardants: exposure, biomarkers and health risks
Perfluorinated compounds' exposure and health effects in humans
Environmental antibiotics: monitoring and health-based risk assessment
Advances in nano-material and micro-plastics' research. - PrintAkihiko Yoshimura, editor ; responsible series editor: Tasuku Honjo.Summary: "This volume reviews the current state of research on immune checkpoints and offers novel concepts. It discusses the two most important immune checkpoints: T lymphocyte-associated antigen-4 (CTLA-4) and programmed cell death-1 (PD-1). It shows that antagonistic antibodies against these two molecules are highly effective in the treatment of various cancers and that PD-1 and CTLA-4 have been linked to the suppression of T-cell receptor signaling and co-stimulatory molecules. Further, the volume examines other agents, a number of cells, receptors and signaling molecules, that are also involved in the regulation of T-cell activation and extends the concept of immune checkpoints to 'molecules and cells that negatively regulate T-cell activation'. Playing essential roles in immune homeostasis, they could offer new targets for cancer immunotherapy, and for the therapy of autoimmune diseases. Written by internationally respected scientists, this book will appeal to basic scientists, clinicians, drug development researchers, and advanced students alike." -- Back cover.
Contents:
Regulatory T cells: molecular and cellular basis for immunoregulation
Overview of LAG-3-expressing, IL-10-producing regulatory T cells
Regulatory dendritic cells
Role of PD-1 in immunity and diseases
CTLA-4, an essential immune-checkpoint for T cell activation
Tim-3, Lag-3, and TIGIT
SOCS1: regulator of T cells in autoimmunity and cancer
Mining the complex family of protein tyrosine phosphatases for checkpoint regulators in immunity
Immune regulation by ubiquitin tagging as checkpoint code
MicroRNA in immune regulation. - DigitalNadia Morin-Crini, Eric Lichtfouse, Grégorio Crini, editors.Summary: Emerging contaminants are chemical and biological agents for which there is growing concern about their potential health and environmental effects. The threat lies in the fact that the sources, fate and toxicology of most of these compounds have not yet been studied. Emerging contaminants, therefore, include a large number of both recently discovered and well-known compounds such as rare earth elements, viruses, bacteria, nanomaterials, microplastics, pharmaceuticals, endocrine disruptors, hormones, personal care products, cosmetics, pesticides, surfactants and industrial chemicals. Emerging contaminants have been found in many daily products, and some of them accumulate in the food chain. Correlations have been observed between aquatic pollution by emerging contaminants and discharges from wastewater treatment plants. Most actual remediation methods are not effective at removing emerging contaminants. This first volume presents comprehensive knowledge on emerging contaminants with a focus on analysis, toxicity, antibiotic resistance and human health.
Contents:
Chapter 1 Emerging Contaminants: Analysis, Aquatic Compartments and Water Pollution
Chapter 2 Occurrence, Fate and Associated Risks of Organic Micropollutants included in the Watch List in the European Groundwater Bodies
Chapter 3 Emergence of Pathogenic Fungi Resistant to Triazole Antifungal Drugs. A Threat from the Environment- Chapter 4 The Fate of Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria in the Environment
Chapter 5 Relationship Between Outdoor Ambient Air Pollution and Cardiovascular Disorders: A Narrative Review. - DigitalOlivier Rabin, Ornella Corazza, editors.Summary: Athletes are always aiming to be faster, better, stronger. New techniques to enhance their sporting performance have increasingly been linked to use of novel psychoactive substances (NPS) and other hard-to-detect substances like performance-enhancing drugs. This book offers a timely analysis of the new challenges posed by this phenomenon in the anti-doping community. The authors present the first comprehensive perspective on the rapidly shifting doping scenario and reflect on use, regulation, policy, and market structure of NPS used in sports. They highlight the challenges with the list of prohibited substances and methods in and out of competition. They also evaluate how methods to detect new drugs present an ongoing battle for doping control as they have to be adapted constantly. Topics covered within the chapters include: Contamination of Sports Supplements with Novel Psychoactive Substances Untested Supplement Use Among Athletes: An Overlooked Phenomenon? International Drug Control: Protecting the Health of the Athlete Analysis of New Chemical Entities in a Sport Context Emerging Drugs in Sport establishes a clear benchmark on the policy discussion, drawing from available evidence and sources, including athletes' personal experiences, to generate a fact-based resource that informs a research as well as wider audience. The book is essential reading for those working in anti-doping, substance misuse, sports, ethics, and human enhancement. It also is useful for policy-makers, legislative personnel, and other professionals with an interest in protecting clean sport.
Contents:
Part I THE EVOLVING DOPING SCENARIO
The Evolution of Performance-Enhancing Drug Use in Sport
Contamination of Sports Supplements with Novel Psychoactive Substances: An Old History with New Players!
Untested Supplement Use Among Athletes: An Overlooked Phenomenon?
Challenges Posed by Gene Manipulations and Sport Performance
PART II NAVIGATING IN A DIFFICULT REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
The forced Union of Science and Law
International Drug Control: Protecting the Health of the Athlete
Tackling New Forms of Doping: The Legal Challenges
PART III TOWARDS A DOPING SOCIETY?
Olympism and the Idea of Anti-doping: Between the Thick and Thin Interpretations of Sporting Progress
Emerging Trends in Doping: Investigations and Field Operations
Anti-doping Stories Narrated by a Law Enforcement Investigator Mind the good Guys
The Performance Enhanced: Clinical Relationships Between Performance- and/or Image-Enhancing Drugs, Physical Exercise and Mental Disorders
"PART IV WINNING AT ANY COST: DOPING EXPERIENCES OF WORLD-CLASS ATHLETES"
Faster and Dirtier for Russia: The Story of Yuliya Stepanova
Is It Worth Winning a Race if You Lose Yourself in the Process? An Interview with Olympic Champion Tyler Hamilton
A Hammer Thrower's Journey with Doping: Being the Phoenix of My Own Life
To Take or Not to Take? Why I Chose to Stay Clean
PART V TRUTH IN THE TEST TUBES?
Forensic Analysis of Seized Drugs
Analysis of New Chemical Entities in a Sport Context
Hair Testing of Doping Agents: Potential and Limitations
PART VI THE NEXT CHALLENGE
What Will the Next Challenges Be?. - DigitalRam Naresh Bharagava, editor.Summary: As we know, rapid industrialization is a serious concern in the context of a healthy environment and public health due to the generation of huge volumes of toxic wastewater. Although various physico-chemical and biological approaches are available for the treatment of this wastewater, many of them are not effective. Now, there a number of emerging ecofriendly, cost-effective approaches utilizing microorganisms (bacterial/fungi/algae), green plants or their enzymes, and constructed wetland treatment systems in the treatment of wastewaters containing pollutants such as endocrine disrupting chemicals, toxic metals, pesticides, dyes, petroleum hydrocarbons and phenolic compounds. This book provides a much-needed, comprehensive overview of the various types of wastewater and their ecotoxicological effects on the environment, humans, animals and plants as well as various emerging and eco-friendly approaches for their treatment. It provides insights into the ecological problems and challenges in the treatment and management of wastewaters generated by various sources.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Green technologies for the treatment of pharmaceutical contaminants in wastewaters
Chapter 2. Constructed Wetlands: an emerging green technology for treatment of industrial wastewaters
Chapter 3. Application of nanoparticles in environmental cleanup: production, potential risks and solutions
Chapter 4. Efficiency of algae for heavy metal removal, bioenergy production and carbon sequestration
Chapter 5. Advances in plant-microbe based remediation approaches for environmental cleanup
Chapter 6. Bioprocessing of cane molasses to produce ethanol and its derived products from South Indian Distillery
Chapter 7. Biological and non-biological approaches for treatment of Cr(VI) in tannery effluent
Chapter 8. Photocatalysis as a clean technology for the degradation of petrochemical pollutants
Chapter 9. Sustainable management of toxic industrial effluent of coal based power plants
Chapter 10. Removal of organic pollutants from contaminated water bodies by using aquatic macrophytes coupling with bioenergy production and carbon sequestration
Chapter 11. Biopolymers and their application in wastewater treatment
Chapter 12. Recovery of rare earths, precious metals and bioreduction of toxic metals from wastewater using algae
Chapter 13. Green synthesized nanoparticle mediated wastewater treatment
Chapter 14. Microbial communities in a constructed wetland microcosms and their role in treatment of domestic wastewater
Chapter 15. Agricultural Waste: Its Impact on Environment and Management Approaches.-. - Digitaledited by W. Michael Scheld, Department of Infectious Diseases, University of Virginia Health System; James M. Hughes, Division of Infectious Diseases, Department of Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine; Richard J. Whitley, Department of Pediatrics, University of Alabama at Birmingham.Contents:
West Africa 2013: Re-examining Ebola / Daniel G. Bausch, Amanda Rojek, and Mikiko Senga
Preparing for Serious Communicable Diseases in the United States: What the Ebola Virus Epidemic Has Taught Us / Bruce S. Ribner and Jay B. Varkey
Ebola Virus Disease: Therapeutic and Potential Preventative Opportunities / Robert Fisher and Luciana Borio
Middle East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS) / Sonja A. Rasmussen, Amelia K. Watson, and David L. Swerdlow
The Emergence of Enterovirus D-68 / Kevin Messacar, Mark J. Abzug, and Samuel R. Dominguez
The Role of Punctuated Evolution in the Pathogenicity of Influenza Viruses / Jonathan A. McCullers
Measles in the United States since the Millennium: Perils and Progress in the Post-Elimination Era / Anne Schuchat, Amy Parker Fiebelkorn, and William Bellini
Chikungunya Virus: Current Perspectives on a Re-Emerging Virus / Clayton R. Morrison, Kenneth S. Plante, and Mark T. Heise
Zika Virus Disease / Werner Georg Slenczka
West Nile Virus Infection / James J. Sejvar
Mobilization of Carbapenemase-Mediated Resistance in Enterobacteriaceae / Amy Mathers
Antimicrobial Resistance Expressed by Neisseria gonorrhoeae: A Major Global Public Health Problem in the 21st Century / Magnus Unemo, Carlos del Rio, and William M. Shafer
Bordetella holmesii: Still Emerging and Elusive 20 Years On / Laure F. Pittet and Klara M. Posfay Barbe
Cronobacter spp. / Brian P. Blackwood and Catherine J. Hunter
Clostridium difficile Infection / Jae Hyun Shin, Esteban Chaves-Olarte, and Cirle A. Warren
Emerging Tick-Borne Bacterial Pathogens / Tahar Kernif, Hamza Leulmi, Didier Raoult, and Philippe Parola
Bordatella pertussis / Delma J. Nieves and Ulrich Heininger
Invasive Infections with Nontyphoidal Salmonella in Sub-Saharan Africa / Barbara E. Mahon and Patricia I. Fields
Fungal Infections Associated with Contaminated Steroid Injections / Carol A. Kaufman and Anurag N. Malani
Emerging Fungal Infections in the Pacific Northwest: the Unrecognized Burden of Coccidioides immitis and Cryptococcus gattii / Shawn R. Lockhart, Orion McCotter, and Tom M. Chiller
The Emerging Amphibian Fungal Disease, Chytridiomycosis: A Key Example of the Global Phenomenon of Wildlife Emerging Infectious Diseases / Jonathan E. Kolby and Peter Daszak
Arteminsinin-Resistant Plasmodium falciparum Malaria / Rick M. Fairhurst and Arjen M. Dondorp.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalManuel Yúfera, editor.Summary: This book deals with the fundamentals of key physiological mechanisms involved in the development and growth of fish larvae. Chapters included show how the environmental and nutritional conditions are affecting the developmental process from its molecular basis and how these same conditions also influence the final characteristics of late larvae and fry. This volume provides recent findings on the importance of environmental rhythms, some specific nutrients and the adequate microbial environment in the developmental processes including recent results of current research projects.
Contents:
1. Investigating fish larvae-microbe interactions in the 21st century : old questions studied with new tools / Ragnhild I. Vestrum, Birgit Luef, Torunn Forberg, Ingrid Bakke and Olav Vadstein
2. Environmental cycles and biological rhythms during early development / Francisco Javier Sánchez-Vázquez and José Fernando López-Olmeda
3. The digestive function in developing fish larvae and fry. From molecular gene expression to enzymatic activity / Manuel Yúfera, Francisco J. Moyano and Gonzalo Martínez-Rodríguez
4. Variability in digestive enzyme capacity in early stages of marine fish larvae : ontogenetic variations, biorhythms, hormonal control and nutrient sensing mechanisms / Bernd Ueberschär, Carmen Navarro-Guillén, Ana Gomes, Ivar Rønnestad, Carlos Rojas-Garcia, Inken Hanke, Dagh Sommerfeld and Robert Tillner
5. Phospholipids in marine larval rearing / Keshuai Li, Rolf Erik Olsen, Yang Jin and Yngvar Olsen
6. Fat-soluble vitamins in fish : a transcriptional tissue-specific crosstalk that remains to be unveiled and characterized / Ignacio Fernández, Paulo Gavaia, Maria J. Darias and Enric Gisbert
7. Nutritional modulation of marine fish larvae performance / Sofia Engrola, Cláudia Aragão, Luisa M.P. Valente and Luís E.C. Conceição
8. Fish pigmentation. A key issue for the sustainable development of fish farming / Laura Cal, Paula Suarez-Bregua, Paloma Moran, José Miguel Cerdá-Reverter and Josep Rotllant
9. Novel aspects of phosphate endocrine control : a key element for the long-term sustainability of finfish aquaculture / Paula Suarez-Bregua, Laura Cal, Pedro M. Guerreiro and Josep Rotllant
10. Feeding and development of warm water marine fish larvae in early life / Jing Hu, Yibing Liu, Zhenhua Ma and Jian G. Qin.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Ranjita Shegokar, Eliana B. Souto.Summary: Emerging Nanotechnologies in Immunology: The Design, Applications and Toxicology of Nanopharmaceuticals and Nanovaccines aims to deliver a systematic and comprehensive review of data concerning the nature of interaction and nano-related risks between the nanopharmaceuticals currently in the pipeline of S&T development for skin, ocular and nasal drug delivery, including absorption, toxicity, and the ability to distribute after systemic exposure. The book's contributors address a representative set of the broad spectrum of nanopharmaceutics presently being used, including cationic lipid nanoparticles, polymeric PLGA, PLA nanoparticles, biomacromolecules-based nanoparticles, and other scaffolds tissue-engineered skin substitutes. In addition, regulation and risk are also covered since the safety of these nanopharmaceuticals still represents a barrier to their wide and innovative use.
Contents:
1. Nanopharmceuticals in immunology: what's new in research?
2. Skin delivery of antimicrobial peptides
3. Skin penetration of nanoparticles
4. Regulatory and risk assessment perspective for core-multishell nanocarriers: a novel excipient on its way towards marketing authorization
5. Lipid nanoparticles as carriers for delivery of anti-inflammatory drugs
6. New strategies for the treatment of autoimmune diseases using nanotechnologies
7. Nanopharmaceuticals: application in inhaler systems
8. Immunomodulatory effects of curcumin in infectious and non infectious diseases
9. Advances in antibiotic nanotherapy: overcoming antimicrobial resistance
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalWhende M. Carroll, editor.Summary: "The transformation of nursing as a profession is moving at lightning speed into the next decade. There is a call to nurses across the country to prepare for the National Academy of Medicine's 2020-2030 Future of Nursing consensus study. It will serve to recommend nursing's focus on in the next decade to meet the pressing challenge to decrease health disparities in the United States. Nurses, 4 million strong, are the largest population of practicing clinicians, the most significant users of health information technology, and required early health IT adopters"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Foreword / Joyce Sensmeier
Emerging technologies and healthcare innovation / Whende M. Carroll
Nursing value and big data / Whende M. Carroll
Artificial intelligence / Whende M. Carroll
Virtual reality, augmented reality, and mixed reality / Barbara Ficarra
The internet of things / Thomas R. Clancy
Precision health and genomics / Kathleen A. McCormick
The future of emerging technologies and nursing / Whende M. Carroll.Digital Access R2Library 2021 - DigitalWilliam Y. Song, Kari Tanderup, and Bradley Pieters.Summary: "This is the first book to cover emerging technologies and clinical evidence in the field of brachytherapy. The book is divided into 5 sections, with each section having multiple chapters to adequately cover all issues of interest: 1) Emerging Physics Technologies, 2) Emerging Imaging Technologies, 3) Emerging Clinical Evidences, 4) The Brachytherapy Suites of the Future, Today, and 5) Is Brachytherapy a Competitive Modality? The book is an outstanding resource for all medical physicists, medical doctors, residents and students who wish to keep abreast of emerging technologies in brachytherapy, and plan ahead so that new technologies can be adopted in-clinic as soon as they are released"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Sources and loading technologies
Applicators
Applicator reconstruction
Dose calculation
Dose optimization
Image processing for brachytherapy
FMEA for brachytherapy
Real-time in vivo dosimetry
Quality assurance technologies
Additive manufacturing (3D printing) in brachytherapy
Robotics in brachytherapy
Optical imaging and navigation technologies
Ultrasound
X-ray and computed tomography
Magnetic resonance imaging
Positron emission tomography
Imaging for treatment verification
Medical University of Vienna, Vienna, Austria
University Medical Center Utrecht, Utrecht, The Netherlands
Emerging technologies in brachytherapy
Hospital Charles Lemoyne, Montreal, Canada
Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, Toronto, Canada
Princess Margaret Cancer Centre, Toronto, Canada
Tata Memorial Hospital, Mumbai, India
Institut Joliot-Curie Cancer Center, Dakar, Senegal: implementing a brachytherapy program in a resource limited setting
EBRT or brachytherapy?
Particle therapy or brachytherapy?
Is brachytherapy cost effective?
Elekta brachytherapy
Eckert & Ziegler BEBIG.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digital[edited by] Spero J. Theodorou, Christopher T. Chia, Erez Dayan.Summary: "Emerging Technologies in Face and Body Contouring by internationally acclaimed experts Spero Theodorou, Christopher Chia, Erez Dayan and esteemed contributors, details emerging state-of-the-art technologies in minimally-invasive body contouring. This resource fills a void in the literature, providing plastic, aesthetic, and dermatologic surgeons with clinical insights on the latest proven techniques in nonsurgical fat reduction and skin tightening. The book begins with chapters on 3D imaging for emerging body contouring technologies, clinically applicable concepts of fat metabolism, and discussion of laser and ultrasound. Procedural chapters cover a diverse array of cutting-edge noninvasive body contouring and VASER techniques, including water-assisted and power-assisted liposuction. Chapters dedicated to the face and neck detail scarless face lifting, injection lipolysis, and radiofrequency skin tightening. Body-specific chapters focus on the neck, arms, abdomen, flanks and hips, gluteal region, thighs and calves, ankles and knees"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Three-dimensional Imaging for Emerging Technologies in Body Contouring / Isabel Robinson and Pierre Saadeh
Clinically Applicable Concepts of Fat Metabolism / Rachel L. Goldstein, William G. Austen Jr., and Erez Dayan
Noninvasive Laser Body Contouring / John W. Decorato
Ultrasound in Noninvasive Body Shaping / Jennifer Croix and Anne Chapas
Three-dimensional Cryolipolysis Body Contouring / Villy Rodopoulou
Noninvasive Radiofrequency Fat Destruction for Body Contouring / Alix O'Brien and Sherrell J. Aston
The Role of Stem Cells in Body Contouring / Aris Sterodimas
Ethnic Considerations in Liposuction / William Lao
Laser-Assisted Liposuction Under Local Anesthesia : Office-Based Surgery / Christopher Chia
Radiofrequency-Assisted Liposuction for Body Contouring / Spero J. Theodorou, Christopher T. Chia, and Erez Dayan
VASER Technology for Body Contouring / Alfredo Hoyos and Mauricio Perez
Water-Assisted Liposuction / Pei-Hsuan Lu and Hsiang-Ya Wang
Power-Assisted Liposuction Cannula Types and Technique / Briar L. Dent and B. Aviva Preminger
Scarless Face Lifting with Bipolar Radiofrequency Assistance / Diane Irvine Duncan
Injection Lipolysis-Neck / Sachin M. Shridharani
Neck : Radiofrequency Liposuction / Keramidas Evangelos
Neck Liposuction : The Classic Technique / Steven M. Levine
Radiofrequency-Assisted Liposuction for Arm Contouring / Spero J. Theodorou, Christopher T. Chia, and Stelios C. Wilson
FaceTite : Procedure Technique / P. Paolo Rovatti
Male Gynecomastia Treatment / Alfredo Hoyos and David Guarin
High Definition Body Contouring of the Abdomen / Alfredo Hoyos and David Guarin
Flanks and Hips / Spero J. Theodorou
Gluteal Augmentation with Implants / Douglas Senderoff
Technology-Based Contouring of the Thighs / W. Jason Martin
Calf, Ankle, and Knee Contouring / Christopher, Chia Stelios C. Wilson, and Gerald H. Pitman.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Sinem Esra Sahingur.Summary: This book equips dental care providers with a thorough understanding of the emerging therapies that promise to revolutionize the clinical management of periodontal diseases. Existing therapies targeted to the oral microbiome alone often fail to provide favorable clinical outcomes. Local inflammation and tissue destruction may persist and periodontal tissue regeneration is not predictably achieved. In recognition of these shortcomings, current research efforts are focused on understanding the biological interactions between the host and the resident microbiome and identifying key molecules and molecular pathways that can be used for more targeted, individualized therapies that will restrain oral inflammation and restore periodontal tissue homeostasis. This book introduces novel concepts and molecules that are currently being tested in preclinical and clinical models. Readers will find detailed information from leading experts on specific therapeutic strategies targeting the host immune and inflammatory system, the oral microbiome, and regeneration.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Part I: Periodontal Therapies Targeting Host Immune and Inflammatory System
1: Evolving Paradigms in the Pathogenesis and Management of Periodontitis
1.1 Introduction
1.2 The Pathophysiological Stages of Periodontal Lesion
1.3 Evolving Paradigms in the Pathogenesis of Periodontitis
1.4 Evolving Paradigms in Periodontitis Patient Management
References
2: Complement C3 as a Target of Host Modulation in Periodontitis
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Complement and Regulation of the Host Response
2.3 Complement Involvement in Periodontal Disease 2.4 Periodontal Bacteria and Inflammation
2.5 Translational Studies for Safety and Efficacy of C3 Inhibition in Periodontitis
2.6 Concluding Remarks and Outlook
References
3: Resolvins in Periodontal Tissue Homeostasis (Emerging Therapies)
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Inflammatory Pathways
3.3 Natural, Endogenous Resolution of Inflammation (Lipoxins)
3.4 Resolvins
3.5 Resolution of Inflammation as a Therapeutic Modality
3.6 Inflammation, Periodontitis, and Systemic Inflammatory Diseases
3.7 Periodontal Regeneration 3.8 Dietary Supplementation of Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids in Periodontal Disease
3.9 Conclusion
References
4: Salicylic Acid Polymers in Periodontal Tissue Healing
4.1 Formulations: Fibers, Gels, and Microparticles
4.2 Localized SA Release Influences Inflammation with Bone
4.3 Bone Regeneration with SAPAE
4.4 SAPAE for Treatment of Osseous Defects in Diabetic Conditions
4.5 Potential Treatment of Peri-implantitis (Peri-implantitis) with SAPAE
4.6 Diabetes and Peri-implantitis 4.7 Potential Role of SAPAE in Peri-implantitis in Normal or Diabetic Situations
References
5: Targeting MAPK/MKP Signaling as a Therapeutic Axis in Periodontal Disease
5.1 Overview of Osteoimmunology During Periodontal Disease Progression
5.2 General Aspects of the MAPK/MKP Signaling Axis
5.3 MAPK/MKP Signaling in Osteoclastogenesis
5.4 Therapeutic Targeting of p38/MK2 Signaling in Periodontal Disease
5.5 Therapeutic Targeting of MKP-1 Signaling in Periodontal Disease
5.6 Conclusion
References
6: The IL-17/Th17 Axis as a Therapeutic Target in Periodontitis 6.1 Introduction
6.2 Interleukin-17: A Cytokine with Critical Functions in Mucosal Immunity and Inflammation
6.3 Th17 Cell Differentiation
6.4 The Th17/IL-17 Axis in Periodontitis
6.5 How Do IL-17A and Th17 Cells Mediate Periodontitis Immunopathology?
6.6 Therapeutic Targeting of the Th17/IL-17 Axis
6.7 Therapeutic Targeting of the Th17 Axis in Rare-Monogenic Forms of Periodontitis
6.8 Conclusion
References
7: Epigenetic and Gene Modification Precision Medicine Approaches for the "Chronic Destructive Perio-Diseases": Periodontitis and Peri-implantitis
7.1 IntroductionDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalElaine M. Boyle, Jonathan Cusack, editors.Summary: This textbook addresses the themes that are at the forefront of neonatal clinical care and research, based on natural divisions in care during pregnancy, and postnatally by gestational age at birth. The book offers a unique approach, in that it proposes discussion of important general principles underpinning neonatal care that are not addressed in most general neonatology textbooks, such as ethical issues, counselling, effective training methods, quality and safety, among other subjects. These are fundamental aspects and challenges that need to be appreciated by senior clinicians. A chapter authored by parents describing their perspectives of neonatal intensive care is unique and will be highly educational, with the potential to influence the way in which individuals view and deliver neonatal care. The authors discuss common and important conditions, to promote adoption of sound evidenced based practice where this is available. However, where evidence is limited, as is the case in many areas of neonatal practice, the authors aim to encourage critical thinking and evidence appraisal, which are necessary skills for busy clinicians wishing to filter evidence to guide delivery of care. This text is suitable for senior trainees wishing to pursue a career in neonatal medicine, early career neonatologists and paediatricians with an interest in neonatology. It is also of interest to established neonatologists wishing to update their neonatal knowledge. The content is based on the RCPCH Level 3 curriculum, and addresses important topical and/or controversial aspects of neonatal care.
Contents:
Part 1 The Fetus
Pregnancy-related complications and preterm delivery
Maternal chronic conditions and the fetus
Fetal anomalies: the role of fetal medicine
Part 2 The Term Infant: evidence-based approach to management
Depression at birth
The floppy baby
Congenital heart disease
Persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn
Neonatal surgical conditions
The difficult airway
Sudden unexpected postnatal collapse
Sepsis
Part 3. The very preterm infant: controversies in postnatal management
Mechanical ventilation
Non-invasive respiratory support
Oxygen management
Patent Ductus Arteriosus
Postnatal steroids
Feeding and nutrition
Part 4. Long term effects following extreme prematurity
Neurodevelopmental problems
Respiratory problems
Behavioural and educational problems
Part 5. The moderate to late preterm infant
Epidemiology of moderate-late preterm birth
Common neonatal conditions- Long term outcomes
Principles of pre-natal counselling
Part 6. General principles of neonatal care
Principles of family-oriented and family-integrated care
Quality and safety in neonatal care
Transport of the sick infant
Neonatal pain
Withholding and withdrawing of life-sustaining treatment
Effective training in neonatal care
Research in the newborn period
The parents' experience of neonatal intensive care. .Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalDouglas T. Carrell, Catherine Racowsky, Peter N. Schlegel, Alan H. DeCherney, editors.Summary: Previously known as Biennial Review of Infertility, the fifth installment in this series brings together the most current research and clinical evidence on male and female infertility, emerging assisted reproductive technologies (ART) and evolving controversies in reproductive medicine. In this latest volume, parts one and two discuss recent developments in male and female infertility respectively, including fertility preservation in the male adolescent cancer patient, the clinical relevance of sperm RNA, the management of subclinical hypothyroidism, and the effects of endocrine-disrupting chemicals. Part three covers the latest in ART, such as evidence-based morphological approaches for embryo selection and culturing human embryos. The final section highlights controversies in reproductive medicine, including the use of preimplantation genetic screening (PGS) and blastocyst transfer, as well as the ethics surrounding a maximum BMI for IVF. Providing an ongoing appraisal of current knowledge, and featuring contributions from leading experts in the field, Emerging Topics in Reproduction, Volume 5 is a worthy addition to the series and an ideal resource on the latest topics for reproductive medicine and REI specialists, OB-GYNS, andrologists, and any clinician working with infertility.
- Digitaledited by Michele I Morris, Camille Nelson Kotton, Camille Wolfe.Summary: This updateable reference work is designed to meet the needs of practitioners engaged in transplant infectious disease practice who need immediate access to current and reputable resources. It provides an overview of emerging infectious disease challenges with clinically relevant information regarding the epidemiology, diagnosis, management, and prevention of infections in solid organ and stem cell transplant recipients. Each chapter focuses on a clinical syndrome or pathogen with new or emerging implications for transplant patients. Sections include coverage on viral, bacterial, parasitic, and fungal infections, special diagnostic considerations, epidemiology, and other vital challenges physicians must face as new infections emerge. Written by international experts in emerging and transplant infections, Emerging Transplant Infections is the ultimate resource for any clinicians treating transplant patients in the era of rapidly evolving infections, including infectious disease specialists, transplant physicians, tropical medicine specialists, hematologists, oncologists, emergency physicians, hospitalists, primary care specialists, and all others.
Contents:
Infectious Diseases
impact of infections on transplant morbidity/mortality, data on ID impact on outcomes, and important role of Infectious Disease providers in the transplant team
Intro to Solid Organ Transplant
Intro to Stem Cell Transplantation
General concepts
Hospital epi / InfControl issues
Antibiotic Stewardship for transplant ID
Prophylaxis in the era of emerging new infectious pathogens
Pre-transplant evaluation of patients with MDRO infection/colonization
Pre-transplant screening of patients with epidemiologic & geographic risk factors for infection exposure
Safe living post-transplant
Vaccination
Travel medicine and the Transplant Recipient
Infection Avoidance & Management of the Returning Traveler with Fever including Transplant Tourism
Changing definition of Immunosuppression
Biologics, Monoclonal Antibodies
what infections will emerge as a result and how do we prevent them?
Multidrug Resistant Organisms including Extended Spectrum Beta Lactamase Producing Organisms & Carbapenemase Resistant Enterobacteriaceae
Mycobacterium tuberculosis
Rapidly Growing Nontuberculous Mycobacteria
Slow Growing Nontuberculous Mycobacteria
Nocardia
Mycoplasma / Ureaplasma
Pseudomonas including Pseudomonas pseudomallei
Acinetobacter
Burkholderia
Clostridia Difficile
Cytomegalovirus
Herpes Simplex
Varicella Zoster
Epstein Barr Virus including PTLD
HHV6, HHV7, HHV8
BK Virus
Influenza
Respiratory Syncytial Virus
Respiratory viruses including parainfluenza, metapneumovirus, rhinovirus, enterovirus, coronaviruses (MERS CoV & SARS)
Adenovirus
HIV
Hepatitis A & E
Hepatitis B & D
Hepatitis C
West Nile Virus
Dengue, Chikungunya, & Zika
Yellow Fever
Viral Encephalitides including Rabies & Lymphocytic Choriomeningitis Virus
Candida
Aspergillus
Mucorales
Non-Aspergillus Molds esp. Phaeohyphomycoses
Cryptococcus including gatti
Pneumocystis
Endemic molds
coccidioidomycosis, histoplasmosis, blastomycosis, paracoccidioidomycosis
Toxoplasmosis
Strongyloidiasis
Chagas disease
Leishmaniasis
Malaria
Entamoeba histolytica
Intestinal Parasites including Cryptosporidium, Cyclospora, Microsporidia, Blastocystis hominis, Isospora, Giardia
Acanthamoeba, Naegleria, & Balamuthia
Ventricular Assist Devices/ECMO/Cardiac Support
Infection in Vascular Composite Allografts
Rash
Eye infections
Pulmonary
Diarrhea
Encephalitis & Delerium
Cytopenias including Anemia and Neutropenic Fever.Continuously updated edition - DigitalMichele I. Morris, Camille Nelson Kotton, Cameron R. Wolfe, editors.
- DigitalSanjay Singh, editor.Summary: This book illustrates the significance of nanotechnology in the delivery of anticancer and antimicrobial drugs, biomimetic technologies, tissue engineering, sensing, diagnostics, and artificial enzymes. It first briefly discusses the use of nanotechnology for the delivery of anticancer medications, and the concept and applications of catalytically active nanomaterial-based artificial enzymes for sensing and diagnostic applications. It then explores the use of silver nanoparticle-based novel antimicrobials, and comprehensively reviews the role of nanomaterials in developing biomedical implants and tissue engineering applications. Lastly, it offers a detailed description of nanotherapeutics for combating human protozoan parasitic infections. Cutting across the disciplines, this book serves as a guide for researchers and scientists in biotechnology, medical science and material science.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Strategies to improve oral delivery of natural anticancer molecules
Chapter 2. Nanoparticles catalyzing enzymatic reactions: recent developments and future prospects
Chapter 3. Biogenic silver nanoparticles: A potent therapeutic agent
Chapter 4. Translational studies of nanofibers-based scaffold for skin and bone tissue regeneration
Chapter 5. Functional Dendritic Coatings for Biomedical Implants
Chapter 6. Application of nanotherapeutics for combating human protozoan parasitic infections. - DigitalKrishna P. Singh, Shamarao Jahagirdar, Birinchi Kumar Sarma, editors.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to the identification, detection, characterization, classification and management of plant pathogens and other beneficial microbes in agriculture. The science of plant pathology is a dynamic field and, given the growing interest in sustainable agricultural practices, plant disease management has also gained importance. Further, there has been a shift from traditional chemical-based methods to eco-friendly integrated disease management strategies with a greater focus on bio-control and other eco-friendly technologies. This book provides a comprehensive and timely account of latest concepts and advances in the field of plant pathology, including detection and diagnosis, host resistance, disease forecasting and plant biotechnological approaches. Accordingly, it will be of great interest to academics and all stakeholders working in the fields of plant pathology, microbiology, biotechnology, plant breeding, and other life sciences.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Emerging plant diseases: Research status and challenges
Chapter 2. Emerging plant diseases under changing climate scenario
Chapter 3. Emerging important nematode problems in field crops and their management
Chapter 4. Modern tools for detection and diagnosis of plant pathogens
Chapter 5. Plant virus diagnostics: Traditional to recent and emerging approaches
Chapter 6. Epidemiology and management of Potato Virus Y
Chapter 7. Major fungal french bean diseases: Epidemiology and management
Chapter 8. White fly transmitted plant viruses and their management
Chapter 9. Recent advances in management of bacterial diseases of crops
Chapter 10. Resistance breeding and exploitation of wild relatives for new resistance sources
Chapter 11. New generation fungicides for sustainable production and disease suppression
Chapter 12. Toxicity of organophosphate pesticide on soil microorganism; Risk assessments strategies
Chapter 13. "CuChi-Tri", a new generation combination for knowledge- based management of oomycetes pathogen, Phytophthora infestans
Chapter 14. Seaweed and Associated Products: Natural biostimulant for improvement of plant health
Chapter 15. Secondary metabolites from microbes for plant disease management
Chapter 16. Beneficial root microbiota: Transmogrifiers of secondary metabolism in plants
Chapter 17. Microbial consortia for plant disease management and sustainable productivity
Chapter 18. Microbial biofilm: Formation, quorum sensing and its applications in plant disease management
Chapter 19. Role of endophytes in plant disease management
Chapter 20. Bioprospecting of diseases of horticultural crops in India
Chapter 21. Transgenerational plant immunity in plant disease management
Chapter 22. Concept of effectors and receptors in improving plant immunity
Chapter 23. Transgenic technology for the disease resistance in crop plants
Chapter 24. RNAi technology in management of crop diseases
Chapter 25. Genome editing for plant disease resistance
Chapter 26. Green nanotechnology and its applications in plant disease management
Chapter 27. Plant disease management in organic farming system: strategies and challenges
Chapter 28. Organic agriculture for plant disease management
Chapter 29. Pest risk analysis and plant quarantine regulations
Chapter 30. Remote sensing technology and its applications in plant pathology
Chapter 31. Decision making tools for integrated disease management
Chapter 32. Bioinformatics in plant pathology. - DigitalI.W. Fong.Summary: "The book begins with a review of zoonotic pandemics of the past: the "Black Death" or bubonic plague of the Middle Ages, the Spanish Influenza pandemic (derived from avian influenza) of the early 20th century, to the more modern pandemic of AIDS/HIV infection, which originated in Africa from primates. However, the majority of chapters focus on more recent zoonoses, which have been recognized since the late 20th century to the present: SARS and MERS coronaviruses; New avian influenza viruses; The tick-borne Henan fever virus from China; The tick-borne Heartland virus from the United States. Recently recognized bacterial pathogens, such as Streptococcus suis from pigs. In addition, reemergence of established zoonoses that have expanded their niche are reviewed, such as the spread of Zika virus and Chikungunya virus to the Western Hemisphere, and the emergence and spread of Ebola virus infection in Africa. A chapter is also devoted to an overview of the mechanisms and various types of animals involved in the transmission of diseases to humans, and the potential means of control and prevention. Many endemic and sporadic diseases are still transmitted by animals, through either direct or indirect contact, and zoonoses are estimated to account for about 75% of all new and emerging infectious diseases. It is predicted by public health experts that the next major pandemic of infectious disease will be of animal origin, making Emerging Zoonoses: A Worldwide Perspective a crucial resource to all health care specialists by providing them with much needed information on these zoonotic diseases"--Back cover.
Contents:
Pandemic zoonoses from the Middle Ages to the Twentieth Century
Animals and mechanisms of disease transmission
Swine and avian influenza outbreaks in recent times
Emerging animal coronaviruses: first SARS and now MERS
Emergence of new tickborne infections
Chikungunya virus and Zika virus expansion: an imitation of dengue virus
Ebola and Marburg: out of Africa
Hepatitis E: a zoonosis
Zoonotic malaria: Plasmodium knowlesi
Zoonotic streptococci: a focus on Streptococcus suis
New and emerging parasitic zoonoses. - Digitaledited by Reed E. Pyeritz, Bruce R. Korf, Wayne W. Grody.Summary: "The Seventh Edition of this classic reference includes the latest information on seminal topics such as prenatal diagnosis, genome and exome sequencing, public health genetics, genetic counseling, and management and treatment strategies to complete its coverage of this growing field for medical students, residents, physicians, and researchers involved in the care of patients with genetic conditions. This comprehensive yet practical resource emphasizes theory and research fundamentals related to applications of medical genetics across the full spectrum of inherited disorders and applications to medicine more broadly. Clinical Principles and Applications thoroughly addresses general methods and approaches to genetic counseling, genetic diagnostics, treatment pathways, and drug discovery. Additionally, new and updated chapters explore the clinical implementation of genomic technologies, analytics, and therapeutics, with special attention paid to developing technologies, common challenges, patient care, and ethical and legal aspects. With regular advances in genomic technologies propelling precision medicine into the clinic, the seventh edition of Emery and Rimoin's Principles and Practice of Medical Genetics and Genomics bridges the gap between high-level molecular genetics and practical application"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
A clinical approach to the dysmorphic child
Clinical teratology
Neurodevelopmental disabilities: global developmental delay, intellectual disability, and autism
Abnormal body size and proportion
Cytogenetic analysis
Diagnostic molecular genetics
Therapies for lysosomal storage diseases
Transplantation genetics
Genetic evaluation for common, chronic disorders of adulthood 265
Carrier screening and heterozygote testing
Circadian rhythms and disease
The genomic health record: current status and vision for the future
Ethical and social issues in clinical genetics
Genetics and genomics in public health
Implementation of genomic medicine: an international perspective.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - Digitaledited by Reed E. Pyeritz, Bruce R. Korf, Wayne W. Grody.Summary: "For decades, Emery and Rimoin's Principles and Practice of Medical Genetics and Genomics has served as the ultimate resource for clinicians integrating genetics into medical practice. With detailed coverage in contributions from over 250 of the world's most trusted authorities in medical genetics and a series of 11 volumes available for individual sale, the Seventh Edition of this classic reference includes the latest information on seminal topics such as prenatal diagnosis, genome and exome sequencing, public health genetics, genetic counseling, and management and treatment strategies to complete its coverage of this growing field for medical students, residents, physicians, and researchers involved in the care of patients with genetic conditions. This comprehensive yet practical resource emphasizes theory and research fundamentals related to applications of medical genetics across the full spectrum of inherited disorders and applications to medicine more broadly. This volume, Foundations, summarizes basic theories, concepts, research areas, and the history of medical genetics, providing a contextual framework for integrating genetics into medical practice. In this new edition, clinically oriented information is supported by full-color images and expanded sections on the foundations of genetic analytics, next generation sequencing, and therapeutics. With regular advances in genomic technologies propelling precision medicine into the clinic, Emery and Rimoin's Principles and Practice of Medical Genetics and Genomics: Seventh Edition bridges the gap between high-level molecular genetics and practical application and serves as an invaluable clinical tool for the health professionals and researchers"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
History of medical genetics
Medicine in a genetic context
Precision medicine
Nature and frequency of genetic disease
Genome and gene structure
Genome structure
Epigenetics
Human gene mutation in inherited disease: molecular mechanisms and clinical consequences
Genes in families
Analysis of genetic linkage
Chromosomal basis of inheritance
Mitochondrial medicine: the mitochondrial biology and genetics of metabolic and degenerative diseases, cancer, and aging
Mitochondrial biology - split of above chapter
Mitochondrial disorders - split of above chapter
Multifactorial inheritance and complex diseases
Immunologic disorders: autoimmunity: genetics and immunologic mechanisms
Population genetics
Pathogenetics of disease
Twins and twinning
The biological basis of aging: implications for medical genetics
Pharmacogenetics and pharmacogenomics.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - Digitaledited by Reed E. Pyeritz, Bruce R. Korf, Wayne W. Grody.Summary: "In Metabolic Disorders, leading physicians and researchers thoroughly examine medical genetics as applied to a range of metabolic disorders, with emphasis on understanding the genetic mechanisms underlying these disorders, diagnostic approaches, and therapeutics that make use of current genomic technologies and translational studies. Here genetic researchers, students, and health professionals will find new and fully revised chapters on the genetic basis of body mass, amino acid, carbohydrate, iron, copper, lipo protein, and lipid metabolic disorders, as well as organic acidemias, fatty acid oxidation, and peroxisome disorders among others"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Disorders of the body mass
Genetic lipodystrophies
Amino acid metabolism
Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism
Disorders affecting glycosylation
Purine and pyrimidine metabolism
Lipoprotein and lipid metabolism
Organic acidemias and disorders of fatty acid oxidation
Vitamin d metabolism or action
Inherited porphyrias
Inherited disorders of human copper metabolism
Iron metabolism and related disorders
Mucopolysaccharidoses
Lysosomal storage disorders
Peroxisomal disorders
Genetics of mitochondrial respiratory chain disease.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - Digitaledited by Reed E. Pyeritz, Bruce R. Korf, Wayne W. Grody.Contents:
Introduction to perinatal disorders and reproductive genetics
Prenatal screening for neural tube defects and aneuploidy
Techniques for prenatal diagnosis
Neonatal screening
Hypogonadotropic and hypergonadotropic hypogonadism in females: disorders of reproductive ducts
Genetics of male infertility
The genetics of disorders affecting the premature newborn
Fetal loss
Preeclampsia
Noninvasive prenatal testing and noninvasive prenatal screening
Preimplantation genetic testing
Expanded carrier screening.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - DigitalPeter D. Turnpenny, Sian Ellard, Ruth Cleaver.Contents:
The history and impact of genetics in medicine
Section A: The scientific basis of human genetics
The cellular and molecular basis of inheritance
Chromosomes and cell division
Finding the cause of monogenic disorders by identifying disease genes
Laboratory techniques for diagnosis of monogenic disorders
Patterns of inheritance
Population and mathematical genetics
Risk calculation
Developmental genetics
Section B: Genetics in medicine and genomic medicine
Common disease, polygenic and multifactorial genetics
Screening for genetic disease
Hemoglobin and the hemoglobinopathies
Immunogenetics
The genetics of cancer and cancer genetics
Pharmacogenetics, precision medicine and the treatment of genetic disease
Section C: Clinical genetics, counseling, and ethics
Congenital, abnormalities, dysmorphic syndromes, and learning disability
Chromosome disorders
Inborn errors of metabolism
Mainstream monogenetic disorders
Prenatal testing and reproductive genetics
Genetic counseling
Ethical and legal issues in medical genetics.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022 - Digital[edited by] John M. Rhee.Summary: "Part of the popular Tips and Tricks series, Emory Spine: Illustrated Tips and Tricks in Spine Surgery provides succinct and practical advice acquired from years of expert practice in spine surgery. Led by John M. Rhee, MD from the Emory University Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Emory University Spine Fellowship, this visually stunning reference focuses exclusively on detailed descriptions of technical tips and tricks for all aspects of spine surgery. This unique approach will be highly useful to everyone from orthopaedic and neurosurgery spine fellows and residents, to practicing spinal surgeons - anyone who would benefit from exposure to the wisdom that experienced attending surgeons pass on to those who are training or working in this complex field. Presents practical knowledge and insight gleaned from years of experience at Emory University's renowned spine surgery fellowship program. Takes a unique issue/solution approach, offering up-to-date guidance that can be applied in contemporary surgical practice. Features concise, bulleted text and hundreds of high-quality illustrations detailing the gamut of spine operations, step by step. Covers the entire spectrum of surgeries involving the cervical spine, thoracic spine, and lumbar spine (anterior, posterior, and deformity); as well as cervical and thoracolumbar trauma. Discusses management of complications such as vertebral artery injury, neuromonitoring alerts, and airway management after ACDF/ cricothyroidotomy. Enhance Your eBook Reading Experience. Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech."--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2020
- Digital/Print[edited by] Rachel Schwartz, Judith A. Hall, Lars G. Osterberg.Summary: "This book focuses on emotion processing for clinician wellness and medical education innovations that support emotional wellness in trainees"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Emotions in 21st Century Humanistic Medicine / Rachel Schwartz, PhD, Judith A. Hall, PhD, Lars G. Osterberg, MD, MPH
The Functions of Emotion : Evolutionary and Social Perspectives / Michelle N. Shiota, PhD, Erika B. Pages, MA, Paula H. Bednarek, MD, MPH
Emotion and Illness / Anne-Josée Guimond, PhD, Laura D. Kubzansky, PhD, Lewina O. Lee, PhD
Emotion Dialogue in the Medical Encounter : When and How Often Does It Happen? / Mollie A. Ruben, PhD, Morgan D. Stosic, BS, Debra L. Roter, DrPH
Perception of Emotion in the Medical Visit / Morgan D. Stosic, BS, Mollie A. Ruben, PhD, Danielle Blanch-Hartigan, PhD, MPH
Emotion Cues as Clinical Opportunities / Lidia Del Piccolo, PhD, Arnstein Finset, CandPsychol, PhD
Emotion Regulation in Patients, Providers, and the Clinical Relationship / Brett Marroquín, PhD, Vera Vine, PhD
Managing Emotion in Medical Encounters with Children / Benjamin A. Krauss, BS, ScM, Piet L. Leroy MD, PhD, MSc, Baruch S. Krauss MD, EdM, FAAP
Interacting Effectively with Individuals with Reduced Facial Expressivity / Amanda R. Hemmesch, PhD, Sarah D. Gunnery, PhD, Linda Tickle-Degnen, PhD, OTR/L, FAOTA
A Trauma-informed Approach to Emotion Communication in the Clinical Encounter / Ben Kaplan, MPH, Greeshma Somashekar, MBA, Missy Brown, MPH, Bria Adimora Godley, BS, Asif Khan, BA Enioluwafe Ojo, MPH, Amy Weil, MD
Emotion and Gender / Valerie Carrard, PhD, Anely Bekbergenova, MSc, Marianne Schmid Mast, PhD
Culture and Emotions in the Medical Encounter / Karolien Aelbrecht, PhD, Mary Catherine Beach, MD, MPH
Emotion and Decision Making in the Clinical Encounter / Amber E. Barnato, MD, MPH, MS
Teaching About Emotions in Healthcare / Caitlin Holt Siropaides, DO, Martha Howell, EdD, Calvin Chou, MD, PhD, FACH
Changing Medical Education to Support Emotional Wellness / Stuart Slavin, MD, MEd
Striving and Thriving : Challenges and Opportunities for Clinician Emotional Wellness / Julie W. Childers, MD, Robert M. Arnold, MD, Elise C. Carey, MD
Afterword : Future Directions / Lars G. Osterberg, MD, MPH, Judith A. Hall, PhD, Rachel Schwartz, PhD.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Cecilia A. Essau, Sara Leblanc, Thomas H. Ollendick.Summary: Emotions are a cardinal component of everyday life, affecting one's ability to function in an adaptive manner and influencing both intrapersonal and interpersonal processes. This book brings together leading experts in the field to provide a guide to dealing with emotional problems in children and adolescents.
Contents:
Part 1. Emotion regulation : general issues
Emotion regulation : an introduction
The relation of self-regulation to children's externalizing and internalizing problems
Biological and physiological aspects of emotion regulation
Cultural and social aspects of emotion regulation
Research domain criteria (RDoC) and emotion regulation
Part II. Emotion regulation and child and adolescent psychopathology
Emotion regulation and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
Emotion regulation and conduct disorder : the role of callous-unemotional traits
Emotion regulation and anxiety : developmental psychopathology and treatment
Emotion regulation and depression : maintaining equilibrium between positive and negative affect
Emotion regulation and eating disorders
Emotion regulation and substance use disorders in adolescents
Emotion regulation in autism spectrum disorder
Emotion dysregulation in adolescents with borderline personality disorder
Emotion regulation in severe irritability and disruptive mood dysregulation disorder
Part III. Emotion regulation in specific behavior/population
Children of abuse and neglect
Children and divorce
Children's and adolescents' emotion regulation in the context of parental incarceration
Children exposed to traumatic stress
Adolescents who engage in nonsuicidal self-injury (NSSI)
Part IV. Epilogue
Transdiagnostic approaches to emotion regulation : basic mechanisms and treatment research.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalGiovanni Corona, Emmanuele A. Jannini, Mario Maggi, editors.Summary: This book describes different kinds of psychological, physical and sexual maltreatment and explains their possible consequences, especially as regards quality of life, psychopathology and sexual life. The focus is specifically on the victims of abuse, who are among the more frail and vulnerable members ofsociety. The book examines the impacts of maltreatment of both children and social minorities, such as homosexuals and gender dysphoric individuals or those affected by disabilities and describes skills that are of value in supporting victims of maltreatment and preventing discrimination. The work will be useful to sexual medicine specialists, medical doctors, psychologists and psychiatrists, as well as graduate students in these disciplines. By fostering a better understanding of discrimination triggers and effects, it will help clinicians to provide improved support through the tailoring of therapies to the needs of maltreated individuals.
Contents:
Pedophilia
Treatment of paraphilic sex offenders
Homophobia
Transphobia
Childhood sexual abuse and sexual functioning
Childhood sexual abuse and psychopathology
Atypical sexual offenders. - DigitalMelissa L. Holland, Jessica Malmberg, Gretchen Gimpel Peacock.Summary: "This book is intended to provide child-focused mental health providers with information on how to address common emotional and behavioral problems exhibited by preschool- and kindergarten-age children. Our main focus is to provide practical and effective interventions that can easily be implemented by clinicians working in educational settings, as well as by clinical psychologists and other mental health providers working with children in nonschool settings. In addition, we emphasize working with parents of young children who are exhibiting behaviors of concern"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction to behavioral, social, and emotional problems of young children
Assessment of mental health issues
Treatment of externalizing/conduct problems
Treatment of internalizing problems
Managing and preventing everyday problems
Academic and behavioral interventions and supports in the classroom
Referral issues and conclusion.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2017 - DigitalMarco Maria Maiocchi, Zhabiz Shafieyoun.Summary: For all of the tremendous advances in medicine and treatment the world has seen in the modern era, the human bodys ability to heal itself remains a (literally) vital and often overlooked facet of healthcare. Through the use of emotional design, aimed at transforming healthcare environments, such as waiting rooms, in such a way as to boost the emotional wellbeing of patients, and thus their general attitudes, including in regard to their own healing processes, medical institutions can improve outcomes for the people they treat while simultaneously lowering overall costs. Design, as an inherently transdisciplinary, problem-solving activity, is well-suited to this task. And when combined with a field of study such as neuroscience, which can literally map out the perceptions that lead to the experience of particular emotions, healthcare environments can be transformed into spaces (through such innovations as Kansei engineering) that then subsequently transform the people who rely on them the most, leading to more efficiency and less red ink.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Causes and Effects in Medicine
The Relevance of the Boundary Conditions
References
Contents
1 Emotional Design
1.1 An Evolutionary View of Design
1.2 Emotional System
1.3 Perceptual Stimuli
1.4 Perceptual Signals
1.5 Metaphors
1.6 Some Examples in Health Care Environments
1.6.1 Disguising a Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Machine at Children Cancer Centre Pausilipon in Naples
1.6.2 A Reception Desk in a Health Care Environment
1.6.3 A Breast Radiology Department at Istituto Nazionale dei Tumori (INT) in Milan
References 2 The Goals of Emotional Design for Improving Health Care Environments
2.1 History
2.2 Perception-Emotion-Behaviour-Environment
2.3 Information as a Stimulus
2.4 Patient Journey
2.4.1 The Arrival
2.4.2 Check-in and Waiting Rooms
2.4.3 The Visit
2.4.4 Patient's Results
2.4.5 Follow-up Visits
2.4.6 Re-admittance
2.5 Emotion
2.5.1 Emotional Design
2.5.2 Emotional Architecture
References
3 A Model of a Health Care Organization and Environment, System Design and Interior Design
3.1 Towards a Model of a Health Care Environment
3.2 Action Areas 3.3 A Journey Through a Medical Experience
3.4 A Map of Emotional Design Actions
References
4 Measuring Emotions: Kansei Engineering (KE) and Flow KE
4.1 Visceral, Behavioural and Reflective Emotion
4.2 Measuring Emotions
4.3 Kansei and Kansei Engineering
4.3.1 Design Waiting Area Using Kansei Engineering Type I
4.3.2 Flow Kansei Engineering
4.3.3 Flow Test
4.3.4 Painting as a Useful Distraction in Waiting Area
4.4 Measuring the Emotion of Patients During Their Journey in the Hospital
References
5 Experiences
5.1 Some Forewords 5.2 Registration at Istituto Nazionale dei Tumori
5.3 The Department of Breast Radiology at the Istituto dei Tumori of Milan
5.4 Waiting Rooms and the Istituto Nazionale dei Tumori Experience
5.5 The Life in a Health Care Centre
5.5.1 The Environment
5.5.2 Activities
5.5.3 My Backpack-A Companion for Children
5.5.4 Gardens of Wellness
5.6 Final Remarks
References
6 Beyond Design
6.1 A Preliminary Note
6.2 Experiences with Music
6.2.1 The Study
6.3 Experiences with Movies
References 7 Driving a Health Care Environment Evolution Through Emotional Design: A General Model
7.1 Goals and Boundaries
7.1.1 Note
7.2 Measures
7.3 Which Measures?
7.4 How to Measure
7.4.1 The Seven Tools of Ishikawa
7.5 Continuous Improvements
References
8 A Future Scenario
References
Index - DigitalGuido Gainotti.Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: Introduction
References
2: What Are Emotions
2.1 Attempts to Define the Word 'Emotions' by Stressing Their Adaptive Value
2.2 Similarities and Differences Between the Emotional and the Cognitive System
2.3 The Hierarchical Structure of Human Emotions
References
3: Brain Structures Playing a Critical Role in Different Components and Hierarchical Levels of Emotions
3.1 Brain Structures That Underlie the Main Components of Emotions
3.1.1 Brain Structures That Subsume the Evaluation of Emotional Significance 3.1.2 The Contribution of the Anterior Insula to the Conscious Experience of Emotion
3.1.3 Brain Structures That Contribute to the Generation of Emotional Responses
3.1.3.1 Brain Structures Involved in the Vegetative Components of the Emotional Response
3.1.3.2 Brain Structures Involved Generating the Expressive-Motor Components of the Emotional Response
3.2 Brain Structures Involved in the Highest Levels of Emotions and in the Control of Socially Unacceptable Emotional Responses 3.3 More Complex Neurobiological Models of the Interactions Between Different Brain Structures Involved in Emotional Functions
References
4: The History of Research on Emotional Laterality
4.1 The Pioneers
4.2 First Interpretations of the Different Emotional Behaviour Shown by Right and Left Brain-Damaged Patients
4.3 Experimental and Clinical Investigations That Have Studied the Nonverbal Communicative Aspects of Emotions
4.3.1 Investigations That Have Studied Comprehension and Expression of Emotions in Normal Subjects 4.3.2 Investigations That Studied the Communicative Aspects of Emotions in Right and Left Brain-Damaged Patients
4.3.3 Models of Emotional Laterality Prompted by Studies of the Nonverbal Communicative Aspects of Emotions
4.3.3.1 The Hypothesis of a Right Hemisphere Dominance for Nonverbal Communication
4.3.3.2 The Hypothesis That Hemispheric Asymmetries May Concern Two Hierarchical Levels, Rather than Two Opposite Dimensions of Emotions 4.3.3.3 The Hypothesis Which Assumes That Frontal Lobe Asymmetries Are More Related to the Motivational System Engaged by the Stimulus than to Its Emotional Valence
4.4 Experimental and Clinical Investigations That Studied Laterality of the Autonomic Components of Emotions
4.4.1 Psychophysiological Correlates of Emotional Activation in Unilateral Brain-Damaged Patients
4.4.2 Hemispheric Asymmetries for Autonomic Heart Control
4.4.3 Psychophysiological Correlates of the Selective Emotional Stimulation of the Right and Left Hemispheres in Normal Subjects
4.5 Experimental and Clinical Investigations That Studied the Conscious Experience of EmotionsDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalDaniel E. Epner.Summary: "Empathy: Real Stories to Inspire and Enlighten Busy Clinicians helps you approach tough conversations with patients in a new, more effective way--by imagining what patients and their families may be thinking and feeling, and then communicating that recognition clearly and confidently. The authors use stories to illustrate what empathy looks and sounds like on an operational level rather than a theoretical, scientific, or conceptual level and provide the actionable advice you need to make empathy the central focus when faced with challenging scenarios, such as "denial," questions about prognosis, existential concerns, difficult family dynamics, anger, and nonmedical opiate use. The viewpoints presented are drawn from a diverse group of clinicians from a variety of medical disciplines, including oncology, palliative medicine, pediatrics, psychology, chaplaincy, and ophthalmology. Each chapter is anchored by a true but anonymized story that clearly illustrates how empathy can unfold in the clinical setting. Vignettes throughout provide sample dialogue and examples of actual words and phrases that help clinicians connect with patients under the most trying circumstances"-- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Logic only takes you so far: the power of emotional connection
Code blue
Safe and empathic approach to opioid use through the lens of a palliative care physician
A son's duty
My soul is bleeding
Sticking by my patients, no matter what
Tell me stories
Paying it forward
The last vestige of control
Only 4 of 6 cycles
Going the extra mile
Just do what you do
Art imitates life
Data synthesis in the pursuit of personhood
The backstory is really the front story
The angel on my shoulder
A brief clinician's guide to empathic expression.Digital Access - DigitalMassimo Biondi, Massimo Pasquini, Lorenzo Tarsitani, editors.Summary: This book describes theory and techniques of empathic communication, normalization and de-escalation procedures for the management of aggressive or violent patients in clinical critical settings. Consisting of 9 chapters, it discusses in detail the self-regulation of empathy in potential dangerous interactions, as well as common mistakes and nonprofessional reactions. It also explores the basic concept of neurobiology of violence and aggression behaviour, such as brain circuitry and neuromodulators, and other rapid tranquillization guidelines. The final chapter focuses on the crucial topics of post-aggression debriefing. Based on the clinical experience of the editors and authors, who work in emergency psychiatry settings, the book offers practical key expressions to promote a normalization talk, to calm agitated individuals, and to prevent crises both for psychiatric patients and people without mental disorders. It is a useful tool to help readers gain confidence as mediators in critical circumstances and will be of interest for a wide range of practitioners in healthcare settings, from psychiatrists and psychologists, to nurses and other healthcare workers.
Contents:
Introduction: Meaning of the END Methods
Psychomotor Agitation and Aggression
Neurobiology of Aggression and Violence
Empathy regulation in crisis scenario
Normalization
De-escalation techniques in various settings
Rapid Tranquillisation
Communication in psychiatric coercive treatment and patients' decisional capacity to consent
Immediate post-aggression debrief. - DigitalPat Hobson.Summary: This new updated edition challenges the perceptions, beliefs and attitudes of professionals working in dementia care settings by drawing on the theory of person-centred care. It demonstrates the importance of this theory for interacting with and caring for people with dementia. It also provides an overview of the theory in relation to two other well-known theories on dementia, and stresses the need to consider the world from the perspective of people with dementia. Moreover, the book examines the importance of dementia care environments, positive interactions, meaningful activities and the concept of personhood, which are all essential to improving the health and wellbeing of people living with dementia. In closing, it underscores the need to remember that the focus of care should be on maximizing the persons abilities, enabling them, and promoting person-centred care. Given its content and style, the book offers a resource that can be read and understood by health and social care professionals alike, as well as anyone else caring for someone with dementia, including family members and carers.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Background to Person-Centered Care theory
Chapter 2. Malignant Social Psychology (MSP) – Behaviours that threaten dignity and respect
Chapter 3. Positive Person Work (PPW) – Behaviours that promote dignity
Chapter 4. Person-Centered models in dementia
Chapter 5. Experiences of the person with dementia and how it affects them
Chapter 6. Different stages and types of dementia
Chapter 7. Implementing Person-Centered communication
Chapter 8. Managing behaviours that challenge
Chapter 9. Designing environments that enable
Chapter 10. Maintaining Meaningful Activities
Chapter 11. Conclusion. - Printedited by Tanu Wadhera and Deepti Kakkar.Summary: This cutting-edge volume explores how technological tools can be designed, engineered and implemented to assess and support individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders from diagnosis through to rehabilitation. Tanu Wadhera and Deepti Kakkar and their expert contributors focus on technological tools as equalizers in Neurodevelopmental disorders (NDDs) at every stage, the importance of demand-specific design, and how we can best engineer and deploy both invasive and non-invasive individual-centered approaches that support and connect individuals. Considering the perspectives of patients, clinicians and technologists, it explores key topics including design and evaluation of platforms for tech-tools, automated diagnosis, brain imaging techniques, tech-diagnostic frameworks with AI and machine learning, sensing technology, smart brain prosthetics, gamification, alternative communication devices, and education tools and interactive toys. Outlining future challenges for research, Enabling Technology for Neurodevelopmental Disorders is useful for scholars and professionals in psychology, technology, engineering and medicine concerned with design, development and evaluation of a range of assistive technological tools.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1: Assistive Technology and Neurodevelopmental Disorders: Indian Perspective / Srinivasan Venkatesan
Chapter 2: The Use of Educational Technology to Improve Learning for Persons with Neuro-developmental Disorders / Jesse M. Redlo, Harpreet Kaur Dhir
Chapter 3: Technological Advances for the Diagnosis and Rehabilitation of Dyslexia / Rizwana Azeez
Chapter 4: Impact of Technology on Lives of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder / Anurag Sharma and Hitesh Marwaha
Chapter 5: Telehealth for Children with Autistic Spectrum Disorder: Indian Need Versus Challenges / Iyer Kamlam Gopalkrishnan and Srinivasan Venkatesan
Chapter 6: Advances in Innovative Technologies for Neuro-developmental Disorders: Current and future concerns / Sana Nafees, Md Asad Khan and Moshahid A Rizvi
Chapter 7: Assistive Technology for Promoting Inclusive Education of Children with Neurodevelopmental Disorders / Dr G. Malar & Prof S. P. Goswami
Chapter 8 : Technology Driven Interventions for Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) / Tanu Gupta, Pratibha Gehlawat
Chapter 9: Technology Enabled Precision Medicine in Neurodevelopmental Disorders: Artificial Intelligence and Multidimensional Datasets / Pratibha Gehlawat and Tanu Gupta
Chapter 10: Computational Psychiatry to Bridge the Gap between Data- Driven and Theory Driven Approaches: A Review / Sapumal Ahangama, Indika Perera
Chapter 11: Alzheimer's Disease Diagnosis using Functional and Structural Neuroimaging Modalities / De Silva, Dayarathna, Meedeniya
Chapter 12: AviR- Autism Rehabilitation with webVR using Text Classification / Anshu Khurana, Om Prakash Verma
Chapter 13: Future Visions for Deep-Learning-based Approaches for NDDs: Learning from Supervised Brain Tumor Segmentation / Radhika Malhotra, Barjinder Singh Saini, Savita Gupta
Chapter 14: Deep Brain Stimulation & Spectral EEG features for Prognosis of Parkinson's Disease / Anudruti Singha
Chapter 15: A Hybrid Deep Model with Concatenating Framework of Convolutional Neural Networks for Identification of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) / Sumit Kumar, Shallu Sharma.Digital Access TandFonline 2022, ©2022 - DigitalPaul Bernard Foley.Summary: Encephalitis lethargica ('sleeping sickness') was a mysterious disorder that swept the world in the decade following the First World War, before disappearing without its cause having been identified. Around 85% of its victims, predominantly children, adolescents and younger adults, survived the acute disorder, but most developed severe neurological syndromes, particularly severe post-encephalitic parkinsonism and other severe motor abnormalities, that incapacitated them for the remainder of their lives. Despite its brief history, encephalitis lethargica played a major role in a variety medical discussions between the two World Wars, as this epitome of neuropsychiatric disease - attacking both motor and mental functions - appeared just as the separation of neurology and psychiatry had reached a critical point. Encephalitis lethargica sufferers presented an unprecedented combination of neurologic and psychiatric symptoms - including previously puzzling phenomena primarily associated with schizophrenia and hysteria, as well as behavioral changes and attention deficit disorders in children - that not only underscored the unity of mind and movement in the CNS, but also illuminated the critical role played by subcortical structures in consciousness and other higher mental functions that had formerly been associated with the soul and more recently presumed to be localized to the human cerebral cortex. Encephalitis lethargica exerted a greater influence on clinical and theoretic neuroscientific thought between the two World Wars than any other single disorder, and had an enduring impact upon neurology and psychiatry. This book will be of interest to an educated audience active or interested in clinical (neurology, psychiatry, psychology) or laboratory neuroscience, particularly those interested in neuropsychiatry, as well as to those interested in the history of the biomedical sciences.
Contents:
Introduction
1915-1918: The Origins Of Encephalitis Lethargica
19191924: The International Epidemic
The Nature Of Acute Encephalitis Lethargica
When Night Comes Falling: Chronic Encephalitis Lethargica
The Psychiatry Of Encephalitis Lethargica
The Neuropathology Of Encephalitis Lethargica
What Caused Encephalitis Lethargica?
After The Flood
The Fading Trail Of The Sleepy Wraith
Index. - Printtechnical editor, Luigi Parmeggiani.Contents:
v. 1. A-K
v. 2. L-Z. - Digital[edited by] Charles K. Herman, Berish Strauch.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2014
- DigitalThomas J. Hope, Douglas D. Richman, Mario Stevenson, editors-in-chief.Summary: For the first time, the world’s experts in HIV-AIDS have come together to publish the Encyclopedia of AIDS. The work features over 4,000 A-Z entries including medical, cultural, social, and pharmacological essays. The Pathology entries cover the various types of HIV-related illnesses, including those that are and are not AIDS-defining. Many of the conditions that are AIDS-defining illnesses have their own entries or are cross-referenced to a generic entry in which several related conditions are discussed (such as enteric diseases and fungal infections). Typically, the treatment of any given form of pathology is briefly discussed in the entry that covers that illness. The reference is a must-read for Infectious Disease specialists, Immunologists, Public Health researchers, Virologists, Microbiologists, Pharmacologists, and Physicians.
Contents:
Abstinence, Be Faithful, Condoms (ABC), Prevention of HIV
Acetylation
Actin
AIDS-related
Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma
Anal Cancer
Anatomic Compartments as a Barrier to HIV Cure
Antiretroviral Drug Penetration into Lymphoid Tissue
Antiretroviral Drug Penetration into the CNS Compartment
Antiretroviral Medications, Adult Care and Treatment
Antiretroviral therapy (ART), Prevention of HIV
Anti-Retroviral Therapy and Drug Resistance in HIV-2 Infection
Antiretroviral Therapy for HIV-Infected Infants, Children, and Adolescents in Resource-Rich Settings
Antiretroviral Therapy: When to Start
Antiretroviral Treatment in Resource-Limited Settings
APOBEC3F/G and Vif: Action and Counteractions.- Apoptosis Dysregulation during HIV Disease.-Arp2/3.- Attachment/Binding.- Autophagy and HIV Infection.- Bacterial Respiratory and Invasive Pneumococcal Infections and HIV.- BAF (BANF1).- Behavioral Aspects of HIV Mother-to-Child Transmission.- Behavioral Aspects of HIV Treatment as Prevention
Behavioral Interventions for Adherence.- Behavioral Science highlights of evidence and research.- Blood and blood product donors and recipients in China, Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Budding.- Burkitt and Burkitt-like Lymphoma.- Cardiovascular Complications.- cART and Supportive Care for HIV-Associated Malignancies.- Case Management for Linkage.- Cell Intrinsic Immunity.- Cellular and Soluble Immune Activation Markers in HIV-Infected Subjects.- Cellular Cofactors for HIV-1 Transcription.- Cellular Cofactors of HIV as Drug Targets.- Central Memory CD4 T cells.- Cervical Cancer and HIV.- Chagas Disease and HIV.- Children, Care and Treatment.- Children, Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Chronic Immune Activation in HIV.- Circumcision and AIDS.- Clinical Ethics in HIV/AIDS Prevention, Care, and Research.- Cofilin, Trafficking.- Collagen Deposition and Fibrosis in the Lymphatic Tissues of HIV-1 Infected Individuals.- Combination Approaches to HIV Prevention.- Community Viral Load.- Co-morbidity: Opiods.- Comorbidity: Progressive Multifocal Leukoencephalopathy.- Conjunctival Carcinoma.- Counteraction of SAMHD1 by Vpx.- Chromosome Region Maintenance 1 (CRM1).- Cryptococcosis and HIV.- Cryptosporidiosis.- Epidemic Kaposi Sarcoma, Pathogenesis and Presentation of .- CXCR4, Coreceptors.- Cyclophilin A and HIV-1 Replication.- Cystoisosporiasis.- Cytomegalovirus Infection and HIV.- DDX3, Cofactors, and RNA Export.- Delayed Sexual Debut.- Dendritic Cell Interactions with HIV-1 Envelope Glycoprotein, Implications for Preventing Transmission.- Differential Diagnosis of HIV-Associated Neurocognitive Disorders.- Diffuse Large B-Cell Lymphoma.- Eastern Europe and Central Asia, specific characteristics of HIV/AIDS epidemic.- Elderly: Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Entry Inhibitors.- Epidemiology of AIDS-Defining Malignancies.- Epidemiology of HIV-2 Infection in West Africa.- Epidemiology of Non-AIDS-Defining Malignancies.- Epstein Barr Virus (EBV).- Faith Based Interventions.- Family Interventions.- Female Condoms.- Female, Male and Transgender Sex Workers, Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Fusion.- Gamma delta T cells.- Global NeuroAIDS.- HAND Adjunctive Therapies: Reversing Neuronal Injury.- Harm Reduction for Injection Drug Users.- Health care workers, Epidemiology of HIV/AIDS.- Health care workers, Shortage and task shifting of.- Hepatitis B Virus infection and HIV.- Hepatitis C Virus Infection and HIV.- Hepatocellular Carcinoma in HIV-Positive Patients.- History of the AIDS epidemic.- HIV "auxiliary" proteins, essential role of.- HIV & SIV, CD4 T cell responses to.- HIV and Opportunistic Infections, an Overview.- HIV and Sexual Violence.- HIV and SIV, B-Cell Responses to.- HIV and SIV, CD8 T Cell Responses to.- HIV Antigen Processing and Presentation.- HIV Associated Immune Exhaustion.- HIV Cancers in Resource-Limited Regions.- HIV Compartments and Viral Rebound During Treatment Interruption.- HIV Coreceptor Tropism in Different Reservoirs.- HIV Counseling and Testing, Prevention of HIV.- HIV Funding agencies and major programs.- HIV Infection, Immune-based Interventions for.- HIV Life Cycle: Overview.- HIV Neurocognitive Diagnosis, Natural History and Treatment.- HIV Prevention and African Americans.- HIV Prevention and Asians and Pacific Islanders.- HIV Prevention and Hispanics.- HIV Prevention and Labor Migration.- HIV Prevention and Women.- HIV Prevention Efforts Within Substance Use Disorder Treatment Settings.- HIV Prevention for MSM.- HIV Prevention for Serodiscordant Couples.- HIV Prevention for Stimulant Using Men Who have Sex with Men.- HIV Prevention in Persons 50 and Older.- HIV Prevention in the Correctional System.- HIV Prevention in Transgender Persons.- HIV Prevention in Youth.- HIV Reservoirs in Lymph Nodes and Spleen.- HIV Reservoirs in the Central Nervous System.- HIV Reservoirs Within the Lungs.- HIV Testing and Counseling.- HIV Transmission in Female Commercial Sex Workers and Host Protective Factors.- HIV-1 Assembly Cofactors.- HIV-1 Maturation.- HIV-1 Mutational Escape from Host Immunity.- HIV-1 Pathogenesis in the Gut.- HIV-1 Pre-Exposure Prophylaxis.- HIV-1 Prevention Using Live-attenuated Vaccines.- HIV-1 Rev Expression and Functions.- HIV-1 Transmission Blocking Microbicides.- HIV-1 Transmission; Influence of Bodily Secretions.- HIV-1 Virion Structure.- HIV-2 Diagnosis and Viral Load Measurements.- HIV-2 Envelope: Structure, Diversity and Evolution.- HIV-2 Infection in Europe, Epidemiology of .- HIV-2 Infection: The Role of Immune Activation in Pathogenesis.- HIV-2 Neurological Manifestations.- HIV-2 Transmission.- HIV-2: Lessons from the Dakar Cohort.- HIV-Associated Cancers.- Hodgkin Lymphoma in Patients with HIV Infection.- Host Genetics and Genomics.- Housing as HIV Prevention.- Human Papillomavirus (HPV).- Identification and Validation of HIV Cofactors.- Identifying Opportunities to Block HIV-1 Transmission in the Female Genital Tract.- Immune Activation and HIV Transmission.- Immunogenetics of HIV-2 Infection.- Immunological Responses to Antiretroviral Therapy.- Immunology of Latent HIV Infection.- Immunopathogenesis of HIV Co-infections.- Inflammasome and HIV.- Inflammatory Cytokines.- Inhibition of HIV-1 Spread: Cell-Free Versus Cell-Cell.- Initial Antiretroviral Regimens.- Integrase Inhibitors.- Integration.- Integrin Alpha4beta7.- Interactions Between HIV-2 and Host Restriction Factors.- Kaposi's Sarcoma-associated Herpesvirus (KSHV) or Human Herpesvirus 8 (HHV-8).- KIR Locus Variation.- Latin America and the Caribbean, specific characteristics of HIV/AIDS epidemic.- Leishmaniasis and HIV.- Long-Acting Nanoformulated Antiretroviral Therapy.- Long-Term Nonprogressors and Elite Controllers.- Lung Cancer.- M. - Digitaledited by Marc D. Gellman.Springer Nature eReference.Summary: From Neil Schneiderman's Foreword: Because behavioral medicine has been constructed based on the understanding of relationships among behavior, psychosocial processes, and sociocultural contexts, the field is well positioned to take a leadership role in informing future health care policies. The field of behavioral medicine appears to have a bright, important future.... A small sampling of entries from Encyclopedia of Behavioral Medicine: Abuse, child; Active coping; Adherence; Adrenaline; AIDS; Back pain; Behavioral medicine; Benefit-risk estimation; Binge eating; Bogalusa Heart Study; Cachexia; Cancer prevention; Cancer, testicular; Children's Health Study; Chronobiology; Coping strategies; Database development and management; Death, assisted; Developmental disabilities; Diabetes; Disparities; Eating disorders; Ecosocial theory; Effect modification; End-of-life care; Epigenetics; Expressive writing and health; Fall risk behavior; Family practice/medicine; Family, relationships; Fatigue; Foot care; Functional somatic syndromes; Galvanic skin response ; Gender differences ; Gene-environment interaction; Genetic polymorphisms ; Genital herpes ; Hamilton Anxiety Scale; Headaches, types of; Health systems; Hearing loss; Heart failure; Heart rate; Illness behavior; Immune function; Insomnia; Integrative medicine; Ischemic heart disease; Kaposi sarcoma; Kuopio Ischemic Heart Disease Study; Learned helplessness; Lifespan; Lifestyle, sedentary; Lipid abnormalities; Loneliness; Lung function; Magnetic resonance imaging; Maternal stress; Mean (average); Medication compliance; Methodology; Mini Mental State Examination; National Cancer Institute; National Children's Study; Negative affect; Neuroendocrine activation; Nigh shift workers and health; Obesity; Occupational therapy; Organ transplantation; Osteopenia/osteoporosis; Oxytocin; Pain; Pain anxiety; Palliative care; Panic attack; Physical activity interventions; Placebo effect; Post-traumatic stress disorder; Racism; Randomized clinical trial; Regression analysis; Resilience; Risk perception; Risky behavior; Secondary prevention; Selye, Hans; Self-medication; Self-monitoring; Stress test; Successful aging; Tachycardia; Theory of planned behavior; Therapy, physical; Tinnitus; Twin studies; Unipolar depression; Usual care; Validity; Vasoconstriction; Vassopressin; Verbal Rating Scale; Weiss, Stephen M.; Women's health; Women's Health Initiative; Worry; Wound healing; Yoga; Zung Depression Inventory.
Contents:
Health psychology
Health promotion and disease prevention
Aging and quality of life
Nutrition and exercise
Behavioral cardiology
Behavioral oncology
Behavioral orthopedics and sports medicine
Sexual and reproductive health
Adolescent and women's health
Chronic disease, pain, and disability
Psychoneuroimmunology
Stress and coping
HIV/AIDS
Public health
Epidemiology
Healthcare policy and administration
Genetics and genomics as they apply to risk factors and morbidity
Complementary and alternative medicine
Eating disorders, including obesity
Substance abuse and addictive behavior (alcohol, drugs, tobacco)
Depression, anxiety, other mental health issues
Behavioral medicine education and training
Behavioral medicine research methodology, design, implementation, interpretation, and reporting.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaleditor-in-chief, Suresh I.S. Rattan ; associate editors, Mario Barbagallo, Éric Le Bourg.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
- Digital[editors-in-chief], Peter Armitage, Theodore Colton.Summary: The Encyclopedia of Biostatistics, 2nd Edition offers a reference to support the development and use of statistical methods for addressing the problems and critical issues that confront scientists, practitioners and policy makers engaged in the life and medical sciences.Digital Access Wiley 2005-
- DigitalEditor-in-Chief: Mone Zaidi.Summary: "Encyclopedia of Bone Biology covers hot topics from within the rapidly expanding field of bone biology and skeletal research, enabling a complete understanding of both bone physiology and its relation to other organs and pathophysiology. This encyclopedia will serve as a vital resource for those involved in bone research, research in other fields that cross link with bone, such as metabolism and immunology, and physicians who treat bone diseases. Each article provides a comprehensive overview of the selected topic to inform a broad spectrum of readers from advanced undergraduate students to research professionals. Chapters also explore the latest advances and hot topics that have emerged in recent years, including the Hematopoietic Niche and Nuclear Receptors. In the electronic edition, each chapter will include hyperlinked references and further readings as well as cross-references to related articles."--publisher's web page, viewed July 2, 2020.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
- DigitalElizabeth A. Capezuti, Michael L. Malone, Daniel S. Gardner, Ariba Khan, Steven L. Baumann, editors.Summary: This interdisciplinary clinical reference encompasses hundreds of current entries on a broad range of topics related to geriatrics and geriatric care across multiple health care disciplines. It contains the updated, evidence-based contributions of more than 250 nationally recognized geriatric healthcare professionals regarding elder-care concerns relating to society, community, caregiving, and the individual.Digital Access R2Library 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digitaledited by Tracey Wade.Summary: The field of feeding and eating disorders represents one of the most challenging areas in mental health, covering childhood, adolescent and adult manifestations of the disorders and requiring expertise in both the physical and psychological issues that can cause, maintain, and exacerbate these disorders. The scope of the book is an overview of all the feeding and eating disorders from "bench to bedside", incorporating recent changes introduced into the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5). The aim is to present one of the first complete overviews of the newly defined area of feeding and eating disorders with respect to genetics, biology and neuroscience through to theory and its application in developing clinical approaches to the prevention and treatment of feeding and eating disorders.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digital[editor-in-chief] Anthony J. Culyer.Summary: The Encyclopedia of Health Economics offers students, researchers and policymakers objective and detailed empirical analysis and clear reviews of current theories and polices. It helps practitioners such as health care managers and planners by providing accessible overviews into the broad field of health economics, including the economics of designing health service finance and delivery and the economics of public and population health. This encyclopedia provides an organized overview of this diverse field, providing one trusted source for up-to-date research and analysis of this highly charged and fast-moving subject area.
Contents:
Volume 1. A-Ho
Volume 2. I-Pe
Volume 3. Ph-Z, Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalIan R Mackay, Noel R Rose, editors-in-chief ; Dennis K Ledford, Richard F. Lockey editors.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalIan MacKay, Noel R. Rose, editors-in-chief ; Betty Diamond, Anne Davidson, editors.Digital Access Springer 2014
- Printeditor-in-chief, Professor Howard S. Friedman, University of California, Riverside, CA, USA.Summary: This set presents a comprehensive overview of the many genetic, neurological, social, and psychological factors that affect mental health, also describing the impact of mental health on the individual and society, and illustrating the factors that aid positive mental health.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
- DigitalUrsula M. Schmidt-Erfurth, Thomas Kohnen, editors.Summary: The encyclopaedic format offers comprehensive access to focused information on all relevant topics in a clear and user-friendly manner. The spectrum ranges from short definitions, cross references, acronyms to disease chapters including epidemiology, symptoms and differential diagnosis, sections on diagnostic and therapeutic technologies, and comprehensive scientific summaries describing recent findings as well as results from relevant studies. The material is presented in a standardized, uniform and concise way throughout all clinical and academic sections. High-quality images highlight visual information and tables and graphs summarize important data. -- Publisher
Contents:
External Diseases and Cornea
Fundamentals and Principles
Glaucoma
Lens and Cataract
Neuro-Ophthalmology
Optics Refraction and Contact Lenses
Orbit, Eyelids, and Lacrimal Systems
Refractive Surgery
RetinaDigital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaleditor-in-chief: Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar.Summary: Encyclopedia of Pharmacy Practice and Clinical Pharmacy covers definitions, concepts, methods, theories and applications of clinical pharmacy and pharmacy practice. It highlights why and how this field has a significant impact on healthcare. The work brings baseline knowledge, along with the latest, most cutting-edge research. In addition, new treatments, algorithms, standard treatment guidelines, and pharmacotherapies regarding diseases and disorders are also covered. The book's main focus lies on the pharmacy practice side, covering pharmacy practice research, pharmacovigilance, pharmacoeconomics, social and administrative pharmacy, public health pharmacy, pharmaceutical systems research, the future of pharmacy, and new interventional models of pharmaceutical care. By providing concise expositions on a broad range of topics, this book is an excellent resource for those seeking information beyond their specific areas of expertise. This outstanding reference is essential for anyone involved in the study of pharmacy practice.
Contents:
vol. 1. Pharmacy practice research methods / section editor Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar ; Pharmacy practice / section editors, Zubin Austin, Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar
vol. 2. Social and administrative pharmacy / section editors Kath Ryan, Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar ; Pharmacoepidemiology and pharmacovigilance / section editor Danijela Gnjidic
vol. 3 pt. A. Clinical pharmacy / section editors Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar, Ahmed Awaisu, Timothy Chen, Louise Curley
vol. 3 pt. B. Clinical pharmacy education / section editors Arijana Meštrović, Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar.Digital Access ScienceDirect v. 1-3b, 2019 - Digitaledited by Thomas P. Gullota, Martin Bloom.Summary: Public Health is one of the fastest growing university programs in the United States today. At the same time, the challenges that face the practitioner continue to grow and become more complex. This Encyclopedia of Primary Prevention and Health Promotion, 2nd ed covers more than 250 topics, taking a lifespan approach to the fields of public health and prevention. The encyclopedia is divided into four volumes: 1. Foundational Topics 2. Early Childhood and Childhood 3. Adolescence 4. Adulthood and Older Adulthood Within each volume, issues of illness prevention and health promotion (sometimes referred to as "positive psychology") are addressed in chapter-length entries arranged alphabetically. An international group of contributors synthesizes research focusing on improving the physical and mental health of the community as a whole. Each entry will have a structured format: Introduction, Definition of Terms, Prevalence, Theories, Empirical Studies, and Strategies (What Works, What Is Promising, What Doesn't Work). Each entry concludes with a look ahead to the coming decades of Public Health - what are the next steps to primary prevention and health promotion - and a "See Also" box recommending books, films, or articles by the editors for further reading. The encyclopedia is designed for practitioners, students, and researchers working in prevention, public health, and psychology. It will also serve as reference for practitioners in sociology, social work, nursing and medicine. The second edition more than doubles the number of entries in the first edition by adding entries focusing on gender, African American and Latino issues, social support, social and emotional learning, and physical health and disease. All entries from the first edition will be rewritten and expanded, reflecting the most up to date thinking in the field.Digital Access Springer v.1-4, 2014
- Printeditor-in-chief: Sam JanesSummary: "Encyclopedia of Respiratory Medicine, Second Edition, Six Volume Set explores the key processes of lung diseases and their diagnosis and management. The book dissects the molecular and cellular biology, physiology and immunology that underpin normal lung function, along with the aberrations that occur in respiratory diseases, from common disorders such as asthma and COPD to rarer lung diseases such as cystic fibrosis, interstitial lung diseases and pulmonary hypertension. Written in at a time when the globe is in the grip of respiratory pandemic, lung disease has never been so prominent in the public and political conscious. This new edition will provide new researchers in respiratory medicine with a solid foundation in unfamiliar topics and will update more experienced researchers seeking to step outside their core areas of research to put their work into a broader context"-- From ScienceDirect product pageDigital Access ScienceDirect v. 1-6, 2022
- DigitalSangdun Choi, editor.Summary: The second edition of this encyclopedia presents about 1000 chapters and includes thousands of biologically important signaling molecules and the content is built on the core concepts of their functions along with early findings written by some of the worlds foremost experts. The molecules are described by recognized leaders in each molecule. The interactions of these single molecules in signal transduction networks will also be explored. This encyclopedia marks a new era in overview of current cellular signaling molecules for the specialist and the interested non-specialist alike. Currently, there are more than 30,000 genes in human genome. However, not all the proteins encoded by these genes work equally in order to maintain homeostasis. Understanding the important signaling molecules as completely as possible will significantly improve our research -based teaching and scientific capabilities.
Contents:
From the contents 14-3-3
3-Phosphoinositide-Dependent Kinase 1 (PDK1)
5-HTT
5-Hydroxytryptamine Receptor 2C
5-Hydroxytryptamine Receptor 6
A-Kinase Anchoring Protein (AKAP)
A-RAF
ABCA Transporters
ABCA3
ACAP1
Acetylcholine (Nicotinic) Receptor
Acetylcholinesterase
ACK1
ACSL4
ACT
Actinin Family
ADAMTS13
ADAP
ADAP1
ADAP2
ADCY9 (Adenylyl Cyclase 9)
Adenomatous Polyposis Coli
Adenylyl Cyclase
ADGRB3
ADGRG2
Adiponectin
ADP-Ribosylation Factor-6 (ARF6)
AGAP1
AIFM1
AIRE
AKT
Alpha-1-Syntrophin
Alpha-2A Adrenergic Receptor
ALS2
AMP-Activated Protein Kinase (AMPK)
Androgen Receptor (AR)
ANT
AP-4
APO2L/TRAIL
Apoptosis Regulator BAX
Apoptosis-inducing factor 1, mitochondrial
App
Aquaporin
ARAP3
ARF1
Arl8b
Aryl Hydrocarbon Receptor
Ataxia Telangiectasia and Rad3-Related (ATR)
ATF2
ATP-Binding Cassette Subfamily A Member 2
Aurora Kinases
Axin
AXL
B Lymphocyte Antigen CD19. - Printeditor-in-chief: Clete A. Kushida.Summary: Encyclopedia of Sleep and Circadian Rhythms, Second Edition, Six Volume Set is the most comprehensive work on sleep and circadian rhythms. This completely revised new edition, comprised of contributions from 450 renowned authorities in the field, covers what is new and known in the field. In addition to thorough coverage of the basics (physiology, sleep disorders etc.), this new edition includes a thorough examination of circadian rhythms that manage the sleep-wake cycle. Although this area is highly intertwined with sleep, it is a scientific discipline in and of itself, and will broaden the appeal of this work to health care providers and scientists. Other sections of interest explore consumer wearable devices to track sleep and circadian rhythms, artificial intelligence algorithms to detect sleep and abnormal sleep-related conditions, and new technology to treat sleep and circadian rhythm disorders. This book will be an ideal and primary reference resource for students, trainees, technologists, basic/clinical scientists, physicians, advanced practice providers, psychologists, nurses, and other medical and research personnel who want to explore any topic within the sleep and circadian rhythm field.
Contents:
9780323910941v1_WEB
Front Cover
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SLEEP AND CIRCADIAN RHYTHMS
ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SLEEP AND CIRCADIAN RHYTHMS
Copyright
EDITOR-IN-CHIEF
EDITORIAL BOARD
CONTRIBUTORS TO VOLUME 1
PREFACE
CONTENTS OF VOLUME 1
PERMISSION ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Perspectives
Reference
A history of the scientific study of sleep
The First Hundred Years
A Gathering of Eagles
The Emergence of Sleep Research
The REM Period
Sleep Deprivation
Biological Rhythms and Sleep Research
Theories of Sleep
Sleep Disorders Research
Further Reading History of sleep. REM sleep and the beginning of sleep medicine: a tribute to Dr. William C. Dement
Obstructive sleep apnea
Opening of the Stanford Sleep Disorders Clinic
Professional organizations
Complications of OSA
Sleep medicine in 21st century
Conclusions
References
Normal human sleep
Synopsis
Introduction
Adult sleep architecture
NREM sleep
REM sleep
NREM-REM cycle
Newborn and infant sleep
Changes in sleep with aging
Sleep architecture changes
Sleep duration
Sleep neurophysiology
NREM sleep
REM sleep Reciprocal interaction model
Other models of REM regulation
Hypocretin mediated modulation of REM sleep
Autonomic nervous system
Model of sleep regulation
Key points
References
Further reading
Ontogeny of sleep
Introduction
We sleep most when we are young
Infant sleep and wake bouts are fragmented
Infant sleep and wake bouts exhibit distinct statistical properties
Developmental changes in sleep-wake organization reflect increases in neural connectivity
Developmental changes in active and quiet sleep
Why do developing animals sleep so much? What is the significance of twitching for the developing brain?
Active sleep and twitching promote functional connectivity in the developing brain
Conclusions
References
Evolution of sleep (sleep phylogeny)
Sleep in mammals
Sleep in birds
Sleep amounts in mammals and birds
The effects of sleep deprivation
Sleep-like states in other organisms: do all animals sleep like we do?
Is sleep vital for memory consolidation?
Why do animals sleep?
Acknowledgment
References
Further relevant literature
Sleep in amphibians and reptiles
Introduction Biology of amphibians and reptiles
Amphibians
Reptiles
Behavioral sleep
Physiological sleep
Amphibians
Reptiles
Crocodilians
Chelonians
Squamates
Unilateral sleep
General conclusions from the early studies
Recent discoveries
What are the differences and similarities between mammalian and reptilian sleep?
References
Sleep and the circadian clock in insects
Introduction
History of sleep studies in insects
The definition of sleep in insects
The endogenous circadian clock of insects
Measuring sleep and circadian rhythms in insectsDigital Access ScienceDirect 2023 - DigitalChristopher K. Starr, editor.Summary: A comprehensive, multi-author treatise on the social insects of the world, with some auxiliary attention to such adjacent topics as subsocial insects and social arachnids. The work is to serve as a very convenient, yet authoritative reference work on the biology and systematics of social insects of the world. This is a project of the International Union for the Study of Social Insects (IUSSI), the worldwide organizing body for the scientific study of social insects.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
About the Editor
List of Advisory Panel
Contributors
A
Acorn Ants
Acropyga
Cross-References
References
Aculeate Hymenoptera: Phylogeny and Classification
Introduction
The Basis of Phylogenetic Analysis
Phylogeny of the Aculeata
Relevance of Phylogeny to the Evolution of Eusociality in Aculeata
How Phylogenetic Analysis informs Classification
Classification of the Aculeata
Cross-References
References
African Honey Bees
References
Aging in Social Insects
What Is Aging? Cross-References
References
Ants: Phylogeny and Classification
Ants Within the Hymenoptera Tree of Life
Phylogeny of the Extant Ants
Overview of Ant Subfamilies
Agroecomyrmecinae
Amblyoponinae
Aneuretinae
Apomyrminae
†Brownimeciinae
Dolichoderinae
Dorylinae
Ectatomminae
†Formiciinae
Formicinae
Heteroponerinae
Leptanillinae
Martialinae
Myrmeciinae
Myrmicinae
Paraponerinae
Ponerinae
Proceratiinae
Pseudomyrmecinae
†Sphecomyrminae
Fossil Record and Timeline of Early Ant Evolution Development and Stability of Ant-Plant Associations
References
Ant-Aphid Interactions
Ant-Hemiptera Associations
Introduction
When Is it Mutualism?
Cryptic Herbivory and Ant Evolution
Consequences for Plants
Consequences for the Community
References
Ant-Hemipteran Mutualism
Anthorrhiza
Ant-Like Spiders
Ant-Plants: Epiphytic Rubiaceae
Introduction
How Do These Symbioses Form and Re-establish?
The Fijian Farming Symbiosis
Nutrition and Defense in Ant/Hydnophytinae Symbioses
Hydnophytinae as a Model for the Evolution of Mutualisms Distribution and Habitats
Ecology
Exocrine System, Chemical Communication, and Social Behavior
Conservation Status
DNA Barcode of the Species
References
Ant Gardens
Initiation of an Ant Garden
Identity of the Ant and Plant Partners
Shared Benefits
Other
Gardens Associated with Ants
Cross-Reference
References
Ant Mimics
Ant Mosaics
References
Ant Plants: Macaranga
Associations of Macaranga Species with Ants: From Facultative to Obligate
Myrmecophytism: Obligate Associations with Specific Ants and Other Partners Why Is Aging Special in Social Insects?
Ultimate Aspects of Aging
General Proximate Mechanisms of Aging
Empirical Data on Aging in Social Insects
Ultimate Factors Explaining Aging in Social Insects
Proximate Mechanisms Underlying Aging in Social Insects
Conclusion
Cross-References
References
Allodapine Bees
Nesting Biology
Social Evolution
Reproductive Castes
Sex Allocation
Social Parasitism
References
Allomones in Social Insects
Cross-References
References
Altruism
Ambrosia Beetle
Aneuretus simoni
Physical Features
Life History - DigitalSummary: Reference tool covering statistics, probability theory, biostatistics, quality control, and economics with emphasis in applications of statistical methods in sociology, engineering, computer science, biomedicine, psychology, survey methodology, and other client disciplines.Digital Access Wiley c2004-
- Digitaleditor-in-chief: Rui L. Reis.Summary: Encyclopedia of Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine provides a comprehensive collection of personal overviews on the latest developments and likely future directions in the field. By providing concise expositions on a broad range of topics, this encyclopedia is an excellent resource. Tissue engineering and regenerative medicine are relatively new fields still in their early stages of development, yet they already show great promise. This encyclopedia brings together foundational content and hot topics in both disciplines into a comprehensive resource, allowing deeper interdisciplinary research and conclusions to be drawn from two increasingly connected areas of biomedicine.Digital Access ScienceDirect v. 1-3, 2019
- DigitalPeter J. Papadakos, Mark L. Gestring, editors.Contents:
From the contents: Overview of general trauma care. Injury epidemiology and control. Trauma system development and design. Injury scoring. Trauma outcome measures. Prehospital care of the trauma patient
Early evaluation and management of the trauma patient. Initial assessment of the injured patient. Airway management in the trauma patient. Blood product utilization and resuscitation strategies following injury. Medications vital to trauma resuscitation. Role of ED thoracotomy
Organ systems approach: Head. Neck. Chest. Abdomen. Urological. Vascular. Musculoskeletal. Specific considerations in trauma care: Pediatric trauma. Trauma in the elderly. Trauma in pregnancy. Combat casualty care. Burn injury
Imaging in the trauma patient. Anesthesia management in trauma. Ethical issues in trauma care. Disaster and mass-casualty care. Blast injury. Rehabilitation: Brain injury rehabilitation. Rehabilitation following traumatic injury
Complications in trauma care
Critical care for the trauma patient. - DigitalThomas J. Lewis nand Clement L. Trempe.Summary: The End of Alzheimer's: The Brain and Beyond, Second Edition is the first comprehensive overview on the molecular basis of Alzheimer's outside of the brain, merging the most recent findings within the field into a single book. It aims to educate the reader on the many overlooked aspects of Alzheimer's disease that occur outside the brain. This book uniquely provides step-by-step, peer-reviewed evidence that the current research model may be misguided and that a new and emerging model is more accurate. It carefully outlines the molecular research in Alzheimer's outside the brain and argues that a more thorough, whole-body diagnosis will provide better answers about its causes and lead to new treatments. It is beneficial to researchers who need to be apprised of the emerging science on the causes of Alzheimer's, and will hopefully redirect many into new avenues of cellular research and discovery.
Contents:
1. Is it Alzheimer's disease?
2. The Amyloid cascade hypothesis
3. Diagnosis of Alzheimer's: standard-of-care
4. Diagnostic accuracy
5. Can medicine save you?
6. A new diagnostic paradigm
7. Inflammation friend or foe?
8. Alzheimer's: beyond the brain
9. Does infection cause Alzheimer's?
10. Alzheimer's disease prevention
11. Differential diagnosis toward a cure for Alzheimer's
12. Personal stories.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalRinke van den Brink.Summary: In this monograph, journalist Rinke van den Brink takes a closer look at the limitations and risks of today's antibiotic use. Though all developed societies have grown accustomed to successfully treating bacterial infections with these wonder drugs, the author focuses on the increasing number of antibiotic-resistant infections. By examining recent mass outbreaks, readers will gain a better understanding of the global impact of antimicrobial resistance one of the most serious public health threats today. Following this somewhat disquieting review of the status quo, interviews with a number of specialists provide an outlook on possible solutions. In a world that is more connected than ever, partnerships between different healthcare systems are becoming all the more important. Rinke van den Brink uses the example of a border-spanning collaboration between the Netherlands and Germany to demonstrate how effective lines of communication can be established. The book offers a wealth of useful background information for healthcare personnel. Not only does it share insights into the functional microbe-antibiotic relationship; it also discusses how clinics can effectively address outbreaks, helping readers to learn from past experiences and develop effective new strategies.
Contents:
Introduction
In the beginning there was antibiotic resistance
Human and economic costs
Mega-outbreak at Maasstad Hospital
A thin layer of faeces on everything you touch
The beginning of the end
The end in sight?
Looking behind the figures
The role of microbiology
INTERREG projects: pathogens don't recognise any borders
A bottomless well, and other solutions. - DigitalDieter Schmidt, Emeritus Professor of Neurology, Free University Berlin and Head of Epilepsy Research Group Berlin, Germany, Simon Shorvon, Professor of Neurology, Institute of Neurology, University College London, and Consultant Neurologist National Hospital for Neurology and Neurosurgery, London, UK.Contents:
1 What is Epilepsy?
2 Attitudes
3 The Pharmaceutical Phoenix Rises
4 Modern Blockbusters
5 Resecting Epilepsy
6. The Dark Side of Epilepsy
7 Culs-de-Sac and Bureaucracies
8 Is the End of Epilepsy in Sight?
Appendix: Dating Epilepsy --Index.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalKari Nadeau, MD, PhD, Director, Sean N. Park Center for Allergy and Asthma Research, Stanford University and Sloan Barnett, New York Times Bestselling author.Summary: "A life-changing, research-based program that will end food allergies in children and adults forever. The problem of food allergy is exploding around us. But this book offers the first glimpse of hope with a powerful message: You can work with your family and your doctor to eliminate your food allergy forever. The trailblazing research of Stanford University's Dr. Kari Nadeau reveals that food allergy is not a life sentence, because the immune system can be retrained. Food allergies--from mild hives to life-threatening airway constriction--can be disrupted, slowed, and stopped. The key is a strategy called immunotherapy (IT)--the controlled, gradual reintroduction of an allergen into the body. With innovations that include state-of-the-art therapies targeting specific components of the immune system, Dr. Nadeau and her team have increased the speed and effectiveness of this treatment to a matter of months"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Understanding food allergy. Introducing the end of food allergy ; The food allergy epidemic: what is happening-- and why ; Is it my fault? Escaping the blame game ; What happens now? Food labels, kitchens, schools, and other essentials
The science of treating and reversing food allergy. The avoidance myth: what we used to think ; Turning the tables: the science-- and how-tos-- of early introduction ; Beyond avoidance: the brave new world of immunotherapy ; Immunotherapy and you ; The (not-too-distant) future of food allergy care
Personal and global perspectives. The emotional toll of food allergy ; The future of the end of food allergy.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalSarah J. Goodlin, Michael W. Rich, editors.Summary: Cardiovascular (CV) disease is the leading cause of death worldwide. While death rates from many acute CV illnesses have declined in developing countries, a substantial proportion of individuals with CV disease ultimately die from CV causes. As the population ages, the global burden of CV disease will continue to rise. Until recently, the focus of clinicians has been on saving lives and deferring death. Over the past decade there has been growing recognition of the importance of palliative care and end of life care in CV disease. While palliative and supportive care should be provided throughout the course of serious and life-shortening illnesses, this book focuses on issues that clinicians encounter in end-of-life care. This book provides guidance to clinicians working across the breadth of care settings, in chronic progressive disease as well as sudden arrhythmic death andwith advanced technologies. End-of-Life Care in Cardiovascular Disease is designed to assist clinicians, nurses, and other healthcare providers in addressing end of life care for patients with CV disease in a variety of common clinical scenarios. Each chapter is written by expert clinicians and researchers, and concisely reviews current knowledge and recommendations for providing patient- and family-centered end-of-life care.
Contents:
Introduction
Dying from Cardiovascular Disease: An Epidemiologic Perspective
Decision Making about End of Life Care: Advance Directives, Durable Power of Attorney for Healthcare, and Talking with Patients about Dying with Heart Disease
Palliative Care and Hospice in Patients with Advanced Cardiovascular Disease
End-of-Life Care in Hospitalized Patients with Cardiovascular and Cerebrovascular Disease
End-of-Life Care in the Intensive Care Unit
End-of-Life Care on the Surgical Services
Management of Cardiovascular Death in the Emergency Department
Management of Hospitalized Patients with Unexpected Cardiopulmonary Arrest
End-of-Life Care in the Nursing Home
End-of-Life Care in Patients with Congenital and Pediatric Heart Disease
Psychosocial, Spiritual, and Existential Issues at End of Life
Management of Implanted Cardiac Devices at End of Life
Models of End-of-Life Care in the Home Environment.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaleditor, Dianjun Sun.Summary: The book focuses on the iodine deficiency, endemic fluorosis, endemic arsenic poisoning, Kashin-Beck disease and Keshan disease which are five kinds of national key endemic diseases, a total of six chapters, comprehensively systematically introduces the information of five kinds of endemic diseases, including the epidemic characteristics, clinical manifestation, diagnosis standards, and the current control situation, preventive strategy, working experience, and successful control cases, etc. Endemic disease is confined to certain areas, of which there are dozens in Chinese inland, in which there are eight types been listed in the national key control endemic diseases. Endemic diseases are serious in China, and have wide distribution, weight illness and a large threatened population. China has made great achievements on the endemic diseases prevention and control, and also has accumulated rich experiences of the prevention and treatment, summed up some complete and effective preventive strategy, which based on the characteristics of endemic diseases epidemic and prevention work. Dr. Dianjun Sun is the Director of Center for Endemic Disease Control,Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention, Harbin, China. He is also a professor of Harbin Medical University, China.
- Digitaleditors, Sara E. Monaco, Pittsburgh, Pa., Walid E. Khalbuss, Pittsburgh, Pa., Liron Pantanowitz, Pittsburgh, Pa.Contents:
Introduction to EBUS-TBNA / Monaco, S.E.
Clinical and surgical perspectives with comparison to other diagnostic modalities / Christie, N.A.
Review of thoracic and mediastinal anatomy in EBUS-TBNA / Wilson, D.O.
Technical aspects of performing EBUS-TBNA / Schuchert, M.J.
Indications and diagnostic performance of EBUS-TBNA / Monaco, S.E.
EBUS-TBNA specimen collection and processing / Pantanowitz, L.
Practical approach to cytological evaluation and adequacy assessment in EBUS-TBNA / Monaco, S.E.
Normal and nonneoplastic components / Khalbuss, W.E.
Pulmonary epithelial neoplasms / Khalbuss, W.E.
Nonpulmonary metastatic carcinomas / Monaco, S.E.
Nonepithelial neoplasms / Pantanowitz, L.
Thymic lesions and neoplasms / Pantanowitz, L.
Contamination, background material, and artifacts / Monaco, S.E.Digital Access Karger 2014 - Digitaledited by Eric Murillo-Rodríguez.Contents:
Introduction
Basic mechanisms of synthesis and hydrolysis of major endocannabinoids / Natalia Battista and Mauro Maccarrone
Cannabinoid receptors and their signaling mechanisms / Balapal S. Basavarajappa
The endocannabinoid system and Parkinson disease / Andrea Giuffrida and Alex Martinez
Putative role of endocannabinoids in schizophrenia / F. Markus Leweke and Cathrin Rohleder
The endocannabinoid system and human brain functions : insight from memory, motor, and mood pathologies / John C. Ashton, Megan J. Dowie and Michelle Glass
The role of the endocannabinoid system in addiction / Jose M. Trigo and Bernard Le Foll.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalRoger G. Pertwee, editor.Summary: There is currently considerable interest in the development of medicines that would enhance endocannabinoid-induced ℓ́ℓautoprotectionℓ́ℓ, for example through inhibition of endocannabinoid metabolizing enzymes or cellular uptake processes or that would oppose endocannabinoid-induced autoimpairment. This volume describes the physiology, pathophysiology and pharmacology of the endocannabinoid system and potential strategies for targeting this system in the clinic.
Contents:
Endocannabinoids and their pharmacological actions / Roger G. Pertwee
Biosynthesis and fate of endocannabinoids / Maria Grazia Cascio, Pietro Marini
Distribution of the endocannabinoid system in the central nervous system / Sherry Shu-Jung Hu, Ken Mackie
The potential of inhibitors of endocannabinoid metabolism for drug development: a critical review / Christopher J. Fowler
Genetic manipulation of the endocannabinoid system / Andreas Zimmer
Endocannabinoids and the immune system in health and disease / Guy A. Cabral, Gabriela A. Ferreira, Melissa J. Jamerson
Endocannabinoids in multiple sclerosis and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / Gareth Pryce, David Baker
Endocannabinoids and neurodegenerative disorders: Parkinson's disease, Huntington's chorea, Alzheimer's disease, and others / Javier Fernández-Ruiz, Juliìn Romero, Još A. Ramos
Endocannabinoids and mental disorders / TIziana Rubino, Erica Zamberletti, Daniela Parolaro
Cannabis and endocannabinoid signaling in epilepsy / István Katona
Endocannabinoids and the endocrine system in health and disease / Cecilia J. Hillard
Endocannabinoids and reproductive events in health and disease / Natalia Battista, Monica Bari, Mauro Maccarrone
Endocannabinoids and metabolic disorders / Blandine Gatta-Cherifi, Daniela Cota
Endocannabinoids and the cardiovascular system in health and disease / Saoirse Elizabeth O'Sullivan
Endocannabinoids and the digestive tract and bladder in health and disease / Angelo A. Izzo, Giulio G. Muccioli, Michael R. Ruggieri, Rudolf Schicho
Endocannabinoids and cancer / Guillermo Velasco, Cristina Śanchez, Manuel Guzmán. - DigitalKwan-Leung Chan, John M. Embil, editors.Contents:
Perspectives on the History of Endocarditis
Pathologic Findings: Valvular Destruction, Perivalvular Abnormalities and Extracardiac Findings
Changing populations: the elderly, injection drug users, health-care associated endocarditis and immunocompromised patients
Microbiology of Infective Endocarditis and Microbiologic Diagnosis
Prophylaxis of Endocarditis
Diagonstic Approach to Endocarditis
Role of Transthoracic and Transesophageal Echocardiography in the Management of Endocarditis
Surgical Management: Indications, Timing and Surgical Techniques
Treatment of Endocarditis
Blood Culture Negative Endocarditis
Prosthetic Valve Endocarditis & Cardiovascular Device Related Infections
Pediatric Infective Endocarditis and Congenital Heart Disease
Systemic Embolism in Endocarditis: Incidence, Risk Factors, Clinical
Significance, and Treatment Strategies
Neurological Complications of Endocarditis: Pathophysiologic
Mechanisms and Management Issues.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitalvolume editors, Francesco Felicetti, Enrico Brignardello, Hanneke M. van Santen.Summary: "This book analyzes in detail all aspects related to endocrine and metabolic late effects observed in patients treated for cancer, both in childhood and adulthood. The chapters focusing on the possible pathogenic mechanisms of late effects (i.e., premature aging and chronic inflammation) and on bone health in cancer survivors are particularly interesting and innovative. The volume also deals with hypothalamic-pituitary, thyroid and gonadal disorders, including infertility and how to prevent it. Finally, the relationship between metabolic alterations and cardiovascular diseases in cancer survivors is addressed. Thanks to advances in cancer treatment and supportive care, the five-year survival rate of cancer patients is constantly increasing. However, this undisputable success of medicine has a flip side: the late adverse effects of anticancer therapies. Pediatric oncologists were the first to cope with late complications of treatments, but today also adult oncologists and onco-hematologists recognize the relevance of this issue. Even though late effects observed in cancer survivors can affect any organ or system, endocrine and metabolic dysfunctions are the most frequently reported. Endocrine complications rarely influence life expectancy of cancer survivors, but they can significantly impact morbidity and quality of life. Among endocrine adverse effects, severe hypothalamic damage may be considered the most harmful in survivors, leading to morbid obesity, propensity to metabolic syndrome and cardiovascular disease. This book aims to disseminate the knowledge about endocrine and metabolic adverse effects of cancer therapies and about survivorship care. Since the number of cancer survivors is steadily growing in the general population, this publication is intended not only for endocrinologists but also for oncologists, onco-hematologists, internists, pediatric specialists in those areas and general practitioners, with the aim to better counsel and monitor cancer survivors"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Karger 2021
- Digital[edited] by Glenn Matfin.Contents:
Part I. General aspects of acute medical emergencies
Part II. General endocrine and metabolic aspects of acute and critical illness
Part III. Special populations
Part IV. Pituitary disorders
Part V. Thyroid disorders
Part VI. Adrenal disorders
part VII. Calcium, phosphate, and metabolic bone diseases
Part VIII. Neuroendocrine tumors
Part IX. Glucose disorders
Part X. Sodium disorders
Part XI. Obesity and clinical lipidology
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digitaledited by James R. Howe.Summary: This book brings together recognized experts in the field to describe their current techniques for the surgical treatment of diseased thyroid, parathyroid, and adrenal glands, as well as neuroendocrine tumors of small bowel, pancreas, liver, and skin. For each procedure, indications, operative steps, potential pitfalls and complications, and postoperative management are presented. The clear descriptions coupled with informative and beautiful illustrations will give the reader new perspectives and insights into the anatomy and conduct of these procedures. Endocrine surgery has been an area of special interest to surgeons for well over a century, while the increasing incidence of neuroendocrine tumors has more recently led to greater attention to these neoplasms. Significant advances have been made in a variety of areas, the most recent being the introduction of minimally invasive methods of removing diseased glands, and the improved understanding of the natural history of neuroendocrine tumors.
Contents:
PARATHYROID: Unilateral With Probe
Unilateral Without Probe, Using PTH
Subtotal Parathyroidectomy
Total Parathyroidectomy With Autotransplantation
Mediastinal/Thoracoscopic Approach
THYROID: Thyroid Lobectomy And Total Thyroidectomy For Differentiated Cancer
Total Thyroidectomy And Central Neck Dissection For MTC
Substernal Goiter
Modified Neck Dissection For Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
ADRENAL: Open Approach
Posterior Approach
Transabdominal Laparoscopic
Retroperitoneal Laparoscopic
GI TRACT: Treatment Of Gastric And Duodenal Carcinoids
Small Bowel Resection And Lymphadenectomy For Ileal Carcinoid
Liver Debulking For NETs
PANCREAS: Whipple
Distal Pancreatectomy With/Without Splenectomy
Laparoscopic Distal Pancreatectomy
Enucleation For Neuroendocrine Tumors. OTHER NEUROENDOCRINE: Small bowel resection
Liver surgery- Wide excision and sentinel node mapping for Merkel cell Carcinoma. Part 1. Parathyroid. Chapter 1. Radioguided parathyroidectomy / Herbert Chen
Chapter 2. Minimally invasive parathyroidectomy with intraoperative PTH testing / Ronald J. Weigel
Chapter 3. Susbtotal parathyroidectomy for parathyroid hyperplasia / Göran Åkerström. Per Hellman, Ola Hessman
Chapter 4. Parathyroid transplantation / Samuel A. Wells Jr.
Chapter 5. Mediastinal/thoracoscopic parathyroidectomy / Richard A. Prinz, John A. Howington, Catherine A. Madorin
Part 2. Thyroid. Chapter 6. Thyroid lobectomy and total thyroidectomy / Ashok R. Shaha
Chapter 7. Central neck dissection for medullary thyroid carcinoma / J.F. Moley
Chapter 8. Substernal goiter / Daniel Oertli
Chapter 9. Modified neck dissection for differentiated thyroid cancer / Iain J. Nixon, Jatin P. Shah
Part 3. Adrenal. Chapter 10. Open transabdominal adrenalectomy for malignant neoplasms / Murray F. Brennan
Chapter 11. Posterior adrenalectomy / Douglas L. Fraker
Chapter 12. Laparoscopic transabdominal lateral adrenalectomy / Michael J. Campbell, Quan-Yang Duh
Chapter 13. Posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy / Terry C. Lairmore. Part 4. Stomach and duodenum. Chapter 14. Surgery for duodenal and gastric neuroendocrine tumors / Jeffrey A. Norton
Part 5. Pancreas. Chapter 15. Pancreaticoduodenectomy for neuroendocrine tumors / Albert Amini, Douglas B. Evans, Kathleen K. Christians
Chapter 16. Open distal pancreatectomy / Charles M. Vollmer Jr., Jeffrey A. Drebin
Chapter 17. Laparoscopic distal pancreatectomy / James J. Mezhir, James R. Howe
Chapter 18. Pancreatic enucleation / Attila Nakeeb, Henry A. Pitt
Part 5. Other neuroendocrine. Chapter 19. Small bowel resection and lymphadenectomy for jejunoileal neuroendocrine tumors / James R. Howe
Chapter 20. Liver surgery for neuroendocrine tumors / J. Philip Boudreaux and Yi-Zarn Wang
Chapter 21. Wide excision and sentinel node mapping for Merkel cell carcinoma / James R. Howe. - DigitalBruce A. White, John Harrison, Lisa Mehlmann.Summary: "Gain a foundational understanding of how endocrine and metabolic physiology affects other body systems in health and disease, including the clinical dimensions of reproductive endocrinology. Endocrine and Reproductive Physiology, a volume in the Mosby Physiology Series, explains the fundamentals of this complex subject in a clear and concise manner, while helping you bridge the gap between normal function and disease with pathophysiology content throughout the book"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction to the endocrine system
Endocrine function of the gastrointestinal tract
Energy metabolism
Calcium and phosphate homeostasis
Hypothalamus-pituitary complex
The thyroid gland
The adrenal gland
Life cycle of the male and female reproductive systems
The male reproductive system
The female reproductive system
Fertilization, pregnancy, and lactation
Appendices. Answers to self-study problems
Comprehensive multiple-choice examination
Hormone ranges
Abbreviations and symbols.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - Digitaledited by Hossein Sadrzadeh, Gregory Kline.Summary: Endocrine Biomarkers: Clinical Aspects and Laboratory Determination covers all the pre-analytical variables that can affect test results, both in the clinic and laboratory. Biomarkers of endocrine and bone diseases are discussed from both clinical and laboratory perspectives, and the authors elaborate on the teamwork-based approach between the clinician and the laboratory professional in the diagnosis and management of endocrine and bone disorders. Discussions include test utilization, laboratory measurement methods, harmonization and standardization, interpretation of results, and reference intervals. Each chapter ends with a discussion of one or two relevant cases with shared opinions from both a clinician and a clinical chemist. Each chapter also includes a summary box outlining key points and common pitfalls in the use of specific disease biomarkers and tests.
Contents:
Variables affecting endocrine tests results, errors prevention and mitigation / Hossein Sadrzadeh, Leland Baskin, Gregory Kline
Thyroid disorders / Gregory Kline, Hossein Sadrzadeh
Disorders related to calcium metabolism / Christopher Symonds, Joshua Buse
Bone metabolism / Gregory Kline, Dennis Orton, Hossein Sadrzadeh
Adrenal disorders / Gregory Kline, Alex C. Chin
Endocrine markers of diabetes and cardiovascular disease risk / Erik Venos, Lawrence de Koning
Pituitary disorders / Bernard Corenblum, Ethan A. Flynn
Endocrinology and disorders of the reproductive system / Bernard Corenblum, Jessica Boyd
Neuroendocrine tumors / Otto P. Rorstad.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalTakara Stanley, Madhusmita Misra, editors.Summary: This book is aimed at primary care providers who care for the pediatric age group (general pediatrician, the PCP working with pediatric patients, and family medicine providers) with the goal of covering the endocrine differential diagnosis of common signs and symptoms of possible endocrine disease as well as appropriate initial laboratory evaluation and interpretation. While multiple pediatric endocrine textbooks exist, most of them are heavy in coverage of physiology and rare diseases, with less discussion of practical steps in evaluation and diagnosis. This book distinguishes itself through a very practical approach. The first section is organized by presenting signs and symptoms, the second section is organized by laboratory interpretation, and the third section provides summaries of common pediatric endocrine disorders. Chapters are concise, providing critical clinical information including clinical pearls, common diagnoses and important points in patient counseling. Written by experts in the field, Endocrine Conditions in Pediatrics is a valuable resource that provides general pediatricians and other primary care providers with all of the information they need to provide superb patient care before transferring to a pediatric endocrinologist when necessary. .
- DigitalConnie M. Rhee, Kamyar Kalantar-Zadeh, Gregory A. Brent, editors.Summary: This comprehensive book examines the complex interplay between endocrine and kidney disorders, and how this inter-relationship impacts patients with chronic kidney disease. Authored by experts in areas of endocrinology and nephrology, chapters cover a variety of topics, including diabetes, metabolic syndrome, thyroid dysfunction, gonadal disorders, dyslipidemia, mineral bone disorders, obesity, and pituitary disorders. These comorbidities are thoroughly examined and provide the clinician, researcher, and trainee with a greater understanding of the impact of endocrine disorders on kidney disease patients, the ability to identify persistent gaps in knowledge for future investigation, and move closer towards the goal of improving the health and survival of the chronic kidney disease population. .
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Diabetes, Insulin Resistance, and the Metabolic Syndrome;
1: Insulin Resistance and the Metabolic Syndrome in Kidney Disease (e.g., the Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome); Introduction; Definition(s) of the Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome; Epidemiology of the Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome; The Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome and CKD; Insulin Resistance/Hyperinsulinemia; Inflammatory Cytokines; Inappropriate Activation of the RAAS; Endothelial Dysfunction; Conclusions and Perspectives; References;
2: Diabetic Kidney Disease; Epidemiology PathophysiologyNatural History; Diagnosis; Prevention and Treatment; Complications of Chronic Kidney Disease; Conclusions; References;
3: Glucose Homeostasis and the Burnt-Out Diabetes Phenomenon in Patients with Kidney Disease; Introduction; Glucose Homeostasis in Kidney Disease; Clearance of Insulin; Hypoglycemia Due to Antidiabetic and Other Agents; Decreased Gluconeogenesis in the Kidney; Insulin Secretion and Insulin Resistance; Protein-Energy Wasting (PEW); Burnt-Out Diabetes Phenomenon; Hemodialysis-Related Hypoglycemia and Hyperglycemia; Hemodialysis-Induced Hypoglycemia Metabolic Effects Associated with Glucose-Free DialysateHemodialysis-Associated Hyperglycemia; Insulin Removal by Hemodialysis; Hemodialysis-Associated Hyperglycemia Resembling the Somogyi Effect; References;
4: Glycemic Metrics and Targets in Kidney Disease; Introduction; Glycemic Metrics and Their Role in Kidney Disease; Glycated Hemoglobin (A1C); Glycated Albumin (GA); Fructosamine; 1,5-Anhydroglucitol (1,5-AG); Continuous Glucose Monitoring (CGM); Glycemic Targets in Kidney Disease; Conclusion; References;
5: Diabetic Pharmacotherapies in Kidney Disease; Introduction; Biguanides SulfonylureasMeglitinides; Glucagon-Like Peptide 1 Receptor Agonists (GLP-1 RAs); Dipeptidyl Peptidase IV (DPP-4) Inhibitors; Thiazolidinediones; Sodium-Glucose Co-transporter 2 (SGLT2) Inhibitors; Alpha-Glucosidase Inhibitors; Bromocriptine; Bile Acid Resins; Insulin; Amylin Analog; Impact of Antihyperglycemic Agents on Renal Function; Conclusion; References;
6: Diabetes Mellitus and Renal Transplantation; Introduction; Changes in Glucose Homeostasis During Peri-Kidney Transplantation; Changes in Glucose Homeostasis During the Immediate Posttransplant Period New-Onset Diabetes After Kidney TransplantationClinical and Economic Significance of NODAT; It Is Important to Decrease the Incidence of NODAT; Timing of NODAT; Pathogenesis of NODAT; Can Lifestyle Modification Be Adapted for Prevention of NODAT?; Drugs for Preventing NODAT; Conclusion; References; Part II: Thyroid Dysfunction;
7: Evaluating Thyroid Function Tests in Patients with Kidney Disease; Introduction; TSH Measurement; TSH Levels in Chronic Kidney Disease Patients; Measuring Free Thyroxine and Free Triiodothyronine; Thyroxine (T4) Changes with CKD - DigitalSushil K. Khetan.Contents:
Environmental endocrine disruptors
Part I. Mechanisms of hormonal action and putative endocrine disruptors. Mechanisms of endocrine system function
Environmental chemicals targeting estrogen signaling pathways
Anti-androgenic chemicals
Thyroid-disrupting chemicals
Activators of PPAR, RXR, AhR, and steriodogenic factor 1
Effects of EDC mixtures
Environmentally induced epigenetic modifications and transgenerational effects
-- Part II. Removal mechanisms of EDCs through biotic and abiotic processes. Biodegradations and biotransformations of selected examples of EDCs
Abiotic degradations / transformations of EDCs through oxidation processes
-- Part III. Screening and testiing for potential EDCs, implications for water quality sustainability, policy and regulatory issues, and green chemistry principles in the design of safe chemicals and remediation of EDCs. Screening and testing programs for EDCs
Trace contaminants : implications for water quality sustainability
Policy and regulatory considerations for EDCs
Green chemistry principles in the designing and screening for safe chemicals and remediation of EDCs.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalAlexander L. Shifrin.Summary: "Endocrine emergencies are often potentially life-threatening and can be easily overlooked in patients with no history of endocrine disease. Endocrine Emergencies is a practical guide to identification and treatment for today's clinicians, offering essential coverage of common and serious emergencies related to endocrine metabolic conditions of the thyroid, parathyroid, pituitary, and adrenal glands. Guides clinicians on how to recognize, diagnose, and treat each condition using up-to-date diagnostic techniques and therapeutics. Provides full-color, state-of-the-art coverage of key topics such as acute thyrotoxicosis and thyroid storm, ocular emergencies in Graves' ophthalmopathy, diabetic ketoacidosis, hypopituitarism, postoperative thyroid surgical emergencies, pheochromocytoma, and much more. Features separate chapters on emergencies related to neuroendocrine tumors, pregnant patients, and pediatric patients. Includes sections on emergency overview, symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment in each chapter. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices"-- publisher's description.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
- DigitalLynn Loriaux, editor.Summary: Endocrine Emergencies: Recognition and Treatment offers a state-of-the-art update on the management of endocrine, diabetic, and metabolic emergencies. Developed by renowned experts, this comprehensive and easy to read title brings the field fully up to date, setting a high standard for diagnosis and treatment in each category. All chapters begin with a summary that presents, in concentrated form, what the physician needs to know to begin the evaluation and emergency treatment of the known endocrine emergencies. This is followed by an extended discussion of the pathophysiology that can be read after initial treatment has begun. Covering such areas as hypoglycemia, acute adrenal insufficiency, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, thyroid storm, and pituitary apoplexy, just to name several, Endocrine Emergencies: Recognition and Treatment is an invaluable, practical resource that will be of great interest to endocrinologists, internal medicine and emergency room physicians, fellows and residents.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalLynn Loriaux, Chaim Vanek, editors.
- Digitalvolume editors, Wilson Savino, Federica Guaraldi.Summary: "In the last decades, several in vitro and in vivo studies have revealed the existence of a very complex network between the neuroendocrine and immune system. Important molecular mechanisms underlying these interactions, in both physiological and pathological conditions, have also been described. Indeed, hormones play a pivotal role in the development and functional regulation of the immune system -- both innate and acquired responses. Immune system cells present specific hormone receptors and themselves produce some hormones, thus influencing hormone secretion. More recently, the modulation of hormone secretion has been attempted for treating associated autoimmune disorders, further supporting the strong interplay between the endocrine and immune system. Distinguished experts, who have published extensively in their fields, have contributed comprehensive chapters to this volume. The focus is on the various aspects of endocrine-neuro-immune connections, providing an updated panorama - from basics to clinical applications - of current knowledge and still debated issues"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Immune-neuro-endocrine reflexes, circuits, and networks : physiologic and evolutionary implications / del Rey, A., Besedovsky, H.O.
Inflammation and thymus ageing / Lepletier, A., Alsharif, A., Chidgey, A.P.
Intrahypophyseal immune-endocrine interactions : endocrine integration of the inflammatory inputs / Renner, U., Sapochnik, M., Lucia, K., Stalla, G.K., Arzt, E.
Pituitary autoimmunity / Guaraldi, F., Giordano, R., Grottoli, S., Ghizzoni, L., Arvat, E., Ghigo, E.
Prolactin : an immunomodulator in health and disease / Savino, W.
A novel clinical entity of autoimmune endocrinopathy : anti-PIT-1 antibody syndrome / Iguchi, G., Bando, H., Takahashi, Y.
Leptin, neuroinflammation and obesity / Dragano, N.R.V., Haddad-Tovolli, R., Velloso, L.A.
Thyroid autoimmunity and cancer / Felicetti, F., Catalano, M.G., Fortunati, N.
Role of cortistatin in the stressed immune system / Delgado, M., Gonzalez-Rey, E.
Steroids and autoimmunity / Trombetta, A.C., Meroni, M., Cutolo, M.
Endocrine autoimmunity in Down's syndrome / Guaraldi, F., Rossetto Giaccherino, R., Lanfranco, F., Motta, G., Gori, D., Arvat, E., Ghigo, E., Giordano, R.
The somatotrope growth hormone-releasing hormone/growth hormone/insulin-like growth factor-1 axis in immunoregulation and immunosenescence / Bodart, G., Fahrat, K., Charlet-Renard, C., Salvatori, R., Geenen, V., Martens, H.
Endocrine immunology of Chagas disease / Savino, W.Digital Access Karger 2017 - Digitaledited by Ozgur Mete and Sylvia L. Asa.Summary: A much-needed comprehensive resource, Endocrine Pathology covers clinical, radiologic, biochemical, molecular, cytogenetic, immunologic and histopathologic aspects of endocrine disorders, including the full spectrum of both neoplastic and non-neoplastic lesions. The first section of the book provides an overview of the clinical presentations of endocrine diseases, while the second section reviews the wide variety of investigative techniques used in their diagnosis. The third and largest section provides a comprehensive tissue- and organ-based approach to the diagnosis of endocrine disorders, including morphologic, genetic and proteomic features with clinicopathologic correlations. All chapters are richly illustrated with numerous color images, tables and algorithms, and the book is packaged with a password, giving the user online access to all text and images. Written and edited by the world's leading experts, this comprehensive and up-to-date book is the definitive resource on endocrine pathology for all pathologists, endocrinologists and researchers.Digital Access Cambridge 2016
- DigitalStefano La Rosa, Silvia Uccella, editors.Summary: This book covers the complete field of endocrine pathology--from Acidophil Stem Cell Adenoma to Zona Reticularis. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.
Contents:
111In-pentetreotide (Octreoscan)
131I-MIBG scintigraphy
18F-fluorodeoxyglucose (FDG) PET
18F-fluorodopa (18F-FDOPA)
68G-DOTA-NOC/TOC/TATETATE
Achaete-scute homolog 1 (ASH1)
Acidophil Stem Cell Tumor, Pituitary
Acromegaly
ACTH-producing pancreatic tumor
Activin
Addison disease
Adrenal Cyst
Adrenal Gland
Adrenal Heterotopia
Adrenal Metastases
Adrenal Myelolipoma
Adrenalitis
Adrenocortical Adenoma
Adrenocortical Carcinoma
Adrenocortical Hyperplasia
Adrenocorticotropic Hormone (ACTH)
Adrenogenital syndrome
Albright Hereditary Osteodystrophy
Aldosterone
Amylin
Anaplastic Carcinoma. - DigitalAndrea Manni, Akuffo Quarde.Summary: This practical guide presents a concise approach to exploring endocrine pathophysiology through the physical exam, emphasizing common clinical signs in endocrinology that can be elicited through inspection, palpation, percussion or auscultation. The established and proposed mechanisms underlying these physical signs are highlighted, allowing students, residents and trainees to better appreciate endocrine pathophysiology at the bedside. The text is organized sensibly to facilitate quick and efficient review by medical trainees. Major diseases in endocrinology are grouped by organ systems - pituitary, thyroid, adrenal, and so on. Specific physical examination findings in each primary endocrine disease are reviewed and grouped under the categories of clinical features and pathophysiology, followed by related clinical and pathophysiology pearls. A brief description of the clinical finding is followed by a summary of the pathophysiologic mechanisms underlying the stated clinical finding. Relevant normal physiology and pathophysiology are reviewed where applicable, to facilitate learning. There are numerous texts on the pathophysiologic basis of diagnostic and laboratory findings in endocrinology. There is, however, no dedicated text to address questions that might be asked by trainees. Endocrine Pathophysiology satisfies this need in the literature.
Contents:
Intro
A Concise Guide to the Physical Exam
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Authors
1: Pituitary Gland Signs
1.1 Cushing's Disease
1.1.1 Proximal Myopathy
1.1.2 Fat Maldistribution
1.1.3 Striae and Skin Atrophy
1.1.4 Facial Plethora
1.1.5 Hirsutism
1.1.6 Hypertension
1.1.7 Fragility Fractures
1.1.8 Hyperpigmentation
1.2 Acromegaly
1.2.1 Acanthosis Nigricans
1.2.2 Frontal Bossing and Prognathism
1.2.3 Acrochordons and Other Skin Manifestations
1.2.4 Colonic Polyps
1.2.5 Tinel's Sign (Carpal Tunnel Syndrome) 1.2.6 Hypertension
1.3 Prolactinoma
1.3.1 Hypogonadism
1.3.2 Gynecomastia and Galactorrhea
1.3.3 Bitemporal Hemianopsia
1.4 Adult Growth Hormone Deficiency
1.4.1 Abnormal Body Composition
1.5 Growth Hormone Insensitivity (Laron-Type Dwarfism)
1.5.1 Short Stature
1.5.2 Obesity
1.5.3 Small Genitalia
1.6 Central Diabetes Insipidus
1.6.1 Dehydration due to Polyuria and Polydipsia
References
2: Thyroid Gland Signs
2.1 Hashimoto's Thyroiditis
2.1.1 Queen Anne's Sign
2.1.2 Bradycardia
2.1.3 Pericardial and Pleural Effusions 2.1.4 Dry Skin
2.1.5 Macroglossia
2.1.6 Hyporeflexia
2.1.7 Proximal Myopathy
2.1.8 Galactorrhea
2.2 Graves' Disease
2.2.1 Thyroid Eye Disease
2.2.2 Pretibial Myxedema
2.2.3 Thyroid Acropachy
2.2.4 Onycholysis
2.2.5 Periodic Paralysis
2.2.6 Thyroid Bruit and Thrill
2.2.7 Tachycardia
2.2.8 Gynecomastia
2.2.9 Lymphadenopathy
2.2.10 Change in Body Composition (Weight Loss)
2.3 Euthyroid Goiter with Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
2.3.1 Pemberton's Sign
2.3.2 Other Compressive Signs (Superior Vena Cava Syndrome, Phrenic Nerve Paralysis) 2.4 Resistance to Thyroid Hormone
2.4.1 Goiter
2.4.2 Short Stature
2.5 Medullary Thyroid Cancer
2.5.1 Facial Flushing and Other Clinical Features of Neuroendocrine Origin
2.5.2 Cervical Mass
References
3: Adrenal Gland Signs
3.1 Primary Adrenal Insufficiency
3.1.1 Postural Hypotension
3.1.2 Hyperpigmentation
3.2 Primary Hyperaldosteronism
3.2.1 Hypertension
3.2.2 Muscle Weakness
3.2.3 Atrial Fibrillation
3.2.4 Dehydration
3.3 Pseudohypoaldosteronism
3.3.1 Cardiac Arrest due to Life-Threatening Hyperkalemia 3.3.2 Cutaneous Manifestations (Folliculitis and Atopic Dermatitis)
3.4 Familial Glucocorticoid Deficiency
3.4.1 Hyperpigmentation
3.4.2 Hypoglycemia
3.5 Pheochromocytomas and Other Paraganglioma Syndromes
3.5.1 Hypertension
3.5.2 Hypotension
3.5.3 Generalized Hyperhidrosis
3.5.4 Cardiogenic Shock
3.6 Nonclassic Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia (NCCAH)
3.6.1 Clinical Hyperandrogenism (Acne and Hirsutism)
3.6.2 Testicular Adrenal Rest Tumors
3.6.3 Signs of Insulin Resistance (Skin Tags and Acanthosis Nigricans)
References - Digital[edited by] Patricia E. Molina.Contents:
General principles of endocrine physiology
The hypothalamus and posterior pituitary gland
Anterior pituitary gland
Thyroid gland
Parathyroid gland and Ca2+ and PO-4 regulation
Adrenal gland
Endocrine pancreas
Male reproductive system
Female reproductive system
Endocrine integration of energy and electrolyte balance
Appendix. Normal values of metabolic parameters and tests of endocrine function
Answers to study questions.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018 - DigitalMichael T. McDermott, MD.Summary: "For more than 30 years, the highly regarded Secrets Series has provided students and practitioners in all areas of health care with concise, focused, and engaging resources for quick reference and exam review. Endocrine Secrets, 7th Edition, features the Secrets' popular question-and-answer format that also includes lists, tables, pearls, memory aids, and an easy-to-read style - making inquiry, reference, and review quick, easy, and enjoyable"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Diabetes mellitus: etiology, classification, and diagnosis
Diabetes mellitus: acute and chronic complications
Type 1 diabetes mellitus
Type 2 diabetes mellitus
Diabetes technology: pumps, sensors, and beyond
Carbohydrate counting-guided insulin dosing: practice exercises
Inpatient management of diabetes and hyperglycemia
Diabetes in pregnancy
Hypoglycemic disorders
Lipid disorders
Obesity
Osteoporosis and other metabolic bone diseases: evaluation
Measurement of bone mass
Osteoporosis management
Osteomalacia, rickets, and vitamin D insufficiency
Paget's disease of bone
Hypercalcemia
Hyperparathyroidism
Hypercalcemia of malignancy
Hypocalcemia
Nephrolithiasis
Pituitary insufficiency
Nonfunctioning pituitary tumors and pituitary incidentalomas
Pituitary stalk lesions
Prolactin-secreting pituitary tumors
Growth hormone-secreting pituitary tumors
Cushing's syndrome
Glycoprotein-secreting pituitary tumors
Water metabolism
Disorders of growth
Growth hormone use and abuse
Primary aldosteronism
Pheochromocytomas and paragangliomas
Adrenal incidentalomas
Adrenal malignancies
Adrenal insufficiency
Congenital adrenal hyperplasia
Thyroid testing
Hyperthyroidism
Hypothyroidism
Thyroiditis
Thyroid nodules and goiter
Thyroid cancer
Thyroid emergencies
Euthyroid sick syndrome
Thyroid disease in pregnancy
Psychiatric disorders and thyroid disease
Differences (disorders) of sexual
Disorders of puberty
Male hypogonadism
Erectile dysfunction
Gynecomastia
Amenorrhea
Polycystic ovarian syndrome
Hirsutism and virilization
Menopause
Gender-affirming treatment for adults with gender incongruence and gender dysphoria
Use and abuse of anabolic-androgenic steroids and androgen precursors
Autoimmune polyglandular syndromes
Multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes
Pancreatic neuroendocrine tumors
Carcinoid syndrome
Aging and endocrinology
Endocrinopathies caused by immune checkpoint inhibitors
Sleep and endocrinology
Thyroid and parathyroid surgery
Adrenal surgery
Pancreas and other endocrine tumor surgery
Bariatric surgery
Endocrinology in Africa
Famous people with endocrine disorders
Interesting endocrine facts and figures
Endocrine case studiesDigital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalAlexander L. Shifrin, Marco Raffaelli, Gregory W. Randolph, Oliver Gimm, editors.Summary: Every surgical subspecialty has been rapidly developing with establishment of the board certification. The Division of Endocrine Surgery (DES) of the European Board of Surgery has defined the curriculum for Endocrine Surgery to include thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal and GEP-NET surgery, and handles accreditation in Endocrine Surgery. The first examinations in Endocrine Surgery in Europe have been introduced in 2003. The main goal of the exam is to maintain a uniform and high standard of endocrine surgical professionalism across the Europe. This book was completed with the expectation that it would benefit all European surgeons looking to be certified in Endocrine Surgery. Additionally, surgeons from the United States and other non-EU countries we hope will also benefit from this book. There is a need for a specialized book that reviews evidence based endocrine surgery that aligns itself with current curriculum standards in the field. The book contains knowledge that is expected to be known on the board examination of the DES. In general, chapters start with a patient's case followed by questions. The subsequent comprehensive yet concise main text provides all the information needed for a successful DES exam and cites important references. After the patient case and questions, the text goes on to define the condition, the standard of care approach to establish the diagnosis, perform diagnostic tests of choice, review evidence-based treatment options including medical therapy, preparation for surgery. The chapters conclude with follow up care and long term outcomes. The topics discussed within this book closely follow the curriculum of the European Board of Surgery Examination. Written by experts in the field, Endocrine Surgery Comprehensive Board Exam Guide is a valuable source of preparation for the Endocrine Surgery examination and brings Endocrine Surgery to a higher level of expertise by helping to raise the standard of training for future endocrine surgeons.
Contents:
Part I: Thyroid
Thyroid Gland: Anatomy and Physiology, Pathophysiology
Thyroid Nodules and Mutlinodular Goiter
Graves' Disease and Toxic Nodular Goiter
Thyroiditis (Hashimoto, De Quervain, Riedel)
Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma
Follicular Thyroid Carincoma
Hurthle Cell Carcinoma
Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma
Anaplastic Thyroid Carcinoma
Thyroid Lymphoma
Radioactive Iodine, Thyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
Surgical Procedure/Thyroidectomy: Indications, Operative Techniques, Management of Complications, RLN Monitoring, Flexible Laryngoscopy
Part II: Parathyroid
Parathyroid Glands: Anatomy, Physiology, Pathophysiology
Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Secondary Hyperparathyroidism
Tertiary Hyperparathyroidism
Parathyroid Carcinoma
Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia (FHH)
Surgical Procedure: Parathyroidectomy: Indications, Operative Techniques, Management of Complications, Intraoperative PTH Monitoring
Part III: Adrenals
Adrenal Glands: Anatomy, Physiology, Pathophysiology
Insedentaloma
Cushing's Syndrome Disease
Primary Hyperaldosteronism
Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
Adrenocortical Carcinoma
Adrenal Insufficiency (Addison's Disease)
Surgical Procedure/Adrenalectomy: Indications, Operative Techniques, Management of Complications
Part IV: Familial Endocrine Surgery
Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type 1
Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia Type 2
Familial Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Other Familial Endocrine Syndromes (Recklinghausen Disease, von Hippel Lindau Syndrome, Cowden's Disease, FAP, Carney Complex)
Jaw-Tumor Syndrome
Part V: Endocrine Pancreas
Anatomy, Endocrine Physiology and Pathophysiology
Insulinoma
Gastrinoma
Glucoganoma
Somatostatinoma
Other Endocrine Pancreatic Tumors
Surgical Procedure Steps and Key Points: Whipple Procedure/Enucleation
Part VI: Neuroendocrine Tumors
Foregut/Midgut/Hindgut Carcinoids
Part VII: Endocrine Emergencies
Thyroid Storm
Hypercalcemic Crisis
Endocrine Hypertensive Emergencies. - Printpar P. Sainton, H. Simonnet et L. Brouha.
- DigitalFrancisco Bandeira, Hossein Gharib, Airton Golbert, Luiz Griz, Manuel Faria, editors.Summary: Endocrinology, and diabetes care in particular, is a dynamic field where clinicians must translate new evidence into clinical practice at a rapid pace. Designed in an engaging, case-based format, Endocrinology and Diabetes: A Problem Oriented Approach offers a wide range of thought-provoking case studies that reflect contemporary, challenging, hands-on clinical care. Further, by providing a list of specific clinical problems, this format offers the reader a more convenient and pointed way to solve precise clinical problems in a timely manner. Developed by a renowned, international group of experts, this comprehensive title covers the most common clinical problems in endocrinology and diabetes and should be of great interest to endocrinologists, diabetologists, internal medicine physicians, family physicians, fellows, and residents.
Contents:
Genetic testing in endocrinology
Thyrotoxicosis
Hypothyroidism
Thyroid nodules and cancer
Sellar mass
Hyperprolactinemia
Acromegaly
hypopituitarism
Cushing's syndrome
Adrenal failure
Adrenal incidentaloma
Hirsutism and virilization
Menopause
Male hypogonadism
Short stature
Delayed puberty
Precocious puberty
Hypercalcemia
Hypocalcemia
Vitamin D deficiency
Osteoporosis
Metabolic bone diseases other than osteoporosis
Classification and laboratory Diagnosis
Oral therapy of type 2 diabetes
GLP-1 receptor agonists in the treatment of type 2 diabetes
Therapy with insulin
Ketoacidosis and hyperosmolar non-ketotic syndrome
Neuropathy
Nephropathy
Retinopathy
Carbohydrate counting
Dyslipidemia
Medical management of obesity
Bariatric surgery in treatment of the obese patient with Type 2 Diabetes. - DigitalFrancisco Bandeira, Hossein Gharib, Luiz Griz, Manuel Faria, editors.
- Digitaledited by Ramzi Ajjan, Stephen M. Orme.Contents:
Case 1. Difficult-to-treat hyperthyroidism
Case 2. Hypothyroidism complicated by hypothyroid coma
Case 3. Hyperthyroidism in pregnancy
Case 4. Graves' disease associated with a thyroid nodule
Case 5. A complicated case of thyroid eye disease
Case 6. Cushing's Syndrome
Case 7. Prolactinoma presenting with galactorrhoea and secondary amenorrhoea: diagnosis and management
Case 8. A 25-year-old woman with headache and joint pain
Case 9. Recent-onset visual field loss and raised prolactin level (non-functioning pituitary tumour )
Case 10. Polyuria and polydipsia
Case 11. Hypertension in the young adult
Case 12. Weight loss and dizziness: adrenal failure
Case 13. Diagnosis and management of polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS)
Case 14. Salt-wasting crisis in a newborn
Case 15. Female infertility: diagnosis and management
Case 16. Diagnosis and management of hypocalcaemia in adults
Case 17. Hypoglycaemia case study
Case 18. Spontaneous hypoglycaemia
Case 19. Thyroid nodule in a child (MEN 2)
Case 20. What kind of diabetes?
Case 21. Managing diabetes in pregnancy
Case 22. Inability to lose weight
Case 23. Medical problems in obesity
Case 24. A case of severe hyponatraemia
Case 25. Medical problems post bariatric surgery
Index. - Digital/PrintDigital AccessPrint Access
- DigitalManuela Simoni, Ilpo T. Huhtaniemi, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of endocrinology of the male reproductive system, explaining how it works and how, sometimes, it fails to work. World-class specialists present state of the art knowledge on all aspects, including anatomy, physiology, molecular biology, genetics, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations of testicular diseases, endocrine aspects of andrological and sexual diseases, and therapy. Extensive consideration is given to sexual development, testicular function, the clinical approach to disorders of male reproduction, male hypogonadism, sexual dysfunction, and male infertility. In addition, sociodemographic, psychological, and ethical aspects of male reproductive disorders are discussed. The book is intended as a major reference for endocrinologists, andrologists, and sexologists, as well as basic and clinical scientists. It is published as part of the SpringerReference program, which delivers access to living editions constantly updated through a dynamic peer-review publishing process.
Contents:
GnRH Action
Sex Determination
Testicular Steroidogenesis and Testosterone
Testis Development and Descent
Anamnesis and Physical Examination
The Semen Analysis
Primary and Secondary Hypogonadism
Gynecomastia
Genetics of Male Infertility
Varicocele
Assisted Reporduction for Male Infertility
Male Contraception
Use, Misuse and Abuse of Androgens
Ethical Aspects of Male Reproductive Disorders and Their Treatment. - DigitalBettina Basrani, editor.Summary: This book reviews the available information on bacterial disinfection in endodontics, with emphasis on the chemical treatment of root canals based on current understanding of the process of irrigation. It describes recent advances in knowledge of the chemistry associated with irrigants and delivery systems, which is of vital importance given that chemical intervention is now considered one of the most important measures in eliminating planktonic microbes and biofilms from the infected tooth. Recommendations are made regarding concentrations, exposure times, and optimal sequences. Possible complications related to the use of the different solutions are highlighted, with guidance on response. In addition, clinical protocols are suggested on the basis of both clinical experience and the results of past and ongoing research. Throughout, a practical, clinically oriented approach is adopted that will assist the practitioner in ensuring successful endodontic treatment.
Contents:
Introduction
Root canal Infection. Importance of Biofilm
Update in Root canal Anatomy with Micro CT
Irrigation Dynamics
Methods to study Irrigation
Update of endodontic irrigation solutions
Syringe irrigation
Manual Dynamic technique
Apical negative Pressure
Sonic Irrigation
Passive Ultrasonic Irrigation
Continuous Ultrasonic irrigation
Irrigation in retreatment cases
Ozonized water
Electrochemical activated water
Lasers
Photoactivated disinfection
Clinical Protocol for irrigation
Conclusions and final remarks.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Josette Camilleri.Summary: "This is a core aspect of practice, but little attention is given to materials in existing endodontics books, where the topic is generally covered as a brief chapter. This book would provide complete details on the properties of materials required for specific techniques, supporting clinicians in selecting the right materials and improving patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Pulp Capping Materials for the Maintenance of Pulp Vitality / Phillip L. Tomson and Henry. F. Duncan
Treatment of Immature Teeth with Pulp Necrosis / Paul Cooper, Henry F. Duncan, Matthias Widbiller, and Kerstin M. Galler
Endodontic Instruments and Canal Preparation Techniques / Laurence Jordan, Francois Bronnec, and Pierre Machtou
Irrigating Solutions, Devices and Techniques / Christos Boutsioukis and Maria Teresa Arias-Moliz
Root Canal Filling Materials and Techniques / Bun San Chong and Nicholas Chandler
Root-end Filling and Perforation Repair Materials and Techniques / Josette Camilleri and Christof Pertl
Materials and Clinical Techniques for Endodontic Therapy of Deciduous Teeth / Nastaran Meschi, Mostafa EzEldeen, Gertrude Van Gorp, and Paul Lambrechts
Adhesion to Intraradicular and Coronal Dentin : Possibilities and Challenges / Mutlu Özcan, Claudia Angela Maziero Volpato, and Luiz Fernando D'Altoé.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - DigitalPaul A. Rosenberg.Summary: Endodontic pain is a complex symptom that often drives a patient to a dentist in search of relief. In these circumstances, the patient is likely to pose a range of questions: Can you relieve my pain? Will the treatment be painful? How will I feel later? The answers to such questions often form the basis of the patient's assessment of the dentist. The combination of pain and a negative dental experience has physical and psychological sequelae for the patient that may last long after treatment. This book is a concise, well-structured guide to the assessment and treatment of patients who present with endodontic pain, in which step-by-step descriptions are complemented by informative images and flow charts. The advantages, disadvantages, and significance of specific diagnostic and treatment procedures are clearly described, as is a pharmacotherapeutic approach to the prevention and treatment of pain. In addition, the causes and biological basis of endodontic pain are explained and guidance is provided on further strategies for pain prevention. The crisp narrative, efficient design, and visual detail are notable features of this book that will make it an ideal chairside resource for the clinician and a dependable reference for the student.
Contents:
Diagnosis
Odontogenic and Non-odontogenic Pain
Radiographs and Diagnostic Tests
Pulpal and Periapical Diagnostic Terminology and Treatment Considerations
Causes of Endodontic Pain and Preventive Strategies
Local Anesthesia
Flare-Ups
Therapeutics. - DigitalIgor Tsesis, Carlos E. Nemcovsky, Joseph Nissan, Eyal Rosen, editors.Summary: This book presents a multidisciplinary evidence-based approach to the management of teeth with lesions of endodontic-periodontal origin. The book opens by addressing the etiology and classification of endodontic-periodontal lesions, and demonstrates its relevance to the daily practice. Specific endodontic, prosthetic, and periodontal considerations that should be incorporated into clinical decision making and treatment planning are then discussed in detail. Subsequent chapters describe modern clinical procedures in periodontal regenerative treatment, describe vertical root fractures as an endodontic-periodontal lesion, examine treatment alternatives following the extraction of teeth with endodontic-periodontal lesions, and discuss possible biological complications in implant supported oral rehabilitation. Finally, a summary chapter considers the integration of clinical factors and patient values into clinical decision making. The text is accompanied by many figures presenting informative clinical examples. The authors are internationally renowned scientists and clinicians from the specialties of Endodontology, Periodontology, and Oral Rehabilitation. Owing to its multidisciplinary and comprehensive nature, the book will be relevant and interesting to the entire dental community.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Digitaledited by Kishor Gulabivala, BDS, MSc, FDS RCS (Edin), PhD, FHEA, Yuan-Ling Ng, BDS, MSc, MRD RCS (Eng), PhD, FHEA.Contents:
Tooth development, morphology and physiology / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
Biological and clinical rationale for vital pulp therapy / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
Biological and clinical rationale for root canal treatment / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
Diagnosis of endodontic problems / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
Treatment planning / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
Pre-endodontic management / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
Delivery of endodontic treatment
Vital pulp therapy / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
Non-surgical root canal treatment / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
Management of root canal treatment failure / Yuan-Ling Ng, Kishor Gulabivala
Management of emergencies and traumatic injuries / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
Management of root resorption / Yuan-Ling Ng, Kishor Gulabivala
The perio-endo interface / Kishor Gulabivala, Ulpee Darbar, Yuan-Ling Ng
The ortho-endo interface / Kishor Gulabivala, Farhad Naini
The restorative-endo interface / Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
The medical-endo interface / Alexander Mustard, Kishor Gulabivala
The orofacial pain-endo interface / Rachel Leeson, Kishor Gulabivala, Yuan-Ling Ng
The oral medicine/oral surgery-endo interface / Rachel Leeson, Kishor Gulabivala.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalMahmoud Torabinejad, Ashraf Fouad, Shakrokh Shabahang.Contents:
Pathogenesis of pulp and periapical diseases
Systemic health considerations in the endodontic patient and geriatric endodontics
Endodontic radiology
Endodontic diagnosis and treatment planning
Differential diagnosis of pains and radiolucencies of nonpulpal origin
Endodontic case complexity and working with the specialist
Endodontic armamentarium
Local anesthesia
Endodontic emergencies and therapeutics
Management of the vital pulp and of immature teeth
Management of traumatic dental injuries
Root canal anatomy
Isolation, endodontic access, and length determination
Cleaning and shaping
Obturation and temporization
Restoration of endodontically treated teeth
Bleaching discolored nonvital teeth
Procedural accidents
Nonsurgical retreatment
Apical microsurgery
Adjunctive procedures
Endodontic treatment outcomes
Appendices. Summary table of the root numbers of the permanent maxillary teeth
Summary table of the root canal systems of the permanent maxillary teeth
Summary table of the root numbers of the permanent mandibular teeth
Summary table of the root canal systems of the permanent mandibular teeth.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - Digital/PrintFriedrich Koch-Nolte, editor.Contents:
Part I. Evolution and detection of endogenous ADP-ribosylation. The natural history of ADP-ribosyltransferases and the ADP-ribosylation system / L. Aravind, Dapeng Zhang, Robson F. de Souza, Swadha Anand and Lakshminarayan M. Iyer
Identification and analysis of ADP-ribosylated proteins / Friedrich Haag and Friedrich Buck
Part II. ADP-ribosylation by ARTCs (R-S-E ARTs). Photorhabdus luminescens Toxins TccC3 and TccC5: insecticidal ADP-ribosyltransferases that modify threonine and glutamine / Klaus Aktories, Gudula Schmidt and Alexander E. Lang
Reaction mechanism of mno-ADP-ribosyltransferase based on structures of the complex of enzyme and substrate protein / Hideaki Tsuge and Toshiharu Tsurumura
Regulation of nitrogenase by reversible mono-ADP-ribosylation / Vivian R. Moure, Flavia F. Costa, Leonardo M. Cruz, Fabio O. Pedrosa, Emanuel M. Souza, Xiao-Dan Li, Fritz Winkler and Luciano F. Huergo
ADP-ribosylation of P2X7: a matter of life and death for regulatory T cells and natural killer T cells / Björn Rissiek, Friedrich Haag, Olivier Boyer, Friedrich Koch-Nolte and Sahil Adriouch
Pierisins and CARP-1: ADP-ribosylation of DNA by ARTCs in butterflies and shellfish / Tsuyoshi Nakano, Azusa Takahashi-Nakaguchi, Masafumi Yamamoto and Masahiko Watanabe
Part III. ADP-ribosylation by ARTDs (H-Y-E ARTs). Comparative structural analysis of the putative mono-ADP-ribosyltransferases of the ARTD/PARP family / Ana Filipa Pinto and Herwig Schüler
Function and regulation of the mono-ADP-ribosyltransferase ARTD10 / Max Kaufmann, Karla L.H. Feijs and Bernhard Lüscher
Regulation of nucleocytoplasmic transport by ADP-tibosylation: the emerging role of Karyopherin-[Beta]1 mono-ADP-ribosylation by ARTD15 / Maria Di Girolamo
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalManish Tripathi, Yogesh Joshi.Summary: This book draws the reader into the latest debate on fungal diversity and the concept of lichen symbiosis. Chapters of this book cohere around four general themes: endolichenic fungi, isolation and culture, identification and bioactive potential. This is a highly informative book providing scientific insight for scholars interested in lichens and fungi. This research intrigues readers with this fascinating and less known fungal community residing inside lichens and arouses curiosity among lichenologists and mycologists about these fungi and their potential. This treatise provokes debate on the definition of lichen and its compositional organisms and invites further investigations on this topic by adding to the scholarly debate with various new perspectives on endolichenic fungi in the last chapter. Not only this, it also clarifies the differences between endolichenic fungi, mycorrhiza and lichenicolous fungi and the fungi found freely in air, water and soil and contributes to the development of the new field of endolichenic fungi. This book supports readers to build their knowledge through helpful case studies conducted throughout the globe and plentiful figures and illustrations and chemical structures of the novel compounds harvested from endolichenic fungi. This book covers both classical and cutting-edge technologies in the field of endolichenic fungi and offers step-by-step procedures for isolation and identification of endolichenic fungi and further contributes in how one can harvest the secondary metabolites from endolichenic fungi. This book shares the knowledge of some highly experienced authorities in the field of lichenology, mycology and endolichenic fungi and offers a first stop for specialists who need information about particular aspects in the field of endolichenic fungi. This research will equip researchers, professors, professionals working in this field to understand lichens and its intricate internal ecosystem with a fresh perspective and also enables readers to explore further through annotated references to other works.
Contents:
1. What are Lichens?
2. Introduction to Endolichenic fungi
3. Protocols for isolating Endolichenic fungi
4. Diversity of Endolichenic fungi
5. Diversity and distribution of Endolichenic fungi in India and rest of world
6. Endolichenic fungi: a promising source for novel bioactive compounds
7. Future perspectives. - PrintJoanne Kwak-Kim, editor.Summary: The endometrium goes through cyclical changes under the influence of hormones, and immune effectors in the endometrium change their populations cyclically as well. Dynamic changes in immune effectors determine endometrial cytokine and chemokine milieus and, consequently, the endometrial immune response. Endometrial immune responses have been shown to be important for trophoblast invasion and early pregnancy. Indeed, dysregulated endometrial inflammatory immune responses are associated with reproductive failures, such as recurrent pregnancy losses, repeated implantation failure, and gynecological diseases with oncogenic potential. Hence, the investigation of endometrial gene expression may predict infertility, gynecological and oncological conditions. This book presents the state of the art in endometrial gene expression as well as recent developmental findings relating to reproduction and reproductive disorders. It begins with a review of the genetic regulation of urogenital tract formation and molecular mechanism underlying the physiology of menstrual cycle before moving on to the current and emerging technological advances in molecular biology. Endometrial gene expressions of immune inflammatory conditions, viral infection, metabolic and nutritional conditions, and reproductive disorders are then presented in following chapters. Examples of the use and interpretation of gene expression in clinical scenarios including recurrent pregnancy losses, infertility and multiple implantation failures are presented with currently available endometrial gene analysis. Utilizing the latest evidence and clinical guidelines, Endometrial Gene Expression will be a cutting-edge resource for gynecologist, reproductive immunologist, reproductive endocrinologists, obstetrician, maternal fetal medicine specialist and other health care providers in the field of reproductive medicine. .
Contents:
Endometrial Development and Its Fine Structure
Molecular Biology Techniques for Endometrial Gene Expression: Recent Technological Advances
T Cell-related Endometrial Gene Expression Abnormalities
Role of Immunoregulatory Cytokine IL-15 in the Endometrium
Endometrial Gene Expression in Women with Repeated Implantation Failure
Endometrial Receptivity by ERA for Infertility
Endometrium Gene Expression and Epigenetic Regulation in Reproductive Failure
Endometrial Gene Expression for HHV6
Infection and Endometrial Gene Expression: HHV6 and Infertility
Endometrial Immune Inflammatory Gene Signature in Endometriosis
Gene Expression in Endometriosis
MicroRNA and Endometriosis
Metabolic and Nutritional Impact on Endometrial Gene Expression and Reproductive Disorders. - DigitalSajal Gupta, Avi Harlev, Ashok Agarwal.Contents:
Introduction
Predisposing and protective factors of endometriosis
Theories on endometriosis
Oxidative stress and endometriosis
Role of iron in the pathogenesis of endometriosis
Role of environmental pollutants in endometriosis
Endometriosis and ovarian cancer
Endometriosis: impact on quality of life
Diagnosis of endometriosis
Management of endometriosis
Concluding remarks. - DigitalTasuku Harada, editor.Summary: Endometriosis is one of the most common gynecological diseases, causingpelvic pain, infertility, and cancer. The condition reduces the quality of life for the estimated 10% of menstruating women who are affected by it. This book provides a clear insight intothe pathogenesis and pathophysiology of endometriosis-essentialinformation forcliniciansintending to successfully treat the condition. The first part covers a range of topics including stem cells, NK cells, macrophages, inflammation, cytokines, epigenetics, prostaglandin, sex steroids, aromatase, apoptosis, nerve fibers, and malignant transformation to aid in understanding the pathogenesis and pathophysiology of the disease. The second part provides useful tools for therapy, specifically, notable recent techniques in prevention, imaging, biomarkers, medical treatments, surgical treatments, prevention of recurrence, and infertility treatments. Each chapter was written by an expert in the field, with nearly 40 researchers and clinicians contributing to the work. This book will be highly useful to clinicians as well as to research scientists who are interested in this enigmatic disease.
Contents:
Preface
PART I. INTRODUCTION
Endometriosis: a mysterious disease
Part II. BASIC SCIENCE
Pathological aspect and pathogenesis of endometriosis
Visible and invisible (occult) endometriosis
Role of stem cells in the pathogenesis of endometriosis
Role of NK cells in endometriosis
Macrophages in Pathophysiology of Endometriosis
Inflammation and Cytokines in Endometriosis
Epigenetics in endometriosis
Roles of Prostaglandin E2 in Endometriosis
Sex steroids and endometriosis
Aromatase expression in endometriosis and its significance
Apoptosis in Endometriosis
Role of nerve fibres in endometriosis
Endometriosis in experimental models
Malignant transformation of endometriosis
underlying mechanisms
Potential new drugs for endometriosis: experimental evidence
Altered Biological Characteristics of Eutopic and Ectopic Endometrium
PartIII. CLINICAL SCIENCE
Prevention of Endometriosis
MR imaging of endometriosis
Biomarkers of endometriosis
Classification of Endometriosis
The Association of Endometriosis with Ovarian Cancer: A Critical Review of Epidemiological Data
Surgical management of endometriosis
Systematic laparoscopic surgery of complete obliteration of the cul-de-sac
Prevention of recurrence after surgery
Ovarian reserve in patients with endometriosis
Infertility treatment of endometriosis patients
Pregnancy complications associated with endometriosis
Malignant transformation of endometriosis. - DigitalEngin Oral, editor.Summary: Although endometriosis and adenomyosis are often assessed under the same umbrella, the epidemiology, clinical manifestations and management strategies of endometriosis and adenomyosis occur differently during the life cycle of a woman. Endometriosis can be diagnosed at many points across the lifespan, including adolescence and the climacterium, as well as pregnancy. Being associated with potential adverse health effects, different clinical presentations requiring different therapeutic approaches render it imperative to tailor management strategies for each period of the lifespan: in utero and early life, puberty and adolescence, reproductive years, pregnancy, late reproductive age, and the menopause. This book provides comprehensive insight into the general aspects, diagnosis and treatment modalities of endometriosis and adenomyosis in all stages of a woman's life - a unique element of its approach. Thematic sections discuss the basics of diagnosis and management of both endometriosis and adenomyosis from birth through menopause, including aspects of fertility preservation, sexual dysfunction, psychological considerations and prevention. The current pharmaceutical approaches and efficacy are presented, including progestins, aromatase inhibitors and GnRH agonists and antagonists. The final section provides current practice guidelines for the management of both conditions as well as an investigation into future research and clinical strategies. Taking a truly global perspective, Endometriosis and Adenomyosis will be a valuable resource for reproductive endocrinologists, infertility specialists and obstetricians and gynecologists worldwide.
Contents:
Part I. Endometriosis: An Overview
Endometriosis in Human History
Global Epidemiologic Data on Endometriosis
Presumptive Causes of Endometriosis across the Lifespan
Pathogenesis of Endometriosis: Retrograde Menstruation and Metaplasia, Inflammation, Autoimmunity, Genetics
Classification and Clinical Staging of Endometriosis
Diagnostic Modalities: Imaging and Markers
Multidisciplinary Aspects of Chronic Pain without Endometriosis
Part II. Endometriosis across the Lifespan
Endometriosis In Utero and Early Life
Endometriosis in Adolescence
Endometriosis in the Reproductive Years: Fertility and Pain
Endometriosis in Peri- and Postmenopausal Years
Pregnancy and Obstetric Outcomes
Part III. Miscellaneous Clinical Presentations and Management of Endometriosis
Recurrent Endometriosis
A Rare Entity of Extra Pelvic Endometriosis: Scar, Diaphragmatic, Pulmonary Involvement
Fertility Preservation for Endometriosis
Malignancy Risks Associated with Endometriosis
Psychological Considerations in Endometriosis
Sexual Dysfunction and Endometriosis
Nutritional Interventions, Complementary and Alternative Medicine for Endometriosis
Prevention of Endometriosis: Is It Possible?- How to Establish a "Center of Excellence" for Endometriosis
Cost Estimates Associated with Diagnosis and Treatment of Endometriosis
Part IV. Adenomyosis: An Overview
What Is Adenomyosis?- Adenomyosis in Medicine
Insights into Adenomyosis Development
Classification and Staging of Adenomyosis
Non-invasive Diagnosis of Adenomyosis: Ultrasonography and MRI
Part V: Adenomyosis across the Lifespan
Adenomyosis in Adolescence
Adenomyosis in the Reproductive Years: Abnormal Uterine Bleeding, Pain, Fertility
Pregnancy and Obstetric Outcomes in Adenomyosis
Does Adenomyosis Increase Cancer Risk?- Part VI. Clinical Pharmaceutical Features of Drugs Used in Endometriosis and Adenomyosis Treatment
Hormonal Therapy: Oral Contraceptives, Progestins, Danazol, Aromatase Inhibitors
GnRH Agonists and Antagonists
Part VII. Guidelines and Future Prospects for Endometriosis and Adenomyosis
Recent Guidelines on Endometriosis and Adenomyosis
The Future of Endometriosis and Adenomyosis Research. - PrintCeana H. Nezhat.Summary: Adolescent endometriosis is a previously overlooked disease in children, the true prevalence of which is still unknown but has been estimated between 19-73%. There are numerous initial challenges faced by adolescents suffering from delayed or undiagnosed endometriosis apart from experiencing chronic pain, such as: school/work absenteeism, false diagnoses/treatments, erroneous physician referrals, unnecessary radiological studies, radiation exposure, and emergency room visits as well as early exposure to narcotic pain medications and subsequent drug tolerance, resistance or even addiction. This text presents a clear history of physician and patient understanding and awareness of endometriosis in adolescents. It lays the groundwork for this condition with background information on endometriosis in general followed by a more focused look at endometriosis in adolescents. Leading experts in the field provide chapters on the different locations where endometriotic lesions can present in adolescents as well as identified risk factors and concomitant diseases of which it is important to be aware. In addition to the clinical presentation, this book also provides information on breaking down existing barriers, such as stigma, and current activism and awareness of this condition. Adolescent Endometriosis is a first-of-its-kind text that focuses exclusively on endometriosis in the adolescent population. Written by experts in the field, this book is a comprehensive resource for clinicians in all medical disciplines that treat adolescent age girls. .
Contents:
Preface
History of Endometriosis in Adolescents
Endometriosis ancient disease ancient treatments
Endometriosis in Adolescents
Endometriosis Definition
Defining Endometriosis for doctors and patients
Etiology of Endometriosis
Molecular Mechanisms underlying Adolescent Endometriosis and Advancements in Medical Management
Pathophysiology of endometriosis
Optimal Management of Endometriosis and Pain
The Presence of Endometriosis in the Human Fetus
Diagnosis
Clinical Evaluation and Preoperative Considerations in Adolescent Girls with Endometriosis
Neuroanatomical insights in adolescents with endometriosis and pain
Reproductive Tract Anomalies in Adolescent Endometriosis
Obstructed Mullerian Anomalies and Endometriosis in the Adolescent
Adenomyosis In Adolescence
(Henry) Patient Story SKM
Endometriosis Classifications
Current classifications addressing endometriosis in adolescents related to symptoms
Imaging
Imaging for endometriosis in adolescent
Utility of ultrasound in the evaluation in adolescents suspected of endometriosis
Clinical Manifestations
Neonatal uterine bleeding and adolescent endometriosis
Hammer and Nail Medicine: The Cost of Non-Acceptance in Adolescent Psychology and Endometriosis
Fertility Outcomes
FERTILITY OUTCOMES - REDUCING OVARIAN DAMAGE DURING ENDOMETRIOSIS SURGERY
Fertility Preservation in Adolescents with Endometriosis
Endometriosis Comorbidities
Comorbidities in adolescent women with endometriosis
Associated Pathology
Thyroid Disorders in Adolescence
Polycystic Ovary Syndrome in Adolescents
Benign Adnexal Masses in Pediatric and Adolescent Females
Adnexal Masses in the Adolescent Population
Ovarian Torsion in Adolescents
Ovary Sparing Surgery for Ovarian Torsion in Adolescents
Adnexal Torsion in Adolescent and Pediatric Patients
(Ziegler) Patient Stories SKM
Pre-operative Considerations
Anesthesia considerations for operative laparoscopy in pediatric and adolescent gynecological surgery
Patient Positioning for Operative Laparoscopy in Pediatric and Adolescent Gynecological Surgery
Instrumentation for operative laparoscopy in pediatric and adolescent gynecological surgery
Interventions
Surgical Interventions
Laparoscopic Surgery in Adolescents for Endometriosis
The Role of Hysteroscopy in Adolescent Gynecologic Evaluation and Treatment
Nutrition and Lifestyle Factors
Medical Management of Endometriosis in Adolescents
Curcumin in the management of Endometriosis
The holistic approach to managing adolescent endometriosis
(Wright) Patient Story
Post-operative Considerations
Complications of Endoscopic Surgery for Adolescents Endometriosis: Prevention, Recognition, and Management
Todays Activism: increasing awareness among physicians and patients
Approach to diagnosis of adolescent endometriosis for the primary care pediatrician
Individual Actions. - Digital[edited by] Wolfgang Draf, MD, PhD, formerly Professor and Director, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, Klinikum Fulda, Fulda, Germany, International Neuroscience Institute, Hannover, Germany, Ricardo L. Carrau, MD, Professor and Director, Comprehensive Skull Base Surgery Program, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, James Cancer Center and Solove Research Institute, Wexner Medical at The University of Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, USA, Ulrike Bockmühl, MD, PhD, Professor and Director, Department of Otolaryngology - Head and Neck Surgery, Klinikum Kassel, Kassel, Germany, Amin B. Kassam, MD, Vice President, Neurosciences System Clinical Program, Aurora Neuroscience Innovation Institute, Medical Director, Neurosurgery, Aurora St. Luke's Medical Center, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Peter Vajkoczy, MD, PhD, Professor and Director, Department of Neurosurgery, Charité University Medicine, Berlin, Germany.Summary: "This book presents a complete step-by-step guide to endonasal endoscopic skull base surgery, written by prominent interdisciplinary specialists and reflecting important recent developments in the field. Combining the fundamentals of skull base anatomy and pathology with current diagnostic and interventional imaging techniques, Endonasal Endoscopic Surgery of Skull Base Tumors: An Interdisciplinary Approach provides a solid clinical foundation for anyone working in this challenging and evolving specialty. Special features: - State-of-the-art contributions from international experts in endonasal endoscopic skull base surgery - A 360ʻ panoramic assessment of skull base pathologies - Description of basic and advanced endoscopic procedures based on the endonasal corridor system - Current tumor-specific strategies, including indications and preoperative work-up, endoscopic surgical techniques, sequel and potential complications, postoperative care, outcomes, and pearls and pitfalls - Clear and consistent interdisciplinary guidelines for managing the internal carotid artery in skull base surgery, allowing the removal of previously inoperable tumors - Surgical outcomes from two of the leading international skull base centers, one in Fulda, Germany (formerly headed by Professor Draf), and one joint program at the University of Brescia and University of Varese, Italy Complete with 500 full-color photographs, anatomic illustrations, flowcharts, and tables, Endonasal Endoscopic Surgery of Skull Base Tumors: An Interdisciplinary Approach offers a practical management approach and sets a new standard in the field"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
History of endonasal tumor surgery
Anatomy of anterior, central, and posterior skull base
Etiology, biology, and pathology of skull base tumors
Imaging assessment and endovascular treatment
Management of the internal carotid artery in skull base tumor surgery
Multidisciplinary endoscopic skull base centers: delivering integrated care
360 Access to the skull base
The Sinonasal corridor
Expanded endoscopic endonasal approaches
Transpterygoid approaches
Endoscopic transsphenoidal pituitary surgery: endoneurosurgery
Tumor-specific strategies
Dural reconstruction
Prevention and management of complications
Surgical results.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2015 - DigitalRavindra H. Patil, Vijay L. Maheshwari, editors.Summary: This book describes the various therapeutic and commercial applications of compounds produced by endophytes. Endophytes are microorganisms that reside in the living internal tissues of plants without showing any apparent symptom of their presence. During their life cycle, they establish a symbiotic or parasitic relationship with the host plant. The book discusses different kinds of compounds that these endophytes produce, and their potential properties such as antimicrobial, anti-oxidative, anti-inflammatory, anticancer, neutraceutical, immunomodulatory etc. Other prospects of entophytic biology such as fungi of wild and domesticated crop plants and their applications in sustainable agriculture have also been included. The book also provides details about various techniques used in endophyte research, metabolite detection and bioactivity-based assays to explore endophytes. Endophytes with phytohormonesproducing potential and their role in plant microbial interactions under stress are also discussed. The book also highlights novel strategies to tap into the hidden potential of endophytic fungi for the production of novel biomolecules using an integrated approach. These microorganisms have attracted a lot of scientific attention worldwide because of their huge potential for novel phytochemicals, pharmaceuticals and lead compounds. Hundreds of new novel endophytic fungi have been isolated, identified and systematically studied in last decade. However, this is the first of its kind, systematic compilation of potential biotechnological applications of endophytic compounds. Chapter contributions from groups across the globe make this book very up-to-date and informative. This book is very useful and interesting for students and researchers in the field of microbiology, plant sciences, mycology and pharmacology. It is also helpful for industry experts working on developing novel compounds.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Biologically active secondary metabolites from endophytic Alternaria species
Chapter 2. Endophytic fungi of wild and domesticated crop plants and their prospect for applications in sustainable agriculture
Chapter 3. Recent update on novel anticancer compounds from endophytes
Chapter 4. Indo-Pak medicinal plants and their endophytes: An emphasis on nutraceutical and bioactive potential
Chapter 5. Pharmacological applications of bioactive secondary metabolites from endophytes
Chapter 6. Antimicrobial activity of endophytic fungi isolated from some selected ethno-medicinal plants of Assam, India
Chapter 7. Endophytic fungi:a source of novel pharmaceutical compounds
Chapter 8. Endophytic microflora of Sri Lankan plants: an overview of the therapeutic and agricultural applications of the secondary metabolites
Chapter 9. In situ probing of endophyte natural products with DESI-imaging mass spectrometry
Chapter 10. Role of phytohormonesproducing fungal endophytes in plant microbial interactions under stress
Chapter 11. Strategies for tapping into hidden potential of endophytic fungi as sources of novel biomolecules-need for an integrated approach
Chapter 12. Endophytes: potential source of compounds of commercial and therapeutic application. - Digitaledited by Dinesh Kumar Maheshwari, Shrivardhan Dheeman.Summary: The challenges to meet the food requirement of the burgeoning population and stabilized productivity of agriculture lands can only be met by a second green revolution. After steadily declining for over a decade hunger is on the rise again, affecting million people of the global population. Therefore, crop yields must be increased substantially over the coming decades to keep pace with global food demand. The plant rhizosphere is a multidimensional and dynamic ecological environment of complicated microbe-plant interactions for harnessing essential macro and micronutrients from a limited nutrient pool. This book will showcase naturally-occurring endophyte which can be explored for nutrient mineralization and mobilization for sustainable agriculture. This will cover recent trends, prospects, critical commentaries and advancement in the research area focusing on naturally-occurring beneficial endophytic microbes. Thus, it is proposed to bring out new scientific insights and frontiers of research that have exploration of endophyte for mineral nutrient management in soil and crops. The chapters are contributed by leading scientists across the globe. The book will be useful to agronomists, microbiologists, ecologists, plant pathologists, molecular biologists, environmentalists, policy makers, conservationists, and NGOs working for the crop production and productivity development and consequently over all agricultural significance.
Contents:
Section I: Endophytes in Agriculture
1. Endophytes in the Course of Mineral Nutrient Management in Agriculture: An Introduction; D.K. Maheshwari, S. Dheeman
2. Biological control by fungal and bacterial endophytes; M. Romero
3. Microbial endophytes mediated phosphorus solubilization: Sustainable approach to improve soil fertility and plant growth; S. S. Sindhu
4. Cattle dung inhabiting bacteria enhance yield of Foeniculum vulgare Mill; Sandhya Dhiman
Section II: Endophytes and Mineral Nutrition
5. Contribution of endophytic non-rhizobial bacteria to improve nitrogen-fixation efficiency of legume crops; Hassan Etesami
6. Endophytes and Sustainable Agriculture: Recent Prospects of Nutrient Management; M. Ghorbhanpour
7. Role of Endophytes- PGPR in yield enhancement of Sesamum indicum L. under integrated nutrient management; S. Kumar, R.C. Dubey
8. Beneficial Effects of Dark Septate Endophytes to Crop Mineral Nutrition; Jerri Zilli
9. Tropical endophytic Bacillus enhance plant growth and nutrient uptake in maize; Eliane Aparecida Gomes
Section III: Beneficial Microbes and Mineral Nutrition
10. Mycorrhizal inhabiting endophytic actinobacteria in plant growth promotion; W. Pathom-Aree
11. Fungal endophytes in the improvement of Biomass Yield, Nutritive Value and Accumulation of Minerals in certain crops; Oscar Santamaria
12. Mineralization by plant growth promoting bacteria: What we know so far and where we are headed to in the genomic era?; Chokchai Kittiwongwattana
13. Re-evaluating the potential functions of endophytic PGPR for acquisition of mineral nutrients by plants; Becky Nancy Aloo
14. Bacillus sp. as PGPR and their significance in enhancement of nutrient use efficiency of certain Millet crops; Yogesh Kumar Negi, Chitra Pandey
Conclusion: Current approaches of endophytes in mineral nutrient management; K.G. Ramawat, D.K. Maheshwari . - Digitaledited by Trevor R. Hodkinson, Fiona M. Doohan, Brian R. Murphy, Matthew J. Saunders.Summary: Discusses the role of endophytes in food security, forestry and health. It outlines their general biology, spanning theory to practice.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- Printby the Healthcare Sterile Processing Association.
- DigitalJames J. Evans, Tyler J. Kenning, Christopher Farrell, Varun R. Kshettry, editors.Summary: The first two sections of this text address endoscopic and keyhole surgical procedures for cranial base and deep brain structures. These sections provide a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of this minimally invasive field and will serve as a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons and researchers with an interest in cranial base surgery. The philosophy, techniques, indications and limitations of endoscopic and keyhole cranial base surgery are covered in detail. This reference includes a discussion of the basic principles of these approaches as well as the preoperative planning, intraoperative pearls, and reconstruction techniques. The thorough descriptions of the practical and technical aspects are accompanied by extensive illustrations, figures and operative images. Extending beyond the technical details of these procedures, this text provides a third section that focuses on a thorough analysis and comparison of the endoscopic, keyhole and traditional open approaches to specific intracranial regions. Utilizing a "target-based" approach, the utility of each surgical technique is evaluated in regard to accessing pathology of the anterior, middle and posterior fossa cranial base as well as the deep central regions of the brain. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up to date scientific and clinical information. Endoscopic and Keyhole Cranial Base Surgery will be a valuable resource to specialists in optimizing surgical results and improving patient outcomes.
- Digitaleditors, Manuel Bernal-Sprekelsen, Isam Alobid ; co-editors, Joaquim Enseñat, Alberto Prats-Galino.Contents:
Section 1. Introduction
Section 2. Anatomy of the lateral nasal wall and the paranasal sinuses
Section 3. Anterior cranial fossa
Section 4. Middle cranial fossa
Section 5. Clivus and posterior cranial fossa
Sectio 6. Pterygopalatine and infratemporal fossa
Section 7. Combined endoscopic-transcranial approaches
Section 8. Basic landmarks in expanded endoscopic skull base surgery
Section 9. Reconstruction techniques.Digital Access - DigitalJeffrey Cheng, John P. Bent, editors.Contents:
External and Middle Ear
Nasal Cavity and Nasopharynx
Oral Cavity and Oropharynx
Airway and Aerodigestive Tract.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital[edited by] David F. Jimenez.Summary: Destined to be the definitive reference in this complex surgical area, Endoscopic Craniosynostosis Surgery is the first single resource to offer complete coverage of techniques, outcomes, complications, and results when treating patients with craniosynostosis endoscopically. Dr. David F. Jimenez, a pioneer in the field who has developed minimally invasive endoscopic surgeries to treat very young infants with this condition, provides all appropriate data and detailed guidance on every aspect of the management of craniosynostosis using endoscopic techniques. Covers the surgical management of every type of single suture synostosis as well as multiple and complex synostosis. Presents surgical techniques in depth, with a complete review of short- and long-term outcomes and results. Provides detailed information on patient anesthesia and how to set up the operating room for surgery. Includes detailed descriptions of helmets and their management. Features hundreds of radiographs, clinical photos, and procedural illustrations, as well as procedural videos. Discusses complication avoidance, provides surgical pearls throughout, and supplies patient information online. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access bonus images plus all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices.
Contents:
The History and Evolution of Craniosynostosis Surgery
The Evaluation, Correction, and Prevention of Pathologic Facial Development Secondary to Craniosynostosis
Background and Management Principles
Perioperative Logistics
The Role of the Nurse in Endoscopic Craniosynostosis Surgery
Anesthesia Management
Ophthalmic Complications of Craniosynostosis and the Impact of Endoscopic Repair
Sagittal Craniosynostosis
Unicoronal Craniosynostosis
Metopic Craniosynostosis
Nonsyndromic Bicoronal Craniosynostosis
Bicoronal Syndromic Craniosynostosis
Lambdoid Craniosynostosis
Multiple Suture Nonsyndromic Craniosynostosis
Postoperative Cranial Orthotic Therapy
Complications and Avoidance
Final Thoughts and Conclusions.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - Digitaledited by Petrisor A. Geavlete.Contents:
Endoscopic aspects of prostate anatomy
Endoscopic electroresection of benign prostatic adenoma (TURP)
Bipolar electroresection of prostate adenomas
Electrovaporization of prostate adenoma
Endoscopic incision of the prostate (TUIP)
Laser treatment for benign prostatic hyperplasia
Enucleation of benign prostatic hyperplasia
Microwave thermotherapy in the treatment of prostatic adenomas (TUMT)
Radiofrequency ablation in the treatment of benign prostatic hyperplasia (TUNA)
Transurethral balloon dilation of the prostate
Prostatic stents
Minimally invasive treatment algorithm for benign prostatic hyperplasia
The place of endoscopy in the modern treatment of prostate cancer
Endoscopic treatment of prostatic abscesses
Endoscopic treatment of prostatic lithiasis.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalTsuneo Oyama, editor.Summary: This book covers pre-operative diagnosis and new techniques for dissecting early-stage gastric cancer. With abundant color figures and extensive explanations, it covers actual practice scenarios, including difficult-to-treat cases.Digital Access Springer 2016
- Digital[edited by] Livio Presutti, Daniele Marchioni.Summary: "Increasingly used as an adjunctive tool in the diagnosis and management of ear disease, middle ear endoscopy has the potential to decrease patient morbidity, prevent disease recurrence, and reduce costs. Its capacity to uncover hidden anatomy within the small dimensions of the ear has made it essential for functional surgery, allowing surgeons to preserve key anatomic structures such as the cochlea and facial nerve. Now for the first time, the physicians who pioneered this groundbreaking minimally invasive technique review its indications, advantages, disadvantages, and surgical approaches. Written by the foremost leaders in the field, all members of the International Working Group on Endoscopic Ear Surgery. Features nearly 1,000 intraoperative endoscopic images filmed with high-definition cameras, plus outstanding line drawings that aid in understanding all concepts. Comprehensively covers the field, including chapters on endoscopic and combined endoscopic-microscopic management of cholesteatoma, surgical restoration of middle ear ventilation, myringoplasty, Meniere disease, tympanoplasty and stapes surgery, revision surgery, and much more. Demonstrates state-of-the-art endoscopic procedures in 19 instructive videos. From the unique anatomy and pathophysiology of the middle ear through diagnosis, surgical indications, procedures, and instrumentation, this book is indispensable for all otolaryngologists and neurotologists. It offers a full picture of the field today, as well as exploring the future possibilities of ear endoscopes alone or in combination with operative microscopes for the most effective treatment of middle ear pathologies"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalGiuseppe Galloro, editor.Summary: Owing to the alterations in visceral anatomy, many endoscopists, and especially trainees, experience difficulties when performing endoscopic surveys or procedures in patients who have previously undergone surgery to the digestive tract. In this richly illustrated book, an expert in the field provides a detailed overview of endoscopic follow-up of gastrointestinal (esophageal, gastric, and colorectal) anastomosis. Both normal appearances and pathological conditions involving complications are fully covered. The methodology, timing, protocols, and role of diagnostic endoscopy are first discussed. Endoscopic treatments for the resolution of different clinical problems related to recurrences, stenoses, dehiscences, and fistulas are then evaluated step by step with the aid of high-quality images. Regardless of level of experience, endoscopists and gastroenterologists will find Endoscopic Follow-up of Digestive Anastomosis to be an invaluable source of information and aid to treatment in this important area, which too often receives insufficiently detailed attention.
Contents:
Analysis of Surgical Risk Factors in Tailoring Digestive Anastomosis
Impact of Flexible Endoscopy in the Evaluation of Digestive Anastomosis
Methodology and Appropriateness of Follow-Up in Digestive Endoscopy
Timing and Protocols of Endoscopic Follow-Up in Operated Patients After Esophageal Surgery
Timing and Protocols of Endoscopic Follow-Up After Gastric Surgery
Timing and Protocols of Endoscopic Follow-Up in Operated Patients After Small Bowel Surgery
Timing and Protocols of Endoscopic Follow-Up in Operated Patients After Colorectal Surgery
Intraoperative Endoscopy in the Evaluation of Digestive Anastomoses
Contribution of Endo-ultrasonography
Augmented Endoscopy Imaging in the Study of Digestive Anastomosis: Does It Really Work and How?
Physiopathology and Treatment of Anastomotic Ulcer: An Emerging Pathology?
Endoscopic Treatment of Anastomotic Recurrences in Oncologic Patients
Therapeutic Endoscopy for the Treatment of Benign Anastomotic Strictures
Review: Therapeutic Endoscopy for the Treatment of Anastomotic Dehiscences
Hemostatic Procedures in the Bleeding Anastomosis
Endoscopic Treatment of Anastomotic Complications After Bariatric Surgery.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalDaniele Marchioni, Livio Presutti.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Roy R. Casiano, Islam R. Herzallah, Jean Anderson Eloy ; Robert Margulies, medical illustrator.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2018
- DigitalPeter-John Wormald.Summary: There has been a significant shift from external and headlight sinus surgery to endoscopic sinus surgery (ESS). This dramatic change was initiated by the pioneering studies of Messerklinger in which he demonstrated that each sinus has a predetermined mucociliary clearance pattern draining toward its natural ostium irrespective of additional openings that may have been created into the sinuses.1 This philosophy of opening the natural ostium of the diseased sinus was then popularized by Stammberger2 and Kennedy.3 ESS is now accepted as the surgical management of choice for chronic sinusitis. In addition, as our knowledge of the anatomy of the sinuses has improved, other ancillary techniques such as endoscopic lacrimal surgery4 and orbital decompression5 have been developed. The development of specialized instruments has facilitated the endoscopic management of benign endonasal tumors6,7 and more recently the endoscopic management of malignant tumors8 of the nose, sinuses, and intracranial cavity. Endoscopic sinus surgery, ancillary nasal and sinus procedures, and, more recently, endoscopic transnasal intracranial surgery requires a broad range of specially designed endoscopic surgical instruments. -IntroductionDigital Access
- Digital[edited by] Daniel H. Kim, Gun Choi, Sang-Ho Lee, Richard G. Fessler.Digital Access
- DigitalNorio Fukami, editor.Contents:
History of ESD
Indications of ESD in the Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
Indication for Colorectal ESD
Role of EUS on Preoperative Staging of Gastric Cancer for ESD
Advanced Endoscopic Imaging in the Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
Advanced Endoscopic Imaging in the Lower Gastrointestinal Tract
Injection Material for ESD
Eastern Perspective
Submucosal Fluid Cushion Injection Fluid
Western Perspective
Electrocautery
Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection for Superficial Esophageal Cancer
ESD Technique: Stomach
Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection Technique: Colorectum
How to Conquer Difficult ESD: Duodenum, Fibrosis, and More
Prevention of Stricture Formation after Esophageal Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection
Regenerative Medicine for Stricture Management: What does the Future Hold?
Prevention, Identification, and Treatment of Hemorrhage
Management of Gastrointestinal EMR & ESD perforation: From Lab to Practice
Identification, Treatment, and Prevention of Complications: Perforation in the Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
Prevention, Identification, and Treatment of Perforation in the Lower Gastrointestinal Tract
Post-resection surveillance
POEM
ESD Expansion: NOTES ? Eastern perspective
ESD Expansion: NOTES ? The Western Perspective
ESD Training in the East
ESD training in Western Countries. - DigitalLivio Presutti, Francesco Mattioli, editors.Summary: This manual covers all aspects of endoscopic surgery of the lacrimal drainage system. Step-by-step descriptions are provided of endoscopic dacrocystorhinostomy (DCR) and its use in revision surgery, accompanied by numerous helpful photographs and anatomical drawings. In addition, clear flow charts are included to aid in diagnostic and surgical decision making and identify surgical indications. Essential information is provided on anatomy, physiology, and pathology, and an individual chapter is devoted to imaging of the lacrimal drainage system. Further topics include lacrimal probes and stents, potential complications of surgery, and endoscopic DCR in the pediatric age group. This book will assist the practitioner in negotiating the steep learning curve involved in gaining the skills needed to perform endoscopic surgery of the lacrimal drainage system, which offers significant advantages in terms of avoidance of external incisions and maintenance of the lacrimal pump.
Contents:
1 Anatomy of the lacrymal drainage system
2 Physiology of the lacrymal drainage system
3 Pathology of the lacrymal drainage system
4 Imaging of the lacrymal drainage system and interventional radiology
5 Epiphora and indications for surgery
6 Endoscopic dacryocistorhinostomy
7 Pediatric pathologies and indication for surgery
8 Dacryocistorhinostomy in revision surgery
9 Lacrimal Probe, Stent and Incanulation
10 Complication in lachrymal drainage system surgery. - Digital[edited by] Benjamin S. Bleier, Suzanne K. Freitag, Raymond Sacks.Summary: "The field of endoscopic orbital surgery is one of the most rapidly advancing areas in modern day rhinology and oculoplastic practice and despite extensive research efforts, there is currently no text dedicated to the subject. Over the past decade and particularly over the past 2-3 years, there has been tremendous advancement in both the knowledge and surgical techniques involved in orbital surgery. This text provides a fully comprehensive review of all the Anatomy, Pathology and Physiology pertaining to the Orbit, Paranasal sinuses and surrounding structures in the region. The book then progresses to detail the management of the spectrum of pathologies encountered in the region and to debate all the pros and cons of differing treatment approaches with current evidence based medicine. It contains both radiologic and anesthetic considerations and details post-operative management of these patients"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: 1. Anatomy of the Orbit and Paranasal Sinuses / Lora R. Dagi-Glass
2. Anatomy, Physiology, and Treatment of the Tearing Adult / Michael K. Yoon
3. Radiologic Assessment of the Orbit and Lacrimal System / Hugh Curtin
4. Evaluation and Management of Congenital Lacrimal Obstruction / Suzanne K. Freitag
5. Evaluation and Management of Acquired Lacrimal Obstruction / Geoffrey Wilcsek
6. Pathogenesis of Thyroid Eye Disease / Nahyoung Grace Lee
7. Indications and Techniques for Orbital Decompression / Suzanne K. Freitag
8.Complications of Orbital Decompression and Management / Nithin D. Adappa
9. Strabismus and Eyelid Surgery in Thyroid Eye Disease / Dean M. Cestari
10. Orbital Trauma Management, Reconstruction, and External Approaches to the Orbit / Daniel R. Lefebvre
11. Optic Nerve Decompression / Ralph B. Metson
12. Primary Neoplasms of the Orbit / Vijay R. Ramakrishnan Note continued: 13. Open Management of Primary Orbital Neoplasms / Carl Snyderman
14. Endoscopic Management of Primary Orbital Neoplasms / Benjamin S. Bleier
15. Endoscopic Management of Skull Base Neoplasms with Orbital Involvement / Richard J. Harvey
16. Transorbital Approaches to the Sinuses, Skull Base, and Intracranial Space / Kris S. Moe
17. Orbital Complications of Sinusitis and Management / Zachary M. Soler
18. Management of Iatrogenic Orbital Injury / Geoffrey E. Rose
19. Anesthetic Technique for Endoscopic Orbital Surgery / Raymond Sacks
20. Postoperative Care and Complications Following Open and Endoscopic Orbital Surgery / Alkis J. Psoitis.Digital Access - DigitalRoberto Alexandre Dezena.Summary: Endoscopic third ventriculostomy is the most widely performed neuroendoscopic procedure around the world. Several scientific papers appear in the scientific literature every month, with an increasing number, given the great interest neuroendoscopy has aroused as well as controversies about certain aspects of endoscopic third ventriculostomy. With this reasoning, the goal of this book is to be a reference in the revision of classic concepts and scientifically proven aspects about the indications and techniques of endoscopic third ventriculostomy, as well as new neuroendoscopic tendencies. The book is structured in 2 parts and into 7 chapters. Part I - Classic Concepts - comprises the first 2 chapters, covering general aspects of neuroendoscopy such as historical notes, endoscopic anatomy and ventricular system physiology. Part II - State-of-the-Art - comprises chapters 3 to 7. From chapters 3 to 6 the book will discuss general principles of endoscopic ventricular technique and the applications of endoscopic third ventriculostomy in different age groups, and its association to choroid plexus coagulation. Chapter 7 deals with alternative ways of communicating the ventricular system with the cisterns of the subarachnoid space. All chapters are richly illustrated with high resolution images; there are links to online access to demonstrative surgical videos. Designed for neurosurgeons at every level, the book will be unique in the market, as there is no similar book in the current scientific literature that specifically discusses endoscopic third ventriculostomy in its broadest sense. .
- DigitalWon June Yoon.Summary: This book presents state of the art information on all aspects of endoscopic transaxillary augmentation mammoplasty with the aim of sharing the insights gained by the author during the performance of more than 2500 endoscopic breast augmentation procedures. With the aid of high-quality figures, the reader is guided through each step of the preoperative design and surgery, including when using a dual plane type II or III approach. Helpful information is also provided on anatomy, choice of implant, the endoscopy system and instruments, potential complications, and revision augmentation mammoplasty. Endoscopic transaxillary breast augmentation has been gaining in popularity owing to the various advantages that it offers, namely small incisions, enhanced visibility, and improved accuracy and predictability of breast enlargement. This book is exceptional in covering every facet of the procedure and related issues and in documenting best practice on the basis of a wealth of experience. It will equip those embarking on such surgery with essential knowledge and assist them in negotiating the learning curve.
Contents:
1) History of Augmentation Mammoplasty
2) Anatomy for Augmentation Mammoplasty
3) The implants
4) Endoscopic system and instruments
5) Preoperative design for augmentation mammoplasty
6) Transaxillary endoscopic augementation mammoplasty
7) Transaxillary endoscopic approach for dual plane II & III
8) Complications and Revisional Augmentation mammoplasty. - Digital[edited by] Piero Nicolai, Marco Ferrari, Roberto Maroldi, Marco Maria Fontanella, Lena Hirtler, Manfred Tschabitscher, Luigi Fabrizio Rodella.Summary: "Highlighting the most recent experience from seven top leaders and innovators in the field, this seminal new work presents detailed topographic anatomy of the skull base and adjacent areas in a way not previously seen before. The result is a multidisciplinary atlas merging anatomy, otolaryngology, neurosurgery, and radiology, so as to facilitate creation of a mental "virtual reconstruction" of the complete approach and operative situs. The result is a greatly extended range of surgical possibilities into previously uncharted territory using endoscopic technology. Key Features: Provides the basis for cultivating a firm and confident understanding of the 3D anatomy of this intricately complex region Emphasizes the ability of the endoscopic surgeon to integrate CT and MRI findings into the surgical planning process A logical and modular organization of the contents intends to make for easy correlation with the surgical literature Brilliant step-by-step presentation of dissections using cadavers, helping readers to fully understand all the anatomical nuances Numerous previously unpublished approaches covered here for the first time in a book, step by step Endoscopic Transnasal Anatomy of the Skull Base and Adjacent Areas is an indispensable resource for fellows and specialists in neurosurgery and ENT surgery wishing to widen their competence in endoscopic skull base surgery"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalNishit Shah, C. E. Deopujari, Sai Spoorthi Nayak.
- Digitaledited by Frank G. Gress, Thomas J. Savides.Contents:
1. Endoscopic ultrasonography at the beginning: a personal history
2. Basic principles and fundamentals of EUS imaging
3. Learning EUS anatomy
4. EUS instruments, room setup, and assistants
5. EUS procedure: consent and sedation
6. The EUS report
7. Radial EUS: normal anatomy
8. Linear-array EUS: normal anatomy
9. EUS elastography
10. Fundamentals of EUS FNA
11. EUS FNA cytology: material preparation and interpretation
12. High-frequency ultrasound probes
13. EUS: applications in the mediastinum
14. EBUS and EUS for lung cancer diagnosis and staging
15. EUS for esophageal cancer
16. EUS of the stomach and duodenum
17. Gastrointestinal subepithelial masses
18. EUS for the diagnosis and staging of solid pancreatic neoplasms
19. EUS for pancreatic cysts
20. The role of EUS in inflammatory diseases of the pancreas
21. Autoimmune pancreatitis
22. EUS for biliary diseases
23. EUS in liver disease
24. Colorectal EUS
25. Therapeutic EUS for cancer treatment
26. EUS-guided biliary access
27. Pancreatic fluid collection drainage
28. EUS-guided drainage of pelvic fluid collections
29. EUS hemostasis
30. Training in EUS
31. The future of EUS.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalAntonio Facciorusso, Nicola Muscatiello, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of current endoscopic ultrasound use in all aspects of pancreatology, from diagnosis to therapy, i.e., from tissue acquisition, with standard fine-needle aspiration and the newer biopsy needles, to less invasive techniques such as contrast-enhanced ultrasound and elastography. It also covers novel therapeutic strategies, with a particular focus on ablative treatments and lumen-apposing stents, and describes techniques developed by the editors, in particular combined celiac plexus neurolysis with pancreatic tumor ethanol ablation and elastography-guided fine-needle aspiration. All topics are developed by pursuing an evidence-based approach and several recent meta-analyses, the majority of which were published by the authors. Due to several recent advances in the field, endoscopic ultrasound has taken on a pivotal role in the diagnosis, staging, and treatment of pancreatic lesions; as such, the present volume offers an invaluable tool for staying abreast of the state-of-the-art in this field.
- DigitalPhilip W. Y. Chiu, Yasushi Sano, Noriya Uedo, Rajvinder Singh, editors.Summary: Endoscopy in Early Gastrointestinal Cancers, Volume 1: Diagnosis provides detailed information of the technique of novel endoscopic diagnostic tools including magnifying endoscopy, narrow band imaging system (NBI), autofluorescence endoscopy (AFI), endocytoscopy, FICE and confocal endomicroscopy. Carcinoma of the gastrointestinal tract remained a major health issue worldwide, which is, however notoriously difficult to treat. One of the major reasons for such a poor result is that these cancers are diagnosed at advanced stage. There is a recent increase in the number of gastrointestinal cancers diagnosed at early stage. This is attributed to an increasing recognition of these early stage cancers through a recent development in the technology of endoscopy. This book on the endoscopic diagnosis of early GI neoplasia, containing lots of illustrations, artwork and numerous short video clips, serves as a bridge between the recent development in endoscopy and the knowledge of gastroenterologist, endoscopist and surgeons.
- DigitalPhilip W. Y. Chiu, Yasushi Sano, Noriya Uedo, Rajvinder Singh, editors.Summary: Endoscopy in Early Gastrointestinal Cancers, Volume 2: Treatment covers the detailed information of the indications, techniques and perioperative management of endoscopic resection including endoscopic mucosal resection (EMR) and endoscopic submucosal dissection (ESD). Carcinoma of the gastrointestinal tract remained a major health issue worldwide, which is, however notoriously difficult to treat. Endoscopic resection for early neoplasia of the gastrointestinal tract had been developed for more than 25 years. Endoscopic submucosal dissection (ESD) is a recently developed technique pioneer by Japanese endoscopists. The principle of ESD is to achieve a complete resection of gastrointestinal neoplasia limited to mucosa with adequate circumferential margins. This novel endoscopic technique not only allows the achievement of en-bloc resection for early GI cancers, it also conveys a significantly lower rate of local recurrence as compared to EMR for early gastric cancers. There is an urge for the knowledge in applying these novel technologies for the treatment of early GI neoplasia worldwide. This book on the endoscopic treatment of early GI neoplasia, containing lots of illustrations, artwork and numerous short video clips, serves as a bridge between the recent development in endoscopy and the knowledge of gastroenterologist, endoscopist and surgeons.
- DigitalRichard Kozarek, Michael Chiorean, Michael Wallace, editors.Contents:
The Evaluation, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Inflammatory Bowel Diseases over the Past 100 Years: A Brief Review
Ultrasound
Fluoroscopic Techniques for the Interrogation of IBD Patients
CT Enterography in Crohn's Disease
Magnetic Resonance Enterography (MRE)
Role of Endoscopy in Diagnosis of Crohn's Disease and Chronic Ulcerative Colitis
Capsule Endoscopy in the Evaluation of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Balloon-assisted Enteroscopy: Techniques, Diagnostic and Therapeutic Yield and Application in Small Bowel Crohn?s Disease
Spiral Enteroscopy: Technique, Diagnostic and Therapeutic Yield and Application in Small Bowel Crohn?s Disease
Diseases That Can Mimic IBD
Histopathologic Diagnosis of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Role of Mucosal Healing
Role of Endoscopy to Define Postoperative Recurrence in IBD
The Use of Endoscopy to Follow the Clinical Course of Crohn?s Disease
Endoscopy in Crohn's Disease of the Pouch
Endoscopic Surveillance for Neoplasia in IBD: Random Biopsy
The Near Future of Endoscopic Screening in IBD
Surveillance for Neoplasia in the Patient with an Ileal Pouch
Pathology DALM
Endoscopic Approach to Resection of Polypoid and Non-Polypoid Dysplasia in IBD
Endoscopic Treatment of Complications of Inflammatory Bowel Diseases
Diagnosis and Treatment: ERCP in PSC
Future of Endoscopy and IBD.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by John N. Plevris, Peter C. Hayes, Patrick Kamath, Louis-Michel Wong Kee Song.Contents:
Equipment, patient safety and training / John N. Plevris & Scott Inglis
Sedation and analgesia in endoscopy of the patient with liver disease / Rohit Sinha, Anastasios Koulaouzidis, John N. Plevris
Endoscopy in the setting of coagulation abnormalities in the liver patient / Bezawit Tekola, Stephen Caldwell
Varices : screening, staging and primary prophylaxis / Alan Bonder, Agnacio Alfaro, and Andres Cardenas
Endoscopic management of acute variceal bleeding / Marcus Robertson, Peter Hayes
Prevention of recurrent bleeding from esophageal varices / Annalisa Berzigotti, Fanny Turon, and Jaime Bosch
Refractory variceal bleeding : when first endoscopy fails, what next? / Virginia Hernández-Gea, Fanny Turon & Juan Carlos García-Pagán
Portal hypertensive gastropathy and gastric vascular ectasia / Cristina Ripoll, Louis M. Wong Kee Song
Portal hypertensive enteropathy and obscure gastrointestinal bleeding / Anastasios Koulaouzidis, Emanuele Rondonotti, Roberto de Franchis
Endoscopic management of upper gastrointestinal pathology in the patient with liver disease / Dr. Selina Lamont, Dr. Adrian Stanley
Colonoscopic screening and surveillance in the liver disease patients (including post-transplant) / William M. Tierney, Khadija Chaudrey
ERCIP and cholangiosopy in hepatobiliary disease / Klaus Mankemüller, Giovani Schwingel, Ivan Jovanovic
EUS in the diagnosis of hepatobiliary malignancy / Michael J. Levy, Larissa L. Fujii, Julie K. Heimbach, Gregory J. Gores
/ eus-guided biliary drainage / Mouen A. Khashab, Shyam Varadarajulu, Robert H. Hawes
Hepatobiliary endoscopy in the liver disease patient with altered anatomy / Stuart K. Amateau, Raj J. Shah
Management of post-liver transplant hepatobiliary complications / Ryan Law, Larissa Fujii-Lau, Todd H. Baron
Endoscopic confocal and molecular imaging in hepatobiliary disease / M.S. Hoetker, M. Goetz
Laparoscopy in patients with hepatobiliary disease / Tom K. Gallagher, Ewen M. Harrison, O. James Garden.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalLuigi Dall'Oglio, Claudio Romano, editors.Summary: This book describes an up-to-date practical strategy for the use of endoscopy in the evaluation and management of pediatric patients with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). All aspects of the role of endoscopy in Crohn's disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC) - the two most common types of IBD - are addressed. Readers will find detailed information on its use in the initial diagnosis of IBD, differentiation between CD and UC, assessment of disease extent and activity, monitoring of response to therapy, and surveillance for cancer and dysplasia. Attention is drawn to specific clinical and endoscopic features of CD and UC in the pediatric age group that serve to illustrate why the child is not to be regarded merely as a small adult. Helpful information is also supplied on equipment, patient and parent preparation, and sedation. Endoscopy is considered the best means of obtaining a definite diagnosis in children who may have IBD, and this book will be of value to practitioners at all levels of experience.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalRichard Kozarek, Jonathan A. Leighton, editors.Summary: This volume reviews the history of endoscopy to diagnose small bowel disorders, places other diagnostic modalities into perspective, and defines the role of capsule endoscopy and per overtube assisted and retrograde enteroscopy in disorders as disparate as gluten sensitive enteropathy, small bowel neoplasms, and inflammatory bowel disease. The book further details the nonoperative approach to NSAID strictures, foreign body retrieval (to include impacted capsule endoscopes), and the diagnosis and treatment of chronically bleeding angiodysplastic lesions. The text is also richly illustrated with over 150 images and includes online video segments. Written by experts in the field, Endoscopy in Small Bowel Disorders is a valuable resource for medical and surgical residents, gastroenterologists in training and practice, therapeutic endoscopists, and general and colorectal surgeons.
Contents:
Indications for Imaging the Small Bowel
Barium Studies
Endoscopy
CT Enterography
Magnetic Resonance Enterography (MRE)
Small Bowel Capsule Endoscopy
Balloon Enteroscopy
Spiral Enteroscopy and "On Demand" Enteroscopy
Obscure Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Inflammatory Bowel Disease
Celiac Disease and Other Malabsorption States
Small Bowel Strictures Dilation and Stent Placement
Small Bowel Tumors, Polyps, and Polyposis Syndromes
Definition of Postoperative Anatomy and Placement of PEJ
ERCP in Patients with Altered Anatomy
The Future of Magnetic Guided Capsule Endoscopy: Designed for Gastroscopy, Does It Have a Role in Small Bowel Enteroscopy?
Improved Capsule Hardware and Software
New Designs in Balloon Enteroscopes.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalToshiyuki Matsui, Takayuki Matsumoto, Kunihiko Aoyagi, editors.Summary: The purpose of this book is to improve diagnostic yields of capsule endoscopy and double-balloon endoscopy, because those procedures can depict nonspecific findings that may not lead to a proper diagnosis. Another reason for the publication was recognition of the difficulty in distinguishing enteroscopic findings of ulcerative colitis from those of Crohn's disease. From a practical point of view, it is important to observe endoscopic pictures first, then to compare the images of other modalities, and finally to compare macroscopic pictures of resected specimens. For that reason, a large number of well-depicted examples of small intestinal lesions were assembled to clarify differences among small intestinal lesions that appear to exhibit similar findings and morphologies. Comparisons with radiographic findings comprise another important element in diagnosis. There are limitations in endoscopic observations of gross lesions of the small intestine, with its many convolutions. In Japan, many institutions still practice double-contrast imaging, which provides beautiful results. Because a single disorder may exhibit variations, this volume includes multiple depictions of the same disorders. Also included are lesions in active and inactive phases, as both appearances are highly likely to be encountered simultaneously in clinical practice. The number of illustrated findings therefore has been limited to strictly selected cases.
Contents:
Part 1. General Considerations
Chapter 1. Diagnostic Process for Small Intestinal Disease
Chapter 2. Small Intestinal Radiography
Chapter 3. Capsule Endoscopy
Chapter 4. Double-Balloon Endoscopy
Part 2. Specific Findings of Small Intestinal Lesions
Chapter 5. Protruded Lesions
Chapter 6. Submucosal Elevations
Chapter 7. Ulcerative Lesions
Chapter 8. Aphthous Lesions
Chapter 9. Stenotic Lesions
Chapter 10. Hemorrhagic Lesions
Chapter 11. Diffuse Lesions
Chapter 12. Reddish Lesions
Chapter 13. Edematous Lesions
Chapter 14. Case presentations: Flat / Small protrusions
Chapter 15. Case Presentations: Depressions
Chapter 16. Case Presentations: Protrusions of Submucosal Elevations
Chapter 17. Case presentations: Protrusion with Ulcer
Chapter 18. Case Presentations: Multiple Protrusions
Chapter 19. Case Presentations: Ulcers
Chapter 20. Case Presentations: Stenosis
Chapter 21. Hemorrhagic Lesions
Chapter 22. Reddened Lesions
Chapter 23. Edematous Lesions
Chapter 24. Erosive Lesions
Chapter 25. Diffuse Granular or Diffuse Coarse Mucosal Lesions
Chapter 26. Whitish Multi-Nodular Lesions
Chapter 27. Intraluminal Growth
Part 3. Basic Knowledge and Classification
Chapter 28. On Tumors
Chapter 29. On Inflammation. - DigitalTun Hung Lui, editor.Summary: This book provides detailed advancement endoscopy procedures of hip and knee. It covers basic knowledge of procures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for disease management. Endoscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in orthopedic diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.
- DigitalTun Hing Lui, editor.Summary: This book provides detailed advancement of endoscopic procedures of the spine. It covers basic knowledge of endoscopic procedures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for treatment of diseases in spine with better surgical outcome and less surgical morbidity. Endoscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in orthopedic diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.
Contents:
Endoscopic anatomy of spine
Role of radiological investigations in diagnosis of spinal disorders and surgical planning of endoscopic spine surgery
Set up, equipments and surgical instruments
Role of navigation in endoscopic spine surgery
Anterior Endoscopic Cervical Discectomy
Anterior cervical discectomy and interbody fusion by endoscopic approach
Posterior Endoscopic Cervical Foraminotomy
Posterior Endoscopic Cervical Discectomy
Posterior cervical percutaneous endoscopic ventral bony decompression
Cervical Endoscopic Unilateral Laminotomy for Bilateral Decompression
Transoral Endoscopic Resection of High Cervical Osteophytes
Anterior transcorporeal full-endoscopic drainage of a long-span ventral cervical epidural abscess
Transforaminal Endoscopic Thoracic Diskectomy
Percutaneous full endoscopic posterior decompression for thoracic myelopathy caused by ossified ligamentum flavum
Thoracic endoscopic unilateral laminotomy for bilateral decompression (TE-ULBD)
Video-assisted endoscopic thoracic surgery (VATS)
Transforaminal Endoscopic Lumbar Diskectomy
Transforaminal Endoscopic Lumbar Interbody Fusion
Endoscopic foraminotomy in patients with moderate degenerative deformity
Transforaminal endoscopic lateral recess decompression (TELRD)
Interlaminar Endoscopic Lumbar Diskectomy
Interlaminar Endoscopic Lateral Recess Decompression
Interlaminar Contralateral Endoscopic Lumbar Foraminotomy
Lumbar Endoscopic Unilateral Laminotomy for Bilateral Decompression
Biportal endoscopic technique in the treatment of lumbar spinal stenosis
Endoscopic Extraforaminal Lumbar Diskectomy
Trans-sacral epiduroscopic laser decompression for L5S1 PID
Trans-Superior Articular Process Endoscopic Lumbar Approach
Endoscopic Lumbar Interbody Fusion for Lumbar Degenerative Disease
Endoscopic Surgical Resection of the Retropulsed S1 Vertebral Endplate in L5-S1 Spondylolisthesis
Percutaneous endoscopic-assisted direct repair of pars defect
Oblique Lateral lumbar interbody fusion
Chapter 34: Spinal epidural abscess treated with biportal endoscopic spinal surgery
Percutaneous Endoscopic Excision and Ablation of Osteoid Osteoma of the Lumbar Spine and Sacrum
Endoscopic Radiofrequency Treatment of the Sacroiliac Joint Complex for Low Back Pain
Endoscopic rhizotomy for chronic lumbar zygapophysial joint pain
Endoscopic Revision Surgery
Robotic-Assisted Endoscopic Laminotomy
Endoscopic surgical treatment for symptomatic spinal metastases in long-term cancer survivors
Spine Endoscopy Complications. Management and Treatment. - Digitalvolume editor, P. Michael Conn.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Robert H. Hawes, Paul Fockens, Shyam Varadarajulu.Summary: From diagnostic to therapeutic procedures, Endosonography, 3rd Edition is an easy-to-access, highly visual guide covering everything you need to effectively perform EUS, interpret your findings, diagnose accurately, and choose the best treatment course. World-renowned endosonographers help beginners apply endosonography in staging cancers, evaluating chronic pancreatitis, and studying bile duct abnormalities and submucosal lesions. Practicing endosonographers can learn cutting-edge techniques for performing therapeutic interventions such as drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts and EUS-guided anti-tumor therapy. Meticulous updates, electronic access to the fully searchable text, videos detailing various methods and procedures-and more-equip you with a complete overview of all aspects of EUS. Get a clear overview of everything you need to know to establish an endoscopic practice, from what equipment to buy to providing effective cytopathology services.
Contents:
Principles of Ultrasound
Equipment
Training and Simulators
Indications, Preparation, and Adverse Effects
New Techniques in EUS : Real-Time Elastography, Contrast-Enhanced EUS, and Fusion Imaging
How to Perform EUS in the Esophagus and Mediastinum
EUS and EBUS in Non-Small-Cell Lung Cancer
EUS in Esophageal Cancer
EUS in the Evaluation of Posterior Mediastinal Lesions
How to Perform EUS in the Stomach
Subepithelial Lesions
EUS in the Evaluation of Gastric Tumors
How to Perform EUS in the Pancreas, Bile Duct, and Liver
EUS in Inflammatory Disease of the Pancreas
EUS and Pancreatic Tumors
EUS in the Evaluation of Pancreatic Cysts
EUS in Bile Duct, Gallbladder, and Ampullary Lesions
How to Perform Anorectal EUS
EUS in Rectal Cancer
Evaluation of the Anal Sphincter by Anal EUS
How to Perform EUS-Guided Fine-Needle Aspiration
How to Perform EUS-Guided Fine-Needle Biopsy
Cytology Primer for Endosonographers
EUS-Guided Drainage of Pancreatic Fluid Collections
EUS-Guided Drainage of the Biliary and Pancreatic Ductal Systems
EUS-Guided Ablation Therapy and Celiac Plexus Interventions
EUS-Guided Drainage of Gallbladder, Pelvic Abscess, and Other Therapeutic Interventions
Video Appendix.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalNaoki Sato.Summary: This book re-examines the endosymbiotic theory, and presents various related theories and hypotheses since the first proposal in 1905 by a Russian biologist. It also demonstrates that Lynn Margulis's contribution to the current endosymbiotic is less than sometimes thought, and presents a plausible idea on how the organelles were formed. Explaining that Margulis's initial work did not intend to show the endosymbiotic origin of chloroplasts and mitochondria, the book discusses their endosymbiotic origin in the light of current biology with the help of clear visual images. Further, by including numerous historical facts and details of phylogenetic analyses using recent genomic data that are largely unknown to many in the field, it offers deep insights into the history of biology, phylogenetic analysis, and the new evolutionary thinking. 2017 was the 50-year anniversary of Margulis's first paper in the Journal of Theoretical Biology, and 2020 will mark 50 years since the publication her famous work Origin of Eukaryotic Cells, and as such this book offers a timely reconsideration ofthe works of Lynn Margulis and the endosymbiotic origin of organelles.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Part I History of endosymbiotic discourses
Chapter 2. Mereschkowsky, founder of endosymbiotic hypothesis
Chapter 3. Endosymbiotic discourses until the mid 20th century
Chapter 4. Re-evaluation of the initial ideas of Lynn Margulis
Chapter 5. Endosymbiotic discourses in the 1960s and 1970s
Part II Current perspectives
Chapter 6. Phylogenetic evidence for the endosymbiotic origin of organelles
Chapter 7. Continuity and discontinuity of chloroplasts and cyanobacteria
Chapter 8. Re-examination of the "endosymbiotic event"
Chapter 9 Concluding remarks.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital[edited by] Amar Agarwal, MS, FRCS, FRCOphth, professor of ophthalmology, Ramachandra Medical College, chairman and managing director, Dr. Agarwal's Eye Hospital, Chennai, India, Terry Kim, MD, professor of ophthalmology, chief, Cornea and External Disease Service, director, Refractive Surgery Service, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology 2017
- Digitaledited by Protásio L. da Luz, Peter Libby, Antonio C.P. Chagas, Francisco R.M. Laurindo.Contents:
Part I - Basic Features Section I - Structure 1. Vascular Endothelium: a perspective 2. Development of the coronary system: perspectives for cellular therapy from differentiaton of its precursors 3. Translational pathways in endothelial cell: Implications for angiogenesis 4. Endothelial barrier: factors that regulate its permeability 5. Growth factors, endothelial progenitor cells and angiogenesis 6. Characteristics of Endothelium in both sexes Section II - Endocrine functions and metabolic interactions 7. Hemodynamic forces in the Endothelium: from mechanical transduction to atherosclerosis development 8. Endothelium dependent vasodilation: NO and other mediators 9. Endothelial vasoconstrictor substances produced by the endothelium 10. Cellular redox pathways in endothelial dysfunction and vascular diseases 11. Blood coagulation and Endothelium 12. Genetics of Endothelium 13. Epigenetic regulation of endothelial function 12. Adhesion molecules and the Endothelium 15. Endothelium and Renin-Angiotensin System Part II - Endothelial Dysfunction and Clinical Syndromes Section III - Methods of investigation 16. Methods for endothelial function investigations in humans 17. Endothelial biomarkers Section IV - Aging and cognitive function 18. Endothelial alterations in aging 19. Vascular function in dementia and cognitive decline 20. Emotional stress and its influence upon the Endothelium Section V
Lipoproteins 21. Lipids and lipoprotein mediators of endothelial function and dysfunction 22. HDL and Endothelium 23. Artificial lipoproteins in endothelial dysfunction and atherosclerosis Section VI - Diets and Endothelium 24. Influences of diets upon endothelial function 25. Effects of Mediterranean diet upon endothelial function 26. Effects of red wine and polyphenols upon endothelial function and clinical events Section VII - Kidney and hypertensive diseases 27. Kidney and the Endothelium 28. Endothelium and arterial hypertension 29. Endothelial alterations in pulmonary hypertension Section VIII - Atherosclerosis and Coronary Artery Disease 30. Endothelial alterations in chronic coronary disease 31. Molecular mechanisms of the arterial wall in acute coronary syndromes 32. Endothelium: coordinator of acute and chronic inflammation 33. Endothelium in atherosclerosis: plaque formation and its complications 34. Risk factors and endothelial dysfunctions 35. Sleep disturbances and endothelial dysfunction 36. Smoking and Endothelium: Endothelial dysfunction and microcirculation in women with angina and normal coronaries Section IX - Heart Failure 37. Endothelial alterations in heart failure: mechanisms and molecular basis 38. Heart Failure: influences of drug intervention upon vessels Section X - Percutaneous Coronary Interventions and Cardiac Surgery 39. Endothelial repair after percutaneous intervention 40. Stents and Endothelium 41. Vascular disease of the transplanted heart: physiopathology and therapeutic options Section XI - Metabolic Syndromes 42. Erectile dysfunction and endothelium 43. Obesity, Diabetes and Endothelium: molecular interactions Section XII
Non-Cardiovascular Diseases and Endothelium 44. Endothelial mechanisms in pre-eclampsia 45. Endothelium and nitric oxide: interactions in cancer evolution 46. Endothelial function and skin microcirculation Section XIII - Treatment Options in Endothelial Dysfunction 47. Endothelial dysfunction in the clinical setting: prognosis and therapeutic target 48. Physical exercise and the Endothelium 49. Endothelium and immunologic alterations in atherosclerosisDigital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalMassimiliano Mutignani, Jörg G. Albert, Carlo Fabbri, editors.Summary: This volume presents the technical and cultural state of the art of two of the riskiest, most complex and operator-dependent digestive operative techniques: endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) and endoscopic ultrasonography (EUS). The authors compare old and new techniques, shedding light on the most recent and innovative scientific findings, including those in the field of anatomic pathology and molecular biology considered relevant for the analysis of tissue samples collected during EUS. In view of the technical difficulties specific to these techniques, the book also offers access to online-videos and numerous images, making it a valuable resource both for physicians approaching these techniques for the first time as well as for those already using them. Organized into 7 sections, it describes in detail all techniques related to ERCP/EUS, together with any specific technical equipment required. It also presents a new paradigm based on the latest results in the areas of prevention, diagnosis and management of the most common complications. Clinical outcomes presented in international literature, as well as algorithms - both based on scientific evidence and expert findings - are illustrated and compared to alternative treatments.
Contents:
Part 1 ERCP and EUS: armamentarium and surroundings
1 ERCP/ERCP Room
2 X-rays in endoscopy
3 Ultrasound Equipments
4 Endoscopes
5 ERCP standard and special devices
6 EUS Standard Devices
7 Deep sedation and anesthesia for advanced gastrointestinal endoscopy: challenging a continuum
8 Anatomy Of The Biliary Tree
9 Anatomy of the pancreas
10 CT: what we need to know to start to interpret radiological pictures
11 MR: what we need to know to start to interpret radiological pictures
12 Patients management before and after EUS/ERCP
Part 2 ERCP: WHAT and HOW
13 Cannulation techniques
14 Biliary sphincterotomy and precut
15 Pancreatic Sphincterotomy
16 Biliary Stones Extraction
17 Intraductal lithotripsy
18 Pancreatico-biliary ESWL
19 Biliary Stenting
20 Endoscopic Papillectomy
21 Ductoscopy
22 Intraductal Ablation Techniques
23 Stent Removal (plastic and metal)
24 ERCP in altered anatomy
25 PTC and PTC-ERCP rendez-vous procedures
Part 3 EUS: WHAT and HOW
26 EUS Diagnostic Puncture
27 Ancillary Diagnostic Techniques In EUS
28 EUS-Guided Transenteric Pancreatic Duct Drainage
29 EUS Assisted Ablation Techniques
30 Intraductal US
Part 4 Complications: prevention, diagnosis and management
31 Acute pancreatitis
32 Bleeding
33 ERCP-related perforations
34 Miscellany
35 EUS complications
Part 5 Bilio-pancreatic diseases: clinical results
36 Common bile duct stones
37 Intrahepatic stones
38 Acute Cholangitis
39 Papillectomy: clinical results
40 TIPS in Malignant Biliary Strictures
41 Results Of Eus Transmural Biliary Drainage
42 Post-Operative Biliary Stricture
43 Biliary complications after liver transplantation
44 Biliary Leaks: Role of ERCP in post-operative biliary complications
45 Primary sclerosing cholangitis
46 Acute cholecystitis
47 Acute biliary pancreatitis
48 Chronic Pancreatitis
49 Pancreatic Fistulas
Part 6 The cytopathologist'spoint of view
50 EUS Tissue sampling : what are we talking about?
51 Molecular Biology Of Biliopancreatic Lesions
Part 7 Clinical Algorithms
52 Suspected common bile duct stones (algorithm)
53 Acute Cholangitis (algorithm)
54 Diagnosis of etiology in acute pancreatitis
55 Periampullary biliary strictures (algorithm)
56 Hilar Strictures: Algorithm
57 Diagnosis of pancreatic cyst: Algorithm.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalKevin L. Williams, Editor.Summary: Endotoxin detection and control is a dynamic area of applied science that touches a vast number of complex subjects. The intersection of test activities includes the use of an ancient blood system from an odd "living fossil" (Limulus). It is used to detect remnants of the most primitive and destructive forms of life (prokaryotes) as contaminants of complex modern systems (mammalian and Pharma). Recent challenges in the field include those associated with the application of traditional methods to new types of molecules and manufacturing processes. The advent of "at will" production of biologics in lieu of harvesting animal proteins has revolutionized the treatment of disease. While the fruits of the biotechnology revolution are widely acknowledged, the realization of the differences in the means of production and changes in the manner of control of potential impurities and contaminants in regard to the new versus the old are less widely appreciated. Endotoxin as an ancient, dynamic interface between lifeforms, provides a singular perspective from which to view the parallel development of ancient and modern organisms as well as the progress of man in deciphering the complexity of their interactions in his efforts to overcome disease.
Contents:
Introduction
Section I Pharma
Historical Perspectives
Risk, Control and Compliance.
Sterility and Beyond
LVPs and SMDs
Specification Determination
Static and Dynamic Models (Biodiversity and Heterogeneity)
Test Development and Validation
Diminishing Analytics
Control in Biologics Manufacture
Depyrogenation and Medical Devices
Nanoparticles / Problematic Drug Types
New Frontiers
Section II Limulus
Evolution, a Living Fossil and Other Model Arthropods
Water, Water Everywhere
Survival and Mass Extinction Events
Limulus Soup / Hemolymph
Is Innate Modeling Enough?
A Foreboding
Section III Mammalian
Innate is Inborn
The Host Response: Fever and Inflammation
Parallel Immune Systems: Architecture and Mechanisms
Structural Change is Functional Change (Hand in Glove)
Endotoxin and Adjuvanticity in Vaccinology
Advances in Diagnostics
The Big S.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalSilvia De Rosa, Gianluca Villa, editors.Summary: This book provides easy consultation and guidance for an appropriate understanding and management of endotoxic shock. Endotoxic shock results from a severe, generalized inflammatory response induced by bloodstream infection with gram-negative bacteria. However, endotoxin-induced inflammatory activation may be disconnected by Gram-Negative threats (e.g. Gram-Positive and yeast infections) as well as occur in multiple clinical scenarios like post-cardiac arrest syndrome and trauma, possibly due to gut barrier dysfunction and consequent endotoxin translocation. The clinical management is structured focusing and dedicating a chapter for antibiotics, corticosteroids, volume support, vasoactive and cardiostimulating drug, coagulopathy and nutritional support. In addition, this book is remarkable because describing polymixin b hemoperfusion points out molecular interactions, and hydrodynamics of Sorption. Each section includes ) brief pathophysiology; ) principles of management; ) key messages. Readers can find updated tips related to the diagnosis and management of endotoxic shock with a multidisciplinary approach drawing a pathway from endotoxin structure and source and the related pathophysiology of endotoxic shock underling the specific clinical aspect and focusing on medical clinical management of endotoxemia and extracorporeal removal. The book written by international opinion leaders of this field is addressed to healthcare providers working in intensive care and represents a point of reference for intensivists, infectious disease physicians, nephrologists and critical care nurses involved in the management of endotoxic shock and enriched with useful downloadable material.
Contents:
Endotoxin: Structure Source and Effects
Pathophysiology of Endotoxic Shock
Host Resistance to Endotoxic Shock
Endotoxin and Organ Cross-talk
Endotoxin Measurement in Septic Shock
Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Antibiotics
Clinical Management of endotoxemia: volume support
Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Corticosteroids
Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Vasoactive and Cardiostimulant Drugs
Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Source Control
Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Treatment of DIC
Clinical Management of Endotoxemia: Metabolic and Nutritional Support
Strategies to Reduce Endotoxin Activities
Extracorporeal Removal of Endotoxin. - DigitalEddie Shu-yin Chan, Tadashi Matsuda, editors.Summary: This book presents the work and development of endourology and the contribution of East Asian Society of Endourology. This book is intended to familiarize the modern urologists with the common endourology, laparoscopic and robotic urologic procedures and the development of technology, techniques and training. The book is the collection of papers and presentations in Congress of East Asia Society of Endourology. Recognized experts in the field of endourology have contributed to share their experiences and opinions. It consists of latest update and advancement of surgical techniques, technology in minimal invasive surgery. The development of endoscopic, laparoscopic and robotic urological operations is reviewed. A whole session is dedicated to training in endourology are included. Detail descriptions of perioperative preparation, step-by-step surgical procedures and tips/tricks will be emphasized in the corresponding chapters, supplemented by photographs and illustrations. In the first session, techniques on kidney, bladder and prostate surgeries are discussed. In the second session, is dedicated to the advances of new technologies in endourology. The third session covers the important areas of endourology training and the development of endourology. This book is most suitable for urology residents and young fellows who are keen to start their endourological training. It also provides up-to-date information on current topics of endourology for practicing urologists and experienced endourologists.
- DigitalEndovascular aortic repair : current techniques with fenestrated, branched and parallel stent-graftsGustavo S. Oderich, editor ; illustrated by David Factor.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalRobert S. Dieter, Raymond A. Dieter, Jr., Raymond A. Dieter, III, editors.Contents:
Part I: Basic MRI Principles.- A Brief History of Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Fundamentals of Magnetic Resonance Imaging
The Relaxation Concept in MRI
MRI Pulse Sequences
MR Imaging Parameters and Options
Part II: MR Safety, Patient Positioning, Protocol Design, Graphical Prescription and MR Applications for Anatomical Regions.- Introduction to Safe Clinical Scanning
Central Nervous System: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions
Musculoskeletal Imaging: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions
Body Imaging: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions
Cardiovascular Imaging: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions
Breast Imaging: MRI Protocols, Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions. - Digital[edited by] Vitor Mendes Pereira, Adam A. Dmytriw, Lee-Anne Slater, Sarah Power, Timo Krings.Summary: "Stroke is the most prevalent cerebrovascular emergency, impacting an estimated 15 million people worldwide every year. Endovascular treatment (EVT) of ischemic stroke has expanded at an unforeseen pace, with EVT the most common neurointerventional procedure performed at most large centers. Endovascular Management of Ischemic Stroke: A Case-Based Approach by renowned stroke pioneer Vitor Mendes Pereira and distinguished co-editors features contributions from a "who's who" of global experts. This practical resource provides straightforward guidance for clinicians who need to learn and master state-of-the-art endovascular interventions reflecting the new, evidence-based treatment paradigm for acute stroke"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitalby Aristotelis P. Mitsos.Summary: Endovascular neurosurgery is a recently introduced but rapidly evolving medical field, which uses minimally invasive interventions to treat major life-threatening vascular lesions of the Central Nervous System. Although its history counts less than 15 years of worldwide acceptance, it has rapidly displaced the traditional open neurosurgical techniques, being nowadays the first treatment choice for brain aneurysms and vascular malformations. Thus, the experience of each neuroendovascular center and performer is invaluable, offering the base for learning and teaching the new generation of interventionalists as well as for the evolvement of the method itself. This book presents the basic principles of endovascular neurosurgery starting from clinical cases. Through this close-to-clinical-reality-process, the reader will be able to more thoroughly understand the pathophysiology of the brain and spine vascular lesions as well as the decision-making strategy, related to the indications, endovascular methods and results, finding suggestions and solutions to his/her clinical questions and problems. Besides chapters devoted to CNS vascular embryology and anatomy, clinical cases organized in groups based on the treated lesions are introduced: ruptured and unruptured cerebral aneurysms of the anterior and posterior circulation, side-wall and bifurcation aneurysms, arteriovenous malformations (AVM), dural arteriovenous fistulae (dAVF), arterial stenosis and angioplasty as well as spinal vascular lesions. A separate chapter is devoted to the organization and necessary equipment of the angio room and the department offering neuroendovascular service. This volume will be of interest to neurosurgeons, interventional neuroradiologists, vascular surgeons, neurologists and ICU physicians as well as health care providers who are involved in the diagnosis and management of the vascular lesions of the brain and spine.
- DigitalTal Hörer, Joseph J. DuBose, Todd E. Rasmussen, Joseph M. White, editors.Digital Access Springer 2020
- Digitaledited by Zaiping Jing, Huajuan Mao, Weihui Dai.Summary: This book provides a systematic description of fundamental knowledge, application methods, and management issues about the clinical application of endovascular surgery and device. It is organized as the three parts. Part 1 introduces the development background of endovascular device and its knowledge hierarchy, and gives an overview on classification, structure, shape, and characteristics of the above device. Part 2 is based on a large number of clinical practices. It firstly summarizes the basic operation skills and conventional methods of endovascular device, and then exemplifies the application scheme of special device for complex cases. Part 3 discusses the management theory and methods of endovascular device in clinical application, puts forward the agile supply chain management model and autonomous intelligent decision-making method of device supply and cooperation management for clinical surgery, and designs its managerial system and guides. This book provides comprehensive and professional knowledge, advanced theory, and referential methods for clinical application and management of endovascular surgery and device. It is a useful guide for the clinical practice in specialized study and professional training in endovascular surgery, and provides the methods of neuro-management and smart medical service for patients.
Contents:
History of Endovascular Device
Conventional Endovascular Device
Balloon Catheter
Embolic Protection Devices
Stent for Peripheral Vessels
Stent graft for Aorta
Transcatheter Heart Valve
Vena Cava Filters
Artificial Vessels
Other Endovascular Devices
Angiography
Aortic valve stenosis
Arterial Dilatation-Related Diseases
Arterial Occlusive Disease
Varicose veins.
Management of veno-occlusive disease
Management of Vascular Malformations
Iatrogenic Complications During Endovascular procedure
Endovascular Procedures Practice
Theory and Methods
Device management
Personnel management. - DigitalXianli Lv, editor.Summary: This book provides recent progress of neuroendovascular surgery, which is a minimally invasive treatment of cerebral aneurysms. Great advances have been made in the techniques, devices and large randomized clinical trials showing striking therapeutic benefit for cerebral aneurysms. The treatment of cerebral aneurysms has also seen substantial evolution, increasing the number of aneurysms that can be treated successfully with minimally invasive therapy. In the 17 chapters, authors introduce the techniques, devices, device structures and therapeutic concepts. Attendings, fellows, residents, medical students or anyone interested in sharpening their diagnostic and therapeutic skill set will benefit from reading this text. This book will include many clinical cases and skills and clinical concepts, which will benefit professional /practitioner.
Contents:
1 Pathophysiology of Cerebral Aneurysms
2 Aneurysmal SAH Induced Vasospasm - Pathogenesis & Management
3 History of Endovascular Surgery of Cerebral Aneurysms
4 Drugs in Neurovascular Intervention
5 Current devices and uses
6 Neuroendovascular Management of Wide-neck Bifurcation Aneurysms
7 Dual lumen balloon assisted coil embolization
8 Blood blister-like aneurysms: pathogenesis and endovascular treatment
9 Flow Diverter stents
10 The off-label use of Flow Diverter
11 Complications of aneurysm embolization and their management : Basic and practical considerations
12 Clipping in uncoilable aneurysms
13 Open Treatment of Cerebral Aneurysms in the Endovascular Age
14 Recent advances in cerebral aneurysms
15 Microsurgery of Cerebral Aneurysms not Amenable to Endovascular Therapy
16 Giant intracranial aneurysm: flow alteration Vs flow diversion
17 Training protocols for Neuroendovascular Surgery. - Digital[edited by] Konstantinos P. Donas, Giovanni Torsello, Kenneth Ouriel.Summary: "Focusing on the latest safe and effective techniques, Endovascular Treatment of Aortic Aneurysms: Standard and Advanced Techniques provides step-by-step, comprehensive coverage of endovascular repairs of complex aneurysms of the aorta, from basic to advanced"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Iliac aneurysm
Aneurysm with short neck
Aneurysm with hostile iliac arteries
Pararenal aneurysms
Thoracoabdominal aneurysms
Aortic arch aneurysm
Techniques to treat type IA, II And III endoleaks after EVAR
Techniques to minimize radiation exposure
Logistics.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - DigitalStevo Duvnjak.Summary: This book presents a practical overview of the widely used endovascular treatment of arterial emergencies, covering the majority of cases encountered in praxis. Including a wealth of high-quality images of arterial emergencies and treatment descriptions, it provides readers with essential information and shares insights into endovascular options. However, the book focuses on presenting common arterial emergencies from diagnosis to treatment only, without exhaustively describing all endovascular options. The clinical cases explore thoracic arterial emergencies, followed by abdominal emergencies and peripheral arterial emergencies. Rare clinical cases are also examined. The book offers interventional radiologists, vascular surgeons and cardiologists, as well as residents in these disciplines, a valuable tool for use in their everyday clinical praxis.
- DigitalDigital Access Springer v. 1-, 2011-
- DigitalGerd Kautz, editor.Summary: Energy on the skin has revolutionized medicine: in the last 25 years laser and IPL devices have made completely new medical treatment concepts possible, with considerable therapeutic success. The rapid technical advances in energy-based instruments require continuous training for attending physicians. This book presents all the available energy-based systems for the treatment of cutaneous diseases, including a wide range of laser applications, IPL and energy-based devices such as the lightning lamp-pumped pulsed dye laser, solid state lasers like neodymium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet (Nd YAG) laser, quality switched ruby laser, erbium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet laser (YAG) and CO2 laser, as well as radio frequency and high-intensity focused ultra sound, photodynamic therapy and more. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com) and a subsequent human revision by original chapter authors, editor and publisher was perfomed to fine-tune and update the content. After discussing the history of the laser, the first part of the book focuses on laser therapy in dermatology and aesthetic medicine, including side effects, complications and treatment errors. It also examines the qualitative standards and legal aspects, from therapists' qualifications to patient education and the maintenance of the equipment. In addition, it addresses safe and effective energy applications for hemangiomas, skin cancer precursors and rosacea. The book also features chapters on patient preparation, medical history and photographic follow up, as well as skin analysis, cooling techniques, light protection and the maintenance of laser devices. Further, it discusses cosmetic topics such as tattoo removal, photo hair removal, scars and stretch marks, hair transplant, body contouring, hyperhidrosis, and aesthetic plasma medicine. Written by leading international exerts, each contribution includes suggestions for further reading, making the book a valuable resource for beginners and experts alike. At the same time, its easy-to-follow, didactic style means that it is also suitable for university courses and seminars. This book is a translation of an original German edition. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation.
Contents:
I. Theoretical part
2. Laser Therapy in Dermatology and Aesthetics Medicine - side effects, complications and treatment errors
3. Avoiding side effects and complications in laser applications
4. Training guidelines and quality standards for doctors
5. Training concept for laser, IPL and other optical radiation sources
6. Personal qualification of the user
7. Patient education and implementation of legislation
8. Legal framework
9. Legal conditions in Switzerland
10. Understanding the biological effect of ablative and non-ablative laser systems in the skin as the key for the Avoidance of complications
11. The flash lamp-pumped pulsed Dye lasers - energy/effects/side-effects,- 12. Nd:YAG Laser Therapy
13. Quality-switched ruby laser
14. Erbium:YAG Laser (Er:YAG Laser)
15. CO2-Laser - Treatise on the versatile application possibilities
16. Intense-pulsed-light (IPL) technology
17. Energy Based devices: Radio Frequency and High Intensity Focused ultra sound
18. Photodynamic Therapy (PDT)
19. Laser-assisted photodynamic therapy
20. Phototherapy for dermatological diseases
21. Topical and systemic therapy of rosacea
22. Current status of hemangioma and malformation therapy
23. tattoo removal
24. Photoepilation
25. Laser treatment of scars
26. Fractionated UltraPulse CO2-laser treatment more severe burn scars
27. Stretch marks (Striae distensae)
28. Non-ablative Erbium: YAG "SMOOTH" mode laser for intravaginal use
29. Hair transplantation with the hair robot
30. Bodycontouring with cryolipolysis and shock wave
31. Therapy of hyperhidrosis with laser and other energy systems
32. Aesthetic plasma medicine
33. Side effects - a worldwide literature search
34. Photodocumentation and digital skin analysis for medical/aesthetic interventions
35. Cooling techniques
36. Light protection - before and after IPL, laser and PDT treatments
37. STK, maintenance and Co - or why maintenance of the laser device is useful. - Printpor el Dr. Rodolfo V. Talice ...
- Digitaledited by Lianhong Sun, Wenying Shou.Contents:
Recent progress in engineering human-associated microbiomes / Stephanie J. Yaung, George M. Church, and Harris H. Wang
Constructing synthetic microbial communities to explore the ecology and evolution of symbiosis / Adam James Waite and Wenying Shou
Combining engineering and evolution to create novel metabolic mutualisms between species / Lon Chubiz, Sarah Douglas, and William Harcombe
Design, construction, and characterization methodologies for synthetic microbial consortia / Hans C. Bernstein and Ross P. Carlson
An observation method for autonomous signaling-mediated synthetic diversification in Escherichia coli / Ryoji Sekine, Shotaro Ayukawa, and Daisuke Kiga
Integration-free reprogramming of human somatic cells to induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) without viral vectors, recombinant DNA, and genetic modification / Boon Chin Heng and Martin Fussenegger
Transformation of Bacillus subtilis / Xiao-Zhou Zhang, Chun You, and Yi-Heng Percival Zhang
Culturing anaerobes to use as a model system for studying the evolution of syntrophic mutualism / Sujung Lim, Sergey Stolyar, and Kristina Hillesland
Therapeutic microbes for infectious disease / Choon Kit Wong [and six others]
Quantitative measurement and analysis in a synthetic pattern formation multicellular system / Xiongfei Fu and Wei Huang
Transcriptome analysis of a microbial coculture in which the cell populations are separated by a membrane / Kazufumi Hosoda [and three others]
Identification of mutations in laboratory-evolved microbes from next-generation sequencing data using breseq / Daniel E. Deatherage and Jeffrey E. Barrick
3D-fluorescence in situ hybridization of intact, anaerobic biofilm / Kristen A. Brileya, Laura B. Camilleri, and Matthew W. Fields
The characterization of living bacterial colonies using nanospray desorption electrospray ionization mass spectrometry / Brandi S. Heath, Matthew J. Marshall, and Julia Laskin
Modeling community population dynamics with the open-source language R / Robin Green and Wenying Shou
Simulating microbial community patterning using Biocellion / Seunghwa Kang, Simon Kahan, and Babak Momeni.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digital/PrintLuiz E. Bertassoni, Paulo G. Coelho, editors.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of current challenges and strategies to regenerate load-bearing and calcified human tissues, including bone, cartilage,tendon, ligaments and dental structures (dentin, enamel, cementum and periodontal ligament). Tissue engineering has long held great promises as an improved treatment option for conditions affecting mineralized and load-bearing structures in the body. Although significant progress has been achieved in recent years, a number of challenges still exist. Scaffold vascularization, new biofabrication methods (3D printing, lithography, microfabrication), peptide conjugation methods, interface engineering, scaffold mechanical properties, iPS cells, organs-on-a-chip, are some of the topics discussed in this book. More specially, in the first section readers will find an overview of emerging biofabrication methods. In section 2, applied strategies for regeneration of (2.1) bone, cartilage and ligament, as well as (2.2) dentin, cementum, enamel and periodontal ligament are discussed across 14 chapters. While other volumes have addressed the regeneration of individual tissues, or exclusively focused on different regenerative strategies, the focus of this work is to bring together researchers integrating backgrounds in materials sciences, engineering, biology, mechanics, fluidics, etc, to address specific challenges common to regeneration of several load-bearing and calcified tissues. Therefore, this book provides a unique platform to stimulate progress in the regeneration of functional tissue substitutes. We envision that this book will represent a valuable reference source for university and college faculties, post-doctoral research fellows, senior graduate students, and researchers from R&D laboratories in their endeavors to fabricate biomimetic load bearing tissues.
Contents:
3D printing and biofabrication for load bearing tissue engineering
Microfabrication of Cell-Laden Hydrogels for Engineering Mineralized and Load Bearing Tissues
Electrospinning of bioinspired polymer scaffolds
Bone tissue engineering challenges in oral & maxillofacial surgery
Engineering Pre-vascularized Scaffolds for Bone Regeneration
Morphogenic Peptides in Regeneration of Load Bearing Tissues
Osseointegration of Plateau Root Form Implants: Unique Healing Pathway leading to Haversian-Like Long-Term Morphology
Dentin matrix proteins in bone tissue engineering
Multiphasic, Multistructured and Hierarchical Strategies for Cartilage Regeneration
Anterior Cruciate Ligament: Structure, Injuries and Regenerative Treatments
Hard-soft tissue interface engineering
Cementum and periodontal ligament regeneration
Amelogenin in enamel tissue engineering
Whole tooth regeneration as a future dental treatment. - DigitalAshok Shrawat, Adel Zayed, David A. Lightfoot, editors.Summary: This book discusses and addresses the rapidly increasing world population demand for food, which is expected to double by 2050. To meet these demands farmers will need to improve crop productivity, which relies heavily on nitrogen (N) fertilization. Production of N fertilizers, however, consumes huge amounts of energy and the loss of excess N fertilizers to leaching results in the pollution of waterways and oceans. Therefore, increasing plant nitrogen use efficiency (NUE) is essential to help farmers produce more while conserving the environment. This book assembles some of the best work of top researchers from academic and industrial institutions in the area of NUE and provides valuable insight to scholars and researchers by its comprehensive discussion of current and future strategies to improve NUE through genetic manipulation. This book should also be highly valuable to policy makers, environmentalists, farmers, biotechnology executives, and to the hard-core researchers working in the lab.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; 1 Developing Crop Varieties with Improved Nutrient-Use Efficiency; Environmental Issues; Plant Assimilations; References; Molecular and Physiological Aspects of Nutrient Use Efficiency; 2 Improving Nitrogen Use Efficient in Crop Plants Using Biotechnology Approaches; Introduction; Measuring NUE; Genetic Attempts to Modify/Improve N Metabolism; N Metabolism Pathway Genes; Growth and Development Genes; Promoter Regulation of NUE Genes; Alanine Aminotransferase: A Case Study on the Road to Commercialization; Field Trials Beyond NUE, Using Biotechnology to Engineer N-Fixing Crop Plants Conclusions; References; 3 Transcription Factor-Based Genetic Engineering to Increase Nitrogen Use Efficiency; Introduction; General Concept of Genetic Engineering of NUE Using TFs; An Attempt to Increase NUE Using the Dof1 TF; TFs that Could Be Utilized for Genetic Engineering to Improve NUE; TFs Involved in Modifying Root Architecture; TFs Involved in the Modulation of Nitrogen Uptake Activity; TFs Involved in Regulation of Nitrogen Assimilation; TFs Involved in Nitrogen Remobilization Components of N Sensing and Signaling as Targets to Improve NUEMolecular Targets Among the Genes of N Assimilation and Remobilization; Various Approaches to Identify More QTLs Associated with NUE; Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References; 6 From Arabidopsis to Crops: The Arabidopsis QQS Orphan Gene Modulates Nitrogen Allocation Across Species; Introduction; Regulation of Carbon and Nitrogen Allocation; Identification of the QQS Orphan Gene and the Role of QQS in Carbon and Nitrogen Allocation; QQS and Orphan Genes; Materials and Methods; Plant Selection and Growth; RNA-Seq Potential of Plant GSMs for Improving NUE in PlantsUtilizing Optimization Techniques to Aid Metabolic Engineering; Incorporating Various Modeling Frameworks to Improve Nitrogen Use Efficiency; Including Enzyme Synthesis Costs in GSM Models; Kinetic Models of Plants; References; 5 Molecular Targets for Improvement of Crop Nitrogen Use Efficiency: Current and Emerging Options; Introduction; Molecular Aspects of N Response for NUE; Genes/QTLs Identified for NUE; Molecular Manipulation of Root System Architecture for NUE; N Transporters as Targets to Improve NUE Precautions and the Challenges of TF-Based EngineeringConclusions and Future Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 4 Modeling Plant Metabolism: Advancements and Future Capabilities; Introduction; Genome-Scale Metabolic Models and Flux Balance Analysis; Platforms Available for Published Metabolic Models; Plant GSM Models; Applications of Plant GSM Models; Elucidating Metabolic Fluxes and Identifying Knowledge Gaps; Predicting the Effects of Environmental and Genetic Perturbations; Describing Metabolism Within Tissues or Organs; Incorporation of GSM Models with Nonlinear Models - Digitaleditors: Vijai Singh,Ajay Kumar Singh,Poonam Bhargava, Madhvi Joshi, Chaitanya G. Joshi.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the basic and advanced metabolic engineering technologies used to generate natural metabolites and industrially important biomolecules. Metabolic engineering has the potential to produce large quantities of valuable biomolecules in a renewable and sustainable manner by extending or modifying biosynthetic pathways in a wide range of organisms. It has been successfully used to produce chemicals, drugs, enzymes, amino acids, antibiotics, biofuels, and industrially important pharmaceuticals. The book comprehensively reviews the various metabolites detection, extraction and biosensors and the metabolic engineering of microbial strains for the production of industrially useful enzymes, proteins, organic acids, vitamins and antibiotics, therapeutics, chemicals, and biofuels. It also discusses various genetic engineering and synthetic biology tools for metabolic engineering. In closing, the book discusses ethical, patenting and regulatory issues in the metabolic engineering of microbes. This book is a valuable source not only for beginners in metabolic engineering, but also students, researchers, biotechnology and metabolic engineering based company.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Editors
1: An Introduction to Design of Microbial Strain using Synthetic Biology Toolboxes for Production of Biomolecules
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Desired Characteristics of Strain Used for Production of Biomolecules
1.3 Methods Used for Strain Improvement
1.4 Protein Engineering
1.5 Directed Evolution
1.6 Design and Construction of Biosynthetic Pathways
1.7 Synthetic Biology Toolbox in Metabolic Engineering
1.8 Adaptive Laboratory Evolution
1.9 Conclusion and Future Remarks
References 2.4.5 Engineering the Whole Cell
2.5 Genetic Engineering
2.5.1 Screening
2.5.2 Gene Expression
2.5.3 Enzyme (Over)Production and Posttranscriptional Control
2.6 Omics for Strain Engineering
2.6.1 Genome Analysis
2.6.2 Transcriptome Analysis
2.6.3 Proteome Analysis
2.6.4 Fluxome and Metabolome Analysis
2.6.4.1 Metabolome Analysis
2.6.4.2 Fluxome Analysis
2.6.5 Combined Omics Approach
2.7 Conclusion
References
3: Techniques for Detection and Extraction of Metabolites
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Extraction of Metabolites
3.2.1 Quenching Methods 2: Microbial Strain Engineering
2.1 Introduction
2.1.1 Need and Significance for Strain Improvement
2.2 Mutagenesis
2.2.1 Physical and Chemical Mutagenesis
2.2.2 Mutation Signature
2.3 Engineering Physiology of Microbes
2.3.1 Desired Physiological Characteristics
2.3.2 Candidate Screening
2.3.3 Selection of Host Strain
2.3.4 Engineering into the Host Strain
2.4 Metabolic Engineering
2.4.1 Methodologies and Tools for Metabolic Engineering
2.4.2 Engineering of Biosynthetic Pathways
2.4.3 Central Metabolism Engineering
2.4.4 Transport Engineering 3.2.1.1 Perchloric Acid
3.2.1.2 Liquid Nitrogen Method
3.2.1.3 Methanol Method
3.2.2 Extraction of Extracellular Metabolites
3.2.3 Extraction of Intracellular Metabolites
3.2.3.1 Non-mechanical Lysis
Boiling Ethanol
Cold Methanol
Buffered Methanol-Chloroform-Water
Hot Water
3.2.3.2 Mechanical Lysis of Cell
Supercritical Fluid Extraction
Pressurized Liquid Extraction
3.3 Detection of Metabolites
3.3.1 Mass-Spectrometry (MS)
3.3.2 Gas Chromatography-MS
3.3.3 Capillary Electrophoresis-MS (CE-MS)
3.3.4 Liquid Chromatography-MS (LC-MS) 3.3.5 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
3.4 Conclusion
References
4: Genetically Encoded Biosensors and Their Applications in the Development of Microbial Cell Factories
4.1 The Classification of Genetically Encoded Biosensors
4.1.1 Protein-Based Biosensors
4.1.1.1 The Functional Mechanism of Protein-Based Biosensors
4.1.1.2 Designing and Tuning Protein-Based Biosensors
Tuning at aTF Level
Tuning at Promoter Level
4.1.2 RNA-Based Biosensors
4.1.2.1 The Functional Mechanism of RNA-Based Biosensors
4.1.2.2 Designing and Tuning RNA-Based BiosensorsDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Rebecca A. Bader, David A. Putnam.Summary: Polymers have played a critical role in the rational design and application of drug delivery systems that increase the efficacy and reduce the toxicity of new and conventional therapeutics. Beginning with an introduction to the fundamentals of drug delivery, Engineering Polymer Systems for Improved Drug Delivery explores traditional drug delivery techniques as well as emerging advanced drug delivery techniques. By reviewing many types of polymeric drug delivery systems, and including key points, worked examples and homework problems, this book will serve as a guide to for specialists and non-Digital Access Wiley 2014
- Digital/Printedited by Ngan F. Huang, Nicolas L'Heureux, Song Li.Contents:
Mesenchymal stem cells for tissue regeneration / Guang Yang, Song Li and Ngan F. Huang
Delivery vehicles for deploying mesenchymal stem cells in tissue repair / Ben P. Hung, Michael S. Friedman and J. Kent Leach
Stem cells for cardiac tissue engineering / Jennifer L. Young, Karen L. Christman and Adam J. Engler
Engineered mechanical factors to mature pluripotent stem cell-derived cardiomyocytes / Alexandre J.S. Ribeiro, Robin E. Wilson and Beth L. Pruitt
Cardiovascular system : stem cells in tissue-engineered blood vessels / Rajendra Sawh-Martinez [and 5 others]
Stem cell-derived endothelial cells for cardiovascular regeneration / Luqia Hou and Ngan F. Huang
Angiogenic cytokines in the treatment of ischemic heart disease / Michael J. Paulsen and Y. Joseph Woo
Adipose tissue engineering and stem cells / D. Adam Young, Brian Mailey, Jennifer Baker, Anne M. Wallace and Karen L. Christman
Engineering cartilage : from materials to small molecules / Jeannine M. Coburn and Jennifer H. Elisseeff
Adult stem cells for articular cartilage tissue engineering / Sushmita Saha, Jennifer Kirkham, David Wood, Stephen Curran and Xuebin B. Yang
Stem cells for disc repair / Ann Ouyang, Aliza A Allon, Zorica Buser, Sigurd Berven and Jeffrey C. Lotz
Clinical applications of a stem cell-based therapy for oral bone reconstruction / Thomas Eshraghi and Bradley McAllister
Skeletal tissue engineering : progress and prospects / Nicholas J. Panetta, Deepak M. Gupta and Michael T. Longaker
Recent advances and future perspectives on cell reprogramming / Bilal Cakir, Kun-Yong Kim and In-Hyun Park
High-throughput systems for stem cell engineering / David A. Brafman, Karl Willert and Shu Chien
Novel methods for characterizing and sorting single stem cells from their tissue niches / Ju Li, Eric Jabart, Sachin Rangarajan and Irina Conboy
Label-free microfluidic techniques to isolate and screen single stem cells / Eric Jabart, Karthik Balakrishnan and Lydia L. Sohn
Microscale technologies for tissue engineering and stem cell differentiation / Jason W. Nichol [and 5 others]
Designing protein-engineered biomaterials for stem cell therapy / Lei Cai and Sarah C. Heilshorn
Quality control of autologous cell and tissue-based therapies / Nathalie Dusserre, Todd McAllister and Nicolas L'Heureux
Regulatory challenges for cell-based therapeutics / Todd McAllister, Corey Iyican and Nicolas L'Heureux.Digital Access World Scientific 2018 - DigitalRyoji Fukushima, Masaki Kaibori, editors.Contents:
Part I-Introduction
ESSENSE Project for Patient's Sound Recovery
Part II-Mitigative Methods for Biological Invasive Reaction
Minimizing the Length of the Preoperative Fasting Period to Prevent Stress and Dehydration
Preoperative Bowel Preparation in ERAS Program: Would-be Merits or Demerits
Objective and quantitative assessment of postoperative pain in digestive surgery
Part III-Early Independence of Physical Activity
Pros and Cons of Abdominal Drain in Digestive Surgery
Avoiding gut starvation is key to early recovery after surgery
Part IV-Reduction of Perioperative Anxiety and Excitation of Recovery Will
Reduction of Perioperative Anxiety before Surgery and to Incentives to Get Well by Patients Themselves
Perioperative Management for Early Recovery after Esophageal Cancer Surgery
ERAS for gastric surgery
Negative effects of mechanical bowel preparation on the postoperative intestinal motility of patients with colorectal cancer
Enhanced recovery after surgery program for patients undergoing resection of hepatocellular carcinoma
Enhanced Recovery after Surgery (ERAS) for Postoperative Pediatric Surgical Disorders
Enhanced Recovery (Fast-track) after Cardiac and Vascular Surgery
ERAS in the respiratory surgery. - DigitalOlle Ljungqvist, Nader K. Francis, Richard D. Urman, editors.Summary: This book is the first comprehensive, authoritative reference that provides a broad and comprehensive overview of Enhanced Recovery After Surgery (ERAS). Written by experts in the field, chapters analyze elements of care that are both generic and specific to various surgeries. It covers the patient journey through such a program, commencing with optimization of the patient's condition, patient education, and conditioning of their expectations. Organized into nine parts, this book discusses metabolic responses to surgery, anaesthetic contributions, and optimal fluid management after surgery. Chapters are supplemented with examples of ERAS pathways and practical tips on post-operative pain control, feeding, mobilization, and criteria for discharge. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: A Complete Guide to Optimizing Outcomes is an indispensable manual that thoroughly explores common post-operative barriers and challenges.
Contents:
I. Introduction
1. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: A Paradigm Shift in Perioperative Care
2. Physiology and Pathophysiology of ERAS
3. Guidelines for Guidelines
II. Preoperative Preparation
4. Preoperative Fasting and Carbohydrate Treatment
5. Preoperative Patient Education
6. Perioperative Optimization of Patient Nutritional Status
7. Anemia and Blood Management
8. Perioperative Smoking and Alcohol Cessation
9. Preoperative Medical Optimization
10. Prehabilitation
11. Cognitive Behavior Counseling
Preoperative Preparation in ERAS
12. Bowel Preparation: Always, Sometimes, Never?
13. Pharmacogenomics in Perioperative Care
III. Intraoperative Management
14. Anesthetic Management and the Role of the Anesthesiologist in Reducing Surgical Stress and Improving Recovery
15. Analgesia During Surgery (Medications)
Chapter 16. Regional Anesthesia Techniques for Abdominal Operations
^Chapter 17. Prevention of Intraoperative Hypothermia
Chapter 18. Perioperative Intravenous Fluid Therapy in ERAS Pathways
Chapter 19. ERAS and Minimally Invasive Surgical Techniques
Chapter 20. Tubes and Drains: Current Updates on Evidence on Their Role Within Recovery
IV. Postoperative Management
Chapter 21. Management of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting (PONV)
Chapter 22. Early Oral Nutrition
23. Early Ambulation and Physiotherapy After Surgery
24. Postoperative Multimodal Pain Management
25. Nursing Considerations During Patient Recovery
V. Prevention of Postoperative Complications
26. Long-Term Outcomes Related to ERAS
27. Postoperative Ileus: Prevention and Treatment
28. Antibiotic Prophylaxis and Surgical Site Infection Prevention
29. Thromboprophylaxis
VI. ERAS After Discharge
30. Functional Recovery at Home and After Discharge
31. Recovery Within the Cancer Journey
32. Readmission Challenges and Impacts Within ERAS
^33. An Example of a Patient's Experience in ERAS
VII. Safety and Quality Improvement in ERAS
Measuring Outcomes in ERAS
35. Measurement of Recovery Within ERAS
36. Measuring Compliance: Audit and Data Collection
37. Success and Failure of ERAS: Prediction Models of Outcomes
38. Research Methods in Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
39. Toward a Learning System for ERAS: Embedding Implementation and Learning Evaluation
VIII. Specialty-Specific Enhanced Recovery Programs
40. ERAS in Colorectal Surgery
41. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: Recommendations for Esophagectomy
42. Enhanced Recovery After Gastrectomy
43. Bariatric Surgery
44. ERAS for Major Urological Procedures: Evidence Synthesis and Recommendations
45. ERAS for Breast Reconstruction
46. Gynecologic/Oncology Surgery
47. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: Cesarean Delivery
48. ERAS in Spine Surgery
49. Orthopedic Surgery in Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
^50. ERAS in Otolaryngology
Head and Neck Surgery
51. Cardiac Surgery ERAS
52. Vascular Surgery and ERAS
53. Thoracic Surgery
54. Enhanced Recovery Program in the Ambulatory Surgery Setting
55. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery: Emergency Laparotomy
56. Liver Surgery
57. Pancreatic Surgery
58. Pediatric Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
IX. Administrative
59. Department-wide Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Pathway: Barriers and Facilitators
60. Introducing Enhanced Recovery Programs into Practice: Lessons Learned from the ERAS® Society Implementation Program
61. Enhanced Recovery After Surgery
Making the Business Case: Economics
The Alberta Experience
62. ERAS® Society and Latin American
63. ERAS® Society and Asia
64. ERAS for Low- and Middle-Income Countries
65. ERAS Position in the Global Surgical Community. - DigitalMarilyn L. Moy, Felicity Blackstock, Linda Nici, editors.Summary: This book examines the most up-to-date strategies that can be used to enhance the healthcare professional-patient interaction to influence positive behavior change and improve treatment adherence in pulmonary healthcare. This book is written by experts in the field who couple their experience with practical strategies (the art) with evidence-based theory (the science). Chapters discuss global concepts such as motivational interviewing on improving engagement and how to apply strategies to specific situations (for examples: smoking cessation, promoting physical activity, inhaler adherence, supplemental oxygen use, and non-invasive ventilation) commonly experienced on the front lines of caring for patients with pulmonary disorders. The textbook raises awareness of direct approaches and recent technological advances that healthcare professionals can use to support positive behavior change in their day-to-day clinical practice. Effective, patient-tailored self-management interventions are discussed, including the evidence for these interventions and ways to personalize the strategies to each patient's unique needs. This book is an ideal guide for healthcare professionals working with patients experiencing chronic pulmonary conditions, including pulmonologists, primary care physicians, physician assistants, nurses, trainees, and the many allied health professionals involved in delivering care such as respiratory therapists, pharmacists, and behavioral psychologists. The concepts of this book can also be applied to the management of other chronic diseases such as coronary artery disease and diabetes mellitus.
Contents:
Chapter 01 Defining patient engagement, health behavior change, and disease self-management
Chapter 02 Learning: developing knowledge through making meaning
Chapter 03 Psychomotor skill development: learning what AND how to do
Chapter 04 Best practice in educational design for patient learning
Chapter 05 The impact of self-efficacy on behavior change: the roles of socio-cultural and mental health factors
Chapter 06 Integrating motivational interviewing into pulmonary healthcare
Chapter 07 Anxiety, depression, and using evidence-based techniques and strategies to support engagement and adherence
Chapter 08 Technology to enhance engagement in physical activity
Chapter 09 The role of mind-body approaches in promoting healthcare engagement and positive behavior change
Chapter 10 Strategies to improve adherence to supplemental oxygen therapy
Chapter 11 Self-management: personalized action plans for COPD exacerbations
Chapter 12 Domiciliary noninvasive ventilation: strategies for improving adherence to home use
Chapter 13 Teaching the practical skill of correct inhaler use: knowing and being able to do
Chapter 14 Smoking cessation: breaking the strong addiction. . - DigitalEssegbemon Akpo, Chris O. Ojiewo, Issoufou Kapran, Lucky O. Omoigui, Agathe Diama, Rajeev K. Varshney, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This open access book shares the experiences of Tropical Legumes III (TLIII) project in facilitating access to seed of improved legume varieties to smallholder farmers through innovation platforms. It highlights practices and guiding principles implemented in eight developing countries of sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia. This book details key processes that respective teams employed to create an innovation space that delivers seed, other inputs, knowledge and financial services to agricultural communities and most importantly, the underserved farmers in remote areas of the drylands. It offers valuable insights into the pathway to establishing, promoting and operating innovation platforms to enhance the performance and competitiveness of legume crops' value chains, and addresses critical issues that must be considered to make innovation platforms more sustainable and attractive to beneficiaries. The book offers a wealth of practical insights for development workers, technical staff, and project managers. This publication is all about TLIII community of practice. It will definitely inspire other development workers and scientists to share their own experiences for others to learn from.
Contents:
Chapter 1. General context of smallholder farmers' access to seed of improved legume varieties and innovation platform perspectives
Chapter 2. Groundnut Seed Production and Distribution through Multi-stakeholder Platforms in Southern Region of Tanzania
Chapter 3. An analysis of groundnut innovation platform achievements in brokering improved varieties to communities in TL III project in Burkina Faso
Chapter 4. Kolokani groundnut innovation platform activities and achievements through TL III project in Mali
Chapter 5. Enhancing access to quality seed of improved groundnut varieties through multi-stakeholder platforms in Northern Ghana
Chapter 6. Impact assessment of developing sustainable and impact-oriented groundnut seed system under the Tropical Legumes (III) project in Northern Nigeria
Chapter 7. Enhancing chickpea production and productivity through Stakeholders' Innovation Platform approach in Ethiopia
Chapter 8. Organized farmers towards chickpea seed self-sufficiency in Bundelkhand region of India
Chapter 9. Developing sustainable cowpea seed systems for smallholder farmers though innovation platforms in Nigeria: Experience of TL III Project
Chapter 10. Cowpea seed innovation platform: A hope for small seed producers in Mali
Chapter 11. Cowpea innovation platform interventions and achievements in TL III project in Burkina Faso
Chapter 12. Impacts of cowpea innovation platforms in sustaining TL III project gains in Ghana
Chapter 13. A cross-case analysis of innovation platform experiences in seven countries in West and East Africa and South Asia
Chapter 14. Innovation platform for catalyzing access to seed of improved legume varieties to smallholder farmers.-. - DigitalPetros Koltsidopoulos, Charalampos Skoulakis, Stilianos Kountakis.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digitaledited by Fred Lin, Zara Patel.Summary: ENT Board Prep is a high-yield review that is an ideal study guide for the ENT in-service and board exams. While other review guides are low yield or more of a textbook, this is quick, concise, and easy-to-use, providing everything you need to know in a easy to digest format. ENT Board Prep offers review on sections such as cancer, ear, sinus, plastics, sleep, and laryngology, as well as case studies useful for studying for the oral board exams. Written and edited by leaders in the field, this book aims to serve future residents and fellows in those crucial weeks leading up to the ENT board exam.
Contents:
Part I. Pediatrics
1. Embryology
2. General Pediatric Otolaryngology
3. Congenital Syndromes
4. Pediatric Airway
5. Cochlear Implants and Pediatric Otology
Part II. Rhinology/Allergy
6. Rhinology
7. Allergy and Immunology
8. Systemic, Infections, and Inflammatory Diseases
Part III. General
9. Sleep Disordered Breathing and Obstructive Sleep Apnea
10. Fluids, Hemostasis, Nutrition, and Pulmonary Physiology
11. Therapeutics: Pharmacology, Chemotherapy, and Radiation Oncology
12. Head and Neck Pathology
Part IV. Otology
13. Otologic and Neurotologic Disorders
14. The Vestibular System
15. Ear Disorders
16. The Facial Nerve ad Lateral Skull Base Disorders
Part V. Head and Neck
17. Thyroid and Parathyroid Surgery
18. Salivary Gland Diseases
19. Head and Neck Lymphoma and Sarcoma
20. Laryngeal Squamous Cell Carcinoma
21. Oral Cavity and Oropharyngeal Squamous Cell Carcinoma
22. Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Carcinoma
23. Vascular Tumors
24. Cutaneous and Temporal Bone Malignancies
25. Odontogenic Cysts and Tumors
Part VI. Laryngology
26. Deep Neck Space Infections
27. Laryngology
28. Benign Lesions of the Larynx
29. Dysphagia
30. Lasers
Part VII. Facial Plastics and Reconstruction
31. Facial Plastics
32. Head and Neck Reconstruction: Local, Pedicled, and Free Flaps; Facial Nerve Reanimation
33. Head and Neck Trauma
Appendix 1. FDA Draft Guidance Document: Guidance for Industry Standards for Clinical Trial Imaging Endpoints
Appendix 2. Imaging Core Lab Lexicon
Appendix 3. Quantitative Imaging Biomarkers Alliance (QIBA).Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalCemal Cingi, Halil Erdem Özel, Nuray Bayar Muluk, editors.Summary: The book offers a comprehensive overview of ENT diseases during pregnancy, postpartum and lactating period. It brings together the experience of authors from more than 25 countries and aims to provide a broader understanding of the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of the ENT pathologies in pregnant and lactating women. The book is organized in 7 main parts according to the ENT subspecialties, and each chapter features a reader-friendly, uniform structure. It includes developments about COVID-19 infection. ENT Diseases: Diagnosis and Treatment during Pregnancy and Lactation will appeal to a wide readership, from ENT practitioners through allergists and pulmonologists, to trainees and students in ENT, obstetrics/gynecology.
Contents:
Preface. Part 1 Physiological changes during pregnancy and the postpartum period
Part 2 General otolaryngology during pregnancy and the lactation period
Part 3: Otology, neurotology and skull base Surgery during pregnancy and lactation
Part 4 Rhinology and allergy during pregnancy and lactation
Part 5 Laryngology. Part 6 Head and neck neoplasms and surgery during pregnancy and lactation. Part 7 Lower airway diseases during pregnancy and the postpartum period. - DigitalEdoardo Cervoni, Kim Leech.Summary: This volume serves as a practical guide for the primary care provider to better understand the clinical history, clinical examination, and accurate management of ENT disease. Additionally, the text aims to help general physicians and nurse practitioners to reduce the number of specialist referrals for patients requiring ENT care. Topics cover the most common ENT symptoms that can expect to be managed in a primary care setting, ENT diagnostic instrumentation for surgery, and how to determine when a patient can be managed in a general practice or referred to secondary care. Other topics cover the history of ENT, common red flags, rhinology, and laryngology. ENT in Primary Care: A Concise Guide will be a useful resource for medical students, general physicians in training, board certified physicians, and nurse practitioners treating ENT patients.
Contents:
ENT History
ENT Red Flags
Otology for the Primary Care Physician
Rhinology for the Primary Care Physician
Laryngology for the Primary Care Physician
Head and Neck for the Primary Care Physician
ENT Post Operative Care
ENT Prescriptions. - Digital/PrintStuart Brierley, Marcello Costa, editors.Contents:
Memories and promises of the enteric nervous system and its functions / Marcello Costa
A personal perspective on the development of our understanding of the myogenic control mechanisms of gut motor function / Jan D. Huizinga
Enteric inhibitory neurotransmission, starting down under / Kenton M. Sanders
Spatiotemporal mapping and the enteric nervous system / Grant W. Hennig
Development of neural activity in the Enteric nervous system: similarities and differences to other parts of the nervous system / Marlene M. Hao
ENS development research since 1983: great strides but many remaining challenges / Heather M. Young, Lincon A. Stamp, and Sonja J. McKeown
Extrinsic sensory innervation of the gut: structure and function / Simon Brookes, Nan Chen, Adam Humenick, Nick Spencer, and Marcello Costa
Ageing and gastrointestinal sensory function / Christopher Keating and David Grundy
Altered ion channel/receptor expression and function in extrinsic sensory neurons: the cause of and solution to chronic visceral pain? / Stuart Brierley
Purinergic signalling in the gut / Geoffrey Burnstock
Is there a role for endogenous 5-HT in gastrointestinal motility? How recent studies have changed our understanding / Nick J. Spencer and Damien J. Keating
Enteric neuropathies: Yesterday, today and tomorrow / Robert De Giorgio, Francesca Bianco, Rocco Latorre, Giacomo Caio, Paolo Clavenzani, and Elena Bonora
Postnatal development of the mouse enteric nervous system / Jaime Pei Pei Foong
G protein-coupled receptor trafficking and signalling in the enteric nervous system: the past, present and future / David P. Poole and Nigel W. Bunnett
The intrinsic reflex circuitry of the inflamed colon / Gary M. Mawe and Keith A. Sharkey
Integrated neural and endocrine control of gastrointestinal function / John B. Furness
Enteric neurobiology: discoveries and directions / Jackie D. Wood
Advanced 3D optical microscopy in ENS research / Pieter Vanden Berghe
Excitability and synaptic transmission in the enteric nervous system: Does diet play a role? / Paul B. Bertrand, Kate E. Polglaze, Hui Chen, Shaun L. Sandow, Anna Walduck, Trisha A. Jenkins, Rebecca L. Bertrand, Alan E. Lomax, and Lu Liu
Recording in vivo human colonic motility: what have we learnt over the past 100 years? / Phil G. Dinning
Letters
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalSmagghe, Guy; Boecking, Otto; Kevan, Peter G.; Maccagnani, Bettina; Mänd, Marika.Summary: This book examines entomovectoring, which employs crop pollinators to spread biocontrol protections against plant pathogens. The book describes research and development of the process, also known as apivectoring and beevectoring, for use both in pollination and in the delivery of biocontrol agents against crop and pollinator diseases, pests, and parasites. The opening chapters show how design of agrosystems can support the activity of pollinator networks, and describe bee pollination as a natural and cost-free ecological service. Individual chapters cover bumble bees and solitary bees as pollinators. The book outlines ways that entomovectoring can be used to increase biocomplexity and biodiversity in agriculture. Also included is a chapter on the threat of Drosophila suzukii, an invasive fruit fly that infests ripening fruit, and the prospect of improved control using entomovectoring. Another chapter discusses the prospect of using a species of fungus gnat as a potential vector of microbial control agents, to suppress pathogens that they also spread. A wide variety of crops are covered, including apples, strawberries, coffee, and sunflowers. The book describes studies on use of entomovectoring in both open fields and greenhouse settings. Another case study reviews the use of a commercial biofungicide via entomovectoring, to combat storage rot diseases in apples. Coverage also includes Flying Doctors, a precision pollination system that uses pre-collected pollen delivered by bumble bees to replace artificial pollination via dusting or phytohormones. Entomovectoring for Precision Biocontrol and Enhanced Pollination of Crops benefits graduate-level students in agriculture, plant pathology and entomology, as well as academics, researchers, working horticulturists and apiculturists, and those involved in formulating agricultural policy and regulations.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Agroecosystem Design Supports the Activity of Pollinator Networks
1 Some Principle Needs of Honey Bees and Wild Bees
2 Ecological Compensation Areas to Enhance Pollination Service
2.1 Resource Orientated Scheme
2.2 Habitat Oriented Scheme
3 Interactions Among Neighboring Plants: Favoring Pollination Service or Competition
4 Not Only Pollinators: Ecological Compensation Areas as a Natural Biofactory of Beneficials
5 Ecological Corridors: Experiences in Italy
References 2 The Growing Knowledge About the General Importance of Pollinators Is Followed by the Concerns About Pollinator Declines
References
Solitary Bees As Pollinators
1 Working Mothers: This Makes the Difference
2 Which Bee for Which Crop
3 Solitary Bees: A Focus on Osmia sp.
4 Osmia cornuta
References
Bumble Bees and Entomovectoring in Open Field Conditions
1 Introduction
2 Bumble Bee Efficacy in Open Fields
2.1 Grey Mould Suppression
2.2 Inoculum Dissemination: Safety and Efficacy
2.3 The Secondary Transmission of BCA
2.4 Additive Value from Pollination 3 Bumble Bee Foraging Behaviour
3.1 Flower Selection
3.2 Flower and Forage Patch Constancy
3.3 Colony Size and Foraging Range
3.4 Compatibility With Temperate Climate Conditions
4 Steering Bumble Bees to the Target Crop
4.1 Handling of Bumble Bees
4.2 Synchronizing Pollination Service with Crop Flowering
4.3 Crop and Cultivar Selection
5 Conclusion
References
Dispensers for Entomovectoring: For Every Bee a Different Type?
1 Introduction
2 Dispensers for Honey Bees
3 Dispensers for Bumble Bees
4 Dispensers for Solitary Bees 6 Potential for Pollinator and Pollination Related Problems Posed by Biological Control Agents
7 Summary of Tests of Biological Control Agents on Pollinators
8 Summary of Tests on Botanical Aspects of Pollination (Stigma and Pollen Functions, Fertilization, Seed and Fruit set)
9 Pest Control Arthropods As Vectors of Biological Control Agents Against Crop Pests and Diseases
10 Conclusions
References
Bee Pollination of Crops: A Natural and Cost-Free Ecological Service
1 Today's Knowledge About Pollination: Still at a Starting Point? Ecological Intensification: Managing Biocomplexity and Biodiversity in Agriculture Through Pollinators, Pollination and Deploying Biocontrol Agents against Crop and Pollinator Diseases, Pests and Parasites
1 Introduction: Ecological Intensification Beyond Biodiversity
2 Pollinator-Mediated Entomovectoring
3 Doubly Beneficial Arthropods: Pollinators in Crops, Domestic Self-Help in the Hive, and Biocontrol Predators and Parasitoids
4 Managed Pollinators As Vectors of Biological Control Agents against Crop Pests and Diseases
5 Biological Control Agents Applied for Pollinator HealthDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalToyohiko Isu, Kyongsong Kim, editors.Summary: This book presents the latest information on the epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis and treatment of peripheral nerve entrapment neuropathy, focusing on the lumbar spine and the lower limbs. The book is divided into three thematic sections, on para-lumbar spine disease, lower limb entrapment neuropathy, and comprehensive reviews. In addition to exploring the latest advances, it also features short essays by the Editor that provide valuable insights into the disease. Though neuropathy of the upper limbs has been studied in detail and substantial evidence is available, there are very few books on para-lumbar spine and lower limb entrapment neuropathy. Often, the symptoms are misdiagnosed as lumbar spine disease, overlooked, or treated as failed back surgery syndrome. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the disease and shares the latest findings from the last 10 years of research into its diagnosis and treatment, offering essential guidance for general clinicians, spinal surgeons and neurosurgeon who treat numbness and pain in the lower limbs and lower back. It will also benefit young doctors interested in the field, nurses, therapists and patients.
- Digital/PrintJay Lemery and Paul Auerbach.Contents:
Preamble : the doctor's approach
Climate change 101 : a primer
Heat waves & heat stress
Extreme weather
Vector-borne diseases
Mental health
Air degradation
Water security
Food security
Allergens
Harmful algal blooms
Nature's pharmacopeia
Ecosystem services
Climate justice
Rx for the future.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2017 - DigitalHuidong Zhang, Jie Yan, editors.Summary: This book will focus on the harmful effect of environmental toxins on female reproductive health. Reproduction is the basis of the continuation of human beings, and environment is the basis of human survival. However, environmental pollution has become a potential risk factor for human reproductive health, which not only leads to many chronic diseases, but also causes certain harm to reproductive health. Compared to male reproduction, female reproductive process is more complex, the reproductive system is more fragile, and is more vulnerable to be damaged. The aim of this book is to review the research progress, to address the challenges, and to stimulate the development in the direction of environment and female reproductive health.
Contents:
Part I Environmental Harmful Factors
1 Introduction to Environmental Harmful Factors
Part II Female Reproductive Processes and Diseases
2 Introduction of Female Reproductive Processes and Reproductive Diseases
Part III Effects of Environmental Factors on Reproductive Process
3 The Influence of Environmental Factors on Ovarian Function, Follicular Genesis, and Oocyte Quality
4 Effects of environment and lifestyle factors on premature ovarian failure
5 Effects of Environment and Lifestyle Factors on Anovulatory Disorder
6 Effects of Cigarette Smoking on Preimplantation Embryo Development
7 Toxicical effects of BPDE on dysfunctions of female trophoblast cells
8 The Roles of Stress-Induced Immune Response in Female Reproduction
9 Effects of Environmental EDCs on Oocyte Quality, Embryo Development and the Outcome in Human IVF Process
Part IV Effects of Environmental Factors on Reproductive Diseases
10 Effects of environmental endocrine-disrupting chemicals on female reproductive health
11 Definition and Multiple Factors of Recurrent Spontaneous Abortion
12 The Variations of Metabolic Detoxification Enzymes Lead to Recurrent Miscarriage and their Diagnosis Strategy
Part V Effects of Environmental Factors on Fertility Preservation
13 The Effects of Negative Elements in Environment and Cancer on Female Reproductive System. - Digital/PrintMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: The impairment of lung function caused by environmental exposure to pollutants and toxicants is a rising health problem, particularly in highly industrialized parts of the world. The problem is urgently calling for the development of new methodologies to assess both the level of elemental exposure and the effects for quality of health and longevity. This volume provides state-of-the-art information about the recent advances in occupational and non-occupational pollutant-related disorders of the respiratory tract, and the assessment of a threat they pose for the health-span. Heavy traffic-related air pollution, unnoticeable but salient health detriment, is dealt with at length.
Contents:
Effects of exposure to welding fume on lung function: results from the German WELDOX study
Disability-Adjusted Life Years in the Assessment of Health Effects of Traffic-Related Air Pollution
Impact of Traffic-Related Air Pollution on Health
Traffic-related air pollution and respiratory tract efficiency
Different Patterns in Changes of Exhaled Breath Condensate pH and Exhaled Nitric Oxide after Ozone Exposure
Serial Measurements of Exhaled Nitric Oxide at Work and at Home: a New Tool for the Diagnosis of Occupational Asthma
Prevalence of Work-Related Rhino-Conjunctivitis and Respiratory Symptoms among Domestic Waste Collectors
Quality of Life and Health Care Utilization in Patients with Chronic Respiratory Diseases
Usage of Medical Internet and E-Health Services by the Elderly. - DigitalVittorio Ingegnoli, Francesco Lombardo, Giuseppe La Torre, editors.Summary: This book aims to explore the impact of human alterations of Earths ecological systems on human health. Human activities are producing fundamental biophysical changes faster than ever before in the history of our species, which are accompanied by dangerous health effects. Drawing on advanced ecological principles, the book demonstrates the importance of using systemic medicine to study the effects of ecological alterations on human health. Planetary Health is an interdisciplinary field, but first of all it must be systemic and it needs a preferential relationship between Ecology and Medicine. This relation is to be upgrading, because today both ecology and medicine pursue few systemic characters and few correct interrelations. We need to refer to new principles and methods sustained by the most advanced fields, as Landscape Bionomics and Systemic Medicine. Thus, we will be able to better discover environmental syndromes and their consequences on human health. Environmental transformations proposed by PHA (from biodiversity shifts to climate change) do not consider bionomic dysfunctions which can menace human health. On the contrary, finding advanced diagnostic criteria in landscape syndromes can strongly help to find the effects on human well-being. The passage from sick care to health care cant avoid the mentioned upgrading.
Contents:
1: Understanding complexity in life sciences
2. A new paradigm in medicine: Psychoneuroendocrineimmunology and Science of integrated care
3.From General Ecology to Bionomics
4. Planetary Health: Human Impacts on the Environment
5. Landscape Bionomics Dysfunctions and Human Health
6. Agrofood system and Human Health
7. Environmental alterations and oncological diseases: the contribution of network medicine
8. Zootechnical systems, ecological dysfunctions and human health
9. Environmental pollution and cardio-respiratory diseases
10. The impact of environmental alterations on human microbiota and Infectious Diseases
11. The relationship between environment and mental health
12. Planetary health and healthcare workers
13. Endocrine Disruptors and Human Reproduction
14. Environmental factors in the development of diabetes mellitus
15. Some landscape and healthcare considerations comparing European Union and Indian Federation. - DigitalR.J. Berry, University College London.Summary: Our attitudes to our environment are widely and often acrimoniously discussed, commonly misunderstood, and will shape our future. We cannot assume that we behave as newly minted beings in a pristine garden nor as pre-programmed automata incapable of rational responsibility. Professor Berry has studied nature-nurture interactions for many years, and also been involved with many national and international decision making bodies which have influenced our environmental attitudes. He is therefore well-placed to describe what has moulded our present attitudes towards the environment. This book presents data and concepts from a range of disciplines - genetic, anthropological, social, historical and theological - to help us understand how we have responded in the past and how this influences our future. Beginning with a historical review and moving forwards to current conditions, readers will reach the end of this volume more capable and better prepared to make decisions which affect our communities and posterity.
Contents:
Choices
No primeval Eden
Striving with nature
Nature's study
Scientific study and the new biology controlling
Science in public affairs organizing
National nature a digression
The regulatory century
Running out of world
Reckoning, perhaps rueing
From scavenging to supermarkets.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - Digital/PrintMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: The book presents the latest advances in research into health effects of air pollution, with heavy motor vehicle traffic or cigarette smoke as the exemplar of pollution. The airways are the first-line defense system against pollution. The book focuses on respiratory ailments underlain by inflammation, increased susceptibility to infection, particularly acquired during harsh environmental conditions and exposures to particulate matter or pathogens. The importance of astute analysis of lung function for early diagnosis of disorders is underscored. A knowledge deficit concerning the aerosolized drug delivery through the airways also is addressed. Recent developments and viewpoints in the field of environmental health hazards as well as methodological advances in their assessment are provided. The book will be of interest to pulmonologists, healthcare providers, researchers and clinicians engaged in environment-related respiratory diseases, but also to policy makers concerned with clean ambient air quality.
Contents:
The Role of Oxidation in FSL-1 Induced Signaling Pathways of an Atopic Dermatitis Model in HaCaT Keratinocytes, I. Koren Carmi, R. Haj, H. Yehuda, S. Tamir, and A.Z. Reznick
Epidemiological and Clinical Reasons for Vaccination Against Pertussis and Influenza in Pregnant Women, Aneta Nitsch-Osuch, Krzysztof Korzeniewski, Maciej Gawlak, Katarzyna Życińska, Kazimierz Wardyn, and Ernest Kuchar
Aerosolized GLP-1 for Treatment of Diabetes Mellitus and Irritable Bowel Syndrome, R. Siekmeier, T. Hofmann, and G. Scheuch
The Influence of Particulate Matter on Respiratory Morbidity and Mortality in Children and Infants, Joanna Jakubiak-Lasocka, Jakub Lasocki, and Artur J. Badyda
Relationship Between History of Smoking, Metabolic and Inflammatory Markers, Parameters of Body Composition and Muscle Strength, O. Rom, K. Karkabi, A.Z. Reznick, Z. Keidar, and D. Aizenbud
Time and Dose Effects of Cigarette Smoke and Acrolein on Protein Carbonyl Formation in HaCaT Keratinocytes, K. Avezov, A.Z. Reznick, and D. Aizenbud
Comparison of Different Measurement Methods, A.M. Preisser, M. Seeber, and V. Harth
Respiratory Infections in Travelers Returning from the Tropics, Krzysztof Korzeniewski, Aneta Nitsch-Osuch, Anna Lass, Aneta Guzek
Relative risk of lung obstruction in relation to PM10 concentration: pulmonary function assessment, Łukasz Adamkiewicz, Anna Gayer, Dominika Mucha, Artur J. Badyda, Piotr Dąbrowiecki, and Piotr Grabski.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaleditors, Rita Kundu, Rajiv Narula, Rajashree Paul, Susmita Mukherjee.Summary: This book comprises some of the major facts and solutions on environmental studies and its importance on the ecosystem. Implementations of Biotechnology on wastewater treatment and removal of toxins from the wastewater have been thoroughly discussed in different chapters with its impacts on the ecosystem. State of art technologies related to the water treatment as well as balancing of various essential components of the ecosystem has also been demonstrated with various technical solutions. Impacts of various toxins, mainly chemical wastes produced by various industries have been precisely identified and there impacts with various solutions are also discussed. This book is also a collection of various ideas and thoughts coming from reputed scientists and researchers working in this field with modernized technological views. A special emphasis has been given to protect and balance our ecosystem to save the entire living beings. Authors have also tried to make a bridge between bioremediation and ecosystem to bring these in a common platform for better understanding and solution of various critical problems with the help of cutting edge technologies. In this particular aspect or research, the novelty of the book is unparallel to show various future opportunities for the researchers, academicians, industrial personnel working in this field.
Contents:
Introduction
Physico-Chemical and Enzymatic Analysis of Rhizospheric and Non-Rhizospheric Soils from Middle indo-Gangetic Plain Region
Kinetics Study of A Suspended Growth System For Sustainable Biological Treatment of Dairy Wastewater
Assessment of Removal of Mercury From Landfill Leachate by Electrocoagulation Assessment of Self Rectification Capacity of the Main Sewage Canal while passing through the East Kolkata Wetlands, a Ramsar site in West Bengal, India
Health Risk Assessment of Some Dominant Heavy Metal Species Detected in Subsurface Water near Kolkata MSW Landfill Site
Fluoride Attenuation from Contaminated Water by Hydrophytes
Bioremediation of Wastewater Using Microalgae
Optimization of Lead Ions Adsorption onto C16-6-16 Incorporated Mesoporousmcm-41 Using Box-Behnken design
Treated Sewage Effluents as A Source of Microbiological Contamination On Receiving Watersheds
An Analysis of Water Pollution -Where Surface Water Can be Habitable Avoiding Most of the Major Disease Using Easy and Low Cost Water Filtration
Lead Remediation from Landfill Leachate by Electrocoagulation-A Laboratory-Scale Study
Production optimization and application of extracellular chromate reductase from Bacillus sp. for bioremediation of hexavalent chromium
Bioremediation efficacy of extracellular chromate reductase from Bacillus amyloliquefaciens (CSB 9) for detoxification of hexavalent chromium.Digital Access Springer 2019 - PrintO'Neill, I. K.
- DigitalGeorge J. Brewer.Summary: Environmental Causes and Prevention Measures for Alzheimer's Disease examines the increased incidence of the disease in developed countries and aims to educate neuroscientists, medical practitioners and other educated individuals on new insights into environmental causation, primarily metals. This book looks into the web of evidence around the hypothesis of copper toxicity and the additional role that a high fat diet plays in disease progression and cognition loss. The data and its implications are discussed, along with potential prevention measures. This book will generate excitement and interest among neuroscientists, medical practitioners and other biomedical researchers.
Contents:
A little background on dementia and Alzheimer's disease
Interesting and important historical and demographic facts about the epidemic of Alzheimer's disease in developed countries pointing to environmental intoxicants causing the epidemic
Candidate environmental factors for the Alzheimer's epidemic part 1: The metals-aluminum, lead, mercury, zinc, iron, and copper
Candidate environmental factors for the Alzheimer's epidemic part 2: diet and other lifestyle factors
Identification of copper-2 and cooper in general, as major environmental intoxicants in the Alzheimer's disease epidemic: the copper hypothesis
Background on copper, including why copper-2 is so specificially neurotoxic
Inorganic copper, or copper-2, ingestion as a major causal factor for the Alzheimer's disease epidemic
the web of evidence
Increased copper absorption resulting from dietary changes in developed countries as another causal factor in the Alzheimer's disease epidemic
The copper hypothesis fits nicely with known risk factors and theories of Alzheimer's disease causation
Prevention measures action items: two simple steps to eliminate ingestion of copper-2, and dietary changes to reduce copper absorption
Failures: what the government has not done to ensure healthy drinking water and nontoxic multimineral pills
Treatment of Alzheimer's disease
Sumary and conclusions.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalRam Naresh Bharagava, editor.Summary: As we know, rapid industrialization is a serious concern in the context of a healthy environment. Various physico-chemical and biological approaches for the removal of toxic pollutants are available, but unfortunately these are not very effective. Biological approaches using microorganisms (bacterial/fungi/algae), green plants or their enzymes to degrade/detoxify environmental contaminants such as endocrine disrupting chemicals, toxic metals, pesticides, dyes, petroleum hydrocarbons and phenolic compounds are eco-friendly and low cost. This book provides a much-needed, comprehensive overview of the various types of contaminants, their toxicological effects on the environment, humans, animals and plants as well as various eco-friendly approaches for their management (degradation/detoxification). As such it is a valuable resource for a wide range of students, scientists and researchers in microbiology, biotechnology, environmental sciences.
Contents:
1. Agroindustrial wastes: Environmental toxicology, risks and biological treatment approaches
2. Remediation and management of petrochemical polluted sites under climate change conditions
3. Phycoremediation: Role of algae in waste management
4. Aspects of CO2 injection in geological formations and its risk assessment
5. Microbial degradation of polyaromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs)
6. Splendid role of nanoparticles as antimicrobial agents in wastewater treatment
7. Metagenomics for novel enzymes: A Current Perspective
8. Cyanobacteria: The ecofriendly tools for the treatment of industrial wastewaters
9. Constructed wetlands: a green technology for industrial wastewaters treatment
10. Microplastics: A Snapshot on Emerging Environmental Pollutant and their Environmental Impact
11. Biosorption of heavy metals: potential and applications of yeast cells for cadmium removal
12. Toxic elements in Bangladeshs drinking water
13. Bacterial conversion of waste products into degradable plastics: An inexpensive yet eco-friendly approach
14. Treatment of leather industry wastewater and recovery of valuable substances to solve waste management problem in Environment.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Alessandro Sale.Contents:
Environmental enrichment and brain development / Alessandro Sale, Nicoletta Berardi, and Lamberto Maffei
Epigenetic control of visual cortex development and plasticity / Paola Tognini, Elena Putignano, and Tommaso Pizzorusso
Gene-environment interactions in the etiology of psychiatric and neurodevelopmental disorders / Mari A. Kondo and Anthony J. Hannan
Critical periods and neurodevelopmental brain disorders / Rhiannon M. Meredith
Maternal care and DNA methylation / Moshe Szyf
Neurobiology and programming capacity of attachment learning to nurturing and abusive caregivers / Tania L. Roth, Gordon A. Barr, Michael J. Lewis, and Regina M. Sullivan
Early environmental manipulations and long-term effects on brain neurotrophin levels / Francesca Cirulli and Enrico Alleva / Effects of genes and early experience on the development of primate behavior and stress reactivity / Sean P. Coyne and Dario Maestripieri
Institutional deprivation and neurobehavioral development in infancy / Jenalee R. Doom and Megan R. Gunnar
Impace of infantile massage on brain development / Andrea Guzzetta and Giovanni Cioni.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - PrintAccess via Health and safety guide
- Digitaleditors: Jeanne Leffers, Claudia M. Smith, Katie Huffling, Ruth McDermott-Levy, Barbara Sattler.Contents:
Introduction
Unit I: Why nursing. Why nurses are involved with environmental health
Environmental health and families/homes
Environmental health in the school setting
Environmental health nursing at the community level
Faith community: an environmental partner
Spotlight on nurses
Desired environmental health competencies for registered nurses
Unit II: Harmful environmental exposures and vulnerable populations. Harmful environmental exposures and vulnerable populations
Vulnerable populations - anticipatory guidance
Immigrants and refugees as a vulnerable population
Unit III: Environmental health sciences. Ecology, ecosystems, and watersheds
Introduction to toxicology
Carcinogens
Criteria air pollutants
Chemicals of concern: flame retardants
Health effects of heavy metals
Environmental public health tracking
Introduction to risk assessment in environmental health
Unit IV: Practice settings. Nurse exposure in work
Hazardous exposures in healthcare
Pharmaceutical waste
Green team
Unit V: Sustainable communities. Introduction to Tox Town
Green building
Green cleaning in homes
Transportation and health implications
Brownfields and nursing implications
Antibiotic use in agriculture: public and environmental health impact
Environmental justice
Unit VI: Climate change. Climate and health
Unit vii: energy
Introduction to the ANA energy resolution
Unconventional natural gas development and nursing
Unit VIII: Advocacy. Using nursing process to guide advocacy for environmental health
Coalition building: a powerful political strategy
Case study in environmental health advocacy
Chemical policy reform - toxic chemicals in the environment: efforts to control and regulate
Anatomy of a legislative meeting
Unit IX: Research. Maria Amaya, PhD, RNC, WHNP-BC
Adelita Cantu, PhD, RN
Viki Chaudrue, EdD, MSN, RN
Rosemary Chaudry, PhD, RN, MHA, MPH, PHCNS-BC
Linda McCauley, RN, PhD, FAAN, FAAOHN
Ruth McDermott-Levy, PhD, MPH, RN
Barbara Polivka, PhD, RN
Elizabeth C Schenk, PhD, MHI, RN
Unit X: Conclusion.Digital Access R2Library 2015 - DigitalMorton Lippmann, Richard B. Schlesinger.Contents:
Introduction and historical perspective
Characterization of contaminants and environments
Sources of contaminants
Dispersion of contaminants
Fate of contaminants : translocation, transformations, and sinks
Effects of contaminants on human health
Effects of contaminants on environmental quality
Risk assessment
Environmental sampling and exposure assessment
Risk management
Contaminant criteria and exposure limits
Our environmental future.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Raúl J. Cano and Gary A. Toranzos.Contents:
1. Definitions and historical perspectives in environmental forensics
2. Statistical considerations in environmental microbial forensics
3. From evolutionary advantage to disease agents: forensic reevaluation of host-microbe interactions and pathogenicity
4. Paleomicrobiology: a snapshot of ancient microbes and approaches to forensic microbiology
5. Microbial forensics in food safety
6. Toward forensic uses of microbial source tracking
7. Soil microbial forensics
8. Forensic phytopathology: a critical review
9. Forensic approaches to detect possible agents of bioterror
10. Environmental microbial forensics and archaeology of past pandemics
11. Comparative microbial genomics and forensics
12. Future technologies.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digitaledited by Ian T. Paulsen, Andrew J. Holmes.Contents:
Methods for isolation and cultivation of filamentous fungi / Helena Nevalainen, Liisa Kautto, and Junior Te'o
Rapid extraction of PCR-competent DNA from recalcitrant environmental samples / Michael R. Gillings
Quantitative PCR for detection of mRNA and gDNA in environmental isolates / Anthony J. Brzoska and Karl A. Hassan
Analysis of community dynamics in environmental samples using denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis / Claire L. Thompson
Terminal restriction fragment length polymorphism (T-RFLP) profiling of bacterial 16S rRNA genes / Catherine A. Osborne
Profiling the diversity of microbial communities with single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) / Achim Schmalenberger and Christoph C. Tebbe
Human fecal source identification with real-time quantitative PCR / Orin C. Shanks ... [and 4 others]
Next generation barcode tagged sequencing for monitoring microbial community dynamics / Katy Breakwell, Sasha G. Tetu, and Liam D.H. Elbourne
Analysis of methanotroph community structure using a pmoA-based microarray / Guy C.J. Abell ... [and 3 others]
Biolog Phenotype MicroArrays for phenotypic characterization of microbial cells / Amanda M. Mackie ... [and 3 others]
Visualization of metabolic properties of bacterial cells using nanoscale secondary ion mass spectrometry (NanoSIMS) / Yi Vee Chew, Andrew J. Holmes, and John B. Cliff
Single-cell Raman sorting / Mengqiu Li ... [and 3 others]
Bacterial whole-cell biosensors for the detection of contaminants in water and soils / Yun Wang ... [and 3 others]
Stable isotope probing to study functional components of complex microbial ecosystems / Sophie Mazard and Hendrik Schäfer
Metagenomics using next-generation sequencing / Lauren Bragg and Gene W. Tyson
Targeted genomics of flow cytometrically sorted cultured and uncultured microbial groups / Sophie Mazard ... [and 4 others]
Quantitative microbial metatranscriptomics / Scott Gifford, Brandon Satinsky, and Mary Ann Moran
Quantitative metaproteomics : functional insights into microbial communities / Chongle Pan and Jillian F. Banfield.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitalauthors: Wen-Xiong Wang, Philip S. Rainbow.Summary: The Pearl River Estuary (PRE) is the Western name for a very large estuary in southern China that is currently home to an industrial metropolis of staggering size, and one that is rapidly evolving. The Chinese name for the Pearl River is Zhujiang. Guangzhou lies at the head of the estuary, and Macau and Hong Kong are on the western and eastern sides, respectively, of the wide opening of the estuary to the South China Sea. The new cities of Zhuhai and Shenzhen lie immediately north of Macau and Hong Kong, respectively. The recent establishment of the Greater Bay Area (GBA), which covers the majority of the Pearl River Delta area, with a total population of over 70 million, will certainly put the PRE under strict environmental scrutiny. The PRE system itself will provide a model system for environmental scientists owing to its major anthropogenic perturbation and influences, as well as the highly dynamic nature of the estuary. This book addresses the major environmental concerns regarding this estuary, contaminants and other pollutants, e.g. toxic metals, organic contaminants and emerging compounds. Questions addressed here include: What are the sources of the contaminants? What have the environmental consequences of these contaminants been for the estuary? What will the future bring? The research presented here on the Pearl River Estuary offers a wealth of insights for other major contaminated estuaries around the world.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
Introduction
History
Hong Kong
Macao
Urbanization and Industrial Development
Pollution
Reference
Physical Geography
Water Flows and Circulation
Tide
Bottom Topography and Sediment
Ecosystem and Fisheries
Water Quality Monitoring
References
Pollution in the Pearl River Estuary
Eutrophication
Trace Metals
Organic Compounds
Hydrocarbons
Halogenated Organic Compounds
Organochlorine Pesticides
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDEs) Alternative Halogenated Flame Retardants (AHFRs)
Organophosphorus Compounds
Organophosphate Flame Retardants
Organophosphorus Pesticides
Xenoestrogens
Pharmaceuticals
Personal Care Products
Other Emerging Contaminants
Other Pesticides
Perfluoroalkyl Substances (PFASs)
Quaternary Ammonium Compounds (QACs)
Microplastics
Conclusions
References
Trace Metals in the Water Column and Sediments
Trace Metals in the Water Column
Trace Metal Concentrations in the Water Column of the Pearl River Estuary Bioavailability
Dissolved Bioavailability
Bioavailability from Food
Uptake of Trace Metals from Sediments
Accumulation
Metabolic Requirements for Essential Trace Metals
Detoxification
Accumulation, Detoxification and Toxicity
Biomonitoring
Pearl River Estuary Invertebrates
Oysters
Mussels
Clams
Scallops
Importance of Bivalve Family
Barnacles
Fish
Mercury
Food Chains
Cetaceans
Conclusions
References
Trace Metal Contamination of Seafood from the Pearl River Estuary
Regulatory Limits
Molluscs
Oysters
Mussels
Clams Geochemistry of Trace Metals in the Water Column of the Pearl River Estuary
Ecotoxicology of Trace Metals in the Water Column of the Pearl River Estuary
Trace Metals in Sediments
Trace Metal Concentrations in Sediments
Bioavailability and Ecotoxicology of Trace Metals in Sediments
Trace Metal Concentrations in the Sediments of the Pearl River Estuary
Historical Changes
Ecotoxicology of Trace Metals in the Sediments of the Pearl River Estuary
Exchangeability and Bioavailability
References
Trace Metals in Pearl River Estuary Organisms
Bioaccumulation
Uptake Scallops
Gastropods
Crustaceans
Prawns, Mantis Shrimps and Crabs
Fish
Conclusions
References
Trace Metals and Ecotoxicological Effects in the Pearl River Estuary
Biomarkers
Pearl River Estuary Oysters
Pearl River Estuary Dolphins
Conclusions
References
Future Needs
Environmental Transport
Ecotoxicological Impacts
Ecosystem Management and Conservation
The Greater Bay Area
IndexDigital Access Springer 2020 - PrintJohn R. Goldblum, Andrew L. Folpe, Sharon W. Weiss.Summary: Enzinger and Weiss's Soft Tissue Tumors is a medical reference on the diagnosis of tumors of the skeletal muscles, connective tissue, fat, and related structures. Microscopic findings are correlated with the latest developments in molecular biology, cytogenetics, and immunohistochemistry, providing you with a comprehensive and integrated approach to the evaluation of soft tissue specimens. Apply the latest advances in surgical pathology thanks to major updates on recently identified pathological entities such as soft tissue angiofibroma and CIC-related sarcomas; coverage of the newest molecular diagnostic techniques and immunohistochemical and molecular genetic features of soft tissue tumors; new chapters on GIST and soft tissue tumors showing melanocytic differentiation; and more. Effortlessly find the information you need with a chapter organization based on the newest surgical pathology concepts and classifications of soft tissue tumors.
- DigitalJohn R. Goldblum, Andrew L. Folpe, Sharon W. Weiss.Contents:
General considerations
Clinical evaluation and treatment of soft tissue tumors
Radiologic evaluation of soft tissue tumors
The molecular genetic pathology of soft tissue tumors
Approach to the diagnosis of soft tissue tumors
Immunohistochemistry for analysis of soft tissue tumors
Benign fibroblastic/myofibroblastic proliferations, including superficial fibromatoses
Fibrous tumors of infancy and childhood
Borderline and malignant fibroblastic/myofibroblastic tumors
Benign fibrohistiocytic and histiocytic tumors
Fibrohistiocytic tumors of intermediate malignancy
Undifferentiated pleomorphic sarcoma
Benign lipomatous tumors
Liposarcoma
Benign tumors of smooth muscle
Leiomyosarcoma
Gist and egist
Rhabdomyoma
Rhabdomyosarcoma
Benign vascular tumors and malformations
Hemangioendothelioma: vascular tumors of intermediate malignancy
Malignant vascular tumors
Tumors and malformations of lymphatic vessels
Perivascular tumors
Benign tumors and tumor-like lesions of synovial tissue
Benign tumors of peripheral nerves
Malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors
Neuroblastoma
Soft tissue tumors showing melanocytic differentiation
Cartilaginous and osseous soft tissue tumors
Miscellaneous benign soft tissue tumors and pseudotumors
Soft tissue tumors of intermediate malignancy of uncertain type
Malignant soft tissue tumors of uncertain type.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digitaledited by Gert Weber, Uwe T. Bornscheuer, Ren Wei.Contents:
Current status and future development of plastics : Solutions for a circular economy and limitations of environmental degradation / Pia Skoczinski, Lars Krause, Achim Raschka, Lara Dammer, and Michael Carus
Methods for microplastic sampling and analysis in the seawater and fresh water environment / Chengjun Sun, Jinfeng Ding, and Fenglei Gao
Exploring microbial consortia from various environments for plastic degradation / Ingrid Eileen Meyer Cifuentes and Basak Öztürk
Cultivation of filamentous fungi for attack on synthetic polymers via biological Fenton chemistry / Dietmar Schlosser
Characterization of biodegradation of plastics in insect larvae / Wei-Min Wu and Craig S. Criddle
Quantification of polystyrene plastics degradation using ¹⁴C isotope tracer technique / Lili Tian, Yini Ma, and Rong Ji
Exploring the global metagenome for plastic-degrading enzymes / Pablo Pérez-García, Dominik Danso, Hongli Zhang, Jennifer Chow, and Wolfgang R. Streit
Cutinases from thermophilic bacteria (actinomycetes) : From identification to functional and structural characterization / Masayuki Oda, Nobutaka Numoto, Gert-Jan Bekker, Narutoshi Kamiya, and Fusako Kawai
Ideonella sakaiensis, PETase, and MHETase : From identification of microbial PET degradation to enzyme characterization / Shosuke Yoshida, Kazumi Hiraga, Ikuo Taniguchi, and Kohei Oda
GRAPE, a greedy accumulated strategy for computational protein engineering / Jinyuan Sun, Yinglu Cui, and Bian Wu
Mechanistic investigation of enzymatic degradation of polyethylene terephthalate by nuclear magnetic resonance / Patricia Falkenstein, Ren Wei, Jörg Matysik, and Chen Song
Fluorimetric high-throughput screening method for polyester hydrolase activity using polyethylene terephthalate nanoparticles / Lara Pfaff, Daniel Breite, Christoffel P.S. Badenhorst, Uwe T. Bornscheuer, and Ren Wei
Anchor peptides promote degradation of mixed plastics for recycling / Yu Ji, Yi Lu, Hendrik Puetz, and Ulrich Schwaneberg
Tuning of adsorption of enzymes to polymer / Doris Ribitsch and Georg M. Guebitz
Characterization of the enzymatic degradation of polyurethanes / Audrey Magnin, Eric Pollet, and Luc Avérous
Structural analysis of PET-degrading enzymes PETase and MHETase from Ideonella sakaiensis / Leonie G. Graf, Emil A.P. Michels, Yelwin Yew, Weidong Liu, Gottfried J. Palm, and Gert Weber
Structural and functional characterization of nylon hydrolases / Seiji Negoro, Dai-ichiro Kato, Taku Ohki, Kengo Yasuhira, Yasuyuki Kawashima, Keisuki Nagai, Masahiro Takeo, Naoki Shibata, Katsumasa Kamiya, and Yasuteru Shigeta
Upcycling of hydrolyzed PET by microbial conversion to a fatty acid derivative / Gina Welsing, Birger Wolter, Henric M.T. Hintzen, Till Tiso, and Lars M. Blank
Screening and cultivating microbial strains able to grow on building blocks of polyurethane / María José Cárdenas Espinosa, Andrea Colina Blanco, Hermann J. Heipieper, and Christian Eberlein
Engineering microalgae as a whole cell catalyst for PET degradation / Daniel Moog, Jan Zarzycki, Karl-Heinz Rexer, Tobias J. Erb, and Uwe G. Maier
Yeast cell surface display of bacterial PET hydrolase as a sustainable biocatalyst for the degradation of polyethylene terephthalate / Zhuozhi Chen, Yunjie Xiao, Gert Weber, Ren Wei, and Zefang Wang.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021 - Digitaledited by Nico Bruns, Katja Loos.Contents:
Enzymatic polymerization to polyesters in nonaqueous solvents / Hua Zhao
Integrating computational and experimental methods for efficient biocatalytic synthesis of polyesters / Alessandro Pellis and Lucia Gardossi
Multiple grafting to enzymatically synthesized polyesters / Muhammad Humayun Bilal, Razan Alaneed, Jonas Steiner, Karsten Mäder, Markus Piezsch, and Jörg Kressler
Tailored biosynthesis of polyhydroxyalkanoates in chemostat cultures / Véronique Amstutz, Nils Hanik, Julien Pott, Camila Utsunomia, and Manfred Zinn
Biocatalytic synthesis of polylactate and its copolymers by engineered microorganisms / So Young Choi, In Jin Cho, Youngjoon Lee, Seongjin Park, and Sang Yup Lee
Enzymatic synthesis and modification of high molecular weight DNA using terminal deoxynucleotidyl transferase / Sonal Deshpande, Yunqi Yang, Ashutosh Chilkoti, and Stefan Zauscher
Enzymatic synthesis of functional amylosic materials and amylose analog polysaccharides / Jun-ichi Kadokawa
Synthesis of glycomonomers via biocatalytic methods / Azis Adharis and Katja Loos
Enzyme-initiated free radical polymerizations of vinyl monomers using horseradish peroxidase / Kyle J. Rodriguez, Michela M. Pellizzoni, Robert J. Chadwick, Chao Guo, and Nico Bruns
Biocatalytic ATRP in solution and on surfaces / Kyle J. Rodriguez, Michela M. Pellizzoni, Mohammad Divandari, Edmondo M. Benetti, and Nico Bruns
Enzyme-initiated reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization : precision polymer synthesis via enzymatic catalysis / Xiao Wang and Zesheng An
Radical addition polymerization : enzymatic template-free synthesis of conjugated polymers and their nanostructure fabrication / Jorge Romero-García, Antonio Ledezma-Pérez, Manuel Martínez-Cartagena, Carmen Alvarado-Canché, Paola Jiménez-Cárdenas, Arxel De-León, and Carlos Gallardo-Vega
Surface functionalization of polyester / Felice Quartinello, Georg M. Guebitz, and Doris Ribitsch.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - DigitalSelin Kara, Florian Rudroff, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the recent developments achieved in the field of chemo/enzymatic cascades with topics spanning from design (in vitro and in vivo) to kinetic- and process modelling as well as process control. Opportunities and challenges of building multi-step chemo/enzymatic reactions are discussed, whereby the latter are critically assessed in each chapter and methods to ease the implementation are explored. Both, multi-enzymatic cascades and chemo-enzymatic cascades are presented with the motivation of combining the strengths of these two worlds (e.g. selectivity, activity and robustness) not neglecting the obstacles and challenges of such endeavour. Furthermore, the use of non-conventional media for catalytic cascade reactions, recent achievements and potential for future developments in a technical environment are addressed.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: Enzyme Cascade Design Retrosynthesis Approach
Chapter 3 : Multi-Enzymatic Cascades in vitro
Chapter 4: Multi-Enzymatic Cascades in vivo
Chapter 5: Chemo-Enzymatic Cascades
Chapter 6: Enzyme Cascade Kinetic Modelling
Chapter 7: Enzyme Cascade Reaction Engineering
Chapter 8: Enzyme Cascade Process Design and Modelling
Chapter 9: Enzyme Cascade Reaction Monitoring And Control
Chapter 10: Cascade reactions in non-conventional media
Chapter 11: Perspectives. - Digitaledited by Dan S. Tawfik.Contents:
In vivo site-directed recombination (SDR) : An efficient tool to reveal beneficial epistasis / Javier Viña-Gonzalez and Miguel Alcalde
A beginner's guide to molecular dynamics simulations and the identification of cross-correlation networks for enzyme engineering / Haoran Yu and Paul A. Dalby
Exploration of enzyme diversity : High-throughput techniques for protein production and microscale biochemical characterization / Michal Vasina, Pavel Vanacek, Jiri Damborsky, and Zbynek Prokop
Emulsion-based directed evolution of enzymes and proteins in yeast / Elizabeth C. Gardner, Ella J. Watkins, Jimmy Gollihar, and Andrew D. Ellington
Remodeling enzyme active sites by stepwise loop insertion / Md Anarul Hoque, Yong Zhang, Zhi Li, Li Cui, and Yan Feng
Consensus Finder web tool to predict stabilizing substitutions in proteins / Bryan J. Jones, Chi Nok Enoch Kan, Christine Luo, and Romas J. Kazlauskas
The use of consensus sequence information to engineer stability and activity in proteins / Matt Sternke, Katherine W. Tripp, and Doug Barrick
Structure-guided rational design of the substrate specificity and catalytic activity of an enzyme / Jung Min Choi and Hak-Sung Kim
Biological fitness landscapes by deep mutational scanning / Jacob D. Mehlhoff and Marc Ostermeier
Focused rational iterative site-specific mutagenesis (FRISM) / Danyang Li, Qi Wu, and Manfred T. Reetz
Statistical analysis of mutational epistasis to reveal intramolecular interaction networks in proteins / Charlotte M. Miton, John Z. Chen, Kalum Ost, Dave W. Anderson, and Nobuhiko Tokuriki
Machine learning-assisted enzyme engineering / Niklas E. Siedhoff, Ulrich Schwaneberg, and Mehdi D. Davari
Ultrahigh throughput screening for enzyme function in droplets / Stefanie Neun, Paul J. Zurek, Tomasz S. Kaminski, and Florian Hollfelder.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020 - DigitalDan S. Tawfik.Contents:
1. Engineering lytic polysaccharide monooxygenases (LPMOs) / Zarah Forsberg, Anton A. Stepnov, Guro Kruge Nærdal, Geir Klinkenberg and Vincent G. H. Eijsink
2. Strategies for the expression and characterization of artificial myoglobin-based carbene transferases / Daniela M. Carminati, Eric J. Moore and Rudi Fasan
3. Methods for the detection and analysis of dioxygenase catalyzed dihydroxylation in mutant derived libraries / Julian L. Wissner, Wendy Escobedo-Hinojosa, Peter M. Heinemann, Andreas Hunold and Bernhard Hauer
4. Enhancing promiscuous chemistries of a Schiff-base forming enzyme by divergent evolution / Duncan S. Macdonald and Donald Hilvert
5. Glutamine-walking: Creating reactive substrates for transglutaminase-mediated protein labeling / Lukas Deweid, Adem Hadjabdelhafid-Parisien, Kiana Lafontaine, Léa N.C. Rochet, Harald Kolmar and Joelle N. Pelletier
6. Engineering aldolases for asymmetric synthesis / Mikael Widersten
7. Ultra-high throughput screening for novel protease specificities / Eirini Rousounelou, Steven Schmitt, Luzius Pestalozzi, Martin Held, Tania M. Roberts and Sven Panke
8. Directed evolution of transcriptional switches using dual-selector systems / Yuki Kimura and Daisuke Umeno
9. Methods for competitive enrichment and evaluation of superior DNA ligases / Janine K. Sharma, Luke J. Stevenson, Katherine J. Robins, Adele K. Williamson, Wayne M. Patrick and David F. Ackerley
10. Directed evolution of custom polymerases using droplet microfluidics / Derek Vallejo, Ali Nikoomanzar and John C. Chaput
11. Optically guided mass spectrometry to screen microbial colonies for directed enzyme evolution / Pu Xue, Tong Si and Huimin Zhao
12. Split enzymes: Design principles and strategy / Shion A. Lim and James A. Wells.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020 - Digitaledited by Swati Nagar, Upendra A. Argikar, Donald J. Tweedie.Contents:
Enzyme Kinetics in Drug Metabolism : Fundamentals and Applications
Fundaments of Enzyme Kinetics
Different Enzyme Kinetic Models
Reversible Mechanisms of Enzyme Inhibitors and Resulting Clinical Significance
Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition Kinetics and Drug-Drug Interactions
Multi-Enzyme Kinetics and Sequential Metabolism
Consideration of the Unbound Drug Concentration in Enzyme Kinetics
Enzyme Kinetics of Oxidative Metabolism : Cytochromes P450
Enzyme Kinetics, Pharmacokinetics, Inhibition, and Regioselectivity of Aldehyde Oxidase
Enzyme Kinetics of Conjugative Enzymes : PAPS
Enzyme Kinetics of Uridine Diphosphate Glucuronosyltransferases (UGTs)
Principles and Experimental Considerations for in vitro Transporter Interaction Assays
Rationalising Under-Prediction of Drug Clearance from Enzyme and Transporter Kinetic Data : from in vitro Tools to Mechanistic Modeling
The Structural Model for the Mass Action Kinetic Analysis of P-gp Mediated Transport Through Confluent Cell Monolayers
Systems Biology Approaches to Enzyme Kinetics: Analyzing Network Models of Drug Metabolism
Variability in Human in vitro Enzyme Kinetics
Sources of Interindividual Variability
Case Study 1. Practical Considerations with Experimental Design and Interpretation
Case Study 2. Practical Analytical Considerations for Conducting in vitro Enzyme Kinetic Studies
Case Study 3. Application of Basic Enzyme Kinetics to Metabolism Studies : Real Life Examples
Case Study 4. Predicting the Drug Interaction Potential for Inhibition of CYP2C8 by Montelukast
Case Study 5. Deconvoluting Hyperbilirubinemia: Differentiating Between Hepatotoxicity and Reversible Inhibition of UGT1A, MRP2 or OATP1B1 in Drug Development
Case Study 6. Drug Transporters: in vitro Solutions for Translatable Outcomes
Case Study 7. Compiled Aha Moments in Enzyme Kinetics: Authors' Experiences. - Digitaledited by Challa V. Kumar.Contents:
Interlocking enzymes in graphene-coated cellulose paper for increased enzymatic efficiency / Melissa R. Limbacher, Megan K. Puglia, Caterina M. Riccardi, and Challa V. Kumar
Enzyme multilayers on graphene-based FETs for biosensing applications / Christina Bliem, Esteban Piccinini, Wolfgang Knoll, and Omar Azzaroni
Stabilization of laccase through immobilization on functionalized GO-derivatives / Alexandra V. Chatzikonstantinou, Elena Gkantzou, Dimitrios Gournis, Michaela Patila, and Haralambos Stamatis
Synthesis, characterization, and applications of nanographene-armored enzymes / Maryam Khan, Qayyum Husain, and Shamoon Asmat
PAMAM dendrimer modified reduced graphene oxide postfunctionalized by horseradish peroxidase for biosensing H₂O₂ / Sheela Berchmans, Manju Venkatesan, Chirnajeevi Srinivasa Rao Vusa, and Palaniappan Arumugam
Preparation, characterization, and application of enzyme nanoparticles / Neelam Yadav, Jagriti Narang, Anil Kumar Chhillar, and Chandra S. Pundir
Encapsulation of microorganisms, enzymes, and redox mediators in graphene oxide and reduced graphene oxide / Orr Schlesinger and Lital Alfonta
Chemical and biochemical approach to make a perfect biocatalytic system on carbonaceous matrices / Paulina Bolibok, Katarzyna Roszek, and Marek Wiśniewski
Immobilization of a mesophilic lipase on graphene oxide : stability, activity, and reusability insights / Nalok Dutta and Malay K. Saha
A simple flow reactor for continuous synthesis of biographene for enzymology studies / Megan K. Puglia, Murali Anuganti, Yao Lin, and Challa V. Kumar - Enzyme-graphene platforms for electrochemical biosensor design with biomedical applications / Luminita Fritea, Mihaela Tertis, Robert Sandulescu, and Cecilia Cristea
Graphene quantum dots : synthesis and applications / Ankarao Kalluri, Debika Debnath, Bhushan Dharmadhikari, and Prabir Patra
Shielding of enzymes on the surface of graphene-based composite cellular foams through bioinspired mineralization / Yiying Sun, Jingjing Zhao, Jiafu Shi, Shaohua Zhang, and Zhongyi Jiang
Enzyme immobilization on functionalized graphene oxide nanosheets : efficient and robust biocatalysts / Asieh Soozanipour and Asghar Taheri-Kafrani.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalLloyd Wolfinbarger.Summary: Enzyme Regulation in Metabolic Pathways shows the reader how to understand the roles of enzymes and their kinetic constants in intermediary metabolism. It provides a means of correlating data obtained in experimental studies to multiple possible mechanisms through which some enzyme may catalyze the conversion of a substrate to a product. Although not the most appropriate means of determining some potential kinetic mechanism, quasi-equilibrium assumptions are used throughout the book, keeping the rate equation derivations simple. Actual metabolic pathways with known (presumed) positive and negative regulation events are linked to these potential kinetic mechanisms using both rate equation derivations and data plots illustrating how the rate equation derivations can be used to explain the data plots. This book will be a valuable reference for students in biological sciences and biochemistry majors required to take a core course in enzymology.
Contents:
Characteristics of Enzymes
Self-Assembly of Polymers
Beginnings of Equations
Metabolite Distribution Systems
Modification of Enzymatic Activity
Modification of Metabolite Flow Through Metabolic Pathways
Which is the Real Substrate?
Non-Quasi-Equilibrium Assumptions
Underlying Attributes of Assessing Enzymatic Activities
Breakdown of the Michaelis-Menten Equation (or Complex Enzyme Mechanisms)
Rate Equation Derivation by the King-Altman Method
Modification of Enzyme Mechanisms
What Are These "Rate Constants" We Have Been Dealing With?. - Digital/PrintBoyer, Paul D.; Clarke, Steven G.; Dalbey, Ross E.; Hackney, David D.; Hall, Michael N.; Koehler, Carla M.; Krebs, Edwin G.; Menon, Anant K.; Sigman, David S.; Tamanoi, Fuyuhiko.Contents:
v. 1. Structure and control
v. 2. Kinetics and mechanics
v. 3. Hydrolysis: peptide bonds
v. 4. Hydrolysis: other C-N bonds, phosphate esters
v. 5. Hydrolysis ... hydration
v. 6. Carboxylation and decarboxylation (nonoxidative) isomerization
v. 7. Elimination and addition, aldol cleavage and condensation
v. 8-9. Group transfers
v. 10. Protein synthesis, DNA synthesis and repair ... v. 11-13. Oxidation-reduction
v. 14-15. Nucleic acids
v. 16. Lipid enzymology: fatty acids, glycerides, phospholipids, sphingolipids, glycolipids, cholesterol, special topics
v. 17-18. Control by phosphorylation
v. 19. Mechanisms of catalysis [pt. 1]
v. 20. Mechanisms of catalysis [pt. 2]
v. 21. Protein lipidation
v. 22. Co- and posttranslational proteolysis of proteins
v. 23. Energy coupling and molecular motors
v. 24. Protein methyltransferases
v. 25. Molecular machines involved in protein transport across cellular membranes
v. 26. Glycosylphosphatidylinositol (GPI) anchoring of proteins
v. 27. Structure, function and regulation of TOR complexes from yeasts to mammals (pt. A)
v. 28. Structure, function and regulation of TOR complexes from yeasts to mammals (pt. B).Digital Access ScienceDirect v. 1-, 1970- - DigitalN.S. Punekar.Summary: This enzymology textbook for graduate and advanced undergraduate students covers the syllabi of most universities where this subject is regularly taught. It focuses on the synchrony between the two broad mechanistic facets of enzymology: the chemical and the kinetic, and also highlights the synergy between enzyme structure and mechanism. Designed for self-study, it explains how to design enzyme experiments and subsequently analyze the data collected. The book is divided into five major sections: 1] Introduction to enzymes, 2] Practical aspects, 3] Kinetic Mechanisms, 4] Chemical Mechanisms, and 5] Enzymology Frontiers. Individual concepts are treated as stand-alone chapters; readers can explore any single concept with minimal cross-referencing to the rest of the book. Further, complex approaches requiring specialized techniques and involved experimentation (beyond the reach of an average laboratory) are covered in theory with suitable references to guide readers. The book provides students, researchers and academics in the broad area of biology with a sound theoretical and practical knowledge of enzymes. It also caters to those who do not have a practicing enzymologist to teach them the subject.
Contents:
Part I: Enzyme catalysis
a perspective
Enzymes -Their place in Biology
Enzymes
Historical aspects
Exploiting enzymes
Technology
On enzyme nomenclature and classification
Hallmarks of an enzyme catalyst
Origins of enzyme catalytic power
Origins of enzyme catalytic power
Which enzyme uses what trick? Some remarks
Structure and catalysis: Conformational flexibility and protein motion
Part II: Enzyme kinetic practice and measurements
Chemical kinetics
Fundamentals
Concepts of equilibrium and steady-state
ES complex and pre-steady-state kinetics
Principles of enzyme assays
Good kinetic practices
Quantification of catalysis and measures of enzyme purity
Henri-Michaelis-Menten equation
More complex rate expressions
Enzyme kinetic data
Collection and analysis
Part III: Elucidation of Kinetic mechanisms
Approaches to kinetic mechanism
Overview
Analysis of initial velocity patterns
Enzyme inhibition analyses
Irreversible inhibitions
Reversible inhibitions
Alternate substrate (product) interactions
pH Studies with enzymes
Isotopes in enzymology
Isotope exchanges at equilibrium
Isotope effects in enzymology
From kinetic data to mechanism and back
Part IV: Chemical mechanisms and catalysis
Chemical reactivity and molecular interactions
Acid-base chemistry and catalysis
Nucleophilic catalysis and covalent reaction intermediates
Phosphoryl group chemistry and importance of ATP
Enzymatic oxidation-reduction reactions
Carboxylations and decarboxylations
Electrophilic catalysis and amino acid transformations
Integrating kinetic and chemical mechanisms
A synthesis
Part V: Frontiers in enzymology
Regulation of enzyme activity
In vitro versus in vivo
Concept and consequences
Future of enzymology
An appraisal
Closure
Whither Enzymology. - Digitaledited by Richard B. Thompson, Carol A. Fierke.Contents:
Recent advances in development of genetically encoded fluorescent sensors
Engineering rugged field assays to detect hazardous chemicals using spore-based bacterial biosensors
Engineering BRET-sensor proteins
Enzymes as sensors
Integrated strategies to gain a systems-level view of dynamic signaling networks
Probing Cdc42 polarization dynamics in budding yeast using a biosensor
Novel fluorescence-based biosensors incorporating unnatural amino acids
Folding- and dynamics-based electrochemical DNA sensors
Construction of protein-based biosensors using ligand-directed chemistry for detecting analyte binding
Measuring and imaging metal ions with fluorescence-based biosensors: speciation, selectivity, kinetics, and other issues
Bioapplications of electrochemical sensors and biosensors
A highly sensitive biosensor for ATP using a chimeric firefly luciferase
Highly modular bioluminescent sensors for small molecules and proteins
Sensitive protein detection and quantification in paper-based microfluidics for the point of care
Microneedle enzyme sensor arrays for continuous in vivo monitoring
Visualization of the genomic loci that are bound by specific multiprotein complexes by biomolecular fluorescence complementation analysis on Drosophila polytene chromosomes
Author index
Subject index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalMohammed Kuddus, editors.Summary: The integration of enzymes in food processing is well known, and dedicated research is continually being pursued to address the global food crisis. This book provides a broad, up-to-date overview of the enzymes used in food technology. It discusses microbial, plant and animal enzymes in the context of their applications in the food sector; process of immobilization; thermal and operational stability; increased product specificity and specific activity; enzyme engineering; implementation of high-throughput techniques; screening of relatively unexplored environments; and development of more efficient enzymes. Offering a comprehensive reference resource on the most progressive field of food technology, this book is of interest to professionals, scientists and academics in the food and biotech industries.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Editor;
1: Microbial Enzymes in Food Technology; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Enzymes in Food Industry; 1.3 Microbial Enzymes in Food Industries; 1.3.1 Amylases; 1.3.2 Proteases; 1.3.3 Pectinases; 1.3.4 Laccases; 1.3.5 Xylanase; 1.3.6 Lipases; 1.3.7 Lactases; 1.3.8 Cellulases; 1.3.9 Glucose Oxidase and Glucose Isomerase; 1.3.10 Invertase; 1.3.11 Transglutaminase; 1.4 Future Prospects; 1.5 Conclusion; References;
2: Enzymes in Bioconversion and Food Processing; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Classification of Enzymes; 2.3 Biochemistry of Enzymes and Their Various Sources 3.1.2.13 Asparagus (Asparagus officinalis)3.1.2.14 Avocado (Persea americana); 3.1.2.15 Banana (Musa acuminata); 3.1.2.16 Beans (Phaseolus vulgaris L.); 3.1.2.17 Broccoli (Brassica oleracea); 3.1.2.18 Cherries (Prunus cerasus); 3.1.2.19 Ginger (Zingiber officinale Roscoe); 3.1.2.20 Garlic (Allium sativum L.); 3.1.2.21 Grapes (Vitis vinifera L.); 3.1.2.22 Mustard (Brassica juncea) and Cabbage (Brassica oleracea); 3.1.3 Food Enzymes in Pharmaceutical Industry; 3.2 Conclusion; References;
4: Enzymatic Browning of Fruit and Vegetables: A Review; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Causes of Enzymatic Browning
3: Food Enzymes in Pharmaceutical Industry: Perspectives and Limitations3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Significance of Food Enzymes; 3.1.2 Foods As a Source Of Enzymes; 3.1.2.1 Pineapple (Ananas comosus L.); 3.1.2.2 Papaya (Carica papaya L.); 3.1.2.3 FIG (Ficus carica); 3.1.2.4 Kiwifruit (Actinidia deliciosa); 3.1.2.5 Brucea javanica (L.) Merr.; 3.1.2.6 Cluster Fig (Ficus racemosa Roxb.); 3.1.2.7 Pumpkin (Cucurbita maxima); 3.1.2.8 Melon (Cucumis melo); 3.1.2.9 Cucumber (Cucumis sativus); 3.1.2.10 Mango (Mangifera indica); 3.1.2.11 Apple (Malus pumila); 3.1.2.12 Apricot (Prunus armeniaca L.) 4.2.1 Phenolic Compounds4.2.2 Polyphenol Oxidase and Related Enzymes; 4.2.3 Temperature; 4.2.4 pH; 4.3 Mechanism of Enzymatic Browning; 4.4 Control of Enzymatic Browning; 4.4.1 Heating and Cooling; 4.4.2 Heat Shock Method; 4.4.3 High-Pressure Processing; 4.4.4 Chemical Anti-browning Agents; 4.4.5 Other Methods; 4.5 Conclusion; 4.6 Future Perspectives; References;
5: Fungal Inulinases: An Interesting Option for Food Sweetener Production; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Action Mechanisms; 5.3 Syrup Production; 5.4 Inulooligosaccharides and Its Application in the Food Industry - Digitaledited by Nigel Scrutton.Contents:
Section I. Enzyme discovery. Enzyme discovery : enzyme selection and pathway design / Pablo Carbonell, Mathilde Koch, Thomas Duigou, and Jean-Loup Faulon
Section II. Enzyme engineering tools and platforms. Cell-free synthetic biology for pathway prototyping / Ashty S. Karim and Michael C. Jewett ; Fast and flexible synthesis of combinatorial libraries for directed evolution / Joanna C. Sadler, Lucy Green, Neil Swainston, Douglas B. Kell, and Andrew Currin
Section III. Enzyme families : parts and platforms for chemical diversity. Sesquiterpene synthase-catalyzed conversion of a farnesyl diphosphate analogue to a nonnatural terpenoid ether / Florence Huynh, David J. Miller, and Rudolf K. Allemann ; In vivo platforms for terpenoid overproduction and the generation of chemical diversity / Guangkai Bian, Tian Ma, and Tiangang Liu ; Imine reductases, reductive aminases, and amine oxidases for the synthesis of chiral amines : discovery, characterization, and synthetic applications / Sebastian C. Cosgrove, Agata Brzezniak, Scott P. France, Jeremy I. Ramsden, Juan Mangas-Sanchez, Sarah L. Montgomery, Rachel S. Heath, and Nicholas J. Turner ; Experimental protocols for generating focused mutant libraries and screening for thermostable proteins / Max J.L.J. Fürst, Caterina Martin, Nikola Lončar, Marco W. Fraaije ; Characterization of cytochrome P450 enzymes and their applications in synthetic biology / Laura N. Jeffreys, Hazel M. Girvan, Kirsty J. McLean, and Andrew W. Munro
Section IV. Genome engineering for enzyme pathways. Metabolic engineering of Saccharomyces cerevisiae using a trifunctional CRISPR/Cas system for simultaneous gene activation, interference, and deletion / Carl Schultz, Jiazhang Lian, and Huimin Zhao ; YeastFab : high-throughput genetic parts construction, measurement, and pathway engineering in yeast / Eva Garcia-Ruiz, Jamie Auxillos, Tianyi Li, Junbiao Dai, and Yizhi Cai
Section V. Bioengineered strains with designed enzyme pathways. Halomonas and pathway engineering for bioplastics production / Jiang Xiao-Ran, Yin Jin, Chen Xiangbin, and Chen Guo-Qiang ; An engineering approach for rewiring microbial metabolism / Sebastian Wenk, Oren Yishai, Steffen N. Lindner, and Arren Bar-Even ; Multifragment DNA assembly of biochemical pathways via automated ligase cycling reaction / Christopher J. Robinson, Mark S. Dunstan, Neil Swainston, James Titchmarsh, Eriko Takano, Nigel S. Scrutton, and Adrian J. Jervis ; Commodity chemicals from engineered modular type I polyketide synthases / Satoshi Yuzawa, Amin Zargar, Bo Pang, Leonard Katz, and Jay D. Keasling ; Modular pathway rewiring of yeast for amino acid production / Quanli Liu, Tao Yu, Kate Campbell, Jens Nielsen, and Yun Chen.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digitaledited by Fraser Armstrong.Contents:
Front Cover; Enzymes of Energy Technology; Copyright; Contents; Contributors; Preface; Chapter One: Purification of fully active and crystallizable photosystem II from thermophilic cyanobacteria;
1. Introduction;
2. Growth and harvest of cells;
3. Isolation of thylakoid membranes;
4. Isolation of crude PSII particles;
5. Purification of PSII dimers;
6. Characterization of the purified PSII core dimers;
7. Crystallization of purified PSII dimers; Acknowledgments; References; Chapter Two: Production and manipulation of blue copper oxidases for technological applications;
1. Introduction
2. Heterologous production of fungal laccases2
.1. Cloning; 2.1
.1. Site-directed mutagenesis; 2.1
.2. Yeast recombination; 2
.2. Transformations; 2.2
.1. S. cerevisiae; 2.2
.2. A. niger; 2
.3. Screening for laccase secreting transformants in S. cerevisiae and A. niger; 2.3
.1. Screening of clones from deep-well or microtiter plate cultures; 2.3
.2. Screening of laccase producing transformants on petri dish plates; 2.3
.3. Screening of activity on 96-well plate; 2.3
.4. ELISA screening; 2
.4. Fermentation in A. niger; 2.4
.1. Preparation of spore inoculum and storage 2.4
.2. Production in bioreactor and growth parameter
s3. General purification procedure and characterization; 3
.1. Purification procedure; 3.1
.1. Assay procedures; 3.1
.2. Laccase purification procedure;
4. Applications; 4
.1. General procedure for an oriented covalent grafting of the laccase surface; 4.1
.1. Preparation of laccase variants for single-site anchoring; 4.1
.2. Reductive amination of lysine; 4.1
.3. Evaluation of the grafting; 4
.2. Hybridization with materials;
5. Conclusions; Acknowledgment; References; Further reading Chapter Three: Production and spectroscopic characterization of lytic polysaccharide monooxygenase
s1. Introduction;
2. Expression and purification of LPMOs; 2
.1. Recombinant expression and purification from the E. coli periplasm; 2
.2. Recombinant expression and purification from the E. coli cytoplasm; 2
.3. Recombinant expression and purification from yeast; 2
.4. Recombinant expression and purification from fungi;
3. EPR spectroscopy; 3
.1. EPR sample preparation for LPMOs; 3
.2. Multifrequency collection; 3
.3. Simulation procedures; Acknowledgments; References; Further reading Chapter Four: A novel overproduction system for the structural determination of a proton-pumping hydrogen-producing [NiFe ..
.1. Introduction; 1
.1. Hydrogen catalysis in nature; 1
.2. Escherichia coli hydrogenase-2 genetic and structural arrangement; 1
.3. First approaches to overexpression of a [NiFe]-hydrogenase;
2. Overproduction of fully formed holo-Hyd-2; 2
.1. Molecular biology strategies for the overproduction of Hyd-2; 2.1
.1. Design of overexpression plasmid pO; 2.1.1
.1. Equipment; 2.1.1
.2. Reagents and buffers; 2.1.1
.3. Procedures; 2.1
.2. Design of overexpression strain HJ001-hypDigital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digitaledited by Ronen Marmorstein.Digital Access
- DigitalGianluca Iacobellis, editor.Summary: This book is the first authoritative and comprehensive volume dedicated to epicardial adipose tissue (EAT). It provides an up-to-date and highly illustrated synopsis of the anatomical, biomolecular, genetic, imaging features, and clinical applications of EAT and its role in cardiovascular disease. It relays to the reader a contemporary view of the emerging interplay between the heart and adiposity-related diseases. In addition, this volume discusses the clinical implications and therapeutic targets of EAT in atrial fibrillation, heart failure and coronary artery disease. Comprehensive yet focused, Epicardial Adipose Tissue: From Cell to Clinic is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, endocrinology, primary care, and health promotion and disease prevention.
Contents:
1. Epicardial Adipose Tissue (EAT) Embriology
2. EAT in Animals
3. EAT Anatomy
4. EAT Bio-molecular Physiology and Pathophysiology
5. EAT Genetic Physiology and Pathophysiology
6. Transcriptome of Epicardial Fat
7. Interaction between Epicardial Fat and Aldosterone-Angiotensin system
8. Epicardial Fat Lipidomics
9. EAT Imaging (Echo, CTA, MRI)
10. EAT Clinical Implications
11. EAT Therapeutic Targets
12. Epicardial Fat and Atrial Fibrillation
13. Neuroendocrine Modulation of Epicardial Fat in Heart Failure and Atrial Fibrillation
14. Perivascular Fat and Atherosclerosis
15. EAT Randomized Controlled Trials
16. Future Directions. - DigitalEugene T. Richardson ; foreword by Paul Farmer.Summary: A physician-anthropologist explores how public health practices--from epidemiological modeling to outbreak containment--help perpetuate global inequities. In Epidemic Illusions, Eugene Richardson, a physician and an anthropologist, contends that public health practices--from epidemiological modeling and outbreak containment to Big Data and causal inference--play an essential role in perpetuating a range of global inequities. Drawing on postcolonial theory, medical anthropology, and critical science studies, Richardson demonstrates the ways in which the flagship discipline of epidemiology has been shaped by the colonial, racist, and patriarchal system that had its inception in 1492.
Contents:
Gramsci, but more pragmatic / Paul Farmer
Part I. Carnivalization
Introduction : Pr [Global health equity | Coloniality]
Colonizer, interrupted (flash fiction)
The allegory of the warren (platonic dialogues)
The pacification of the primitive tribes of Lake Geneva (Nacirema ethnography)
WHO's semiosis (semiotics)
The ebola suspect's dilemma (call and response)
Not-so-big data and immodest causal inference (symbolic reparations)
Ebola vaccines and the ideal speech situation (border gnosis)
The race-PrEP study (counterhegemonic modeling)
The epistemic reformation
Pandemicity, COVID-19, and the limits of public health "science".Digital Access 2020 - PrintJoshua S. Loomis.Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the 10 most influential epidemics in history, going beyond morbid accounts of symptoms and statistics to tell the often forgotten stories of what made these epidemics so calamitous. The book discusses epidemic disease as a major driving force in shaping our world; brings epidemic diseases out of the background of historical narratives and demonstrates how they have had an immensely important role in deciding wars, toppling empires, sparking major leaps in technology, and even changing the human genome; integrates science with history, sociology, religion, and other disciplines to provide the reader with a unique perspective not found in most other accounts of epidemic disease; shares fascinating insights such as how an epidemic of yellow fever helped to double the size of the United States and why tuberculosis was once considered a disease of the intellectual elite. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Microbes as Agents of Change
Plague
Smallpox
Malaria
Tuberclosis
Typhus
Yellow Fever
Influenza
Polio
HIV/AIDS
Future of Epidemic DiseaseDigital Access Springer [2018] - DigitalFrank M. Snowden.Contents:
Introduction
Humoral medicine : the legacy of Hippocrates and Galen
Overview of the three plague pandemics : 541 to ca. 1950
Plague as a disease
Responses to plague
Smallpox before Edward Jenner
The historical impact of smallpox
War and disease : Napoleon, yellow fever, and the Haitian Revolution
War and disease : Napoleon, dysentery, and typhus in Russia, 1812
The Paris School of Medicine
The sanitary movement
The germ theory of disease
Cholera
Tuberculosis in the romantic era of consumption
Tuberculosis in the unromantic era of contagion
The third plague pandemic : Hong Kong and Bombay
Malaria and Sardinia : uses and abuses of history
Polio and the problem of eradication
HIV/AIDS : an introduction and the case of South Africa
HIV/AIDS : the experience of the United States
Emerging and reemerging diseases
Dress rehearsals for the twenty-first century : SARS and Ebola.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2019]Limited to 1 simultaneous users - DigitalNaoki Nakashima, editor.Summary: This book analyzes the development of medical big data projects in Japan. Japan is experiencing unprecedented population aging, and labor productivity has decreased accordingly. Big data analysis of the Japanese medical real-world database (RWD) has the potential to tackle this issue. To allow readers to gain an understanding of Japanese medical big data analysis, the book discusses the original Japanese system that generates medical RWDs in the hospital medical records system, the nationwide standardized health checkup system, and the public medical insurance system in Japan. After introducing four major big data projects in the healthcaremedical field in Japan, the book explains the importance of creating information standards to maintain data quality and to analyze medical big data. It enables readers to analyze which standards are installed in which RWDs, how the standards are maintained, and which issues are prevalent in Japan. This book also describes the ethical processes involved in big data projects involving medical RWDs in Japan.
Contents:
Part 1: Diagnosis Procedure Combination (DPC)
Chapter 1. Development of a casemix system and its application in Japan
Part 2: National Database of Health Insurance Claims and Specific Health Checkups of Japan (NDB)
Chapter 2. The Present Status and Future Perspective of the National Database of Health Insurance Claim Information and Specified Medical Checkups of Japan (NDB)
Chapter 3. Surveillances for Non-communicable Complex Diseases by National Databases of Health Insurance Claims and Specific Health Checkups of Japan
Chapter 4. Powerful Analytics Platform for National-Scale Database of Health Care Insurance Claims
Chapter 5. Panoramic view of diabetes from a standpoint of the NDB (National Database)
Chapter 6. Nephrology Research in the NDB
Part 3: Medical Information Database Network (MID-NET)
Chapter 7. Drug safety assessment and the Japanese medical information database network (MID-NET)
Chapter 8. A Solution to the Problem of Data Quality in MID-NET
Part 4: Disease Registration Cohort Study with EMR (SS-MIX2)
Chapter 9. Health Information Standards
Chapter 10. SS-MIX structured standardized storage
Chapter 11. Japan Diabetes compREhensive database project based on an Advanced electronic Medical record System (J-DREAMS)
Chapter 12. Japan Chronic Kidney Disease Database: J-CKD-DB
Chapter 13. The Japan Medical Imaging Database (J-MID). - DigitalNaoki Nakashima, editor.Summary: This book analyzes the development of medical big data projects in Japan. Japan is experiencing unprecedented population aging, and labor productivity has decreased accordingly. Big data analysis of the Japanese medical real-world database (RWD) has the potential to tackle this issue. To allow readers to gain an understanding of Japanese medical big data analysis, the book discusses the original Japanese system that generates medical RWDs in the hospital medical records system, the nationwide standardized health checkup system, and the public medical insurance system in Japan. After introducing four major big data projects in the healthcare–medical field in Japan, the book explains the importance of creating information standards to maintain data quality and to analyze medical big data. It enables readers to analyze which standards are installed in which RWDs, how the standards are maintained, and which issues are prevalent in Japan. This book also describes the ethical processes involved in big data projects involving medical RWDs in Japan.
Contents:
Part 1: Clinical Pathway
Chapter 1. Real World Medical Data Clinical Pathway in Japan
Chapter 2. Medical process analysis by using all-variance type outcome-oriented electronic clinical pathway data -Exploratory extracting critical indicator
Chapter 3. Information and Data standard development for Clinical Pathways
Part 2: Standard Code Mapping and Data Quality
Chapter 4. Japan Laboratory Code (JLAC) 10
Chapter 5. ICD-10 and ICD-11 in Japan
Chapter 6. Standard codes for prescribing drugs use multiple code systems depending on their purpose
Chapter 7. Data Quality Governance Experience at the MID-NET Project
Part 3: Phenotyping
Chapter 8. Phenotyping in Japan
Chapter 9. Phenotyping of Administrative Claims Data
Chapter 10. Phenotyping study using MID-NET database
Chapter 11. Integration of phenotyping algorithms in Japan
Part 4: Data Analysis on Real World Data
Chapter 12. Analysis on Real-World Data: An Overview
Chapter 13. Problems in Japanese real-world medical data analyses
Part 5: Ethical Issues of Data Secondary Use in Japan
Chapter 14. Ethical, Legal, and Social Issues Pertaining to the Use of Real-world Health Data in Japan
Chapter 15. The Next-Generation Medical Infrastructure Law. - DigitalMoyses Szklo, F. Javier Nieto.Summary: Written for those who are familiar with the basic strategies of analytic epidemiology, This fourth edition takes readers through a rigorous discussion of key epidemiologic concepts and methods such as study design, measures of association, research assessment, and more. With real-life examples throughout, the book avoids complex statistical formulations and is an invaluable resource for intermediate students and practicing epidemiologists who wish to expand their knowledge of epidemiology and its role in the medical and public health sciences.
Contents:
Basic study designs in analytical epidemiology
Measuring disease occurrence
Measuring associations between exposures and outcomes
Understanding lack of validity : bias
Identifying noncausal associations : confounding
Defining and assessing heterogeneity of effects : interaction
Stratification and adjustment : multivariate analysis in epidemiology
Quality assurance and control
Communicating results of epidemiologic studies
Epidemiologic issues in the interface with public health policy.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019Limited to 3 simultaneous users - Digital/Printby John Parkin.Contents:
pt. I.
1. The Doctrine of contagion
2. Modern theories, analysis of
3. The Propagation of cholera
4. Epizootics, or, Disease in the brute creation
pt. II. Will shortly be issued, and will embrance the following subjects
5. The Remote cause of epidemic diseases in the animal creation
6. The Cause of blight and pestilence in the vegetable creation
7. The Cause of hurricanes, and abnormal atmospherical vicissitudes
8. Historical pathology, or a Brief history of the pestilences, murrains and blights, with the aberrations in the material world that have been observed during historical periods.Digital Access Google Books 1873 - Printby Victor C. Vaughan ; assisted by Henry F. Vaughan and George T. Palmer.
- DigitalRamon Z. Shaban, Brett G. Mitchell, Philip L. Russo, Deborough Macbeth.Summary: Endorsed by the Australasian College for Infection Prevention and Control (ACIPC) ACIPC is the peak body for infection prevention and control professionals in the Australasian region. Healthcare-associated Infections (HAIs) are a major threat to patient safety and the quality of healthcare globally. Despite this, Australia does not have a nationally coordinated program for the surveillance and reporting of HAIs. Epidemiology of Healthcare-associated Infections in Australia is Australia's first peer-reviewed, evidence-based assessment of the epidemiology of HAIs using publicly available data from hospital-acquired complications (HACs), state-based surveillance systems and peer-reviewed and grey literature sources. This important work has been compiled by some of Australia's leading infection control professionals and researchers. It will build national consensus on definitions, surveillance methodology and reporting of the incidence of HAIs. In doing so, it provides hospitals and those working in infection prevention and control an opportunity to benchmark and evaluate interventions to reduce infections and ensure transparency on reporting methods that will strengthen Australia's efforts to prevent and control HAIs. Here is a great article published in Sydney Morning Herald on the publication of Epidemiology of Healthcare-associated infections in Australia. Collated publicly available HAI surveillance definitions from jurisdictions across Australia Collated publicly available national HACs HAI data derived from the associated surveillance programs Identification of the gaps in both publicly available HAI data from different sources and the lack of publicly available HAI surveillance data in one serialised title Supporting video summarising key content Available in eBook format with print-on-demand option.
Contents:
Executive summary
Surgical site infection
Urinary tract infection
Pneumonia
Bloodstream infection
Central line and peripheral line-associated bloodstream infection
Multi-resistant organisms
Infection associated with prosthetics and implantable devices
Gastrointestnial infection.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022 - DigitalBengt Källén.Summary: Authored by Bengt Kallen, professor emeritus in embryology at Lund University in Sweden. The subject of this book is to describe the occurrence of congenital malformations among children born and what risk factors exist. Population data are presented for a number of malformations, ascertained with the use of data from the Swedish national health registers for the period 1998-2010 corresponding to some 1.3 million births, together with prospectively collected information on a group of exposures of possible interest.
Contents:
A Short History of Birth Defect Epidemiology
Genetic and Non-genetic Factors in the Origin of Congenital Malformations
Ascertainment of Children with Congenital Malformations
Statistical Considerations
Epidemiological Methods
Neural Tube Defects
Microcephaly
Hydrocephaly
Agenesis of Corpus Callosum and Holoprosencephaly
Severe Eye Malformations
Severe Ear Malformations
Cardiovascular Defects
Orofacial Clefts
Atresia or Stenosis of the Alimentary Tract
Pyloric Stenosis
Malrotation of the Gut
Megacolon
Hypospadias
Epispadias, Cloacal and Bladder Exstrophy
Severe Renal Malformations
Posterior Urethral Valve
Pes Equinovarus
Other Foot Deformities than Pes Equinovarus
Polydactyly and Syndactyly
Limb Reduction Defects
Craniostenosis
Diaphragmatic Hernia
Abdominal Wall Defects
Children with multiple malformations
Syndromes
Down Syndrome
Explanation and Prevention of Birth Defects
Eight Commandments: Rules for the Interpretation of Birth Defect Epidemiological Studies.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalGian Luigi Canata, Henrique Jones, editors.Summary: This concise yet comprehensive book covers epidemiology of injuries in 24 different sports ranging from football, volleyball, athletics, to less explored ones, like archery and Formula 1. For each discipline the authors present and analyze the sport's main characteristics, physiological and biomechanical demands on athletes, epidemiology of injuries, prevention strategies, rehabilitation and return to play. Based on an updated overview of sport specific data, this book equips the reader with a solid understanding of sports injury epidemiology and its importance for the implementation of preventive measures. Written in collaboration with ESSKA by almost 100 international experts, sharing the belief that prevention is the first mission of sports medicine, this book is an excellent source of knowledge for sports physicians, researchers, residents, fellows and trainers alike.
Contents:
1 Archery
2 Athletics: jumping disciplines
3 Long-distance running
4 Athletics: sprint disciplines
5 Throwing athletes
6 Basketball
7 Cycling
8 Extreme Sports
9. Field Hockey
10 Football
11 Youth Football
12 Handball
13 Ice Hockey
14 Olympics
15 F 1
16 Motocross.-17 Rugby
18 Ski
19 Alpine Ski.-20 Cross Country Skiing
21 Tennis.-22 Volleyball
23 Waterpolo
24 Wrestling. - Digitaledited by Kursad Turksen, Ottawa Hospital Research Institute, Ottawa, ON, Canada.Contents:
Differentiation of Human Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells into a Keratinocyte Lineage / Igor Kogut, Dennis R. Roop, and Ganna Bilousova
Differentiation of Epidermal Keratinocytes from Human Embryonic Stem Cells / Fahad K. Kidwai, Tong Cao, and Kai Lu
Protocol for Serial Cultivation of Epithelial Cells Without Enzymes or Chemical Compounds / Dongxia Ye and Antonio Peramo
Growth and Differentiation of HaCaT Keratinocytes / Van G. Wilson
Transgene Delivery to Cultured Keratinocytes Via Replication-Deficient Adenovirus Vectors / Vincent P. Ramirez and Brian J. Aneskievich
Analyzing the Global Chromatin Structure of Keratinocytes by MNase-Seq / Jason M. Rizzo and Satrajit Sinha
Analysis and Meta-Analysis of Transcriptional Profiling in Human Epidermis / Claudia Mimoso, Ding-Dar Lee, Jiri Zavadil, Marjana Tomic-Canic, and Miroslav Blumenberg
Compound Screening and Transcriptional Profiling in Human Primary Keratinocytes: A Brief Guideline / Raphaela Rid, Harald Hundsberger, and Kamil Önder
Preparation of Primary Cultures of Mouse Epidermal Keratinocytes and the Measurement of Phospholipase D Activity / Lakiea J. Bailey, Vivek Choudhary, Purnima Merai, and Wendy B. Bollag
Lipid Rafts and Detergent-Resistant Membranes in Epithelial Keratinocytes / Kathleen P. McGuinn and Mỹ G. Mahoney
MMP-2, 9 and TIMP-1, 2 Assays in Keratinocyte Cultures / Takashi Kobayashi
Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Protection Via Cysteine Oxidation in the Epidermal Cornified Cell Envelope / Wilbert P. Vermeij and Claude Backendorf
Modified Methods for Growing 3-D Skin Equivalents: An Update / Rebecca Lamb and Carrie A. Ambler
A Novel Three-Dimensional Cell Culture Method to Analyze Epidermal Cell Differentiation In Vitro / Yoji Okugawa and Yohei Hirai
Reconstruction of Normal and Pathological Human Epidermis on Polycarbonate Filter / Evelyne De Vuyst, Céline Charlier, Séverine Giltaire, Valérie De Glas, Catherine Lambert de Rouvroit, and Yves Poumay
Methods for the Preparation of an Autologous Serum-Free Cultured Epidermis and for Autografting Applications / John J. Wille, Jeremy J. Burdge, and Jong Y. Park
Human Keratinocyte Cultures in the Investigation of Early Steps of Human Papillomavirus Infection / Laura M. Griffin, Louis Cicchini, Tao Xu, and Dohun Pyeon
Preparation and Delivery of 4-Hydroxy-Tamoxifen for Clonal and Polyclonal Labeling of Cells of the Surface Ectoderm, Skin, and Hair Follicle / Christine Chevalier, Jean-François Nicolas, and Anne-Cécile Petit
Microdissection and Visualization of Individual Hair Follicles for Lineage Tracing Studies / Inês Sequeira, Emilie Legué, Suzanne Capgras, and Jean-François Nicolas
Isolation and Characterization of a Stem Cell Side-Population from Mouse Hair Follicles / Paula L. Miliani de Marval, Sun Hye Kim, and Marcelo L. Rodriguez Puebla
Multi-Scale Mathematical Modeling and Simulation of Cellular Dynamical Process / Shinji Nakaoka
Erratum.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalGiorgio Capogna, editor.Summary: This book offers an in-depth examination of labor pain and analgesia with the aim of promoting natural childbirth without pain. All aspects of the subject are covered, including the latest techniques of delivering labor analgesia. Importantly, emphasis is placed on a holistic approach, detailed attention being paid to the humanization of childbirth and behavioral aspects in addition to evidence-based medicine. Potential future developments are also addressed, with discussion of opportunities that have yet to be realized. In order to ensure that the text is easily readable for trainees as well as established practitioners, chapters have been restricted to a manageable length and information is presented clearly and succinctly. Step-by-step tutorials and boxes highlighting practical points are used to clarify technical aspects. The authors include both well-established experts and young emerging professionals from various European countries, ensuring an intercultural perspective.
Contents:
Physiology of labor
Anatomo-physiological changes during labor and after delivery
Labor pain
Sociology of labor pain
History of labor pain relief
Antenatal consultation, maternal information, expectations and satisfaction
Initiation of labor analgesia: epidural, CSE
Maintenance of labor analgesia
Analgesia during second & third stage, episiotomy, episiotomy repair
Maternal and fetal monitoring during neuraxial labor analgesia
Nutrition and fluid balance during labor; maternal optimization and fetal resuscitation
Analgesia for dystocia and instrumental delivery
Analgesia for induced labor and vaginal birth after cesarean section
Extension of epidural block for cesarean section
Postpartum analgesia and postpartum chronic pain
Effects on neonate and breastfeeding
Neonatal care in labor and delivery room
Technical problems and their solutions
Anti-coagulated parturient and neuraxial analgesia
Complications of neuraxial analgesia
Evidence based medicine and labor analgesia
Ethics
Teaching labor analgesia and simulation
Humanization of labor and epidural analgesia
Medico-legal issues in labor analgesia.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGiorgio Capogna.Summary: This book represents a unique and substantial guide, and will bring anesthesiologists up-to-date on advances in the neuraxial technique and its applications in obstetrics. Today the epidural block is almost exclusively of interest to obstetric anesthesiologists, and how it is taught increasingly coincides with its applications in obstetrics. Since the classical, seminal textbooks by Bonica, Moore and Bromage, published in the 1950s and 60s, textbooks devoted solely to the epidural technique have become quite rare. Among more recent books, there are many excellent texts on epidural anesthesia or analgesia in obstetrics, but none are fully dedicated to the epidural technique, which is usually described in a few paragraphs or, at most, in a chapter. This highly detailed book, including videoclip on epidural technique, offers comprehensive coverage on epidurals; as such, it will appeal to all anesthesiologists, especially obstetric anesthesiologists.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
1: History of Lumbar Epidural Block
1.1 Was the Very First a Spinal or an Epidural Anesthesia?
1.2 The First Epidural Approach: The Caudal
1.3 Lumbar Epidural
1.4 Continuous Lumbar Epidural
1.5 Modern Epidural Analgesia
References
2: Anatomy of the Lumbar Epidural Region
2.1 Vertebral Column
2.2 Lumbar Vertebra
2.3 Ligamentum Flavum
2.4 Interspinous and Supraspinous Ligaments
2.5 Muscles
2.6 Intervertebral Foramen and Its Ligaments
2.7 Epidural Space
2.7.1 Epidural Fat 2.7.2 Nerve Roots and Nerve Root Cuff
2.7.3 Internal Vertebral Venous Plexus, Epidural Arteries, and Lymphatics
2.8 Dural Sac
2.8.1 Dura Mater
2.8.2 Arachnoid Layer
2.8.3 Subdural and Intradural Space
References
3: Distribution of a Solution in the Epidural Space
3.1 Sites of Action, Dynamics of Nerve Block, and Physicochemical Properties of Local Anesthetics
3.2 Local Tissue Distribution
3.3 Absorption and Elimination
3.4 Spread of a Solution in the Epidural Space
3.4.1 Patient Characteristics
3.4.1.1 Age 3.4.1.2 Height, Weight, and Body Mass Index
3.4.1.3 Pregnancy
3.4.2 Technical Factors
3.4.2.1 Needle Insertion Site, Bevel Orientation and Injection Through Needle or Through Catheter, Needle Bevel Direction, and Catheter Position
3.4.2.2 Patient Position
3.4.2.3 Epidural Catheter Design
3.4.2.4 Mode of Administration of the Solution
3.4.2.5 Speed of Injection
3.4.3 Epidural Pressure and Adjacent Pressures
3.4.4 Composition of the Solution Injected: Dose, Volume, and Concentration-Adjuvant Drugs
References
4: Fundamentals
4.1 Epidural Equipment 4.1.1 Epidural Needles
4.1.2 Epidural Syringes
4.1.3 Epidural Devices
4.1.4 Epidural Catheters
4.1.5 Epidural Filters
4.1.6 Connectors
4.2 Patient Position
4.2.1 Positioning the Patient
4.3 Landmarks Identification
4.3.1 Manual Palpation
4.3.2 Ultrasound Identification
4.4 Skin Disinfection
4.5 Superficial Tissues' Local Anesthesia
4.5.1 Technique
References
5: Epidural Technique
5.1 Loss-of-Resistance-to-Saline Technique
5.2 False or Pseudo-Loss of Resistance
5.3 Bone Contact
5.4 Observation and Aspiration of the Needle 5.5 Rebound Test and Partially Inserted Bevel of the Needle in the Epidural Space
5.6 Loss of Resistance to Air
5.7 Techniques Based on Epidural Negative Pressure
5.8 Paramedian Approach
5.9 Forces Involved During Needle Insertion
5.10 Catheter Insertion, Needle Removal, and Catheter Fixation
5.11 Catheter Aspiration and Test Dose
5.12 Confirmation of Catheter Location in the Epidural Space
5.12.1 Epidural Stimulation Test
5.12.2 Epidural Pressure Waveform Analysis
Appendix 1: Epidural Technique in Five StepsDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digital[edited by] Daniel H. Kim, Salahadin Abdi, Günter Schütze.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2017
- Digitaledited by Sabita Saldanha.Summary: Epigenetic Mechanisms in Cancer provides a comprehensive analysis of epigenetic signatures that govern disease development, progression and metastasis. Epigenetic signatures dictating tumor etiologies present an opportunity for biomarker identification which has broad potential for improving diagnosis, prognosis, prediction, and risk assessment. This volumes offer a unique evaluation of signature differences in of childhood, sex-specific and race-specific cancers, and in doing so broadly illuminates the scope of epigenetic biomarkers in clinical environments. Chapters detail the major epigenetic process in humans consisting of DNA methylation, histone modifications and microRNAs (miRNAs) involved in the initiation, progression and metastasis of tumors. Also delineated are recent technologies such as next generation sequencing that are used to identify epigenetic profiles (primarily methylation analysis) in samples (normal, benign and cancerous) and which are highly important to the analysis of epigenetic outcomes.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalMichael Lübbert, Peter A. Jones, editors.Summary: The growing knowledge about disturbances of epigenetic gene regulation in hematopoietic stem cell disorders such as myeloid leukemias and preleukemias (myelodysplasias) is now being translated into treatment approaches that target the epigenetic defects pharmacologically. Such approaches include reactivation of tumor suppressor genes and other antiproliferative genes by reversal of DNA hypermethylation through azanucleosides, and use of HDAC inhibitors to reverse gene silencing mediated by chimeric, leukemia-specific transcription factors. This book first presents the latest evidence derived from preclinical models regarding the epigenetic regulation of hematopoietic stem cell differentiation and hemoglobin production. The significance of DNA methylation abnormalities in hematopoietic disorders and of epigenetic disturbances in lung cancer and other solid tumors is then discussed. A major part of the book, however, relates specifically to the translation of basic research and drug development to clinical applications, and in this context both present and future clinical strategies are considered. Individual chapters are devoted to the use of DNA hypomethylating agents and chromatin-modifying agents, and the treatment of hematologic malignancies and solid tumors by means of epigenetic agents is discussed in detail.
Contents:
The fundamental role of epigenetic regulation for normal and disturbed all growth and differentiation
Mouse models to study DNA methylation in cancer research
Epigenetic regulation of normal hematopoietic development
Epigenetic regulation of globin genes and disturbances in hemoglobinopathies
DNA methylation abnormalities in hematopoietic disorders: biological significance and methodological approaches
Epigenetic modifications mediated by the AML1/ETO and MLL leukemia fusion proteins
Epigenetic abnormalities in lung cancer
Pharmacodynamic Responses to DNA Methyltransferase Inhibition
Histone Methyltransferases: Opportunities in Cancer Drug Discovery
Histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors in recent clinical trials for cancer therapy
Clinical Implications of Epigenetic Alterations in Lung Cancer
Epigenetic disturbances in colorectal cancer
Epigenetic Therapies in Solid Tumours: from preclinical models to clinical trial results. - DigitalNathan A. Berger, editor.Contents:
1. Epigenetics and Cancer
2. Epigenetics, Enhancers, and Cancer
3. Early Life: Epigenetic Effects on Obesity, Diabetes, and Cancer
4. Nutritional and Lifestyle Impact on Epigenetics and Cancer
5. Environmentally Induced Alterations in the Epigenome Affecting Obesity and Cancer in Minority Populations
6. Stress, Exercise, and Epigenetic Modulation of Cancer
7. Epigenetic Effects of Gut Microbiota on Obesity and Gastrointestinal Cancers
8. Epigenetics in Obesity and Esophageal Cancer
9. Epigenetics, Obesity, and Colon Cancer
10. Energy Balance, Epigenetics, and Prostate Cancer
11. Effects of Physical Activity on DNA Methylation and Associations with Breast Cancer
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalDavid Hollar, editor.Contents:
Epigenetics and Development: A Natural Process
Cause and Effect in Epigenetic Disease Epidemiology
Epigenetics and Health
Molecular Basis of Epigenetics
Trans-generational Epigenetics
Maternal Exposure to Pharmaceuticals
Maternal Exposure to Poor Nutrition
Maternal Exposure to Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs
Maternal Exposure to Lead and Mercury
Maternal Exposure to Stress
Paternal Exposure to Environmental Mutagens and Stressors
Protective Nutrition Before and During Pregnancy
Protective Behaviors Before and During Pregnancy
Impact of Dental Mercury on Lifespan Health
Children's Exposure to Stress
Children's Exposure to Lead and Mercury
Children's Exposure to Alcohol, Tobacco, and Drugs
Children's Exposure to Violence
Children's Exposure to Traumatic Events
Children's Exposure to Poor Nutrition
Infection Impact on Child Development and Epigenetics
HLA and Immune Response
Allostatic Load
Latent Periods and Cardiovascular/Cancer Risks
Dynamics of Life Experiences on Polygenic Gene Regulation
Food Chain Impact of Pesticides on Human Health
Sun and Artificial Radiation Exposure on Skin Health
Medical Imaging Radiation Risk on Health
Naturopathic Approaches to Epigenetic Health
Reprogramming Epigenetic Effects
An Ecological Systems Approach to Epigenetic Health
The Health Leader's Guide to Promoting Epigenetic Health .Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Mihai Nadin.Summary: This book helps transform the awareness of the anticipatory perspective into actionable methods for practitioners of medicine. It provides guidance for those who design new means and methods inspired by epigenetics, in particular to those who advance sustainable alternatives.
Contents:
Context : A Subject More Important Than Ever
DNA Methylation as an Epigenetic Mechanism of Anticipation
The Genetics and Epigenetics of Anticipatory Adaptation. - Digitaledited by Christopher Chang, Qianjin Lu.Summary: This book will address the growing roles of epigenetics in disease pathogenesis, and review the contribution of epigenetic modifications to disease onset and progression. The roles that epigenetics plays in facilitating effects of the environment on allergy and immunologic diseases will be reviewed. The book is divided into three parts - the first is an introduction to epigenetics and the methods that have been developed to study epigenetics, the second addresses epigenetics in allergic diseases and the third part will cover epigenetics in autoimmune diseases. With the rapid expansion of knowledge of how genes are regulated and how this regulation affects disease phenotypes, this book will be attractive to experienced researchers as well as those just launching an epigenetics research program. It will also be of interest to allergist, immunologists, rheumatologists and dermatologist who are engaged in clinical practice as a resource for understanding the basis for personalized and precision medicine. For example, the role that epigenetics plays in the pathogenesis in various allergic and autoimmune disorders and how this determines disease phenotypes will be covered extensively in this book. This book will thus help fill the gap in available resources on epigenetics in allergy and autoimmune diseases.
Contents:
Epigenetics in health and disease
The development of epigenetics in the study of disease pathogenesis
Epigenetic methods and twin studies
The role of genetics, the environment and epigenetics in atopic dermatitis
The epigenetics of food allergy
Epigenetics and the Environment in allergy and asthma: asthma and allergic rhinitis
Epigenetics of lupus erythematosus
Epigenetics of psoriasis
The role of epigenetics in type 1 diabetes
Epigenetics of Primary Biliary Cholangitis
Epigenetics in primary Sjogrens syndrome
Epigenetics in Multiple Sclerosis
The epigenetic regulation of Scleroderma and its clinical application.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaleditors, Raul Alvarez-Venegas, Clelia De-la-Pena and Juan Armando Casas-Mollano.Summary: Over the past few decades, chromatin modulation has emerged as an important regulator of gene expression. This second edition provides detailed information on the epigenetic mechanisms in plants, illustrating the value of this research in plants of agronomic importance. It examines recent advances regarding plants' epigenetic regulation in response to abiotic and biotic types of stress; the epigenetic basis of plant immunity; evolution and functions of plant histones; epigenetic variation and plant breeding; and epigenome editing and crop improvement. The content is intended to promote the development of future biotechnologies to manipulate and selectively activate/inhibit proteins and metabolic pathways to counter pathogens, to treat important diseases, and to increase crop productivity. The development of new fields, like epigenome editing and RNA epigenetics, will certainly improve our understanding of currently known epigenetic modifications and their roles in e.g. host-pathogen interactions, crop productivity, and in response to environmental stimuli. This volume contains twelve new/revised chapters, written by an international team of experts on plant epigenetics, and addresses the needs of researchers and professionals in the fields of agronomics, crop breeding, epigenetics, plant biochemistry, plant developmental biology, and related disciplines.
Contents:
Chapter 1
The role of small RNAs in plant somatic embryogenesis.- Chapter 2
Past, present and future: plant epigenetic memory.- Chapter 3
Casein kinase-mediated histone phosphorylation in model plants and crops.- Chapter 4
Epigenetics in light regulation of plant development.- Chapter 5
Canonical histones and their variants in plants: evolution and functions.- Chapter 6
Plant epigenetic mechanisms in response to biotic stress.- Chapter 7
Targeted epigenome editing for activation of plant defenses.- Chapter 8
Epigenetics in crop biotechnology.- Chapter 9
The Role of Germinally Inherited Epialleles in Plant Breeding.- Chapter 10
Epigenetics and Heterosis in Crop Plants.- Chapter 11
Epigenetic Variation Amongst Polyploidy Crop Species.- Chapter 12
Histone H3 Phosphorylation in Plants and Other Organisms.- Chapter 13
Tomato Epigenetics: Deciphering the 'Beyond' Genetic Information in a Vegetable Fleshy-Fruited Crop.- Chapter 14
Epigenetic Advances on Somatic Embryogenesis of Agronomical and Important Crops.- Chapter 15
MicroRNA Expression and Regulation During Plant Somatic Embryogenesis.- Chapter 16
Can Epigenetics Help Forest Plants to Adapt to Climate Change?.- Index. - Digitaledited by Dr Gregory D. Cascino, Dr Joseph I. Sirven, Dr William O. Tatum.Summary: "A concise clinical reference to the important features of epilepsy, providing a comprehensive grounding of basic knowledge that lays the foundation for effective care of persons with seizures. It guides practitioners in thinking logically about treatment, from the first clinic visit, subsequent visits, treatment failure, adverse effects, pregnancy, seizure emergencies, etc. The target audience is neurology residents, but this approach should prove useful for epilepsy fellows and for practitioners"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
I. Epilepsy: Epidemiology, Diagnostic evaluation and Co-Morbidities (Greg Cascino)
Chapter 1. Introduction and Epidemiology (Cascino)
Chapter 2. Classification of Seizures and the Epilepsies (Wirrell)
Chapter 3. Etiology and Pathology (Noe, Nickels)
Chapter 4. Genetics of Epilepsy (Fine, Wong-Kisiel, Sheth)
Chapter 5. Burden of Epilepsy (co-morbidities, driving, SUDEP, disability, psychiatry, IEPs, Quality Care in Epilepsy) (Crepeau, Cascino, Moore)
Chapter 6. EEG and Epilepsy (include routine, scalp-recorded video-EEG, MEG) (Feyissa, Lagerlund, So)
Chapter 7. Neuroimaging in Epilepsy (include CT, MRI, PET, SISCOM, fMRI) (So, Kotsenas, Watson, Brinkmann)
Chapter 8. Diagnosing Epilepsy versus other Events- Non-epileptic spells (Drazkowski, Hoerth)
Chapter 9. Sleep disorders and epilepsy (St. Louis, Carvalho, Moore)
Epilepsy Journey # 1: Patient with a Genetic based epilepsy-what does this mean and how to counsel (Fine) ; Epilepsy Journey # 2: Patient with Spells- Algorithm for Spell workup- Adult (older pt.) Burkholder ; Epilepsy Journey # 3: Patient with Spells- Algorithm for Spell Workup- Kid (Nickels) ; Epilepsy Journey #4: Transitioning from pediatric to adult epilepsy clinic (Cascino, Nickels)
II. Epilepsy: Treatment of Epilepsy: Non-surgical therapy (Joe Sirven)
Chapter 10. First seizure (Spritzer, Shin )
Chapter 11. Antiepileptic drug therapy (Britton)
Chapter 12. Women's Issues in Epilepsy (Noe)
Chapter 13. Treating Children with Epilepsy AEDs (Sheth)
Chapter 14. Diet therapy (LGID, ketogenic diet) (Nickels, Wirrell)
Chapter 15. Autoimmune Epilepsy (evaluation and treatment) (Britton, Pittock, McKeon, Flanagan)
Chapter 16. Discontinuation of AED therapy (Britton)
Chapter 17. Investigational therapy and drug approval process in US (including Cannabidiol) (Cascino, Sirven)
Chapter 18. Devices to Monitor and Track your Epilepsy (Smart Watch, Embrace, etc.) (Crepeau)
Epilepsy Journey # 5: Seizure Emergencies (include status epilepticus, FIRES, NORSE, Seizure First Aid, and Seizure Clusters) (Feyissa, Hoerth, Payne) ; Epilepsy Journey # 6:The First seizure- How to Evaluate and workup- Pediatric- (Williams) ; Epilepsy Journey # 7: The First seizure-How to evaluate and workup- Adult (Sirven) ; Epilepsy Journey # 8: Treating Epilepsy Second seizure and Beyond-How to Choose a Drug- Analgorithm (Crepeau) ; Epilepsy Journey # 9: Treating Status Epilepticus- An Algorithm (Hocker, Payne) ; Epilepsy Journey # 10: Withdrawing an AED Drug in Adults- An Algorithm (Sirven) ; Epilepsy Journey # 11: Withdrawing an AED Drug in Kids- An Algorithm (Wirrell) ; Epilepsy Journey # 12: Withdrawal of ASDs after Epilepsy SurgeryEpilepsy Journey # 13: The Pregnant Patient- An algorithm (Noe)
III. Epilepsy: Treatment of Epilepsy: Surgical management (Bill Tatum)
Chapter 19. Presurgical evaluation (candidate selection, phase 1, surgically remediable epilepsy syndromes)- (Burkholder, Meyer, Ritaccio, Shin)
Chapter 20. Minimally Invasive epilepsy surgery (Electrocoagulation, Gamma Knife, Laser Interstitial Thermal Therapy)-(Tatum, Grewal, Wharen)
Chapter 21. Intracranial EEG monitoring (electrode selection for iEEG, SEEG, ECoG)-(Van Gompel, Noe, Zimmerman)
Chapter 22. Surgical strategies (include cortical resection, lesionectomy, cortical stimulation and functional mapping, hemispherotomy)- (Marsh, Chaichana, Zimmerman, Quinones)
Chapter 23. Disconnection surgeries (epilepsy surgery in neonates/infants, corpus callosotomy, MST)- (Wirrell, Wong-Kisiel, Miller)
Chapter 24. Neuromodulation (VNS, DBS, RNS) Surgical Outcome (seizure-free, quality of life, AED therapy)-( Lundstrom, Wharen, Tatum)
Chapter 25. Emerging surgical procedures in epilepsy -(Lundstrom, Worrell, Stead)
Chapter 26. Seizure Forecasting (Neurovista, iEEG, software algorithms)-(Brinkman, Worrell) Epilepsy Journey # 14: The drug-resistant patient- presurgical evaluation and surgery-approach to the "skip" candidate (Feyissa, Burkholder) ; Epilepsy Journey # 15: The drug-resistant patient and discordant presurgical evaluation- an algorithm for intracranial EEG-(Wong-Kisiel, So, Zimmerman) : Epilepsy Journey # 16: The drug-resistant patient who is not a candidate for resective surgery-an algorithm for neuromodulation (Ritaccio, Tatum) : Epilepsy Journey # 17: Pediatric patients and epilepsy surgery-an algorithm for treatment (Sheth, Miller, Wirrell IV). Conclusion (all editors) --Digital Access Wiley 2021 - DigitalVee P. Prasher, Mike Kerr, editors.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Epilepsy: a general overview
3. Epidemiology of epilepsy in persons with intellectual disabilities
4. Diagnosis of epilepsy in persons with intellectual disabilities
5. The differential diagnosis of epilepsy
6. Management of acute seizures in persons with intellectual disabilities
7. The use of antiepileptic medication in adults with intellectual disabilities: a serious conundrum
8. Vagus nerve stimulation therapy: an intellectual disabilities perspective
9. Resective surgery for patients with epilepsy and intellectual disabilities
10. Nonpharmacological management of epilepsy in adults with intellectual disabilities
11. Psychopathology in people with epilepsy and intellectual disabilities
12. Associated physical problems in epilepsy in intellectual disabilities
13. Epilepsy and cognition
14. Nursing and community aspects of epilepsy in intellectual disabilities
15. Impact of epilepsy and intellectual disabilities on family life
16. Epilogue: death and love in epilepsy
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalMohamad Z. Koubeissi, Nabil J. Azar, editors.Contents:
Ch. 1: Physiologic Basis of EEG and Epilepsy
Ch. 2: EEG instrumentation, Montage, Polarity, and Localization
Ch. 3: Normal EEG Variants and Artifacts
Ch. 4: Neonatal EEG and Neonatal Seizures
Ch. 5: MCQ
Ch. 6: Ictal and Interictal EEG
Ch. 7: EEG and Semiology in Generalized Epilepsies
Ch. 8: EEG and Semiology in Focal Epilepsy
Ch. 9: Status Epilepticus
Ch. 10: EEG in Encephalopathy and Coma
Ch. 11: MCQ
Ch. 12: Electro-clinical Syndromes by Age of Onset
Childhood, Adolescence-adult
Ch. 13: Seizures and Epilepsy in Early Life
Ch. 14: Imitators of Epilepsy
Ch. 15: Genetic Analysis of Epilepsies
Ch. 16: Epilepsy Secondary to Specific Mechanisms
Ch. 17: MCQ
Ch. 18: Principles of Epilepsy Diagnosis and Management
Ch. 19: Old Generation Antiepileptic Drugs
Ch. 20: New Generation Antiepileptic Drugs
Ch. 21: Dietary Therapies
Ch. 22: Other Pharmacological Therapies: Investigational Antiepileptic Drugs, Animal Models of Epilepsy, Hormonal Therapy, Immunotherapy
Ch. 23: Epilepsy Management in Special Populations
Ch. 24: MCQ
Ch. 25: Neuroimaging in Epilepsy
Ch. 26: Neuropsychological Evaluation in Epilepsy
Ch. 27: Magnetoencephalography and magnetic source modeling
Ch. 28: Vagus Nerve Stimulation and other Neuromodulation
Ch. 29: Epilepsy surgery assessment and testing
Ch. 30: Procedures and outcomes in epilepsy surgery
Ch. 31: Quality of Life in Epilepsy
Ch. 32: MCQ.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalThalia Valeta.Summary: This book presents scientific evidence about epilepsy along with straightforward guidance and recommendations. Responses to frequently asked questions and clarification of uncertainties are provided to empower patients to optimize their medical, psychological and social care. This book helps mediate between patients and health care professionals and can assist both sides to understand the condition of epilepsy at all levels. The information provided in the book empowers patients to share decision making with their carers and clinicians and enables them to make informed decisions, by taking into account the best scientific evidence, as well as the patients' values and preferences. The Epilepsy Book: A Companion for Patients is ideal for patients with epilepsy and their carers, and will also be of interest to health care professionals, medical students and teachers. Thalia Valeta's approach to epilepsy facilitates deeper understanding of the unmet needs and expectations of patients.
Contents:
History of epilepsy
General Aspects of Epilepsy
Preparing for the medical consultation
Epileptic seizures
Febrile seizures
Reflex seizures
Epileptic syndromes and their classification
Idiopathic generalized epilepsies
Benign childhood focal epilepsy
Epileptic encephalopathies
Structural (symptomatic) focal epilepsy
Women and epilepsy
Mortality and sudden unexpected death in epilepsy (SUDEP)
Investigations for epileptic seizures
Prophylactic treatment with antiepileptic drugs
Comorbidities in epilepsy
Psychogenic non-epileptic seizures
Psychological treatments for epilepsy
''Metamyth''©/Dramatherapy
Complementary (alternative) treatments for epilepsy
Dietary treatments for epilepsy and ketogenic diet
Safety in epilepsy
Psychosocial impact of epilepsy
Psychosocial aspects- parental reactions and needs in idiopathic focal epilepsies
Stigma in epilepsy and how to combat it
Websites and other resources for people with epilepsy.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalWilliam O. Tatum, Joseph I. Sirven, Gregory D. Cascino, editors.Summary: Written by expert epilepsy clinicians from the Mayo Clinic, Epilepsy Case Studies: Pearls for Patient Care presents a wide variety of case histories drawn from real life experiences in people with seizures. Designed to stimulate the same deductive reasoning that is commonly used when seeing epilepsy patients in the clinic, this practical book presents the clinical scenario and then poses a range of stimulating questions to organize the reader's thoughts to address each case. Questions that revolve around each case include common ones such as "How does this test help us with the diagnosis" and "What is the precise relationship of the patient's seizures to their overall neurological condition". The most poignant questions include "How does this information help us to devise a treatment plan?" and "What do we know about the anticipated course and prognosis?" The questions raised in each section incorporate the clinical course and evaluation. Where possible, the discussion relies upon the latest medical evidence to support the responses and includes up-to-date techniques used for patients with and without seizure control. At the end of each case a few salient citations are referenced, as are a few of the more pertinent articles that the reader can reference to obtain an overview of the topic.
- Digitaledited by William O. Tatum, Joseph I. Sirven, Gregory D. Cascino.Summary: This book presents a case based approach to epilepsy management in both diagnostic challenges and treatment of complex cases. Cases reflect "real life" patient scenarios that practitioners encounter with up-to-date terminology and treatment approaches. With 51 chapters, the book presents 51 unique, nuanced cases. Beginning with an initial presentation of a case history, the book opens with a basis for drawing in multiple aspects in the treatment of patients with epilepsy. Each chapter is organized into a clinical history, physical examination results, and ancillary testing to concentrate on differential diagnosis and focus on a definitive procedural approach to the final diagnosis. Subsequent information about the condition expands on the knowledge of the clinical features to a solution of common patient clinical scenarios as it affects people with epilepsy. A comprehensive successor edition, Epilepsy Case Studies is an invaluable resource to clinicians ranging from those looking for a quick review of a topic present in the table of contents, to those crossing disciplines into medical areas where seizures are a symptom of disordered or dysfunctional brain
- DigitalPhilip K. Patsalos, Erik K. St. Louis.Contents:
Acetazolamide
ACTH
Brivaracetam
Carbamazapine
Clobazam
Clonazepam
Diazepam
Eslicarbazepine acetate
Ethosuximide
Felbamate
Fosphenytoin
Gabapentin
Lacosamide
Lamotrigine
Levetiracetam
Lorazepam
Methsuximide
Midazolam
Oxcarbaepine
Paraldehyde
Perampanel
Phenobarbital
Phenytoin
Piracetam
Pregabalin
Primidone
Rufinamide
Stiripentol
Sulthiame
Tiagabine
Topiramate
Valproate
Vigabatrin
Zonisamide.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalPhilip N. Patsalos, Chalfont St. Peter.Summary: "This practical and concise book is an essential reference guide for use by all clinicians and allied health professionals that treat or care for patients with epilepsy. In full color throughout, this volume presents the antiepileptic drugs (AEDs), 34 in total, in alphabetical order and for each AED the information is divided into eight colored sections: general therapeutics, pharmacokinetics, interaction profile, adverse effects, dosing and use, special populations, overview, and suggested reading. This second edition has been extensively revised and updated. Specific additions include: inclusion of the new drugs perampanel and retigabine (also called ezogabine), updated pharmacokinetic interactions, suggested pediatric dosing schedules for several drugs, discussion about bone health and vitamin D monitoring and supplementation, information on teratogenicity in the sections on pregnancy. This handy pocket book will be an excellent companion for all clinicians that treat patients with epilepsy"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: Preface; Introduction; Acetazolamide; ACTH; Carbamazepine; Clobazam; Clonazepam; Diazepam; Eslicarbazepine; Ethosuximide; Ezogabine
see retigabine; Felbamate; Fosphenytoin; Gabapentin; Lacosamide; Lamotrigine; Levetiracetam; Lorazepam; Methsuximide; Midazolam; Oxcarbazepine; Paraldehyde; Permapanel; Phenobarbital; Phenytoin; Piracetam; Pregablin; Primidone; Retigabine; Rufinamide; Stiripentol; Sulthiame; Tiagabine; Topiramate; Valproate; Vigabatrin; Zonisamide; Abbreviations; Interaction table; Index.Digital Access Cambridge 2013 - Digitaledited by Jason H. Moore, Scott M. Williams.Contents:
Long-term selection experiments : epistasis and the response to selection / Charles Goodnight
Finding the epistasis needles in the genome-wide haystack / Marylyn D. Ritchie
Biological knowledge-driven analysis of epistasis in human GWAS with application to lipid traits / Li Ma, Alon Keinan, and Andrew G. Clark
Epistasis for quantitative traits in Drosophila / Trudy F. C. Mackay
Epistasis in the risk of human neuropsychiatric disease / Scott M. Williams
On the partitioning of genetic variance with epistasis / José M. Álvarez-Castro and Arnaud Le Rouzic
Measuring gene interactions / Thomas F. Hansen
Two rules for the detection and quantification of epistasis and other interaction effects / Günter P. Wagner
Direct approach to modeling epistasis / Rong-Cai Yang
Capacitating epistasis
detection and role in the genetic architecture of complex traits / Mats E. Pettersson and Örjan Carlborg
Compositional epistasis : an epidemiologic perspective / Etsuji Suzuki and Tyler J. VanderWeele
Identification of genome-wide SNP-SNP and SNP-clinical boolean interactions in age-related macular degeneration / Carlos Riveros [and eight others]
Epistasis analysis using information theory / Jason H. Moore and Ting Hu
Genome-wide epistasis and pleiotropy characterized by the bipartite human phenotype network / Christian Darabos and Jason H. Moore
Network theory for data-driven epistasis networks / Caleb A. Lareau and Brett A. McKinney
Epistasis analysis using multifactor dimensionality reduction / Jason H. Moore and Peter C. Andrews
Epistasis analysis using ReliefF / Jason H. Moore
Epistasis analysis using artificial intelligence / Jason H. Moore and Doug P. Hill.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalThomas F. Baskett, MB, Bch, BAO (The Queen's University of Belfast), FRCS (C), FRCS (Ed), FRCOG, FACOG, DHMSA.Summary: "Despite misguided attempts to discourage them, eponyms continue to enrich the language and literature of medicine"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- Digital/PrintChristian Münz, editor.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Robert P. Erickson, Anthony Wynshaw-Boris.Summary: Epstein's Inborn Errors of Development provides essays on pathways of development and thoughtful reviews of dysmorphic syndromes for which the causative gene has been identified. It is a top-to-bottom revision of the landmark text that both revolutionized and accelerated the field of human genetics.Digital Access Oxford [2016]
- DigitalLisa M. Meeks, Neera R. Jain, Elisa P. Laird.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020Limited to 3 simultaneous users
- Digitaledited by James R. Lehman, Kristine Diaz, Henry Ng, Elizabeth M. Petty, Meena Thatikunta, Kristen Eckstrand.Summary: This first-of-its-kind textbook marks a revolutionary effort to reform medical education nationally by providing a comprehensive, high-quality resource to serve as a foundation for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer (LGBTQ) health education across multiple disciplines. Addressing the decades-long unequal weight of medical education generally offered about the care of LGBTQ people, The Equal Curriculum was created to advance clinicians' competencies in optimizing the health of LGBTQ people. This textbook is designed to be integrated into health sciences curricula and offers pointed strategies to evaluate the integration of LGBTQ health topics. Starting with a brief overview, chapters 1 through 4 cover general content that is highly relevant to all health professionals working with LGBTQ people. Chapters 5 through 12 focus on specific patient populations and clinical specialties, and chapters 13 and 14 cover special topics. Key points in each chapter are highlighted to aid in the comprehension, and case vignettes are provided throughout the textbook, allowing learners to apply the content to clinical scenarios in order to evaluate how the application of relevant knowledge may impact health outcomes. Questions similar to National Board of Medical Examiners (NBME) style are provided in most chapters to assist in the application of content. As major addition to the clinical literature, The Equal Curriculum: Student and Educator Guide to LGBTQ Health should be of great interest to health sciences instructors, medical students in their preclinical and clinical phases, and trainees from other disciplines, such as physician assistants, nurses, social workers, and public health professionals.
Contents:
Section I: Foundational Sociological, Health Disparities, Health Research, and Medicolegal Concepts for the LGBT Community
Chapter 1: Language and History of LGBT People
Chapter 2: LGBT Health Disparities
Section II: Interdisciplinary Approach to Care for LGBT People
Chapter 3: The LGBT-Friendly Care Encounter
Chapter 4: Interdisciplinary Approach to Care
Chapter 5: Screening and Prevention
Section III: Clinical Care of the LGBT Community
Chapter 6: Child and Adolescent Medicine
Chapter 7: Adult Primary Care
Chapter 8: Sexual Health
Chapter 9: Transgender Health
Chapter 10: Emergency Medicine
Chapter 11: HIV/AIDS
Chapter 12: Psychiatry and Neurology
Section IV: Emerging Topics in LGBT Health
Chapter 13: Data Collection and Research
Chapter 14: Topics in Global LGBT Health
Appendices. - Digitaledited by Anthony T. Blikslager, Nathaniel A. White II, James N. Moore, Tim S. Mair.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- DigitalPhillip Sponenberg, Rebecca Bellone.Contents:
Dark horse colors : bay, chestnut, black, and brown
Modifications affecting most colors
Dilutions of the basic dark colors
Overview of the genetic control of horse color
Patterns with individually distribute white hairs
Nonsymmetrical patches of white : white marks, paints, and pintos
Overview of patterns adding white
Horse color and horse breeding
Peculiarities of hair growth
Donkey color
Summary tables.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digital[edited by] Stephen M. Reed, Warwick M. Bayly, Debra C. Sellon.Contents:
Infection and immunity
Pharmacology : principles, antimicrobials, and NSAIDs
Recognizing and treating pain in horses
Critical care
Internal medicine and clinical nutrition
Clinical epidemiology and evidence-based medicine
Clinical approach to commonly encountered problems
Disorders of the respiratory system
Disorder of the cardiovascular system
Disorders of the musculoskeletal system
Disorders of the neurologic system
Disorders of the gastrointestinal system
Disorders of the liver
Disorders of the urinary system
Disorders of the hematopoietic system
Disorders of the endocrine system
Disorders of the eye and vision
Disorders of the skin
Disorders of the reproductive tract
Disorders of foals
Toxicologic problems.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digitaleditor, James K. Belknap ; associate editor, Raymond Geor.Contents:
Part 1: Overview: from basic research to caring for the laminitis patient. Historical perspective on equine laminitis / Donald M. Walsh and Teresa A. Burns
Laminitis: an overview / James K. Belknap
Anatomy and function of the equine digit / A.H. Parks
Lamellar function at the cellular level / Christopher C. Pollitt
Digital biomechanics relevant to laminitis / Jonathan Merritt, Helen Davies and Andrew H. Parks
Part 2: Pathophysiology of laminitis. Overview / James K. Belknap
Experimental models of laminitis: starch overload / Susan C. Eades
Experimental models of laminitis: oligofructose overload / Christopher C. Pollitt and Gabriel J. Milinovich
Experimental models of laminitis: black walnut extract / John F. Peroni
Experimental models of laminitis: hyperinsulinemia / Catherine McGowan and Janet Patterson-Kane
Hemodynamic events in laminitis / John F. Peroni, Susan C. Eades and Simon R. Bailey
The role of thrombosis and coagulation in equine laminitis / Simon R. Bailey
Leukocytes and inflammatory signaling in laminitis: leukocytes / Rafael R. Faleiros and James K. Belknap
Leukocytes and inflammatory signaling in laminitis: inflammatory signaling / Britta Leise
Role of proteases in laminitis / Samuel J. Black, Le Wang, Erica Pawlak, Fengqiu Zhang, John Loftus and Dominique Alfandari
Endocrine and metabolic dysregulation in laminitis: role of pituitary dysfunction / Philip J. Johnson
Endocrine and metabolic dysregulation in laminitis: role of corticosteroids / Philip J. Johnson
Metabolic syndrome in humans and horses: the relationship between obesity and insulin resistance / Teresa A. Burns and Ramiro E. Toribio
Dysregulation of the lamellar basal epithelial cell in laminitis: role of the cytoskeleton and cell junctions / Christopher C. Pollitt
Structural dynamics of displacement of the distal phalanx / Andrew H. Parks
Part 3: Clinical presentation of equine laminitis. General clinical aspects of the laminitis case / Andrew van Eps
Sepsis-related laminitis / Susan C. Eades
Laminitis in equine metabolic syndrome / Andy E. Durham
Laminitis in pituitary pars intermedia dysfunction / Philip J. Johnson
Supporting limb laminitis / Gary M. Baxter
Part 4: Diagnostic evaluation of equine laminitis. Detailed physical examination for laminitis / Richard A. Mansmann and Hans H. Castelijns
Diagnostic imaging / Andrew H. Parks and James K. Belknap
The digital venogram / Amy Rucker
Endocrine and metabolic evaluation in horses with laminitis / Ramiro E. Toribio and Teresa A. Burns
Part 5: Medical treatment of the laminitic patient. General supportive care for the laminitis case / Andrea E. Floyd and Debra R. Taylor
Common therapies: anti-inflammatory therapy / Thomas J. Divers
Vasoactive drug therapy / Simon R. Bailey and Susan C. Eades
Analgesia / Bernd Driessen and Laura Zarucco
Digital hypothermia / Andrew W. van Eps and Christopher C. Pollitt
Equine sepsis / Samuel D. Hurcombe and Susan J. Holcombe
Equine metabolic syndrome / Andy E. Durham
Pituitary pars intermedia dysfunction / Dianne McFarlane, Philip J. Johnson and Harold C. Schott
Part 6: Treatment of laminitis: digital support and stabilization of the distal phalanx. Therapeutic shoes: application of principles / Stephen E. O'Grady
Solear support techniques / Raul J. Bras
Approaching digital management prior to displacement of the distal phalanx / Randy B. Eggleston
Hoof care management of horses with displacement of the distal phalanx / Andrew H. Parks
Part 7: Treatment of the laminitis case. The use of casts in equine laminitis / James K. Belknap and Raul J. Bras
Deep digital flexor tenotomy / R. Wayne Waguespack, Jr
Dorsal hoof wall techniques / Amy Rucker
Complications of laminitis / Robert J. Hunt and James K. Belknap
Part 8: Management of chronic laminitis. Management changes in the laminitis case / Andrew Van Eps, Robert J. Hunt, James K. Belknap and Jeff Ridley
Part 9: Prevention of laminitis. Overview of laminitis prevention / James K. Belknap and Andy E. Durham
Prevention of supporting limb laminitis / Harry J. Markwell and Gary M. Baxter
Prevention of sepsis-related laminitis / Samuel D. Hurcombe and Susan J. Holcombe
Nutritional management for avoidance of pasture-associated laminitis.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digital[edited by] Jörg A. Auer, John A. Stick, Jan M. Kümmerle, Timo Prange.Contents:
Section I: Surgical Biology
Section II: Surgical Methods
Section III: Recent Advances in Anesthesia
Section IV: Integumentary System
Section V: Alimentary System
Section VI: Respiratory System
Section VII: Nervous System
Section VIII: Eye and Adnexa
Section IX: Reproductive System
Section X: Urinary System
Section XI: Diagnostic Imaging
Section XII: Musculoskeletal System.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - Digitaledited by Zaheer-Ud-Din Babar.Contents:
1. Access to high cost medicines: an overview
2. Health technology assessment
3. High-cost medicines in England
4. Managed entry agreements and high cost medicine (European perspective)
5. Setting a public health agenda to support access to high-cost medicines
6. Human rights and intellectural property for universal access to new essential medicines
7. Access to high price medicines in Portugal
8. Improving access to high-cost medicines in low income countries in Africa: creating a functioning pharmaceutical system in Uganda
9. Equitable access to biosimilars: an overview
10. Access to high-cost medicines in Europe
11. Access to high-cost medicines in Australia
12. Access to high-cost medicines in New Zealand
13. Access to high-cost medicines in Wales
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalRoger Scarlin Chennells.Contents:
Introduction
Exploitation
Common heritage of humankind
The altruism argument
The "no value added" argument
Justice and exploitation in bilateral exchanges
Undue inducement and coercion
Risks to indigenous peoples as vulnerable populations
Closing chapter.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital/PrintTiffany Jana, Ashley Diaz Mejias ; [foreword by Jay Coen Gilbert].Summary: "All humans have bias, and as a result, so do the institutions we build. Internationally sought after diversity consultant Tiffany Jana offers concrete ways for anyone to work against institutional bias no matter what their position is in an organization. While it is easy to identify intentionally built systems of oppression like Jim Crow or the paralysis caused by the glass ceiling for women in the workplace, confronting systems that perpetuate subtle, unconscious bias is much harder. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people tackle structural bias regardless of their positional power. Eliminating systemic bias can seem an insurmountable task from the vantage point of an ordinary individual, yet Jana and Mejias empower readers to recognize that each of us has the ability to affect systemic bias through a deliberate, coordinated effort. Institutional bias afflicts all industries --including business, education, health care, government, tech, the arts, nonprofits, and finance and banking. Among the types of institutional bias addressed are hiring bias, gender bias, racial bias, occupational bias, and customer bias. Jana and Mejias focus their attention on bias in the workplace and give readers practices and activities to create organizational trust to challenge these implicit biases. Erasing Institutional Bias will help people recognize that each of us has the power to affect systemic bias. Each of us can evaluate our own current role in perpetuating systemic bias and define our new role in breaking down systemic bias"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Ch. 1. Understanding the problem
ch. 2. Start with you
ch. 3. Occupational bias
ch. 4. Gender bias
ch. 5. Racial bias
ch. 6. Hiring/advancement bias
ch. 7. Customer bias
ch. 8. Retribution bias
ch. 9. Erasing retribution bias.Digital Access 2018 - Digital[edited by] Todd H. Baron, Richard A. Kozarek, David L. Carr-Locke.Contents:
Section I: General topics. Four decades: the history and future of ERCP
The ERCP room
Radiologic issues and radiation safety during ERCP
Endoscopes, guidewires and accessories
Duodenoscope reprocessing
Sedation in ERCP
Indications for and contraindications to ERCP including when and when not to perform ERCP
Adverse events of ERCP: prediction, prevention and management
ERCP training
Preparation for ERCP
Principles of electrosurgery
Quality issues and measures in ERCP
Medicolegal issues in ERCP
Section II: Techniques. Cannulation of the major papilla
Access (precut) papillotomy
Sphincter of oddi manometry
Biliary sphincterotomy
Balloon dilation of the native and postsphincterotomy papilla
Stone extraction
Pancreatic sphincterotomy
Minor papilla cannulation and papillotomy
Plastic pancreaticobiliary stents and nasopancreaticobiliary tubes: concepts and insertion techniques
Biliary metal stent insertion: indications and insertion techniques
Pancreaticobiliary stent removal: migrated and non-migrated
Papillectomy and ampullectomy
Pancreatoscopy
Cholangioscopy
Endomicroscopy ninepoint of the pancreaticobiliary tree
ERCP in children
ERCP in pregnancy
ERCP in surgically altered anatomy
Endoscopic ultrasound-guided biliary drainage
Endoscopic ultrasound and EUS guided endotherapy
Section III: Approach to clinical problems. Pancreaticobiliary disorders. what is the role of CT, MRCP, and EUS relative to ERCP?
Pancreas divisum, biliary cysts, and other congenital anomalies
Approach to the dilated bile duct and pneumobilia
The dilated pancreatic duct
Ampullary neoplasia
Malignant biliary obstruction: distal
Malignant biliary obstruction of the hilum and proximal bile ducts including radiofrequency ablation for cancer and percutaneous vs. Endoscopic drainage
Indeterminate biliary stricture
Combined biliary and duodenal obstruction w/EUS including percutaneous versus endoscopic drainage
Benign biliary strictures
Biliary surgery adverse events including liver transplantation
ERCP for acute and chronic adverse events of pancreatic surgery and pancreatic trauma
Choledocholithiasis
Pancreatobiliary pain and suspected sphincter of Oddi dysfunction
Sclerosing cholangitis
Tropical parasitic infections
Recurrent pyogenic cholangitis
Cystic lesions of the pancreas
Unexplained acute pancreatitis and ARP
Biliary intervention in acute gallstone pancreatitis
Pancreatic interventions in acute pancreatitis: ascites, fistulae, leaks, and other disruptions
Chronic pancreatitis: stones and strictures
Endoscopic drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts, abscesses and walled-off (organized) necrosis with update on pancreatic necrosis.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - Digital[edited by] Peter B. Cotton, MD FRCP FRCS, Professor of Medicine, Digestive Disease Center, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, South Carolina, Joseph W. Leung, MD FRCP FACP MACG FASGE, Mr. & Mrs. C.W. Law Professor of Medicine, Department of Gastroenterology and Hepatology, University of California, Davis School of Medicine, Chief, Section of Gastroenterology, VA Northern California Health Care System, GI Unit, Sacramento VAMC Mather, California.Summary: "Authored by the very best, this is the perfect "how-to" guide to mastering a crucial yet complex gastrointestinal procedure. Peter Cotton and Joseph Leung have once again assembled many of the world's leading experts in this field to provide clear and concise guidance. There are chapters on "How to do" all of the specific manoeuvers, followed by chapters on "When to do" them (and when not to). Key highlights include the following: Full coverage of the entire range of both standard and advanced techniques, using a highly practical approach, Strong focus on patient education, safety, and minimizing risks, Twenty-four outstanding procedural videos of the experts performing ERCP, ideal for improving best practice techniques, Over 250 excellent illustrative photos, X rays, and anatomical drawings, "Tips and tricks" and key points throughout to aid rapid understanding, Reference to the latest ASGE, ACG, ASG, and UEGW guidelines throughout The book covers topics including simulation training, formal credentialing and certification, wire-guided cannulation techniques, pancreatic stenting, short wire technology, cholangioscopy, plastic versus metal stents, radiofrequency ablation, sphincter manometry, and ERCP in acute pancreatitis. Brought to you by world pioneers in endoscopy, ERCP: The Fundamentals, 2nd Edition, is an essential purchase for gastroenterologists and endoscopists of all levels"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
List of Contributors ix Introduction: Developments in ERCP over 50 Years xiii
Section 1 Preparation 1 1 Training and Assessment of Competence (Preparing the Endoscopist) 3; Joseph W. Leung and Peter B. Cotton 2 Preparing the Facilities and Equipment 17; Joseph W. Leung and Andrew Yen 3 ERCP: The Team 29; Phyllis Malpas 4 Minimizing Duodenoscope Infections 39; Catherine Bauer 5 Patient Education and Consent 45; Peter B. Cotton 6 Risk Assessment and Reduction 49; Erin Forster and Joseph Romagnuolo 7 Sedation, Anesthesia, and Medications 67; John J. Vargo, II
Section 2 Techniques 75 8 Standard Devices and Techniques 77; Joseph W. Leung 9 When Standard Cannulation Approaches Fail 131; Sundeep Lakhtakia and Shyam Varadarajulu 10 Intraductal Therapies 149; Zaheer Nabi and D. Nageshwar Reddy 11 Endoscopic Ampullectomy 165; Michael Bourke 12 The Radiology of ERCP 181; Stuart Ashley Roberts and Derrick Martin 13 ERCP Reporting and Documentation 199; Lars Aabakken
Section 3 Clinical Applications 209 14 ERCP in Acute Cholangitis 211; Wei-Chih Liao and Hsiu-Po Wang 15 ERCP Peri-Cholecystectomy 223; Paul R. Tarnasky 16 Difficult Bile Duct Stones 243; Majid A. Almadi and Alan Barkun 17 Patients with Obscure Biliary Pain; Sphincter of Oddi Dysfunction 257; Peter B. Cotton 18 Benign Biliary Strictures 263; John T. Cunningham 19 The Role of ERCP in Pancreaticobiliary Malignancies 275; John G. Lee 20 ERCP in Acute and Recurrent Acute Pancreatitis 291; Robert A. Moran and Gregory A. Coté 21 Chronic Pancreatitis 305; Benjamin L. Bick, Evan L. Fogel, and Stuart Sherman 22 Role of ERCP in Complicated Pancreatitis 321; Todd H. Baron 23 ERCP in Children 333; Moises Guelrud and Andres Gelrud
Section 4 Quality and Safety 357 24 Adverse Events: Definitions, Avoidance, and Management 359; Peter B. Cotton and B. Joseph Elmunzer 25 Ensuring Really Competent Practice 385; Peter B. Cotton Index 393Digital Access Wiley 2020 - DigitalLinda S. Lee, editor.Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive review of ERCP and EUS and the clinical conditions for which they are employed. Presented in a case-based format with accompanying videos, it will serve as a valuable practical clinical resource for gastroenterologists with an interest in ERCP and EUS. The text highlights major techniques involved in ERCP, reviews complications and recent data on preventing post-ERCP pancreatitis, and discusses important issues in ERCP training. The EUS chapters review the breadth of equipment available for performing EUS and EUS-FNA, detail the technique of performing EUS-FNA, and explore pertinent issues with training and assessing competency analogous to ERCP training. Valuable insights on the basics of cytopathology relevant to the endosonographer are summarized. The classic indication for EUS of staging luminal cancers is also examined in detail, while pancreaticobiliary indications are discussed highlighting newer adjunctive technologies including elastography and contrast-enhanced EUS. ERCP and EUS: A Case-Based Approach will serve as a very useful resource for physicians who perform or refer patients for ERCP and EUS. It provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of ERCP and EUS that will help guide patient management and stimulate clinical research. Supplementary video files are available for this book and can be accessed at http://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-1-4939-2319-9.
Contents:
Training in Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography
Indications for ERCP
Overview of ERCP Complications: Prevention and Management
ERCP from Soup to Nuts: Evaluation, Preparation, Execution and Follow-up
Biliary Infections
Diagnosing Biliary Strictures and Indeterminate Biliary Strictures
Management of Biliary Structure and Bile Duct Injury
Other Benign Biliary Strictures (Sclerosing cholangitis, autoimmune cholangitis, post-liver transplant)
Choledochal Cysts: Evaluation and Management
Acute Biliary Pancreatitis: Image, Intervene or Observe?
Endoscopic Management of the Complications of Acute Pancreatitis
ERCP in Chronic Pancreatitis
Idiopathic Acute Pancreatitis and Sphincter of Oddi Dysfunction: The Diagnostic and Therapeutic Role of ERCP and Sphincter of Oddi Manometry
ERCP in Other Pancreatic Disorders
Bleeding From the Papilla
ERCP in Post-Surgical Patients
Ampullectomy
ERCP in Pregnancy
Pediatric ERCP
Training in Endoscopic Ultrasound
Equipment and Approach
Techniques of Endoscopic Ultrasound-Guided Fine Needle Aspiration
Essential Cytopathology Concepts for the Endosonographer
Esophageal Cancer
EUS in Gastric Cancer and Thickened Gastric Wall
Rectal Cancer and Anal Sphincter Disorders
Subepithelial Lesions
Endosonography of the Mediastinum
EUS in Pancreatic Tumors
EUS in Pancreatic Cysts
EUS and EUS-FNA in Acute Pancreatitis, Chronic Pancreatitis and Autoimmune Pancreatitis
Endoscopic Ultrasound-Guided Fine Needle Injection
EUS-guided Bilio-pancreatic Drainage. - DigitalMargus Viigimaa, Charalambos Vlachopoulos, Michael Doumas, editors.Summary: This concise guide to the often overlooked association between erectile dysfunction and hypertension/cardiovascular disease covers a wide range of aspects of importance to the clinician. It examines the impact of antihypertensive drug therapy on erectile function and explains how the management of erectile dysfunction in hypertensive patients depends on a variety of factors. Different treatment approaches are described, including lifestyle modification, PDE-5 inhibitors and other novel agents, and behavioral therapy, and helpful therapeutic algorithms are presented. A further focus of the book is the potential role of erectile dysfunction as an early diagnostic indicator of asymptomatic coronary artery disease and a prognostic marker for cardiovascular events. In addition, key background information is supplied on epidemiology and pathophysiology, and the significance of erectile dysfunction in different patient groups, such as the elderly and those with chronic kidney disease, is examined. Erectile dysfunction is a major public health problem affecting more than ten percent of the general male population and is now considered to be predominantly of vascular origin. This book will be informative and of practical value for all practitioners responsible for caring for the very many patients who experience erectile dysfunction in the setting of hypertension and cardiovascular disease.
- Printbearbeitet von G. v. Bergmann [and others].
- Printeditors, Ernest E. Moore, Charles J. Fox, Fredric M. Pieracci.Summary: "Originating from the Ernest E. Moore Shock Trauma Center at Denver Health, this new volume in the Illustrated Tips and Tricks series, Ernest E. Moore Shock Trauma Center at Denver Health Illustrated Tips and Tricks in Trauma Surgery, provides succinct, precise information from Dr. Ernest E. Moore, Charles J. Fox, Fredric M. Pieracci, and a wide range of experts on tackling technical problems in trauma surgery. Practical, hands-on content conveys knowledge gained from years of surgical experience, including nuggets of wisdom unique to this particular institution. Illustrations and operative photos are used liberally throughout the book to demonstrate surgical techniques and provide a handy visual complement to the text."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024]
- Digitalvolume editors, Adrian Lussi, Carolina Ganss.Contents:
Erosive tooth wear : a multifactorial condition of growing concern and increasing knowledge / A. Lussi, T.S. Carvalho
Is erosive tooth wear an oral disease? / C. Ganss
Diagnosis of erosive tooth wear / C. Ganss, A. Lussi
The interaction between attrition, abrasion, and erosion in tooth wear / R.P. Shellis, M. Addy
Challenges in assessing erosive tooth wear / V. Margaritis, J. Nunn
Prevalence, incidence, and distribution of erosion / T. Jaeggi, A. Lussi
Prevalence of erosive tooth wear in risk groups / N. Schlueter, A. Bjorg Tveit
The histological features and physical properties of eroded dental hard tissues / C. Canss, A. Lussi, N. Schlueter
Dentine hypersensitivity / N. West, J. Seong, M. Davies
Methods for assessment of dental erosion / T. Attin, F.J. Wegehaupt
Erosion in relation to nutrition and the environment / M.E. Barbour, A. Lussi
Oral hygiene products, medications, and drugs
hidden aetiological factors for dental erosion / E. Hellwig, A. Lussi
Understanding the chemistry of dental erosion / R.P. Shellis, J.D.B. Featherstone, A. Lussi
Intrinsic causes of erosion / R. Moazzez, D. Bartlett
The potential of saliva in protecting against dental erosion / H.T. Hara, D.T. Zero
The pellicle and erosion / M. Hannig, C. Hannig
The role of oral hygiene : does toothbrushing harm? / A. Wiegand, N. Schlueter
Risk assessment and causal preventive measures / A. Lussi, A. Hellwig
The role of fluoride in erosion therapy / M.C. Huysmans, A. Young, C Ganss
Alternatives to fluoride in the prevention and treatment of dental erosion / M.A.R. Buzalaf, A.C. Magalhaes, A. Wiegand
Restorative therapy of erosive lesions / A. Peutzfeldt, T. Jaeggi, A. Lussi
Erosive tooth wear in children / T.S. Carvalho, A. Lussi, T. Jaeggi, D.L. Gambon.Digital Access Karger 2014 - DigitalRaouf E. Nakhleh, editor.Contents:
1. Introduction / Raouf E. Nakhleh
2. The landscape of error in surgical pathology / Frederick A. Meier
3. General principles of how errors occur and how they may be reduced / Maxwell L. Smith, Stephen S. Raab
Part 1. Pre-analytic factors contributing to errors and error prevention. 4. Error reduction in the pre-analytical process / Richard W. Brown
5. Application of lean principles to pre-analytic and analytic processes / Anil Vasdev Parwani, Seung Lyung Park, Liron Pantanowitz
Part 2. Analytic factors contributing to errors and error prevention
6. Clinical history and clinical correlation / Keith E. Volmar
7. Knowledge, training, and experience / Amelia Huck, Vania Nosé
8. Standardization of diagnostic terminology and criteria: a prelude for error reduction / Raouf E. Nakhleh
9. Ancillary studies: contribution to error and error prevention / Paul E. Swanson
10. Optimization of case reviews in different practice settings / Raouf E. Nakhleh
Part 3. Post-analytic factors leading to errors and error prevention. 11. The complete surgical pathology report / Michael O. Idowu
12. Communicating effectively in surgical pathology / Carolyn Mies
13. Error prevention in transcription and report distribution / Shannon J. McCall
14. Error management: legal and regulatory responsibilities / Timothy Craig Allen.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalRaouf E. Nakhleh, Keith E. Volmar, editors.Summary: The 1st edition of Error Reduction and Prevention in Surgical Pathology was an opportunity to pull together into one place all the ideas related to errors in surgical pathology and to organize a discipline in error reduction. This 2nd edition is an opportunity to refine this information, to reorganize the book to improve its usability and practicality, and to include topics that were not previously addressed. This book serves as a guide to pathologists to successfully avoid errors and deliver the best diagnosis possible with all relevant information needed to manage patients. The introductory section includes general principles and ideas that are necessary to understand the context of error reduction. In addition to general principles of error reduction and legal and regulatory responsibilities, a chapter on regulatory affairs and payment systems which increasingly may be impacted by error reduction and improvement activities was added. This later chapter is particularly important in view of the implementation of various value-based payment programs, such as the Medicare Merit-Based Incentive Payment System that became law in 2015. The remainder of the book is organized in a similar manor to the 1st edition with chapters devoted to all aspects of the test cycle, including pre-analytic, analytic and post-analytic. The 2nd Edition of Error Reduction and Prevention in Surgical Pathology serves as an essential guide to a successfully managed laboratory and contains all relevant information needed to manage specimens and deliver the best diagnosis.
Contents:
General Principles of How Errors Occur and How they May Be Reduced
Error Management: Legal and Regulatory Responsibilities
Quality Performance and Compensation Considerations
Error Reduction in the Preanalytical Process
Ancillary Studies: Contribution to Error and Error Prevention
Work Habits Contributing to Error in Surgical Pathology
Clinical history and clinical correlation
Standardization of Diagnostic Terminology and Criteria: A Prelude for Error Reduction
Optimization of Case Reviews in Different Practice Settings
Pathologists' Knowledge, Experience and Judgement in Diagnostic Error Prevention (Pathologists' Competence)
The Complete Surgical Pathology Report
Communicating Effectively in Surgical Pathology
Error Prevention in Transcription and Report Distribution
Leveraging Information Technology in Error Prevention
Tracking Report Defects
Root Cause Analysis in Surgical Pathology
Disclosure of Pathology Error to Treating Clinicians and Patients. - DigitalMichael N. Patlas, Douglas S. Katz, Mariano Scaglione, editors.Summary: This book describes and illustrates the gamut of errors that may arise during the performance and interpretation of imaging of both nontraumatic and traumatic emergencies, using a head-to-toe approach. The coverage encompasses mistakes related to suboptimal imaging protocols, failure to review a portion of the examination, satisfaction of search error, and misinterpretation of imaging findings. The book opens with an overview of an evidence-based approach to errors in imaging interpretation in patients in the emergency setting. Subsequent chapters describe errors in radiographic, US, multidetector CT, dual-energy CT, and MR imaging of common as well as less common acute conditions, including disorders in the pediatric population, and the unique mistakes in the imaging evaluation of pregnant patients. The book is written by a group of leading North American and European Emergency and Trauma Radiology experts. It will be of value to emergency and general radiologists, to emergency department physicians and related personnel, to general and trauma surgeons, and to trainees in all of these specialties.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalHaris Chrysikopoulos.Summary: This book offers a thorough, clear and practical guide to identifying, preventing and correcting any error or bias that may arise during the interpretation and reporting of medical images. It combines information and insights from the fields of radiology, expertise theory, cognitive psychology, and advanced learning practices with the author's considerable clinical (radiologic) experience. In addition, the book features an extensive "Teaching Cases Section" that simulates real-world situations, giving readers an opportunity to practice what they have just learned. The purpose of the book is to provide readers with essential information and strategies, and to point out the deficiencies of the current radiology education system, in order to minimize the occurrence and the clinical impact of errors in imaging by offering the proper education and training for imaging professionals. It offers a valuable guide for diagnostic radiologists and all other imaging professionals, whether in training or in practice. Though the main emphasis is on computed tomography and magnetic resonance, the general principles are applicable to all conventional imaging modalities. .
Contents:
Perception and cognition in medical imaging
Definition of errors in imaging
Categories or errors in imaging
The radiology report
Mechanisms of errors
Expertise and competence
Error reducing strategies
Conclusions and personal thoughts about our education
Teaching cases
References
Index. . - DigitalJohn W. Ludders, Matt McMillan.Contents:
Errors : terminology and background
Errors : organizations, individuals and unsafe acts
Reporting and analyzing patient safety incidents
Equipment and technical error in veterinary anesthesia cases
Medication errors in veterinary anesthesia
Errors of clinical reasoning and decision making in veterinary anesthesia
Errors of communication and teamwork in veterinary anesthesia
Error prevention in veterinary anesthesia
Epilogue.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Catriona Jennings, Ian Graham, Stephan Gielen.Contents:
Part 1. What is prevention and why do we need it?
Part 2. Practical aspects of prevention
Part 3. Setting up preventive cardiology initiatives.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - PrintGad Frankel, Eliora Z. Ron, editors.Summary: Escherichia coli is a facultative anaerobic Gamma-proteobacterium, which belongs to the family Enterobacteriaceae. While being an important constituent of the normal gut microbiota, specialized E. coli clones have acquired genetic elements that allow them to compete with the endogenous commensals, colonise normally sterile niches and cause disease. E. coli pathotypes can cause intestinal and extra intestinal infections (e.g. UTI, sepsis) and associate with mammalian cells while being extra- or intra-cellular. In recent years, E. coli infections have become a serious clinical problem, due to the rapid spread of antibiotic resistance. Thus, infections with intestinal E. coli (e.g. E. coli O104) or extraintestinal pathogenic strains (e.g. E. coli ST131) are becoming difficult to treat and are often lethal. Consequently, there is a pressing need to develop alternative control measures, including the identification of new drug targets and development of vaccines that offer lasting protection. This volume focuses on several types of E. coli infections (intestinal and extraintestinal), virulence factors, and E. coli pandemics. It addresses the problem of antibiotic resistance, and a dedicated chapter discusses the need to develop alternative control measures. Given its depth and breadth of coverage, the book will benefit all those interested in the biology, genetics, physiology and pathogenesis of E. coli, and in related vaccine development.
Contents:
Shigella and enteroinvasive Escherichia coli / Ilia Belotserkovsky and Philippe J. Sansonetti
Enteroaggregative Escherichia coli / Claire Jenkins
TheType III secretion system of pathogenic Escherichia coli / Sabrina L. Slater, Agnes m. Sagfors, Dominic J. Pollard, David Ruano-Gallego and Gad Frankel
Modulation of host cell processes by T3SS effectors / Avinash R. Shenoy, R. Christopher D. Funiss, Philippa J. Goddard and Abigail Clements
The 2011 German Enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli O104:H4 outbreak - the danger is still out there / Stefanie Kampmeier, Michael Berger, Alexander Mellmann, Helge Karch, and Petya Berger
Extraintestinal pathogenic Escherichia coli / Dvora Biran and Eliora Z. Ron
Pandemic bacteremic Escherichia Coli strains: evoluation and emergence of drug-resistant pathogens / Yael Yair and Uri Gophna
Current trends in antimicrobial resistance of Escherichia coli / Yossi Paitan
Vaccines against Escherichia coli / Barbara Nesta and Mariagrazia Pizza. - Digitaledited by Holger Till, Mike Thomson, John E. Foker, George W. Holcomb III, Khalid M. Khan.Summary: Esophageal Gastric and Disorders in Infancy and Childhood includes a wide spectrum of different diseases. These range from congenital malformations such as esophageal atresia (EA), necessitating an experienced team of pediatric surgeons and neonatologists immediately after birth, up to gastro-esophageal reflux disease in elder children, necessitating the pediatric gastroenterologist and visceral surgeon. In the last few years some fascinating pediatric surgical techniques have evolved, such as the thoracoscopic correction of EA or the FOKER technique for elongation in cases of long-gap EA. Prof. Foker has developed this special traction technique and is one of the world's leading experts in long-gap EA. Moreover Prof. Thomson's has established the gold standard of minimally invasive endoscopic treatments for reflux in childhood. This book aims to bring all specialities and experts in pediatric gastroenterology and surgery together.
Contents:
Esophageal Development
Normal Esophageal Form and Function
Congenital Esophageal Anomalies
Early after EA Repair
Further out from EA Repair
Acquired Esophageal Problems
Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
The Stomach
Gastric Functional Problems
Index. - DigitalFrancisco Schlottmann, Daniela Molena, Marco G. Patti, editors.Summary: This book provides comprehensive and practical guidance for the management of esophageal cancer. It presents a detailed review of the pathophysiology, clinical staging, treatment, and outcomes of patients with esophageal cancer. Chapters cover the epidemiology of the disease, latest diagnostic and staging tools, systemic therapies, and the current open and minimally invasive surgical techniques including transhiatal, Ivor Lewis and McKeown esophagectomy. Esophageal Cancer: Diagnosis and Treatment compiles experience gained across a variety of medical disciplines, with contributions from world renowned surgeons, gastroenterologists, and medical oncologists. Thanks to its multidisciplinary authorship, this book represents a unique resource for anybody who takes care of patients with esophageal cancer.
- DigitalNabil F. Saba, Bassel F. El-Rayes, editors.Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents;
1: Epidemiology and Risk Factors for Esophageal Cancer; Introduction; Epidemiology; Incidence; Esophageal Adenocarcinoma; Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Mortality; Survival; Risk Factors; Esophageal Adenocarcinoma; Age and Gender; Ethnicity; Eating Disorders; Obesity; Bulimia Nervosa; Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease; Barrett's Esophagus; Socioeconomic Status; Occupation; Helicobacter pylori Infection; Diet; Hot Food and Beverage; Meat Consumption; Fruit and Vegetables; Minerals and Vitamins; Flavonoids; Vitamin D; N-Nitrosodimethylamine (NDMA) FolateDrugs; Sex Steroids; Proton Pump Inhibitors; Bisphosphonates; Nonsteroidal Anti-inflammatory Agents and Aspirin; Statins; Alcohol Consumption and Tobacco Smoking; Metabolic Disorders; Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Age and Gender; Ethnicity; Alcohol Consumption and Tobacco Smoking; Socioeconomic Status; Occupation; Opium; Diet; Hot Food and Beverages; Eggs; Meat Consumption; Pickles; Tea and Coffee Consumption; Minerals and Vitamins; Toenail Mineral Concentration; NDMA; Folate; Diet-Related Inflammation; Maté Consumption; Tooth Loss and Oral Hygiene; Oral Cancer; Infectious Disease Viral DiseaseHelicobacter pylori Infection; Medications; Bisphosphonates; Conclusions; References;
2: Cellular and Molecular Biology of Esophageal Cancer; Introduction; Histological Differences; Applications of Molecular and Cellular Biology; Establishment of an Infectious Cofactor; Human Papillomavirus; Epstein-Barr Virus; Bacteria; Understanding Genetic Mechanisms; Genetic Profiles; MicroRNAs (miRNAs); Cancer Stem Cells; Prognostic Information; Predication of Progression; Guidelines for Medical Therapies; Prediction of Response to Medical Therapies; Predictors for Targeted Therapy Research Sources for Molecular and Cellular Studies in Esophageal CancersTissue Studies; Cancer Cell Lines; Animal Models; References;
3: Pathology of Premalignant and Malignant Disease of the Esophagus; Introduction; Pathology of Adenocarcinoma and Its Precursor Lesions; Precursor Lesions of Esophageal Adenocarcinoma: Barrett's Esophagus and Barrett's Esophagus-Associated Dysplasia; Esophageal Adenocarcinoma; Pathology of Squamous Cell Carcinoma and Its Precursor Lesions; Precursor Lesions of Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma; Assessment of Specimens HER2-Neu TestingMicrosatellite Instability Testing; PD-L1 Testing; References;
4: Barrett's Esophagus: Diagnosis and Management; Introduction; Natural History and Risk Factors; Natural History; Risk Factors for BE and EAC; Risk Factors for BE and Strategies to Identify a Screening Population; Risk Factors for the Progression of BE to EAC; Diagnosing Barrett's Esophagus (BE): Current Criteria and Areas of Controversy; Tissue-Based Diagnostic and Risk Markers; BE Surveillance: Current Clinical Strategies and Features That Affect the Implementation of the Surveillance ProgramDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalP. Marco Fisichella, Marco E. Allaix, Mario Morino, Marco G. Patti, editors.Contents:
1. Esophageal Anatomy and Physiology
2. Esophageal Diseases: Radiologic Images
3. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: Pathophysiology
4. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: Diagnostic Evaluation
5. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: Treatment
6. Treatment of Paraesophageal Hernias
7. Extra-Esophageal Manifestation of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
8.Epiphrenic Diverticulum
9. Evaluation and Treatment of Zenker's Diverticulum
10. Achalasia: Pathophysiology and Diagnostic Evaluation
11. Achalasia: Treatment
12.Begnign Esophageal Tumors: Evaluation and Treatment
13. Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease: From Heartburn to Cancer
14. Barrett's Esophagus: Treatment Options
15.Esophageal Cancer: Evaluation
16. Esophageal Cancer: Surgical Treatment
17. Esophageal Cancer: Neo-Adjuvant and Adjuvant Therapy. - DigitalAshwin Pimpalwar, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art, evidence-based review of esophageal preservation and replacement and serves as a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons and researchers with an interest in this field. The text reviews in detail the embryology, anatomy and physiology of the esophagus relevant to esophageal replacement. The indications, advantages, disadvantages, complications and long-term outcomes of all techniques available are also discussed. The latest advances in this field including the laparoscopic and thoracoscopic techniques are included with detailed descriptions and figures. Recent advances in tissue engineering techniques for manufacturing a neo esophagus are also discussed in detail. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and includes the most up to date evidence-based data available. Esophageal Preservation and Replacement in Children is one of its kind and serves as a very useful resource for surgeons and researchers all over the world. It provides a comprehensive summary of the current status of esophageal preservation and replacement and all the recent advances in this field.
Contents:
Anatomy and Embryology of esophagus
Esophageal physiology and motility in normal and the replaced esophagus
Intrathoracic extracorporeal lengthening
Intrathoracic Intracorporeal laparoscopic elongation-external traction
Intrathoracic Intracorporeal laparoscopic elongation-internal traction
Extrathoracic lengthening (Kimura Technique)
Long gap esophageal atresia
Caustic esophageal injuries, GER Strictures and Postoperative strictures
Routes for esophageal replacemen
Gastric tube
Gastric pull up open approach
Gastric pull combined laparoscopic and thoracoscopic approach
Vascularized jejunal tube
Super charged Jejunal tube (microvascular anastomosis
Colonic substitution
Comparative outcomes of esophageal replacement techniques
Tissue engineering of esophagus
Future of esophageal preservation and replacement. - DigitalNobutoshi Ando, editor.Summary: Esophageal cancer causes an estimated 386,000 deaths worldwide and is the sixth most common cause of death for men. The background characteristics of esophageal cancer treatment are markedly different between Asian and Western countries, however. In tumor histology, squamous cell carcinoma associated with smoking and alcohol consumption is overwhelmingly prevalent in Asia, whereas adenocarcinoma associated with Barrett?s metaplasia is markedly prevalent in the West. In Asia, especially in Japan, the key persons who play important roles in the management of esophageal cancer patients are surgeons; in the West those roles are filled by medical and radiation oncologists as well as surgeons. The philosophy of surgeons regarding cancer surgery varies from locoregional to local tumor control, particularly in focusing on lymph node dissection. Physicians? approach to surgical adjuvant therapy differs, therefore, between Asia and the West. Considering these East?West differences in esophageal cancer treatment, the currently available results of Western evidence should not be considered directly applicable to esophageal cancer in Asia. In this book, the authors discuss the knowledge base in Japan in terms of treatment of esophageal squamous cell carcinoma. Since this volume contains a wide spectrum of current information and addresses topics surrounding the treatment of patients with esophageal squamous cell carcinoma, it is highly relevant to Asian physicians and researchers as well as to their counterparts in the West.
Contents:
1. Epidemiology of ESCC
2. Pathology of Esophageal Squamous Cell Carcinoma
3. Imaging Diagnosis
4. Endoscopic Diagnosis of Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Esophagus
5. Stage Classifications: The UICC/AJCC Classifications and The Japanese Classification
6. Comprehensive Registry in Japan
7. Guidelines for Diagnosis and Treatment in Japan
8. Surgery: Transthoracic Esophagectomy
9. Surgery: Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy
10. Surgery: Esophageal reconstruction
11. Neoadjuvant and Adjuvant Therapy
12. Chemotherapy and Chemoradiotherapy 13. Radiation Therapy
14. Endoscopic treatment: EMR and ESD
15. The Hong Kong Experience
16. The Indian Experience. - DigitalNobutoshi Ando, editor.Summary: This is the second edition of the book, covering a wide spectrum of the latest information relevant to diagnosis and treatment of esophageal squamous cell carcinoma (ESCC). In recent years the incidence rate of esophageal cancer has been increasing; however, the background characteristics of the cancer treatment are significantly different between Asian and Western countries. In tumor histology, ESCC associated with smoking and alcohol consumption is overwhelmingly prevalent in Asia, whereas adenocarcinoma associated with Barretts metaplasia is remarkably prevalent in the West. In Asia, especially in Japan, surgeons play a significant role in the management of esophageal cancer patients, while medical and radiation oncologists as well as surgeons are important in the West. Considering these East-West differences in management of esophageal cancer, evidence originating in Asia should be more widely disseminated globally. The contributing authors, who have great expertise in their areas of specialization, discuss details in terms of treatment of ESCC, including basic science, diagnosis, surgery, other treatment modalities, Japanese guidelines, and also valuable experiences from other Asian countries. Accordingly, this excellent collection of texts benefits not only oncologists, but all medical and biological researchers involved in the latest ESCC research.Digital Access Springer 2020
- Digitaledited by James D. Luketich ; associate editors, Rodney J. Landreneau, MD, Arjun Pennathur ; illustrations by BodyScientific International, LLC, Anne Rains.Summary: "As part of the growing and well-known series, Master Techniques in Surgery, edited by Dr. Fischer, this book focuses on esophageal surgery. These specialty volumes complement the well-known Mastery of Surgery book, also edited by Dr. Fischer. While there are many standard textbooks in general surgery, thoracic surgery, and some on esophageal surgery, this book is unique in that it focuses on the technical aspects of esophageal surgery. Esophageal surgery is complex, and this textbook, which is entirely devoted to surgery of the esophagus, should serve as a useful complement to some of the existing comprehensive textbooks in esophageal, general and thoracic surgery, as well as serve as link between a classical textbook and an atlas"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I. Surgical Treatment of Gastroesophageal Reflux and Paraesophageal Hernia: Laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication
Laparoscopic partial fundoplication
Fundoplication: open transabdominal approach
Transthoracic Nissen fundoplication
Belsey Mark IV partial fundoplication
Laparoscopic collis gastroplasty
Open collis gastroplasty
Reoperative antireflux surgery
Gastric bypass
Endoscopic antireflux repair: Esophy X
Laparoscopic paraesophageal hernia repair
Open paraesophageal hernia: transthoracic approach
Open paraesophageal hernia and Hill repair: open abdominal approach
Part II. Surgical Treatment of Esophageal Motility Disorders: Achalasia and Esophageal Diverticula: Laparoscopic Heller myotomy and fundoplication for achalasia
Transthoracic approach for achalasia
Open esophageal myotomy and resection of epiphrenic diverticula
Minimally invasive approach to resection of thoracic and epiphrenic diverticula
Open cricopharyngeal myotomy and correction of Zenker's diverticulum
Transoral repair of Zenker's diverticula
Part III. Techniques and Approaches for Esophageal Resection: Transhiatal esophagectomy
Ivor Lewis esophagectomy
En Bloc esophagectomy
Left thoracoabdominal exposure for esophagectomy and complex hiatus pathology
Minimally invasive Ivor Lewis esophagectomy
Esophagectomy with substernal pull-up
Merendino jejunal interposition
Long segment reconstruction with jejunum
Colon interposition
Part IV. Resection of Benign Esophageal Tumors: Open resection of esophageal leiomyoma and GIST
Resection of GIST and leiomyoma: thoracoscopic approach
Part V. Endoscopic Ablative Therapies and Resection: Esophageal radiofrequency ablation for the treatment of Barrett's Esophagus with and without dysplasia
Photodynamic therapy, lasers, and cryotherapy for esophageal neoplasia
Endoscopic mucosal resection
Part VI. Miscellaneous Esophageal Procedures: Esophageal stents
Bougie and balloon dilation of esophageal strictures: malignant and benign
Esophageal perforation
Congenital diaphragmatic hernia repair: open and thoracoscopic.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014 - Digitaleditors-in-chief, Joel E. Richter MD, FACP, MACG, Donald O. Castell, MD ; associate editors, David A. Katzka, MD, Phillip O. Katz, MD, André Smout, MD, Stuart Spechler, MD, Michael F. Vaezi, MD, PhD, MSc.Summary: "My exposure to studies of esophageal function began in the middle of the 20th century and reflects 50 years of clinical experience and testing using new technology. There was growing interest in the development of techniques to study in-vivo function of the human esophagus. Early pioneer work in the laboratory of Charles Code PhD at the Mayo Clinic led the way with studies using nasogastric intubation with small (2-5 mm diameter) catheters in both healthy volunteers and patients with symptoms likely related to esophageal motility abnormalities. These studies were performed in awake non-sedated patients with a limited number of swallows (traditionally 10) of 5 ml volumes of water or saline, using a catheter filled with water or a small air-filled balloon. In the 1950s and 1960s a growing group of enthusiastic investigators joined the ranks of Code's disciples, expanding awareness of manometric findings in patients presenting with dysphagia, regurgitation, heartburn or chest pain so that by the end of the 20th century the terms "esophagology or esophagologist" were often seen. This was stimulated by their use at the regular international meetings for studies of the esophagus organized every 2-4 years by professor Robert Guilli, a Parisian surgeon. At one of these he organized an election such that I was voted by my international colleagues to receive the title "Pope of Esophagology". Although created in jest, I have enjoyed the respect it carries for many years. I believe that an esophagologist is best defined as a basic or clinical scientist with a focus on studies of esophageal function or disease"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Front Matter
Esophageal Symptoms. Symptom Overview and Quality of Life / John W Jacobs
Diagnosis and Treatment of Esophageal Chest Pain / Edward C Oldfield, Parth J Parekh, David A Johnson
Disorders Causing Oropharyngeal Dysphagia / Patrick Sanvanson, Reza Shaker
The Esophagus / Magnus Halland, David A Katzka
Esophageal Physiology and Testing. Functional Anatomy and Physiology of Swallowing and Esophageal Motility / Arvind Rengarajan, C Prakash Gyawali
Radiology of the Pharynx and Esophagus / Marc S Levine, Stephen E Rubesin
Special Endoscopic Imaging and Optical Techniques for Evaluating the Esophagus / John A Dumot, John J Vargo, Arvind J Trindade
High-Resolution Manometry and Esophageal Pressure Topography / Dustin A Carlson, Peter J Kahrilas
Esophageal Testing Using Multichannel Intraluminal Impedance / Mohamed Khalaf, Amit Agrawal
Ambulatory Monitoring for Reflux / Frank Zerbib, John E Pandolfino
New Diagnostic Tests for GERD / Robert T Kavitt, Michael F Vaezi
Role of Histology and Cytology in Esophageal Diseases / Xiuli Liu, John R Goldblum
Motility Disorders. Achalasia / Guy E Boeckxstaens, Albert J Bredenoord
Non-Achalasia Esophageal Motility Abnormalities / Steven Clayton
Surgery for Esophageal Motor Disorders / Brett Parker, Lee L Swanstrom
Esophageal Webs and Rings / Mohamed Khalaf, Donald O Castell
Esophageal Diverticula / Tara Barry, Adham R Saad, Vic Velanovich
Esophageal Involvement in Systemic Diseases / John O Clarke
Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease. Clinical Spectrum and Diagnosis of GERD Phenotypes / Rena Yadlapati
Hiatus Hernia and Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Wout OA Rohof, Andr©♭ JPM Smout
Pathophysiology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Ravinder K Mittal, Sabine Roman
Pathophysiology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Shere Paris, Rhonda F Souza
Duodenogastroesophageal Reflux / Daniel Sifrim, Roberto Penagini
Helicobacter pylori and GERD / Kristle Lee Lynch, Gary W Falk
Medical Management of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Felice Schnoll-Sussman, Philip O Katz
Refractory Heartburn / Fahmi Shibli, Ronnie Fass
Endoscopic Therapies for GERD / Kenneth J Chang
Behavioral Treatment of Oropharyngeal and Esophageal Disorders / Joy E Gaziano
Barrett's Esophagus / Puja Sukhwani Elias, Stuart Jon Spechler
Esophageal Strictures / Sajiv Sethi, Joel Richter
ENT Complaints in GERD / Emily C Ambrose, Kenneth C Fletcher, C Gaelyn Garrett
Pulmonary Complications of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Walter W Chan
Pediatric Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Rachel Rosen, Samuel Nurko
Challenges in the Understanding and Application of Antireflux Surgery for GERD / Steven R DeMeester, Tom R DeMeester
New Surgical Treatments for GERD / Reginald Bell
Obesity and Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease / Hashem B El-Serag, Aaron P Thrift
Malignant Disease. Tumors of the Esophagus / Michael S Smith, Charles J Lightdale
Endoscopic Treatment of Esophageal Cancer / Prasad G Iyer, Kenneth K Wang
Surgical Treatment for Esophageal Cancer / Luigi Bonavina, Alberto Luporini
Miscellaneous. Eosinophilic Esophagitis / Ikuo Hirano, Evan S Dellon
Foreign Bodies / Rene D Gomez-Esquivel
Medication-Induced Esophageal Injury / David A Katzka
Esophagitis in the Immunocompromised Host / James P Callaway, C Mel Wilcox
Caustic Injuries of the Esophagus / Dhyanesh Patel
Rupture and Perforation of the Esophagus / Phillip S Ge, Gottumukkala S Raju
Cutaneous Diseases of the Esophagus / Michael J Camilleri
Esophageal Disease in Older Patients / Kenneth R DeVault, Sami R Achem
Index - DigitalCiro Esposito, François Becmeur, Henri Steyaert, Philipp Szavay, editors.Summary: This book is devoted to all the aspects of pediatric minimally invasive surgery and is written under the patronage of the European Society of Pediatric Endoscopic Surgery (ESPES) with the participation of leading international experts on Pediatric MIS. Comprising more than 50 chapters, the book begins with an introductory section describing the general and technical aspects of MIS approaches including laparoscopy, thoracoscopy, retroperitoneoscopy and robotic surgery. The main part of the book is divided into five subsections, each of which focuses on a specific system: thorax, abdomen, urology, gynecology and varia. For each subsection, the book examines several pathologies, accurately describing their clinical and diagnostic aspects and providing detailed information on the operative techniques, tips and tricks used in their treatment. Further, the book addresses potential complications in MIS and better ways to manage and prevent them. The volume will be of interest for pediatric surgeons, pediatric urologists or other professionals that need to access accurate descriptions of the MIS approaches adopted for the different surgical pathologies. At the same time, it addresses the needs of novices, including trainees, looking for general information on the management of the various diseases encountered in the pediatric population. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
PART I: BASICS
Chapter 1: Equipment and Instruments
Chapter 2: Ergonomics in Minimally Invasive Surgery
Chapter 3: Check list and Preoperative Preparation
Chapter 4: Basis of Laparoscopic Approach
Chapter 5: Basis of Retroperitoneoscopic Approach
Chapter 6: Basis of Thoracoscopic Approach
Chapter 7: Basis of Pediatric Robotics
Chapter 8: Training in Pediatric Minimal Access Surgery
Chapter 9: Medico-legal Aspects in Pediatric Minimally Invasive Surgery
Chapter 10: Multimedia Aspects of Pediatric Minimally Invasive Surgery
Chapter 11: A Short History of the European Society of Pediatric Endoscopic Surgeons (ESPES)
Chapter 12: Anesthesia in Pediatric Minimally Invasive Surgery
PART II: CHEST
Chapter 13: Thoracoscopic Lung Biopsy
Chapter 14: Management of Pleural Empyema
Chapter 15: Thoracoscopic Lobectomy
Chapter 16: Thoracoscopic Management of Pulmonary Sequestration
^Chapter 17: Thoracoscopic Management of the Mediastinal Masses
Chapter 18: Primary Focal Hyperhidrosis: Surgical Management
Chapter 19: Thoracoscopic Treatment of Chylothorax
Chapter 20: Thoracoscopic Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia (CDH) Repair
Chapter 21: Thoracoscopic Repair of Esophageal Atresia and/or Tracheoesophageal Fistula
PART III: ABDOMEN
Chapter 22: Laparoscopic Management of Congenital Morgagni Hernia (CMH)
Chapter 23: Laparoscopic Treatment of Esophageal Achalasia
Chapter 24: Antireflux Surgery for Gastro-Esophageal Reflux Disease (GERD)
Chapter 25: MIS Gastrostomy
Chapter 26: Laparoscopic Pyloromyotomy
Chapter 27: Laparoscopic Jejunostomy
Chapter 28: Minimally Invasive Management of Duodenal and Jejunal Atresia
Chapter 29: Minimally Invasive Surgery for Malrotation of the Intestine and Midgut Volvulus
Chapter 30: Laparoscopic Approach to Intestinal Duplication
^Chapter 31: Laparoscopy and Laparoscopic-assisted Approach for Adhesive Small Bowel Obstruction
Chapter 32: MIS Management of Intussusception
Chapter 33: Current Operative Management of Meckel Diverticulum
Chapter 34: Bariatric Surgery for Pediatric Patients
Chapter 35: Laparoscopic Liver Surgery
Chapter 36: Laparoscopic Management of Choledochal Cyst
Chapter 37: Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
Chapter 38: Laparoscopic Pancreatic Surgery
Chapter 39: Laparoscopic Splenectomy
Chapter 40: Laparoscopic Partial Splenectomy
Chapter 41: Minimal Invasive Management of Lymphatic Malformations
Chapter 42: Laparoscopic assisted Endorectal Pull-through in Hirschsprung’s Disease and Familial Adenometous Polyposis
Chapter 43: Laparoscopic Approach to Anorectal Malformations
Chapter 44: Laparoscopic Management of Acute Appendicitis
Chapter 45: Laparoscopic Cecostomy for Constipation and Incontinence
^Chapter 46: Laparoscopic Management of Persistent Complete Rectal Prolapse in Children
Chapter 47: Minimal Access Colorectal Surgery in Pediatric Age
PART IV: UROLOGY
Chapter 48: Laparoscopic and Retroperitoneoscopic Nephrectomy
Chapter 49: Laparoscopic Partial Nephrectomy
Chapter 50: MIS Management of Duplex Kidneys
Chapter 51: Laparoscopic Management of Intrinsic Uretero-Pelvic Junction Obstruction (UPJO)
Chapter 52: Laparoscopic Management of Extrinsic Uretero-Pelvic Junction Obstruction (UPJO) by Crossing Vessels
Chapter 53: Laparoscopic Approach to Urinary Stones
Chapter 54: Vesico-Ureteric Reflux (VUR)
Laparoscopic Lich Gregoir Repair
Chapter 55: Vesico-ureteral Reflux (VUR)
Endoscopic Treatment
Chapter 56: Vesico-ureteral Reflux (VUR)
Pneumovesicoscopic Repair
Chapter 57: Laparoscopic Decortication for Renal Cysts in Children
Chapter 58: MIS Management of Urachal Pathology
Chapter 59: Laparoscopic Resection of Wilms’ Tumours
^Chapter 60: Laparoscopic Mitrofanoff Procedure
Chapter 61: MIS Management of Posterior Urethral Valves (PUV)
Chapter 62: Primary Obstructive Megaureter: Endourological Treatment
Chapter 63: Ureterocele: Minimally Invasive Endoscopic Treatment
Chapter 64: Laparoscopic Adrenalectomy in Children
Chapter 65: Endoscopic Management of Bladder Tumors in Children
PART V: GYNAECOLOGY
Chapter 66: Laparoscopic Management of Ovarian Cysts
Chapter 67: Laparoscopy for Ovarian Tumors
Chapter 68: Laparoscopic Approach to Paratubal and Paraovarian Cysts
Chapter 69: Laparoscopic-assisted Vaginoplasty
Chapter 70: Ovarian Cryopreservation
PART VI: MISCELLANEA
Chapter 71: Laparoscopic Inguinal Hernia Repair
Chapter 72: Laparoscopic Management of Pediatric Varicocele
Chapter 73: MIS Management of Pilonidal Sinus Disease
Chapter 74: Laparoscopic Approach to Non Palpable Testis
Chapter 75: Complications in Pediatric MIS
^Chapter 76: Fetoscopy: The Minimally Invasive Fetal Surgery
Chapter 77: Application of Mimimally Invasive Surgery in Pediatric Oncology. - PrintContents:
v. [1] 1908-1957
v. 2. 1958-1962. - DigitalAshutosh Kumar Shukla.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book introduces the audience with basic theoretical and experimental aspects of Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) Spectroscopy. It further talks about ESR spectroscopy applications in Healthcare & Pharmaceutical Science, Paleontology & Geochronology and Food Science. Mathematical details have been kept to a necessary minimum and emphasis is given to highlight the applications of the technique.
Contents:
Ch 1: Electron Spin Resonance- An Introdcution
Ch 2: ESR Applications in Healthcare and Pharmaceutical Science
Ch 3: ESR Applications in Paleontology and Geochronology
Ch 4: ESR Applications in Food Science. - DigitalCampbell, P. N.; Greville, G. D.; Tipton, Keith F.Digital Access Portland Press v. 42-, 2006-
- PrintRoitt, Ivan M.
- DigitalShaw M. Akula.Summary: This collection of nine essays provides an entertaining and thoughtful glimpse into trending topics in our lives. The author, Dr. Akula, tackles questions on life, science, and society from a biologists perspective. The book covers a broad range of topics, including common questions with complex answers intermixed with some religion and humor, making it a great read to give your brain cells a boost. The field of Science is massive - in fact, its the size of the universe, which means picking just a few topics to discuss is no mean feat. This book is a start, but there is more to come as Dr. Akula explores various subjects to discuss and shed new light on. This collection of essays will appeal to scientists, and to lay readers with an interest in the natural sciences. Its goal is to ensure that science isnt accessible to only a few people, but is instead disseminated to many. After all, a Smart World is the key to a Better Tomorrow and a Brighter Future.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Understanding Order in the disorder
Chapter 2. Einsteins theory of relativity borrowed from the spice rack of Hinduism?
Chapter 3. Flu or a bug?
Chapter 4. Why I chose evolution over religion!
Chapter 5. It is mi(y) RNA!
Chapter 6. A morons footnote to controlling human brain
Chapter 7. An insiders view!
Chapter 8. Down the Line
Chapter 9: What is intelligence? - Digital[edited by] Lee A. Fleisher, Michael F. Roizen, Jeffrey D. Roizen.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
- DigitalJeffrey J. Roth, MD, Las Vegas Plastic Surgery, Las Vegas, Nevada, William B. Hughes, MD, Director, Temple University Hospital Burn Unit, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.Summary: The Essential Burn Unit Handbook is a pocket-sized reference dedicated to the evaluation, diagnosis, care, and treatment of burn patients. It covers the spectrum of burn care, from initial assessment and treatment to long-term sequelae. This second edition includes an added chapter on the criteria for admissions to a burn unit as well as outpatient and follow-up care. It covers a wealth of topics that surgical residents, emergency medicine residents, and critical care fellows often encounter such as patient nutrition, the use of antibiotics, wound care, and some of the unique pathologic conditions seen in this distinct and often critically injured population. The book covers electrical burns, inhalation injury, chemical burns, and pediatric patient management. It also presents a full range of day-to-day management modalities along with sample orders and templates for patient presentation and the organization of notes. A quick-reference glossary includes many of the acronyms and abbreviations used in this setting as well as a list of useful equations and ranges. This book will help you provide better patient care while shortening your learning curve. It stands alone as the most convenient, practical, and informative guide available today for those working with burn patients.
Contents:
Introduction to the burn unit
Pathophysiology
Evaluation, resuscitation, and treatment
Admissions and follow-up care
Wound care, use of antibiotics, and Control of burn wound sepsis
Nutrition
Inhalation injury
General (nonburn) inpatient wound care
Toxic epidermal necrolysis syndrome and Stevens-Johnson syndrome
Electrical burns
Chemical burns
Pediatric burn management.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2015 - Digitalby Fred R. Volkmar, Lisa A. Wiesner.Contents:
What is autism : history, causes, and current research
Screening and diagnostic assessment
Approaches to providing medical care
Frequent medical conditions and problems
Working with attorneys and other referral sources
Securing services
Infants and preschool children
School-aged children
Adolescents and adults
Behavioral and psychiatric problems : issues and interventions
Considering medications for behavioral and mental health problems
Considering complementary and alternative treatments
Supporting families.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalAnwar Qais Saadoon.Summary: This book is a concise learning guide dedicated to the full scope of pediatric history-taking and clinical examination for use in OSCEs as well as clinical life.
Contents:
History-taking skills and symptomatology
Basics of history taking
History taking of common pediatric cases
Examination of the newborn and older child
Examination of the newborn
Examination of the older child.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalKenneth F. Schulz, PhD, MBA (Distinguished Scientist, FHI 360, Durham, NC, USA, Clinical Professor, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel HIll, NC, USA), David A. Grimes, MD (Clinical Professor, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of North Carolina School of Medicine, Chapel Hll, NC, USA) ; foreword by Richard Horton, FRCP, FRCPCH, FMedSci (Editor-in-Chief, The Lancet).Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
- DigitalBeate Brand-Saberi, editor.Summary: This textbook describes the biology of different stem cell types and outlines the current level of knowledge in the field. It clearly explains the basics of hematopoietic, mesenchymal cord blood, neural and muscle stem cells and also covers induced pluripotent stem cells and their applications. Further, it includes chapters on organoids, stem-cell based disease modelling, extracellular vesicles and one chapter on ethical aspects of human stem cell research, which promotes critical thinking and responsible handling of the material. Based on lectures of the international master program Molecular and Developmental Stem Cell Biology taught at Ruhr-University Bochum and participation of collaborating professors from Tongji University Shanghai, the book is a valuable source for students, postdocs and researchers, who would like to have introductory chapters on stem cell biology. It also offers essential insights for physicians and dentists wishing to expand their knowledge. This textbook is a valuable complement to Concepts and Applications of Stem Cell Biology, also published in the Learning Materials in Biosciences textbook series.
Contents:
Hematopoietic Stem Cells
Mesenchymal Stem Cells
Cord Blood Stem Cells
Neural Stem Cells and Their Niche
Skeletal Muscle Stem Cells
Heart Muscle Tissue Engineering
Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells
Epigenetics of Somatic Cell Reprogramming
Human Pluripotent Stem Cells and Neural Regeneration
Dopaminergic Neuron-Related Stem Cells
Liver Disease Modelling
Organoids in Developmental Biology Research and Application
Extracellular Vesicles
Ethics in Stem Cell Applications.Digital Access Springer 2020 - PrintJonathan M.W. Slack, University of Bath, Bath, United Kingdom, Leslie Dale, University College London, London, United Kingdom.Summary: "This book presents the basic concepts and facts relating to the developmental biology of animals. It is designed as a core text for undergraduate courses from the first to the fourth year, and also for first year graduate students. It is suitable for both biologically based and medically oriented courses. A basic knowledge of cell and molecular biology is assumed, but no prior knowledge of development, animal structure, or histology should be necessary For this, the fourth edition, the work has two authors. Leslie Dale runs the developmental biology teaching at University College London and has brought his invaluable teaching experience as well as his daily contact with cutting edge research to complement the expertise of the senior author, Jonathan Slack. Two technical advances in particular have been incorporated into the text. The first is single cell transcriptome sequencing which provides a completely new way to observe developmental fate and commitment at a molecular level. The second is CRISPR/Cas9, and other methods for targeted genetic manipulation, that have hugely extended the range of what can be done. The book is arranged in four sections and the order of topics is intended to represent a logical progression. The first section introduces the basic concepts and techniques. Chapter 2 "How Development Works" is intended as a very brief summary of developmental mechanisms suitable for introductory lectures. We have moved the biochemistry of signaling systems, formerly in the appendix, into Chapter 4. So now the theoretical concepts of experimental embryology are presented together with the molecular pathways that underlie them. Section 1 also contains a new chapter on "Cells into Tissues" dealing with the fundamentals of morphogenesis and the underpinning role of cell contacts and the cytoskeleton. In other works, this topic is often fragmented among many individual examples and loses its coherence"-- Provided by publisher.Print
- Digital[edited by] Scott D. Solomon, Justina C. Wu, Linda D. Gillam ; illustration editor, Bernard E. Bulwer.Summary: Echocardiography remains the most commonly used imaging technique to visualize the heart and great vessels, and this clinically oriented text by Drs. Scott D. Solomon, Justina C. Wu, and Linda D. Gillam helps you make the most of its diagnostic and prognostic potential for your patients. Part of the highly regarded Braunwald's family of cardiology references, Essential Echocardiography expertly covers basic principles of anatomy and physiology, the appearance of normal variants across a wide range of cardiovascular diseases, and the hands-on approaches necessary to acquire and interpret optimal echocardiographic images in the clinical setting.
Contents:
Section I: Principles of ultrasound and instrumentation. Physical principles of ultrasound and generation of images
M-mode imaging
Principles of contrast echocardiography
Principles of transesophageal echocardiography
Principles of three-dimensional ultrasound
Principles and practical aspects of strain echocardiography
Understanding imaging artifacts
Section II: The echocardiographic examination. Principles of transthoracic imaging acquisition: the standard adult transthoracic echocardiographic examination
The transthoracic examination, view by view
Three-dimensional echocardiography: image acquisition
Optimization of the patient and equipment
Utilizing contrast echocardiography in practice
Echo on-call: echocardiographic emergencies
Section III: Assessment of cardiac structure and function. Assessment of left ventricular systolic function
Left ventricular diastolic function
Assessment of right ventricular structure and function
Assessment of the atria
Section IV: Echocardiography for diseases of the myocardium. Acute myocardial infarction
Mechanical complications of myocardial infarction
Long-term consequences and prognosis after myocardial infarction
Echocardiography in heart failure
Dilated cardiomyopathies
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
Restrictive and infiltrative cardiomyopathies
Echocardiography in assessment of cardiac synchrony
Echocardiography in assessment of ventricular assist devices
Stress echocardiography and echo in cardiopulmonary testing
Section V: Valvular heart disease. Mitral valve disease
Aortic valve disease
Tricuspid and pulmonic valve disease
Prosthetic valves
Echocardiography in percutaneous valvular intervention
Section VI: Diseases of the pericardium and great vessels. Pericardial disease
Diseases of the aorta
Section vii: diseases of the pulmonary artery and veins
Pulmonary embolism
Pulmonary hypertension
Section VIII: Cardiac masses. Primary and secondary tumors
Identification of intracardiac thrombus
Other cardiac masses
Section IX: Systemic diseases involving the heart. Echocardiography in infective endocarditis
Other systemic diseases and the heart
Echocardiography in malignant disease
Section X: Congenital heart disease in the adult. Atrial septal defect
Ventricular septal defect
Other common congenital defects in adults
Section XI: Miscellaneous topics in echocardiography. Handheld echocardiography
Appropriate use of echocardiography
Echocardiography in the context of other cardiac imaging modalities
Transesophageal echocardiography for cardiac surgery
Appendices. Reference tables
Commonly utilized equations in echocardiographyDigital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalTimothy M. Maus, Christopher R. Tainter, editors.Contents:
Section I: Basic Perioperative and Critical Care Echocardiography Introduction to Basic Perioperative and Critical Care Echocardiography: Examination, Certification, Indications and Contraindications
Transesophageal Echocardiography: Probe Manipulation, Essential Views
Point-Of-Care Transthoracic Echocardiography: Probe Manipulation, Positioning, Essential Views
Basic Ultrasound Physics, Doppler Ultrasound, and Hemodynamic Assessment
Knobology and Image Optimization
Section II: Echocardiographic Assessment Left Ventricular Systolic Function
Regional Ventricular Function
Mitral Valve
Aortic Valve
Right Heart
Atria
Diastology
Thoracic Aorta
Pericardium
Perioperative Rescue Echocardiography
Imaging Artifacts, Normal Anatomic Variants, and Common Misdiagnoses
Intracardiac Masses, Devices, and Foreign Bodies
Adult Congenital Heart Disease
Section III: Critical Care Ultrasonography Abdominal and Vascular Ultrasound
Volume Assessment and Fluid Responsiveness
Lung Ultrasonography
Shock and Cardiac Arrest
Ultrasound for Vascular Access. - DigitalTimothy M. Maus, Sonia Nhieu, Seth T. Herway, editors.Contents:
A. Section 1: Basic Perioperative Echocardiography
Chapter 1. TEE in Non-Cardiac Surgery: Indications, Contraindications, Probe Manipulation, and Certification
Chapter 2. Transesophageal Echocardiography: Essential Views
Chapter 3. Physics of Ultrasound, Doppler Echocardiography and Hemodynamic Assessment
B. Section 2: Echocardiographic Assessment
Chapter 4. Left Ventricular Systolic Function
Chapter 5. Regional Ventricular Function
Chapter 6. Mitral Valve
Chapter 7. Aortic Valve
Chapter 8. The Right Heart
Chapter 9. Diastology
Chapter 10. Thoracic Aorta
Chapter 11. Rescue Echocardiography
Chapter 12. Imaging Artifacts and Common Misdiagnoses
Chapter 13. Adult Congenital Heart Disease
C. Section 3: Surface Ultrasound
Chapter 14. Transthoracic Echocardiography: The Basic Views
Chapter 15. Ultrasound for Vascular Access.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalRose Hamm, Joseph Carey.Summary: "The evaluation of the patient with a non-healing wound consists of three components - subjective history, medical history, and wound assessment. The histories will usually allow the clinician to make a diagnosis of wound etiology, and if not, at least know what needs to be ruled out. They will also give indications as to why the wound is not healing. The wound assessment provides data for objective, measurable outcomes and progress, as well as information on how to treat the wound initially. The most important aspects of treating any wound are to treat all underlying co-morbidities and to address any issues that may be impeding wound healing. Finally, the initial treatment will consist of appropriate debridement of necrotic tissue and application of a dressing that will ensure adequate moisture for wound healing to advance"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Evaluation of the Patient with a Wound
Ischemic Wounds
Venous Wounds
Pressure Injuries/Wounds
Diabetic Foot Ulcers
Burns
Immune-mediated Tissue Injury
Malignant Wounds
Infections
Miscellaneous Wounds.Digital Access - DigitalKaushal H. Shah, MD, Residency Director, Mt. Sinai Emergency Medicine Residency Program, Icahn School of Medicine at Mt. Sinai Medical Center, New York, New York ; Chilembwe Mason, MD, Attending Department of Emergency Medicine, Bronx-Lebanon Hospital Center, Bronox, New York ; Reuben J. Strayer, MD, FRCPC, FAAEM, Safety/Quality Editor, Department of Emergency Medicine, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai/Elmhurst Hospital, NYU School of Medicine, New York, New York.Summary: This reference for emergency room physicians features step-by-step instructions for nearly 100 adult and pediatric procedures.
Contents:
Section 1. Respiratory / section editor, Leon D. Sanchez
section 2. Cardiac / section editor, Ram A. Parekh
section 3. Trauma / section editor, Kaushal H. Shah
section 4. Vascular / section editor, Bret P. Nelson
section 5. Gastrointestinal / section editor, Josh Quass
section 6. Genitourinary / section editor, Ari M. Lipsky
section 7. Obstetric / section editor, Dara A. Kass
section 8. Neurology / section editor, Jonathan A. Edlow
section 9. Musculoskeletal / section editors, Part A, Natasha Desai ; Part B, Wallace A. Carter ; part C, Moira Davenport
section 10. Soft tissue / section editor, Sanjey Gupta
section 11. Heent / section editor, Joseph Habboushe
section 12. Nerve blocks / section editor, Scott G. Weiner
section 13. Foreign body / section editors, Elan S. Levy and Diana Kim
section 14. Pediatrics / section editor, Louis A. Spina.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2015 - DigitalMichael Bauer, Michael Gitlin.Contents:
Diagnosis and classification of mood disorders
Natural course of mood disorders and its treatment
History of lithium treatment
Pharmacology and mechanisms of action
Maintenance treatment with lithium
Treatment of mania with lithium
Treatment of depression with lithium
Suicide prevention with lithium
Other clinical indications of lithium including neuroprotective effects and its potential indications
Lithium in pregnancy and postpartum period
Practical management of lithium
Adverse effects and its management
Other treatments for bipolar disorder and major depression.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by E.J. Mayeaux Jr., MD, DABFP, FAAFP, Professor and Chairman, Department of Family and Preventive Medicine, Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of South Carolina School fo Medicine, Columbia, South Carolina, Clinical Professor of Family Medicine, Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, Shrevport, Louisiana.Contents:
Section I Anesthesia
Section II Urgent and emergency care
Section III Cardiovascular and respiratory
Section IV Basic dermatology
Section V Aesthetic procedures
Section VI Closure techniques
Section VII Skin surgery
Section VIII Nail procedures
Section IX Gynecology and urology
Section X Gastroenterology
Section XI Eye, ear, nose, and throat procedures
Section XII Musculoskeletal procedures
Section XIII Pediatrics
Section XIV AppendicesDigital Access - DigitalJanice Thompson.Contents:
Understanding health assessment
Interviewing the patient for a health history
Taking a health history
Assessing nutrition and anthropometric measurements
Assessment techniques
General survey and assessing vital signs
Assessing pain
Assessing skin, hair, and nails
Assessing the head, face, mouth, and neck
Assessing the ears
Assessing the eyes
Assessing the respiratory system
Assessing the cardiovascular system
Assessing the abdomen
Assessing the peripheral vascular system and regional lymphatic system
Assessing the musculoskeletal system / Karen L. Gorton and Janice Thompson
Assessing the neurological system / Kim Foisy and Janice Thompson
Assessing the female breasts, axillae and reproductive system / Janice Thompson and Meredith Scannell
Assessing the male breasts and reproductive system
Assessing the anus and rectum
Assessing the newborn / Janice Thompson and Jane Brophy
Assessing the child and adolescent / Cory Ann Boyd and Janice Thompson
Assessing the pregnant woman / Leslie White
Assessing the older adult.Digital Access R2Library 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalJohn O'Neill, editor.Summary: This book offers an excellent review of the various rheumatological conditions, both common and uncommon, that may present on imaging on a daily basis. The book uses a unique format that will be beneficial for clinicians, radiologists, medical students, and consultant staff. The text is written by both rheumatology and radiology staff to provide a balanced approach. A clinical overview and the common clinical presentations are briefly reviewed for each condition followed by a more detailed discussion of imaging findings produced by the various imaging modalities, including radiographs, ultrasound, MRI, CT, and nuclear medicine. This book details the imaging of normal musculoskeletal anatomy and pathology; discusses image-guided musculoskeletal interventions; and examines disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis, connective tissue disease, osteoarthritis, osteonecrosis, infection-related arthritis, soft tissue calcification, and bone and synovial tumors. Featuring over 600 multi-part, high-resolution images of rheumatic diseases across current imaging modalities, Essential Imaging in Rheumatology offers up-to-date and complete information on the imaging of these disorders.
Contents:
Introduction to Imaging
Arthritis: A Diagnostic Approach
Image Analysis
Image-Guided Interventional Diagnosis and Treatment
Inflammatory Arthritides
Spondyloarthropathy
Connective Tissue Disease
Crystal-Related Disease
Endocrive and Miscellaneous Arthropathies
Osteoarthritis
Metabolic Bone Disease
Osteonecrosis
Imaging in Musculoskeletal Infection
The Diabetic Foot
Spine
Soft Tissue Calcification
Bone and Synovial Tumors
Appendix: Image Scoring Methods in Arthritis.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalRajat Chand, Adam E.M. Eltorai, Terrance Healey, Sun Ahn, editors.Summary: The book is a question-and-answer guide to interventional radiology. This pocket resource addresses both general IR and subspecialty topics, providing accurate, on-the-spot answers. Students can read the text from cover to cover to gain a general foundation of knowledge that can be built upon when they begin their rotation or use specific chapters to review a subspecialty before starting a new rotation or joining a new service. The book begins with a general introduction to IR and its common procedures and tools, and is then organized by subspecialties (like vascular disease, oncology, and genitourinary), focusing on common conditions. The books two-column format provides questions on the left and answers on the right to facilitate rapid-fire review that includes many classic images to facilitate pattern recognition skills. This book is an ideal, on-the-spot reference for medical students, residents, and practicing interventional radiologists seeking fast facts on diagnosis and treatment with interventional radiology.
Contents:
SECTION I: Introduction
Using this book
What is Interventional Radiology?
Core principles
SECTION II: Daily Workflow
Role of a sub-intern
Presenting patients
Morning rounds
Afternoon rounds
Taking call
Pre-procedure
SECTION III: The Vascular Suite
Prepping
Running the table
Choice of Access
Seldinger technique
Guidewires
Catheters
Connectors
Balloons
Stents
Embolization
Other
SECTION IV: CT/MRI/US
Procedures
Materials
SECTION V: Vascular Disease
Abdominal aortic aneurysms
Thoracic aortic aneurysms
Angiography
Angioplasty and stenting
Deep vein thrombosis
Mesenteric ischemia
Arteriovenous Malformations
Central Venous Access
Carotid Artery Stenosis
Renovascular Hypertension
Varicose Vein
Vena Cava Filter
Peripheral Artery Aneurysm
Dialysis grafts
SECTION VI: Oncology
Hepatic
Pulmonary
Renal
Other
SECTION VII: Hepatobiliary
Transjugular intrahepatic porotosystemic shunts
Balloon-occluded retrograde transvenous obliteration
SECTION VIII: Genitourinary
Percutaneous nephrostomy
Ureteral Stenting
Uterine fibroid embolization
Prostatic artery embolization
SECTION IX: Neuro
Stroke
Vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty
Pain management
SECTION X: Vascular Emergencies
Embolization
Splenic
Pelvic
Bronchial
Upper gastrointestinal bleeding
Lower gastrointestinal bleeding
Uterine artery embolization
Contrast reactions
SECTION XI: Other
Tubes
Biopsy
New procedures. - DigitalMark J. Eisenberg, Andrea L. Cox.Summary: "This book will help students successfully completed their intensive program of study and establish their careers. Chapters will be co-written by current MD-PhD students, recent graduates and established physician-scientists"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Preface
Introduction
Applying for MD-PhD training
Early days in medical school
The transition to graduate school
Transitioning back to medical school
Residency, fellowship, and your first job
Physician-scientist wellness.Digital Access - DigitalBrian E. Lacy, John K. DiBaise, Mark Pimentel, Alexander C. Ford, editors.Summary: This casebook provides a concise yet comprehensive state-of-the art review of common stomach and small intestine disorders. The casebook is divided into five parts, each of which focuses on a major disorder, symptom, or clinical scenario related to the stomach and small intestine, including dyspepsia, small bowel disorders, nausea and vomiting, chronic abdominal pain, and post-operative GI surgery challenges. Each part is comprised of cases illustrating different aspects of the subject, with each case containing sections on case presentation, objectives, epidemiology and etiology, diagnostic evaluation and treatment, case follow-up, clinical pearls, and Q&A. Some major topics presented in these cases include nausea and vomiting in the pregnant patient, gas-bloat, functional abdominal pain, post-GI surgery complications, and celiac disease and non-celiac gluten sensitivity. Written by internationally renowned experts in the field, Essential Medical Disorders of the Stomach and Small Intestine: A Clinical Casebook is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat patients afflicted with disorders of the stomach and small intestine.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Nausea and Vomiting
Chapter 1: Approach to Nausea and Vomiting
Case Study
Objectives
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Etiology
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Clinical Case Study Follow-Up
Self-Test
References
Essential Reading
Chapter 2: Gastroparesis
Case Study
Objectives
Epidemiology
Symptoms
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Symptom Management
Prokinetics
Prokinetics in Development
Pyloric Interventions
Gastric Electrical Stimulation
Case Study: Follow-Up
Self-Test
References
Essential Reading
Chapter 3: Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy and Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
Case Study 1
Case Study 2
Objectives
Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy
Epidemiology
Etiology/Pathophysiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
First-Line Therapy
Second-Line Treatment
Third-Line Treatment
Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
Epidemiology
Pathophysiology
Etiology
Diagnosis
Treatment
5-Hydroxytryptamine Receptor Antagonists
Corticosteroids
Anticholinergics
Neurokinin-1 Receptor Antagonists
Dopamine Receptor Antagonists
Antihistamines
Other PONV Treatment Options
Case Study: Follow-Up
Self-Test Questions
References
Essential Reading List
Chapter 4: Cyclic Vomiting Syndrome and Cannabinoid Hyperemesis Syndrome
Case Study
Objectives
Epidemiology
Etiology/Pathophysiology
Symptoms
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Case Study: Follow-Up
Self-Test
References
Essential Reading
Chapter 5: Chronic Intestinal Pseudo-Obstruction
Case Study
Objectives
Epidemiology
Classification
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Neuropathies
Intestinal Myopathies
Mesenchymopathies
Symptoms
Diagnosis
Treatment
Nutrition Assessment
Oral Diet
Enteral Nutrition Considerations
Parenteral Nutrition Considerations
Medications and Other Therapies
Fecal Transplant
GI Decompression
Small Intestinal Transplantation
Case Study Follow-Up
Self-Test
References
Essential Reading
Part II: Dyspepsia and Other Disorders of Neuromuscular Function
Chapter 6: A Diagnostic Approach to Dyspepsia
Case Study
Objectives
Epidemiology
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Symptoms
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Case Study: Follow-Up
Self-Test
References
Essential Reading
Chapter 7: Helicobacter pylori and Related Diseases
Case
Objectives
Epidemiology
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Symptoms
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Case Study: Follow-Up
Self-Test
References
Essential Reading
Chapter 8: Functional Dyspepsia
Case
Objectives
Epidemiology
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Symptoms
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Helicobacter Pylori
Acid Suppression
Antidepressants
Prokinetics
Further Options
Case Study: Follow-Up
Self-Test
References
Essential Reading
Chapter 9: Rumination Syndrome
Case Study
Objectives
Epidemiology
Etiology and Pathophysiology
Symptoms
Diagnostic Evaluation
Treatment
Case Study: Follow-Up - DigitalAllan Siegel, PhD, Professor Emeritus Department of Neurology and Neurosciences Department of Psychiatry, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark, New Jersey, Hreday N. Sapru, PhD, Professor Department of Neurological Surgery Department of Neurology and Neurosciences, Department of Pharmacology and Physiology, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark, New Jersey ; case histories written by Heidi E. Siegel, MD.Summary: "There has been a dramatic explosion of information in the field of neuroscience over the last few decades. This explosion of information has presented a great challenge to those of us who teach neuroscience in terms of synthesizing a coherent approach in which the diverse topics encompassed by neuroscience can be taught in a lucid and effective manner. We met this challenge by designing Essential Neuroscience, a book that considers all of the basic neuroscience topics to allow the students to focus on the essential concepts and facts intrinsic to any given topic without overwhelming them with distracting or confusing extraneous information"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: SECTION I Gross Anatomy of the Brain
1. Overview of the Central Nervous System
2. Development of the Nervous System
3. Meninges and Cerebrospinal Fluid
SECTION II The Neuron
4. Histology of the Nervous System
5. Electrophysiology of Neurons
6. Synaptic Transmission
7. Neurotransmitters
SECTION III Organization of the Central Nervous System
8. The Spinal Cord
9. Brainstem I: The Medulla
10. Brainstem II: Pons and Cerebellum
11. Brainstem III: The Midbrain
12. The Forebrain
13. The Cranial Nerves
SECTION IV Sensory Systems
14. Somatosensory System
15. Visual System
16. Auditory and Vestibular Systems
17. Olfaction and Taste
SECTION V Motor Systems
18. The Upper Motor Neurons
19. The Basal Ganglia
20. The Cerebellum
SECTION VI Integrative Systems
21. The Autonomic Nervous System
22. The Reticular Formation
23. The Hypothalamus
24. The Limbic System. Contents note continued: 25. The Thalamus and Cerebral Cortex
26. Blood Supply of the Central Nervous System
27. Vascular Syndromes
28. Behavioral and Psychiatric Disorders.Digital Access LWW Health Library (Medical Education) 2015 - DigitalAllan Siegel, Hreday N. Sapru ; case histories written by Heidi E. Siegel.Contents:
I: Gross anatomy of the brainp
Overview of the central nervous systemp
Development of the nervous systemp
Meninges and cerebrospinal fluid
II: The neuronp
Histology of the nervous system
Electrophysiology of neurons
Synaptic transmission
Neurotransmitters
III: Organization of the central nervous system
The spinal cord
Brainstem I: the medulla
Brainstem II: pons and cerebellum
Brainstem III: the midbrain
The forebrain
The cranial nerves
IV: Sensory systems
Somatosensory system
Visual system
Auditory and vestibular systems
Olfaction and taste
V: Motor systems
The upper motor neurons
The basal ganglia
The cerebellum
VI: Integrative systems
The autonomic nervous system
The reticular formation
The hypothalamus
The limbic system
The thalamus and cerebral cortex
Blood supply of the central nervous system
Vascular syndromes
Behavioral and psychiatric disorders.Digital Access LWW Health Library (Medical Education) 2019 - Digitaledited by Enrique Collantes Celador, Jan Rudiger, Alifia TameemSummary: This is the ideal companion for postgraduate pain medicine exams and a comprehensive guide to acute, chronic, and cancer pain management for practising doctors, pain nurses, and allied health professionalsDigital Access Oxford 2022
- Digitaledited by Ian Symonds, Sir Sabaratnam Arulkumaran.Contents:
-- Preface
1. Anatomy of the female pelvis
2. Conception and implantation
3. Physiological changes in pregnancy
4. Placental and fetal growth and development
5. Perinatal and maternal mortality
6. History taking and examination in obstetrics
7. Normal pregnancy and antenatal care
8. Obstetric disorders
9. Maternal medicine
10. Congenital abnormalities and assessment of fetal wellbeing
11. Management of labour
12. Management of delivery
13. Postpartum and early neonatal care
14. Mental health and childbirth
15. Basic clinical skills in gynaecology
16. Gynaecological disorders
17. Infertility
18. Early pregnancy care
19. Sexual and reproductive health
20. Gynaecological oncology
21. Prolapse and disorders of the urinary tract
Principles of perioperative care
Governance, audit and research
Medicolegal aspects of obstetrics and gynaecology
OSCE stations: Questions
OSCE stations: Answers
Self-assessment: Questions
Self-assessment: Answers --Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalSonia Malik, editor.Summary: This book highlights the advances in essential oil research, from the plant physiology perspective to large-scale production, including bioanalytical methods and industrial applications. The book is divided into 4 sections. The first one is focused on essential oil composition and why plants produce these compounds that have been used by humans since ancient times. Part 2 presents an update on the use of essential oils in various areas, including food and pharma industries as well as agriculture. In part 3 readers will find new trends in bioanalytical methods. Lastly, part 4 presents a number of approaches to increase essential oil production, such as in vitro and hairy root culture, metabolic engineering and biotechnology. Altogether, this volume offers a comprehensive look at what researchers have been doing over the last years to better understand these compounds and how to explore them for the benefit of the society.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Essential Oils Composition and Why Plants Produce Them;
Chapter 1: Essential Oils; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Essential Oils; 1.3 Sources of Essential Oils; 1.4 Chemistry of Essential Oils; 1.4.1 Hydrocarbon; 1.4.2 Terpenes; 1.4.3 Alcohols; 1.4.4 Aldehydes; 1.4.5 Acids; 1.4.6 Esters; 1.4.7 Ketones; 1.4.8 Lactones; 1.5 Methods of Extracting Essential Oils; 1.5.1 Maceration; 1.5.2 Cold Pressing; 1.5.3 Solvent Extraction; 1.5.4 Enfleurage; 1.5.5 Hydrodistillation; 1.5.6 CO2 and Supercritical CO2 Extraction 1.5.7 Turbo Distillation Extraction1.5.8 Steam Distillation; 1.6 Analysis of Essential Oils; 1.6.1 Classical Analytical Techniques; 1.6.2 Modern Analytical Techniques; 1.7 Biological Activities of Essential Oils; 1.7.1 Antibacterial Activity; 1.7.2 Antioxidant Activity; 1.7.3 Anti-Inflammatory Activity; 1.7.4 Cancer Chemoprotective Activity; 1.7.5 Cytotoxicity; 1.7.6 Allelopathic Activity; 1.7.7 Repellent and Insecticidal Activity; 1.8 Applications of Essential Oils; 1.8.1 Pharmacology and Medicinal Uses; 1.8.2 Uses in Veterinary Medicine; 1.8.3 Aromatherapy; 1.8.4 Agricultural Uses 1.8.5 Industrial Uses1.9 Essential Oil and Health Fitness; 1.10 Risks and Dangers of Essential Oils; References;
Chapter 2: Factors Influencing the Production and Chemical Composition of Essential Oils in Aromatic Plants from Brazil; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Medicinal and Aromatic Plants; 2.3 Essential Oils: Methods of Extraction and Identification; 2.4 Influence of Genetic, Epigenetic, Abiotic, and Biotic Factors on the Production and Chemical Composition of Essential Oils; 2.4.1 Genetic Diversity; 2.4.2 Mineral Nutrition; 2.4.2.1 Biosolids and Plant Growth 2.4.3 Water Stress and Aromatic Species2.4.4 Allelopathy and Aromatic Species; 2.4.5 Seasonality and Edaphoclimatic Factors; 2.5 Biological Activity of the Essential Oil and Isolated Substances; 2.6 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 3: Hedychium Essential Oils: Composition and Uses; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Chemical Constituents of Hedychium Essential Oils; 3.3 Antimicrobial Activities; 3.4 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 4: The Essential Oils of the Burseraceae; 4.1 Introduction: Overview of the Burseraceae; 4.2 Tribe Bursereae; 4.2.1 The Genus Bursera; 4.2.2 The Genus Boswellia 4.2.2.1 Traditional Uses of Boswellia4.2.2.2 Ecology of Boswellia; 4.2.2.3 Chemical Ecology of Boswellia; 4.2.3 The Genus Commiphora; 4.2.3.1 Traditional Uses of Commiphora; 4.2.4 The Genus Aucoumea; 4.3 Tribe Canarieae; 4.3.1 The Genus Canarium; 4.3.2 The Genus Dacryodes; 4.3.3 The Genus Santiria; 4.3.4 The Genus Trattinnickia; 4.4 Tribe Protieae; 4.4.1 The Genus Protium; 4.5 Summary and Conclusions; References; Part II: Uses of Essential Oils in Various Industries;
Chapter 5: Essential Oil of Betel Leaf (Piper betle L.): A Novel Addition to the World Food Sector; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Origin, Taxonomy, and Nomenclature of Betel Leaf (Piper betle L.).Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalRobert Tisserand, Rodney Young ; foreword by Elizabeth M Williamson.Contents:
Introduction
Essential oil composition
Toxicity
Kinetics and dosing
The skin
The respiratory system
The cardiovascular system
The urinary system
The digestive system
The nervous system
The reproductive system
Cancer and the immune system
Essential oil profiles
Constituent profiles
General safety guidelines.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - Digital[edited by] Mark D. Miller, Jennifer A. Hart, John M. MacKnight.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
- DigitalAdam E.M. Eltorai, Craig P. Eberson, Alan H. Daniels, editors.Summary: Utilizing a rapid-fire, two-column question and answer format, this is an ideal on-the-spot resource for senior medical students covering a wide range of both general and subspecialty orthopedic topics: anatomy, physiology, presentation and history, pathophysiology, differential diagnosis, physical examination, radiological evaluation, operative and non-operative treatment techniques, surgical complications, rehabilitation and more. With hundreds of high-yield questions and answer items, this quick reference covers orthopedic basics before moving on to detailed sections on the upper and lower extremity, axial skeleton, pediatric orthopedics, and systemic conditions. The straightforward Q & A format allows for either self-testing or quizzing with partners, whether practicing for a board review or studying up in one's spare time. While it can be read cover to cover for a general foundation of knowledge, it can also be referred to selectively before starting a new rotation or seeing a patient with a subspecialty attending. Useful as a companion text to Orthopedic Surgery Clerkship and Orthopedic Surgery Rotation, Essential Orthopedic Review is a handy, pocket-sized resource and review guide that can be used by senior medical students, nursing and PT students, primary care providers, and junior residents in orthopedics and sports medicine.
- DigitalAshlee D. Brunaugh, Hugh D.C. Smyth, Robert O. Williams III.Summary: Particularly in healthcare fields, there is growing movement away from traditional lecture style course towards active learning and team-based activities to improve learning and build higher level thinking through application of complex problems with a strong foundation of facts and data. Essential Pharmaceutics is suited to this modern teaching style, and is the first book of its kind to provide the resources and skills needed for successful implementation of an active learning pharmaceutics course. This text offers a format that is specifically suited for integration in an active learning, team-based classroom setting. It is ideal for self-learning for the beginning pharmaceutics student, based upon the extensive utilization of figures, tables, and its overview of essential topics in pharmaceutics. Also unique to this text is the integration of case studies based upon modern pharmaceutical products which are designed to reinforce importance pharmaceutical concepts and teach essential skills in literature review and patent searching. Case studies covering all topics covered in the text have been developed by the authors that allow application of the content in the flipped-classroom pharmaceutical course.
Contents:
Preface: Designing a Flipped-Classroom Pharmaceutics Course
Guide to Patent and Literature Searching in Pharmaceutics
Preformulation
Capsules and Tablets
Modified Release Solid Oral Dosage Forms
Solution-Based Dosage Forms and Sterile Products
Suspensions
Emulsions
Ophthalmic Delivery
Nasal Dosage Forms
Topical and Transdermal Dosage Forms
Suppositories and Inserts
Pulmonary Drug Delivery
Regulations in Drug Product Development. - Digital[authors], Jerrold T. Bushberg, J. Anthony Seibert, Edwin M. Leidholdt Jr., John M. Boone ; [contributors, Craig K. Abbey, PhD [and ten others]].Summary: The basic science important to nuclear imaging, including the nature and production of radioactivity, internal dosimetry and radiation detection and measurement, are presented clearly and concisely. Current concepts in the fields of radiation biology and radiation protection relevant to medical imaging, and a number of helpful appendices complete this comprehensive textbook. The text is enhanced by numerous full color charts, tables, images and superb illustrations that reinforce central concepts. The book is ideal for medical imaging professionals, and teachers and students in medical physics and biomedical engineering. Radiology residents will find this text especially useful in bolstering their understanding of imaging physics and related topics prior to board exams."--Pub. desc.
Contents:
Section I. Basic concepts
II. Diagnostic radiology
Section III. Nuclear medicine
Section IV. Radiation biology and protection
Section V. Appendices.Digital Access Ovid 2021 - Printedited by Joseph W. Shega, Miguel A. Paniagua.Contents:
Unipac 1. Medical care of people with serious illness / Ruth M. Thomson, Chirag Rajni Patel, Kate M. Lally.
Unipac 2. Psychiatric, psychological, and spiritual care / Scott A. Irwin, Nathan Fairman, Jeremy M. Hirst, Janine D. Siegel, Lori Montross-Thomas.
Unipac 3. Pain assessment and management / Mellar P. Davis, Shallni Dalal, Harold Goforth, Mary Lynn McPherson, Eric Roeland, Paul A. Sloan
Unipac 4. Nonpain symptom management / Jennifer M. Kapo, Catherine Adams, Ryan M. Giddings-Connolly, Felicia Hui, Andrew T. Putnam, Rebecca Sands, Aleksander Shalshin.
Unipac 5. Communication and teamwork / Lara Michal Skarf, Katie H. Stowers, Andrew Thurston
Unipac 6. Ethical and legal practice / Elizabeth K. Vig, Christina L. Bell, Judith C. Ahronheim, Caroline A. Vitale.
Unipac 7. Pediatric palliative care and hospice / Meaghann Weaver, Brian Carter, Patricia Keefer, David N. Korones, Elissa G. Miller. Unipac 8. COPD, heart failure, and renal disease / Vincent Jay Vanston, Grace Brooke Huffman, Nina O'Connor, Niharlka Ganta.
Unipac 9. HIV, dementia, and neurological conditions / Christopher M. Blais, Jennifer Gabbard, Sonia Malhotra, Susan E. Nelson. - DigitalTheresa M. Campo, Keith A. Lafferty, editors ; Thomas G. Costantino, Jr., Jacob W. Ufberg, Jennifer Wilbeck, associate editors.Summary: "This text is a user-friendly guide to performing 77 clinical procedures, ranging from those commonly performed to those infrequently called upon when minutes count in emergency, urgent, and primary care settings. This heavily updated third edition includes current and comprehensive text, graphic, and video instruction on the use of bedside ultrasound for procedural guidance in order to increase procedural accuracy and mitigate complications. Edited and written by academically accomplished physicians, physician assistants, and nurse practitioners, an interprofessional approach to the performance of procedures is highlighted throughout the book. Procedures are consistently formatted and presented in clear language with step-by-step detail organized by system-specific categories for easy access to information. Each procedure includes background considerations, indications & contraindications for performing the procedure, technique for safe and correct performance, special considerations, complications, post-procedure considerations, and patient education points. Original photos, videos, high quality sonographic footage, line drawings, and tables reinforce the guidelines and procedures. Abundant "Clinical Pearls" throughout the manuscript offer practical applications of key information representing years of clinical technical experience. Extensive references at the end of each chapter further enhance the book's utility"-- Provided by publisher.Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digitaledited by Evan A. Rieder, Richard G. Fried.Contents:
Stress, Skin, & Beauty : The Basic Science Base / Mary D. Sun and Evan A. Rieder
The Science and Psychology of Beauty / Vanessa Cutler
The Use of Cosmetic Products / Zoe Diana Draelos
An Approach to Cosmeceuticals / Emily C. Milam and Evan A. Rieder
Aesthetic Assessment & Theories of Beauty / Michael Abrouk, Leslie Harris, and Jill S. Waibel
The Cosmetic Consultation : Anatomy & Psychology
The Female Patient / Eagan Zettlemoyer and Noelle S. Sherber
The Cosmetic Consultation : Anatomy & Psychology
The Male Patient / Kalee Shah, Nathaniel Lampley III, Anthony Rossi
The Cosmetic Consultation : Anatomy & Psychology
The Transgender Patient / Brian Ginsberg
Aesthetic Interventions and the Perception of the Self : Quality of Life and Patient Reported Outcomes / Danielle Weitzer and Rick Fried
Aesthetic Interventions and the Perception of Others : Observer Reported Outcomes / Payal Shah and Evan A. Rieder
Botulinum Toxins: Beauty, Psychology, & Mood in the Cosmetic Patient / Catherine Pisano, Jason Reichenberg, Michele Magid
Boundaries / Evan A. Rieder and Jacob Sacks
Difficult Personalities and Personality Disorders in the Cosmetic Clinic / Mio Nakamura and John Koo
Normative Discontent and Social Dysmorphia in the Cosmetic Patient / Susruthi Rajanala and Neelam Vashi
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder & Body Dysmorphic Disorder in the Cosmetic Patient / Mary D. Sun and Evan A. Rieder
Protecting Your Patients : When Enough Is Enough
Saying No and Satisfying the Dissatisfied Patient / Jacqueline Watchmaker, Prasanthi Kandula, and Michael S. Kaminer
Protecting Yourself : Legal Issues in Aesthetic Medicine
Informed Consent, Discharge, & Lawsuits / Brian P. Hibler and Matthew M. Avram
Psychological Tools to Assist your Practice : Progressive Muscle Relaxation, Deep Abdominal Breathing, Mindfulness, & Guided Imagery / Nicholas Brownstone, Bridget Myers, and Josie Howard
Hypnotic Techniques for the Aesthetic Practitioner / Philip D. Shenefelt
Acceptance & Commitment Therapy in the Aesthetic Setting / Vanessa Cutler
Behavioral Modification for Acne Excoriee & Skin Picking / Karen M. Ong, Mary Sun, and Evan A. Rieder
Motivational Interviewing for Identification & Triage of the Cosmetic Addict / Rick Fried and Evan A. Rieder
Beauty through the Life Continuum / Doris Day.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - DigitalRichard B. Gunderman.Contents:
Introduction to radiology
The circulatory system: the heart and great vessels
The respiratory system
The digestive system
The urinary tract
The acute abdomen
The reproductive system
The musculoskeletal system
Neuroimaging
Pediatric radiology.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2014 - DigitalAdam E. M. Eltorai, Charles H. Hyman, Terrance T. Healey, editors.Summary: The book is an on-the-spot reference for residents and medical students seeking diagnostic radiology fast facts. Its question-and-answer format makes it a perfect quick-reference for personal review and studying for board examinations and re-certification. Readers can read the text from cover to cover to gain a general foundation of knowledge that can be built upon through practice or can use choice chapters to review a specific subspecialty before starting a new rotation or joining a new service. With hundreds of high-yield questions and answer items, this resource addresses both general and subspecialty topics and provides accurate, on-the-spot answers. Sections are organized by subspecialty and body area, including chest, abdomen, and trauma, and chapters cover the anatomy, pathophysiology, differential diagnosis, hallmark signs, and image features of major diseases and conditions. Key example images and illustrations enhance the text throughout and provide an ideal, pocket-sized resource for residents and medical students. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
SECTION I: Imaging Modalities
Radiography
Computed Tomography
Ultrasonography
Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Fluoroscopy
Nuclear Medicine
SECTION II: Chest
Technical adequacy of chest radiograph
The Normal Frontal Chest Radiograph
Normal Pulmonary Vasculature
The Normal Lateral Chest Radiograph
Normal CT Anatomy of the Chest
Normal CT Anatomy of the Lungs
The Fissures
Classifying Parenchymal Lung Disease
Characteristics of Airspace Disease
Some Causes of Airspace Disease
Characteristics of Interstitial Lung Disease
Some Causes of Interstitial Lung Disease
Atelectasis of the Entire Lung
Massive Pleural Effusion
Pneumonia of an Entire Lung
Post-pneumonectomy
What is Atelectasis?
Types of Atelectasis
Patterns of Collapse in Lobar Atelectasis
How Atelectasis Resolves
Normal Anatomy and Physiology of the Pleural Space
Modalities for Detecting Pleural Effusions
^Causes of Pleural Effusions
Types of Pleural Effusions
Side-Specificity of Pleural Effusions
General Characteristics of Pneumonia
Patterns of Pneumonia
Lobar Pneumonia
Segmental Pneumonia (Bronchopneumonia)
Interstitial Pneumonia
Round Pneumonia
Cavitary Pneumonia
Aspiration
Localizing Pneumonia
How Pneumonia Resolves
Pneumothorax
Pneumomediastinum
Pneumopericardium
Subcutaneous Emphysema
Endotracheal and Tracheostomy Tubes
Intravascular Catheters
Cardiac Devices
Pacemaker, AICD, IABP
GI Tubes and Lines
Nasogastric Tubes, Feeding Tubes
Esophagus
Mediastinal Masses
Anterior Mediastinum
Middle Mediastinal Masses
Posterior Mediastinal Masses
Solitary Nodule/Mass in the Lung
Bronchogenic Carcinoma
Metastatic Neoplasms in the Lung
Pulmonary Thromboembolic Disease
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Blebs and Bullae, Cysts and Cavities
Bronchiectasis
Normal Cardiac CT Anatomy
^Uses of Cardiac CT
Cardiac MRI
Enlarged Cardiac Silhouette
Pericardial Effusion
Extra-cardiac Causes of Apparent Cardiac Enlargement
Identifying Cardiac Enlargement on an AP Chest Radiograph
Cardiomegaly on the Lateral Chest Radiograph
Non-cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
General Considerations
Non-cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
Imaging Findings
Differentiating Cardiac from Non-cardiac Pulmonary Edema
Hypertensive Cardiovascular Disease
Mitral Stenosis
Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
Aortic Stenosis
Cardiomyopathy
Aortic Aneurysms
General Considerations
Thoracic Aortic Aneurysm
Thoracic Aortic Dissection
Coronary Artery Disease
SECTION III: Abdomen
Conventional Radiography
What to Look For
Normal Bowel Gas Pattern
Normal Fluid Levels
Differentiating Large from Small Bowel
Acute Abdominal Series: the Views and What They Show
Calcifications
Organomegaly
Abdominal CT: General Considerations
^Abnormal Gas Patterns
Laws of the Gut
Functional Ileus: Localized Sentinel Loops
Functional Ileus: Generalized Adynamic Ileus
Mechanical Obstruction: Small Bowel Obstruction
Mechanical Obstruction: Large Bowel Obstruction (LBO)
Volvulus of the Colon
Intestinal Pseudo-obstruction (Ogilvie Syndrome)
Signs of Free Intraperitoneal Air
Air Beneath the Diaphragm
Visualization of Both Sides of the Bowel Wall
Visualization of the Falciform Ligament
Causes of Free Air
Signs of Extra-peritoneal Air (Retroperitoneal Air)
Causes of Extra-peritoneal Air
Signs of Air in the Bowel Wall
Causes and Significance of Air in the Bowel Wall
Signs of Air in the Biliary System
Causes of Air in the Biliary System
Stomach and Duodenum
Duodenal Ulcer
Small and Large Bowel
Large Bowel
Pancreas
Hepatobiliary Abnormalities
Space-Occupying Lesions of the Liver
Biliary System
Urinary Tract
Pelvis
Urinary Bladder
Adenopathy
^SECTION IV: Calcifications
Patterns of Calcification
Rim-like Calcification
Linear or Track-like Calcification
Lamellar or Laminar Calcification
Cloudlike, Amorphous, or Popcorn Calcification
Location of Calcification
SECTION V: Trauma
Chest Trauma
Rib Fractures
Pulmonary Contusions
Pulmonary Lacerations (Hematoma or Traumatic Pneumatocele)
Aortic Trauma
Abdominal Trauma
Pelvic Trauma
SECTION VI: Musculoskeletal
Abnormalities of Bone Density
Normal Bone Anatomy
The Effect of Bone Physiology on Bone Anatomy
Generalized Increase in Bone Density
Focal Increase in Bone Density
Generalized Decrease in Bone Density
Focal Decrease in Bone Density
Pathologic Fractures
Acute Fracture
Dislocations and Subluxations
How Fractures are Described
by the Number of Fracture Fragments
How Fractures are Described
by the Direction of the Fracture Line
^How Fractures are Described
by the Relationship of One Fracture Fragment to Another
How Fractures are Described
by the Relationship of the Fracture to the Atmosphere
Avulsion Fractures
Stress Fractures
Common Fracture Eponyms
Some Easily Missed Fractures or Dislocations
Fracture Healing
Anatomy of a Joint
Classification of Arthritis
Hypertrophic Arthritis
Erosive Arthritis
Infectious Arthritis
SECTION VII: Neuro
The Normal Spine
Back Pain
Malignancy Involving the Spine
MRI in Metastatic Spine Disease
Spinal Trauma
Normal Brain Anatomy
MRI and the Brain
Head Trauma
Intracranial Hemorrhage
Diffuse Axonal Injury
Increased Intracranial Pressure
Stroke
Ruptured Aneurysms
Hydrocephalus
Cerebral Atrophy
Brain Tumors
Other Diseases
Neuroimaging Terminology
SECTION VIII: Pediatrics
Newborn Respiratory Distress
Childhood Lung Disease
Soft Tissues of the Neck
Ingested Foreign Bodies
^Other Diseases
SECTION IX: Ultrasonography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging
How US Works
Doppler Ultrasonography
Adverse Effects or Safety Issues
Medical Uses of Ultrasonography
How Magnetic Resonance Imaging Works
Hardware That Makes Up an MRI Scanner
What Happens Once Scanning Begins
How Can You Identify a T1-Weighted or T2-Weighted Image?
MRI Contrast Agents: General Considerations
MRI Safety Issues
Diagnostic Applications of MRI .Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalShanthi Paramothayan.Contents:
Introduction to respiratory medicine
Embryology, anatomy and physiology of the lung
Drug and pharmacology of the lung
Common respiratory investigations
Common respiratory presentations
Obstructive airways disease
Diffuse parenchymal lung disease
Respiratory infections
Lung cancer
Pleural disease
Vasculitides
Suppurative lung disease
Respiratory failure
Sleep disorders
Occupational, environmental and recreational lung disease
Disorders of the mediastinum
Acute lung injury and acute respiratory distress syndrome.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - DigitalRajesh R. Tampi, Deena J. Tampi, Juan J. Young, Meera Balasubramaniam, Pallavi Joshi, editors.Summary: This book critically reviews 75 important published papers that influence the practice of geriatric psychiatry. This book will assist anyone who is interested in the care of older adults with psychiatric disorders. It was written by thought leaders who shape the way geriatric psychiatry is currently practiced in the United States. All the major psychiatric disorders in later life are covered including anxiety disorders, bipolar disorders, depressive disorders, neurocognitive disorders, psychotic disorders, sleep disorders, and substance use disorders. It also reviews important studies on suicides in late life and interventional procedures in geriatric psychiatry like the ECT, and also evaluates the adverse effects of psychotropic medications on older adults with psychiatric disorders. The editors of the book along with input from members of the teaching and training committee of the American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry (AAGP) have chosen 75 published papers from the field of geriatric psychiatry that they believe provides the highest knowledge-yield/impact for practicing clinicians and educators in the field of geriatric mental health. The AAGP is a national association that represents and serves its members and the field of geriatric psychiatry. These 75 papers are critically appraised by the members of AAGP using a standardized format and a summary of these papers and their practical application is provided by these experts. This information can be used by anyone who wants to learn about the field of geriatric psychiatry.
Contents:
Section 1: Adverse effects of medications
Do atypical antipsychotics cause stroke?
Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials
Meta-analysis of the Impact of 9 Medication Classes on Falls in Elderly Persons
The efficacy and safety of atypical antipsychotics for the treatment of dementia: a meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials
Do antipsychotics lead to cognitive impairment in dementia? A meta-analysis of randomised placebo-controlled trials
A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of the Risk of Dementia Associated with Benzodiazepine Use, After Controlling for Protopathic Bias
Section 2: Anxiety Disorders
Treatment of panic disorder in older adults: a pilot study comparison of alprazolam, imipramine, and placebo
Efficacy and tolerability of citalopram in the treatment of late-life anxiety disorders: results from an 8-week randomized, placebo-controlled trial
Efficacy and tolerability of duloxetine in elderly patients with generalized anxiety disorder: a pooled analysis of four randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled studies
Escitalopram for older adults with generalized anxiety disorder: a randomized controlled trial
Meta-analysis Comparing Different Behavioral Treatments for Late-Life Anxiety
Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Generalized Anxiety Disorder Among Older Adults in Primary Care: A Randomized Clinical Trial
Stepped-care prevention of anxiety and depression in late life: a randomized controlled trial
A randomized controlled study of paroxetine and cognitive-behavioural therapy for late-life panic disorder
Antidepressant medication augmented with cognitive-behavioral therapy for generalized anxiety disorder in older adults
A meta-analysis of cognitive functioning in older adults with PTSD
Anxiety as a Predictor for Cognitive Decline and Dementia: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Section 3: Bipolar Disorder
A Pilot Study of Standardized Treatment in Geriatric Bipolar Disorder
Differences in clinical features and mental health service use in bipolar disorder across the lifespan
Effect of antidepressant use on admissions to hospital among elderly bipolar patients
GERI-BD: A Randomized Double-Blind Controlled Trial of Lithium and Divalproex in the Treatment of Mania in Older Patients With Bipolar Disorder
History of Bipolar disorder and the risk of dementia: A systematic review and meta-analysis
Section 4. Delirium
A Multicomponent Intervention to Prevent Delirium in Hospitalized Older Patients
Delirium in elderly patients and the risk of post discharge mortality, institutionalization, and dementia: a meta-analysis
Effectiveness of multicomponent nonpharmacological delirium interventions: a meta-analysis
Antipsychotic Medication for Prevention and Treatment of Delirium in Hospitalized Adults: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Interventions for preventing delirium in older people in institutional long‐term care
Section 5: Depressive Disorders
Nortriptyline and Interpersonal Psychotherapy as Maintenance Therapies for Recurrent Major Depression. A Randomized Controlled Trial in Patients Older Than 59 Years
Continuation treatment of delusional depression in older adults
Reducing suicidal ideation and depressive symptoms in depressed older primary care patients: a randomized controlled trial
Remission in Depressed Geriatric Primary Care Patients: A Report from the PROSPECT Study
Executive dysfunction and the course of geriatric depression
Maintenance Treatment of Major Depression in Old Age
Placebo-Controlled Study of Relapse Prevention With Risperidone Augmentation in Older Patients with Resistant Depression
Efficacy of Second-Generation Antidepressants in Late-Life Depression: A Meta-Analysis of the Evidence
A double-blind randomized controlled trial of olanzapine plus sertraline vs olanzapine plus placebo for psychotic depression: the study of pharmacotherapy of psychotic depression (STOP-PD)
Speed of remission in elderly patients with depression: electroconvulsive therapy v. medication
A systematic review and meta-analysis of psychotherapy for late-life depression
A novel strategy for continuation ECT in geriatric depression: phase 2 of the PRIDE Study
Right Unilateral Ultrabrief Pulse ECT in Geriatric Depression: Phase 1 of the PRIDE Study
Improvement in Depression is Associated with Improvement in Cognition in Late-Life Psychotic Depression
Section 6: Electroconvulsive Therapy
Continuation/Maintenance Treatment with Nortriptyline Versus Combined Nortriptyline and ECT in Late-Life Psychotic Depression: A Two-Year Randomized Study
Safety and utility of acute electroconvulsive therapy for agitation and aggression in dementia
Electroconvulsive therapy and risk of dementia in patients with affective disorders: a cohort study
Electroconvulsive Therapy and Risk of Dementia-A Nationwide Cohort Study in Taiwan
Section 7: Grief
Treatment of complicated grief in elderly persons: a randomized clinical trial
Section 8: Pain Disorders
Association Between Psychological Interventions and Chronic Pain Outcomes in Older Adults: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Section 9: Psychotic Disorders
A Randomized, Controlled Trial of Cognitive Behavioral Social Skills Training for Middle-Aged and Older Outpatients with Chronic Schizophrenia
Safety and tolerability of oral paliperidone extended-release tablets in elderly patients with schizophrenia: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study with six-month open-label extension
Antipsychotic treatment for elderly people with late-onset schizophrenia
Schizophrenia and risk of dementia: A meta-analysis study
Antipsychotic treatment of very late-onset schizophrenia-like psychosis (ATLAS): a randomised, controlled, double-blind trial
Section 10: Neurocognitive Disorders
Efficacy and safety of cholinesterase inhibitors in Alzheimer's disease: a meta-analysis
Depression and risk for Alzheimer disease: Systematic review, Meta-analysis, and Metaregression analysis
Effectiveness of atypical antipsychotic drugs in patients with Alzheimer's disease
Predictors of progression from mild cognitive impairment to Alzheimer disease
Efficacy and safety of cognitive enhancers for patients with mild cognitive impairment: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Personality and risk of Alzheimer's disease: New data and meta-analysis
Modifiable predictors of dementia in mild cognitive impairment: a systematic review and meta-analysis
Pharmacological Management of Lewy Body Dementia: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Meta-analysis of modifiable risk factors for Alzheimer's disease
Memantine for Alzheimer's Disease: An Updated Systematic Review and Meta-analysis
Update on the Risk of Motor Vehicle Collision or Driving Impairment with Dementia: A Collaborative International Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Pharmacological interventions for apathy in Alzheimer's disease
Section 11: Sleep Disorders
Behavioral and Pharmacological Therapies for Late-Life Insomnia: A Randomized Controlled Trial
Cognitive behavioral therapy vs zopiclone for treatment of chronic primary insomnia in older adults: a randomized controlled trial
Suvorexant in Elderly Patients with Insomnia: Pooled Analyses of Data from Phase III Randomized Controlled Clinical Trials
Cognitive behavior therapy for older adults with insomnia and depression: a randomized controlled trial in community mental health services
Section 12: Suicides
Medical Illness and the Risk of Suicide in the Elderly
The Risk of Suicide with Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors in the Elderly
Section 13: Substance Use Disorders
Naltrexone as an Adjunctive Treatment for Older Patients with Alcohol Dependence
Older adult patients with both Psychiatric and Substance abuse disorders: Prevalence and Health service use
Five-year alcohol and drug treatment outcomes of older adults versus middle-aged and younger adults in a managed care program
Treatment of Late-Life Depression Complicated by Alcohol Dependence
Screening and Brief Intervention for Substance Misuse Among Older Adults: The Florida BRITE Project. - DigitalBenjamin A. Abramoff, Jing Wang, Christine Krull, editors.Summary: This text serves as a high-yield review of spinal cord injury medicine in a multiple choice question-based format. The content covered reflects key topics relevant to clinical practice and subspecialty certification through the American Board of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation (ABPMR) Spinal Cord Injury (SCI) Medicine examination. The 22 chapters are arranged topically to address the full scope of information relevant to the field of spinal cord injury medicine. Included with each question is a corresponding in-depth explanation, as well as pertinent references to supporting literature. The questions and educational explanations are written by leading experts in the field of spinal cord injury medicine and are designed to be board-relevant in both content and style. This question bank should be of use to anyone wishing to test and expand their knowledge of spinal cord injury medicine, including therapists, medical students, residents, fellows, and attending physicians of any specialty.
Contents:
Introduction
Epidemiology, Risk Factors and Prevention of Spinal Cord Injury
Anatomy, Physiology and Imaging of the Spinal Cord
Assessment, Classification and Prognosis in Spinal Cord Injuries
Acute Evaluation and Management of Spinal Cord Injuries
Cardiovascular Issues in Spinal Cord Injury
Pulmonary changes After Spinal Cord Injury
Gastrointestinal Disorders in Spinal Cord Injury
Genitourinary Issues in Spinal Cord Injury
Sexuality and Reproductive Health after Spinal Cord Injury
Musculoskeletal Issues in Spinal Cord Injury
Neurological Complications of Spinal Cord Injury
Pressure Injuries
Pain and Spinal Cord Injury
Nutrition, Endocrine, and Immune Function
Psychological Disorders for Individuals with Spinal Cord Injuries
Rehabilitation of Spinal Cord Injuries
Non-Traumatic Spinal Cord Injury
Pediatric Spinal Cord Injury
System Based Practice and Ethical Considerations Related to Spinal Cord Injuries
Community Living with Spinal Cord Injuries. - DigitalRoger Härtl, Rodrigo Navarro-Ramirez.Summary: The ultimate resource for learning and mastering minimally invasive spine surgery techniques An estimated 1.5 million instrumented spinal procedures are performed every year in the US. The majority of decompressions and about 50% of fusion procedures can be performed completely or partially using minimally invasive spine surgery (MISS) techniques. The full potential of MISS techniques has yet to be realized. Essential Step-by-Step Techniques for Minimally I.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2022
- DigitalClive R. G. Quick, Suzanne M. Biers, Tan H. A. Arulampalam ; illustrated by Philip J. Deakin ; foreword by Conor P. Delaney.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
- Digitalsenior consulting editor, Jose M. Velasco ; consulting editors, Rana Ballo, Keith Hood, Jennifer Jolley, Daniel Rinewalt, Benjamin Veenstra.Contents:
Exploratory laparotomy: laparoscopic
Exploratory laparotomy: open
Peritoneal dialysis catheter insertion
Peritoneal lesion: biopsy
Inguinal and femoral hernia: laparoscopic repair
Inguinal and femoral hernia: open repair
Ventral hernia: laparoscopic repair
Ventral hernia: open repair
Cholecystectomy with or without cholangiography: laparoscopic
Cholecystectomy with or without cholangiography: open
Hepatic biopsy: laparoscopic
Hepatic biopsy: open
Splenectomy: laparoscopic
Splenectomy: open
Antireflux procedure: laparoscopic
Gastrostomy: open
Gastrostomy: percutaneous endoscopic
Adhesiolysis: laparoscopic
Adhesiolysis: open
Feeding jejunostomy: laparoscopic
Feeding jejunostomy: open
Ileostomy
Ileostomy closure
Small intestinal resection: open
Appendectomy: laparoscopic
Appendectomy: open
Colectomy, partial: laparoscopic
Colectomy, partial: open
Colostomy
Colostomy closure
Anal fistulotomy/seton placement
Anal sphincterotomy: internal
Anorectal abscess: drainage
Banding for internal hemorrhoids
Hemorrhoidectomy
Perianal condylomas: excision
Bronchoalveolar lavage
Bronchoscopy
Colonoscopy
Esophagogastro?duodenoscopy (EGD)
Laryngoscopy
Proctoscopy
Axillary sentinel lymph node biopsy
Axillary lymphadenectomy
Breast biopsy with or without needle localization
Breast cyst: aspiration
Duct excision
Mastectomy: modified radical
Mastectomy: partial
Mastectomy: simple
Parathyroidectomy
Thyroidectomy: partial or total
Melanoma: wide local excision
Pilonidal cystectomy
Sentinel lymph node biopsy for melanoma
Skin/soft tissue lesions: excisional and incisional biopsy
Soft tissue infections: incision, drainage, debridement
Airway management/ventilator management
Arterial catheter placement
Central venous catheter placement
Compartment pressures (abdomen, extremity): measurement
Defibrillation and cardioversion
Endotracheal intubation
Enteral feeding tube placement
Oxygen administration devices
Paracentesis
Pulmonary artery catheter placement
Thoracentesis
Ultrasound use for intravascular access
Urinary catheterization
Focused abdominal sonography for trauma (FAST)
Gastrointestinal tract injury: operation
Temporary closure of the abdomen
Wounds, major: debride/suture
Amputations: lower extremity
Carotid endarterectomy
Embolectomy/thrombectomy: arterial
Vena cava filter: insertion
Venous insufficiency/varicose veins: operation
Arteriovenous access: revision
Arteriovenous graft/fistula
Percutaneous vascular access
Venous access devices: insertion
Chest tube placement and management
Inguinal hernia repair
Umbilical hernia repair
Skin grafting
Lymph node biopsy
Tracheostomy.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - Digitaledited by Jane N. Zuckerman, Gary W. Brunette, Peter A. Leggat.Contents:
Basic epidemiology of infectious diseases / Mark J. Sotir and David O. Freedman
Basic epidemiology of non-infectious diseases / Richard C. Franklin and Peter A. Leggat
Pre-travel health risk assessment / Peter A. Leggat and Jane N. Zuckerman
Setting up a travel clinic
Marc T.M. Shaw and Claire S. Wong
Travel medicine resources / Peter A. Leggat, Gary W. Brunette, Gilles Poumerol and Jane N. Zuckerman
Travellers' diarrhoea / Charles D. Ericsson
Vector borne diseases / Annelies Wilder-Smith
Yellow fever / Mark D. Gershman and J. Erin Staples
Malaria / Tomas Jelinek
Respiratory disease and travel / Regina Larocque and Edward T. Ryan
Sexually transmitted infections in travellers / Alberto Matteelli, Anna Cristina Carvalho and Patricia Schlagenhauf
Tropical skin infections / Fransisco Vega-Lopez and Sara Ritchie
Rabies / Mary Warrell
Vaccine-preventable disease / Joseph Torresi, Abinash Virk and Jane N. Zuckerman
Women's health and travel / I. Dale Carroll
Children's health and travel / Karl Newman and Phil Fischer
Travelers with underlying medical conditions / Anne McCarthy and Kathy Suh
The older traveler and traveling with disability / Kathy Suh and Anne McCarthy
Visiting friends and relatives / Karin Leder and Sarah McGuinness
Migrants, refugees and travel medicine / Louis Loutan
Study-abroad programs : student health and safety issues / Gary Rhodes and Gary W. Brunette
Humanitarian aid workers, disaster relief workers, and missionaries / Brian D. Gushulak and Douglas W. MacPherson
Long-term travelers / Claire Davies and Ted Lankester
Aviation and travel medicine / Michael Bagshaw, Ian Cheng and Robert Bor
Expedition and wilderness medicine / Sean Hudson, Will Smith, David Shlim, Caroline Knox, Karen Marienau
Scuba and diving medicine / Karen J. Marienau
Venomous and poisonous animals and toxins / Mark A. Read
Cruise ships and travel medicine / Sally S.J. Bell and Eilif Dahl
Mass gatherings and travel medicine / Joanna Gaines and Gary W. Brunette
Emergency care whilst abroad / Peter A. Leggat and Marc T.M. Shaw
The returning traveller / Tamar Lachish, Fons Van Gompel and Eli Schwartz.Digital Access Wiley 2015 - DigitalAbdul Qayyum Rana, Kelvin L. Chou.Summary: This practical, concise guide discusses how to distinguish different types of tremor and make the diagnosis of essential tremor.℗ℓ Written in an easy-to-read format, this book summarises other conditions that may be confused with essential tremor and details all current treatment options for this condition, including medications, surgery and non-invasive alternatives. Examination techniques for patients with a tremor complaint are described, some of which may be novel to the general practitioner, and case studies full of diagnostic and examination pearls are provided.℗ℓ℗ℓ℗ℓ Essential Tremor in Clinical Practice is an updated version of Abdul Qayyum Ranaℓ́ℓs previous book, An Introduction to Essential Tremor. Busy clinicians, including internists, general and family practitioners, and geriatricians will benefit from this short yet comprehensive, clinically focussed volume.
Contents:
What is Tremor?
What is Essential Tremor?.- Clinical Approach to Essential Tremor
Diagnosis of Essential Tremor
Treatment of Essential Tremor
Case Studies
Essential Tremor: A Short History
Resources for Essential Tremor. - DigitalGiovanni Battista Migliori, Mario C. Raviglione, editors.Summary: This textbook covers the full spectrum of tuberculosis-related topics in a comprehensive yet easy-to-follow, readily accessible format. Filling a significant gap in tuberculosis literature, it addresses tuberculosis sensu latu, mirroring the content of the London Queen Mary University tuberculosis Diploma. Covering all aspects related to this condition, from prevention, diagnosis and treatment to public and global health, the book provides a broad overview of tuberculosis management. Further, it includes a wealth of case studies and exercises, making it an essential guide for all staff involved in tuberculosis management. Written by an international and interdisciplinary panel of experts, the book appeals to a broad readership including students, postdoctoral fellows, clinicians, researchers, and nurses, as well as public health officers working in tuberculosis control programs.
Contents:
Part 1. Introduction
Chapter 1. History of Tuberculosis
Chapter 2. Mycobacterium tuberculosis: the organism, genomics and evolution
Chapter 3. Pathogenesis and immunology of TB
Chapter 4. Basic and descriptive epidemiology of TB
Chapter 5. TB WHO recommended strategies and Global Health perspectives (and exercise/country examples)
Part 2. Prevention
Chapter 6. Vaccines
Chapter 7. Latent TB infection diagnosis and treatment
Chapter 8. Infection Control (and exercise). Part 3. Diagnosis
Chapter 9. TB Clinical presentation and differential diagnosis
Chapter 10. Laboratory diagnosis of TB (including MDR)
Chapter 11. Radiology in the diagnosis of TB How to read a chest x-ray
IV. Treatment
Chapter 12. Rationale for chemotherapy (and exercise)
Chapter 13. Anti-TB drugs and adverse events
Chapter 14. Treatment of drug-susceptible TB
Chapter 15. Surgery and TB
Chapter 16. How to design the regimen for drug-resistant TB (and clinical cases)
Chapter 17. The shorter regimen for MDR-TB
Chapter 18. Monitoring treatment: clinical and programmatic approach for TB and DR-TB
Chapter 19. Adherence
Chapter 20. TB Patient-centred care
Part 5. Risk factors, risk groups, challenges
Chapter 21. TB, alcohol, smoking and diabetes. Chapter 22. TB and prisons
Chapter 23. TB and migration
Chapter 24. The TB/HIV association
Chapter 25. Childhood TB
Chapter 26. Tuberculosis and women (risk factors, pregnancy, access to services and gender issues)
Chapter 27. TB in the elderly
Chapter 28. Extra-pulmonary TB
Chapter 29. Renal and hepatic failure and tuberculosis
Chapter 30. TB Rehabilitation and palliative care
Chapter 31. Post TB infections
Part 6. Public Health
Chapter 32. The national TB programme: role and functions (and exercise)
Chapter 33. National TB Strategic Planning (and exercise)
Chapter 34. Active case finding and hard-to-reach TB groups
Chapter 35. Managing TB outbreaks in low-incidence settings (and exercise)
Part 7. Global Health
Chapter 36. The global TB burden
Chapter 37. A multi-sectorial approach to tuberculosis control and elimination in the era of the UN Sustainable Development Goals
Chapter 38. One Health--approach to zoonotic tuberculosis. The burden of zoonotic tuberculosis in the world
Chapter 39. Health systems and TB control
Chapter 40. The global and individual economics of TB
Part 8. Research
Chapter 41. An overview of research priorities in TB
Chapter 42. Priority areas for TB vaccines
Chapter 43. Priority areas for TB diagnosis
Chapter 44. Priority areas for latent infection
Chapter 45. Priority areas for TB treatment
Chapter 46. Operational Research. - DigitalMarios Loukas, Danny Burns.Summary: Resource ordered for the Diagnostic Medical Sonography program 105262 and Radiography 105261 program.
Contents:
Introduction
Basic Ultrasound Physics
Back
Upper Limb
Lower Limb
Thorax: Chest Wall and Pleura
Heart
Abdomen
Neck, Face, Eye
Femaile Pelvis
Male Pelvis
Focused Assessment with Sonography for Trauma (FAST)
Multiple-Choice Questions.Digital Access LWW Health Library (Medical Education) 2020 - DigitalMauro Zago, editor.Summary: E-FAST (extended focused assessment by sonograpy for trauma) represents the basic ultrasonographic approach to any trauma patient. Identification or exclusion of free fluid and air in the abdominal and thoracic cavities plays a pivotal role in deciding the immediate diagnostic and therapeutic path. Learning E-FAST is mandatory for all acute care surgeons and all physicians involved in trauma management. The structure of the book and its practical approach will make it an easy-to-consult and quick reference tool for beginners and a useful support for more experienced professionals.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
1. Basic physics, instrumentation and knobology
2. E-FAST protocol: Introduction and focused questions
3. Abdominal views: Anatomy, Techniques, Scanning tips and tricks, abnormal images
4.Thoracic views: Anatomy, Techniques, Scanning Tips and Tricks, Abnormal Images
5. Including EFAST in Trauma Algorithm: When? What to do next?
6. The role of EFAST in Comprehensive US Trauma Management (ABCDE-US) Facing Clinical Scenarios
7. Pre-Hospital US in Trauma: Role and Tips
8. CEUS-FAST: What is it? . - DigitalGian Carlo Di Renzo, editor.Summary: When the COVID- 19 pandemic occurred, all the main communication systems of medical research have undergone an epochal change. Many online journals and magazines have tried to publish inherent works of this specific problem as soon as possible, soliciting and preferring them to others, thus changing the system of free acceptance of scientific works once. Moreover, the way to communicate these works has no longer occurred through standard Scientific Congresses but with other systems, websites/streaming and webinars or virtual conferences. Now there is something systematic missing, which foresees that this may last in the future, in the post COVID-19 era (AC): the communication system of the medical sciences will be different from now on. There will be far fewer classical-style conferences like the ones so popular before COVID-19 outbreak (BC) but there will be more webinars, in streaming and virtual conferences. This new book fits well in this period, creating a bridge between those who do research, how it is communicated, what are the classic communication methods and what is all the necessary background to communicate with new tools. The book idea is based on the legacy left by Michael Faraday, the famous American chemist, who sensed how communicating what happens in science can make the difference between the success and failure of the research itself.
Contents:
The Island Of Research (Do Not Block The Path Of Enquiry)
Big Data, Metanalysis And Sistematic Reviews : The Jungle Of Statistics
Essentials On Writing A Paper For A Peer Reviewed Journal
The Value Of The Websites And Online Journals
Ways To Implement Your Key Messages
The Classical Meetings And Congresses
The New Ways To Communicate Your Research: Webinars And Beyond
The Virtual Theatre : The Lure, The Title, The Scene, The Backstage, The Space
The World Of Audience : Listeners Or Gazers, Learned Or Unlearned
Connect And Be Understood
Narrative Science And Medicine
The Legacy Of Michael Faraday. - DigitalChristopher Ente, Michael Ukpe.Summary: Patient safety and quality improvement in health care remain a global priority. Subpar performance in health care, however, is still common more than a decade after the christening of patient safety in Africa. The core principle of safety and quality improvement systems is to identify and assess the root cause of failures in order to learn from them and devise a means to improve and to avoid recurrence. This book is designed to encourage, facilitate and empower healthcare workers in the development and implementation of strategically driven patient safety and quality improvement initiatives for safer healthcare systems and healthcare facilities in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) of Africa.^It also highlights some of the profound challenges and barriers to designing and implementing patient safety and quality improvement interventions or programmes in the region and reiterates the need to remain focused and determined to work out solutions with confidence and overcome these barriers. In the book, chapters highlight six essential components crucial for achieving evolutionary progress in safety and quality improvement in a healthcare system: Standard operating procedure Audit Research Safety management Quality management Evaluation Practical steps in planning and conducting these six essential components are outlined with some specific features to aid learning and facilitate their implementation. The authors have experience and expertise in the medical practice gained in Africa and a decade of knowledge and experience from consultancy work in safety and quality improvement in health care within and outside the region.^Essentials for Quality and Safety Improvement in Health Care: A Resource for Developing Countries is authored for both medical professionals and those from other professions who are interested in and enthusiastic about patient safety and healthcare quality and therefore willing to build a career in this field. It is relevant to all health institutions, health and non-health workers, and can be used as a checklist while rendering quality and safe health care.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Concept of Quality and Safety Improvement in Health Care
Chapter 2. Standard Operating Procedure
Chapter 3. Audit
Chapter 4. Research
Chapter 5. Safety Management
Chapter 6. Quality Management
Chapter 7. Evaluation. - DigitalDigital Access Springer v. 1-19, 25-, 2005-
- Digitaledited by Samuel Antuña, Raúl Barco.Contents:
Applied anatomy & Surgical Approaches to the Elbow
Lateral Elbow Pain
Medial Elbow Pain
Distal Humerus Fractures
Fractures and Dislocations of the Proximal Ulna & Radial head
Elbow Stiffness
Elbow Instability
The Arthritic Elbow
Tendon Injuries
Safety in Elbow Surgery: From Open to Arthroscopy.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalAydin Berenjian, editor.Summary: This textbook teaches the principles and applications of fermentation technology, bioreactors, bioprocess variables and their measurement, key product separation and purification techniques as well as bioprocess economics in an easy to understand way. The multidisciplinary science of fermentation applies scientific and engineering principles to living organisms or their useful components to produce products and services beneficial for our society. Successful exploitation of fermentation technology involves knowledge of microbiology and engineering. Thus the book serves as a must-have guide for undergraduates and graduate students interested in Biochemical Engineering and Microbial Biotechnology.
Contents:
1. Fermentation at a glance
2. Microorganisms
3. Nutrient
4. Sterilization
5. Liquid and solid state bioreactors
6. Bioreactor operating conditions
7. Bioreactor scale up
8. Cell separation and disruption
9. Product recovery and purification
10. Bioprocess economics.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalJuan Carlos Kaski.Contents:
1. Chronic stable angina pectoris: history and epidemiology
2. Stable angina pectoris: definition, clinical presentation and pathophysiologic mechanisms
3. Angina due to obstructive atherosclerotic coronary artery disease: diagnosis and patient risk stratification
4. Microvascular angina: diagnosis, prognosis and treatment
5. Angina in women
6. Management of angina.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalMohamed E. A. Abdelrahim, Haitham Saeed, Hadeer S. Harb, Yasmin M. Madney.Summary: This book assesses the most appropriate forms of aerosol therapy for critically ill patients. Aerosol therapy is applied for the treatment of several pulmonary diseases in addition to some promising applications intended for systemic absorption. Nowadays, aerosol delivery to clinically stable patients in the outpatient settings is done easily with a lot of focus on patient counseling and enhancement of lung deposition. A lot of guidelines are available for several diseases and it could offer adequate guidance to the therapists concerning escalation or de-escalation of therapy to enhance treatment efficiency and safety. However, in critically ill patients aerosol delivery is mostly done by the choice of the respiratory therapist only according to his knowledge. The book describes the type of patients requiring aerosol therapy, different aerosol generators available for the treatment of critically ill patients, mechanisms of aerosol lung deposition, and factors affecting aerosol deposition. It also discusses the special needs of neonates and infants, transitioning aerosol from hospital to home, and the methods of aerosol delivery to different patient e.g. nasal delivery patients, ventilated patients, etc. Moreover, it reviews methods of detecting such aerosol delivery to the lung. At the end, it discusses the suggested monitoring plans and weaning protocols to ensure high efficacy and safety of the ventilatory support in such patients. Given its scope, the book can serve as guidelines or specific recommendations to maximize clinical benefits of medicated aerosols in critically ill patients and it represents a valuable resource for intensivists, pulmonologists and healthcare professionals working at ICUs.
Contents:
The types of patients being treated
What they are being treated for
Where they are being treated
Special needs for neonates, infants and toddler
Aerosol via
Hand held nebulizers
mouthpiece and masks
pMDIs and SMIs - Role of valved holding chambers
DPIs
Hoods
Nasal cannula
NIV
CMV with and without bias flow
Special modes of ventilation - APRV, HFOV, IPV, CHFO, jet ventilation
Drugs for Aerosol in acute and critical care
Transitioning aerosol from hospital to home
Role of training and follow-up
The aerosol generators available for critically ill patient
Mechanisms of aerosol lung deposition
Factors affecting aerosol deposition in critically ill patient
The methods of delivery to different ill patients
Nasal delivery patients, ventilated patients. Methods of detecting aerosol delivery to the lung
Purposed recommendations for aerosol delivery to critically ill patient. - Digital[edited by] Jeffrey E. Janis, MD, FACS, Professor of Plastic Surgery, Neurosurgery, Neurology, and Surgery Executive Vice Chairman, Department of Plastic Surgery, Chief of Plastic Surgery, University Hospitals, President-Elect, American Society of Plastic Surgeons, Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center, Columbus, OHSummary: "Essentials of Aesthetic Surgery may fit in your pocket, but this easy-to-follow guide is teeming with valuable cutting-edge topics in cosmetic surgery. Focusing on both traditional and emerging concepts, techniques and innovations in aesthetic surgery, this portable book draws from the expertise of experienced surgeons to provide step-by-step instructions for the procedures surgeons build their careers on. This comprehensive guide offers readers: A practical guide to the most sought-after procedures, presented by internationally recognized experts Follows the best-selling Essentials of Plastic Surgery structure, which explores techniques and tips for success in a succinct, accessible, bulleted format Modern perspectives on traditional procedures, including facelift, necklift, blepharoplasty, rhinoplasty, breast augmentation, liposuction, abdominoplasty, and thighlift A deeper look at correction of the tear trough deformity, lateral canthopexy, Asian blepharoplasty, secondary and ethnic rhinoplasty, the nasolabial fold, lip augmentation, nonsurgical rejuvenation, augmentation-mastopexy, gluteal augmentation, genital surgery, and transgender surgery Take-home points at the end of each chapter to summarize the content for easy review Rich, high-quality photographs and illustrations for an in-depth understanding of the pertinent anatomy As the role of the plastic surgeon has evolved, so must the techniques and available procedures to address the needs of the diverse aesthetic surgery patient population. Aesthetic surgery continues to grow exponentially in popularity, and this guide provides surgeons with the tools they need to stay abreast of changing trends and innovative techniques to achieve the highest possible patient satisfaction."-- Provided by publisherDigital Access
- Digitaledited by Liang Cheng and David G. Bostwick.Contents:
Cytopathology
Immunohistochemistry for the Surgical Pathologist
Tumors of Unknown Primary
Diagnostic Electron Microscopy
Transplantation Pathology
Microbiology for the Surgical Pathologist
Forensic Pathology
Autopsy
Biomedical Infomatics for Anatomic Pathology
Quality Assurance and Regulations for Anatomic Pathology
Molecular Diagnostic Pathology
Molecular Pathology of Solid Tumors
Human Genetic Disorders
Neuropathology
Lymph Node
Spleen
Bone Marrow
Neoplasms of the Skin and Immunodermatology
Non-Neoplastic Skin Diseases
Endocrine Pathology
Bone and Joints
Soft Tissue Tumors
Tumors of the Salivary Glands
Head and Neck
Eye and Ocular Adnexae
Mediastinum and Thymus
Cardiovascular Pathology
Lung and Pleura
Breast
Vulva and Vagina
Uterus and Fallopian Tube
Ovary and Peritoneum
Placenta and Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
Non-Neoplastic Renal Diseases
Tumors of the Kidney
Urinary Bladder
Renal Pelvis, Ureter, and Urethra
Prostate
Testis and Testicular Adnexa
Penis
Esophagus and Stomach
Small Intestine, Appendix, Colorectum, and Anus
Pancreas
Neoplastic Hepatobiliary Disease
Neoplasms of the Liver and Biliary System. .Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Mary Ellen McCann, Christine Greco, Kai Matthes.Contents:
I: Newborn and infant
The term infant
The preterm infant
Origin of the NICU
Hemodynamics in the infant
Measures of carbon dioxide
Glucose control
Oxygen management: concerns about both hyperoxia and hypoxia in neonates during critical care and intraoperatively
Temperature control
Neonatal resuscitation
Congenital abnormalities and syndromes
Myopathies of the newborn
II: Newborn and infant anesthesia
Preoperative preparation
Developmental pharmacology: the neonate
The newborn airway
Fluid and transfusion management
Neonatal ventilation strategies
Anesthetic-induced neurotoxicity
New anesthetic agents on the horizon
Monitoring of the newborn and young infant under anesthesia
III: Specific newborn and infant procedures
Anesthesia for neurosurgical procedures
Anesthesia for otolaryngologic procedures in infants and neonates
Anesthesia for plastic surgery
Anesthesia for abdominal wall reconstruction procedures
Anesthesia for intra-abdominal procedures
Anesthesia for urologic surgery
Anesthesia for thoracic surgery
Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
Congenital heart disease in the neonate and infant: cardiac catheterization and cardiac surgery
Noncardiac surgery in neonates and infants with cardiac disease
Neonatal and infant tumors
Anesthesia for transplant surgery
Anesthesia for interventional radiology procedures
Anesthesia for conjoined twins
Anesthesia for fetal surgery
IV: Pain management and other newborn and infant anesthesia concerns
Pain management in neonates and infants
Regional anesthesia in neonates and infants
Procedural sedation
Ambulatory anesthesia in infants
Apnea and bradycardia
Neonatal outcomes
Research on newborns and infants - Digital[editors] Puneet Khanna, Shashikant Sharma.Summary: "This book, which comes in a comprehensive yet compact format, orients undergraduates, students preparing for postgraduate entrance examination, and anesthesia technicians to anesthesia basics, including anatomy, physiology, pharmacology, drugs, types of equipment, and management of specific ailments of all the organ systems. The chapters in this book are simplified by way of tables, flowcharts, and appropriate figures, thereby making the reading and understanding of the subject easy. This book includes chapters on artificial intelligence and updates of the Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Guidelines 2020 by the American Heart Association (AHA)." -- from preface.
Contents:
Section I: Preliminaries in anesthesia
Section II: General anesthesia
Section III: Regional anesthesia
Section IV: Anesthesia for coexisting diseases
Section V: Subspecialty management
Section VI: Miscellaneous
Section VII: Equipment in anesthesia.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2021 - DigitalWilliam E. Prentice, PhD, ATC, PT, FNATA, Professor, Coordinator of the Sports Medicine Specialization, Department of Exercise and Sports Science, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.Summary: Essentials of athletic injury management provides the information you need to manage the care of athletic injuries--from prevention, identification and assessment of injuries to interaction with players, parents and physicians. Designed for those beginning careers in coaching, physical education and the fitness profession, this text prepares students to manage injury and emergency situations when an athletic trainer or physician is not available. Action plans, checklists and applications of universal precautions in athletic environments are included to provide the practical tools needed to get started in the field.
Contents:
pt. I. Organizing and establishing an effective athletic health care system. Fitness professional, coaches, and the sports medicine team : defining roles ; Organizing and administering an athletic health care program ; Legal liability and insurance
pt. II. Preventing injuries in an athletic health care system. Preventing injuries through fitness training ; Sports nutrition and supplements ; Selecting and using protective sports equipment ; Understanding the potential dangers of adverse environmental conditions
pt. III. Techniques for treating and managing sport-related injuries ; Bloodborne pathogens, universal precautions, and wound care ; Wrapping and taping techniques ; Understanding the basics of injury rehabilitation ; Helping the injured athlete psychologically
pt. IV. Recognition and management of specific injuries and conditions. Recognizing different sports injuries ; The foot and toes ; The ankle and lower leg ; The knee and related structures ; The thigh, hip, groin, and pelvis ; The shoulder complex ; The elbow, forearm, wrist, and hand ; The spine ; The thorax and abdomen ; The head, face, eyes, ears, nose, and throat ; General medical conditions and additional health concerns ; Substance abuse ; Preventing and managing injuries in young athletes.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2016 - DigitalWilliam E. Prentice, PhD, ATC, PT, FNATA, Professor, Coordinator of the Sports Medicine Specialization, Department of Exercise and Sports Science, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, North Carolina.Summary: The eleventh edition of Essentials of Athletic Injury Management is written for those students interested in the fitness profession, kinesiology, coaching, or some aspect of sport science or physical education.
Contents:
Part I: Organizing and Establishing an Effective Athletic Health Care System
Chapter 1: Fitness Professionals, Coaches, and the Sports Medicine Team: Defining Roles
Chapter 2: Organizing and Administering an Athletic Health Care Program
Chapter 3: Legal Liability and Insurance
Part II: Preventing Injuries in an Athletic Health Care System
Chapter 4: Preventing Injuries Through Fitness Training
Chapter 5: Sports Nutrition and Supplements
Chapter 6: Selecting and Using Protective Sports Equipment
Chapter 7: Understanding the Potential Dangers of Adverse Environmental Conditions
Part III: Techniques for Treating and Managing Sport-Related Injuries
Chapter 8: Handling Emergency Situations and Injury Assessment
Chapter 9: Bloodborne Pathogens, Universal Precautions, and Wound Care
Chapter 10: Wrapping and Taping Techniques
Chapter 11: Understanding the Basics of Injury Rehabilitation
Chapter 12: Helping the Injured Athlete Psychologically
Part IV: Recognition and Management of Specific Injuries and Conditions
Chapter 13: Recognizing Different Sports Injuries
Chapter 14: The Foot and Toes
Chapter 15: The Ankle and Lower Leg
Chapter 16: The Knee and Related Structures
Chapter 17: The Thigh, Hip, Groin, and Pelvis
Chapter 18: The Shoulder Complex
Chapter 19: The Elbow, Forearm, Wrist, and Hand
Chapter 20: The Spine
Chapter 21: The Thorax and Abdomen
Chapter 22: The Head, Face, Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
Chapter 23: General Medical Conditions and Additional Health Concerns
Chapter 24: Substance Abuse
Chapter 25: Preventing and Managing Injuries in Young Athletes
Glossary
Appendix A: Employment Settings for the Athletic Trainer
Appendix B: Requirements for Certification as an Athletic Trainer
Appendix C: Directional Movements for Body Joints.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2020 - DigitalYee Guan Yap, A John Camm.Summary: Atrial fibrillation (AF) affects an estimated 1?2% of the population and is the most common cause of sustained cardiac arrhythmia. Critically, the number of patients developing AF is expected to double in the next five decades, leading to increased incidence of stroke, heart failure and other serious thromboembolic events. Essentials of Atrial Fibrillation is a timely investigation of current pharmaceutical trends, clinical guidelines, novel treatments, and ongoing pipeline developments, including ground-breaking advances in the use of novel oral anticoagulants.
Contents:
Epidemiology of atrial fibrillation
Pathogenesis of atrial fibrillation
Classification, diagnosis, and assessment of atrial fibrillation
Rate and rhythm control strategies for atrial fibrillation
Anticoagulant treatment strategies for atrial fibrillation. - PrintStanley A. Gelfand.Summary: "This textbook attempts to provide a comprehensive overview of audiology at the introductory level; including such topics as acoustics, anatomy and physiology, sound perception, auditory disorders and the nature of hearing impairment, methods of measurement, screening, clinical assessment and clinical management. It is intended to serve as the core text for undergraduate students in speech, language and hearing, and might also serve the needs of beginning-level graduate students who need to learn or review the fundamentals of audiology. It is anticipated that the material will be covered in a one-, two- or three-term undergraduate sequence, depending on the organization of the communication sciences and disorders curriculum at a given college or university"--Provided by publisher
Contents:
Acoustics and sound measurement
Anatomy and physiology of the auditory system
Measurement principles and the nature of hearing
The audiometer and test environment
Pure tone audiometry
Auditory system and related disorders
Acoustic immitance assessment
Speech audiometry
Clinical masking
Behavioral tests for audiological diagnosis
Physiological methods in audiology
Assessment of infants and children
Audiological screening
Nonorganic hearing loss
Audiological management 1
Audiological management 2
Effects of noise and hearing conservation
Appendix A : Combining OBLs into db SPL and dbA
Appendix B : Alphabetical listing of spondaic words commonly used in clinical practice
Appendix C : CID Auditory Test W-22 : word lists 1-4
Appendix D : Northwestern University Auditory Test No. 6
Appendix E : Spanish bisyllabic words for speech recognition testing
Appendix F : Boothroyd isophonemic word lists
Appendix G : An example of the AzBio sentence lists
Appendix H : Lists 1 and 2 of the Basic English Lexicon (BEL) sentences
Appendix I : Lexical Neighborhood Test (LNT)
Appendix J : Multisyllabic Lexical Neighborhood Test (MLNT)
Appendix K : PBK-50 (PB Kindergarten) words lists
Appendix L : Word Intelligibility by Picture (WIPI) Test word lists
Appendix M : Northwestern University Children's Perception of Speech (NU-CHIPS) Test word lists
Appendix N : Selected resources for auditory-visual training.Digital Access Thieme MedOne ComSci [2016] - DigitalStanley A. Gelfand, Lauren CalandruccioSummary: Introductory audiology is an essential and fundamental aspect of the education of all students who are interested in the two related professions of speech-language pathology and audiology. This book is primarily intended to serve as a comprehensive introductory text for students who are preparing to enter both of these fields. As such, it tries to address the needs of at least two rather different groups of students. Those planning a career in audiology need a broad overview of the field and a firm understanding of its many basic principles so that they have a solid foundation for the future as doctors of audiology in clinical practice.
Contents:
Acoustics and Sound Measurement
Anatomy and Physiology of the Auditory System
Measurement Principles and the Nature of Hearing
The Audiometer and Test Environment
Pure Tone Audiometry
Auditory System and Related Disorders
Acoustic Immittance Assessment
Speech Audiometry
Clinical Masking
Behavioral Tests for Audiological Diagnosis
Physiological Methods in Audiology
Assessment of Infants and Children
Audiological Screening
Nonorganic Hearing Loss
Audiological Management I
Audiological Management II
Effects of Noise and Hearing Conservation.Digital Access - DigitalGuy N. Rutty (ed.).Contents:
v. 1. No individual title
v. 2. Recent advances, topics, and developments
v. 3. Current methods and modern trends.Digital Access - DigitalGuy N. Rutty, editor.Summary: This book covers new and exciting topics which have emerged in the area of autopsy recently, including the three different post-mortem CT-angiography systems currently available to practitioners in this field; a highly topical chapter on the role of genetic abnormalities in the handling of drugs within the body and how this can affect the interpretation of toxicological results in relation to how the drug may have caused or contributed to death; an update on the current classification and considerations related to deaths due to hanging; a review of injuries and fatalities caused by animals including post-mortem scavenging; an authoritative review of poisons and toxins from water and the life that inhabits it; and recent advances in knowledge in the use of entomology as an investigative tool as well as knowledge related to colonisation of cadavers by insects, animals and birds. Essentials of Autopsy Practice: Advances, Updates and Emerging Technologies is a multi-subject book, aimed at different grades of practitioners, from different practice areas, covering topics that are currently discussed and anticipated to be discussed in the field of autopsy practice over the next few years.
Contents:
Post-Mortem Computed Tomography (PMCT) Scanning with Angiography (PMCTA). A Description of Three Distinct Methods
Death by Hanging
Marine Toxins
The Dismembered Body
Medico-legal Autopsies and Pharmacogenetics
Forensic Entomology: a Synopsis, Guide and Update
Advances in the Use of Latent Finger Marks.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalGuy N. Rutty, editor.Summary: This book covers topical subjects within the field of death investigation, where changes in practice have recently occurred. The topics embrace the multi-disciplinary approach required for death investigation, and address advances in the field of forensic photography, pathology, and 3D printing as applied to forensics. This volume includes chapters on high altitude deaths, the role of 3D-printing applied to forensic investigations, photogrammetry, commotion cordis (an uncommon cause of fatal cardiac arrest) and the cricoid cartilage. Essentials of Autopsy Practice: Reviews, Updates and Advances is an educational and practical resource aimed at trainees and consultants, generalists and specialists, and multi-disciplinary teams. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. The application of photogrammetry for forensic 3D recording of crime scenes, evidence and people / Chiara Villa and Christina Jacobsen
2. 3D printing applied to forensic investigations / Mike Biggs
3. Post-mortem examination of infant bridging veins and subdural haemorrhage / Emma C. Cheshire and Neil C. Harris
4. Traumatic carotid sinus reflex and postmortem investigation of the glomus caroticum in cases of pressure to the neck / Elke Doberentz and Burkhard Madea
5. The cricoid cartilage / Guy N. Rutty
6. Mountain deaths / Jeremy Windsor
7. Fatalities related to extreme aerial sports / Francesco Feletti
8. Commotio cordis / Ritesh G. Menezes, Mohammed Madadin, and Muhammad Shariq Usman.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalGuy N. Rutty, editor.Summary: This book covers topical subjects within the field of death investigation, where changes in practice have recently occurred. The topics embrace the multi-disciplinary approach required for death investigation, and address advances in the fields of forensic fractography in relation to road traffic death investigations, pathology, MicroCt and 3D printing as applied to forensics. Chapters are written in a uniform easy-to-follow format to ensure they are accessible to both specialists and non-specialists in the field. Essentials of Autopsy Practice Updates and Reviews to Aid Practice is a practical resource covering the latest advances in autopsy practice, making it an ideal resource for trainees, consultants, generalists and specialists, along with multi-disciplinary teams working in this field.
Contents:
Forensic application of "Free-D" software
Post-mortem cardiac magnetic resonance imaging
The use of micro-computed tomography for forensic applications
The role of fractography in forensic pathology and forensic anthropology examinations
The application of radiographic imaging in forensic odontology
Disaster victim identification: Traditional approaches and changing practices
Examining an already autopsied or exhumed body
Death associated with trees
Mountain death revisited: Mass slope movements, mountain associated suspension and volcanos. - DigitalNoor Ahmad Shaik, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Babajan Banaganapalli and Ramu Elango, editors.Summary: Bioinformatics is an integrative field of computer science, genetics, genomics, proteomics, and statistics, which has undoubtedly revolutionized the study of biology and medicine in past decades. It mainly assists in modeling, predicting and interpreting large multidimensional biological data by utilizing advanced computational methods. Despite its enormous potential, bioinformatics is not widely integrated into the academic curriculum as most life science students and researchers are still not equipped with the necessary knowledge to take advantage of this powerful tool. Hence, the primary purpose of our book is to supplement this unmet need by providing an easily accessible platform for students and researchers starting their career in life sciences. This book aims to avoid sophisticated computational algorithms and programming. Instead, it mostly focuses on simple DIY analysis and interpretation of biological data with personal computers. Our belief is that once the beginners acquire these basic skillsets, they will be able to handle most of the bioinformatics tools for their research work and to better understand their experimental outcomes. Unlike other bioinformatics books which are mostly theoretical, this book provides practical examples for the readers on state-of-the-art open source tools to solve biological problems. Flow charts of experiments, graphical illustrations, and mock data are included for quick reference. Volume I is therefore an ideal companion for students and early stage professionals wishing to master this blooming field.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
Chapter 1: Introduction to Bioinformatics; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Role of Bioinformatics in Gene Expression Data Analysis; 1.3 The Role of Bioinformatics in Gene/Genome Mapping; 1.4 Role of Bioinformatics in Sequence Alignment and Similarity Search; 1.5 Contribution of Bioinformatics toward Modern Cancer Research; 1.6 The Domain of Structural Bioinformatics; 1.7 Bioinformatics Processing of Big Data; 1.8 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Introduction to Biological Databases; 2.1 Introduction to Databases; 2.2 Types of Databases 2.2.1 Relational Databases2.2.2 Object-Oriented Database; 2.3 Introduction to Biological Databases; 2.3.1 Classification of Biological Databases; 2.3.2 Primary Database; 2.3.3 Secondary Databases; 2.3.4 Specialized Databases; 2.3.5 Interconnection between Biological Databases; 2.4 Retrieval from Databases; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 3: Sequence Databases; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Sequence Data Generation; 3.2.1 The First Generation of Sequencing; 3.2.2 The Second Generation of Sequencing; 3.2.3 The Third Generation of Sequencing; 3.3 Classes of Biological Databases 3.4 Types of Sequence Databases3.4.1 Nucleotide Sequence Databases; 3.4.1.1 EMBL/DDBJ/GenBank; 3.4.1.2 RefSeq; 3.4.1.3 Ensembl; 3.4.2 Protein Sequence Database; 3.4.2.1 TrEMBL; 3.4.2.2 GenPept; 3.4.2.3 Entrez Protein; 3.4.2.4 UniProt; 3.5 Sequence Submission; 3.5.1 Sequin; 3.5.2 BankIt; 3.5.3 Webin; 3.6 Retrieval; 3.6.1 SRS (Sequence Retrieval System); 3.6.2 Entrez; 3.6.3 DBGET; 3.7 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Biological 3D Structural Databases; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 X-Ray Crystallography; 4.1.2 Crystal Formation; 4.1.3 Structure Determination; 4.2 Macromolecular Structural Databases 4.2.1 Protein Data Bank wwPDB4.2.1.1 RCSB PDB; 4.3 PDBsum: Structural Summaries of PDB Entries; 4.4 sc-PDB: A 3D Database of Ligandable Binding Sites; 4.5 PDBTM: Protein Data Bank of Transmembrane Proteins; 4.6 CATH Database; 4.7 SCOP (Structural Classification of Proteins) Database; 4.8 Structure Comparison Servers; 4.9 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Other Biological Databases; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Gene or Genome Annotation Databases; 5.2.1 GO/GOA Databases; 5.2.2 UCSC Genome Browser: Annotation Database; 5.3 Protein Annotation Databases; 5.3.1 PRIDE Archive; 5.3.2 SWISS-2DPAGE 5.3.3 Domain Databases5.4 Network Databases; 5.4.1 IntAct; 5.5 Pathway Databases; 5.5.1 Kyoto Encyclopedia of Genes and Genomes; 5.5.2 BioCyc; 5.5.3 Ingenuity Pathways Knowledge Base; 5.5.4 Reactome Pathway Databases; 5.5.5 Other Pathway Databases; 5.6 Drug Databases; 5.6.1 DrugBank; 5.6.2 PharmGKB; 5.6.3 ChEBI; 5.6.4 PubChem; 5.6.5 ZINC Database; 5.7 Specialized Database; 5.7.1 Model Organism Databases; 5.7.2 IntEnz; 5.7.3 EPD; 5.7.4 TRANSFAC; 5.8 Scientific Literature Database; 5.8.1 PubMed; 5.8.2 SCI (Science Citation Index); 5.8.3 Google Scholar; 5.9 Conclusion; ReferencesDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalNoor Ahmad Shaik, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Babajan Banaganapalli, Ramu Elango, editors.Summary: Bioinformatics is an integrative field of computer science, genetics, genomics, proteomics, and statistics, which has undoubtedly revolutionized the study of biology and medicine in past decades. It mainly assists in modeling, predicting and interpreting large multidimensional biological data by utilizing advanced computational methods. Despite its enormous potential, bioinformatics is not widely integrated into the academic curriculum as most life science students and researchers are still not equipped with the necessary knowledge to take advantage of this powerful tool. Hence, the primary purpose of our book is to supplement this unmet need by providing an easily accessible platform for students and researchers starting their career in life sciences. This book aims to avoid sophisticated computational algorithms and programming. Instead, it focuses on simple DIY analysis and interpretation of biological data with personal computers. Our belief is that once the beginners acquire these basic skillsets, they will be able to handle most of the bioinformatics tools for their research work and to better understand their experimental outcomes. Our second title of this volume set In Silico Life Sciences: Medicine provides hands-on experience in analyzing high throughput molecular data for the diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment of monogenic or polygenic human diseases. The key concepts in this volume include risk factor assessment, genetic tests and result interpretation, personalized medicine, and drug discovery. This volume is expected to train readers in both single and multi-dimensional biological analysis using open data sets, and provides a unique learning experience through clinical scenarios and case studies.
Contents:
1. Bioinformatics strategies for molecular diagnostics o Candidate gene selection and analysis of Rare diseaseso Candidate gene selection and analysis of Complex diseases2. Bioinformatics tools for Molecular Diagnosticso Single Gene Disorders
Case studieso Polygenic Disorders
Case studieso Genetic Tests
Tools, Results, Interpretation3. Bioinformatics approaches for Genetic Risk Marker Studieso Population Geneticso Gene Polymorphismso Gene Expression Assayso Genetic Statistics4. Bioinformatics for Disease Prognosticso Pharmacogeneticso Efficacyo Toxicityo Adverse reactions o Biomarker Selection and Monitoringo Precision Medicine5. Bioinformatics tools in Gene Therapyo Enzyme Replacement- Bioinformatics role is limitedo Gene Replacement (Knock-in)o Gene Silencing(RNAi)o Gene Editing (CRISPR)6. Bioinformatics tools in Disease Therapeutics
Data analysis tools and application o Drug Discovery o Protein-Drug Interactionso Drug-Body metabolism studieso Microbiome. - DigitalKhalid Rehman Hakeem, Noor Ahmad Shaik, Babajan Banaganapalli, Ramu Elango, editors.Summary: Bioinformatics is an integrative field of computer science, genetics, genomics, proteomics, and statistics, which has undoubtedly revolutionized the study of biology and medicine in past decades. It mainly assists in modeling, predicting and interpreting large multidimensional biological data by utilizing advanced computational methods. Despite its enormous potential, bioinformatics is not widely integrated into the academic curriculum as most life science students and researchers are still not equipped with the necessary knowledge to take advantage of this powerful tool. Hence, the primary purpose of our book is to supplement this unmet need by providing an easily accessible platform for students and researchers starting their career in life sciences. This book aims to avoid sophisticated computational algorithms and programming. Instead, it will mostly focus on simple DIY analysis and interpretation of biological data with personal computers. Our belief is that once the beginners acquire these basic skillsets, they will be able to handle most of the bioinformatics tools for their research work and to better understand their experimental outcomes. The third volume is titled In Silico Life Sciences: Agriculture. It focuses on plant genetic, genomic, transcriptomic, proteomic and metabolomics data. Using examples of new crop diseases-emergence, crop productivity and biotic/abiotic stress tolerance, this book illustrates how bioinformatics can be an integral components of modern day plant science research.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
Chapter 1: Proteoinformatics and Agricultural Biotechnology Research: Applications and Challenges; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Proteoinformatics in Plant Disease Management; 1.3 Proteoinformatic Databases and Tools; 1.4 Protein-Protein Interaction Software and Database; 1.5 Proteoinformatics of Edible Mushroom; 1.6 Proteoinformatics of Animal Breeding Programs; 1.7 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Impact of Bioinformatics on Plant Science Research and Crop Improvement; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Role of Bioinformatics in Crop Improvement 2.3 Crop Breeding: Bioinformatics and Preparing for Climate Change2.3.1 Informative Bioinformatics Databases/Tools for Crop Breeders; 2.4 Application of Bioinformatics in Fruit Breeding; 2.5 Future Prospects; References;
Chapter 3: Bioinformatics and Plant Stress Management; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Plant Genomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases Under Abiotic Stress; 3.2.1 Genomics Applications in Relation to Abiotic Stress Tolerance; 3.2.2 Platforms and Resources in the Transcriptome of Plants Under Abiotic Stress/Plant Transcriptomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases 3.2.3 Platforms and Resources in Proteomic of Plants Under Abiotic Stress/Plant Proteomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases3.2.4 Platforms and Resources in Metabolomics of Plants Under Abiotic Stress/Plant Metabolomics-Related Computational Tools and Databases; 3.2.5 Micro RNAs: Attributes in Plant Abiotic Stress Responses and Bioinformatics Approaches on MicroRNA; 3.3 Role of Bioinformatics in Plant Disease Management; 3.4 Conclusion and Future Prospects; References;
Chapter 4: Integration of "Omic" Approaches to Unravel the Heavy Metal Tolerance in Plants; 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Approaches to Study Plant Responses to Stress4.3 How Functional Genomics Play a Role to Combat Abiotic Stress in Plants; 4.4 Proteomic Tools to Study Heavy Metal Stress in Plants; 4.5 How Bioinformatics Softwares Play a Lead Role to Study Proteome Maps; 4.6 Image Analysis Software; 4.7 Mass Spectrometry Analysis Software in Proteomics; 4.8 Conclusion and Future Perspective; References;
Chapter 5: Advanced Multivariate and Computational Approaches in Agricultural Studies; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Methodology; 5.3 Ordination Analyzes; 5.4 Correlograms, Heatmaps, and Scatterplot Matrix 5.5 Violin and Box Plot5.6 Chord Diagram and Bipartite Networks; 5.7 Hierarchical Clustering; 5.8 Final Remarks; References;
Chapter 6: Data Measurement, Data Redundancy, and Their Biological Relevance; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Database Annotation Quality; 6.3 Database Redundancy; 6.4 Genomes: Diversity, Size, and Structure; 6.5 Gene Content in Genomes; 6.6 Protein and Proteomics; 6.7 Protein Length, Distribution, and Function; 6.8 Conclusions and Future Prospects; References;
Chapter 7: Metabolomic Approaches in Plant Research; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Plant Metabolites and Their Types - PrintLisa M. Sullivan.Summary: "Essentials of Biostatistics in Public Health, Fourth Edition provides a fundamental and engaging background for students learning to apply and appropriately interpret biostatistics applications in the field of public health. Many examples are drawn directly from the author's remarkable clinical experiences with the renowned Framingham Heart Study, making this text practical, interesting, and accessible for those with little mathematical background. The examples are real, relevant, and manageable in size so that students can easily focus on applications rather than become overwhelmed by computations. The Fourth Edition has been thoroughly updated, and now offers a new chapter on career opportunities in biostatistics and new case studies focused on COVID-19 within each chapter." -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Study designs
Quantifying the extent of disease
Summarizing data collected in the sample
The role of probability
Confidence interval estimates
Hypothesis testing procedures
Power and sample size determination
Multivariable methods
Nonparametric tests
Survival analysis
Data visualization
Careers in biostatisticsDigital Access R2Library [2023], ©2023 - DigitalCorey S. Scher, Alan David Kaye, Henry Liu, Seth Perelman, Sarah Leavitt, editors.Summary: This comprehensive book is written to inform and improve outcomes of patients in need of blood management during surgical procedures. Information is presented in an accessible format, allowing for immediate use in clinical practice. Beginning with an overview of the history of blood transfusions, early chapters present the foundational information needed to comprehend information in later chapters. Nuanced procedures, drugs, and techniques are covered, including new biologicals to assist clotting and blood substitutes. Further discussions focus on potential complications seen in blood transfusions, such as diseases of the coagulation system, pathogen transmissions, and acute lung injuries. Chapters also examine the complexities of treating specific demographics, of which include the geriatric patient and patients suffering from substance abuse. Essentials of Blood Product Management in Anesthesia Practice is an invaluable guide for anesthesiologists, surgeons, trauma physicians, and solid organ transplant providers.
- DigitalNosheen Masood, Saima Shakil Malik, editors.Summary: This book concisely describes the role of omics in precision medicine for cancer therapies. It outlines our current understanding of cancer genomics, shares insights into the process of oncogenesis, and discusses emerging technologies and clinical applications of cancer genomics in prognosis and precision-medicine treatment strategies. It then elaborates on recent advances concerning transcriptomics and translational genomics in cancer diagnosis, clinical applications, and personalized medicine in oncology. Importantly, it also explains the importance of high-performance analytics, predictive modeling, and system biology in cancer research. Lastly, the book discusses current and potential future applications of pharmacogenomics in clinical cancer therapy and cancer drug development.
Contents:
1: Overview of Cancer Genomics, Organization, and Variations in the Human Genome
2: Metabolic Changes and Their Characterization
3: Unravelling the Genomic Targets of Small Molecules and Application of CRISPR-Cas 9 System for Genomic Editing in Cancer with Respective Clinical Applications
4: Genome Editing in Cancer Research and Cure
5: New Adsorption-Based Biosensors for Cancer Detections and Role of Nano-medicine in Its Prognosis and Inhibition
6: Genomic Instability and Cancer Metastasis
7: DNA Damage Response Pathways in Cancer Predisposition and Metastasis
8: Adapting the Foreign Soil: Factors Promoting Tumor Metastasis
9: MicroRNAs in Cancer: From Diagnosis to Therapeutics
10: Metabolic and Enzyme Engineering for the Microbial Production of Anticancer Terpenoids
11: Translational Research in Oncology
12: Molecular Profiling of Breast Cancer in Clinical Trials: A Perspective
13: Systems Biology and Integrated Computational Methods for Cancer-Associated Mutation Analysis
14: Biostatistics in Clinical Oncology
15: History of Drug Reaction in Children Suffering from Cancer
16: Pharmacogenomics of Cisplatin-Induced Toxicity in Children
17: Pharmacogenomics of Methotrexate-Induced Toxicity in Children
18: Pharmacogenomics of Thiopurine-Induced Toxicity in Children
19: Pharmacogenetics in Cancer Treatment: Challenges and Recent Trends
20: Precision Nutraceutical Approaches for the Prevention and Management of Cancer
21: Cancer Genomics in Precision Oncology: Applications, Challenges, and Prospects - Digitaledited by Erik Hansen, Klaus-Dieter Kühn.Summary: The Editors of "Essentials of Cemented Knee Arthroplasty" have compiled a comprehensive textbook on what many consider the most successful surgical procedure of the century. This book rounds out the compendium previously published by Springer on arthroplasty related topics: "The Well Cemented Total Hip Arthroplasty", "PMMA Cements", and "Management of Periprosthetic Joint Infection". Unique to this text is the high quality contributions from over 160 world wide experts in the field, and provides a unique international perspective on the multifaceted topic of knee replacement surgery. Sections include a focus on Surgical Indications, Implant Design, Novel Technologies, Complications, and Cementing Technique, amongst others. Each Chapter not only draws on the most current literature on the subject, but also crystalizes the most important points into clinically relevant, practically applicable "take home messages". This singular text is notable for not only its breadth, but also its depth, and will be an invaluable resource for knee arthroplasty surgeons throughout the globe. Assoc. Prof. Erik Hansen, MD, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, University of California San Francisco, USA Prof. Dr. rer. nat. Klaus-Dieter Kühn, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Medical University of Graz, Austria.
Contents:
Indications
Radiographs and Outcomes
History
Treatment
Clinical Care Pathways
Implant Design
Databases
Cementing Techniques
Complications
Management-Revision
Technology
TBD. - DigitalEssentials of Chinese materia medica and medical formulas : new century traditional Chinese medicineShengyan Xi, Yuewen Gong.Summary: Essentials of Chinese Materia Medica and Medical Formulas: New Century Traditional Chinese Medicine presents specific knowledge about the source, medicinal nature, action and application of more than 800 commonly-used Chinese materia medica, as well as the efficacy and application of more than 740 kinds of commonly-used Chinese medical formulas. Notably, all of the content is presented in table form, making the information easier to access, understand and apply. Each primary herbal medicine is introduced with color pictures, and each primary formula is presented with efficacy analysis pictures. The book provides readers with essential information on Chinese materia medica and formulas and how to use them accurately, including the most common Chinese materia medica used in clinics and in commonly used clinical formulas. This is an essential reference for traditional medical professionals and those interested in traditional Chinese medicine, including advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- DigitalYong-Lim Kim, Hideki Kawanishi, editors.Contents:
I. Preparation of Dialysis
1.Dialysis Indication and Initiation Time for Dialysis
2.Modality Selection
II. Hemodialysis
1.Types of Hemodialysis
2.Vascular Access for Hemodialysis
3.Hemodialysis Prescription
4.Hemodialysis Procedure
5.Equipment for Hemodialysis: Water System and Dialyzer
6.Dialysis Membrane and Flux
7.Anticoagulation in Patients on Hemodialysis
8.Kinetic Modeling and Adequacy in Hemodialysis
9.Acute and Chronic Complication of Hemodialysis
10.On-Line Hemodiafiltration
III. Peritoneal Dialysis
1.Principle of Peritoneal Dialysis
2.Types of Peritoneal Dialysis
3.Peritoneal Access
4.Peritoneal Dialysis Prescription
5.PD Adequacy
6.Peritonitis and Exit Site Infection
7.Complication of PD
IV. Summary of Dialysis related Guidelines.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Sabrina Campbell, Jeanette Hui, Imaan Zera Kherani, Winston Wenhuan Li, Yuliya Lytvyn, Clara Osei-Yeboah.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2021
- Digitaleditors-in-chief, Yuhao Shi, Zahra Sohani, Brandon Tang, Florentina Teoderascu.Contents:
Foundations in Clinical Examination
History & Examination of Systems
History, Examinatino, & Clinical Information for Specific Settings.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2017 - DigitalRobert L. Kane, Joseph G. Ouslander, Barbara Resnick, Michael L. Malone.Summary: "Essentials of Clinical Geriatrics is an engagingly written, up-to-date introductory guide to the core topics in geriatric medicine. Since 1984, its goal has remained unchanged: to help clinicians do a better job of caring for their older patients. You will find thorough and authoritative coverage of all the important issues in geriatrics, along with concise, practical guidance on the diagnosis and treatment of the diseases and disorders most commonly encountered in an elderly patient. Presented in full-color, this classic features a strong focus on the field's must-know concepts, from the nature of clinical aging to differential diagnosis of important geriatric syndromes to drug therapy and health services. The Eighth Edition has been completely revised to provide the most current updates on the assessment and management of geriatric care"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Clinical implications of the aging process
The geriatric patient: demography, epidemiology, and health services utilization
Evaluating the geriatric patient
Chronic disease management
Prevention
Delirium and dementia
Diagnosis and management of depression
Incontinence
Falls
Immobility
Cardiovascular disorders
Decreased vitality
Sensory impairment
Drug therapy
High-value health services
Nursing home care
Ethical issues in the care of older persons
Palliative care.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018 - DigitalStephen P. Glasser, editor.Summary: In its extensively revised and updated Second Edition, this book provides a solid foundation for readers interested in clinical research. Discussion encompasses genetic, pharmacoepidemiologic and implementation research. All chapters have been updated with new information and many new tables have been added to elucidate key points. The book now offers discussion on how to handle missing data when analyzing results, and coverage of Adaptive Designs and Effectiveness Designs and new sections on Comparative Effectiveness Research and Pragmatic Trials. Chapter 6 includes new material on Phase 0 Trials, expanded coverage of Futility Trials, a discussion of Medical Device approval, Off Label Drug use and the role of the FDA in regulating advertising. Additional new information includes the role of pill color and shape in association with the placebo effect and an examination of issues surrounding minority recruitment. The final chapter offers a new section on manuscript preparation along with a discussion of various guidelines being adopted by journals: CONSORT, STROBE, PRISMA, MOOSE and others; and coverage of Conflicts of Interest, Authorship, Coercive Citation, and Disclosures in Industry-Related Associations. Building on the strengths of its predecessor in its comprehensive approach and authoritative advice, the new edition offers more of what has made this book a popular, trusted resource for students and working researchers alike.
Contents:
The Beginning - Historical Aspects of Clinical Research, Clinical Research: Definitions, "Anatomy and Physiology," and the Quest for "Universal Truth"
Introduction to Clinical Research Concepts, Essential Characteristics of Clinical Research, Overview of Clinical Research Study Designs
A Focus on Clinical Trials
Alternative Interventional Study Designs
Phase 4 (Postmarketing) Research
The Role of the USA Food and Drug Administration in Clinical Research
The Placebo and Nocebo Effect
Recruitment and Retention in Clinical Research
Data Safety and Monitoring Boards (DSMBs)
Meta-analysis, Evidence-Based Medicine, and Clinical Guidelines
Research Methods for Genetic Studies
Research Methods for Pharmacoepidemiology Studies
Implementation Research: Beyond the Traditional Randomized Controlled Trial
Research Methodology for Studies of Diagnostic Tests
Statistical Power and Sample Size: Some Fundamentals for Clinician Researchers
Association, Cause, and Correlation
Bias, Confounding, and Effect Modification (Interaction)
It's All About Uncertainty
Grant and Manuscript Writing
The Media and Clinical Research
Mentoring and Advising
Presentation Skills: How to Present Research Results. - Digitaledited by Joseph McIsaac, Kelly McQueen, Corry Kucik.Summary: "The primary thrust of our book is to quickly provide guidance and prepare those anesthesia and critical care providers who respond to a disaster-whether as a volunteer traveling to help at a disaster site or as a responder who has survived a disaster event at home. The book intends to be a clinical guide to the essentials of anesthesia and critical care for disasters and austere environments. It can also serve as a guide for those doing mission work under austere conditions. It is not a comprehensive reference textbook but rather, a practical primer or refresher for the field"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalFredric E. Wondisford.Summary: Developed from time-tested material utilized in endocrinology courses for medical students, this comprehensive and practical guide draws together a number of related disciplines to create a straightforward and accessible approach to the study of endocrine and metabolic diseases. Designed with the student in mind, each of the main endocrine organs and disorders are covered in thematic sections on diabetes, thyroid disorders, calcium disorders, adrenal disorders, and hypothalamus and pituitary disorders. Opening with clear learning objectives, chapters within each section discuss core concepts, anatomy, embryology, histology, testing, diagnosis and pharmacology, and include clinical case scenarios and multiple choice review questions. Full-color figures and diagrams enhance and extend the content. Perfect for in-class reference or board licensing review, Essentials of Endocrinology and Metabolism is an indispensable resource for medical and nursing students alike.
Contents:
Introduction to Endocrinology Concepts
Part I: Diabetes
GPS for Diabetes
Diabetes Types and Diagnosis
Diabetes Complications
Diabetes Pharmacology
Diabetes Cases
Part II: Thyroid
GPS for Thyroid
Abnormal Thyroid Function
Thyroid Testing
Thyroid Pharmacology
Thyroid Nodules and Cancer
Thyroid Cases
Part III: Calcium
GPS for Calcium
Hypercalcemia
Hypocalcemia
Calcium Pharmacology
Calcium Cases
Part IV: Adrenal
GPS for Adrenal
Adrenal Cortex
Adrenal Testing
Adrenal Pharmacology
Secondary Hypertension
Adrenal Cases
Part V: Hypothalamus and Pituitary
GPS for Pituitary
Prolactin
Growth Hormone
Reproductive Function
Posterior Pituitary
Pituitary Cases
Puberty Cases. - DigitalBaha Al-Shaikh, Simon G. Stacey.Summary: "This practical textbook comprehensively covers all the equipment used in the operating theatre and intensive care unit, including why it is used and any related safety concerns. It has been fully updated in its sixth edition to include new technologies introduced during the Covid-19 pandemic. This is ideal as the main text for all trainees undertaking the primary FRCA exams and is also suitable anyone who works with anaesthetic equipment, including anaesthetic and intensive care nurses and operating department practitioners. It features concise and consistent text and illustrations, self-assessment features, and exam tips"-- Publisher's description.
Contents:
Medical gas supply
The anaesthetic machine
Pollution in theatre and scavenging
Breathing systems
Tracheal tubes, tracheostomy tubes and airways
Face masks and oxygen delivery devices
Laryngoscopes and tracheal intubation equipment
Ventilators
Humidification and filtration
Noninvasive monitoring
Invasive monitoring
Pumps, pain management and regional anaesthesia
Additional equipment used in anaesthesia and intensive care
Point-of-care testing
Electrical safety.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - Digital[edited by] Mindy A Smith, Sarina Schrager, Vince WinklerPrins.Contents:
Primary care and the evolving US health care system
Population health
Information mastery
Working in an ambulatory care office
Behavior change
Patient safety in primary care
Overview of prevention and screening
Prenatal care
The pediatric well-child check
Care for the aging parent
Acute problems: approach and treatment
Approach to common chronic problems
Weight management and nutrition
Contraception
Women's health care
Men's health care
Musculoskeletal problems
Sexuality and relationship issues
Skin problems
Chronic pain
Family violence
Common psychosocial problems
Substance use disorders
Community engagement, health equity, and advocacy.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2019 - Digitalsenior editor, Peter F. Lawrence ; editors, Jessica Beth O'Connell, Matthew R. Smeds.Summary: "Focused on the information all medical students need to know to pass the NBME surgery shelf or other rotation examinations, this Sixth Edition of Lawrence's popular Essentials of General Surgery offers concise, high-yield content and a smaller format ideal for study on the go. Updated to reflect the latest advances in the field, this edition provides the authoritative, up-to-date content today's busy medical students need for exam success. Includes general surgery and surgical specialties all in one volume Offers authoritative information by leading surgery educators Provides five in-book practice questions per chapter, with additional questions online Focuses on high-yield information for quick reference Offers an enhanced array of online resources, including a question bank, case studies, and outlines for students and oral exam questions and an image bank for instructors Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"--Provided by publisher
Contents:
Perioperative evaluation and management of surgical patients
Fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base balance
Surgical nutrition
Surgical bleeding: bleeding disorders, hypercoagulable states, and replacement therapy in the surgical patient
Surgical shock
Surgical critical care
Wounds and wound healing
Surgical infection
Trauma
Burns
Abdominal wall, including hernia
Esophagus
Stomach and duodenum
Small intestine and appendix
Colon, rectum, and anus
Biliary tract
Pancreas
Breast
Surgical endocrinology
Liver and spleen
Transplantation
Surgical oncology: malignant diseases of the skin and soft tissue
Pediatric surgery: surgical diseases of children
Plastic surgery: diseases of the skin and soft tissue, face, and hand
Cardiothoracic surgery: diseases of the heart, great vessels, and thoracic cavity
Diseases of the vascular system
Otolaryngology: diseases of the head and neck
Orthopedic surgery: diseases of the musculoskeletal system
Urology: diseases of the genitourinary system
Neurosurgery: diseases of the nervous system.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2019 - DigitalMark Edberg, PhD, Professor, Department of Prevention and Community Health, Milken Institute School of Public Health, Secondary Appointments, Department of Anthropology and Elliott School of International Affairs, The George Washington University Washington, DC.Summary: "This book will examine what is meant by culture, the ways in which culture intersects with health issues, how public health efforts can benefit by understanding and working with cultural processes, and a brief selection of conceptual tools and research methods that are useful in identifying relationships between culture and health. The book will also include practical guidelines for incorporating cultural understanding in public health settings, and examples of programs where that has occurred"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2023Limited to 3 simultaneous users
- DigitalSara E. Wilensky, Joel B. Teitelbaum.Summary: "Essentials of Health Policy and Law, Fifth Edition provides students of public health, medicine, nursing, public policy, and health administration with an introduction to a broad range of seminal issues in U.S. health policy and law, analytic frameworks for studying these complex issues, and an understanding of the ways in which health policies and laws are formulated, implemented, and applied. Thoroughly revised, the Fifth Edition explores the key health policy and legal changes brought about by the Biden Administration and the presently Democrat-controlled Congress. It also addresses the Covid-19 pandemic, and its many devastating and intertwined health, economic, and social consequences.KEY FEATURES:- New chapters provide an overview of Public Health and explain emergency preparedness.- Updated figures, tables, statistics, and discussion questions- New textbox icons identify discussion questions, special topics and, technical spotlights to help faculty pick and choose the appropriate content- New concluding chapter on Health Advocacy teaches readers the art and skill of advocacy.- Interactive timeline fully updated and incorporated into the eBook"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Understanding the role of and conceptualizing health policy and law
Policy and the policymaking process
Law and the legal system
Overview of the United States healthcare system
What is public health?
Individual rights in health care and public health
Structural and social drivers of health and the role of law in optimizing health
Understanding health insurance
Health economics in a health policy context
Government health insurance programs : Medicaid, CHIP, and Medicare
Health reform and the Patient Protection adn Affordable Care Act
Healthcare quality policy and law
What is public health emergency preparedness?
The art of structuring and writing a health policy analysis
Federal policy advicacy : advancing policy goals.Digital Access R2Library 2023Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by Karl E. Misulis, E. Lee Murray.Contents:
Overview of hospital neurology
Interface between hospital and outpatient neurology
Business of hospital neurology
Motor and sensory disturbance
Mental status change
Visual change
Language ad hearing deficits
Cranial neuropathies
Dizziness, vertigo, and imbalance
Pain and headache
Neurologic complications in medical patients
Neurologic complications in surgical patients
Neurologic manifestations of systemic disease
Hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy
Brain death and persistent vegetative state
Vascular disease
Infectious diseases
Cognitive disorders
Seizures and epilepsy
Headache
Neuromuscular disorders
Demyelinating diseases
Movement disorders
Spinal cord disorders
Neuro-oncology
CSF circulation disorders
Pregnancy and neurology
Endocrine disorders
Nutritional deficiencies and toxicities
Neurotoxicology
Neuro-ophthalmology
Neuro-otology
Cranial nerve disorders
Autonomic disorders
Traumatic brain injury
Sleep disorders
Developmental and genetic disorders
Psychiatric disorders
Toolkit assessments
Toolkit studies
Toolkit neurologic management
Toolkit difficult encounters.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalAmitabh Gulati, Vinay Puttanniah, Brian M. Bruel, William S. Rosenberg, Joseph C. Hung, editors.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalLaxmaiah Manchikanti, editor-in-chief ; Alan D. Kaye, Frank J.E. Falco, Joshua A. Hirsch, editors.Contents:
Section I: Basic Considerations
Chapter 1. Evolution of Interventional Techniques
Chapter 2. Chronic Pain: Pathophysiology and Mechanisms
Chapter 3. Pharmacology and Clinical Relevance of Commonly Used Drugs
Chapter 4. Compliance and Documentation for Interventional Techniques
Chapter 5. Sedation for Interventional Techniques
Chapter 6. Antithrombotic and Antiplatelet Therapy
Section II: Spinal Interventional Techniques
Chapter 7. Anatomy of the Spine for the Interventionalist
Chapter 8. Radiology of the Spine for the Interventionalist
Chapter 9. Fluoroscopy in Interventional Pain Management
Chapter 10. Needle Manipulation Techniques
Chapter 11. Lumbar Epidural Injections
Chapter 12. Thoracic Epidural Injections
Chapter 13. Cervical Epidural Injections
Chapter 14. Percutaneous Adhesiolysis
Chapter 15. Discography
Chapter 16. Percutaneous Lumbar Thermal Annular Procedures
Chapter 17. Lumbar Percutaneous Mechanical Disc Decompression
Chapter 18. Sacroiliac Joint Interventions
Chapter 19. Lumbar Facet Joint Interventions
Chapter 20. Thoracic Facet Joint Interventions
Chapter 21. Cervical Facet Joint Interventions
Chapter 22. Atlanto-Occipital and Atlanto-Axial Joint Injections
Chapter 23. Percutaneous Image-Guided Lumbar Decompression
Chapter 24. Vertebroplasty, Kyphoplasty, and Sacroplasty
Section III: Nonspinal and Peripheral Nerve Blocks
Chapter 25. Ultrasound Basics
Chapter 26. Trigeminal Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
Chapter 27. Occipital Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
Chapter 28. Suprascapular Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
Chapter 29. Chest Wall Blocks and Neurolysis
Chapter 30. Abdominal Wall Blocks and Neurolysis
Chapter 31. Upper Extremity Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
Chapter 32. Lower Extremity Nerve Blocks and Neurolysis
Section IV: Sympathetic Interventional Techniques
Chapter 33. Sphenopalatine Ganglion Blocks
Chapter 34. Cervical and Thoracic Sympathetic Blocks
Chapter 35. Lumbar Sympathetic Blocks and Neurolysis
Chapter 36. Hypogastric Plexus Blocks
Chapter 37. Ganglion Impar Blockade
Chapter 38. Celiac Plexus Blocks and Splanchnic Nerve Blocks
Section V: Soft Tissue and Joint Injections
Chapter 39. Trigger Point Injections
Chapter 40. Tendon Insertion, Tendon Sheath, and Bursa Injections
Chapter 41. Botulinum Toxin Injections for Chronic Pain
Chapter 42. Upper Extremity Joint Injections
Chapter 43. Lower Extremity Joint Injections
Section VI: Implantables
Chapter 44. Spinal Cord Stimulation
Chapter 45. Intrathecal Drug Delivery Systems
Chapter 46. Peripheral Nerve Stimulation. - DigitalBrian Luke Seaward.Contents:
Part 1: The wellness mandala: holistic stress management. The nature of stress
The body: the battlefield for the mind's war games
The emotions: from a motivation of fear to a motivation of love
The mind: the psychology of stress
The spirit: health of the human spirit
Part 2: Effective coping skills. Reframing: creating a positive mind-set
Comic relief: the healing power of humor
Simple assertiveness and healthy boundaries
Time and money: effective resource management
Expressive art therapy
Creative problem solving
Communication skills (in the information age)
Additional coping skills
Part 3: Effective relaxation techniques. The art of calm: relaxation through the five senses
The art of breathing
The art of meditation
The power of mental imagery and visualization
Soothing sounds: music to relax by
Massage therapy and bodywork
Hatha yoga
Self-hypnosis and autogenics
Nutrition: eating for a healthy immune system
Physical exercise: flushing out the stress hormones
Ecotherapy: the healing power of nature
Additional relaxation techniques
Part 4: Designing your personal relaxation program.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 2 simultaneous user - DigitalDean R. Hess, Robert M. Kacmarek.Summary: "This trusted guide is written from the perspective of authors who have more than seventy-five years' experience as clinicians, educators, researchers, and authors. Featuring chapters that are concise, focused, and practical, this book is unique. Unlike other references on the topic, this resource is about mechanical ventilation rather than mechanical ventilators. It is written to provide a solid understanding of the general principles and essential foundational knowledge of mechanical ventilation as required by respiratory therapists and critical care physicians. To make it clinically relevant, Essentials of Mechanical Ventilation includes disease-specific chapters related to mechanical ventilation in these conditions"--Publisher's description.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2014
- DigitalDean R. Hess, Robert M. Kacmarek.Summary: "This book is intended to be a practical guide to adult mechanical ventilation. We have written this book from our perspective of nearly 100 years of experience as clinicians, educators, researchers, and authors. We have made every attempt to keep the topics current and with a distinctly clinical focus. We have reviewed every word and updated the content as necessary. We have added new content such as mechanical ventilation of the obese patient and advanced monitoring procedures. Concepts such as driving pressure are included. We have checked the content against recently published clinical practice guidelines. As in the previous editions, we have kept the chapters short, focused, and practical"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
I: Principles of mechanical ventilation
II: Ventilator management
III: Monitoring during mechanical ventilation
IV: Topics related to mechanical ventilation.Digital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2010 - DigitalN.V. Bhagavan, Chung-Eun Ha.Contents:
The human organism: organ systems, cells, organelles, and our microbiota
Water, acids, bases, and buffers
Amino acids
Three-dimensional structure of proteins and disorders of protein misfolding
Energetics of biological systems
Enzymes and enzyme regulation
Clinical enzymology and biomarkers of tissue injury
Simple carbohydrates
Heteropolysaccharides: glycoconjugates, glycoproteins, and glycolipids
Connective tissue: fibrous and nonfibrous proteins and proteoglycans
Gastrointestinal digestion and absorption
Carbohydrate metabolism I: glycolysis and the tricarboxylic acid cycle
Electron transport chain, oxidative phosphorylation, and other oxygen-consuming systems
Carbohydrate metabolism II: gluconeogenesis, glycogen synthesis and breakdown, and alternative pathways
Protein and amino acid metabolism
Lipids I: fatty acids and eicosanoids
Lipids II: phospholipids, glycosphingolipids, and cholesterol
Lipids III: plasma lipoproteins
Contractile systems
Perturbations of energy metabolism: obesity and diabetes mellitus
Structure and properties of DNA
DNA replication, repair, and mutagenesis
RNA and protein synthesis
Regulation of gene expression
Nucleotide metabolism
Hemoglobin
Metabolism of iron and heme
Endocrine metabolism I: introduction and signal transduction
Endocrine metabolism II: hypothalamus and pituitary
Endocrine metabolism III: adrenal glands
Endocrine metabolism IV: thyroid gland
Endocrine metabolism V: reproductive system
Immunology
Biochemistry of hemostasis
Mineral metabolism
Vitamin metabolism
Water, electrolytes, and acid-base balance.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalMatthew M. Lunn.Summary: Essentials of Medicolegal Death Investigation uses a unique approach by combining medical issues, injury patterns, and investigative procedures to provide the reader with the basic fundamentals for a death investigation. The text introduces the reader to death investigation, common causes of death, and very specific types of death, including blunt-force injuries, gunshot wounds, and toxicology deaths. Each section includes case studies with written and visual descriptions. Written by a well-known and experienced medicolegal death investigator, the book fills a void in medicolegal literature for both students and professionals alike.
Contents: <br/
>1. Introduction to Death Investigation;
2. Death Scene Basics;
3. Cause and Manner of Death;
4. Common Natural Diseases and Disorders;
5. Asphyxiation;
6. Blunt-Force Injuries;
7. Sharp-Force Injuries;
8. Gunshot Wounds;
9. Toxicology Deaths;
10. Special Death Investigations;
11. Ethical/Legal issues;
12. Working with FamiliesDigital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitaleditor-in-chief, Shalender Bhasin, associate editors, Michael P O'Leary, Shehzad S. Basaria.Summary: "The textbook emphasizes pathophysiologic basis of major mens health problems, evidence-based algorithms for disease management, and integrated models of patient-centric treatment. It offers useful guidance on optimizing workflow, and patient education tools and resources, consistent with recent trends in healthcare delivery"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Pathophysiological basis of androgen disorders in men / Ilpo Huhtaniemi
Pathophysiology of erectile disfunction / Chirag N. Dave, Arthur L. Burnett, and Amin S. Herati
The pathophysiology of male infertility / Ramy Abou Ghaydaa and Martin Kathrinsa
Reproductive disorders associated with aging / Shalender Bhasin
Genetics of male reproductive deficiency / Rena Xu, Cigdem Tanriku, and Robert Oates
An rationale approach to the physical examination of men for the evaluation of male reproductive disorders / Farah Daneshvar and Bradley D. Anawalt
Laboratory evaluation of men with reproductive disorders in the primary care setting / Maria A. Yialamas
The effective use of the electronic health record (EHR), internet resources, and patient education materials in clinical practice / Ramy Abou Ghayda, Anna Goldman and Martin Kathrins
Diagnosis and treatment of androgen deficiency syndromes in men / Frances J. Hayes
Gynecomastia / Thiago Gagliano-Jucá and Shehzad Basaria
Disordered sleep and reproductive dysfunction / Fiona Yuen, Amy James, Jeanne Wallace, and Peter Y. Liu
Evaluation and management of erectile dysfunction / Alan W. Shindel and Tom F. Lue
What a sex therapist wants you to know about treating men with sexual disorders / Michael A. Perelman
The evaluation of the infertile man / Ramy Abou Ghayda, Shalender Bhasin, and Martin Kathrins
Assisted reproductive technologies (ART) for male infertility / Martin Kathrins, Ramy Abou Ghayda, and Elena Yanushpolsky
Contraceptive options for single men and men in stable relationships / Christina Wang and Ronald S. Swerdloff
Genitourinary disorders in primary care / Katherine M. Rodriguez, Zachary Dao, Alexander W. Pastuszak, and Mohit Khera
Lower urinary tract symptoms secondary to benign prostatic hyperplasia / Joseph Mahon and Kevin T. McVary
Diagnoses and management of chronic pelvic pain in men / Iryna M. Crescenze and J. Quentin Clemens
Screening for prostate cancer / Manuel Ozambela Jr. and Mark A. Preston
Detection, prevention, and treatment of sexually-transmitted infections in men / Kevin L. Ard and Sigal Yawetz
The use of body-appearance and performance-enhancing drugs and body image disorders in men / Gen Kanayama and Harrison G. Pope Jr.
Body image, eating disorders and appearance and performance enhancing drug use in males / Trevor C. Griffen and Tom Hildebrandt
Integrated care of the transgender and gender non-binary person / Anna Goldman and Ole-Petter R. Hamnvik
Optimizing the use of gender affirming therapies / Jason A Park and Joshua D. Safer
Health issues among survivors of testicular cancer and infertile men / Angel Elenkov, Stefan Arver, and Aleksander Giwercman
Management of complications related to the treatment of localized prostate cancer / Ramy Abou Ghayda and Michael O'Leary
Fertility and reproductive health of long-term cancer survivors / Robert E. Brannigan.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020 - DigitalMervyn Deitel, editor.Summary: This book indicates the technique and fine points of the mini- and one-anastomosis gastric bypass, and looks at the means of revising other operations related to it. The chapters discuss postoperative complications, treatment and requirements, postoperative diet and medications, the remarkable effects on the co-morbidities of morbid obesity, and the durability of the weight loss, as well as the improvement in the quality of life. Essentials of Mini - One Anastomosis Gastric Bypass aims to help surgeons manage the difficulties encountered within this procedure and to help create improved practice.
- DigitalFranklin Amthor, W. Anne Burton Theibert, David Standaert, Erik Roberson.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Hemanshu Prabhakar, Department of Neuroanaesthesiology and Critical Care, All India Institute of Medical Sciences, New Delhi, India.Digital Access
- DigitalAnsgar M. Brambrink, Jeffrey R. Kirsch, editors.Summary: This comprehensive, evidence-based book is intended to serve as a reference for medical practitioners involved in the perioperative care of neurosurgical patients. Fundamental aspects of neuroanesthesiology and neurocritical care are thoroughly examined across 101 chapters, outlining key elements that are crucial to a care provider's knowledge of the practice. These elements include specific diagnostic procedures and treatment options, concepts and applicable details of the available neurosurgical interventions and techniques, and mechanisms necessary to provide top of the line care for patients. Each chapter features definitive and distinct areas of this multi-specialty discipline, and is designed to guide the reader from problem to solution in situations that can arise in the clinical setting. Essentials of Neurosurgical Anesthesia & Critical Care, 2nd edition is a problem-oriented approach textbook that will aid a wide variety of readers in handling day-to-day issues and developments relevant to the perioperative care of neurosurgical patients.
Contents:
Section I. Basics of Neuroanesthesia Care
1
The Adult Central Nervous System: Anatomy and Physiology
2
Neuroendocrine Physiology: Fundamentals and Common Syndromes
3
Cerebral Edema: Pathophysiology and Principles of Management
4
Management of Fluids, Electrolytes and Blood Products in Neurosurgical Patients
5
Key Monitoring in Neuroanesthesia: Principles, Techniques and Indications
6
Assessing the Anesthetized State with the Electroencephalogram
Section II. Preoperative Concerns of the Neuroanesthesiologist
7
Cardiovascular Risk and Instability: Evaluation, Management and Triage
8
Risk Assessment and Treatment of Critical Carotid Stenosis: Suggestions for Perioperative Management
9
Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: Risk Assessment and Perioperative Complications
10
Traumatic Brain Injury: Risk Assessment and Perioperative Management
11
Rare Neurologic Disorders and Neuromuscular Diseases: Risk Assessment and Perioperative Management
12
Perioperative Pharmacotherapy in Neurosurgery: Risk Assessment and Planning
13. Specific Considerations Regarding Consent and Communication with Patients and Family Prior to Neurosurgery
14. Neurotoxicity of General Anesthetics
15. Postoperative Neurocognitive Disorders in the Geriatric Patient
16: The Chronic Pain Patient Scheduled For Neurosurgery
17
Anesthesia for Patients Scheduled for Intraoperative Electrophysiological Monitoring
18
Factors Influencing Outcome in Neurosurgical Anesthesia
19
A Comparison of Inhaled Anesthesia and Total Intravenous Anesthesia with Target-Controlled Infusion for Neuroanesthesia
Section III. Fundamentals of Adult Neurosurgery / Neuroanesthesia
20. Preparing for Anesthesia in Neurosurgical Patients
21
Basics of Neurosurgical Techniques and Procedures
22
Positioning the Patient for Neurosurgical Operations
23
The Intraoperative Team: Getting the Most out of Collaborative Care in the Operating Room
24
Next Level Communication
Section IV. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Brain Surgery in Adults
25: The "Tight Brain": Cerebral Herniation Syndrome
26: Cerebral Ischemia: Options for Perioperative Neuroprotection
27 : Massive Hemorrhage During Craniotomy: Emergency Management
28: Challenges During Anesthesia for Awake Craniotomy
29: Perioperative Challenges During Stereotactic Neurosurgery and Deep Brain Stimulator Placement
30: Perioperative Challenges During Posterior Fossa Surgery
31: Perioperative Challenges During Surgical Evacuation of Subdural and Epidural Hematomas
32: Perioperative Challenges During Cerebrovascular Surgery
33: Perioperative Challenges During Pituitary Surgery
34: Perioperative Challenges During Craniotomy for Space-Occupying Brain Lesions
Section V. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Spinal Surgery in Adults
35: Perioperative Challenges in Patients With Unstable Spine
36: Airway Crisis Associated with Cervical Spine Surgery
37: Spinal Cord Injury During Spinal Surgery
38: Blood Loss During Spinal Surgery
39
Coagulopathy in Spinal Surgery
40
Postoperative Visual Loss Following Spinal Surgery
Section VI. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Other Procedures in Adult Neurosurgery
41: Perioperative Challenges During Diagnostic and Perioperative Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
42: Perioperative Challenges During Electro Convulsive Therapy (ECT)
43: Perioperative Challenges During Carotid Artery Revascularization
VII. Specific Perioperative Concerns in Adult Neuroanesthesia
44: Venous Air Embolism During Neurosurgery
45
Arterial Hypotension, Hypertension
46
Hyperthermia and Hypothermia During Neurosurgical Procedures
47: Challenges Associated with Perioperative Monitoring During Neurosurgery
48: Unintended Wake-up During Neurosurgery
49: Cardiac Arrest/Code
50: Arousal from Anesthesia: Failure to Emerge
51: Communication Challenges During the Perioperative Period
Section VIII. Fundamentals of Pediatric Neurosurgery and Neuroanesthesia
52: Anatomy and Physiology of the Central Nervous System in Children
53: Pediatric Anesthetic Care Requirements
54: The Pediatric Airway in Neurosurgery
55: Specific Aspects of Positioning, Fluids, Glucose Control and Temperature Management
Section IX. Critical Situations During Anesthesia for Pediatric Neurosurgery
56:Challenges During Surgery for Hydrochephalus
57: Challenges During Surgery for Traumatic Brain Injury in Children and Adults
58: Challenges During Surgery for Meningomyelocele and Encephalomyelocele
59: Challenges During Cranial Decompression
60: Challenges During Surgery for Craniosynostosis and Craniofacial Surgery
61: Challenges During Tumor Surgery in Children and Infants
62: Challenges During Surgery for Vascular Anomalies in Pediatrics
63: Challenges During Epilepsy Surgery in Pediatric Patients
64: Challenges During Pediatric Endoscopic Neurosurgery
65: Challenges During Diagnostic and Perioperative Imaging in Children with Brain Pathology
Section X. Postoperative Concerns in Pediatric Neuroanesthesia
66: Emergence from Anesthesia Following Pediatric Neurosurgery
67: Postanesthesia Care Unit Risks Following Pediatric Neurosurgery
68: Intensive Care Risks of Pediatric Neurosurgery
Section XI. Fundamentals of Interventional Neuroradiology
69: Radiation Safety in Interventional Neuroradiology
70: Understanding Basic Techniques and Procedures in Interventional Neuroradiology
71: Basics of Image Interpretation in Interventional Neuroradiology
Section XII. Specific Concerns Regarding Anesthesia for Interventional Neuroradiology
72: Procedural Challenges in Interventional Neuroradiology
73
Anesthesiological Challenges During Neuroradiological Interventions
74
Specific Challenges during Neuroradiologic Interventions in Pediatric Patients
Section XIII. Challenges During Postoperative Anesthesia Care After Neurosurgery
75
Surgical Emergencies After Neurosurgery
76
Postoperative Respiratory Complications
77
Neurologic Emergencies After Neurosurgery
78
Hemodynamic Complications After Neurosurgery
79
Endocrinologic Emergencies After Neurosurgery
80
Postoperative Paralysis, Skin Lesions and Corneal Abrasions After Neurosurgery
81
Postoperative Pain Management in Patients After Neurosurgical Operations
82
Management of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting After Neurosurgery
83
The Intrahospital Transport of Neurosurgical Patients
84
Acute Post-op Brain Edema: Treatment Strategies
Section XIV. Challenges in Neurocritical Care of Neurosurgical Patients
85
Altered Mental Status in Neurosurgical Critical Care
86
Cerebrovascular Vasospasm, Normal Pressure Breakthrough Edema, Posterior Reversible Encephalopathy Syndrome (PRES) in Neurosurgical Critical Care
87
Sedation, Analgesia, and Neuromuscular Blockade in Neurosurgical Critical Care
88
Airway and Pulmonary Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
89
Myocardial and Vascular Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
90
Nutrition and Glucose
91
Fluid and Electrolyte Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
92
Temperature Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
93
Coagulation Management in Neurosurgical Critical Care
94
Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage in Neurosurgical Critical
95
Intracranial Monitors in Neurosurgical Critical Care
96
Central Nervous System Infection in Neurosurgical Critical Care
97
Antiepileptic Drug Therapy in Neurosurgical Critical Care
98
Withdrawal of Mechanical Ventilation in Neurosurgical Critical Care
99
Brain Death in Neurosurgical Critical Care
100
Organ Donation
101
Interaction with Family and Friends in Neurosurgical Critical Care. - DigitalFred A. Mettler, Jr., Milton J. Guiberteau.Summary: "Covering both the fundamentals and recent developments in this fast-changing field, Essentials of Nuclear Medicine and Molecular Imaging, 7th Edition, is a must-have resource for radiology residents, nuclear medicine residents and fellows, nuclear medicine specialists, and nuclear medicine technicians. Known for its clear and easily understood writing style, superb illustrations, and self-assessment features, this updated classic is an ideal reference for all diagnostic imaging and therapeutic patient care related to nuclear medicine, as well as an excellent review tool for certification or MOC preparation"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Radioactivity, radionuclides, and radiopharmaceuticals
Instrumentation and quality control
Central nervous system
Thyroid, parathyroid, and salivary glands
Cardiovascular system
Respiratory system
Gastrointestinal tract
Skeletal system
Genitourinary system and adrenal glands
Non-PET neoplasm imaging and radionuclide therapy
Hybrid PET/CT neoplasm imaging
Inflammation and infection imaging
Authorized user and radioisotope safety issues
Self-evaluation
Unknown case sets
Answers to unknown case sets
Appendices. Characteristics of radionuclides for imaging and therapy
Radioactivity conversion table for international system (SI) units
Radioactivity conversion table for international system (SI) units
Technetium-99m decay and generation tables
Other radionuclide decay tables
Injection techniques and pediatric dosages
Sample techniques for nuclear imaging
Nonradioactive pharmaceuticals in nuclear medicine
Pregnancy and breastfeeding
General considerations for hospitalized patients receiving radionuclide therapy
Special considerations and requirements for iodine-131 therapy
Emergency procedures for spills of radioactive materials and special circumstances.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalRachel A. Powsner, Matthew R. Palmer, Edward R. Powsner.Summary: "Clear and simple guidance with excellent illustrations and examples . New chapter on basic MRI physics and instrumentation. New and refreshed discussions of the very latest technological advances in PET-MRI/SPECT/CT. Fully revised throughout"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Front Matter
Basic Nuclear Medicine Physics
Interaction of Radiation with Matter
Formation of Radionuclides
Nonscintillation Detectors
Scintillation Detectors
Imaging Instrumentation
Single-photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT)
Positron Emission Tomography (PET)
X-ray Computed Tomography (CT)
Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
Hybrid Imaging Systems
Image Reconstruction, Processing, and Display
Information Technology
Quality Control
Radiation Biology
Radiation Dosimetry
Radiation Safety
Radiopharmaceutical Therapy
Management of Nuclear Event Casualties / Kevin Donohoe, Rachel A Powsner, Edward R Powsner
Appendix A: Common Nuclides
Appendix B: Major Dosimetry for Common Pharmaceuticals
Appendix C: Guide to Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Publications
Appendix D: Recommended Reading by Topic
Index - Digital[edited by] Virginia K. Saba, Kathleen A. McCormick.Summary: In the years since the previous edition of "Essentials in Nursing Informatics" was published, U.S. hospitals have achieved nearly universal adoption of electronic health record systems (EHR). This edition incorporates updated teaching aids to help educators develop more sophisticated users of technology, who are equipped to improve processes and workflows that result in safer, more effective, and efficient patient care. Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Nursing Informatics Technologies
System Standards
System Life Cycle
Informatics Theory Standards
Policies and Quality Measures in Healthcare
Nursing Practice Applications
Advanced Applications for the Fourth Nursing IT Revolution
Educational Applications
Research Applications
Appendix Clinical Care Classification (CCC) System: Overview, Applications, and AnalysesDigital Access AccessAPN 2021 - Digital[edited by] Amar Agarwal, Dhivya Ashok Kumar.Digital Access
- DigitalPrakash P. Punjabi.Summary: This book will aid surgeons in mastering the essential skills necessary in the ever expanding field of cardiac surgery. As well as presenting basic surgical principles, emphasis throughout the book has been placed on providing essential tips to make every cardiac surgical operation easy, reproducible and safe to perform, and tricks to enable surgeons to manage the difficult situations they are likely to encounter and prevent serious complications. Essentials of Operative Cardiac Surgery is an indispensable text for trainees and established consultants in adult cardiac surgery.
Contents:
Echocardiography In Cardiac Surgery
Basic Set Up In Cardiac Surgery
Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
Aortic Valve Surgery
Mitral Valve Surgery
Tricuspid Valve Surgery
Aortic Surgery
Cardiac Tumours. - DigitalPrakash P. Punjabi, Panagiotis G. Kyriazis, editors.Summary: This extensively revised second edition provides a practically applicable guide to a range of essential techniques in cardiac surgery. As well as presenting basic surgical principles, emphasis is placed on providing detailed instructions on how to perform each technique. Practically relevant guidance on how to effectively manage potential complications is also featured for standard and complex cardiac surgical procedures (e.g., aortic surgical interventions, David's procedure, tricuspid valve interventions etc.). Essentials of Operative Cardiac Surgery systematically reviews a comprehensive range of diagnostic technologies and surgical interventions in cardiac surgery, thus providing the reader with an in-depth, detailed and step-by-step synopsis of almost all routine, standard and advanced surgical techniques. Therefore, this book provides an indispensable primer for practising as well as trainee cardiac surgeons and serves both as a basic and advanced treatise.
Contents:
Echocardiography in Cardiac surgery
Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging In Cardiac Surgery
Systemic Inflammatory Response and Cardiopulmonary Bypass
Basic Setup in Adult Cardiac Surgery
Coronary Artery Bypass Graft with Cardiopulmonary Bypass
Off pump Coronary Artery Bypass Grafting
Aortic Valve Repair/Replacement
Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease Degenerative Repair
Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease Degenerative Replacement
Surgery for Mitral Valve Disease Ischemic Repair
Minimally Invasive Mitral Valve Repair/Replacement
Tricuspid Valve Repair/ Replacement
Cannulation Strategies for Aortic Root Surgery
Ascending Aortic Aneurysm Surgery
Ascending Aortic Dissection Surgery
Valve-sparing Aortic Root Replacement (Yacoub Remodelling Technique)
Valve-Sparing Aortic Root Surgery: The Reimplantation Technique
Coronary Artery Bypass Graft vs Percutaneous Intervention. - Digitaleditors, Honorio T. Benzon, Srinivasa N. Raja, Spencer S. Liu, Scott M. Fishman, Steven P. Cohen ; associate editors, Robert W. Hurley, Khalid Malik, Philip Peng.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
- DigitalSudarshan Kumar Khokhar, Chirakshi Dhull, editors.Summary: The book highlights various pediatric cataract surgeries. It covers variants of pediatric cataract along with other rare morphologies. It covers selected challenging clinical situations along with surgical management steps. Additionally, it includes the management of surgical complications. The book provides relevant concise text supported by clinical pictures and 50 short videos. This book is a collection of clinical images and videos over 2 decades. Chapters cover recent advances in the field of pediatric cataract, such as ultrasound biomicroscopy, intraoperative rhexis assistant, operative room aberrometry. The accompanying video describes the surgical procedures with a voiceover lucidly explaining every step. It discusses unique cases of buphthalmous with cataract, anterior segment dysgenesis, persistent fetal vasculature and pre-existing persistent capsular defect with their latest management techniques. This book is relevant for practicing ophthalmologists and students alike.
Contents:
Part I: Management of pediatric cataract
Pre-operative evaluation and investigative modalities in pediatric cataract
Anesthesia considerations
IOL power calculation
Step wise surgical treatment of pediatric cataract
Bag in the lens
Secondary IOL in congenital cataract
Intra-operative and post-operative complications
Visual axis opacification management
Post-operative management
Part II: Pediatric cataract surgery in challenging situations
Surgery in different scenario - big eyes and small eyes, plaques - anterior and posterior
Persistent fetal vasculature
Pre-existing posterior capsular defect
Management of subluxated lens and spherophakia
Traumatic cataract
Uveitic and complicated cataract
Infective cataract (TORCH)
Anterior segment dysgenesis including aniridia
Cataract associated with ROP, retinal pathologies and miscellaneous cataract (drug induced, radiation induced, albinism). - Digitaledited by Sulpicio Soriano, Craig McClain.Summary: Due to the differences in the neurophysiology and cranial development of infants and children, the anesthetist's approach to the pediatric neurosurgical patient cannot simply be modelled on that for adults. Infants and children undergoing anesthesia for neurosurgical procedures therefore present unique challenges for the anesthetist. Essentials of Pediatric Neuroanesthesia is a practical guide to best practice in managing the perioperative care of pediatric neurosurgical patients, providing comprehensive information on the techniques to administer anesthesia and sedation to this vulnerable patient group. The chapters, written by leading experts, highlight clinical pearls as well as key recommended references, providing rapid access to vital information in the care of the pediatric neurosurgical patient. It is the first book of its kind to be dedicated solely to neuroanesthesia for pediatric patients, making it an essential read for both experienced and trainee pediatric anesthetists and neuroanesthetists.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- DigitalTerri Goodman, PhD, RN, CNOR, Terri Goodman & Associates, Dallas, Texas, Cynthia Spry, MA, MS, RN, CNOR, CSIT, Independent Clinical Consultant, New York, New York.Summary: This guide to the operating room orientation process is an educational companion tool designed to provide a framework for developing an educational program or supplementing an existing one, a resource to facilitate independent study, and an on-going reference for OR nursing staff. Each chapter provides an outline, lesson content, programmed instructional exercises, test, references, and information that is basic, significant, and essential to each topic. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction to perioperative nursing
Preparing the patient for surgery
Prevention of infection : instrument processing
Aseptic practices : preparing the sterile field and the patient for surgery
Prevention of injury : positioning the patient for surgery
Prevention of retained surgical items
Prevention of injury : hemostasis, tourniquets, and electrosurgical equipment
Effective management of surgical instrumentation
Prevention of injury : wound management
Prevention of injury : anesthesia and medication safety
Environment of care and life safety.Digital Access R2Library 2017Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalMuhammad Sajid Hamid Akash, Kanwal Rehman.Summary: Recent advances in the pharmaceutical sciences and biotechnology have facilitated the production, design, formulation and use of various types of pharmaceuticals and biopharmaceuticals. This book provides detailed information on the background, basic principles, and components of techniques used for the analysis of pharmaceuticals and biopharmaceuticals. Focusing on those analytical techniques that are most frequently used for pharmaceuticals, it classifies them into three major sections and 19 chapters, each of which discusses a respective technique in detail. Chiefly intended for graduate students in the pharmaceutical sciences, the book will familiarize them with the components, working principles and practical applications of these indispensable analytical techniques.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
About the Authors
1: Introduction to Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Types of Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.2.1 Qualitative Analysis
1.2.2 Quantitative Analysis
1.2.3 Classical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.2.3.1 Gravimetry
1.2.3.2 Titrimetry
1.2.3.3 Volumetry
1.2.4 Instrumental Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.2.4.1 Optical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
Absorption of Radiation Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
Emission of Radiation Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis 1.2.4.2 Chromatographic Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.2.4.3 Electrochemical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.2.5 Radiochemical Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.2.6 Thermal Methods for Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.3 Where We Do Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.4 Socio-Economic Impact of Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.5 Regulatory Issues for Pharmaceutical Analysis: The Present Situation and Future Trends
1.6 Basic Requirements for Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.7 Terms Used in Analytical Techniques
1.7.1 Analyte
1.7.2 Analytical Blank
1.7.3 Standard Solution 1.7.3.1 Molarity
1.7.3.2 Normality
1.7.3.3 Primary Standard Solution
1.7.3.4 Secondary Standard Solution
1.7.4 Indicators
1.7.5 Calibration of Analytical Method for Pharmaceutical Analysis
1.7.6 Statistical Analysis
1.7.6.1 Errors
1.7.6.2 Types of Errors
Determinate Errors
Instrumental Errors
Personal Errors
Operative Errors
Reagent Errors
Constant Errors
Proportional Errors
Errors in Method
Absolute Error
Relative Error
Indeterminate Errors
Sources of Errors
1.7.6.3 Limit of Detection
1.7.6.4 Limit of Quantification 1.7.6.5 Linearity
1.7.6.6 Range of Method
1.7.6.7 Selectivity
1.7.7 Sensitivity
1.7.8 Accuracy
1.7.9 Precision
1.7.10 Repeatability
1.7.11 Reproducibility
1.7.11.1 Within-Laboratory Reproducibility
1.7.11.2 Between-Laboratory Reproducibility
1.7.11.3 Dilution
1.7.11.4 Analysis of Variance
1.8 Properties of Drug
1.8.1 Physical Properties of Drugs
1.8.2 Chemical Properties of Drugs
1.9 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)/Protocols
1.10 Applications of Pharmaceutical Analysis
Further Reading
2: Introduction to Spectrophotometric TechniquesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalWalter R. Frontera, Julie K. Silver, Thomas D. Rizzo, Jr., [editors].Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
- Digitaledited by Jeffrey E. Janis.Summary: "The second edition of a bestseller, this new edition has been totally revised and updated with 10 new chapters and many new contributors. It provides essential information in a convenient and easily accessible outline format and is small enough to fit in a lab coat pocket, while still providing comprehensive coverage of the essential topics in aesthetic and reconstructive surgery. The book does not skimp on coverage of aesthetic surgery, face lift, neck lift, fillers, and breast augmentation are given equal time with reconstructive topics such as wound healing, flaps, and microsurgery"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
pt. 1. Fundamentals and basics
pt. 2. Skin and soft tissue
pt. 3. Head and neck
pt. 4. Breast
pt. 5. Trunk and lower extremity
pt. 6. Hand, wrist, and upper extremity
pt. 7. Aesthetic surgery.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2014 - Digitaledited by Jeffrey E. Janis.Summary: "Essentials of Plastic Surgery, Third Edition by renowned plastic surgeon Jeffrey E. Janis and an impressive group of esteemed colleagues, retains its reader-friendly formatting, while featuring extensive updates that reflect significant changes in the field. The book is organized by the same seven sections as the prior edition: Fundamentals and Basics; Skin and Soft Tissue; Head and Neck; Breast; Trunk and Lower Extremity; Hand, Wrist, and Upper Extremity; and Aesthetic Surgery. The new edition includes 127 chapters, as well as updated and expanded references that guide readers to classic and definitive articles and chapters." -- Publishers website "New chapters include Pain Management in Plastic Surgery, Decreasing Complications in Plastic Surgery, Basics of Plastic Surgery Wound Closure, Scars and Scar Management, Skin Grafting, Posterior Trunk Reconstruction, Perineal Reconstruction, Nerve Transfers, Targeted Muscle Reinnervation, Hand Rehabilitation, Basics of Skin Care, Aesthetic Facial Anatomy, Secondary Rhinoplasty, Buttock Augmentation, and Male and Female Aesthetic Genital Surgery. Breakout chapters covering breast reconstruction and nonsurgical facial rejuvenation reflect new procedures developed since publication of the second edition." -- Publishers website.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2022
- Printedited by Alex P. Jones, Jeffrey E. Janis ; with the assistance of Anna R. Barnard.Summary: "This publication is a companion to the popular Essentials of Plastic Surgery textbook and provides readers with a comprehensive Q & A book to help them cement the core principles covered within the Essentials text. More than 1000 questions in 102 chapters are presented. The content is structured as multiple choice questions (MCQ) and extended matching questions (EMQ) single best answer format. Furthermore, to increase understanding and context, additional references are provided that help clarify the answers. Each chapter mirrors the equivalent chapter from Essentials with the same format and many of the images and tables are reproduced. Furthermore, the layout ensures answers are not accidentally seen during testing. Questions are repeated in the answer section to avoid the reader having to page back and forth. The answer is fully explained and correct and incorrect answers are justified. This book will be a useful adjunct to the Essentials book on which it is based"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part 1. Fundamentals and basics
part 2. Skin and soft tissue
part 3. Head and neck
part 4. Breast
part 5. Trunk and lower extremity
part 6. Hand, wrist, and upper extremity
part 7. Aesthetic surgery.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2014 - DigitalJones, Alex P., Janis, Jeffrey E.
- Digitaleditors, Robert C. Smith, Gerald G. Osborn, Francesca C. Dwamena, Dale D'Mello, Laura Freilich, Heather S. Laird-Fick.Contents:
Three axioms of mental health care for medical settings
Evaluating physical symptoms
Mental health care model
Major depression and related disorders
Generalized anxiety and related disorders
Prescription substance misuse and other substance misuse
The diagnostic interview
Other mental disorders
Psychotic disorders
Personality disorders
Enhancing your own care.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2019 - DigitalMohammad Jafferany, Bárbara Roque Ferreira, Arsh Patel.Summary: Patients with psychocutaneous disease may present to multiple professionals to seek care. The multidimensional nature of the conditions can lead to specialists being fearful of how to properly manage patients. For example, a dermatologist may be unfamiliar and uncomfortable with acquiring sensitive psychosocial information and a psychiatrist may not know management protocols of wound care related to the patients condition. With the basic information provided in The Essentials of Psychodermatology, healthcare providers can increase their comfort and become less hesitant when making decisions in determining the proper treatment course and assessing the need for referral. This book provides vital information for a multidisciplinary audience to spark collaboration, increased awareness, and ultimately, improved patient-care and will find audience with: Healthcare providers from multiple diverse fields such as, but not limited to, family medicine, dermatology, and psychiatry; Physicians, physicians assistants, nurses, psychologists, and students with exposure to patients with psychocutaneous conditions and/or a special interest in the field; and Professors, educators, and researchers with an interest in psychodermatology or interdisciplinary medicine.
Contents:
1. Introduction: why to study psychodermatology and to whom it may concern
2. Skin and psyche: psychoneuroendocrinoimmunology
3. Basic principles of dermatology applied to psychodermatology
4. Basic principles of psychopathology applied to psychodermatology
5. Classification and terminology of psychodermatologic disorders
6. Screening questionnaires, scales and approach to patients with psychodermatologic disorders
7. Psychophysiologic dermatoses
8. Dermatoses with important psychiatric and social co-morbidities
9. Psychodermatologic disorders with primary psychopathology
10. Cutaneous sensory disorders
11. Common psychotropic treatments used in dermatology, how and when to use
12. Principles of psychotherapy applied to the psychodermatologic disorders.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalTimothy R. Deer, Nomen Azeem, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the development of radiofrequency ablation (RFA) for the treatment of chronic pain. The book consists of three sections; it begins with the foundations of RFA by examining its history, development, mechanisms of action, and types. The second section explores various indications for RFA, including cervical pain, spinal metastasis, vertebral body, and hip joint pain. The final section then discusses the utilization of peripheral nerve ablation. The book concludes with future indications and forward-looking options for these therapies. Essentials of Radiofrequency Ablation of the Spine and Joints is a forward-looking resource that recognizes the expanding field of RFA indications and new tools for ablation.
Contents:
Part 1. Foundations of RFA
1. History/Development of Radiofrequency Ablation (for Chronic Pain)
2. Mechanism of Action of Radiofrequency Ablation
3. Types of Radiofrequency Ablation: Pulsed RFA
4. Types of Radiofrequency Ablation: Cool RFA
5. Types of Radiofrequency Ablation: Monopolar/Bipolar
Part II. Indications for RFA
6. Cervical Pain
7. Thoracic Pain
8. Lumbar Pain
9. Vertebral Body (Basiverterbral nerve) .-10. Spinal Metastasis
11. Sacroiliac Joint Pain.-12. Hip Joint Pain
13. Knee Joint Pain
14. Shoulder Joint Pain
Part III. Other Indications and the Future of RFA
15. Peripheral nerve ablation
16. Future Indications. - DigitalFred A. Mettler, Jr.Contents:
Ch. 1. Introduction
Ch. 2. Head and soft tissues of face and neck
Ch. 3. Chest
Ch. 4. Breast
Ch. 5. Cardiovascular system
Ch. 6. Gastrointestinal system
Ch. 7. Genitourinary system and retroperitoneum
Ch. 8. Skeletal system
Ch. 9. Nonskeletal pediatric imaging.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalHitesh Verma, Alok Thakar, editors.Summary: This book serves as a practical guide for the otorhinolaryngologists to better understand the diseases of the sinonasal region, diagnosis, and management. The detailed knowledge of the complex anatomy of the sinonasal region is the key to surgical success. The text aims to help budding and practicing rhinologists to get an essence abreast of the current scientific advancement by engaging rhinologists with excellent awareness and knowledge as contributors. The book expands its span afar the usual by including topics on complications of endoscopic surgeries, empty sinus syndrome, packing material, open transcranial approach, biofilm, instruments, cavity management, and improved quality of life, etc. The purpose of microbiology, interventional radiology, pathology and nuclear medicine in the diagnosis and management of sinonasal diseases is contributed by authors from allied specialties. This book will be a useful resource for medical students, postgraduates in ENT, practicing rhinologists and general physicians in treating sinonasal diseases. .
Contents:
Endoscopic anatomy and surgery
Rhinoplasty anatomy and procedures
Nasal physiology and sinusitis
Granulomatous disease and faciomaxillary trauma
Diagnostic method and instrumentation in rhinology
Tumours of nose and paranasal sinuses
Extended procedures
Prevention and management of complications
Septum, adenoid and epistaxis
Radiotherapy, chemotherapy and quality of life. - DigitalMatthew Kroh, Sricharan Chalikonda, editors.Summary: Essentials of Robotic Surgery is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of-the-art approach to robotic surgery within the broad confines of general surgery. Sections address preliminary issues surgeons face when initially undertaking robotics. These areas include training, basic techniques, setup, and general troubleshooting. Subsequent chapters focus on specific disease processes and the robotic applications for those procedures. Written by experts in the field, each of these sections address patient selection, preoperative considerations, technical conduct of the most common operations, and avoiding complications. A brief review of the existing literature addressing the particular topic follows in each section. The text concludes with chapters on other robotic platforms beyond the only current FDA approved device (Intuitive Surgical) as well as future directions, including single-site, enhanced imaging, 3-D modeling, and tele-proctoring, including to and distant site surgery. Extensive illustrations and links to video make this an interactive text. Essentials of Robotic Surgery is of great value to general surgeons and associated sub-specialists, trainees including residents and fellows, fully trained surgeons looking to start a robotic surgery practice, and experienced robotic surgeons looking to expand the types of procedures that they currently perform robotically.
Contents:
History of and Current Systems in Robotic Surgery
Training and Credentialing in Robotic Surgery
Basic Set-Up, Principles, and Troubleshooting in Robotic Surgery
Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Esophageal Surgery
Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Gastric Surgery
Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Bariatric Surgery
Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Colon Surgery
Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Rectal Surgery
Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Hepato-Biliary Surgery, Including Cholecystectomy
Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Pancreatic Surgery
Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Endocrine Surgery
Essentials and Future Directions of Robotic Major Pulmonary Resection
Single-Site Surgery
Advanced Imaging, Tele-proctoring, and Off-Site Surgery
Future Directions and Alternate Systems for Robotic Surgery.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalHans Behrbohm, MD, PhD, Professor and Director, Department of Otolaryngology, Facial Plastic Surgery Park-Klinik Weissensee, Teaching Hospital of the Charité University Hospital, Berlin, Germany ; Eugene Tardy Jr. MD, FACS Professor Emeritus and Former Director, Division of Facial Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois, USA ; with contribution from Wibke Behrbohm [and 18 others].Summary: "Essentials of Septorhinoplasty: Philosophy-Approaches-Techniques, Second Edition, integrates the functional and aesthetic aspects of complex nasal surgery to address both cosmetic and breathing issues that often occur simultaneously. Fully revised and updated, this new edition covers surgery of the septum, open rhinoplasty techniques, and closed endonasal techniques, as well as anatomy, diagnosis and preoperative planning, patient psychology, postoperative treatment, and potential complications. Illustrations detailing surgical steps and before-and-after photographs to help plan procedures make this book a complete and practical guide to septorhinoplasty. Features: New and expanded discussion of biostatic surgery, submucosal septal surgery, radiofrequency surgery, endoscopic procedures, DCF implants, and more. Step-by-step description of operative procedures, including the latest graft and suture techniques. More than 600 exquisite illustrations and high-quality color photographs that enhance the text. Contributions from renowned names in the fields of otolaryngology and facial plastic surgery. Essentials of Septorhinoplasty: Philosophy-Approaches-Techniques, Second Edition, is the only book of its kind to incorporate functional and aesthetic considerations in nasal surgery. It is a beneficial addition to the library of any otolaryngologist, facial plastic surgeon, and maxillofacial surgeon who aims to improve both form and function of the nose"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Dual character of nasal surgery
Contemporary rhinoplasty: personal principles and philosophy
Facial proportions and aesthetic ideals in rhinoplasty
Physiology and pathophysiology of nasal breathing
Preoperative management
Principles of modern septoplasty
Structural grafting via the external rhinoplasty approach
Endonasal tip rhinoplasty approaches and techniques
Alar reduction and sculpture
The deviated nose
The functional tension nose, the overprojected nose
The saddle nose -causes and pathogenesis, approaches and operative techniques, principles of tissue replacement in the nose
Rhinoplasty after cleft lip repair
Nasal trauma
Postoperative care and management.Digital Access - DigitalMiles Fisher, Gerard McKay.Contents:
Overview of Type 2 diabetes
SGLT2 inhibitors for treating diabetes
Guidelines for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes mellitus
Using SGLT2 inhibitors in special populations.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by M. Safwan Badr, Jennifer L. Martin.Contents:
SECTION I: INTRODUCTION TO SLEEP MEDICINE
Normal human sleep
Pharmacology of Sleep
Health disparities in sleep medicine
Models of care for patients with sleep disorders/care coordination
Cases
SECTION II: SLEEP DISORDERED BREATHING
Sleep Disordered Breathing: Epidemiology and clinical presentation
Sleep Disordered Breathing: Diagnosis
Obstructive Sleep Apnea: Pathophysiology and Clinical management (treatments)
Central Sleep Apnea: Pathophysiology and clinical management
Hypoventilation during sleep
Peri-operative care for patients with obstructive sleep apnea
SDB in pediatric populations
Cases
SECTION III: OTHER SLEEP DISORDERS
Diagnosis of insomnia disorder
Treatment of insomnia (CBT-I and pharmacotherapy)
Circadian Rhythm Sleep Wake Phase Disorders
Narcolepsy
Parasomnias
Movement disorders
Sleep in critical illness
Sleep in hospitalized patients
Sleep in pregnancy
Sleep in older patients
Cases. - DigitalLangston T. Holly, Paul A. Anderson, editors.Summary: This text includes stabilization techniques for the entire spinal column, ranging from the cranio-cervical junction to the pelvis. The information is presented in an easily digestible format that is suitable for those in school or training, yet includes pearls and insight that can be appreciated by even the most seasoned surgeon. The text is divided into major sections based on the anatomical regions of the spine - cervical, thoracic, and lumbosacral. An additional section is devoted to related surgical concepts and principles such as spinal biomechanics and bone grafting options. Each chapter has a uniform design including background, indications, patient selection, preoperative considerations, surgical technique, technical pearls, and strategies for complication avoidance. Preoperative and postoperative images and/or illustrations are utilized to highlight the presented information. - Description from publisher, viewed April 26, 2018.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalAlpaslan Şenköylü, Federico Canavese, editors.Summary: This concise textbook covers the full spectrum of spine surgery-related topics in a comprehensive yet easy-to-follow, readily accessible format. Addressing trauma, deformity, degeneration, oncology and infections, both in pediatric and adult patients, it provides a broad overview of this complex surgical discipline. Subdivided into four parts, each chapter exhaustively addresses a clinical problem, ranging from signs and symptoms, physical examination through differential diagnoses and classification to treatment options, possible complications and follow-ups. In appendix the reader will find relevant classifications, indexes, questionnaires and quality of life assessments. Didactical videos complement the book illustrating essential basic spine surgery techniques in the daily practice. Written by an international panel of experts this practical and handy guide is an invaluable tool for trainees of both orthopedic surgery and neurosurgery, spine fellows, and junior spine surgeons.
Contents:
Part-1 Pediatric Spine Trauma
1. Pediatric cervical injuries
2. Thoracolumbar Spine Injuries in Children
3 Atlanto-axial (C1-C2) subluxation and dislocation
4 Spinal Cord Injury without Radiographic Abnormality
Part-2 Adult Spine Trauma
5 Upper cervical injuries
6 Sub-axial cervical spine injurie
7 Thoracolumbar injuries
9 Spinal cord injury and related conditions
10 Osteoporotic fractures
Part-3 Pediatric Spine Pathology
11 Back pain in children
12 Congenital scoliosis
13 Early onset idiopathic scoliosis
14 Syndromic scoliosis
15 Early onset neuromuscular scoliosis
16 Idiopathic scoliosis: gebe
17 Progression risk of Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis during puberty and natural history
18 Conservative Treatment for Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
19 Determination of the fusion levels in Adolescent Idiopathic Scoliosis
20 Late onset neuromuscular scoliosis
21 Postural kyphosis
22 Scheuermann Disease
23 Cervical Kyphosis in Neurofibromatosis type I
24 Congenital kyphosis
25 Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis
26 Disc Bulging and Herniation in Children and Adolescents
27 Schmorls nodes
28 Congenital Torticollis (torticollis not related to trauma)
29 Klippel Feil Syndrome
30 Chiari malformation
31 Spinal dysraphism
32 Sacralization of the 5th Lumbar Vertebra
33 Osteoid osteoma and osteoblastoma
34 Osteochondroma
35 Eosinophilic Granuloma (Vertebra Plana)
36 Medulloblastoma and other seeding tumors
37 Spinal astrocytoma
38 Osteosarcoma
39 Ewing sarcoma
40 Discitis in Pediatric spine
Part-4 Adult Spine Pathology
41 Back pain and its generators
42 Cervical degenerative disc disease (including cervical disc herniation)
43 Cervical spondylotic myelopathy (CSM)
44 Thoracic disc herniation
45 Lumbar degenerative disc disease (including lumbar disc herniation)
46 Lumbar Spinal Stenosis
47 Degenerative instability
48 Neglected idiopathic scoliosis
49 De Novo deformity
50 Sagittal plane malalignment
51 Post-traumatic Kyhphosis
52 Post-infectious deformity
53 Pagets disease
54 Ankylosing disorders of the spine: AS and DISH
55 Vertebral Hemangioma
56 Aneurismal bone cyst
57 Giant cell tumor
58 Spinal Meningioma
59 Spinal Nerve Sheath Tumor
60 Spinal Ependymoma
61 Plasmacytoma
62 Chordoma
63 Metastatic lesions of spine
64 Tuberculosis of spine
65 Pyogenic spondylodiscitis
66 Post-surgical spinal infection. - Digitaledited by Marta C. Cohen, Irene Scheimberg.Summary: Essentials of Surgical Pediatric Pathology is a clear and practical yet comprehensive guide for trainee pediatric pathologists and non-pediatric pathologists. Each chapter corresponds to one of the main subspecialties, such as dermatopathology, head and neck pathology, and system pathology. Practical guidance is given on handling pediatric specimens and the authors highlight the ways in which common conditions present differently in adults and children. Other chapters cover conditions typical of childhood, including soft tissue tumors and blue round cell tumors. The chapters begin with a brief clinical presentation, followed by a clear macroscopical and histological description of the principal pathologies seen in children. Up-to-date genetic and immunohistochemical information is provided, and the book includes hundreds of high-quality color images. Written and edited by leading international experts in the field, this is an essential resource for trainee pediatric pathologists, as well as general pathologists who may encounter pediatric cases.
Contents:
Skin / Isabel Colmenero, Antonio Torrelo, and Miguel Reyes-Mugica
Gastrointestinal tract / Marie-Anne Brundler, Paula Borralho, Riitta Karikosky, Paola Domizio, and Marta C. Cohen
Hepatobiliary system and pancreas / Jens Stahlschmidt, Eumenia Castro, and Dolores Lopez-Terrada
The head and neck / Jo MacPartland, Alena Skalova, Rajeev Shukla, and Roman
Kodet
Respiratory system / Gail Deutsch and Erin R. Rudzinski
Endocrine / Maria Teresa Davila, Laura Galluzzo, Derek de Saa, and Irene
Scheimberg
Lymph nodes, bone marrow, and immunodeficiencies / Bo-Yee Ngan, Jo-Anne Vergilio, and Megan S. Lim
Kidneys and lower urinary tract pathology / Marie-Anne Brundler, Aurore Coulomb and Gordan Vujanic
The reproductive system / Katja Gwin, Naveena Singh, Allison Cavallo, and Miguel Reyes-Mugica
The breast / Pamela Lyle, Jane Dahlstrom, and Melinda E. Sanders
Soft tissue tumors in young patients / Cheryl M. Coffin, Mariana M. Cajaiba, Justin M.M. Cates, and Rita Alaggio
Bone and joint lesions / Paul S. Dickman and Julie C. Fanburg-Smith
Neuropathology / David A. Ramsay and Fabiana Lubienicki
Introduction to small round cell tumors of childhood / Erin R. Rudzinski
Molecular genetics and diagnostic techniques / Luc Laurier Oligny.Digital Access Cambridge 2014 - DigitalVivian Gahtan, Michael J. Costanza, editors.Contents:
Diagnosis and imaging
Surgical and endovascular technique and tools
Peripheral arterial thrombosis/emboli
Compartment syndrome
Diabetic foot infection
PAD and claudication
Critical limb ischemia
Lower extremity amputations
Deep venous thrombosis
Superficial thrombophlebitis
Chronic venous insufficiency
Varicose veins
Inferior vena cava filters
Vascular injuries in the neck
Vascular injuries in the abdomen
Extremity vascular injuries
Temporary venous catheters
Arteriovenous hemodialysis access
Access complications
Arterial occlusive disease: carotid, mesenteric, renal
Aortic pathology: AAA, dissection, traumatic transection
Non-atherosclerotic vascular disease: vasculitis, popliteal entrapment, hypercoaguable
Surgical and endovascular complications: infection, hemorrhage. - DigitalStefano Zaffagnini, Roland Becker, Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, João Espregueira-Mendes and C. Niek Dijk, editors.Summary: This book provides an update on a wide variety of hot topics in the field of knee surgery, sports trauma, and arthroscopy, covering the latest developments in basic science and clinical and surgical methods. It comprises the Instructional Course Lectures delivered at the 16th ESSKA Congress, which was held in Amsterdam during May 2014 and brought together the worlds leading orthopaedic and sports physicians. The contributions are all written by European and international experts in their field. Each lecture has a practical focus and provides an up-to-date synthesis of core knowledge on the subject in question with the aid of high-quality illustrations. Take home messages and key recommendations are highlighted. This book will be of value to practitioners and researchers alike.
- DigitalGino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Fares Haddad, Michael T. Hirschmann, Jón Karlsson, Romain Seil, editors.Summary: "This book, comprising the Instructional Course Lectures delivered at the 18th ESSKA Congress in Glasgow in 2018, provides an excellent update on current scientific and clinical knowledge in the field of Orthopaedics and Sports Traumatology. A variety of interesting and controversial topics relating to the shoulder, elbow, hip, knee, and foot are addressed, all of which are very relevant to the daily practice of orthopaedic surgeons. All of the contributions are written by well-known experts from across the world. The presentations will enable the reader to gain a better understanding of pathologies and may permit more individualized treatment of patients. The book will be of interest to clinicians and researchers alike."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Advances in the treatment of complex knee injuries
"Small" fractures below the knee: do not miss
do not mistreat!.- Meniscal injuries, management and outcome.- Basic concepts in hip arthroscopy.- Osteotomy, the surgical details you want to know.- Fast-track in TKA surgery- where are we now?.- New insights in diagnosis and treatment of distal biceps pathology.- Visualisation and anesthesia in shoulder arthroscopy.- The role of arthroscopy in ankle instability treatment.- Combined meniscus and cartilage lesions.- Osteotomies, advanced and complex techniques.- Patellofemoral joint instability: Where are we in 2018?
Extra-articular shoulder endoscopy, a review of techniques and indications.- Unicompartmental knee arthroplasty.- Sports injuries in throwing athletes.- Decision making in anterior shoulder instability.- Pediatric ACL Injuries: Treatment & challenges.- Return to play following achilles tendon rupture.- Management of less frequent and multiligament knee injuries.- Patellofemoral instability: How to operatively stabilize the patella.- Massive retracted rotator cuff tear: treatment options.- Instability after total knee arthroplasty.- Dance Orthopaedics, ballet injuries and when to perform surgical treatment.Digital Access Springer 2018 - Digitaledited by Michael Tobias Hirschmann, Elizaveta Kon, Kristian Samuelsson, Matteo Denti, David Dejour.Summary: This book, comprising the Instructional Course Lectures delivered at the 19th ESSKA Congress in Milan in 2021, provides an excellent update on current scientific and clinical knowledge in the field of orthopaedics and sports traumatology. It addresses a variety of interesting and controversial topics relating to the shoulder, elbow, hip, knee and foot, all of which are highly relevant to orthopaedic surgeons daily practice. Featuring contributions written by leading experts from around the globe, it enables readers to gain a better understanding of pathologies, which in turn can lead to more individualized treatments for patients. The book is of interest to clinicians and researchers alike.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Meniscus allografts: how to improve clinical results, limit chondral degeneration?
Chapter 2. First-Time Patellar Dislocation: a Modern Treatment Strategy Patellar height as a factor
Chapter 3. Operative Techniques Kinematic alignment
Chapter 4. Medial opening wedge high tibial osteotomy
Chapter 5. "Reverse arthroplasty VS other options"
Cases examples
Chapter 6. How to avoid complications in hip arthroscopy
Chapter 7. State of the art in ankle ligament surgery Repair vs. reconstruction. How to choose?
Chapter 8. Mind your head
Chapter 9. All the secrets of elbow instability
Chapter 10. Basics of 2D Planning in Total Knee Replacement
Chapter 11. Minimally invasive osteotomies around the knee
Chapter 12. ACL Reconstruction using a flat Quadriceps Tendon graft without bone block
Chapter 13. Void Filler in opening wedge osteotomies around the knee
Chapter 14. Mobile-bearing Unis
Chapter 15. Reconstructions with tibial slings. When and How?
Chapter 16. Arthroscopic Capsulolabral Repair
Chapter 17. Managing Cam FAI
Intermediate Hip Arthroscopy
Chapter 18. An Update on Ankle Arthroscopy: Current Evidence and Practical Recommendations for 2020
Chapter 19. ACL injury: Where are we now? Is prevention the key for all sports?
Chapter 20. Allograft: biology, mechanics, integration, outcomes (with arthroscopy and cartilage committee according to the European Allograft Initiative)
Chapter 21. Surgical technique: what we would do in different situations
graft choice, one or two steps, fixation, associated lesions
Chapter 22. Cell-Free Biomaterials
Indications And Borders
Chapter 23. The rationale for using navigation for revision total knee arthroplasty
Chapter 24. Pearls, Pitfalls and Complications (MPFL reconstruction)
Chapter 25. What to do if it goes wrong? Solutions after failure
Chapter 26. Advanced Hip arthroscopy: Whats new?
Chapter 27. Platt´s Syndrome: A Nerve Co mplication Associated with Ligament Injuries
Chapter 28. Biologic Therapies In Orthopaedics And Sports Medicine
Chapter 29. ARIF (Arthroscopic Reduction and Internal Fixation) around the Elbow
Chapter 30. Intraarticular Osteotomies after Tibial Head Fractures
Chapter 31. Preoperative planning
Chapter 32. Inlay Patellofemoral Arthroplasty
Chapter 33. Conservative Treatment Approaches of Patellar and Achilles Tendinopathies
Chapter 34. Tendinopathy: From Basic Science to Return to Play.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalUgur Erdemir, Esra Yildiz, editors.Contents:
Introduction
Definition and Causes of Diastema
Initial Consultation
Diagnosis
Esthetic Parameters and Smile Design
Soft Tissue Considerations
Treatment Planning
Treatment Options, Timing, and Sequencing
Material Selection
Cases. - Digital[edited by] Kenneth W. Aschheim.Summary: "Help your patients look better and improve their self-esteem with this complete, user-friendly guide to all of the latest esthetic dentistry procedures that are in high demand. Thoroughly updated by the most renowned leaders in the field, the new third edition of Esthetic Dentistry: A Clinical Approach to Techniques and Materials offers clearly highlighted techniques in step-by-step fashion, with unmistakable delineation of armamentarium, for the treatment of esthetic problems. Hundreds of clinical tips are included throughout the book to help alert you to potential problems, variations on techniques, and other treatment considerations. Plus, an invaluable troubleshooting guide covers the different types of esthetic problems (such as size, discoloration, and spacing issues), potential solutions, and references to chapters where the specific problem is discussed in detail. With this expert reference in hand, you will have all you need to master the latest esthetic procedures that your patients want!"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Troubleshooting guide
Introduction to esthetics
Fundamentals of esthetics and smile analysis
Dentin bonding agents
Color modifiers and opaquers
Composite resin: fundamentals and direct technique restorations
Composite resin: indirect technique restorations
Porcelain laminate veneers restorations
Porcelain-full coverage and partial coverage restorations
Ceramometal full coverage restorations
Acrylic and other resins: provisional restorations
Acrylic and other resins: removable prosthetics
Luting agents
Bleaching and related agents
Esthetics and periodontics
Esthetics and orthodontics
Esthetics and implant surgery
Esthetics and Implant Prosthetics
Esthetics and oral and maxillofacial surgery
Esthetics and pediatric dentistry
Esthetic dentistry and occlusion
Esthetics and laser surgery
Esthetics and oral photography
Esthetics and computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing (CAD/CAM) systems
Esthetics and dermatologic pharmaceuticals
Esthetics and plastic surgery
Esthetics and dental marketing
Esthetics and dental jurisprudence
Esthetics and psychology
Esthetic dentistry and eating disorders
Esthetic dentistry and domestic violence
Custom staining
Ninety second rubber dam placement.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2015 - DigitalRichard D. Trushkowsky, editor.Summary: This book acquaints the clinician with the full range of parameters that need to be considered before undertaking an esthetic rehabilitation with veneers and describes current clinical concepts and techniques. The initial chapters provide the foundation for a comprehensive treatment plan. It is explained how digital smile design in conjunction with a wax-up and functional esthetic prototype allow a patient to visualize the possibilities. Occlusion prior to the initiation of treatment and following treatment is key to the longevity of restorations, and this aspect is given careful consideration. Detailed advice is also offered on proper selection of materials and their placement. The guidance provided will ensure that the reader is fully equipped to gather and assess all relevant information prior to commencement of the final treatment. The treatment itself can range from minimally invasive to more complex depending on the requirements of each individual case. Among the clinical concepts discussed in the book are the use of etched porcelain restorations, minimally invasive CAD/CAM veneers, and the ink glue technique.
Contents:
Chapter 1 Update to Preparation Design and Clinical Concepts Using the LeSage Veneer Classification System
Chapter 2 Orthodontics for Esthetic Dental Treatment: Symbiotic Efforts for Optimal Results
Chapter 3 Periodontal Considerations in Aesthetic Dentistry
Chapter 4 Material Options for the Esthetic Dental Team
Chapter 5 Shade Evaluation for Porcelain Laminate Veneers (PLV)
Chapter 6 Photographic Communication in Esthetic Dentistry
Chapter 7 Adhesion to Glass-ceramics: Concepts and Clinical Implications
Chapter 8 New Materials for CAD/CAM Systems: Resin-based Composites, Polymer Infiltrated Ceramic Network, Zirconia-reinforced Lithium Silicate and High Translucent Zirconia
Chapter 9 The Artificial Intelligence Based 3D Smile Design
Chapter 10 Contact Lens Veneers with Pressed Ceramic
Chapter 11 Minimally Invasive CAD/CAM Veneers
Chapter 12 Aesthetic and Functional Rehabilitation of Worn Teeth with Veneer Materials
Chapter 13 Transforming Discolored Anterior Teeth
Chapter 14 Occlusal Considerations for Esthetic Rehabilitation.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalIñigo de Miguel Beriain.Summary: This book proposes an ethical and legal framework to improve the responses to social issues related not only to the current SARS-CoV-2 pandemic, but also to future pandemics. Its contents cover the issues that are likely to be most controversial in any public health crisis. It starts by discussing non-pharmacological measures, such as the appropriateness of confinement, how to control compliance with public health measures and the ethical, legal and social acceptability of health certificates. Then it turns to issues related to the production, distribution and administration of vaccines, with a particular focus on the design and implementation of vaccination policies. Finally, it analyses the most appropriate criteria to develop a triage, when the situation brings us to this terrible scenario. The analyses presented in this book are based on the ethical and legal frameworks, as well as the social context, of the European Union, and aims to address the main dilemmas faced by any liberal democracy dealing with a pandemic: how to reconcile the defense against a public health crisis together with a respect for fundamental rights and freedoms. The European legal systems have developed a number of conceptual tools designed to ensure that there is no room for arbitrariness in the restrictions introduced by the political power in emergency situations, and this book builds upon these tools. The Ethical, Legal and Social Issues of Pandemics: An Analysis from the EU Perspective is a predominantly practice-oriented book, which will help policy makers to adopt policies that effectively combine public health needs with individual rights and freedoms. It will also help health care givers to understand better the ethical and legal issues involved in their work and citizens, in general, to participate in public decision making in an informed manner. Finally, it will help to design tools that faithfully comply with existing fundamental rights standards.
Contents:
1.Confinement, isolation and tracking
2.Immunity Certificates: The New Frontier
3.Vaccines (I). Creation and distribution
4.Vaccination (II). Vaccination policies
5.Triage: when the tsunami hits. - Digital/PrintAxel W. Bauer, Ralf-Dieter Hofheinz, Jochen S. Utikal, editors.Summary: "This book presents in detail the problems and ethical challenges in daily oncological practice. In western industrialized countries, roughly 25 percent of all citizens still die from cancer. Despite significant progress in basic science and in individual areas of clinical care, even in the 21st century, being diagnosed with cancer has lost none of its dread and can still be a death sentence. This situation raises many problems and challenges for medical ethics, e.g., the question of the benefits and risks of prevention programs, or the right to know and not to know. Clinical trials with cancer patients and quality assurance for surgery, radiotherapy and medication also pose a series of ethical dilemmas. Furthermore, cancer treatment is a psychological challenge not only for patients but also for physicians and caregivers. The issues of adequate pain management and good palliative care, of treatment limiting and the question of assisted suicide at the end of life also have to be considered. In order to reflect the subject's diverse and multifaceted nature, the book incorporates legal, ethnographic, historical and literary perspectives into ethical considerations"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Cancer as an ethical challenge
Historical aspects of the fight against cancer
One in four dies of cancer. Questions about the epidemiology of malignant tumors
Ethical issues related to human papillomavirus vaccination programs: an example from Bangladesh
Ethical challenges around cell lines in cancer research
Risk-adapted prevention. Governance perspective for benefits of genetic (breast cancer) risk
The right to know and not to know: predictive genetic diagnosis and non-diagnosis
Benefits and harms of cancer screening
Ethical dilemmas in conducting clinical trials
Ethical aspects in cancer drug approval, balancing individual versus societal perspectives
Liver living donation for cancer patients: benefits, risks, justification
Quality assurance of cancer medication and the challenge of biosimilars
Cancer in children
Pain and palliative medicine
Advance directives for medical decisions
Euthanasia and assisted suicide
Doctor's health and the health of caregivers
Diagnosis breast cancer. An ethnographic study of illness and disease
The patient's view
The patients' advocate
Cancer in literature. - DigitalAngela Georgia Catic, editor.Summary: This book is designed to present an overview of common geriatrics ethical issues that arise during patient care and research activities. Each chapter includes a case example and practical learning pearls that are useful in day-to-day patient care. Coverage includes a brief overview of geriatric epidemiology, highlighting the high rates of dementia, use of surrogate decisions makers at the end-of-life, relocation from home to long-term care facilities, and low health literacy in the geriatrics population. Sections are devoted to issues around capacity, surrogate decision making, end-of-life care, hemodialysis in the elderly, and futility as well as challenges presented by independence questions, such as dementia care, driving, feeding, and intimacy in nursing homes. The text also addresses questions around recognizing, reporting, and treating elder abuse and self-neglect, ethics related to research and technology in the geriatric population, and the use of e-mail, Facebook, and open notes. Written by experts in the field, Ethical Considerations and Challenges in Geriatrics is a valuable tool for trainees at a variety of levels including medical students, residents, and fellows. In addition, it provides practical guidance and a useful reference for practicing geriatricians, primary care physicians, geriatric nurses, social workers, nursing home workers, hospice care employees, and all medical health professionals working with the elderly.
Contents:
Geriatric Epidemiology
Evaluating Capacity for Safe and Independent Living among Vulnerable Older Adults
Surrogate decision making and advance care planning
End of Life Care of Older Adults
Special Considerations in Older Surgical Patients
Ethical Issues of Renal Replacement Therapy in the Elderly
Ethical Considerations for the Driver with Dementia
Medical Futility
Feeding Issues in Advanced Dementia
Intimacy in the Long-Term Care Setting
Elder Abuse and Neglect
Hospital and Physician Rating Web Sites: Ethical Challenges without Context
Considerations and Challenges in Information and Communication Technology
Ethical Issues in Geriatric Research.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Janice L. Berliner.Contents:
Introduction to clinical ethics / Rebecca R. Anderson
The (micro) array of options for preconceptional and prenatal testing / Daragh Conrad and Christy Stanley
The "ART" of assisted reproductive technologies / Sonja Eubanks Higgins
Testing children for adult onset conditions / Dawn Allain
These are not the genes you're looking for : incidental findings identified as a result of genetic testing / Curtis Coughlin, II
Is that a threat or a promise? Direct-to-consumer marketing of genetic testing / Laura Hercher
Genetics and patent law / Rebecca R. Anderson
Ethical issues in genetic and genomic research / Dawn Allain and Kelly Ormond.Digital Access Oxford [2015] - DigitalBarbara G. Jericho, editor.Contents:
1. Informed Consent: Pediatric Patients, Adolescents, and Emancipated Minors
2. Preoperative Testing: Ethical Challenges, Evidence-Based Medicine and Informed Consent
3. Informed Consent and the Disclosure of Surgeon Experience
4. Perioperative Considerations of Do Not Resuscitate and Do Not Intubate Orders in Adult Patients
5. Pediatric Patients: Do Not Resuscitate Decisions
6. Ethical Care of the Children of Jehovah?s Witnesses
7. Fatigue and the Care of Patients
8. Conscientious Objection
9. Ethical Implications of Drug Shortages
10. Ethical Challenges in High-Risk Innovative Surgery
11. Professionalism in the Operating Room
12. Honesty in the Perioperative Setting: Error and Communication
13. Futility and the Care of the Perioperative Patient
14. End-of-Life Issues: Management of Cardiac Implantable Electronic Devices
15. End-of-Life Issues: Spirituality
16. Ethics in Research and Publication
17. Ethics and Evidence Regarding Animal Subjects Research: Splitting Hares- or Swallowing Camels?. - DigitalGrace Lee, Judy Illes, Frauke Ohl, editors.Summary: Behavioral neuroscience encompasses the disciplines of neurobiology and psychology to study mechanisms of behavior. This volume provides a contemporary overview of the current state of how ethics informs behavioral neuroscience research. There is dual emphasis on ethical challenges in experimental animal approaches and in clinical and nonclinical research involving human participants.
Contents:
Section I. Experimental Animal Research
Ethical Issues Associated with the Use of Animal Experimentation in Behavioural Neuroscience Research
The use of animal models in behavioural neuroscience research
Does the goal justify the methods? Harm and Benefit in Neuroscience Research Using Animals
A Framework for investigating animal consciousness
Telos, Conservation of Welfare, and Ethical Issues in Genetic Engineering of Animals
Would the elimination of the capacity to suffer evolve ethical dilemmas in experimental animal research?
Section II. Clinical Research
Ethics of human research in behavioral neuroscience: Overview of section II
What?s special about the ethical challenges of studying disorders with altered brain activity?
Effects of brain injury on moral agency: Ethical dilemmas in investigating human behavior
Genetic testing and neuroimaging for youth at risk for mental illness: Trading off benefit and risk
Externalization of consciousness: Scientific possibilities and clinical implications
How does enhancing cognition affect human values? How does this translate into social responsibility?
Deep brain stimulation: A principled and pragmatic approach to understanding the ethical and clinical challenges of an evolving technology
Ethical issues and ethical therapy associated with anxiety disorders
Just like a circus: The public consumption of sex differences
Money and morals: Ending clinical trials for financial reasons.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalArtemis Igoumenou, editor.Summary: This work explores and discusses the ethical dilemmas clinicians face in everyday forensic psychiatry practice. We discuss and reflect on ethical issues involving treatment decisions such as antipsychotic polypharmacy, high doses antipsychotics and prescribing anti-libidinal medications. Ethical issues surrounding the use of technology for the management of mentally disordered offenders are explored in depth. The use of the polygraph test, a controversial method of truth facilitation for sex offenders, is discussed. Similarly, we discuss the use of "tagging" for serious offenders that despite being used in the United States of America for a while it has been heavily criticized and opposed. Tagging is gradually being introduced in the UK and other European countries, making consideration of the ethical issues and dilemmas surrounding its use both timely and necessary. This work is a valuable guide for clinicians working in forensic psychiatry settings, particularly when faced with ethical dilemmas concerning decisions around interventions.
Contents:
Part 1: Clinical Forensic Psychiatry
Clinical Forensic Psychiatry; Settings and Practices
Forensic Psychiatry and the Mentally Disordered Offender. Ethical Issues in Treatment Provision within Secure Hospital Environments; Clinical and Legal
Part 2: Ethical Issues in the Treatment and Management of Sex Offenders
Introduction
The Use of Medications for the Treatment of Sex Offenders. Ethical Issues and Controversies
The Use of Polygraph Test in Clinical Forensic Psychiatry Settings
Part 3: Ethical Issues in the Assessment, Treatment and Management of Violent Offenders and Sex Offenders
Ethical Issues Arising from the Prescription of Antipsychotic Medication in Clinical Forensic Settings
The Many Faces of Surveillance: Ethical Considerations that Encompass the Use of Electronic Monitoring in Criminal and Clinical Populations
Assessment and Management of Specific Populations.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalKate A. Mazur, Stacey L. Berg, editors.Summary: This book identifies the various ethical challenges that arise in pediatric hematology/oncology and provides the necessary tools to overcome these challenges. Aiming to expand upon and strengthen providers' knowledge and experience in pediatric health care ethical issues, the text positions providers to be beneficial resources to faculty, staff, patients, and families within their institution. It presents a multidisciplinary approach to sound ethical practices that is necessary to effectively care for these patients and their families. The book reviews the principles of ethical decision-making, the unique difficulties in using children as research subjects, common ethical conundrums involved in providing end-of-life care, and general moralities of professional practice. Written by experts in their fields, Ethical Issues in Pediatric Hematology/Oncology is an innovative and valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, and trainees who work in the field of pediatric hematology/oncology.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Introduction to Ethics in Pediatrics;
Chapter 1: Ethics: A Historical Perspective; Respect for Autonomy; Beneficence and Non-maleficence; Justice; The State of Medical Ethics Today: Practical Applications; Pediatric-Related Ethics; Best Interest Standard of a Child; Informed Consent Process and Assent in Pediatrics; Past, Present, and Future Pediatric Ethical Challenges and Controversies; References;
Chapter 2: Ethical Principles in the Practice of Medicine; Introduction; Defining Ethics; Approaches to Medical Ethics; The Problem of Pluralism The Four Principles of Biomedical Ethics "Doing Ethics": A Modest Approach; Legal and Professional Considerations in Ethics; The Four Boxes of Clinical Ethics; Ethics Consultation; Conclusion; References; Part II: The Ethics of Everyday Clinical Encounters;
Chapter 3: Communicating Prognosis at Diagnosis and Relapse or Progression; Evidence for Honest Communication; Why Is Honest Communication Difficult?; Why Is Honest Communication Important?; Why Is Honest Communication Vital to Decision Making?; Are We Taking Away Hope?; Parental Decision Making: Other Considerations for the Clinician Consideration of Cultural Variations Nuts and Bolts of Honest Communication; Conveying Prognostic Information; Complications in Communication; Communicating with Children; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Managing Conflict When There's Disagreement in Care Between Medical Providers, Caregivers, and Patient; Introduction; Conflict Between Patients/Families and Professionals; Source of Conflict #1: Decisional Authority and the Best Interest Standard; Ethical Considerations; Source of Conflict #2: Decisional and Non-decisional Rights of Adolescent Patients; Ethical Considerations Source of Conflict #3: Problems in Alignment and Communication Among ProfessionalsEthical Considerations; Strategies for Conflict Resolution; Conflict Within Teams and Between Specialties; Source of Conflict #1: Goals of Care; Ethical Considerations; Sources of Conflict #2: Disagreement Over Treatment Options/Interventions; Ethical Considerations; Source of Conflict #3: Clarification and Coordination of Roles; Ethical Considerations; Strategies for Conflict Resolution; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Unique Considerations for Adolescents and Young Adults Adolescence Is a Unique Developmental Period; Informed Consent and Decision-Making in Young Adult and Pediatric Populations; Negotiating the Parent: Patient-Provider Triad; Special Circumstances: Emancipated and Mature Minors; Case-Based Learning: Potential Conflicts in AYA Care; Factors to Consider; Conclusion; References; Part III: Ethical Issues Surrounding Children in Research;
Chapter 6: Ethics in Genetic and Genomic Research; Pediatric Oncology Genomic Studies; Ethical Issues in Pediatric Oncology Genomic Research; Informed Consent in Pediatric Genetic and Genomic Research.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Printedited by Rebecca A. Greenberg, Aviva M. Goldberg, David Rodríguez-Arias.Summary: This book offers a theoretical and practical overview of the specific ethical and legal issues in pediatric organ transplantation. Written by a team of leading experts, Ethical Issues in Pediatric Organ Transplantation addresses those difficult ethical questions concerning clinical, organizational, legal and policy issues including donor, recipient and allocation issues. Challenging topics, including children as donors, donation after cardiac death, misattributed paternity, familial conflicts of interest, developmental disability as a listing criteria, small bowel transplant, and considerations in navigating the media are discussed. It serves as a fundamental handbook and resource for pediatricians, transplant health care professionals, trainees, graduate students, scholars, practitioners of bioethics and health policy makers.
Contents:
Introduction
Rodríguez-Arias, Greenberg, and Goldberg
1.0 Living Donation
1.1 Minors as organ donors
Freedman Ross, Parker and Thistelwaite
1.2 Living donors for fulminant hepatic failure in children
Segedi and Grant
1.3 The Ethics of Persuasion: Evaluating the ethical limits on attempting to persuade families to donate the organs of deceased family members
Chandler and Gruben
1.4 Misattributed Paternity
Freeman and Parker
2.0 Deceased Donation
2.1 Death determination in children
Shemie and Ortega-Deballon
2.2 Controlled donation after cardiac death (2 chapters)
2.2.1 Controlled donation after cardiac death in pediatrics
Talati and Frader
2.2.2 Ethical and organizational challenges in controlled donation after cardiac death for children
Harrison
3.0 Emerging Technology
3.1 Ethical issues in pediatric bowel rehabilitation and small bowel transplantation
Fecteau
3.2 Vascularized Composite Allotransplantation (VCA)
Zlotnik Shaul, Wright, Flynn, Borschel, Hanson, and Zuker
3.3 Media management
Amaral and Feudtner
4.0 Allocating Organs
4.1Transplantation for pediatric foreign nationals
Fortin and Greenberg
4.2 Neurodevelopmental status as a criterion for solid organ transplant eligibility
Wightman, Diekema and Smith
5.0 Recipient Issues
5.1 Psychosocial aspects of pediatric organ transplantation
Derrington, Goldberg and Frader
5.2 Ethical issues in adolescents and transplantation
Goldberg and Fine
Conclusion
Rodríguez-Arias, Greenberg, Goldberg.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016 : - DigitalDónal O'Mathúna, Ron Iphofen, editors.Summary: This Open Access book provides illustrative case studies that explore various research and innovation topics that raise challenges requiring ethical reflection and careful policymaking responses. The cases highlight diverse ethical challenges and provide lessons for the various options available for policymaking. Cases are drawn from many fields, including artificial intelligence, space science, energy, data protection, professional research practice and pandemic planning. Case studies are particularly helpful with ethical issues to provide crucial context. This book reflects the ambiguity of ethical dilemmas in contemporary policymaking. Analyses reflect current debates where consensus has not yet been achieved. These cases illustrate key points made throughout the PRO-RES EU-funded project from which they arise: that ethical judgement is a fluid enterprise, where values, principles and standards must constantly adjust to new situations, new events and new research developments. This book is an indispensable aid to policymaking that addresses, and/or uses evidence from, novel research developments.
Contents:
Chapter1. Introduction: Making the Case for the Case (Dónal O’Mathúna)
Chapter 2. Space: The Final Frontier (Emmanouil Detsis)
Chapter 3. Research and the Ethics of Urban Exploration and Criminal Trespass (Mark Israel)
Chapter 4. Science Advisors and "Good Evidence": A Case Study (Gabi Lombardo)
Chapter 5. Automated Justice, Automated Policing: Issues, Benefits and Risks in the Use of Artificial Intelligence and its Algorithms in Access to Justice and Law Enforcement (Caroline Gans Combe)
Chapter 6. Data Protection in Croatia: An Indicator of Ethics Processes in Research Institutions (Zvonimir Koporc)
Chapter 7. Intellectual Corruption and the American Psychological Association (James F. Welles)
Chapter 8. PRO-RES Guidance Framework for Scientific Research: A Novel Response to Long-standing Issues (P. Kavouras)
Chapter 9. RRI and Research Ethics (Maria Teresa Berliri)
Chapter 10. The Wave Power Project (Ron Iphofen)
Chapter 11. Formulating a Guidance Code for Research Managers (the UK ARMA case) (John Oates)
Chapter 12. Ethics Versus The Law: The Case Of the Belfast Project (Helen Kara)
Chapter 13. Regulating Zoonotic Disease Research: Implications for Pandemic Preparedness (Dónal O’Mathúna)
Chapter 14. Responsible Research and Innovation and India: Towards a Dialectical Approach in Theory and Practice (Krishna Ravi Srinivas). - DigitalDeborah Mascalzoni, editor.Summary: Biobank research and genomic information are changing the way we look at health and medicine. Genomics challenges our values and has always been controversial and difficult to regulate. In the future lies the promise of tailored medical treatments and pharmacogenomics but the borders between medical research and clinical practice are becoming blurred. We see sequencing platforms for research that can have diagnostic value for patients. Clinical applications and research have been kept separate, but the blurring lines challenges existing regulations and ethical frameworks.Then how do we regulate it? This book contains an overview of the existing regulatory landscape for biobank research in the Western world and some critical chapters to show how regulations and ethical frameworks are developed and work. How should international sharing work? How design an ethical informed consent? An underlying critique: the regulatory systems are becoming increasingly complex and opaque. The international community is building systems that should respond to that. According to the authors in fact, it is time to turn the ship around. Biobank researchers have a moral responsibility to look at and assess their work in relation to the bigger picture: the shared norms and values of current society. Research ethics shouldn?t only be a matter of bioethicists writing guidelines that professionals have to follow. Ethics should be practiced through discourse and regulatory frameworks need to be part of that public discourse. Ethics review should be then not merely application of bureaucracy and a burden for researchers but an arena where researchers discuss their projects, receive advice and practice their ethics skills.
Contents:
Introduction / Deborah Mascalzoni
Biobanks: a definition / Barbara Parodi
A participatory space beyond the "autonomy versus property" dichotomy / Mariachiara Tallacchini
Intellectual Property and Biobanks / Naomi Hawkins
Consent, Privacy and Property in the Italian Biobanks Regulation: A Hybrid Model within EU / Matteo Macilotti, Simone Penasa, Marta Tomasi
Data Protection Principles and Research in the Biobanks Age / Roberto Lattanzi
The New General Data Protection Regulation: where are we are and where might we be heading? / Jane Reichel and Anna-Sara Lind
The Tension between Data Sharing and the Protection of Privacy in Genomics Research / Jane Kaye
Incidental findings: the time is not yet ripe for a policy for biobanks / Jennifer Viberg, Mats G. Hansson, Sophie Langenskiöld, Pär Segerdahl
Biobanking across borders: the challenges of harmonization / Ruth Chadwick, Heather Strange
Governing Biobanks Through A European Infrastructure / Emmanuelle Rial-Sebbag, Anne Cambon-Thomsen
EU governance for research and ethics in biobanks / Jane Reichel
A Bold Experiment: Iceland's Genomic Venture / David Winickoff
The Estonian Genome Center, University of Tartu / Aime Keis
The management of the ethical aspects of a local mental diseases biobank for research purposes. An Italian experience / Corinna Porteri
Biobank governance in Spain: From the autonomy of research ethics committees to the autonomy of lay people / Antonio Casado da Rocha
Public deliberation and the role of stakeholders as a new frontier in the governance of science: the British Columbia Biobank Deliberation and the DePGx Project / Claudio Corradetti, Gillian Bartlett
Making researchers moral / Linus Johnsson, Stefan Eriksson, Gert Helgesson, Mats G. Hansson. - Digitalby Shabih H. Zaidi.Summary: Medical ethics and the medical profession are inseparable, yet the formal teaching of medical ethics is a relatively new phenomenon. Furthermore, since the introduction of managed health care, with the physician becoming a 'health provider' and the patient a 'client', the whole concept of medical ethics has undergone a sea change. The contractual relationship between the provider and the client engenders caution and precaution, resulting in defensive medicine. This book both presents a succinct history of medical ethics and discusses a wide range of important ethical dilemmas in the provision of modern health care. A synopsis is provided of ethics through the ages and the role of ethics in the evolution of medicine. Principles and sources of medical ethics, as well as different religious and secular perspectives, are explained. Ethical concerns in relation to a variety of specific issues are then examined. These issues include, for example, human experimentation, stem cell research, assisted reproductive technologies, termination of pregnancy, rationing of health care, euthanasia, and quality of life issues. The author's many years of practicing medicine in different cultures and countries and his passion for religious works, philosophy, literature, poetry, history, and anthropology have informed and enriched the contents of this stimulating book.
Contents:
Part 1. Ethics through the ages: 1 . Early period
2. Greek period
Sophists and Socrates et al
3. Arab period
4. Bacon
Bertrand Russell
5. Voltaire
Dawkins- McIntyre
Part 2. Metaphysics, religious- secular perspectives: 6. Analysis of secular and religious thought
Part 3. Cultural anthropology and medical ethics: 7. Normative principles, autonomy, beneficence, non maleficence and justice
8. Universalism or Relativism
9. Medical ethics in a pluralistic society
Part 4. Nomenclature and description: 10. Principles and sources of medical ethics
11. Justice: a pillar of ethics. Distributive justice and international clinical trials
Part 5. The role of ethics in evolution of medicine: 12.Research ethics
13. Human experimentation
14. The scourge of drug trials
15. Human embryonic stem cell research
16. Stem cell in cultivation of sensory organs, curing deafness
17. Cybrid. Is science going mad?
18. Teaching medical ethics
Part 6. Reproductive health, ART, IVF, Abortion, Pregenetic diagnosis (PGD): 19. Assisted Reproductive Technologies
20. IVF, Pre genetic diagnosis, termination of pregnancy
21. Surrogacy
Part 7. Managed health care: 22. Rationing. Services within limited resources
23. Futility of treatment. Euthanasia
24. Therapeutic nihilism
Part 8. Quality of life issues: 25. Care of the elderly, and QALYS
26. Hospices and palliative care
27. Controversial pathways , passive euthanasia. Assisted life termination
28. Assisted life prolongation and end of life issues
Part 9. Physicians' oaths: 29. Lessons drawn from Duae Makaram Al Akhlaq
30. Hippocratic oath and contemporary faith based oaths.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalNancy Kirsch.Summary: "A collection of case studies exploring ethical decision making for physical therapy students and practicing physical therapists"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Part One: Ethics for the Physical Therapist
Chapter 1: Healthcare Ethics
Chapter 2: Professionalism
Chapter 3: Ethical Guidance: The Code of Ethics for Physical Therapists and Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant
Chapter 4: Ethical Risk Factors
Chapter 5: Applying Ethical Decision-Making Models in Clinical Practice
Chapter 6: The Ethical Challenges of the Future
Part Two: Types of Ethical Decisions: Case Analysis
Chapter 7: Introduction to Case Analysis
Chapter 8: Accountability
Chapter 9: Boundary Issues
Chapter 10: Practice Issues
Chapter 11: Professional Relationships
Chapter 12: Professional Responsibility
Chapter 13: Professional Self-Regulation
Chapter 14: Supervision
Chapter 15: The Student Physical Therapist
Appendix A: The Code of Ethics for Physical Therapists
Appendix B: Standards of Ethical Conduct for the Physical Therapist Assistant
Appendix C: Ideas to Consider Answers
Appendix D: References.Digital Access - DigitalMarike L. D. Broekman, editor.Summary: This book covers all ethical aspects of introducing novel implants and procedures in neurosurgery in a structured way, addressing the current knowledge gap concerning ethical innovations in neurosurgery. Initially it explores the difficulties involved in defining when a procedure should be considered innovation, research, or care. To this end, it presents not only an overview of current literature, but also data from a recent survey among neurosurgeons in Europe. The book subsequently discusses the ethical issues related to innovation. These include: informed consent (what should a surgeon tell the patient and how should he/she do so), oversight (can any surgeon simply implant a novel spinal device?), the learning curve (when should a surgeon be allowed to perform a novel procedure?), vulnerable patients (how to innovate in the pediatric population or in an emergency setting), and conflicts of interest, as well as the ethics of paying for innovative treatments. In turn, the closing chapters focus on the evaluation of neurosurgical research and innovation. Are cultural changes necessary and how could innovation benefit from (international) collaborations? Given the range of topics addressed, the book offers neurosurgeons, residents, scientists, companies and hospital administrations a valuable guide to introducing novel implants and techniques in neurosurgery.
Contents:
Innovation in neurosurgery: key ethical challenges
Payment for and right to innovation in neurosurgery
Evaluation of innovations in neurosurgery
Innovation in neurosurgery: required culture and team collaboration. - DigitalJenny Krutzinna, Luciano Floridi, editors.Summary: This open access book presents an ethical approach to utilizing personal medical data. It features essays that combine academic argument with practical application of ethical principles. The contributors are experts in ethics and law. They address the challenges in the re-use of medical data of the deceased on a voluntary basis. This pioneering study looks at the many factors involved when individuals and organizations wish to share information for research, policy-making, and humanitarian purposes. Today, it is easy to donate blood or even organs, but it is virtually impossible to donate one's own medical data. This is seen as ethically unacceptable. Yet, data donation can greatly benefit the welfare of our societies. This collection provides timely interdisciplinary research on biomedical big data. Topics include the ethics of data donation, the legal and regulatory challenges, and the current and future collaborations. Readers will learn about the ethical and regulatory challenges associated with medical data donations. They will also better understand the special nature of using deceased data for research purposes with regard to ethical principles of autonomy, beneficence, and justice. In addition, the contributors identify the key governance issues of such a scheme. The essays also look at what we can learn in terms of best practice from existing medical data schemes.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction (Jenny Krutzinna and Luciano Floridi).- Part I: Conceptualising the Ethics of Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 2. Data Donation: How to Resist the iLeviathan (Barbara Prainsack).- Chapter 3. Data Donations as Exercises of Sovereignty (Patrik Hummel, Matthias Braun and Peter Dabrock).- Chapter 4. The Ethics of Uncertainty for Data Subjects (Philip J. Nickel).- Chapter 5. Incongruities and Dilemmas in Data Donation: Juggling our 1s and 0s (Kerina H. Jones).- Part II: Governance and Regulation of Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 6. Posthumous Medical Data Donation: The Case for a Regulatory Framework (Edina Harbinja).- Chapter 7. Medical Data Donation, Consent and the Public Interest after Death: A Gateway to Posthumous Data Use (Annie Sorbie).- Part III: Implementing Ethical Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 8. The Personal Data is Political (Bastian Greshake Tzovaras and Athina Tzovara).- Chapter 9. Personal Data Cooperatives
A New Data Governance Framework for Data Donations and Precision Health (Ernst Hafen).- Chapter 10. Defining Data Donation After Death: Metadata, Families, Directives, Guardians and the Road to Big Consent (David M. Shaw).- Part IV: An Ethical Code for Posthumous Medical Data Donation.- Chapter 11. Enabling Posthumous Medical Data Donation: A Plea for the Ethical Utilisation of Personal Health Data (Jenny Krutzinna, Mariarosaria Taddeo and Luciano Floridi).- Chapter 12. An Ethical Code for Posthumous Medical Data Donation (Jenny Krutzinna, Mariarosaria Taddeo and Luciano Floridi). - Digital[edited by] Roxana Cobo.Digital Access
- DigitalPietro Amedeo Modesti, Francesco P. Cappuccio, Gianfranco Parati, editors.Summary: In the context of the most significant influx of migrants in European history, the objective of this book is to provide healthcare professionals with essential knowledge and skills to effectively treat and prevent cardiovascular diseases in ethnic minorities. Acknowledging that the scientific and cultural training of health professionals on the specific health needs of minority groups is still limited and likely biased, the book sheds light on the different health policies in European countries as well as epidemiologic data on cardiovascular events among migrants. In addition, it presents an in-depth analysis of potential ethnic-group-specific drivers of global cardiovascular risk within this new and challenging framework - as well as issues related to its prevention and treatment. The prevalence of hypertension, diabetes, chronic kidney disease, obesity, and metabolic syndrome is found to be higher among most minority groups than in the native population, yet their access to treatment and health services may be limited by cultural and language barriers. As health professionals are confronted with such intercultural challenges on a daily basis, specific training and dedicated publications are thus essential to accompany and foster a constructive development towards a pluralist and healthier society. This book addresses that need, offering a unique and revealing resource.
- DigitalBecky S. Li, Howard I. Maibach, editors.Summary: This book is written to help educate dermatologists and general physicians of the challenges involved in treating those with darker skin tones in culturally appropriate ways. Distinctly broken up into three sections for ease of use, the reader enters the text through a series of chapters meant to introduce the physician to the anatomical structure and makeup of patient with skin of color as well as the evolution basic concepts for understanding and treatment. The second and longest section looks at diseases and cosmetic concerns covering some of the most common issues for patients with skin of color. The last section offers cultural considerations to treatment and care. Socially conscious and comprehensive, Ethnic Skin and Hair is written by some of the leading names in dermatological treatment of skin of color, and functions as a concise and thorough tool for dermatologists at every stage in their career.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction/Overview
Chapter 1. Defining Skin of Color
Chapter 2. Skin of Color: Biology, Physiology, Structure, and Function
Chapter 3. Biology of Hair
Chapter 4. Physiology of Skin Pigmentation
Part II. Skin Diseases and Concerns in Ethnic Skin.-Chapter 5. Skin Cancer Knowledge, Awareness, and Perception
Chapter 6. Other Effects of Ultraviolet Light: Photosensitivity, Photoreactivity, and Photoaging
Chapter 7. Inflammatory Disorders: Acne Vulgaris, Atopic Dermatitis, Seborrheic Dermatitis, Lupus Erythematosus, Dermatomyositis, and Scleroderma
Chapter 8. Inflammatory Disorders: Psoriasis, Lichen Planus, Pityriasis Rosea, Sarcoidosis
Chapter 9. Pigmentary Disorders
Chapter 10. Management of Pigmentary Disorders
Chapter 11. Hair Loss in Women of Color
Chapter 12. Ethnic Skin Disorders
Part III: Other Considerations.-Chapter 13. Multicultural Competence and Other Considerations
Chapter 14. The Impact of Skin and Hair Disease in Ethnic Skin. - Digitaledited by Gwen Yeo, Linda A. Gerdner and Dolores Gallagher-Thompson.Summary: In recent years, the literature on the topic of ethnic and racial issues in Alzheimer's disease and other dementias has increased dramatically. At the same time, the need for cultural competence in all of geriatric care, including dementia care, is increasingly being acknowledged. Dementia is a large societal problem affecting all communities, regardless of race or ethnicity, and understanding dementia for specific groups is tremendously important for both clinical knowledge and for health planning as a nation. This third edition of Ethnicity and the Dementias offers invaluable background information in this area, while also examining how those suffering from dementia and their family members respond or adapt to the challenges that follow. Thoroughly updated and revised throughout, the book features contributions from leading clinicians and researchers in the field, with particular attention given to genetic and cultural factors related to dementia, effective prevention and treatment strategies, and issues in caregiving and family support.
Contents:
Incidence and prevalence of dementia in U. S. race and ethnic populations
Risk factors for dementia among race and ethnic populations in the United States
Assessment of cognitive Impairment, alzheimer's disease, and other forms of dementia
Dementia assessment in African Americans
Dementia assessment in American Indians
Dementia assessment in Asian Americans
Dementia assessment in Latino Americans
Treatment and management of dementia in the context of family care
Working with lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender families
Working with African American families
Working with American Indian and Alaska native families
Working with Asian Indian and South Asian American families
Working with Chinese American families
Working with Filipino American families
Working with Hmong American families
Working with Japanese American families
Working with Korean American families
Working with Vietnamese American families
Working with Cuban American families
Working with Mexican American families
Future directions and recommendations.Digital Access TandFonline 2019 - DigitalArshad Mehmood Abbasi, Rainer W. Bussmann, editors.Summary: Natural resources and associated biological diversity provide the basis of livelihood for human population, particularly in the rural areas and mountain regions across the globe. Asia is home to the world's highest mountain regions including the Himalayas, Karakorum and Hindukush. These regions are renowned around the globe because of their unique beauty, climate, and biocultural diversity. Because of geoclimatic conditions, the mountains of Asia are medicinal and food plant diversity hot spots. The indigenous communities residing in the valleys of these mountains have their own culture and traditions, and have a long history of interaction with the surrounding plant diversity. Local inhabitants of these mountains areas possess significant traditional knowledge of plant species used as food, medicine, and for cultural purposes. So far, many workers have reported traditional uses of plant species from different regions of Asia including some mountain areas; however, there is not one inclusive document on the ethnobotany of mountains in Asia. This book provides a comprehensive overview on ethno-ecological knowledge and cross cultural variation in the application of plant species among various communities residing in the mountains of Asia; cross cultural variation in traditional uses of plant species by the mountain communities; high value medicinal and food plant species; and threats and conservation status of plant species and traditional knowledge. This book should be useful to researchers of biodiversity and conservation, ethnobiologists, ethnoecologists, naturalists, phytochemists, pharmacists, policy makers, and all who have a devotion to nature.
Contents:
Medicinal, Nutritional, and Spiritual Significance of Plants in Bhutan: Their Biodiscovery Potential and Conservation Status
Ethnobotany of the Himalayas--Kashmir, India
Food from Forest: Diversity of Wild Vegetables Used by Pwo People Thailand
Study of Medicinal Plants of the Chitral Gol National Park (CGNP) with Special Emphasis on Future Conservation and Sustainability
Ethnobotany of Western Himalayan Region, Azad Jammu and Kashmir, Pakistan
Floral Composition, Sustainable Utilization, and Conservation of Important Medicinal Plants in the Ayubia National Park, Abbottabad, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, Pakistan
Ethnomedicinal Uses of Plant Species from the Himalayas
Plant Resources and Their Uses in Salt Range, Pakistan
Ethno-Medicinal Uses of Wildlife in Azad Jammu and Kashmir, Pakistan
Ethnobotanical Study of Traditional Medicinal Plants of Tharu Community in Swathi Village, Nawalparasi District Nepal
Ethnomedicinal Uses of Animals in Vicinity of Ayubia National Park, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa-Pakistan
Ethnobotany of Karakorum, Pakistan
Ethnobotany of Mountain Region of Himalaya, District Poonch, Azad Kashmir
Diversity and Uses of Wild Animals in Bagh, AJ&K, Pakistan
Ethnobotanical Appraisal of Medicinal Plants from Bajaur; A Remote Area of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Province of Pakistan
Folk Formulations of Asteraceae Species as Remedy for Different Ailments in Lesser Himalayas, Pakistan
Medicinal Flora and Cultural Values of Arkot-Biakand Valley Hindu Kush Region Swat, Pakistan
Healthcare Choices and Use of Medicinal Plants: An Ethnobotanical Study in Kanda Area of Bajhang District, Kailash Sacred Landscape, Nepal
Exploration, Conservation, and Utilization of Ethnobotanical Knowledge: Sri Lankan Perspective. - Digitaledited by Ketevan Batsatsashvili, Zaal Kikvidze, Rainer W. Bussmann.Summary: Research in recent years has increasingly shifted away from purely academic research, and into applied aspects of the discipline, including climate change research, conservation, and sustainable development. It has by now widely been recognized that "traditional" knowledge is always in flux and adapting to a quickly changing environment. Trends of globalization, especially the globalization of plant markets, have greatly influenced how plant resources are managed nowadays. While ethnobotanical studies are now available from many regions of the world, no comprehensive encyclopedic series focusing on the worlds mountain regions is available in the market. Scholars in plant sciences worldwide will be interested in this dynamic content. The field (and thus the market) of ethnobotany and ethnopharmacology has grown considerably in recent years. Student interest is on the rise, attendance at professional conferences has grown steadily, and the number of professionals calling themselves ethnobotanists has increased significantly. Various societies of such professionals include the Society for Economic Botany, the International Society of Ethnopharmacology, the Society of Ethnobiology, the International Society for Ethnobiology, and many regional and national societies in the field that currently have thousands of members. Growth has been most robust in BRIC countries. The objective of this new MRW on Ethnobotany of Mountain Regions is to take advantage of the increasing international interest and scholarship in the field of mountain research. We anticipate including the best and latest research on a full range of descriptive, methodological, theoretical, and applied research on the most important plants for each region. Each contribution will be scientifically rigorous and contribute to the overall field of study.
Contents:
Central Asia and Altai
Introduction to the Region
Kazakhstan
Kyrgystan and Tadjikistan
Mongolia
Siberian Russia
Plant profiles. - DigitalLenise Cummings-Vaughn, Dulce M. Cruz-Oliver, editors.Contents:
Part I: Ethnogeriatric Foundations
Why Ethnogeriatrics is Important.- Theoretical Foundations
Demographic Trends in Aging for Ethnogeriatrics
Impact of Immigration: Disease Exposure and Health Maintenance
Part II: Research Issues on Ethnogeriatrics
Clinical and Translational Research
Trial Participation and inclusion
Measurement and Instrumentation
Part III: Clinical Care in Ethnogeriatrics
Health Disparities: Access and Utilization
Epidemiology of Aging: Racial/Ethnic Specific Disease Prevalence
Caregivers: Roles in Health Management
Hospice/Palliative Care: Concepts of Disease and Dying
Geriatric Psychiatry: Perceptions, Presentations and Treatments
Part IV: Education in Ethnogeriatrics
Incorporating Ethnogeriatrics into Training Competencies
Assessments for the Practicing Clinicians: Practical Tools
Part V: Policy and Economics
Policy: Impact on Delivery and Access
The Future of Ethnogeriatrics.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalLyndy J. McGaw, Muna Ali Abdalla, editors.Summary: The importance of a complementary approach to animal health is highlighted in this book, with core themes encompassing reviews of traditional veterinary medicine for common diseases afflicting livestock, as well as local practices in different areas of the world. The book includes chapters on ethnoveterinary medicine used to prevent and treat ticks and tick-borne diseases, infectious diseases and parasites. Ethnoveterinary practices in parts of the world which have not been comprehensively reviewed before are highlighted, including Estonia, Belarus and the Maghreb-- the north-western tip of Africa. A fascinating account of African ethnoveterinary medicine and traditional husbandry practices is provided by a veteran in the field with a wealth of practical experience in the area. Neglected areas of research involve the relationship of ethnoveterinary medicine with environmental, ethical, cultural and gender aspects, and leading experts explore these issues. The book is intended to provide an informative compilation of current research and future prospects in ethnoveterinary medicine, which hopes to inform and encourage investigations in new directions. Sustainable development requires a concerted effort to combine indigenous knowledge systems with scientific research to improve animal health. This is the case not only in rural areas where access to orthodox veterinary health care may be limited, but also against the backdrop of antibiotic resistance and increased demand for alternative and complementary therapies to enhance the health of both production and companion animals. Students, academics and veterinary professionals will find this book a useful addition to knowledge on present and future aspects of ethnoveterinary research.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Conclusion
Part I: The Role of Natural Products and Remedies in Treating Animal Diseases
Chapter 2: The Pharmacological and Nutritional Significance of Plant-Derived Natural Products: An Alternative for Animal Health
2.1 Introduction
2.2 The Effect of Dietary Plant Natural Products on Animal Performance
2.3 Reported Plant Natural Products with Pharmacological Significance Against Animal Diseases
2.3.1 Animal Infectious Diseases
2.3.1.1 Parasitic Diseases
2.3.1.2 Bacterial and Fungal Infections 2.3.1.3 Viral Diseases
2.3.1.4 Inflammatory Diseases
2.4 Conclusion and Future Prospects
References
Chapter 3: Alternative Antimicrobials: Medicinal Plants and Their Influences on Animal Infectious Diseases
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Novel Antimicrobials and the Need for Ethnoveterinary Studies
3.3 In Vitro Studies
3.4 Discussion
3.5 Conclusion
References
Chapter 4: Ethnoremedies Used for Horses in British Columbia and Trinidad and Tobago
4.1 Background
4.2 Methods
4.3 Results
4.3.1 Commercial Products
4.3.2 Ocular Remedies
4.3.3 Injuries 4.3.4 Nutrition
4.3.5 Stress
4.3.6 Cultural Practices
4.3.7 Broodmares
4.3.8 Insect Repellents
4.3.9 Poultices
4.3.10 Illegal Practices
4.3.11 Canada
4.4 Discussion
4.4.1 Trinidad and Tobago
4.4.2 Canada
4.5 Conclusion
References
Chapter 5: Plants for Controlling Parasites in Goats
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Gastrointestinal Parasitism in Goats
5.3 External Parasitism in Goats
5.4 Conventional Methods of Controlling Parasites
5.5 Plant-Derived Ethnoveterinary Medicaments for Controlling Parasites 5.6 Preparation of Plant-Derived Ethnoveterinary Medicines and Administration
5.7 Anthelmintic and Acaricidal Efficacy of Plants Indigenous to South Africa
5.8 Phytochemical Composition and Their Health Beneficial Activities
5.9 Toxicity Effects of Medicinal Plants
5.10 Mechanism of Action of Plants Used to Control Parasites in Goats
5.11 Challenges in the Use of Plant-Derived Ethnomedicines
5.12 Future Potential of Plant-Derived Ethnomedicines
5.13 Conclusion
References
Chapter 6: Ethnoveterinary Practices for Control of Ticks in Africa
6.1 Introduction 6.2 Source of Information
6.3 Southern Africa
6.4 East and North Africa
6.5 West and Central Africa
6.6 Evaluation and Validation of Medicinal Plants
6.7 Cultivation and Commercialization of Ethnoveterinary Plants
References
Part II: Sociological Aspects and Considerations Relating to Documentation of Ethnoveterinary Medicine
Chapter 7: Gender Aspects and Multiple Contexts in Ethnoveterinary Practice and Science
7.1 Introduction
7.2 Rise and Embedding of Ethnoveterinary Medicine as a Science 7.3 Cultural and Ethical Context of Ethnoveterinary Scientists and Practices. - DigitalBernd Würsig, editor.Summary: This book concentrates on the marine mammalian group of Odontocetes the toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises. In 23 chapters, a total of 40 authors describe general patterns of ethological concepts of odontocetes in their natural environments, with a strong bent towards behavioral ecology. Examples are given of particularly well-studied species and species groups for which enough data exist, especially from the past 15 years. The aim is to give a modern flavor of present knowledge of ethology and behavior of generally large-brained behaviorally flexible mammals that have evolved quite separately from social mammals on land. As well, the plight of populations and species due to humans is described in multiple chapters, with the goal that an understanding of behavior can help to solve or alleviate at least some human-made problems.
Contents:
Part I. Patterns of odontocete ethology and behavioral ecology. 1. Grouping behaviors of dolphins and other toothed whales / Shannon Gowans ; 2. Communication by sound and by visual, tactile, and chemical sensing / Peter Tyack ; 3. Social ecology of feeding in an open ocean / Robin Vaughn-Hirshorn ; 4. Sexual strategies : male and female mating tactics / Dara N. Orbach ; 5. Maternal care and offspring development in odontocetes / Janet Mann ; 6. Movement patterns of odontocetes through space and time / Stefan Bräger and Zsuzsanna Bräger ; 7. Predator/prey decisions and the ecology of fear / Mridula Srinivasan ; 8. Odontocete social strategies and tactics along and inshore / Katherine McHugh ; 9. Oceanic dolphin societies : diversity, complexity, and conservation / Sarah L. Mesnick, Lisa T. Ballance, Paul R. Wade, Karen Pryor, and Randall R. Reeves ; 10. Odontocete adaptations to human impact and vice versa / Giovanni Bearzi, Sarah Piwetz, and Randall R. Reeves
Part II. Examples of odontocete ethology and behavioral ecology : present knowledge and ways forward. 11. Killer whales : behavior, social organization, and ecology of the oceans' apex predators / John K.B. Ford ; 12. Sperm whale : the largest toothed creature on earth / Mauricio Cantor, Shane Gero, Hal Whitehead, and Luke Rendell ; 13. Pilot whales : delphinid matriarchies in deep seas / Jim Boran and Sara Heimlich ; 14. Behavior and ecology of not-so-social odontocetes : Cuvier's and Blainville's beaked whales / Robin W. Baird ; 15. Common bottlenose dolphin foraging : behavioral solutions that incorporate habitat features and social associates / Randall S. Wells ; 16. The Indo-Pacific bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops aduncus) / Richard C. Connor, Mai Sakai, Tadamichi Morisaka, and Simon J. Allen ; 17. Spinner dolphins of islands and atolls / Marc O. Lammers ; 18. Dusky dolphins of continental shelves and deep canyons / Heidi C. Pearson ; 19. Cetacean sociality in rivers, lagoons, and estuaries / Dipani Sutaria, Nachiket Kelkar, Claryana Araújo-Wang, and Marcos Santos ; 20. Hector's and Māui dolphins : small shore-living delphinids with disparate social structures / Rochelle Constantine ; 21. Porpoises the world over : diversity in behavior and ecology / Jonas Teilmann and Signe Sveegaard ; 22. Endangered odontocetes and the social connection : selected examples of species at risk / Thomas A. Jefferson ; 23. Ethology and behavioral ecology of odontocetes : concluding remarks / Bernd Würsig. - DigitalKimberly C. Harper.Summary: This book discusses existing problems with Black maternal health and the rhetorical implications of ethos in American society. The Ethos of Black Motherhood in America: Only White Women Get Pregnant examines the ethos of Black and white mothers in America's racialized society. Kimberly C. Harper argues that the current Black maternal health crisis is not a new one, but an existing one rooted in the disregard for Black wombs dating back to America's history with chattel slavery. Examining the reproductive laws that controlled the reproductive experiences of black women, Harper provides a fresh insight into the “bad black mother” trope that Black feminist scholars have theorized and argues that the controlling images of black motherhood are a creation of the American nation-state. In addition to a discussion of black motherhood, Harper also explores the image of white motherhood as the center of the landscape of motherhood. Scholars of communication, gender studies, women's studies, history, and race studies will find this book particularly useful.
Contents:
Historical representations of Black motherhood
Setting the tone
The legislative decisions governing Black wombs
Ideology, ethos, and silence
Where are all the Black mothers in pregnancy books?
Reproductive justice and Black women's lives
Black midwives and reclaiming choice
The will to resist is a form of love
Conclusions.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2021] - Digitaledited by Toshio Nakanishi, Roger R. Markwald, H.Scott Baldwin, Bradley B. Keller, Deepack Srivastava, Hiroyuki Yamagishi.Contents:
Part I. From Molecular Mechanism to Intervention for Congenital Heart Diseases, Now and Future
Reprogramming Approaches to Cardiovascular Disease: From Developmental Biology to Regenerative Medicine
The arterial epicardium, a developmental approach to cardiac disease and repair
Cell sheet tissue engineering for heart failure
Future treatment of heart failure and pathophysiological analysis of various heart diseases using human iPS cell-derived cardiomyocytes
Congenital heart disease: in search of remedial etiologies
Part II. Left-Right Axis and Heterotaxy Syndrome
Left-right Asymmetry and Human Heterotaxy Syndrome
Roles of motile and immotile cilia in left-right symmetry breaking
Role of cilia and left-right patterning in congenital heart disease
Pulmonary arterial hypertension in patients with heterotaxy /polysplenia syndrome
Part III. Cardiomyocyte and Myocardial Development
Single Cell Expression Analyses of Embryonic Cardiac Progenitor Cells
Meis1 Regulates Post-Natal Cardiomyocyte Cell Cycle Arrest
Intercellular signalling in cardiac development and disease: NOTCH
The epicardium in ventricular septation during evolution and development
S1P-S1p2 signaling in cardiac precursor cells migration
Myogenic progenitor cell differentiation is dependent on modulation of mitochondrial biogenesis through autophagy
The role of the thyroid in the developing heart
Part IV. Valve Development and Diseases
Atrioventricular valve abnormalities: From molecular mechanisms underlying morphogenesis to clinical perspective
Molecular Mechanisms of Heart Valve Development and Disease
A novel role for endocardium in perinatal valve development: Lessons learned from tissue specific gene deletion of the Tie1 receptor tyrosine kinase
The Role of the Epicardium in the Formation of the Cardiac Valves in the Mouse
TMEM100, a novel intracellular transmembrane protein essential for vascular development and cardiac morphogenesis
Cell autonomous regulation of BMP-2 in endocardial cushion cells during AV valvuloseptal morphogenesis
Part V. The Second Heart Field and Outflow Tract
Properties of cardiac progenitor cells in the second heart field
Nodal signaling and congenital heart defects
Utilizing Zebrafish to Understand Second Heart Field Development
A history and interaction of outflow progenitor cells implicated in "Takao syndrome"
The loss of Foxc2 expression in the outflow tract links the interrupted arch in the conditional Foxc2 knockout mouse
Environmental modification for phenotype of truncus arteriosus in Tbx1 hypomorphic mice
Part VI. Vascular Development and Diseases
Extracellular matrix remodeling in vascular development and disease
The "cardiac neural crest" concept revisited
Roles of endothelial Hrt genes for vascular development
Placental Expression of Type 1 and 3 Inositol Trisphosphate Receptors is Required for the Extra-embryonic Vascular Development
Tissue Remodeling in Vascular Wall in Kawasaki Disease-related Vasculitis Model Mice
Part VII. Ductus Arteriosus
Progerin expression during normal closure of the human ductus arteriosus: A case of premature ageing?
The multiple roles of prostaglandin E2 in the regulation of the ductus arteriosus
Developmental Differences in the Maturation of Sarcoplasmic Reticulum and Contractile Proteins in Large Blood Vessels Influences Their Contractility
Fetal and Neonatal Ductus Arteriosus is Regulated with ATP-sensitive Potassium Channel
Part VIII. Conduction System and Arrhythmia
Regulation of vertebrate conduction system development
Cardiac Pacemaker Development from a Tertiary Heart Field
Endothelin receptor type A expressing cell population in the inflow tract contributes to chamber formation
Specific isolation of HCN4 positive cardiac pace-making cells derived from embryonic stem cell
Part IX. Current Molecular Mechanism in Cardiovascular Development
Combinatorial functions of transcription factors and epigenetic factors in heart development and disease
Pcgf5 contributes to PRC1 (Polycomb repressive complex 1) in developing cardiac cells
non-coding RNAs in cardiovascular disease
Part X. iPS Cells and Regeneration in Congenital Heart Diseases
Human pluripotent stem cells to model congenital heart disease
Engineered cardiac tissues generated from immature cardiac and stem-cell derived cells: Multiple approaches and outcomes
Dissecting the left heart hypoplasia by pluripotent stem cells
Lentiviral gene transfer to iPS cells; toward the cardiomyocyte differentiation of Pompe disease-specific iPS cells
Molecular analysis of long-term cultured cardiac stem cells for cardiac regeneration
Epicardial contribution in neonatal heart regeneration
Part XI. Current Genetics in Congenital Heart Diseases
Genetic discovery for congenital heart defects
Evidence that deletion of ETS-1, a gene in the Jacobsen syndrome (11q-) cardiac critical region, causes congenital heart defects through impaired cardiac neural crest cell function
Notch signaling in aortic valve development and disease
To detect and explore mechanism of CITED2 mutation and methylation in children with congenital heart disease. - DigitalJuan Manuel Mejía-Aranguré, editor.Summary: Childhood acute leukemias are one of the main causes of death in children aged 1 to 14 years in some countries; and unfortunately, we have been unable to prevent it. Certainly, a good parcel of it is due to the poor understanding about its etiology. This book aims to describe the most important theories and hypothesis regarding childhood acute leukemia. Written by the most outstanding researchers in the field, this book intends to contribute to a greater understanding of the etiology of this disease. It goes beyond the simple and common analysis of risk factors, which hardly allows us to draw definite conclusions. By addressing the etiology of the disease, discussing from molecular biology until epidemiology and clinical manifestations, this book will guide present and future approaches, contributing for a better clinical management of leukemia in children. The knowledge regarding etiology is a crucial step for a better evaluation, prevention and treatment of a disease. Thus, this book finally intends to provide such knowledge, allowing physicians and practitioners to a better manage of childhood acute leukemias.
Contents:
1. Acute leukemias
An introduction
2. Etiology and prevention of acute leukemias in children
3. Direct viral leukemogenesis hypothesis
4. Etiology of leukemia in children with Down syndrome
5. Origin of leukemia in children with Down syndrome
6. Model: Susceptibility, exposure and vulnerability period
7. Molecular origin of acute leukemias
8. When as environmental factor would be considered cause of acute leukemia in children
9. Early bone marrow hematopoietic differentiation in acute lymphoblastic leukemia.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalHerbert B. Allen.Summary: Atopic dermatitis has been called "the itch that rashes", and this book reveals what causes the "itch". It presents completely new and unique findings in eczema: sweat ducts that become occluded with staphylococcal biofilms trigger the innate immune system with TLR2 receptor activity and this leads to production of the "itching" and inflammation in this disease. The Etiology of Atopic Dermatitis details new concepts that bacterial biofilms occlude sweat ducts, trigger the innate immune system, and produce the lesions in atopic dermatitis. The author discusses the findings in terms of microbiology, pathology, immunology, genetics, physiology, treatment, diseases where eczema is considered a secondary component, and diseases not previously thought to be eczema, and followed by an epilogue where eczema and psoriasis are compared. Both these diseases are caused by bacteria, but neither one can be considered an infection. As such, this book is for all who take care of patients with atopic dermatitis, including dermatologists, pediatricians, family practice doctors, allergists and pathologists. It will also be interesting for those involved in research in microbiology, physiology, immunology, and genetics.
Contents:
Clinical presentations
Microbiology
Pathology
Immunology
Genetics
Physiology
Treatment
Diseases in which eczema is a secondary component (Meyerson?s nevus and Doucas Kapetanakis pigmented purpuric dermatosis)
Diseases with occluded sweat ducts other than eczema (tinea pedis, axillary granular parakeratosis, seborrheic dermatitis)
The Story of Eczema in Pictures
Epilogue: A comparison of psoriasis and eczema: both caused by bacteria, but neither an infection.Digital Access Springer 2015 - PrintGuillain, Georges; Alajouanine, Théophile; Mollaret, Pierre.
- DigitalAlexandra Minna Stern.Summary: "With an emphasis on the American West, Eugenic Nation explores the long and unsettled history of eugenics in the United States. This expanded second edition includes shocking details that demonstrate that the story is far from over. Alexandra Minna Stern explores the unauthorized sterilization of female inmates in California state prisons and ongoing reparations for North Carolina victims of sterilization, as well as the topics of race-based intelligence tests, school segregation, the U.S. Border Patrol, tropical medicine, the environmental movement, and opposition to better breeding. Radically new and relevant, this edition draws from recently uncovered historical records to demonstrate patterns of racial bias in California's sterilization program and to recover personal experiences of reproductive injustice. Stern connects the eugenic past to the genomic present with attention to the ethical and social implications of emerging genetic technologies"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Race betterment and tropical medicine in imperial San Francisco
Quarantine and eugenic gatekeeping on the U.S.-Mexican border
Instituting eugenics in California
"I like to keep my body whole" : reconsidering eugenic sterilization in California
California's eugenic landscapes
Centering eugenics on the family
Contesting hereditarianism : reassessing the 1960s.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digital/PrintSteven D. Schwartzbach, Shigeru Shigeoka, editors.Summary: "This much-needed book is the first definitive volume on Euglena in twenty-fire years, offering information on its atypical biochemistry, cell and molecular biology, and potential biotechnology applications. This volume gathers together contributions from well-known experts, who in many cases played major roles in elucidating the phenomenon discussed. Presented in three parts, the first section of this comprehensive book describes novel biochemical pathways which in some instances have an atypical subcellular localization. The second section details atypical cellular mechanisms of organelle protein import, organelle nuclear genome interdependence, gene regulation and expression that provides insights into the evolutionary origins of eukaryotic cells. The final section discusses how biotechnologists have capitalized on the novel cellular and biochemical features of Euglena to produce value added products. Euglena: Biochemistry, Cell and Molecular Biology will provide essential reading for cell and molecular biologists with interests in evolution, novel biochemical pathways, organelle biogenesis and algal biotechnology. Readers will come away from this volume with a full understanding of the complexities of the Euglena as well as new realizations regarding the diversity of cellular processes yet to be discovered"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Evolutionary origin of Euglena / Bożena Zakryś, Rafał Milanowski, Anna Karnkowska
The mitochondrion of Euglena gracilis / Verena Zimorski, Cessa Rauch, Jaap J. van Hellemond, Aloysius G.M. Tielens [and others]
C2 metabolism in Euglena / Masami Nakazawa
Biochemistry and physiology of reactive oxygen species in Euglena / Takahiro Ishikawa, Shun Tamaki, Takanori Maruta, Shigeru Shigeoka
Biochemistry and physiology of vitamins in Euglena / Fumio Watanabe, Kazuya Yoshimura, Shigeru Shigeoka
Biochemistry and physiology of heavy metal resistance and accumulation in Euglena / Rafael Moreno-Sánchez, Sara Rodríguez-Enríquez, Ricardo Jasso-Chávez [and others]
Cell and molecular biology. Euglena gracilis genome and transcriptome: organelles, nuclear genome assembly strategies and initial features / ThankGod Echezona Ebenezer, Mark Carrington, Michael Lebert [and others]
Euglena transcript processing / David C. McWatters, Anthony G. Russell
Photo and nutritional regulation of Euglena organelle development / Steven D. Schwartzbach
Protein targeting to the plastid of Euglena / Dion G. Durnford, Steven D. Schwartzbach
Photomovement in Euglena / Donat-P. Häder, Mineo Iseki
Gravitaxis in Euglena / Donat-P. Häder, Ruth Hemmersbach
Biotechnology. Wax ester fermentation and its application for biofuel production / Hiroshi Inui, Takahiro Ishikawa, Masahiro Tamoi
Large-scale cultivation of Euglena / Kengo Suzuki. - DigitalNancy Guillen, editor.Summary: The intestine is home to diverse bacterial communities forming the microbiome that influences host nutrition, immune functions and health. DNA-based methods have been instrumental to gain insight into the microbial eukaryotic diversity of the human gut. For instance, the microbiome share the intestinal ecosystem with a population of uni- and multi-cellular eukaryotic organisms. These eukaryotic organisms are very common and often very abundant in individuals with intestinal healthy conditions as well as those with intestinal diseases. The impact of the relationship between bacterial and eukaryotic organisms within the intestinal ecosystem on homeostasis and intestinal diseases is limited and can be considered an important emerging field of research. In addition, the factors that differentiate pathogenic eukaryotes from commensals are still unknown. Our interest focuses on the families of eukaryotic microbes inhabiting the intestine, called "intestinal eukaryome", that include fungi, protists and helminths. All these organisms and their interplay with bacteria and the human immune system are a challenge to assess the impact (present and future) of intestinal infectious diseases on public health. This book presents an overview of the science presented and discussed in the First Eukaryome Congress, held from October 16th to 18th, 2019 at Pasteur Institute in Paris, France. This contributed volume is of special interest for PhD students, postdoctoral fellows, researchers and clinicians interested in the effect of the eukaryotic microbiome on human health.
Contents:
Intro
Eukaryome Foreword
Preface
Contents
1 Eukaryome: Emerging Field with Profound Translational Potential
Introduction
The Diversity of Species Within the Human Intestinal Eukaryome
Evolution of Microbial Eukaryotes in the Human Intestine
Impact of Eukaryome Species in Human Populations
Protozoan Feed on Bacteria from the Microbiome
The Eukaryome, Public Health and Zoonosis
Tissue Homeostasis and Immune-Modulatory Roles of the Eukaryome
Cytokines as Major Players of Intestinal Immunity During Parasite Infection E. coli Confers Resistance to OS to E. histolytica and Has an Effect on the Redox Proteome of the Parasite
E. coli Has an Effect on the Transcriptome of E. histolytica Exposed to OS
Integration of Redox Omics and Transcriptomics Data on the Response of E. histolytica to OS in Presence of E. coli
Perspectives
References
4 Histomonas meleagridis Molecular Traits-From Past to Future
Introduction-Histomonas meleagridis and Histomonosis
Defined in Vitro Cultures-An Essential Fundament for Molecular Research
Histomonas meleagridis-Phylogenetic Positioning Genetic Diversity and Geographical Distribution of Blastocystis Subtypes
Clinical Association or Commensal Behavior of Blastocystis spp.
Interaction of Blastocystis spp. and the Gut Microbiota of Asymptomatic Individuals
Blastocystis spp. and Their Effect on the Immune Response
References
7 Cryptosporidium Infection in Bangladesh Children
Introduction
Genomic Diversity in Bangladesh Cryptosporidium hominis
Polymorphic DNA
Recombination
Conclusions
References Histomonas meleagridis-Omics Studies
Conclusions and Future Aspects
References
5 Exploring the Biology and Evolution of Blastocystis and Its Role in the Microbiome
General Introduction
Prevalence, Diversity and Biogeography
Blastocystis and Microbiome
Blastocystis Biology
Blastocystis MROs
Conclusion
References
6 Advances in the Study of Blastocystis spp. in Mexico: Prevalence, Genetic Diversity, Clinical Association and Their Possible Role in the Human Intestine
Background
Advances in the Study of Blastocystis spp. in Mexico Tissue Protection Against Microbial Eukaryotes
Intestinal Models to Study Eukaryome-Microbiome-Host Interplay
References
2 Resolving Amoebozoan Encystation from Dictyostelium Evo-Devo and Amoebozoan Comparative Genomics
Encystation as a Universal Protist Survival Strategy
Insights into Encystation from Dictyostelium Sporulation
References
3 Integrative Omics Analysis of the Effect of Bacteria on the Resistance of Entamoeba histolytica to Oxidative Stress
IntroductionDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalA.D. Katsambas, Torello M. Lotti, Clio Dessinioti, Angelo Massimiliano D'Erme editors.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Wiley v. 47-, 1987-
- DigitalSven Sebastian Uhlmann, Clara Ulrich, Steven J. Kennelly, editors.Summary: This open access book provides a comprehensive examination of the European Landing Obligation policy from many relevant perspectives. It includes evaluations of its impacts at economical, socio-cultural, ecological and institutional levels. It also discusses the feasibility and benefits of several potential mitigation strategies. The book was timely published, exactly at the time where the Landing Obligation was planned to be fully implemented. This book is of significant interest to all stakeholders involved, but also to the general public of Europe and to other jurisdictions throughout the world that are also searching for ways to deal with by-catch and discard issues.
Contents:
Part 1. Global and European perspectives on discard policies.- 1. Strategies used throughout the world to manage fisheries discards
lessons for implementation of the EU Landing Obligation.- 2. Discards in the Common Fisheries Policy: The evolution of the policy.- 3. Requirements for documentation, data collection and scientific evaluations.- Part II. Potential social, economic and ecological impacts of the Landing Obligation.- 4. Fishing Industry perspectives on the EU Landing Obligation.- 5. The implementation of the Landing Obligation in small-scale fisheries of southern European Union countries.- 6. Potential economic consequences of the Landing Obligation.- 7. The impact of fisheries discards on scavengers in the sea.- Part III. Cultural, institutional and multi-jurisdictional challenges.- 8. How the implementation of the Landing Obligation was weakened.- 9. Muddying the waters of the Landing Obligation: how multi-level governance structures can obscure policy implementation.- 10. The Baltic cod trawl fishery: the perfect fishery for a successful implementation of the Landing Obligation?.- 11. Creating a breeding ground for compliance and honest reporting under the Landing Obligation: insights from behavioural science.- Part IV. Tactical and technological options for reducing unwanted catches.- 12. A Marine Spatial Planning approach to minimize discards: challenges and opportunities of the Landing Obligation in European waters.- 13. The best way to reduce discards is by not catching them!.- 14. Discard avoidance by improving fishing gear selectivity: helping the fishing industry help itself.- 15. Mitigating slipping-related mortality from purse seine fisheries for small pelagic fish: Case studies from European Atlantic waters.- 16. Onboard and vessel layout modifications.- 17. What to do with unwanted catches: valorisation options and selection strategies.- Part V. Control, monitoring and surveillance.- 18. Tools and technologies for the monitoring, control and surveillance of unwanted catches.- 19. Monitoring the implementation of the Landing Obligation: The Last Haul programme.- 20. Possible uses of genetic methods in fisheries under the EU Landing Obligation. - DigitalTeresa Pinto-Correia (University of Évora, Portugal), Jørgen Primdahl (University of Copenhagen), Bas Pedroli (Wageningen University & Research).Summary: European rural landscapes as we experience them today are the result of ongoing processes and interactions between nature and society. These are changing fast: the future landscapes will be different from those we know currently. Written for academics, policy-makers and practitioners, this book is the first to explore the complex histories of rural landscapes in Europe as a basis for their sound governance in future. Tensions between the needs of agricultural spaces driven by economic incentives and a variety of non-agricultural functions are explored to demonstrate current challenges and the shortfalls in the policies that address them. Using inspiring case studies that highlight the roles of regional agents and communities, the authors go further than the usual analyses to illustrate the importance of local context. Written by experts currently working to revitalise the rural landscapes of Europe, the text concludes with suggestions for improving landscape policy and planning practice.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- DigitalJosé Carlos Santos, John R. Cutcliffe, editors.Summary: This groundbreaking book has a number of features that set it apart from other textbooks on this subject: Firstly, it focuses on interpersonal, humanistic and ecological views and approaches to P/MH nursing. Secondly, it highlights patient/client-centered approaches and mental-health-service user involvement. Lastly, it is a genuinely European P/MH nursing textbook - the first of its kind - largely written by mental health scholars from Europe, although it also includes contributions from North America and Australia/New Zealand. Focusing on clinical/practical issues, theory and empirical findings, it adopts an evidence-based or evidence-informed approach. Each contribution presents the state-of-the-art of P/MH nursing in Europe so that it can be transferred to and implemented by P/MH nurses and the broader mental health care community around the globe. As such, it will be the first genuinely 21st century European Psychiatric Mental Health Nursing book.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Section 1. Principles and Theories
Chapter 2. Taxonomies: Towards a shared nomenclature and language
Chapter 3. Interpersonal
Chapter 4. Humanistic
Chapter 5. Cognitive Behavioural
Chapter 6. Psychodynamic
Chapter 7. Biopsychosocial
Chapter 8. Two types of P/MH nurse
Section 2. Epidemiology
Chapter 9. European Mental Health Epidemiology and trends
Section 3. The person in mental distress
Chapter 10. Service User involvement and views
Chapter 11. Psychological adaptation
Chapter 12. Mental Health nurses and responding to suffering in the 21st century occidental world: Accompanying people on their search for meaning. Archives of Psychiatric Nursing, 29, 19-25
Chapter 13. Types of personality and how this effects responses to mental health challenges
Chapter 14. Trauma informed care
Section 4. Human experie nces of and P/MH nursing responses
Chapter 15 Problems effecting a person's mood
Chapter 16 Problems related to anxiety
Chapter 17 Problems related to schizophrenia
Chapter 18 Problems related to dementias and cognitive impairment
Chapter 19 Problems related to substance and alcohol misuse
Chapter 20 Problems related to eating disorders
Chapter 21 Problems related to PTSD
Section 5. P/MH Nursing competencies and ways of working
Chapter 22. Forming and maintaining Interpersonal Relationships
Chapter 23. Communication skills
Chapter 24. Working in groups
Chapter 25. Working with families
Chapter 26. Mental Health promotion
Chapter 27. Therapeutic Milieu
Chapter 28. Descalation and defusion
Section 6. Special Populations
Chapter 29. P/MH Nursing care of children and adolescents
Chapter 30. P/MH Nursing care of older adults
Chapter 31. P/MH Nursing care of clients with Dual diagnosis/concurrent disorder
Chapter 32. P/MH Nursing care of migrants and refugees
Chapter 33. P/MH Nursing care of the indigent and homeless
Section 7. Specific Challenges
Chapter 34. Suicide/Self harm
Chapter 35. Violence/aggression
Chapter 36. The withdrawn or recalcitrant client
Chapter 37. Combating stigma
Chapter 38. Navigating the legal minefield of mental health care- f) P/MH nursing: cultural and spiritual contexts and challenges
Section 8. Settings and Contexts
Chapter 39. Inpatient
Chapter 40. Day patient (out patient) and Community
Chapter 41. Green Care and Therapeutic Communities
Chapter 42. Prisons, Forensics and Correctional facilities
Chapter 43. "E" Health, telehealth and telematics
Chapter 44. Public Health or ecological approach.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalGeorge Bentley, editor.Summary: "This important reference textbook covers the surgical management of all major orthopaedic and traumatological conditions. The book will act as the major source of education and guidance in surgical practice for surgeons and trainees, especially those preparing for higher surgical examinations and the Board of Orthopaedics and Traumatology examinations within and beyond Europe. The emphasis throughout is on the application of current knowledge and research to technical problems, how to avoid operative problems, and how to salvage complications if they occur. The didactic text is complemented by abundant illustrations that highlight the essentials of each clinical scenario. The authors are all recognized international authorities active at congresses and workshops as well as in universities and hospitals across the world."--Publisher's website.
- Digitaledited by Cathy Willermet, Sang-Hee Lee.Summary: "Biological anthropology is a diverse field, with countless research methods and techniques in different subdisciplines. This book takes a critical perspective to the current state of the field, exploring theory and practice in paleoanthropology, bioarchaeology, and ecology. Contributors challenge how evidence is discovered, collected, and interpreted, and explain that researchers gain insights by defamiliarizing themselves from well-known methods and taking a different perspective - "making the familiar strange." The book covers how researchers' biases and assumptions affect the interpretation of topics such as human evolution and population movements; race, health, and disability; bodies and embodiment; and landscapes and ecology. A final chapter includes a critical assessment of new thinking about technology, in addition to the multilayered and complex nature of both research questions and evidence. This is an insightful text for researchers and graduate students in anthropology, biology, ecology, history, and philosophy of science"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalMbuso Precious Mabuza.Summary: This book makes an original contribution in addressing contemporary critical discussions and reflections on international health policies, strategies, programmes, systems, diseases, disasters, and public health issues. It includes reflections on how levels of governance, development and technical assistance affect countries disaster readiness and health systems. In addressing inequalities between the rich and the poor, and unpacking how this affects public health services, policies, strategies and their collective implementation, the book aspires to improve standards of public health and quality of life for sustainable development globally. It provides a comprehensive overview of international health policies and aid structures, and pays particularly close attention to policies on HIV/AIDS in the workplace, discussing how HIV/AIDS has overshadowed non-communicable diseases (NCDs) such as hypertension and stroke, which are on the rise. This book will be of great benefit to students and researchers, as well as policymakers in governmental and non-governmental organisations, who have an interest in achieving greater sustainability and improved health for populations in low-, middle- and high-income countries. It will be an indispensable book for students in Public Health programmes, and related courses.
Contents:
Chapter 1 International Public Health and the Burden of Diseases
Chapter 2 Inequity in Low- and Middle-Income Countries and the Colonial History of Public Health
Chapter 3 Health Systems
Chapter 4 The UN Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
Chapter 5 Diseases Control and the Promotion of Public Health Equity
Chapter 6 Adolescents, Sexual Reproductive Health (SRH) and Equity
Chapter 7 Globalisation, Climate Change, and Disasters
Chapter 8 Conclusions and Notes to the Reader. - Digitalby Jeffrey W. Alstete, Iona College, USa, Nicholas J. Beutell, Iona College, USA, John P. Meyer, Iona College, USA.Summary: Faculty members, scholars, and researchers often ask where they should publish their work; which outlets are most suitable to showcase their research? Which journals should they publish in to ensure their work is read and cited? How can the impact of their scholarly output be maximized? The answers to these and related questions affect not only individual scholars, but also academic and research institution stakeholders who are under constant pressure to create and implement organizational policies, evaluation measures and reward systems that encourage quality, high impact research from their members. The explosion of academic research in recent years, along with advances in information technology, has given rise to omnipresent and increasingly important scholarly metrics. These measures need to be assessed and used carefully, however, as their widespread availability often tempts users to jump to improper conclusions without considering several caveats. While various quantitative tools enable the ranking, evaluating, categorizing, and comparing of journals and articles, metrics such as author or article citation counts, journal impact factors, and related measures of institutional research output are somewhat inconsistent with traditional goals and objectives of higher education research and scholarly academic endeavors.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2018
- Printedited by Nick Heather, Matt Field, Antony C. Moss, and Sally Satel.Summary: "This ground-breaking book advances the fundamental debate about the nature of addiction. As well as presenting the case for seeing addiction as a brain disease, it brings together all the most cogent and penetrating critiques of the brain disease model of addiction (BDMA) and the main grounds for being skeptical of BDMA claims. The idea that addiction is a brain disease dominates thinking and practice worldwide. However, the editors of this book argue that our understanding of addiction is undergoing a revolutionary change, from being considered a brain disease to a disorder of voluntary behavior. The resolution of this controversy will determine the future of scientific progress in understanding addiction, together with necessary advances in treatment, prevention, and societal responses to addictive disorders. This volume brings together the various strands of the contemporary debate about whether or not addiction is best regarded as a brain disease. Contributors offer arguments for and against, and reasons for uncertainty; they also propose novel alternatives to both brain disease and moral models of addiction. In addition to reprints of classic articles from the addiction research literature, each section contains original chapters written by authorities on their chosen topic. The editors have assembled a stellar cast of chapter authors from a wide range of disciplines - neuroscience, philosophy, psychiatry, psychology, cognitive science, sociology, and law - including some of the most brilliant and influential voices in the field of addiction studies today. The result is a landmark volume in the study of addiction which will be essential reading for advanced students and researchers in addiction as well as professionals such as medical practitioners, psychiatrists, psychologists of all varieties, and social workers"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section I For the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
1. Introduction to Section I
2. Addiction is a brain disease, and it matters
3. Neurobiologic advances from the brain disease model of addiction
4. Time to connect: bringing social context into addiction neuroscience
5. Drug addiction: updating actions to habits to compulsions ten years on
6. Is addiction a brain disease? The incentive-sensitization view
7. Addiction is a brain disease (but does it matter?)
Section II Against the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
8. Introduction to Section II
9. Giving the neurobiology of addiction no more than its due
10. The brain disease model of addiction: is it supported by the evidence and has it delivered on its promises?
11. Brain disease model of addiction: why is it so controversial?
12. Brain disease model of addiction: misplaced priorities?
13. Addiction and the brain-disease fallacy
14. Recovery is possible: overcoming 'addiction' and its rescue hypotheses
15. Superpower rivalry, the American Grand Narrative, and the BDMA
16. My brain disease made me do it: bioethical implications of the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
17. Addiction is a human problem, but brain disease models divert attention and resources away from human-level solutions
18. Before 'rock bottom'? Problem framing effects on stigma and change among harmful drinkers
19. Brain change in addiction: disease or learning? Implications for science, policy, and care
20. Brains or persons? Is it coherent to ascribe psychological powers to brains?
21. The persistence of addiction is better explained by socioeconomic deprivation-related factors powerfully motivating goal-directed drug choice than by automaticity, habit or compulsion theories favored by the brain disease model
22. Addiction and criminal responsibility: the law's rejection of the disease model
23. One cheer for the brain-disease interpretation of addiction
Section III Unsure about the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
24. Introduction to Section III
25. In search of addiction in the brains of laboratory animals
26. Addiction treatment providers' engagements with the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
27. Balancing the ethical and methodological pros and cons of the BDMA
28. The making of the epistemic project of addiction in the brain
29. Addiction and the meaning of disease
30. The pitfalls of recycling substance-use disorder criteria to diagnose behavioral addictions
Section IV Alternatives to the Brain Disease Model of Addiction
31. Introduction to Section IV
32. Addiction is socially engineered exploitation of natural biological vulnerability
33. Toward an ecological understanding of addiction
34. Addiction biases choice in the mind, brain, and behavior systems: beyond the brain disease model
35. Multiple enactments of the brain disease model: which model, when, for whom, and at what cost?
36. The social perspective and the BDMA's entry into the non-medical stronghold in Sweden and other Nordic countries
37. Beyond the medical model: addiction as a response to trauma and stress
38. Psychotherapeutic strategies to enhance motivation and cognitive control
39. Addiction is not (only) in the brain: molar behavioral economic models of etiology and cessation of harmful substance use
40. Understanding substance use disorders among veterans: virtues of the Multitudinous Self Model
41. How an addiction ontology can unify competing conceptualizations of addiction
42. Looping processes in the development of and desistance from addictive behaviors
43. Recovery and identity: a socially focused challenge to brain disease models
44. Replacing the BDMA: a paradigm shift in the field of addiction.Digital Access TandFonline 2022 - Digitaleditors, Leonard G. Feld, John D. Mahan ; associate editor, Mary Anne Jackson.Contents:
Introduction: core knowledge for medical decision-making
Part I: Infectious diseases: Section 1: Common infectious conditions. Acute otitis media and acute bacterial rhinosinusitis
Central venous catheter-associated bloodstream infections
Gastroenteritis
Meningitis
Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis
Pneumonia and empyema
Skin and soft-tissue infections
Section 2: Bacterial infections. Anaerobic infections
Brucella
Cat-scratch disease
Cholera
Diphtheria
Group A streptococcal infections
Group B streptococcal infections
Helicobacter pylori infections
Listeria monocytogenes infections
Lyme disease
Meningococcal disease
Pertussis
Rat-bite fever
Staphylococcus aureus infections
Tetanus
Tick-borne rickettsial diseases
Tuberculosis and nontuberculous mycobacterial infections
Tularemia
Section 3: Viral infections. Cytomegalovirus
Encephalitis
Enteroviruses and Parechoviruses
Epstein-Barr virus
HIV
Influenza
Measles, mumps, rubella
Parvovirus
Rabies
Respiratory viruses
Rotavirus
Varicella-zoster virus
Section 4: Fungal infections. Aspergillosis
Candidiasis
Endemic mycoses
Mucormycosis
Section parasitic infections
Intestinal helminthic infections
Malaria
Pneumocystis jiroveci infection
Schistosomiasis
Toxoplasmosis
Part II: Dermatology. Acne
Alopecia
Atopic dermatitis and eczematous disorders
Diaper dermatitis
Erythema nodosum
Pigmented lesions
Pruritus
Psoriasis and papulosquamous disorders
Rashes
Scabies
Stevens-Johnson syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis
Warts and Molluscum contagiosum.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2017 - Digitaleditors, Leonard G. Feld, John D. Mahan ; associate editors, John M. Lorenz, Warren M. Siegel.Summary: Obtain evidence-based information to make timely and accurate diagnoses and treatment decisions. Continuing with this volume, Succinct Pediatrics is an ongoing series covering the entire scope of pediatric medicine. Each volume includes concise chapters with key features and invaluable tables and algorithms--resources health care professionals can use to deliver the highest quality of care. This third volume features 41 topics with key points and detailed therapies in neonatology, genetics, neurology, and developmental and behavioral disorders. Evidence-based levels of decision support are also provided throughout the book to provide insight into diagnostic tests and treatment modalities"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Pt. 1 Neonatology
1.Anemia / Sujit Sheth
2.Apnea of Prematurity / David G. Fisher
3.Birth Injuries / Catherine Hansen
4.Congenital Heart Disease / John M. Lorenz
5.Congenital Hypothyroidism / Thomas A. Wilson
6.Herpes Simplex Virus Infection / Samir S. Shah
7.Intestinal Obstruction in the Newborn / Robert A. Cowles
8.Neonatal Hypoglycemia / Richard A. Polin
9.Neonatal Neutropenia / Said Omar
10.Neonatal Polycythemia / Virginia Delaney-Black
11.Neonatal Sepsis / Richard A. Polin
12.Neonatal Thrombocytopenia / David A. Paul
13.Patent Ductus Arteriosus / Jeff Reese
14.Perinatal HIV Infection / Marc Foca
15.Prenatal Exposure to Substances of Abuse / Tove Rosen
16.Respiratory Distress Syndrome / Andrew C. Herman
17.Sudden Unexpected Infant Death / Rachel Y. Moon
pt. 2 Genetics
18.Down Syndrome and Turner Syndrome / J. Edward Spence
19.Chromosomal Abnormalities / Robert Marion Note continued: 20.Inborn Errors of Metabolism / Susan E. Sparks
21.Neurofibromatosis 1 / Laurie Demmer
22.Teratogens / Robert Marion
23.Tuberous Sclerosis Complex / John J. Bissler
pt. 3 Neurology
24.Altered Levels of Consciousness / Joshua Cappell
25.Ataxia and Movement Disorders / Phillip L. Pearl
26.Cerebral Palsy / Joelle Mast
27.Dizziness and Vertigo / Klaus Jahn
28.Epidural and Subdural Hematomas / Richard C. E. Anderson
29.Febrile Seizures / Russell C. Bailey
30.Headaches and Migraines / Marco A. Arruda
31.Hydrocephalus / George I. Jallo
32.Hypotonia / Lamar Davis
33.Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension / Shannon Standridge
34.Seizure Management / Lorraine M. Lazar
35.Weakness / Amy Harper
pt. 4 Development and Behavior
36.Autism Spectrum Disorder / Joseph Stegman
37.Behavior Patterns in Infancy and Preschool / Yasmin Suzanne N. Senturias
38.Depressive and Bipolar Disorders / David F. Lelio Note continued: 39.Fears, Phobias, and Panic Attacks / Mary K. Rogers
40.Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder / Anna Kerlek
41.Tourette Syndrome / David H. Dennison.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018 - DigitalJuan Idiaquez, Eduardo Benarroch, Martin Nogues, editors.Summary: This book approaches the basic features of autonomic dysfunction in a practical way, complemented by an examination of unique and didactic case reports. Unlike other books on autonomic disorders, its goal is to provide a brief, practical and ready to use resource for physicians faced with patients' autonomic complaints. Autonomic dysfunctions are specific disorders that affect or are related to the autonomic nervous system. Despite being primarily a field of neurology, it also has important ties to cardiology, endocrinology, gastroenterology and many other medical specialties. Moreover, as the action of the autonomous system tends to be diffuse, affecting different systems and organs throughout the body, its disorders may present a complex and multifaceted background, complicating its diagnosis, clinical evaluation and management. Thus, it is important to gather all the relevant information about autonomic dysfunction in a handy and practical way, providing an accessible guide for professionals and practitioners across a wide range of specialties. The content presented in this book is divided into two main parts: In the first part, the general principles of autonomic dysfunction are discussed. Here the reader will find information on the anatomy, physiology and pharmacology of the nervous system, the classification of autonomic disorders, general evaluation of these disorders and the principles of their management. In the second part, clinical cases for the most important autonomic disorders are presented and discussed in detail, particularly in light of their special importance for differential diagnosis. Using a clinical case-based approach, Evaluation and Management of Autonomic Disorders offers readers - primarily but not exclusively general practitioners in the fields of neurology, internal medicine, family medicine and cardiology - rapid access to the information required for the evaluation and management of these complex patients.
Contents:
PART A. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1. Anatomy, physiology and pharmacology of the Autonomic nervous system
2. Classification of Autonomic disorders
3. General evaluation of autonomic disorders
4. Principles of managements of autonomic disorders.- PART B. CLINICAL CASES
1. Acute or subacute Pure autonomic failure
2. Chronic and progressive Pure autonomic failure
3. Chronic autonomic failure associated with Parkinsonism, ataxia or dementia
4. Autonomic failure in chronic peripheral neuropathy
5. Autonomic failure in subacute sensory ganglioneuronopathies
6. Autonomic failure and acute motor weakness
7. Distal painful autonomic neuropathy
8. Orthostatic intolerance
9. Autonomic hyperactivity.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalBonnie Huang Hall, editor.Summary: Primary care physicians are often the first caretakers to whom patients present for chronic pain. The current literature targeted at these providers is sparse, and the existing literature is very broad and large in scope and size. There are no quick pocket guides on this topic that the general practitioner may use as a point of care reference. This first of its kind text provides a practical, hands-on approach to the evaluation and treatment of chronic pain in the family medicine setting. Divided into four main sections, the first part focuses on the general approach to any patient suffering from chronic pain. Chapters in this section include the physical exam, formulating a diagnosis, formulating a variety of treatment plans including medication, physical therapy and psychiatric therapy, and specialist referral, among others. The second section focuses on evaluation and management of the chronic pain patient who requires opioid therapy. This section includes useful guidance on how to convert into morphine equivalents, interpretation of urine drug tests, and helpful office procedures for managing refills. It gives practical guidance on how to prescribe opioid reversal agents and opioid tapering regimens. A systems based approach to managing the patient is also discussed. The third section informs the reader of viable alternative and complementary treatment options. Five main treatment types are discussed each with their own separate chapter. These include musculoskeletal-based therapy, medicinal therapies, sense-based therapy, relaxation-based therapy and physical/exercise-based therapy. Given the controversy and limited training primary care physicians have on marijuana and cannabis, one chapter is dedicated specifically to inform the primary care physician on marijuana as a medicinal therapy for chronic pain. The fourth section focuses entirely on myofascial pain and trigger point therapy. The chapters in this section teach the reader how to examine and diagnose m yofascial pain and distinguish between fibromyalgia. They also provide general principles of myofascial trigger point therapy and how to practically perform these in sthe clinical setting. Topics discussed include: trigger point massage, cold and stretch, isometric contraction, trigger point injection, and ischemic compression. It also includes general instruction so that the practitioner can teach patients how to perform trigger point therapy easily in their own home. The last chapter details chronic myofascial back pain and how to examine and practically treat with trigger point therapies. Evaluation and Management of Chronic Pain is a first-of-its-kind pocket-guide text specifically designed for primary care providers. It also appeals to residents, medical students and any other professional interested in treating chronic pain.
Contents:
Introduction
Part 1 GENERAL EVALUATION AND MANAGEMENT OF CHRONIC NONCANCER PAIN
Chapter 1 History Taking for Chronic Pain
Chapter 2 Physical Examination for Chronic Pain
Chapter 3 Diagnostic Evaluation for Chronic Pain
Chapter 4 Specialist Evaluation for Chronic Pain
Chapter 5 Formulating a Diagnosis for Chronic Pain
Chapter 6 Management of Chronic Pain: Medication
Chapter 7 Management of Chronic Pain: Nonpharmacological and Multidisciplinary approach
Pat 2 THE OPIOID REQUIRING PATIENT
Chapter 8 The Opioid Requiring Patient: Evaluation and Management
Chapter 9 The Opioid Requiring Patient: Office Level Management
Chapter 10 The Opioid Requiring Patient: Systems Level Management
Chapter 11 Implementing and following a safe and compassionate opioid-prescribing policy
Part 3 COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE MEDICINE AND CHRONIC NONCANCER PAIN.-Introduction to Complementary and Alternative medicine
Chapter 12 Manipulative Therapies for Chronic Pain
Chapter 13 Energy based Therapies for Chronic Pain
Chapter 14 Medical Marijuana for Chronic Pain
Chapter 15 Medicinal Therapies for Chronic Pain
Chapter 16 Exercise or Movement based Therapies for Chronic Pain
Chapter 17 Mental based Therapies for Chronic Pain
Part 4 CHRONIC MYOFASCIAL PAIN
Chapter 18 Chronic Myofascial Pain, Fibromylagia, and Myofascial Trigger Points
Chapter 19 Treatment principles of myofascial pain syndrome
Chapter 20 Example Myofascial Pain Case: Quadratus lumborum trigger point and chronic low back pain.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalDhyanesh A. Patel, Robert T. Kavitt, Michael F. Vaezi, editors.Summary: This book provides a state-of-the-art overview of dysphagia. The text reviews current evidence behind the diagnosis, evaluation, and management of esophageal disorders that cause dysphagia, including GERD, eosinophilic esophagitis, achalasia, and spastic motor disorders. The book also focuses on the different variants of dysphagia, from oropharyngeal dysphagia to functional dysphagia, highlights advances in testing for dysphagia, and features evidence-based algorithms. Written by experts in the field, Evaluation and Management of Dysphagia: An Evidence-Based Approach is a valuable resource for gastroenterologists, otolaryngologists, and other clinicians and practitioners who treat patients afflicted with dysphagia.
Contents:
Dysphagia: How to Recognize and Narrow the Differential
Advances in Testing for Dysphagia
Oropharyngeal Dysphagia
Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Non-Reflux Mediated Esophageal Strictures
Eosinophilic Esophagitis
Achalasia
Spastic Motor Disorders
Ineffective Motility Disorder
Functional Dysphagia.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLewis R. Roberts, Ju Dong Yang, Sudhakar K. Venkatesh, editors.Summary: This text provides a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the evaluation and management of liver mass lesions. Major topics covered include epidemiology, the use of different imaging modalities in the differential diagnosis of liver lesions, the use of biomarkers and immunohistochemical stains for diagnosis, and treatment of the different types of liver masses. These include hepatocellular adenoma and hepatocellular carcinoma, fibrolamellar carcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, hemangioma, focal nodular hyperplasia, liver masses in adult patients with congenital heart disease, and other infectious, inflammatory, and cystic lesions of the liver. The volume presents highly practical case presentations of typical patients seen in a clinical hepatobiliary practice. Written by experts from multiple disciplines, Evaluation and Management of Liver Masses is a valuable resource for clinicians and professionals who manage patients with these conditions.
Contents:
Hepatocellular Carcinoma
Cholangiocarcinoma
Biphenotypic Tumors
Hepatacellular Adenoma
Infectious and Inflammatory Lesions of the Liver
Focal Nodular Hyperplasia
Hemangiomas and Other Vascular Tumors
Rare Liver Tumors
Liver Lesions in Congestive Hepatopathy
Fibrolamellar Carcinoma
Gallbladder Carcinoma
Cystic Lesions of the Liver. - Printedited by Emma Ciafaloni, Patrick F. Chinnery, Robert C. Griggs.Contents:
Structure and function of normal muscle / Robert C. Griggs
Evaluation of the patient with myopathy / Robert C. Griggs, Emma Ciafaloni
Genetic evaluation of the patient and family / Gerald Pfeffer, Patrick F. Chinnery
The muscular dystrophies / Emma Ciafaloni, Robert C. Griggs
Myofibrillar myopathies / Duygu Selcen
Congenital myopathies / Francesco Muntoni, Caroline Sewry, Heinz Jungbluth
Metabolic myopathies / Gráinne S. Gorman, Patrick F. Chinnery
Mitochondrial myopathy / Gerald Pfeffer, Patrick F. Chinnery
Muscle channelopathies / Araya Puwanant, Robert C. Griggs
Inflammatory myopathies / Anthony A. Amato, Andrew Mammen
Myopathies of systemic disease and toxic myopathies
Muscle pain and fatigue / Michael R. Rose, Dr. Patrick Gordon
Prevention and management of systemic complications of myopathies / Wendy M. King, Robert C. Griggs. - DigitalCharles P. Friedman, Jeremy C. Wyatt, Joan S. Ash.Summary: This 3rd edition of Evaluation Methods in Biomedical and Health Informatics has been extensively revised and expanded. It builds on a solid foundation of evaluation theory to explain methods and techniques within health informatics, using many examples, real-world case studies and numerous self-tests with answers. Expanded to 20 rather than 12 chapters, new chapters have been added on qualitative methods, ethics, mixed methods, evidence-based informatics and how to conduct evaluation studies using routine, real-world data. Designed as a practical guide for masters and PhD students, informatics researchers and seasoned professionals seeking a comprehensive resource, this book describes health and biomedical information resource evaluation in a practical stepwise manner. Critiques and discussion of actual evaluation studies help to build the readers knowledge of the judicious application of the techniques described. As information and communications technologies take on increasingly central roles in self-care, healthcare, biomedical research and education, understanding how to design and carry out successful rigorous evaluation studies becomes more imperative. Evaluation Methods in Biomedical and Health Informatics is an unparalleled reference for a broad range of health information professionals and is usable as both a textbook to support formal courses and a reference book for researchers and practitioners. From those training for careers in informatics to on-site biomedical information systems staff, this is an invaluable guide to the successful evaluation of digital healthcare, eHealth, telemedicine, electronic health records and other clinical and non-clinical information systems.
Contents:
Challenges of Evaluation in Biomedical Informatics
Evaluation as a Field
Determining What to Study
The Structure of Objectivist Studies
Measurement Fundamentals
Developing and Improving Measurement Methods
The Design of Demonstration Studies
Analyzing the Results of Demonstration Studies
Subjectivist Approaches to Evaluation
Performing Subjectivist Studies in the Qualitative Traditions Responsive to Users
Economic Aspects of Evaluation
Proposing and Communicating the Results of Evaluation Studies: Ethical, Legal, and Regulatory Issues. - DigitalUday C. Ghoshal, editor.Summary: This volume features chapters written by experts from global academia, including from India, Singapore, Japan, Taiwan, Europe and USA, integrating knowledge on evaluation methods with evidence of best practices for the management of motility disorders.Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalRichard A. Windsor, MS, PHD, MPH.Contents:
Introduction to evaluation
Planning an evaluation
Efficacy and effectiveness evaluation
Measurement and analysis in evaluation
Process and qualitative evaluation
Cost analysis and economic evaluation.Digital Access Oxford 2015 - Digital[edited by] Joanne V. Hickey, Eileen R. Giardino.Summary: "The preface for the third edition builds on the intent described in the preface for the second edition, which is, to provide a high-quality resource on evaluation for nurses. The intent of this book is to address the special needs of DNP nurses to understand the principles of conducting large scale evaluations, and translating those principles into developing smaller projects, such as unit-based projects or projects required in DNP degree programs. Five years after the preparation of the second edition of this book, some things (principles/concepts/content) have stayed the same while significant changes in other areas of content and knowledge are noteworthy. First, what has stayed the same is the expectation of competency in evaluation of patient outcomes of all professional nurses. However, the competency bar is raised for Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) nurses for evaluating health care and health care systems from a systematic and comprehensive science-based data driven perspective. Evaluation occurs in all areas of healthcare including populations, organizations, systems, programs/projects, health informatics, practice guidelines/protocols, health policy, and other health-related entities. Along with the higher expectations for DNP nurses come greater opportunities to lead evaluation teams and influence high-level decision making in all areas of health care"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Evaluation and Advanced Nursing Practice : The Mandate for Evaluation / Joanne V. Hickey
The Nature of Evidence as a Basis for Evaluation / Joanne V. Hickey
Models for Evaluation in Advanced Nursing Practice / Joanne V. Hickey
Evaluation and Outcomes / Eileen G. Giardino
Financial Evaluation / Eileen R. Giardino and Angelo P. Giardino
Evaluation of Organizations and Systems / Nancy Manning Crider and Beth Ulrich
Evaluation of Health Care Information Systems and Patient Care Technology / Juliana J. Brixey and V. Gail Roberson Turner
Planning a Program or Project Evaluation / Joanne V. Hickey
Evaluation in Quality Improvement / Eileen R. Giardino
Evaluation of Patient Care Based on Standards, Guidelines, and Protocols / Ronda G. Hughes
Evaluation of Interprofessional Health Care Teams / Joanne V. Hickey
Evaluation of Simulation to Support Ongoing Competency of the Health
Care Workforce / Kristen Starnes-Ott and M. Roseann Diehl
Evaluation of Populations and Population Health / Joanne V. Hickey
Evaluation of Health Policy: From Problem to Practice / Joyce Batcheller, Peggy L. Landrum, Nancy Manning Crider, and Patricia S. Yoder-Wise
Drivers of Change, Impact, and Challenges for Evaluation of Health Care / Joanne V. Hickey and Eileen R. Giardino.Digital Access R2Library 2022 - Printeditors, Frederic J. Zucchero, Mark J. Hogan, Christine D. Schultz.Print Access
- PrintEvaporated Milk Association.
- PrintDarren Diess, BAS, and Michelle Gilmore, CFRE.Summary: Plain and simple, people donate to causes because they want to be part of something larger than themselves. They want to make a difference. In "Eventology", Darren Diess and Michelle Gilmore skillfully combine the art, science, and math of event fundraising to create a comprehensive resource guide to help you flawlessly execute a successful fundraising event and build long-term donor relationships that equate to sustainability for your cause. After reading "Eventology", you will come away with the skills to develop an iron-clad event plan, build an interdisciplinary winning team, leverage technoogy to measure effectiveness, implement innovative funding techniques, expertly engage sponsors, and create a tailored event experience to build deep and lasting commitments from your donors. -- back cover
Contents:
Acknowledgments
Preface
Chapter 1: The hidden cost of tradition
Chapter 2: Mindset
a new way of thinking
Chapter 3: Collaborative fundraising: 2 + 2 = 10
Chapter 4: The art & science of delivering your message
Chapter 5: Different types of giving
Chapter 6: People
your most important asset
Chapter 7: Going digital
the importance of technology in fundraising. EVENTOLOGY 101 : Chapter 8: Guest focused event management
Chapter 9: Fundraising math
Chapter 10: Before the event
Chapter 11: The event
Chapter 12: Post-event
Conclusion
About the authors
Glossary
Bibliography. - Digital/PrintWes Ely, MD.Summary: "Over the next ten years, 40 to 60 million people in this country will be admitted to the ICU. Most of these hospitalizations will be sudden, unexpected, and harrowing, experiences that can alter patients and their families physically and emotionally, with effects that endure for years. Every Deep-Drawn Breath is a rich blend of science, medical history, profoundly humane patient stories, and personal reflection. Dr. Wes Ely's mission is to prevent patients from being inadvertently harmed by the technology that is keeping them alive. Readers will experience the world of critical care through the eyes of this physician who drastically changed his clinical practice, and through cutting-edge research convinced others to do the same. For decades, millions of ICU survivors left the hospital with disabling symptoms including newly acquired dementia, depression, PTSD, and nerve damage, all now recognized as Post Intensive Care Syndrome, or PICS (a severe subset of Long Covid symptoms). Dr. Ely's groundbreaking investigations advanced the understanding of PICS and introduced crucial changes that reshaped intensive care: minimizing sedation, maximizing mobility, attending to the family, and providing supportive aftercare. Dr. Ely shows that this new way-technology plus touch-is the future of healthcare, and is a proven path toward reclaiming life. Full of wisdom and heart, Every Deep-Drawn Breath is an essential resource for anyone who will be affected by critical illness, which is all of us"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Prologue
Fractured Lives : Embracing a New Normal
Early History of Critical Care : Bumpy Gravel Roads to ICU Interstates
Culture of Critical Care : The Era of Deep Sedation and Immobilization
The World of Transplant Medicine : Harvesting the Right Path Forward
Delirium Disaster : An Invisible Calamity for Patients and Families
The View from the Other Side of the Bed : Illness Revisited
Deciding My Path : Combining Research with Clinical Care
Unshackling the Brain : Finding Consciousness in the ICU
Awakening Change : Patients Are Resurfacing
Spreading the Word : Putting New Ideas into Practice
Finding the Person in the Patient : Hope through Humanization
End-of-Life Care in the ICU : Patient and Family Wishes Can Come True
Epilogue.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021Limited to 3 simultaneous users - PrintHoward J. Ross.Summary: If you are human, you are biased. From this fundamental truth, Howard Ross explores the biases we each carry within us. Most people do not see themselves as biased towards people of different races or different genders. And yet in virtually every area of modern life disparities remain. Even in corporate America, which has for the most part embraced the idea of diversity as a mainstream idea, patterns of disparity remain rampant. Why? Breakthroughs in the cognitive and neurosciences give some idea why our results seem inconsistent with our intentions. Bias is natural to the human mind, a survival mechanism that is fundamental to our identity. And overwhelmingly it is unconscious. Incorporating anecdotes from today's headlines alongside case studies from over 30 years as a nationally prominent diversity consultant, Ross help readers understand how unconscious bias impacts our day-to-day lives and particularly our daily work lives. And, he answers the question: Is there anything we can do about it? by providing examples of behaviors that the reader can engage in to disengage the impact of their own biases. With an added appendix that includes lessons for handling conflict and bias in the workplace, this book offers a resource for a broad audience, from individuals seeking to understand and confront their own biases to human resource professionals and business leaders determined to create more bias-conscious organizations in the belief that productivity, personal happiness, and social growth are possible if we first understand the widespread and powerful nature of the biases we don t realize we have.
Contents:
Introduction: Blinded by the light of our bias
If you are human, you are biased
Thinking about thinking
The many faces of bias
Life, death and unconscious bias on a rainy night
Who has the power?
Like water for the fish: Networks of bias in everyday life
Shifting to neutral: How we can learn to disengage from bias
Incubators of consciousness: Creating more conscious organization
Conclusion: A brave new world, a grand new journey. - PrintEdwidge Danticat.Summary: A romance unexpectedly sparks between two wounded friends. A marriage ends for what seem like noble reasons, but with irreparable consequences. A young woman holds on to an impossible dream even as she fights for her survival. Two lovers reunite after unimaginable tragedy, both for their country and in their lives. A baby's christening brings three generations of a family to a precarious dance between old and new. A man falls to his death in slow motion, reliving the defining moments of the life he is about to lose. Set in locales from Miami and Port-auPrince to a small unnamed country in the Caribbean and beyond, here are eight emotionally absorbing stories, rich with hard-won wisdom and humanity. At once wide in scope and intimate, Everything Inside explores with quiet power and elegance the forces that pull us together or drive us apart, sometimes in the same searing instant. -- back cover.
Contents:
Dosas
In the old days
The Port-au-Prince marriage special
The gift
Hot-air balloons
Sunrise, sunset
Seven stories
Without inspection. - Print[edited by] Jerome, J. Terrence Jose.
- Printedited by James J. Ponzetti, Jr.Summary: "This is the first book to provide a multidisciplinary and global overview of evidence-based sexuality education (SE) programs and practices. Readers are introduced to the fundamentals of creating effective programs to prepare them to design new or implement existing programs that promote healthy sexual attitudes and relationships. Noted contributors from various disciplines critically evaluate evidence --based programs from around the globe and through the lifespan. Examples and discussion questions encourage application of the material. Guidance for those who wish to design, implement, and evaluate SE programs in various social contexts is provided." -- publisher.
Contents:
Sexuality education : yesterday, today, and tomorrow / James J. Ponzetti, Jr.
Part I. Frameworks. International framework for sexuality education : UNESCO's international technical guidance / Ekua Yankah
Framing sexuality education discourses for programs and practice / Tiffany Jones
A practical guide to holistic sexuality education / Erika Frans
Part II. Program development and implementation. Sexuality education program development and implementation / Karen S. Myers-Bowman
Between worlds : releasing sexuality education from bondage / Mary Crewe
Obstacles to teaching ethics in sexuality education / Sharon Lamb and Renee Randazzo
Part III. Social contexts. Families and sexuality education / Suzanne Dyson
Schools and sexuality education / Karin Coyle, Pamela Anderson, and B.A. Laris
Community-based sexuality education / Nicole Cushman
Religion and sexuality education / Katia Moles
Part IV. Developmental contexts and special populations. Early childhood sexuality education / Larry Bobier and Karin A. Martin
Sexuality education during adolescence / Eva S. Goldfarb and Lisa Lieberman
Sexuality education in adulthood / Peggy Brick
Sexuality education with LGBT young people / Eleanor Formby
Sexuality education and persons with disabilities / Sigmund Hough, Anne Marie Warren, and Eileen T. Crehan
Part V. Global perspectives on sexuality education. Sexuality education in Latin America / Silvana Darré, Elena Jerves, Jéssica Castillo, and Paul Enzlin
Openness and opposition : sexuality education in Europe / Hans Olsson
Sexuality education in Asia / Wenli Liu and Jingru Sun
Sexuality education in Africa / Rosemary W. Eustace, Gladys B. Asiedu, and William N. Mkanta
Advancing sexuality education in developing countries : evidence and implications / Heather D. Boonstra
Conclusion. Future trends and directions in sexuality education / James J. Ponzetti, Jr. - DigitalEric Swanson.
- Digitaledited by Elizabeth S. Sburlati, Heidi J. Lyneham, Carolyn A. Schniering, and Ronald M. Rapee.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: 1. An Introduction to the Competencies-Based Approach
2. Effective Training Methods / Carolyn A. Schniering / Heidi J. Lynehanti / Elizabeth S. Sburlati
3. Self-Assessment of Our Competence as Therapists / Emily Jones / Katharina Manassis
4. Professional Evidence-Based Practice with Children and Adolescents / James Bennett-Levy / Elizabeth S. Sburlati
5. Child and Adolescent Characteristics that Impact on Therapy / Rinad S. Beidas / Julie Edmunds / Matthew Ditty / Margaret Mary Downey
6. Building a Positive Therapeutic Relationship with the Child or Adolescent and Parent / Caroline L. Donovan / Sonja March
7. Assessing Child and Adolescent Internalizing Disorders / Michael A. Southam-Gerow / Bryce D. McLeod / Ruth C. Brown / Kimberly M. Palter
8. Theoretical Foundations of CBT for Anxious and Depressed Youth / Sophie C. Schneider / Carol Newall / Jennifer L. Hudson / Talia Morris
9. Case Formulation and Treatment Planning for Anxiety and Depression in Children and Adolescents / Sarah J. Perini / Ronald M. Rapee
10. Effectively Engaging and Collaborating with Children and Adolescents in Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Sessions / Heidi J. Lyneham
11. Facilitating Homework and Generalization of Skills to the Real World / Philip C. Kendall / Cara A. Settipani / Jeremy S. Peterman
12. Managing Negative Thoughts, Part 1: Cognitive Restructuring and Behavioral Experiments / Nikolaos Kazantzis / Philip C. Kendall / Colleen M. Cummings
13. Managing Negative Thoughts, Part 2: Positive Imagery, Self-Talk, Thought Stopping, and Thought Acceptance / Shirley Reynolds / Gemma Bowers / Sarah Clark
14. Changing Maladaptive Behaviors, Part 1: Exposure and Response Prevention / Sarah Clark / Shirley Reynolds / Maria Loades
15. Changing Maladaptive Behaviors, Part 2: The Use of Behavioral Activation and Pleasant Events Scheduling with Depressed Children and Adolescents / Stephen P. Whiteside / Thomas H. Ollendick / Brennan J. Young
16. Managing Maladaptive Mood and Arousal / Sandra L. Mendlowitz
17. Problem-Solving Skills Training / Caroline E. Kerns / Christina Hardway / Jonathan S. Comer / Donna B. Pincus / Ryan J. Madigan
18. Social Skills Training / Ana M. Ugueto / John R. Weisz / Lauren S. Krumholz / Lauren C. Santucci
19. Modifying the Family Environment / Lauren C. Santucci / John R. Weisz / Ana M. Ugueto / Lauren S. Krumholz.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalDerek Milne.Contents:
Recognising supervision
Understanding supervision
Reframing supervision
Relating in supervision
Applying supervision
Learning from supervision
Supporting and guiding supervision
Developing supervision
Concluding supervision.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalCharlie Changli Xue, RMIT University, Australia, Chuanjian Lu, Guangdong Provincial Hospital of Chinese Medicine, China.Summary: "In the third volume of the Evidence-based Clinical Chinese Medicine series, the authors focus on a challenging dermatological condition -- chronic urticaria. Chronic urticaria can have a significant impact on quality of life, and while medical management can be effective, many people experience frequent and unpredictable recurrence. This book unearths treatments used in classical Chinese medicine textbooks, many of which are inaccessible to non-Chinese speaking Chinese medicine practitioners. Oral and topical Chinese herbal medicines used in pre-modern China for urticaria are identified, some of which are still in use today. Evidence from clinical studies has been subject to rigorous evaluation, with analyses conducted using the internationally recognized Cochrane-GRADE approach. Chinese herbal medicine formulas and acupuncture therapies which offer the most potential for treatment of chronic urticaria are highlighted. This book provides an easy to use reference for clinicians who are interested in Chinese medicine management of chronic urticaria. The authors are internationally recognized, well-respected leaders in the field of Chinese medicine and evidence-based medicine with strong track records in research."--Publisher's website.Digital Access World Scientific 2017
- DigitalEric Swanson.Summary: Insisting on an evidence-based approach, Dr. Swanson brings the light of science to bear on the many controversies in cosmetic breast surgery today. Conventional wisdom is challenged with factual analysis, made possible by Dr. Swansonℓ́ℓs large body of published research. In his hallmark detailed style, the author lays the foundation with clinical studies, measurements, and patient-reported outcomes. The work is all here in one place for the first time, leading to some surprising conclusions. For plastic surgeons who prefer data to dogma, Evidence-Based Cosmetic Breast Surgery provides a unique and invaluable resource.
- DigitalPaul Ellis Marik.
- DigitalRobert C. Hyzy, Jakob McSparron, editors.Summary: This extensively updated textbook comprehensively reviews the latest developments in evidence-based critical care. Topics are covered in a case study format with an emphasis on the principles of diagnosis and therapy. Each topic is covered using a variety of case studies and features a case vignette, clinical question and an additional discussion section to clarify areas of particular importance. Topics including cytokine release syndrome, sympathomimetic overdose and palliative care in the intensive care unit have been extensively revised, while new sections focusing on neuromuscular disease and subarachnoid hemorrhages have been added. Evidence-Based Critical Care, 2nd edition is a critical resource for critical care practitioners, fellows, residents; allied health professionals and medical students who wish to expand their knowledge within critical care. The case study-based approach taken in the textbook makes this an ideal resource for those preparing for board examinations.
Contents:
Sympathomimetic overdose (designer drugs)
Cardiac Arrest Management
Beta blocker overdose
Post- Cardiac Arrest Management
Undifferentiated Shock
Hypovolemic Shock and Massive Transfusion
Acute Respiratory Failure
Encephalitis
Hyperkalemia NIV Implementation and Intubation
Subarachnoid Hemorrhages
Diagnosis and Management of Tricyclic Antidepressant Ingestion
Hypernatremia
Management of Calcium Channel Blocker Poisoning
ICU Care Delivery and Medical Ethics
Diagnosis and Management of Ethylene Glycol Ingestion
Accidental Hypothermia
Management of Cardiogenic Shock
Management of Acute Heart Failure
Management of Acute Coronary Syndrome
Complications of Myocardial Infarction
Management of Cardiac Tamponade
Hypertensive Crises
Atrial Fibrillation and Other Supraventricular Tachycardias
Ventricular Arrhythmias
Management of Acute Aortic Syndromes
Management of Endocarditis
Community Acquired Pneumonia
^Management of Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
Acute Exacerbation of COPD: Non-Invasive Positive Pressure Ventilation
Management of Status Asthmaticus
Immunocompromised Pneumonia
Venous Thromboembolism in the Intensive Care Unit
Massive Hemoptysis
Sedation and Delirium
Prolonged Mechanical Ventilation
Complications of trach
Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia and Other Complications
Respiratory Failure in a Patient with Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
Weaning from Mechanical Ventilation
The Post-Intensive Care Syndrome
Management of Decompensated Right Ventricular Failure in the Intensive Care Unit
Multi-disciplinary care/communication in the ICU
Palliative care in ICU
Family involvement in ICU
Diffuse Alveolar Hemorrhage
Acute Stroke Emergency Management
Bacterial Meningitis in the ICU
Management of Intracerebral Hemorrhage
Status Epilepticus
Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome
Traumatic Brain Injury
^Management of Anoxic Brain Injury
Traditional and Novel Tools for Diagnosis of Acute Kidney Injury
Management of Acute Kidney Injury
Rhabdomyolysis
Hyponatremia
Management of Severe Hyponatremia and SIADH
Diabetic Ketoacidosis
Thyroid Storm
Adrenal Insufficiency
Management of Hyperglycemic Hyperosmolar Syndrome
Management of Myxedema Coma
Urosepsis
Management of Sepsis and Septic Shock
Invasive Aspergillus
Management of Strongyloides Hyperinfection Syndrome
Treatment of Viral Hemorrhagic Fever in a Well-Resourced Environment
Management of Severe Malaria
Dengue
Chikungunya
Leptospirosis
Management of Acute Upper Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
Variceal Hemorrhage
Acute Pancreatitis
Management of Acute Liver Failure
Acute Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Diagnosis and Management of Clostridium Difficile Infection (CDI)
Principles of Nutrition in the Critically Ill Patient
Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis
^ICU Management of the Patient with Alcoholic Liver Disease
Diagnosis and Management of Thrombotic
Thrombocytopenic Purpura
Acute Leukemia Presentation with DIC
Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis
ICU Complications of Hematopoietic Stem Cell
Transplantation Including Graft vs. Host Disease
Tumor Lysis Syndrome
Management of Hyperviscosity Syndromes
Thoracic Trauma
Blunt Abdominal Trauma
Oncologic emergencies
Abdominal Sepsis and Complicated Intraabdominal Infection
Intestinal Obstruction: Small and Large Bowel
Management of Acute Compartment Syndrome
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation (ECMO) and Extracorporeal CO2 Removal (ECCO2R)
Coagulopathy Management of Acute Thermal Injury
Acute Arterial Ischemia
Management of Necrotizing Soft Tissue Infection
Cytokine release syndrome
Biliary Infections
Peripartum Cardiomyopathy
Obstetric haemorrhage
^Management of Amniotic Fluid Embolism
Respiratory Diseases of Pregnancy
Preeclampsia, Eclampsia and HELLP Syndrome
Management of Severe Skin Eruptions
Management of Alcohol Withdrawal Syndromes
End of Life Care in the ICU
Neuromuscular Disease. - Digitaledited by Hywel C. Williams ; associate editors, Michael Bigby, Andrew Herxheimer, Luigi Naldi, Berthold Rzany, Robert P. Dellavalle, Yuping Ran, Masutaka Furue.Digital Access Wiley 2014
- DigitalArianne Verhagen, Jeroen Alessie.Summary: Valid diagnostic strategies are the basis of good clinical care. This book provides an overview of the evidence that underpins history taking, physical examination, specific tests and diagnostic imaging in patients with musculoskeletal disorders that consult primary care. Alongside this book there is a website presenting videos showing the up-to-date performance of diagnostics that are regarded valid together with their psychometric properties. In the introduction, we present various ways of clinical reasoning followed by three chapters on 'validity', 'reproducibility' and the differences between a single test compared to a combination of tests. Next the chapters each deal with the diagnostic of patients with low back pain, hip, knee, foot/ankle, neck, shoulder, elbow and hand/wrist pain. Each chapter starts with a case study and ends with a conclusion that reflects on the case study presented. In addition, in each chapter attention is paid to red flags (alarm signals) that could be an indicator of serious pathology. Evidence based diagnostics of musculoskeletal disorders offers a wealth of information for physiotherapists, general practitioners, students and other people with professional interest in the actual evidence underpinning the diagnostic strategies in patients with musculoskeletal disorders. Arianne P Verhagen is a physiotherapist, manual therapist and clinical epidemiologist by background. She received her PhD in 1999 and from 1999 to January 2018 she worked at the Erasmus University Medical Centre Rotterdam at the department of General Practice. From 2009 - 2014 she was also a professor 'Diagnostics' at the School of Physiotherapy of Avans University of Applied Sciences in Breda, where this book was initiated. Since February 2018 Arianne is the Head of Discipline and professor Musculoskeletal Research at the School of Physiotherapy at UTS (University of Technology Sydney) in Australia. Jeroen Alessie is physiotherapist, educational science & technologist and senior teacher at the School of Physiotherapy of Avans University of Applied Sciences in Breda.
Contents:
Validity
Reproducibility
Test versus model
Low back
Hip
Knee
Ankle-foot
Neck
Shoulder
Elbow
Wrist. - DigitalAine Kelly, Paul Cronin, Stefan Puig, Kimberly E. Applegate, editors.Summary: This book presents evidence-based criteria to systematically assess the appropriate use of medical imaging in the emergency department and other acute care settings. Over the last decade, there have been profound changes in the diagnostic testing and work-up of patients presenting to the emergency department with emergent symptoms. One of the most far-reaching changes has been the increased availability, speed, and accuracy of imaging due, in part, to technical improvements in imaging modalities such as CT, MR, and PET. Although the use of high-end imaging has plateaued in general, increased utilization continues in the ED. These patients are more acutely ill and there is additional pressure to make an accurate diagnosis as quickly as possible to facilitate prompt disposition or treatment. There is also strong evidence for the beneficial use of imaging in the emergency setting that results in improved patient outcomes. This book answers that need by providing protocols and guidelines for neuroradiological, cardiothoracic, abdominal and pelvic, musculoskeletal, and pediatric imaging are reviewed in terms of the available imaging modalities, diagnostic criteria, and treatment options. Distinguished by its unique focus on evidence-based emergency imaging in adults, children, and special populations, this book is a unique resource for radiologists, emergency medicine physicians, and physicians in other specialties who need to be informed about the most appropriate uses of diagnostic imaging in the emergency care setting.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalRajeev Parameswan, Amit Agarwal, editors.Summary: In this textbook, leading experts from highly acclaimed institutions describe evidence-based best practice in the management of a wide range of benign and malignant thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, and neuroendocrine conditions. Detailed attention is devoted to the current role of surgery, including minimally invasive surgery and robotic surgery, in different endocrine disorders. The reader will also learn how best to respond to the problems that may be encountered during endocrine surgical practice. While much of the focus is on surgical aspects, the approach is multidisciplinary, with inclusion of information on recent advances in epidemiology, genetics, cytology, pathology, imaging modalities, and other treatment options. The clear text is complemented by instructive clinical cases as well as numerous high-quality illustrations and tables summarizing key points. This book will be of value for specialists in endocrine medicine and surgery as well as general surgeons with an interest in endocrine surgery.
Contents:
THYROIDOLOGY
Benign thyroid disease: Overview
Chapter. Anatomy and Physiology of the thyroid
Chapter. Genetics of thyroid disease
Chapter. Investigating a thyroid nodule
Chapter. Nodular goiter
Chapter. Investigating hyperthyroidism
Chapter. Thyroiditis
Chapter. Subclinical thyroid disease
Chapter. Grave's disease
Chapter. Cytology of benign disease
Thyroid oncology: Overview
Chapter. Molecular pathogenesis of thyroid cancer
Chapter. Cytology of malignant disease
Chapter. Differentiated thyroid cancer
Chapter. Medullary thyroid cancer
Chapter. Anaplastic thyroid cancer
Chapter. Imaging in thyroid cancer
Chapter. Locally Advanced Thyroid cancer
Chapter. Neck dissection in thyroid cancer
Chapter. RAI ablation in cancer
Chapter. Management of metastatic thyroid cancer
Thyroid technology& outcomes: Overview
Chapter: Neuromonitoring in thyroid surgery
Chapter: Robotic and Endoscopic thyroid surgery
^Chapter: Outcomes in thyroid surgery
PARATHYROID
Benign disease overview
Chapter: Anatomy and Physiology of the parathyroidgland
Chapter: Investigating primary hyperparathyroidism
Chapter: Asymptomatic and normocalcaemic HPT
Chapter: Managing primary HPT and related complications
Chapter: Parathyroid surgery
Chapter: Adjuncts in parathyroid surgery
Chapter: Renal hyperparathyroidism
Chapter: Outcomes of parathyroid surgery
Chapter: Reoperative parathyroid surgery
Malignant disease and miscellaneous
Chapter: Genetics of parathyroid disease
Chapter: Parathyroid cancer
Chapter: Ethanol ablation for parathyroid disease
ADRENAL
Overview
Chapter: Anatomy and Physiology of the adrenal gland
Chapter: Genetics of adrenal tumours
Chapter: Incidentaloma
Chapter: Cushing's syndrome
Chapter: Conn's syndrome
Chapter: Adrenocortical cancer
Chapter: Paraganglionomas
^Chapter: Perioperative management of endocrine hypertension
Chapter: Laparoscopic adrenalectomy
Chapter: Complications of adrenal surgery
NEUROENDOCRINE
Overview
Chapter: Epidemiology of NET's
Chapter: Pathology of NET's
Chapter: Imaging in NET's
Chapter: Gastric NET's
Chapter: Pancreatic NET's
Chapter: Carcinoid tumours
Chapter: Chemotherapy and adjuvant treatment
Chapter: Outcomes in NET's. - Digitaledited by Peter J. Kertes, T. Mark Johnson.Summary: "Now in a revised and updated Second Edition, this handy guide to eye care uses evidence from the latest clinical trials to deliver practical advice directly applicable to the challenges of daily ophthalmic practice. Helpful illustrations and tables support the text and improve outcomes, summarizes the major clinical trials in ophthalmology that support the current standard of care. Practical focus helps readers apply research findings to day-to-day practice. Logical organization guides readers from general epidemiology to disease-specific sections. Broad scope addresses the full range of ophthalmologic subspecialties--from treatment of corneal defects, glaucoma, and cataracts to management of vitreo-retinal disorders. NEW in the Second Edition ... Results from the latest clinical trials let readers put current findings into practice. Coverage of new pharmacologic agents broadens therapeutic choices. Three new chapters address arterial occlusive disease, non-exudative age-related macular degeneration, and biostatistics"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: ch. 1 Clinical Epidemiology / Sanjay Sharma
ch. 2 Biostatistics / Hussein Hollands
ch. 3 Health Economics / Sanjay Sharma
ch. 4 Anterior Segment: Cornea and External Diseases / Qais A. Farjo
ch. 5 Refractive Surgery / Clara C. Chan
ch. 6 Glaucoma: Clinical Trials in Glaucoma Therapy / Robert J. Campbell
ch. 7a Diabetic Retinopathy: Prevention and Screening / Yoshihiro Yonekawa
ch. 7b Diabetic Macular Edema: Clinical Trials / Dean Eliott
ch. 7c Proliferative Diabetic Retinopathy: Clinical Trials / Dean Eliott
ch. 8a Clinical Trials in Nonneovascular Age-Related Macular Degeneration / Emily Y. Chew
ch. 8b Clinical Trials in Wet Age-Related Macular Degeneration / Peter K. Kaiser
ch. 9 Retinal Vein Occlusions (Evidence-Based Eye Care) / Sharon Fekrat
ch. 10 Evidence-Based Ophthalmology: Clinical Trials and Beyond Retinal Detachment and Proliferative Vitreoretinopathy / T. Mark Johnson
Contents note continued: ch. 11 Evidence-Based Medicine: The Prophylaxis and Treatment of Endophthalmitis / William F. Mieler
ch. 12 Arterial Occlusive Disease / Mark O. Baerlocber
ch. 13 Retinopathy of Prematurity (ROP) / Antonio Capone
ch. 14 Amblyopia / Raymond T. Kraker
ch. 15 Uveal Melanoma: Approaches to Management / Ernest Rand Simpson
ch. 16 Optic Neuritis / Jonathan D. Trobe
ch. 17 Thyroid-Associated Orbitopathy: An Evidence-Based Approach to Diagnosis and Management / HarmeetS. Gill
ch. 18 Traumatic Optic Neuropathy: An Evidence-Based Perspective on Management / Robert A. Kersten.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - DigitalMarie Boltz, executive editor ; Elizabeth Capezuti, DeAnne Zwicker, Terry Fulmer, editors.Summary: "Across health care settings, older adults represent the majority of consumers served. They present with the most clinically and socially complex situations, and thus require nurses to possess highly developed assessment competencies, critical thinking abilities, and relationship-based skills. Nurses have an enormous responsibility when providing care to older adults in this rapidly changing health care environment with its increasing regulatory requirements, variable staffing levels, and unpredictable reimbursement. Nurses also have an amazing opportunity to positively change the daily experiences and health of older adults. The nurse who is armed with an understanding of the unique clinical presentations and response to treatment in older adults, and who has knowledge about evidence-based assessment and interventions, is situated to not only prevent and manage health problems, but also to promote function and quality of life"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Contributors
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
PART I. INCORPORATING EVIDENCE INTO PRACTICE. 1. Developing and evaluating clinical practice guidelines: a systematic approach / Kathleen Phillips
2. Measuring performance and improving quality / Lenard L. Parisi
3. Informational technology: embedding geriatric clinical practice guidelines / Rebecca L. Trotta and Terese Kornet.
4. Organizational approaches to promote person-centered care / Andrea Yevchak Sillner and Liza Behrens
5. Environmental approaches to support aging friendly care / Rana Sagha Zadeh
PART II. ASSESMENT AND MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES. 6. Age-related changes in health / Marianne Logan Fingerhood
7. Healthcare decision-making / Joanne Roman Jones and Marie Boltz
8. Sensory changes in the older adult / Pamela Z. Cacchione
9. Assessing cognitive function in the older adult / Donna M. Fick, Pieter Heeren, and Koen Milisen
10. Assessment of physical function in the older adult / Denise M. Kresevic
11. Oral healthcare in the older adult / Linda J. O'Connor
12. Managing oral hydration in the older adult / Phyllis M. Gaspar and Janet C. Mentes
13. Nutrition in the older adult / Rose Ann DiMaria-Ghalili
14. Family caregiving / Deborah C. Messecar
15. Issues regarding sexuality in older adults / Elaine E. Steinke
16. Elder mistreatment detection / Billy A. Caceres, Neelima Kurup, Terry Fulmer
17. Advance care planning / Joanne Roman Jones and Marie Boltz
PART III. CLINICAL INTERVENTIONS. 18. Preventing functional decline in the acute care setting / Marie Boltz, Barbara Resnick, and Elizabeth Galik
19. Late life depression / Glenise McKenzie and Kathryn Sexson
20. Delirium: prevention, early recognition, and treatment / Cheri Blevins
21. Dementia: assessment and care strategies / Marie Boltz
22. Pain management in the older adult / Ann L. Horgas, Joanne Laframboise-Otto, Karen Aul, and Saunjoo L. Yoon
23. Assessing, managing and preventing falls in acute care / Deanna Gray-Miceli and Patricia A. Quigley
24. Reducing adverse drug events in the older adult / DeAnne Zwicker, Carolina Carvajal, and Terry Fulmer
25. Urinary incontinence in the older adult / Annemarie Dowling-Castronovo, Joanna Long, and Christine Bradway
26. Prevention of catheter-associated urinary tract infection / Michelle Kidd and Mary Beth Flynn Makic
27. Physical restraints and side rails in acute and critical care settings / Cheryl M. Bradas, Satinderpal K. Sandhu, and Lorraine C. Mion
28. Preventing pressure injuries and skin tears / Reneeka Persaud-Jaimangal, Elizabeth A. Ayello, and R. Gary Sibbald
29. Optimizing mealtimes for persons living with dementia / Melissa Batchelor
30. Disorders of sleep in the older adult / Jonna L. Morris, Lynn Baniak, Michelle L. Klimpt, Eileen R. Chasens, and Grace E. Dean
31. The frail hospitalized older adult / Stewart M. Bond
32. HIV prevention and care for the older adult / Rosanna F. DeMarco and Simon Manga
33. LGBTQ perspectives for older adult care / Janejira J. Chaiyasit and Anthony R. Lutz
PART IV. INTERVENTIONS IN SPECIALTY PRACTICE. 34. Substance misuse and alcohol use disorder in the older adult / Donna E. McCabe, Michelle M. Knapp, and Madeline A. Naegle
35. Comprehensive assessment and management of the critically ill older adult / Michele C. Balas, Lee Cordell, Paige Donahue, and Mary Beth Happ
36. Fluid overload: identifying and managing heart failure patients at risk of hospital readmission / Ameera Chakravarthy and Joan Davenport
37. Cancer assessment and intervention strategies in the older adult / Janine Overcash
38. Perioperative care of the older adult / Fidelindo Lim and Larry Z. Slater
39. General surgical care of the older adult / Fidelindo Lim and Larry Z. Slater
40. Care of the older adult with fragility hip fracture / Anita J. Meehan, Ann Butler Maher, Valerie MacDonald, Karen Hertz, and Ami Hommel
PART V. MODELS OF CARE. 41. Acute care models / Elizabeth Capezuti, Marie Boltz, Michael L. Malone, and Robert M. Palmer
42. Transitional care / Fidelindo Lim and Janice B. Foust
43. Palliative care models / Constance Dahlin
44. Care of the older adult in the emergency department / Rachel Arendacs and Marie Boltz
Index.Digital Access R2Library 2021 - DigitalDilly OC Anumba, Shamanthi M. Jayasooriya, editors.Summary: This is an open access book. In this open access book the NIHR Global Health research group on preterm birth, PRIME, prioritizes the development of prenatal risk assessment guidance for preterm birth. This book is based on global literature, published international, national and regional guidance and it is structured into six chapters providing: an overview of the domains for risk assessment and the summary recommendations in greater depth maternal demographics and past pregnancy histories, accurate pregnancy dating, and the contribution of infection, nutritional status and substance misuse to preterm birth risk. Each chapter has structured sections which include a) background information, b) an evidence statement highlighting the risk factors covered, and c) practical recommendations for evaluating those risks as well as the evidenced recommended and effective interventions for women deemed to be at risk. The chapter ends with clinical and research recommendations regarding factors of unknown or unproven risk "myth busters". This open access book will be a very useful guide for all health care professionals involved in delivering pregnancy care.
Contents:
Antenatal Risk Assessment for Preterm Birth: A guidance Document for Healthcare Providers
Prenatal Risk Assessment for Preterm Birth in Low-resources Settings: Demographics and Obstetric History
Pregnancy Dating Guidance
Prenatal Risk Assessment for Preterm Birth in Low-resources Settings: Infections
Nutritional Status and the Risk of Preterm Birth
Evaluating Alcohol, Tobacco and other Substance Use in Pregnancy Women. - DigitalDavid Camfield, Erica McIntyre, Jerome Sarris, editors.Contents:
Introduction
Part I: Clinical evidence in support of herbal and nutritional treatments for anxiety: Herbal Anxiolytics with sedative actions
Adaptogens
Cognitive Anxiolytics
Nutritional-based Nutraceuticals
Treatments for comorbid anxiety and mood disorders
Part II: Traditional Treatments in Need of further study: Plant-based Psychotropics
Other Potential anxiolytic Phytotherapies
Part III: Clinical Perspectives and Case Studies
Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) and Panic
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder
Comorbid Anxiety and Depression
Appendix: Herb-drug Interactions table.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalDavid E. Rosow, Chandra M. Ivey, editors.Summary: This text provides a critical look at the state of the evidence in the most compelling areas of laryngology. Rather than being a comprehensive text covering every single possible area, it focuses on published works in the 9 areas that are of the most interest to laryngologists as well as speech pathologists, general otolaryngologists, and head and neck oncologists managing laryngologic issues. The state of the literature is succinctly summarized and tabulated in each area, allowing the reader to see which areas have high-grade evidence (Levels 1 or 2) to support decision making, and which areas are in need of better quality studies. Each chapter is divided into three main sections: Diagnosis and Pathophysiology, Surgical management, and Non-surgical management. This makes it easier for the reader to browse to the area of interest in each section and to find the evidence basis for a given concept. Evidence-Based Laryngology will be an invaluable resource to otolaryngologists, residents, speech-language pathologists, and other clinicians who manage laryngological problems and would like to know the evidence basis behind different treatment options.
Contents:
Vocal Fold Nodules
Recurrent Respiratory Papillomatosis
Early Glottic Cancer
Unilateral Vocal Fold Paralysis and Paresis
Spasmodic Dysphonia and Vocal Tremor
Laryngopharyngeal Reflux
Chronic Cough
Laryngotracheal Stenosis
Evidence Based Practice in Dysphagia. - Digital[edited by] Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Tim Raderstorf.Summary: "Evidence from numerous studies support that leadership and innovation are critical factors for organizational success and improved outcomes. Further, no change takes place and sustains without strong leadership. Although the United States spends more money on healthcare than any western world country, our health outcomes are poor. For example, the U.S. is the worst western world country for a women to give birth. Sick care continues to be the predominant paradigm and needs to be shifted to well care since 80 percent of chronic conditions can be prevented with healthy lifestyle behaviors. We also are living during a time when over 50 percent of clinicians are suffering from burnout, which is affecting the quality and safety of care. Solutions, including strong leaders and innovators, are urgently needed"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Making the Case for Evidence-Based Leadership and Innovation / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Tim Raderstorf
Important Lessons Learned from a Personal Leadership, Innovation, and Entrepreneurial Journey / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk
Understanding and Developing Yourself as a Leader / T. Scott Graham
Key Strategies for Optimizing Personal Health and Well-being : A Necessity for Effective Leadership / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Susan Neale
Learning from a History of Great Leaders / T. Scott Graham
Forming and Leading a High-Performing Team / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, and Robert Smith
Leading Organizational Change and Building Wellness Cultures for Maximum ROI and VOI / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Sharon Tucker
Achieving the Quadruple Aim in Healthcare with Evidence-based Practice : A Necessary Leadership Strategy for Improving Quality, Safety, Patient Outcomes and Cost Reductions / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Lynn Gallagher-Ford
Healthcare Finance for Leaders / Cheryl L. Hoying, Courtney Campbell-Saxton, and Alma Helping
Healthcare Innovation : Bringing the Buzzword to Real World Healthcare Settings / Nancy Albert and Tim Raderstorf
Emerging Trends in Healthcare Innovation / Bonnie Clipper and Tami H. Wyatt
Patient-Centered Innovation / Adrienne Boissy
Positive Deviance : Advancing Innovation to Transform Healthcare / Kathy Malloch and Tim Porter-O'Grady
Measuring Innovation and Determining Return on Investment (ROI) / Deborah Mills-Scofield, Sidney Kushner, Stefanie Lyn Kaufman, and Eli MacLaren
Design Thinking for Healthcare Leadership and Innovation / Jess Roberts and Suratha Elango
Negotiating Complex Systems / Dan Weberg
Entrepreneurship in Healthcare / Tim Raderstorf
Identifying Opportunities to Innovate and Creating Your Niche / David Putrino
Intrapreneurship, Business Models, and How Companies Make Money / Tim Raderstorf, Michelle Podlesni, Christine Meehan, Joe Novello, Pamala Wilson
Legal Considerations in Starting a Healthcare Business / Jonathon Vinocur
Building and Pitching Your Plan / Tim Raderstorf
Starting and Sustaining a Healthcare Business / Gary L. Sharpe
Starting and Sustaining a Healthcare Practice / Candy Rinehart and John McNamara
Key Strategies for Moving from Research to Commercialization with Real World Success Stories / Caroline Crisafulli, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, and Mary Beth Happ
Leveraging Social Media and Marketing for Professional Branding and Business Influence / Betsy Sewell, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, Linsey Grove, and Vibeke Westh.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by Robert F. LaPrade, Jorge Chahla.Contents:
Comprehensive clinical examination
Plain radiography of the knee
Magnetic resonance imaging of the knee: conventional and novel techniques
Computed tomography of the knee joint: indications and significance
Mechanical malalignment of the knee joint: how and when to address
Anterior cruciate ligament
Posterior cruciate ligament
Repair and reconstruction of the superficial medial collateral ligament and the posteromedial corner
Posterolateral corner of the knee
Anterolateral ligament and the anterolateral corner
Multiligament knee injuries
Arthroscopic primary repair of the cruciate ligaments
Meniscal pathology: meniscus anatomy
Meniscus biomechanics
Meniscal tears: meniscectomy versus repair
Meniscal root tears
Meniscal radial tears
Meniscal ramp lesions
Meniscus deficiency and meniscal transplants
Synthetic meniscal substitutes
A basic science understanding of cartilage repair and its clinical application
Focal chondral injuries
Ocd injuries in the paediatric and adult population
How to manage the active patient with osteoarthritis:: biological approaches
Osteonecrosis of the knee
Patellofemoral anatomy and its surgical implications
Treatment algorithm in patellofemoral disorders: 'le menu à la carte'
Tibial tuberosity osteotomies
Pathological torsion of the lower limb
Lateral patellar instability:: diagnosis, treatment algorithm, conservative approaches, surgical techniques, outcomes, rehabilitation and future directions
Medial patellar instability: primary and iatrogenic
Trochleoplasty
Injuries of the patellar tendon
Quadriceps tendon injuries
Knee arthrofibrosis: how to prevent and how to treat
The paediatric knee
Miscellaneous complex pathological conditions of the knee
Intraoperative management: anaesthesia, tourniquet, tranexamic acid, blood loss and fluid management
Preparing the surgical team for a quick and efficient procedure
Postoperative management
Postoperative rehabilitation concepts.Digital Access - DigitalJonathan A. Perkins, Karthik Balakrishnan, editors.Summary: This text addresses vascular anomalies and the management of these diverse and clinically challenging set of conditions which have significant impact on patient function, quality of life and, in certain cases, survival. The text covers each category and type of vascular anomaly and the unique diagnostic and therapeutic challenges they pose. The chapters will also include fundamental scientific literature pertaining to each specific condition to help clinicians and clinical researchers better assess and manage vascular anomalies of the head and neck. Each vascular condition will be supported with medical photographs and radiographic images, summaries of diagnostic and therapeutic options, a list of syndromes and genetic mutations known to be associated with each anomaly, case studies, and clinical and research pearls from national and international leaders in the field. Management of Head and Neck Vascular Anomalies: Evidenced-based Assessment will be an invaluable resource for otolaryngologists, plastic surgeons, general and general pediatric surgeons, orthopaedic surgeons, dermatologists, interventional radiologists, residents and fellows in these fields, and researchers with interest in vascular anomalies of the head and neck.
- PrintSharon E. Straus, Paul Glasziou, W. Scott Richardson, R. Brian Haynes.Summary: Constitutes a traditional way of presenting ideas about EBM. It explains how to ask answerable clinical questions, translate them into effective searches for the best evidence, critically appraise that evidence for its validity and importance, integrate it with patients' values and preferences, assess the practice of EBM. Additional materials, including resources for practicing EBM can be downloaded to PDAs, contain clinical examples, critical appraisals and background papers from other healthcare disciplines such as nursing and occupational therapy with links to various evidence resources. A supporting website for this book also provides updates and new materials.
Contents:
Asking answerable clinical questions
Acquiring the evidence: how to find current best evidence and have current best evidence find us
Appraising the evidence
Therapy
Diagnosis and screening
Prognosis
Harm
Evaluation
Teaching evidence-based medicine. - DigitalDavid Isaacs.Contents:
How to search for evidence
Epidemiology
Clinical manifestations
Laboratory tests
Rational antibiotic use
Adjunctive treatment
Bacterial meningitis
Respiratory tract infections
Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis
Urinary tract infections
Necrotizing enterocolitis and gastrointestinal infections
Eye infections
Skin and soft tissue infections
Bacterial infections
Mycoplasmas
Fungal infections
Viral infections
Other congenital infections
Breast milk
Surveillance
Infection control
Developing countries
Prevention of neonatal infections
Neonatal antimicrobials.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalElie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, editors.Summary: This book is designed to guide the dental practitioner in the medical and surgical management of the oral surgery patient. It provides dentists and dental professionals with up-to-date, evidence-based information on how to handle any oral surgical problem and how to work up a patient. The book is divided into five sections, the first two of which present overviews of general and basic perioperative topics and the principles of exodontia. Management of oral pathology is then discussed in detail, covering odontogenic infections, osteonecrosis, preprosthetic surgery, common oral pathology, biopsy techniques, and dentoalveolar trauma. The fourth section is devoted to topics in advanced oral surgery, such as disturbances of the temporomandibular joint apparatus, facial deformities, and dental implants. Finally, a series of illustrative case reports and unusual surgical cases is presented. The book is multi-institutional and multispecialty based. Both editors have extensive academic experience and have authored numerous scientific publications.
Contents:
Patient assessment
Principles of exodontia
Management of oral pathology
Advanced oral surgery
Illustrative case reports. - Digitaledited by Mohit Bhandari.Summary: "Surgical orthopedic procedures such as hip replacements, arthroscopy or knee replacements are surrounded by pre- and post-operative complications, and there are varying different methods for the procedures themselves. This book brings together the best evidence for treatments as well as any complications. Not only does it cover the evidence base for orthopedic surgery, but also orthopedic conditions requiring medical treatment, and pediatric orthopedics. Using the approved EBM methodology, and edited by teachers of evidence-based medicine this EBM textbook is an essential resource for all orthopedic specialists and trainees"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2020
- DigitalSteven McGee, M.D., Professor of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA.Contents:
What is evidence-based physical diagnosis?
Diagnostic accuracy of physical findings
Using the tables in this book
Using the evidence-based medicine calculator (expert consult)
Reliability of physical findings
Mental status examination
Stance and gait
Jaundice
Cyanosis
Anemia
Hypovolemia
Protein-energy malnutrition and weight loss
Obesity
Cushing syndrome
Pulse rate and contour
Abnormalities of pulse rhythm
Blood pressure
Temperature
Respiratory rate and abnormal breathing patterns
Pulse oximetry
The pupils
Diabetic retinopathy
The red eye
Hearing
Thyroid and its disorders
Meninges
Peripheral lymphadenopathy
Inspection of the chest
Palpation and percussion of the chest
Auscultation of the lungs
Ancillary tests
Pneumonia
Chronic obstructive lung disease
Pulmonary embolism
Pleural effusion
Inspection of the neck veins
Percussion of the heart
Palpation of the heart
Auscultation of the heart : general principles
The first and second heart sounds
The third and fourth heart sounds
Miscellaneous heart sounds
Heart murmurs : general principles
Aortic stenosis
Aortic regurgitation
Miscellaneous heart murmurs
Disorders of the pericardium
Congestive heart failure
Coronary artery disease
Inspection of the abdomen
Palpation and percussion of the abdomen
Abdominal pain and tenderness
Auscultation of the abdomen
Peripheral vascular disease
The diabetic foot
Edema and deep vein thrombosis
Examination of the musculoskeletal system
Visual field testing
Nerves of the eye muscles (iii, iv, and vi) : approach to diplopia
Miscellaneous cranial nerves
Examination of the motor system : approach to weakness
Examination of the sensory system
Examination of the reflexes
Disorders of the nerve roots, plexuses, and peripheral nerves
Coordination and cerebellar testing
Tremor and Parkinson disease
Hemorrhagic versus ischemic stroke
Acute vertigo and imbalance
Examination of nonorganic neurologic disorders
Examination of patients in the intensive care unit
Likelihood ratios, confidence intervals, and pre-test probability.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digital[edited by] Kate Gawlik, DNP, RN, ANP-BC, FNP-BC, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, PhD, APRN-CNP, FAANP, FNAP, FAAN, Alice M. Teall, DNP, APRN-CNP, FAANP.Summary: "We begin this preface by emphasizing that the only way to ensure an accurate diagnosis for an individual's health and well-being is through a thorough history and evidence-based health and well-being assessment. Learning to effectively assess the health and well-being of an individual involves integrating skills of history taking, physical exam, and diagnostic decision-making within the context of patient-centered, culturally-sensitive, evidence-based clinical practice. The process of teaching and learning assessment is complex"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digitaledited by Kari Bø, Bary Berghmans, Siv Mørkved, Marijke Van Kampen ; forewords by Robert Freeman, Christopher Chapple.Contents:
Overview of physical therapy for pelvic floor dysfunction / Kari Bo
Critical appraisal of randomized trials and systematic reviews of the effects of physical therapy interventions for the pelvic floor / Rob Herbert
Functional anatomy of the female pelvic floor / James A. Ashton-Miller, John O.L. DeLancey
Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of pelvic floor muscles / David B. Vodusek
Measurement of pelvic floor muscle function and strength and pelvic organ prolapse
Pelvic floor and exercise science
Female pelvic floor dysfunctions
Male pelvic floor dysfunctions and evidence-based physical therapy
Evidence-based physical therapy for pelvic floor dysfunctions affecting both women and men
Evidence for pelvic floor physical therapy in children / Wendy F. Bower
Pelvic floor physical therapy in the elderly: where's the evidence? / Adrian Wagg
Evidence for pelvic floor physical therapy for neurological disease / Marijke Van Kampen, Inge Geraerts
Pelvic floor dysfunction, prevention and treatment in elite athletes / Kari Bo
The development of clinical practice guidelines / Bary Berghmans [and others].Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalDyane E. Tower, editor.Summary: This practical text reviews the most recent literature supporting clinical decisions regarding over a dozen common foot and ankle conditions, along with presentations of the techniques themselves, both surgical and non-surgical. The conditions are presented anatomically from forefoot to ankle, beginning with issues surrounding toenails, such as fungal infection and treatment of ingrown toenails, then proceeds to discuss the toes and toe joints, including hammertoe fixation, 2nd MPJ pathology, and Lapidus bunionectomy. Treatmentsfor arthritis of the midfoot and flatfoot follow, along with arthroscopy and arthroplasty of the ankle, surgical and non-surgical approaches for Achilles tendon ruptures, and treatments for Charcot neuroarthropathy, clubfoot and general considerations of wound care of the foot and ankle. Throughout, an emphasis is placed on the best available evidence for each treatment strategy. Evidence-Based Podiatry will be a valuable resource for podiatrists, orthopedic surgeons, and residents, fellows and trainees treating these common foot and ankle conditions.
Contents:
Permanent Ingrown Toenails
The Fungal Toenail
Hammertoe Fixation
2nd Metatarsophalangeal Joint Pathology
Lapidus Bunionectomy
Midfoot Arthritis
Flatfoot Deformity
Ankle Arthroscopy
Achilles Tendon Ruptures
Charcot Neuropathy
Clubfoot
Podiatric Wound Care
Total Ankle Arthroplasty. - Digital[edited by] Heather Hall, Linda Roussel.Summary: "This text is intended for graduate-level audiences in nursing research courses and is particularly well suited for those in administration tracks. It focuses on understanding how research-based evidence drives scholarly practice and how that evidence can justify innovation and policy change to improve patient outcomes. The new edition will add implementation and dissemination science applications to the EBP framework. It will feature health policy content and incorporate global and population health perspectives, content on informatics and technology, and educational strategies for patient and provider practices"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Quantitative research
Qualitative research
Mixed methods research
Data analysis
Navigating the institutional review board
Critical appraisal of research-based evidence.Digital Access R2Library 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digital[edited by] Nola A. Schmidt, Janet M. Brown.Summary: "Evidence-Based Practice for Nurses: Appraisal and Application of Research, Fifth Edition is an essential resource for teaching students how to translate research into practice. The text is based on the five step IDP process (knowledge, persuasion, decision, implementation, and confirmation). The authors employ a fresh and updated approach to teaching nursing research using evidence-based practice. This text is incredibly inclusive and a terrific fit for undergraduate classrooms. The Fifth Edition features a new chapter on evidence hierarchy, new information on mixed-methods research, updated "Apply What You've Learned" articles, and more. Additional content has been added on the evolution of nursing science, quality improvement projects and how they relate to evidence-based practice, and search strategies and authentic web content. Chapters throughout the text have been updated, with significant changes made in chapters on evidence appraisal, quality and outcomes, and change theories. This new edition pays great attention to detail to the Magnet Recognition Program, which is becoming increasingly important for hospitals"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
What Is Evidence-Based Practice?
What is Nursing Research?
Using Evidence Through Collaboration to Promote Excellence in Nursing Practice
Identifying Research Questions
Finding Sources of Evidence
Linking Theory, Research, and Practice
Key Concepts and Principles of Quantitative Designs
Quantitative Designs: Using Numbers to Provide Evidence
Epidemiologic Designs: Using Data to Understand Populations
Qualitative Designs: Using Words to Provide Evidence
Using Samples to Provide Evidence
Collecting Evidence
What Do the Quantitative Data Mean?
What Do the Qualitative Data Mean?
Appraising Evidence to Determine Best Practice
Transitioning Evidence to Practice
Developing Oneself as an Innovator
Evaluating Outcomes of Innovation
Sharing the Insights with Others.Digital Access R2Library 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalGeri LoBiondo Wood, Judith Haber, Marita G. Titler.Summary: "A straightforward yet comprehensive guide to planning, implementation, and evaluation of EBP and QI projects to improve quality of care and health outcomes. This brand-new, full-color, richly illustrated textbook begins with foundational content and then works through the processes of developing and exploring clinical questions, implementing results, and disseminating information." -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction
Overview of evidence-based practice
Models and evidence
Part II. Processes of developing EBP and questions in various clinical settings
Developing compelling clinical questions
Search and critical appraisal of the literature
Principles of assessing research quality
Intervention studies
Observational studies
Systematic reviews and clinical practice guidelines
Qualitative studies
Understanding statistics for evidence-based practice
Part III. Implementation
Evidence-based approaches for improving healthcare quality
Planning for success
Launching implementation
Implementation strategies for stakeholders
Patient-centered evidence-based practices
Part IV. Evaluation and dissemination
Evaluation of evidence-based practice
Dissemination
Appendices.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2019 - DigitalLaura Cullen, Kirsten Hanrahan, Michele Farrington, Jennifer DeBerg, Sharon Tucker, Charmaine Kleiber.Summary: One of the biggest challenges of evidence-based practice (EBP) is translating knowledge, research, and clinical expertise into action. Failure to execute EBP well is rarely due to a lack of information, understanding, or experience; rather, it comes down to the lack of tools and practicality of implementing EBP into nursing care.
Contents:
Identifying triggering issues/opportunities
State the question or purpose
Is the topic a priority?
Form a team
Assemble, appraise, and synthesize body of evidence
Is there sufficient evidence?
Design and pilot the practice change
Implementation
Evaluation
Is change appropriate for adoption in practice?
Integrate and sustain the practice change
Disseminate results.Digital Access AccessAPN 2018 - DigitalLaura Cullen, Kirsten Hanrahan, Michele Farrington, Sharon Tucker, Stephanie Edmonds.Summary: "Evidence-based practice (EBP) is a process of shared decision-making between clinicians and patients based on research evidence, the patient's experiences and preferences, and the clinician's clinical expertise. We are now well beyond the Institute of Medicine (IOM) goal that 90% of healthcare be evidence-based by 2020 (IOM, 2010), and a gap persists. The need for EBP is more crucial than ever and must consider value-based care; patient preferences; diversity, equity, and inclusion; regulatory standards; costs; and implementation science. EBP in Action addresses the need for a clear EBP process along with precise, accurate, and effective selection of implementation strategies and resources to promote adoption and sustainability of EBP recommendations. In this book, we will inspire you to use the EBP process, think creatively, and engage patients in EBP co-design for improved outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Identify Triggering Issues/Opportunities
State the Question or Purpose
Is This Topic A Priority?
Form a Team
Assemble, Appraise, and Synthesize Body of Evidence
Is There Sufficient Evidence?
Design and Pilot the Practice Change
Evaluation
Implementation
Is Change Appropriate for Adoption in Practice?
Integrate and Sustain the Practice Change
Disseminate Results.Digital Access AccessAPN 2023 - DigitalSupriya Mallick, Prashanth Giridhar, Goura K. Rath, editors.Summary: This book provides evidence-based management in neuro-oncology covering all aspects such as pathology, radiology, surgery, radiation, and chemotherapy. The field of neuro-oncology is rapidly evolving and new evidence is coming out every day towards the optimal management of brain tumors. This necessitates a requirement of a complete guide that shall provide an evidence-based and personalized approach towards dealing with patients. This book also covers recent advances in personalized treatment formed through the relevant basis of anatomy, imaging, radiology, surgical, radiation and systemic treatment of brain and spinal tumors. In addition it also covers the , practical aspects of the planning of the Gamma knife and other radio surgical aspects. The book shall provide valuable assistance to practicing neuro-oncologists to practice better evidence-based personalized medicine.
Contents:
Part 1 Epidemiology, neuro-anatomy and neuro- pathology for a neuro-oncologist
1 Epidemiology and demography of brain tumours
2 Neuro-anatomy for Oncologist
3 Pathology, Molecular Biology and classification of Gliomas
4 Pathology and Molecular pathology of ependymoma
5 Pathology and Molecular pathology of meningioma
6 Pathology and Molecular pathology of medulloblastoma
Part 2 Clinical examination, neuro-imaging and basics of radiotherapy in neuro-oncology
7 Radiology in modern neuro-oncology practice
8 PET in Brain Tumors
9 Fundamentals of Radiation for Neuro-oncology
10 Stereotactic Radiosurgery: Planning and Evaluation
11 Radiation induced brain injury
Part 3 Management of brain tumours
12 Glioblastoma
13 Oligodendroglioma
14 Anaplastic Astrocytoma
15 Grade 2 Gliomas
16 Grade 1 Gliomas
17 Mixed Gliomas or Oligoastrocytoma
18 Pleomorphic Xanthoastrocytoma
19 Astroblastoma
20 Management of Gliomatosis Cerebri
21 Nervous System Hemangioblastoma
22 Rare/Uncommon brain tumors
23 Medulloblastoma & other embryonal brain tumors
24 Ependymoma
25 Intracranial germ cell tumour
26 Management of Pineal region tumors
27 Skull Base Chordoma and Chondrosarcoma
28 Intracranial Hemangiopericytoma
29 Management of Choroid Plexus Carcinoma
30 Meningioma
31 Pituitary tumors: Diagnosis and management
32 Craniopharyngioma
33 Acoustic Neuroma
34 Spinal cord tumors
35 Brain metastases
36 Paediatric CNS tumours
37 Primary central nervous system lymphoma
Part 4 Miscellaneous
38 Neurocognition in Neurooncology
39 Syndromes associated with Brain Tumors
40 Endocrine management in Neuro-oncology. - DigitalThomas L. Christenbery, editor.Summary: "Delivers unique systematic guidelines for understanding and applying EBP in nursing programs. A fundamental, reader-friendly guide to evidence-based practice (EBP) for BSN, MSN, and DNP nursing students, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing explains the conceptual underpinnings of EBP and demonstrates how nurses can put EBP concepts into practice. Replete with critical knowledge, skills, tools, and scholarly development to enable nurses to fully and confidently deliver the highest-quality EBP care, this book eschews a one-size-fits-all approach in favor of unique systematic guidelines for understanding and applying EBP. Building blocks of information grow progressively more complex, enabling their application to any point along nursing's academic trajectory. Thoughtfully organized to fit a variety of EBP-related course objectives, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing easily adapts for standalone EBP courses at any level as well as advanced practice specialty courses that integrate EBP content. This book addresses the needs of all nursing instructors, including those who teach at multiple levels simultaneously. Key content includes requisite conceptual knowledge of EBP for building clinical decision-making skills; conceptualizing, implementing, and evaluating EBP projects; applying translational science; quality improvement for implementation and evaluation of EBP; developing leadership and structural empowerment strategies; and analyzing how students at each degree/level work with EBP independently, interprofessionally, and intraprofessionally. Chapters align with American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) essentials."--Back cover.
Contents:
Nursing's commitment to best clinical decisions / Thomas L. Christenbery
Using evidence to inform and reform clinical practice / Thomas L. Christenbery
Integrating best evidence into practice / Phillip Walker and Thomas L. Christenbery
Setting the boundaries for nursing evidence / Donna McArthur, Rene Love
Using nursing phenomena to explore evidence / Joanne Duffy
Evidence-based practice : success of practice change depends on the question / Mary Meyer
Change theories : the key to knowledge translation / Lydia Rotondo
How to read and assess for quality of research / Rene Love, Donna McArthur
Clinical practice guidelines / Molly Bradshaw
Identifying significant evidence-based practice problems within complex health environments / Nancy Wells, Elizabeth Card
Organizing an evidence-based practice implementation plan / Alison Edie
Translational research / Lianne Jeffs, Marianne Saragosa, Michelle Zahradik
Translational science : bridging the gap between science and application / Lianne Jeffs, Marianne Saragosa, Michelle Zahradik
Quality improvement processes and evidence-based practice / Susie Leming Lee, Richard Watters
Evidence-based practice : a culture of organizational empowerment / Thomas L. Christenbery
Nursing leadership : the fulcrum of evidence-based practice culture / Thomas L. Christenbery
A prosperous evidence-based culture : nourishing resources / Thomas L. Christenbery
Advancing evidence-based practice through mentoring and interprofessional collaboration / Elaine Kauschinger
Evidence-based practice : sequential layering of BSN, MSN, and DNP competencies and opportunities / Thomas L. Christenbery
Evidence-based practice : empowering nurses / Thomas L. Christenbery.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - PrintBernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Ellen Fineout-Overholt.Summary: "The go-to guide to evidence-based practice in nursing for more than a decade, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing & Healthcare: A Guide to Best Practice, 5th Edition, presents the latest perspectives on research-backed nursing practice in an engaging, user-friendly approach that has made this the bestselling resource of its kind. AJN award-winning authors Bernadette Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt combine straightforward, conversational storytelling, inspiring quotes, and engaging case studies to make evidence-based practice accessible for students at any level of familiarity. With real-world examples and meaningful strategies in every chapter, this revised and reimagined 5th Edition gives students the confidence to meet today's clinical challenges and ensure the most effective patient outcomes for years to come. New to this edition: NEW! Reimagined coverage and a new chapter on applying implementation science to clinical practice settings familiarize students with the latest evidence and emerging implementation and evaluation tools.. UPDATED! Content throughout empowers you to more effectively teach evidence-based practice principles in academic and clinical settings. UPDATED! Making EPB Real case studies reinforce clinical application through real-world examples"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Unit 1. Steps 0, 1, and 2 : getting started: Chapter 1. Making the case for evidence-based practice and cultivating a spirit of inquiry / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Chapter 2. Asking compelling clinical questions / Ellen Fineout-Overholt and Shelly J. Johnson
Chapter 3. Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions / Tami A. Hartzell, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, and Cyndi B. Kelley
Unit 1 making EBP real, a success story: Improving outcomes in intensive care through adherence to evidence-based sedation protocol.
Unit 2. Step 3 : critically appraising evidence: Chapter 4. Critically appraising knowledge for clinical decision making / Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Chaper 5. Clinician expertise and patient-valued preferences as context for critical appraisal for evidence-based decision making / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Gina M. Nickels-Nelson, and Lisa English Long
Chapter 6. Critically appraising quantitative evidence for clinical decision making / Dónal P. O'Mathúna, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Debra B. Graham, and Amanda Canada
Chapter 7. Critically appraising qualitative and mixed methods evidence for clinical decision making / Mikki Meadows-Oliver and Chaluza Kapaale
Chapter 8. Advancing optimal care with robust clinical practice guidelines / Doris Grinspun, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Shanoja Naik, and Katherine Wallace
Unit 2 making EBP real, a success story: Diabetic foot care in Hispanic females with type II diabetes : an evidence-based quality improvement initiative.
Unit 3. Steps 4 and 5 : moving from evidence to sustainable practice change: Chapter 9. Key strategies for implementing evidence in real-world clinical settings / Lynn Gallagher-Ford, Kevin P. Browne, Amanda Shrout, and Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk
Chapter 10. The role of quality improvement and evidence-based quality improvement in practice change / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Tracy L. Brewer, Deana Hays, and Dana Tschannen
Chapter 11. Implementing the evidence-based practice competencies in clinical and academic settings to enhance healthcare quality, safety, and patient outcomes / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Lynn Gallagher-Ford, and Cindy Zellefrow
Chapter 12. Leadership strategies for creating and sustaining evidence-based practice organizations / Lynn Gallagher-Ford, Penelope F. Gorsuch, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, and Jacalyn S. Buck
Unit 3 making EBP real, a success story: Improving outcomes for depressed adolescents with the brief cognitive behavioral skills building COPE intervention delivered in 30-minute out-patient visits.
Unit 4. Creating and sustaining a culture and environment for evidence-based practice: Chapter 13. Innovation and evidence : a partnership in advancing best practice and high quality care / Kathy Malloch and Timothy Porter-O'Grady
Chapter 14. Models to guide implementation and sustainability of evidence-based practice / Sandra L. Dearholt [and 13 others]
Chapter 15. Implementation science to clinical practice settings : accelerating the uptake of evidence into practice for best outcomes / Sharon Tucker and Molly McNett
Chapter 16. Evidence-based practice mentors : the key to sustaining evidence-based practice in clinical and educational settings / Ellen Fineout-Overholt and Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk
Chapter 17. Creating a vision and motivating a change to evidence-based practice in individuals, teams, and organizations / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Chapter 18. Teaching evidence-based practice in academic settings / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Alice E. Dupler, and Heather Carter-Templeton
Chapter 19. Teaching evidence-based practice in clinical settings / Ellen Fineout-Overholt, Marcella Upshaw, and Kathleen M. Williamson
Unit 4 making EBP real, a success story: Skilled nursing facility readmissions : an evidence-based telemedicine innovation project.
Unit 5. Step 6 : disseminating evidence and evidence-based practice implementation outcomes: Chapter 20. Using evidence to influence health and organizational policy / Todd E. Tussing, John C. Welch, and Jacqueline M. Loversidge
Chapter 21. Disseminating evidence through presentations, publications, health policy briefs, and the media / Cecily L. Betz, Kathryn A. Smith, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, and Philip J. Saken
Unit 5. Making EBP real, a success story: Taking a moment : evaluating preceptions of burnout and wellbeing in bone marrow transplant nurses using a mindfulmess smartphone app.
Unit 6. Generating external evidence and writing successful grant proposals: Chapter 22. Generating evidence through quantitative and qualitative research / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Dianne Morrison-Beedy, and Denise Cote-Arsenault
23. Writing a successful grant proposal to fund research and evidence-based practice implementation projects / Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Chapter 24. Ethical considerations for evidence implementation and evidence generation / Dónal P. O'Mathúna, Joanne Cleary-Holdforth, and Ellen Fineout-Overholt
Unit 6 making EBP real, a success story: COPE/Healthy lifestyles TEEN : a school-based RCT.
Appendix A. Question template for asking PICOT questions
Appendix B. PICOT questions to systematic search strategy : development and use worksheet example
Appendix C. General appraisal overview for all studies
Appendix D. Evaluation table template and synthesis table examples for critical appraisal
Appendix E. ARCC model timeline for an EBP in educational settings
Appendix F. Sample instruments to evaluate EBP in educational settings
Appendix G. Title short versions of instruments to evaluate EBP in clinical settings
Appendix H. Instruments to assess the EBP competencies and EBP mentorship in any setting.
Glossary
Index. - PrintEvidence-based practice in nursing & healthcare : a guide to best practice. Third edition. [3rd ed.]Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk, Ellen Fineout-Overholt.Contents:
Making the case for evidence-based practice and cultivating a spirit of inquiry
Asking compelling, clinical questions
Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions
Critically appraising knowledge for clinical decision making
Critically appraising quantitative evidence for clinical decision making
Critically appraising qualitative evidence for clinical decision making
Integration of patient preferences and values and clinician expertise into evidence-based decision making
Advancing optimal care with rigorously developed clinical practice guidelines and evidence-based recommendations
Implementing evidence in clinical settings
The role of outcomes and quality improvement in enhancing and evaluating practice changes
Leadership strategies and evidence-based practice competencies to sustain a culture and environment that supports best practice
Innovation and evidence: a partnership in advancing best practice and high quality care
Models to guide implementation and sustainability of evidence-based practice
Creating a vision and motivating a change to evidence-based practice in individuals, teams, and organizations
Teaching evidence-based practice in academic settings
Teaching evidence-based practice in clinical settings
ARCC evidence-based practice mentors : the key to sustaining evidence-based practice
Disseminating evidence through publications, presentations, health policy briefs, and the media
Generating evidence through quantitative research
Generating evidence through qualitative research
Writing a successful grant proposal to fund research and evidence-based practice implementation projects
Ethical considerations for evidence implementation and evidence generation. - PrintBernadette Mazurek Melnyk, PhD, RN, APRN-CNP, FAANP, FNAP, FAAN, Ellen Fineout-Overholt, PhD, RN, FNAP, FAAN.Summary: "Enhance your clinical decision-making capabilities and improve patient outcomes through evidence-based practice. Develop the skills and knowledge you need to make evidence-based practice (EBP) an integral part of your clinical decision-making and everyday nursing practice with this proven, approachable text. Written in a straightforward, conversational style, Evidence-Based Practice in Nursing and Healthcare delivers real-world examples and meaningful strategies in every chapter to help you confidently meet today's clinical challenges and ensure positive patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Unit 1: Steps zero, one, two; getting started :
Making the case for evidence-based practice and cultivating a spirit of identity
Asking compelling clinical questions
Finding relevant evidence to answer clinical questions
Unit 1 making EBP real: A success story. Using an evidence-based, autonomous nurse protocol to reduce catheter-associated urinary tract infections in a long-term acute care facility
Unit 2: Step three: critically appraising evidence :
Critically appraising knowledge for clinical decision making
Critical appraising quantitative evidence for clinical decision making
Critically appraising qualitative evidence for clinical decision making
Integration of patient preferences and values and clinician expertise into evidence-based decision making
Advancing optimal care with robust clinical practice guidelines
Unit 2 making EBP real: A success story. Intradermal lidocaine intervention on the ambulatory unit : an evidence-based implementation project
Unit 3: Steps four and five: moving from evidence to sustainable practice change :
Implementing evidence in clinical settings
The role of outcomes and evidence-based quality improvement in enhancing and evaluating practice changes
Implementing the evidence-based practice competencies in clinical and academic settings to ensure healthcare quality and improved patient outcomes
Leadership strategies for creating and sustaining evidence-based practice organizations
Unit 3 making EBP real: A success story. Improving outcomes for depressed adolescents with the brief cognitive behavioral COPE intervention delivered in 30-minute outpatient visits
Unit 4: Creating and sustaining a culture and environment for evidence-based practice :
Innovation and evidence : a partnership in advancing best practice and high quality care
Models to guide implementation and sustainability of evidence-based practice
Creating a vision and motivating a change to evidence-based practice in individuals, teams, and organizations
Teaching evidence-based practice in academic settings
Teaching evidence-based practice in clinical settings
ARCC evidence-based practice mentors : the key to sustaining evidence-based practice
Unit 4 making EBP real: A success story. Mercy heart failure pathway
Unit 5: Step six: Disseminating evidence and evidence-based practice implementation outcomes :
Using evidence to influence health and organizational policy
Disseminating evidence through presentations, publications, health policy briefs, and the media
Unit 5 making EBP real: A success story. Research projects receive worldwide coverage
Unit 6: Generating external evidence and writing successful grant proposals :
Generating evidence through quantitative and qualitative research
Writing a successful grant proposal to fund research and evidence-based practice implementation projects
Ethical considerations for evidence implementation and evidence generation
Unit 6 making EBP real: Selected excerpts from a funded grant application. COPE/healthy lifestyles for teens : a school-based RCT
Appendix A: Question templates for asking PICOT questions
Appendix B: Rapid critical appraisal checklists
Appendix C: Evaluation table template and synthesis table examples for critical appraisal
Appendix I: ARCC model timeline for an EBP implementation project
Appendix J: Sample instruments to evaluate EBP in educational settings
Appendix K: Sample instruments to evaluate EBP in clinical settings. - DigitalDavy C.H. Cheng, Janet Martin, Tirone David, editors.Summary: This comprehensive yet concise book addresses current best practice in the combined areas of cardiac surgery and anesthesia, interventional minimally invasive cardiac procedures, perioperative management and monitoring, and critical care recovery. This book not only provides the latest best practices in the perioperative management of cardiac surgical patients, but also it summarizes the current clinical guidelines and algorithms from leading cardiac programs and professional societies. Contemporary best practice approaches are written by experts from leading cardiac surgical centers. The preoperative, intraoperative and postoperative management and recovery of surgical patients, including medication, monitoring techniques, and innovative surgical procedures, are presented by experts in the field of cardiac anesthesia and surgery. Perioperative clinical care guidelines, postoperative recovery pathways and models of care are presented with supporting protocols. Evidence-Based Practice in Perioperative Cardiac Anesthesia and Surgery is aimed at all cardiac anesthesiology consultants, fellows, and trainees; all cardiac surgery consultants, fellows, and trainees; nurses in perioperative care and those involved in patient recovery management; cardiac program administrative professionals; and all critical care consultants and trainees looking after cardiovascular surgical patients in the modern era. .
Contents:
Section I. Introduction
Overview of a Cardiac Anesthesia & Surgical Program
Overview of a Cardiology Interventional Program
Prognostic Risks and Preoperative Assessment
Section II. Anesthesia and Cardiopulmonary Bypass Management
Fast Track Cardiac Anesthesia Management in On-Pump and Off-Pump Coronary Artery Bypass Surgery
Anesthetic Management in Valvular Heart Surgery
Anesthetic Management in Robotic Cardiac Surgery
Anesthetic Management in Interventional Cath Lab Procedures
Circulatory Arrest and Neuroprotection
Anesthesia for Combined Cardiac and Thoracic Surgery
Anesthesia for Intrathoracic Transplantation
Anesthesia for Patients with Ventricular Assist Devices
Anesthesia in Pediatric Cardiac Surgery
Anesthetic Management of Co-Morbid Diseases Affecting Cardiopulmonary Bypass
Regional Anesthesia Techniques and Management
Perioperative Monitoring in Cardiac Surgery
Perioperative Transesophageal Echocardiography
Essence of CP B Circuit and Intra-aortic Balloon Pump
Cardiac Pharmacology
Weaning From Cardiopulmonary Bypass and Low Output Syndrome
Pulmonary Hypertension and Right Ventricular Dysfunction Post-CPB
Perioperative Blood Conservation
Antifibrinolytics and Coagulation Management
Heparin Associated Thrombocytopenia and Alternatives to Heparin
Management of Cardiac Surgical Emergency
Section III. Perioperative Echocardiography Monitoring and Management
Perioperative Transesophageal echocardiography
Perioperative Transthoracic echocardiography
Section IV. Surgical Technique and Postoperative Consideration
Myocardial Protection During Cardiac Surgery
On-Pump Aorto-Coronary Bypass Surgery
Off-Pump Coronary Revascularization Surgery
Robotic Coronary Artery Revascularization Surgery
Surgery of the Aortic Valve
Surgery of the Mitral Valve
Surgery of the Tricuspid Valve
Robotic Cardiac Valvular Surgery
Surgery of the Transverse Arch and Cerebral Protection
Surgery of Descending Thoracic Aorta
Combined Cardiac and Vascular Surgery
Surgery for Mechanical Complications of Myocardial Infarction
Surgery for End-Stage Heart Disease and Heart Transplantation
Lung and Heart-Lung Transplantation Surgery
Ventricular Assist Devices Implantation
Congenital Heart Surgery
Ventricular Aneurysm Resection & Partial Left Ventriculotomy
AICD and Pacemakers Insertion
Section V. Cardiac Surgical Recovery Unit and Postoperative Complications Management
Routine Cardiac Surgery Recovery Care: Extubation to Discharge Pathway
Common Problems in Cardiac Surgery Recovery Unit
Atrial and Ventricular Arrhythmia Management
Tamponade and Chest Reopening
Infection, Sternal Debridement and Muscle Flap
Difficult Weaning From Mechanical Ventilation and Tracheotomy Care
Renal Failure and Dialysis
Neurological Complications and Management
Section VI. Surgical Ward Management
Routine Surgical Ward Care
Common Ward Complications and Management
Section VII. Appendices. - DigitalClifford S. Deutschman, Patrick J. Neligan.Contents:
PrefaceIs
hypothermia useful to prevent brain injury after cardiac arrest? In other settings?
1. Has evidence-based medicine changed the practice of critical care?
2. Do protocols/guidelines actually improve outcomes?
3. What happens to critically ill patients after they leave the ICU?
4. What can be done to enhance recognition of the post-ICU syndrome (PICS)? What can be done to prevent it? What can be done to treat it?
5. How have genomics informed our understanding of critical illness?
6. Is oxygen toxic?
7. What is the role of noninvasive respiratory support and high-flow nasal cannula in the intensive care client?
8. What is the role of PEEP and recruitment maneuvers in ARDS?
9. What is the best way to wean and liberate patients from mechanical ventilation?
10. How does mechanical ventilation damage lungs? What can be done to prevent it?
11. How should exacerbations of COPD be managed in the intensive care unit?
12. Is diaphragmatic dysfunction a major problem following mechanical ventilation?
13. ARDS: Are the current definitions useful?
14. What are the pathologic and pathophysiologic changes that accompany ARDS?
15. What factors predispose patients to acute respiratory distress syndrome?
16. What is the best mechanical ventilation strategy in ARDS?
17. Is carbon dioxide harmful or helpful in ARDS?
18. Does patient positioning make a difference in ARDS?
19. Do inhaled vasodilators in ARDS make a difference?
20. Does ECMO work?
21. What lessons have we learned from epidemiologic studies of ARDS?
22. What are the long-term outcomes after ARDS?
23. How do I approach fever in the intensive care unit and should fever be treated?
24. What fluids should be given to the critically ill patient? What fluids should be avoided?
25. Should blood glucose be tightly controlled in the intensive care unit?
26. Is there a role for therapeutic hypothermia in critical care?
27. How do I manage the morbidly obese critically ill patient?
28. How do I safely transport the critically ill patient?
29. What are the causes of and how do I treat critical illness neuropathy/myopathy?
30. What is sepsis? What is septic shock? What are mods and persistent critical illness?
31. How do I identify the patient with "sepsis"?
32. Is there immune suppression in the critically ill patient - pro?
33. Is there immune suppression in the critically ill patient--con?
34. Does the timing of antibiotic administration matter in sepsis?
35. What is the role of vasopressors and inotropes in septic shock?
36. Does monitoring the microcirculation make a difference in sepsis? Outcome?
37. Are we getting any better at diagnosing sepsis?
38. Do the surviving sepsis campaign guidelines work?
39. Has outcome in sepsis improved? What works? What does not?
40. What happens to the autonomic nervous system in critical illness?
41. Is persistent critical illness a syndrome of ongoing inflammation/immunosuppression/catabolism? --42. How do I optimize antibiotic use in critical illness?
43. How do I identify pathologic organisms in the 21st century?
44. How do I diagnose and manage catheter-related bloodstream infections?
45. How do I manage central nervous system infections (meningitis/encephalitis)?
46. How can biomarkers be used to differentiate between infection and non-infectious causes of inflammation?
47. What is ventilator-associated pneumonia? How do I diagnose it? How do I treat it?
48. What is the role of invasive hemodynamic monitoring in critical care?
49. Does the use of echocardiography aid in the management of the critically ill?
50. How do I manage hemodynamic decompensation in a critically ill patient?
51. What are the best tools to optimize the circulation?
52. How should cardiogenic shock be managed (including assist devices)?
53. How do I manage acute heart failure?
54. How do I diagnose and manage myocardial ischemia in the ICU?
55. How do I prevent or treat atrial fibrillation in postoperative critically ill patients?
56. How do I rapidly and correctly identify acute kidney injury? --57. What is the role of renal replacement therapy in the intensive care unit?
58. What is the value of nondialytic therapy in acute kidney injury?
59. How should acid-base disorders be diagnosed?
60. Is hyperchloremia harmful?
61. Dysnatremias--what causes them and how should they be treated?
62. Why is lactate important in critical care?
63. How does critical illness alter metabolism?
64. How should traumatic brain injury be managed?
65. How should aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage be managed?
66. How should acute ischemic stroke be managed in the intensive care unit?
67. How should status epilepticus be managed?
68. When and how should I feed the critically ill patient?
69. What does critical illness do to the liver?
70. How do I manage a patient with acute liver failure?
71. Is there a place for anabolic hormones in critical care?
72. How do I diagnose and manage acute endocrine emergencies in the ICU?
73. What is the current role for corticosteroids in critical care?
74. How should trauma patients be managed in the intensive care unit?
75. What is abdominal compartment syndrome and how should it be managed?
76. How should patients with burns be managed in the intensive care unit?
77. What is the best approach to resuscitation in trauma?
78. How do I diagnose and treat major gastrointestinal bleeding?
79. How should the critically ill pregnant patient be managed?
80. How do I diagnose and manage patients admitted to the intensive care unit after common poisonings?
81. When is transfusion therapy indicated in critical illness and when is it not?
82. Is there a role for granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor and/or erythropoietin in critical illness?
83. What anticoagulants should be used in the critically ill patient? How do I choose?-- 84. Is there a better way to deliver optimal critical care services?
85. How do critical care pharmacists contribute to team-based care?
86. What is the role of advanced practice nurses and physician assistants in the ICU?
87. Do the guidelines for brain death determination need to be revised?
88. How do I diagnose, treat, and reduce delirium in the intensive care unit? --Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalMurad Alam, editor.Summary: This book compiles the best evidence in procedural dermatology, including skin cancer surgery, laser techniques, minimally invasive cosmetic surgery, and emerging techniques. Building on the highly successful first edition, this volume provides much expanded coverage of a range of topics. The best information is provided to reveal the most appropriate interventions for particular indications, optimal treatment techniques, and strategies for avoiding adverse events. Evidence-Based Procedural Dermatology, 2nd edition, includes two types of chapters: procedures and indications. Each chapter is designed to be clear and concise, with tables and flowcharts to showcase main findings. Each cited study is tagged with a level of evidence, and every recommendation includes a strength of evidence score. More than double the length of the first edition, this newest edition includes added procedures and interventions like: new lasers and energy devices for skin resurfacing and pigmentation; non-invasive fat reduction and skin tightening using cryolipolysis, radiofrequency, ultrasound, and chemical adipocytolysis; specific post-skin cancer excision reconstruction techniques; and novel approaches for melanoma.
- DigitalTina Bhutani, Wilson Liao, Mio Nakamura, editors.Summary: Given the multitude of new treatment options for psoriasis, including topicals, phototherapy, oral systemic therapy, and injectable biologics, the treatment of the disease has truly become an art. Evidence-Based Psoriasis passes on this art to practicing physicians in a very practical and easy-to-use format, focusing on mild, moderate, and severe psoriasis. Offering evidence-based information in a concise text, this book discusses new treatment options, including topicals, phototherapy, oral systemic therapy, and injectable biolgoics. This text also describes unique methods of use, such as sequential and combination therapy, and is written for practicing dermatologists, residents, and primary care physicians. Evidence-Based Psoriasis also includes high quality color photographs and tables for quick and easy reference.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Psoriasis: Overview and Diagnosis
Chapter 2. Topical Treatments
Chapter 3. Phototherapy and Photochemotherapy
Chapter 4. Oral Agents for Psoriasis
Chapter 5. Biologics
Chapter 6. Future Therapeutics in Psoriasis
Chapter 7. Combination Therapy
Chapter 8. Maximizing Treatment Compliance in Psoriasis. - Digitaledited by Daniel David, Steven Jay Lynn, Guy Montgomery.Contents:
An introduction to the science and practice of evidence-based psychotherapy : a framework for evaluation and a way forward / Daniel David, Steven J. Lynn and Guy H. Montgomery
Varieties of psychotherapies for major depressive disorder in adults : an evidence-based evaluation / Daniel David, Ioana A. Cristea and Aaron T. Beck
Evidence-based psychological interventions for bipolar disorder / Aurora Szentágotai-Tatar and Daniel David
Panic and phobias disorders / Barbara Depreeuw, Leigh A. Andrews, Sharon Eldar and Stefan G. Hofmann
Generalized anxiety disorder / Hanna McCabe-Bennett, Katie Fracalanza, and Martin M. Antony
Obsessive-compulsive disorder / Lindsey M. Collins, Laura B. Bragdon and Meredith E. Coles
Evidence based practice for posttraumatic stress disorder / B. Christopher Frueh, Anouk L. Grubaugh, Alok Madan, Sandra Neer, Jon Elhai and Deborah C. Beidel
Evidence-based psychological interventions for eating disorders / Diana M. Cândea, Daniel David and Aurora Szentágotai-Tatar
Evidence-based treatment for alcohol use disorders : a review through the lens of the theory : efficacy matrix / James MacKillop, Monika Stojek, Lauren VanderBroek and Max Owens
Psychotherapeutic treatments for male and female sexual dysfunction disorders / Jessica C. Emanu, Isabelle Avildsen and Christian J. Nelson
The psychological treatment of psychopathy : theory and research / Lisa K. Hecht, Robert D. Latzman and Scott O. Lilienfeld
Borderline personality disorder / Lorie A. Ritschel, Colleen M. Cowperthwait, Lindsay M. Stewart and Noriel E. Lim
The treatment of dissociation : an evaluation of effectiveness and potential mechanisms / Reed Maxwell, Harald Merckelbach, Scott O. Lilienfeld and Steven Jay Lynn
Psychotherapy for schizophrenia-spectrum disorders / Stacy Ellenberg, Steven Jay Lynn and Gregory P. Strauss
Psychotherapy and autism spectrum disorder : conceptual and pragmatic challenges / Raymond G. Romanczyk, Rachel N.S. Cavalari and Jennifer M. Gillis
Varieties of psychotherapies for ADHD : an evidence-based evaluation / Anca Dobrean, Costina R. Păsărelu and Manfred Döpfner
Insomnia / Elisabeth Hertenstein, Bogdan Voinescu and Dieter Riemann
The scientific status of evidence-based psychotherapies : concluding thoughts / Daniel David, Steven J. Lynn and Guy H. Montgomery.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalRoss C. Brownson, Elizabeth A. Baker, Anjali D. Deshpande, Kathleen N. Gillespie.Summary: The acclaimed textbook for navigating the practice and challenges of public health, now updated and completely revised ""It should be recommended or assigned to all students in public health.""--American Journal of Epidemiology This fully revised and updated edition Evidence-Based Public Health offers an essential primer on how to choose, carry out, and evaluate evidence-based programs and policies in public health settings. It addresses not only how to locate and utilize scientific evidence, but also how to implement and evaluate interventions in a way that generates new evidence.
Contents:
The need for evidence-based public health
Building capacity for evidence-based public health
Assessing scientific evidence for public health action
Understanding and applying economic evaluation and other analytic tools
Conducting community assessment
Developing an initial statement of the issue
Quantifying the issue
Searching the scientific literature and using systematic reviews
Developing and prioritizing intervention options
Developing an action plan and implementing interventions
Evaluating the program or policy
Opportunities for advancing evidence-based public health.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalSiu-Wai Leung, Hao Hu, editors.Summary: This book is a practical guide to the evidence-based medicine (EBM) research methods that are applicable to Chinese medicine (CM). It includes 3 parts: clinical research, healthcare data research and laboratory research. In each chapter, it explains how to acquire, analyze and evaluate a specific kind of CM research result. Authors exemplify the most important methods with successful cases in transforming reliable data into new knowledge of CM. This book emphasizes the requirements for CM researchers to design and conduct CM studies by following the best available principles, standards and guidelines.
- DigitalAchilles Thoma, [and 3 others], editors.Summary: The purpose of this book specifically is to teach surgeons (academic or community), surgical fellows and surgical residents regardless of the surgical specialty, the skills to appraise what they read in the surgical literature. Surgeons need to be able to understand what they read before applying the conclusions of a surgical article to their practice. As most surgeons do not have the extra training in health research methodology, understanding how the research was done, how to interpret the results and finally deciding to apply them to the patient level is indeed a difficult task. Chapters explain the methodological issues pertaining to the various study designs reported in the surgical literature. Most chapters begin with a clinical scenario with uncertain course of action with which most surgeons are struggling. Readers are taught how to search the literature for the best evidence that will answer the surgical problem under discussion. An identified article that seems relevant to the problem you are investigating can be appraised by addressing 3 key questions: 1). Is the study I am reading valid? 2). What are the results of this study? 3). Can I apply these results to my patients? While the primary goal of Evidence-Based Surgery is to teach surgeons how to appraise the surgical literature, an added benefit is that the concepts explained here may help research-minded surgeons produce higher quality research.
- Digitaledited by Michele Berk.Summary: The book includes a chapter, written by the treatment developer(s), on each of the six treatments that have been shown in randomized controlled trials to reduce suicidal and/or self-harm behavior in adolescents with prior histories of these behaviors.
Contents:
Risk and protective factors for suicidal thoughts and behaviors in adolescents / Andrew C. Porter, Jaclyn C. Kearns, Erika C. Esposito, and Catherine R. Glenn
Safety planning and risk management / Michele Berk and Stephanie Clarke
Dialectical behavior therapy for suicidal multiproblem adolescents / Alec L. Miller, Jill H. Rathus, Michele Berk, and Amy S. Walker
Mentalization-based therapy for adolescents / Peter Fonagy, Chloe Campbell, Trudie Rossouw, and Anthony Bateman
Cognitive-behavioral therapy for co-occurring suicidal behavior and substance use / Christianne Esposito-Smythers, Anthony Spirito, and Jennifer Wolff
A psychiatric adaptation of multisystemic therapy for suicidal youth / Melisa D. Rowland
Attachment-based family therapy for suicidal youth and young adults / Guy S. Diamond, Quintin A. Hunt, Bora Jin, and Suzanne A. Levy
The SAFETY program : a youth and family centered cognitive-behavioral intervention informed by dialectical behavior therapy / Jennifer L. Hughes, Kalina Babeva, and Joan R. Asarnow
Pharmacological approaches for treating suicidality in adolescents / Isheeta Zalpuri and Manpreet K. Singh.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - DigitalUlrich Schnyder, Marylène Cloitre, editors.Summary: This book offers an evidence based guide for clinical psychologists, psychiatrists, psychotherapists and other clinicians working with trauma survivors in various settings. It provides easily digestible, up-to-date information on the basic principles of traumatic stress research and practice, including psychological and sociological theories as well as epidemiological, psychopathological, and neurobiological findings. However, as therapists are primarily interested in how to best treat their traumatized patients, the core focus of the book is on evidence based psychological treatments for trauma-related mental disorders. Importantly, the full range of trauma and stress related disorders is covered, including Acute Stress Reaction, Complex PTSD and Prolonged Grief Disorder, reflecting important anticipated developments in diagnostic classification. Each of the treatment chapters begins with a short summary of the theoretical underpinnings of the approach, presents a case illustrating the treatment protocol, addresses special challenges typically encountered in implementing this treatment, and ends with an overview of related outcomes and other research findings. Additional chapters are devoted to the treatment of comorbidities, special populations and special treatment modalities, and to pharmacological treatments for trauma-related disorders. The book concludes by addressing the fundamental question of how to treat whom, and when.
Contents:
Traumatic stress: The basic principles
Epidemiology of trauma and trauma-reated disorders
Trauma as a public mental health issue
Psychological and sociological theories
Neurobiological findings
Trauma and physical health
The diagnostic spectrum of trauma-related disorders
Acute Stress Disorder
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Complex PTSD
Enduring Personality Change After Catastrophic Experience
Beyond DSM-IV and ICD-10
Evidence based psychological treatments for trauma-related disorders
Prolonged Exposure Therapy
Cognitive Processing Therapy
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
Narrative Exposure Therapy
Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy for PTSD
STAIRS for Complex PTSD
Evidence based trauma-focused psychotherapies for children
Evidence based trauma-focused psychotherapies for elderly people
Treating special populations: Tortured refugees
Chronic pain
Combat veterans
Special treatment settings: Group treatment
Couples treatment
Web based treatment
Pharmacological treatment for trauma-reated disorders
How to treat whom and when?. - DigitalUlrich Schnyder, Marylène Cloitre, editors.Summary: The second, completely updated edition of this book offers an evidence based guide for clinical psychologists, psychiatrists, psychotherapists and other clinicians working with trauma survivors in various settings. It provides easily digestible, up-to-date information on the basic principles of traumatic stress research and practice, including psychological and sociological theories as well as epidemiological, psychopathological, and neurobiological findings. However, as therapists are primarily interested in how to best treat their traumatized patients, the core focus of the book is on evidence based psychological treatments for trauma-related mental disorders. The full range of trauma and stress related disorders is covered, including Acute Stress Reaction, Complex PTSD and Prolonged Grief Disorder, reflecting important anticipated developments in diagnostic classification. Each of the treatment chapters begins with a short summary of the theoretical underpinnings of the approach, presents a case illustrating the treatment protocol, addresses special challenges typically encountered in implementing this treatment, and ends with an overview of related outcomes and other research findings. Additional chapters are devoted to the treatment of comorbidities, special populations and special treatment modalities and to pharmacological treatments for trauma-related disorders. A novel addition is the chapter on Innovative interventions to increase global mental health. The book concludes by addressing the fundamental question of how to treat whom, and when--Pulisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction
Traumatic Stress : The Basic Principles. Trauma as a public health issue : epidemiology of trauma and trauma-related disorders
Psychological and sociological theories of PTSD
An integrative view on the biopsychology of stress and posttraumatic stress disorder
Understanding pathways from traumatic exposure to physical health
Stress and Trauma Related Disorders. The diagnostic spectrum of trauma-related disorders
Psychotherapy. Early intervention after trauma
Prolonged exposure therapy
Cognitive therapy for PTSD : updating memories and meanings of trauma
Cognitive processing therapy
EMDR therapy for trauma-related disorders
Narrative exposure therapy (NET) : reorganizing memories of traumatic stress, fear and violence
Brief eclectic psychotherapy for PTSD
STAIR narrative therapy
Prolonged grief disorder therapy (PGDT)
Innovative interventions to increase global mental health
Treating Comorbidities. Trauma and addiction : a clinician's guide to treatment
Treating PTSD and borderline personality disorder
The complexity of chronic pain in traumatized people : diagnostic and therapeutic challenges
Treating Special Populations. Evidence-based treatments for children and adolescents
Treating PTSD symptoms in older adults
Treatment of traumatized refugees and immigrants
Considerations in the treatment of veterans with posttraumatic stress disorder
Special Treatment Modalities. Group treatment for trauma-related psychological disorders
Couple treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder
Telemental health approaches for trauma survivors
Pharmacotherapy. Pharmacological treatment for trauma-reated psychological disorders
Conclusions. Next steps : building a science for improving outcomes. - DigitalSubhash C. Mandal, Raja Chakraborty, Saikat Sen, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: The demand for traditional medicines, herbal health products, herbal pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, food supplements and herbal cosmetics etc. is increasing globally due to the growing recognition of these products as mainly non-toxic, having lesser side effects, better compatibility with physiological flora, and availability at affordable prices. In the last century, medical science has made incredible advances all over the globe. In spite of global reorganization and a very sound history of traditional uses, the promotion of traditional medicine faces a number of challenges around the globe, primarily in developed nations. Regulation and safety is the high concern for the promotion of traditional medicine. Quality issues and quality control, pharmacogivilane, scientific investigation and validation, intellectual property rights, and biopiracy are some key issues that restrain the advancement of traditional medicine around the globe. This book contains diverse and unique chapters, explaining in detail various subsections like phytomolecule, drug discovery and modern techniques, standardization and validation of traditional medicine, and medicinal plants, safety and regulatory issue of traditional medicine, pharmaceutical excipients from nature, plants for future. The contents of the book will be useful for the academicians, researchers and people working in the area of traditional medicine. .
Contents:
Chapter 1. Global Approach for Drug Discovery and Development from Indian Traditional Medicine
Chapter 2. Bioactive Natural Leads TargetingCancer Cell Metabolism
Chapter 3. Omics Technologies and Development of Anti-diabetic Therapies from Prospective Natural Products
Chapter 4. Amaryllidaceae Alkaloids as Anti-inflammatory Agents Targeting Cholinergic Anti-inflammatory Pathway: Mechanisms and Prospects
Chapter 5. Neurodegenerative Diseases and Small Molecule Protein Chaperone Activator of Natural Origin
Chapter 6. Role of Phytomolecules on the Basic Biology of Aging
Chapter 7. Role of phytomedicine in alleviating oxidative stress mediated vascular complications in diabetes
Chapter 8. Plant Based #xF062;-Secretase (BACE-1) Inhibitors: A Mechanistic Approach to Encounter Alzheimer's Disorder
Chapter 9. Bioactive Compounds of Mangroves as Potent Drug and in Nanoparticle Synthesis
Play a Pivotal Role in Combating Human Pathogens. Chapter 10. Medicinal Plants: A Rich Source of Bioactive Molecules Used in Drug Development
Chapter 11. Cell-based Assays in Natural Product-based Drug Discovery
Chapter 12. Allelochemicals: An Emerging Tool for Weed Management
Chapter 13. Secondary Metabolites of Higher Plants as Green Preservatives of Herbal Raw Materials and Their Active Principles During Postharvest Processing
Chapter 14. Importance of Chromatography Techniques in Phytomedicine Research
Chapter 15. Reverse Pharmacology - A Tool for Drug Discovery From Traditional Medicine
Chapter 16. Role of Modern Biological Techniques in Evidence-Based Validation of Ayurvedic Herbometallic Preparations
Chapter 17. HPTLC Fingerprinting analysis of Phytoconstituents from Indigenous Medicinal Plants
Chapter 18. Climate Change,Geographical Location and Other Allied Triggering Factors Modulate the Standardization and Characterization of Traditional Medicinal Plants: AChallenges and Prospect for Phyto-Drug Development
Chapter 19. Molecular Docking Studies of Plant-Derived Bioactive Compounds: A Comprehensive in silico Standardization Approach
Chapter 20. Standardization and Quality Evaluation of Botanicals with Special Reference to Marker Components
Chapter 21. Analytical Standardization of Haridra Formulation by UV-VIS Spectrophotometry and RP-HPLC
Chapter 22. Ethnobotanical survey: the foundation to evidence based validation of medicinal plants
Chapter 23. Phytotherapeutics: The Rising Role of Drug Transporters in Herb-Drug Interactions with Botanical Supplements
Chapter 24. An Insight into Herb Interactions: Clinical Evidence Based Overview
Chapter 25. Pharmacovigilance of Herbal Medicines: An Overview
Chapter 26. Herbal Drugs: Efficacy, Toxicity and Safety Issues
Chapter 27. Herbal Drug Patenting
Chapter 28. Safety and Regulatory Issues on Traditional Medicine Entrusted Drug Discovery
Chapter 29. Pharmacovigilance of Herbal Medicine: An Evolving Discipline
Chapter 30. Toxicity Studies Related to Medicinal Plants
Chapter 31. Herb-Drug Interactions
Chapter 32. Plant Based Traditional Herbal Contraceptive Use in India: Safety and Regulatory Issues
Chapter 33. Traditional Medicine Stability and Pharmacokinetic Issue
Chapter 34. Pharmacovigilance: Methods in developing the safety and acceptability of traditional medicines
Chapter 35. Zoopharmacognosy (Plant-Animal Interaction)
Chapter 36. Significance of Stability and Pharmacokinetic issues in Traditional Medicine
Chapter 37. Pharmaceutical Formulations Development Based on the Polymers Obtained from Edible Plants: An Excellent Approach for the Betterment in Health Care Services
Chapter 38. Evaluation of bioactivity of green nanoparticles synthesized from traditionally used medicinal plants: a review
Chapter 39. Physicochemical, Micromeritics, Biomedical and Pharmaceutical Applications of Assam Bora Rice Starch
Chapter 40. Natural Excipients in Pharmaceutical Formulations
Chapter 41. A Wonder Plant Withania: Pharmacological and Chemical Perspectives
Chapter 42. Immunomodulators and Phyto Drugs
Chapter 43. Combined Effects of Plant Extracts on Ovarian Cell Functioning
Chapter 44. Pterocarpussantalinus: A Wonder Gift of Nature
Chapter 45. Phytochemicals And Investigations On Traditionally Used Medicinal Mushrooms
Chapter 46. A Review On Investigational Studies Of Marine Macroalgae Spogomorpha Indica L
Chapter 47. Validation of Traditional Claim of Oxalis debilis Kunth., An Ethnomedicinal Plant from North-eastern Region of India
Chapter 48. Traditional Herbal Medicine Practiced in Plateau-Fringe and Rarh Districts of West Bengal, India
Chapter 49. Pharmacology and Mechanisms of Natural Medicine in Treatment of Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
Chapter 50. Indian Traditional Herbs and Alzheimer's Disease: Integrating Ethnobotany and Phytotherapy. . - DigitalRonald H.M.A. Bartels, Maroeska M. Rovers, Gert P. Westert, editors.Summary: This book covers spinal, cranial and peripheral nerve surgeries. Each chapter has a uniform format for ease of reading, including a description of the problem, a literature summary and analysis, and conclusions made using evidence-based medicine (including the GRADE method). The scientific evidence for a selection of neurosurgical procedures for well-known pathologic entities is thoroughly summarized and analysed in order to provide an overview of the efficacy and effectiveness of procedures in relation to the target patient population. Evidence for Neurosurgery: Effective Procedures & Treatment is aimed at a professional audience of junior and consultant neurosurgeons, researchers in the area, and policy makers.Digital Access Springer 2019
- PrintJacqueline M. Loversidge, Joyce Zurmehly.Summary: "What happens in health policy at local, state, and federal levels directly affects patients, nurses, and nursing practice. Some healthcare professionals, though, are intimidated by the complex and often nonlinear policy process or simply don't know how to take the first step toward implementing policy change. In the second edition of Evidence-Informed Health Policy, authors Jacqueline M. Loversidge and Joyce Zurmehly demystify health policymaking and equip nurses and other healthcare professionals with the knowledge, tools, and confidence to navigate the first of many steps into health policy. This book translates the EBP language of clinical decision-making into an evidence-informed health policy (EIHP) model-a foundation for integrating evidence into health policymaking and leveraging dialogue with stakeholders. Readers will develop a stronger understanding of policymaking and its role within government, learn strategies for influencing policymakers, and help shape future healthcare policy that makes the best use of evidence. This new edition includes: Fresh perspectives on the use of evidence to inform smart health policy, learned knowledge of the COVID-19 pandemic and global crisis to more effectively strategize for sound policy informed by the best science, a new visual graphic representation of the EIHP Model with added descriptions of the EIHP process, and additional breadth and depth on policymaking theories and models"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library [2023]
- Digitaledited by Donatella Marazziti, Stephen M. Stahl.Contents:
Evil, terrorism and psychiatry / Donatella Marazziti and Stephen M. Stahl
To die to kill : suicide as a weapon. some historical antecedents of suicide terrorism / Stefano Salvatori and Donatella Marazziti
The philosophy of hate and anger / Claudio Bonito and Guido Traversa
Identity, alienation and violent radicalisation / Antonio Ventriglio and Dinesh Bhugra
The mind of suicide terrorists / Donatella Marazzitti, Antonello Veltri and Armando Piccinni
Psychopathology of terrorists / Armando Piccinni, Donatella Marazziti and Antonello Veltri
Why is terrorism a man's business? / Anne Maria Moller-Leimkuhler
Religion, violence, and the brain : a neuroethical perspective / Alberto Carrara
Brain alterations potentially associated with aggression and terrorism / Bernhard Bogerts, Maria Schone, and Stephanie Breitschuh
Political terrorism and affective polarization in "black" and "red" terrorists in Italy during the years 1968-1988 / Matteo Pacini and Icro Maremmani
Conditions of life and death of psychiatric patients in France during world war II : euthanasia or collateral casualties? / Patrick Lemoine and Stephen M. Stahl
Neuropsychiatric characteristics of antiterrorist operation combatants in the Donbass (Ukraine) / Konstantin N. Loganovsky, Natalia A. Zdanevich, Marina V. Gresko, Donatella Marazziti, and Tatiana K. Loganovskaja
The international scenario of terrorism / Donato Marzano
Identification and prevention of radicalisation. Practice and experiences with a multidisciplinary working model / Dorte Sestoft
How to fight terrorism? Political and strategic aspects / Erich Vad.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - Digital/PrintWaclaw Tworzydlo, Szczepan M. Bilinski, editors.Contents:
Part I. Theoretical background. 1. Reflections on model organisms in evolutionary developmental biology / Alan C. Love and Yoshinari Yoshida ; 2. Hourglass or twisted ribbon? / Peter K. Dearden ; 3. Ambulacrarians and the ancestry of deuterostome nervous systems / Laurent Formery, Michael Schubert, and Jenifer C. Croce
Part II. New and emerging model systems in evo-devo research. 4. Oikopleura dioica : an emergent chordate model to study the impact of gene loss on the evolution of the mechanisms of development / Alfonso Ferrández-Roldán, Josep Martí-Solans, Cristian Cañestro, and Ricard Albalat ; 5. Neuropeptides, peptide hormones, and their receptors of a tunicate, Ciona intestinalis / Honoo Satake, Shin Matsubara, Akira Shiraishi, Tatsuya Yamamoto, Tomohiro Osugi, Tsubasa Sakai, and Tsuyoshi Kawada ; 6. Emergence of embryo shape during cleavage divisions / Alex McDougall, Janet Chenevert, Benoit G. Godard, and Remi Dumollard ; 7. Sex determination, sexual development, and sex change in slipper snails / Maryna P. Lesoway and Jonathan Q. Henry ; 8. The cricket Gryllus bimaculatus : techniques for quantitative and functional genetic analyses of cricket biology / Arpita Kulkarni and Cassandra G. Extavour ; 9. The rove beetle Creophilus maxillosus as a model system to study asymmetric division, oocyte specification, and the germ-somatic cell signaling / Malgorzata Kloc ; 10. Cell biology of the tardigrades : current knowledge and perspectives / K. Ingemar Jönsson, Ingvar Holm, and Helena Tassidis ; 11. Development of Xenoturbellida / Hiroaki Nakano ; 12. Cellular and molecular mechanisms of hydra regeneration / Puli Chandramouli Reddy, Akhila Gungi, and Manu Unni ; 13. Paramecium biology / Judith Van Houten
Part III. Evo-devo in comparative context. 14. Insights into germline development and differentiation in molluscs and reptiles : the use of molecular markers in the study of non-model animals / Liliana Milani and Maria Gabriella Maurizii ; 15. Molecular markers in the study of non-model vertebrates : their significant contributions to the current knowledge of tetrapod glial cells and fish olfactory neurons / Simone Bettini, Maurizio Lazzari, and Valeria Franceschini ; 16. Embryogenesis of marsupial frogs (Hemiphractidae), and the changes that accompany terrestrial development in frogs / Eugenia M. del Pino ; 17. Evolution and regulation of limb regeneration in arthropods / Yuichiro Suzuki, Jacquelyn Chou, Sarah L. Garvey, Victoria R. Wang, and Katherine O. Yanes ; 18. Viviparity in two closely related epizoic dermapterans relies on disparate modifications of reproductive systems and embryogenesis / Szczepan M. Bilinski, Mariusz K. Jaglarz, and Waclaw Tworzydlo ; 19. Morphology of ovaries and oogenesis in chelicerates / Izabela Jędrzejowska ; 20. Reproduction, gonad structure, and oogenesis in tardigrades / Izabela Poprawa and Kamil Janelt ; 21. Architecture and life history of female germ-line cysts in clitellate annelids / Piotr Świątek and Anna Z. Urbisz. - Digital/PrintGraham A.W. Rook, Christopher A. Lowry, editors.Summary: This edited collection of 12 chapters by research workers from a wide range of disciplines resolves the confusion that currently surrounds the "hygiene hypothesis" by considering the human need for exposure to microorganisms from an evolutionary point of view. The book explains why we evolved a requirement for exposure to microbiota from our mothers, from other people, and from the natural environment. It also explains the physiological roles of these exposures, what goes wrong when the exposures are distorted and how human lifestyles and activities, including degradation of the natural environment, are leading to this distortion. Particular attention is given to the range of pathologies associated with inappropriate microbial exposures and inappropriate colonization, including immunoregulatory problems such as allergies and autoimmunity, metabolic problems such as obesity and diabetes, and problems of central nervous system function and neurodegeneration. This book is of profound relevance to most medical disciplines, but also to those concerned with preserving the natural environment and with developing healthier urbanisation.
Contents:
Chapter 1. From observing children in traditional upbringing to concepts of health
Chapter 2. Human evolution, microorganisms, socioeconomic status and reconciling necessary microbial exposures with essential hygiene
Chapter 3. Biodiversity, microbiomes, and human health
Chapter 4. Regulation of host immunity by the gut microbiota
Chapter 5. The gut microbiota and host metabolism
Chapter 6. The impacts of the microbiota on animal development and physiology
Chapter 7. The development of the gut microbiota in childhood, and its distortion by lifestyle changes
Chapter 8. Distortion of the microbiota of the natural environment by human activities
Chapter 9. The nature and functions of vertebrate skin microbiota
Chapter 10. The influence of the microbiota on brain structure and function: Implications for stress-related neuropsychiatric disorders
Chapter 11. Neurodegenerative diseases and the gut microbiota
Chapter 12. Clinical application of the biodiversity hypothesis in the management of allergic disorders. . - DigitalPierre Pontarotti, editor.Summary: This book presents 15 selected contributions to the 22nd Evolutionary Biology Meeting, which took place in September 2018 in Marseille. They are grouped under the following major themes: · Origin of Life · Concepts and Methods · Genome and Phenotype Evolution The aims of these annual meetings in Marseille are to bring together leading evolutionary biologists and other scientists who employ evolutionary biology concepts, e.g. for medical research, and to promote the exchange of ideas and encourage interdisciplinary collaborations. Offering an up-to-date overview of recent advances in the field of evolutionary biology, this book represents an invaluable source of information for scientists, teachers and advanced students.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Origin of Life; 1 A Non-paradoxical Pathway for the Chemical Evolution Toward the Most Primitive RNA-Based Life-like System; 1.1 Importance of the RNA World Hypothesis for the Origin-of-Life Problem; 1.2 Drawbacks Regarding the RNA World Hypothesis; 1.2.1 RNA-Based Life-like System Involving Both Information and Metabolism Machineries; 1.2.2 Compartmentalization for the RNA-Based Life-like System; 1.2.3 Importance of Additional Functions to the Self-replication of RNA; 1.3 Two-Gene Hypothesis; 1.4 Experimental Techniques Simulating the Hadean Earth Environments 1.4.1 Compatibility with the Hadean Earth Environments1.4.2 Hydrothermal Flow Reactor Systems; 1.4.3 Other Methods on Extreme Conditions; 1.5 Chemical Evolution of Proteins and RNA Under the Hadean Earth Environments; 1.5.1 Protein-like Molecules; 1.5.2 RNA; 1.5.3 High-Temperature Origin of Life; 1.6 Conclusions; References; 2 Formation of Nucleosides and Nucleotides in Chemical Evolution; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Formation of Nucleobases; 2.3 Formation and Conformation of Ribose; 2.4 Formation of Nucleosides and Nucleotides; 2.5 Concluding Remarks; References 3 The First Universal Common Ancestor (FUCA) as the Earliest Ancestor of LUCA's (Last UCA) Lineage3.1 Historical Background; 3.1.1 The Lineage of LUCA; 3.1.2 LUCA and the Viruses; 3.2 Life Versus Biological Systems; 3.2.1 Origins Versus Emergence; 3.3 Biological Systems are Chemical Translators; 3.3.1 The Molecular Establishment of the Genetic Code; 3.3.2 The Anatomy of Ribosomes; 3.4 FUCA Is Born at the Proto-PTC; 3.5 The Maturation of FUCA; 3.6 Conclusions; References; Concepts and Methods; 4 Repeatability and Predictability in Experimental Evolution; 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Factors Limiting Predictability in Experimental Evolution4.2.1 Historical Contingency and Determinism in Experimental Evolution; 4.2.2 Influence of Genetic Background; 4.2.3 Environmental Influence; 4.2.4 Complexity and Diversity in Experimental Evolution; 4.2.5 Relevance to Natural Populations; 4.3 Causes of Repeated Experimental Evolution; 4.4 Potential for Forecasting on Different Biological Levels; 4.4.1 Prediction of Fitness; 4.4.2 Prediction of Phenotypes; 4.4.3 Origin of Adaptive Mutants; 4.4.4 Prediction of Mutational Effects 4.4.5 Conclusion-Desired Properties of Model Systems for Forecasting Experimental EvolutionReferences; 5 RetroSpect, a New Method of Measuring Gene Regulatory Evolution Rates Using Co-mapping of Genomic Functional Features with Transposable Elements; 5.1 Background; 5.2 Methods; 5.2.1 Quantitative Metrics of Genes and Pathways Regulatory Evolution; 5.2.2 Extraction and Quantitation of RE-Specific TFBS; 5.2.3 Evolutionary Age of REs; 5.2.4 Gene Enrichment by RE-Linked TFBS; 5.2.5 Pathway Enrichment by RE-Linked TFBS; 5.2.6 Specific Cell Line Distribution Patterns of RE-Linked TFBS - DigitalGeorg Glaeser, Werner Nachtigall.Summary: With spectacular large-format images complemented by scientifically grounded, yet easy-to-read, explanatory texts, Georg Glaeser and Werner Nachtigall take you on an exciting journey through the fascinating world of macrostructures - small structures in nature that fulfill specific functions. This book will pique your curiosity about a secret world known only to a few by presenting an impressive range of evolutionary mechanisms, from shrimps "tail flips" to the adhesive pads of gecko setae and the implementation of biological structures in the field of bionics. The book can be read in any fashion you please - the cross-references make it easy to jump across the sections, which are largely self-contained and discuss various highlights of the evolutionary process.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Table of contents; 1. Shape, Movement, Lever; Morphological structures; Flexible shells and levers; Spiral twisting; Protected as a ball; Ants in interaction; Stiffening under internal pressure; Distending and extending apparatuses; Extendable stalks; Seeing in the macro world; Hydraulics in spider legs; Active and passive growth; Hinge joints and ball-and-socket joints; Leg-flexing; Kinematic chains; Sling jaw; Click mechanism and stings; The joint system of insect antennae; 2. Sticking, Filtering, Drilling; Adhesion apparatuses; Sticky spider webs; Sticky sundew droplets Coupling mechanisms; Predetermined breaking points; Digging shovels; "Sand shoes"; Brushes; Pollen-gathering with abdomen and legs; Pollen-gathering with pollen baskets; Dust filters and sealing strips; Traps and filters; Earth drillers; Mobile ovipositors and stings; 3. Gripping, Stretching, Folding; Gripping devices; Pincers; Injection syringes and cannulas; Apparatuses for gripping and scraping; Barb Systems; Springs and bolts; Stretching space; Membrane constructions; Folding mechanisms; 4. Signaling, Swimming, Flying, Exploding; Light organs and signal flags; Surface tension (1) Flutter stability and tensile strength6. Packaging, Primordia, Unfolding Mechanisms; Packaging; Casing of mericarp fruits and seeds; Casing (2); Unfolding mechanisms; Pre-fabricated structures; Pollination Mechanisms (1); Pollination Mechanisms (2); Environmental sensors; Antennae; Dragonflies
world champion maneuverers; 7. Brave New World; Lateral torsional buckling in Strelitzia blossoms; The anteater's claw; The pectoral fins of large rays; Fin edges and the kickback principle; Superhydrophobia ... ; ... and the Salvinia Paradox; Corrosion-resistant sandfish scales; The famous lotus effect Surface tension (2)Flow adaptation; The swiftest predators under water; Propulsion Apparatuses; Swimming with paddle fins; Parachutes and Gliders; Wing cascades and slats; Explosion mechanisms; Powder dispensers; Cocoons; Hanging by a thread; 5. Storage, Constructions, Building materials; Botanical traps for animals; Water reservoirs; Clay constructions; Protective shells; Chitin as a building material; Stockwork and frame construction; Bone constructions (1); Bone constructions (2); Lightweight constructions in the plant world; Above-ground constructions in the plant world The elephant's trunk ... and a cutting-edge technical gripper arm; Remarks on the pictures of the chapter headings; Select Bibliography; Index - DigitalChristian Foth, Oliver W.M. Rauhut, editors.Summary: Feathers are one of the most unique characteristics of modern birds and represent the most complex and colourful type of skin derivate within vertebrates, while also fulfilling various biological roles, including flight, thermal insulation, display, and sensory function. For years it was generally assumed that the origin of flight was the main driving force for the evolution of feathers. However, various discoveries of dinosaur species with filamentous body coverings, made over the past 20 years, have fundamentally challenged this idea and produced new evolutionary scenarios for the origin of feathers. This book is devoted to the origin and evolution of feathers, and highlights the impact of palaeontology on this research field by reviewing a number of spectacular fossil discoveries that document the increasing morphological complexity along the evolutionary path to modern birds. Also featuring chapters on fossil feather colours, feather development and its genetic control, the book offers a timely and comprehensive overview of this popular research topic.
Contents:
1. Introduction to the morphology, development, and ecology of feathers
2. Molecular and cellular mechanisms of feather development provide a basis for diverse evolution of feather forms
3. The origin of birds: current consensus, controversy, and the occurrence of feathers
4. Integumentary structures in Kulindadromeus zabaikalicus, a basal neornithischian dinosaur from the Jurassic of Siberia
5. Filamentous integuments in non-avialan theropods and their kin: advances and future perspectives for understanding the evolution of feathers
6. Two of a feather: A comparison of the preserved integument in the juvenile theropod dinosaurs Sciurumimus and Juravenator from the Kimmeridgian Torleite Formation of southern Germany
7. Feather evolution in Pennaraptora
8. The feathers of the Jurassic Urvogel Archaeopteryx
9. The plumage of basal birds
10. A morphological review of the enigmatic elongated tail feathers of stem birds
11. Review on color patterns of fossil feathers
12. On the ancestry of feathers in Mesozoic dinosaurs. - DigitalHubert-Jean Ceccaldi, Yves Hénocque, Teruhisa Komatsu, Patrick Prouzet, Benoit Sautour, Jiro Yoshida, editors.Summary: Coastal and estuarine environments at the interface of terrestrial and marine areas are among the most productive in the world. However, since the beginning of the industrial era, these ecosystems have been subjected to strong anthropogenic pressures intensified from the second half of the 20th century, when there was a marked acceleration in the warming (climate change) of the continents, particularly at high latitudes. Coastal ecosystems are highly vulnerable to alteration of their physical, chemical and biological characteristics (marine intrusion, acidification of marine environments, changes in ecosystems, evolution and artificialization of the coastline, etc.). In contact with heavily populated areas, these environments are often the receptacle of a lot of chemical and biological pollution sources that significantly diminish their resilience. In this context of accelerated evolution and degradation of these areas important for food security of many populations around the world, it is necessary to better identify the factors of pressure and understand, at different scales of observation, their effects and impacts on the biodiversity and on the socio-eco-systems, in order to determine the degree of vulnerability of these coastal ecosystems and the risks they face. A transdisciplinary and integrated approach is required to prevent risks. Within this framework, operational coastal oceanography occupies an important place but also the implementation of a true socio-eco-system approach in order to set up an environmentally friendly development. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I: Introductory Communications
Chapter 1. Our Future and The Oceans
Chapter 2. General guidelines for future exchanges in marine science and technology between the two Sociétés franco-japonaises dOcéanographie
Part II: Identification and Analysis of Environmental Stressors
Chapter 3. The Japan Sea: a changing Pacific Asian marginal sea
Chapter 4. Statistical analysis of surface circulation in Sagami Bay using High Frequency(HF)Radar
Chapter 5. Statistical analysis of high frequency pCO2 data acquired with the Astan buoy (Southern Western English Channel, off Roscoff)
Chapter 6. Spatial variation in pCO2 based on 16 years of in-situ measurements in the Seto Inland Sea, Japan
Chapter 7. The Bay of Seine: a resilient socio-eco-system under cumulative pressures
Chapter 8. Effect of bacterial infection on the expression of stress proteins and antioxidative enzymes in Japanese flounder
Part III: Impacts on Socio-Eco-Systems and Biological Resources
Chapter 9. A Review of the Effects of Global Warming and Currents Trends on Fisheries and its Impact on Important Commercial Species in Japan
Chapter 10. Physiology of winter coral bleaching in temperate zone
Chapter 11. Preliminary report of impacts of the 2011 earthquake and tsunami and subsequent events on macrobenthic community in a shallow brackish lagoon in Sendai Bay, Japan
Chapter 12. Post-tsunami oyster feeding environment in Nagatsuraura Bay for three years
Chapter 13. Seagrass-oyster farmers interaction detected by eelgrass DNA analysis in Hinase area of the Seto Inland Sea, Japan
Chapter 14. Fisheries Biology of Blue Sharks in Sagami Bay, Japan
Part IV: Vulnerability of Coastal Ecosystems and Risk Assessment
Chapter 15. Temperature and salinity changes in coastal waters of Western Europe: variability, trends and extreme events
Chapter 16. Risk Based Consenting of Offshore Renewable Energy Projects (RICORE)
Chapter 17. Does global warming favour the occurrence of recent blue mussel mortality events in France?
Chapter 18. Integrated ecosystem management for exploited coastal ecosystem dynamics under oligotrophication and climate changes
Chapter 19. Forty years of decline and 10 years of management plan: are European eels (Anguilla anguilla) recovering?
Chapter 20. The management of Mediterranean coastal habitats: a plea for a socio-ecosystem-based approach.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalElisabeth A. Murray, Steven P. Wise, Kim S. Graham.Summary: Current theories about human memory have been shaped by clinical observations and animal experiments. This doctrine holds that the medial temporal lobe subserves one memory system for explicit or declarative memories, while the basal ganglia subserves a separate memory system for implicit or procedural memories, including habits. Cortical areas outside the medial temporal lobe are said to function in perception, motor control, attention, or other aspects of executive function, but not in memory. The Evolution of Memory Systems' advances dramatically different ideas on all counts. It proposes that several memory systems arose during evolution and that they did so for the same general reason: to transcend problems and exploit opportunities encountered by specific ancestors at particular times and places in the distant past. Instead of classifying cortical areas in terms of mutually exclusive perception, executive, or memory functions, the authors show that all cortical areas contribute to memory and that they do so in their own ways-using specialized neural representations. The book also presents a proposal on the evolution of explicit memory. According to this idea, explicit (declarative) memory depends on interactions between a phylogenetically ancient navigation system and a representational system that evolved in humans to represent one's self and others. As a result, people embed representations of themselves into the events they experience and the facts they learn, which leads to the perception of participating in events and knowing facts.The Evolution of Memory Systems' is an important new work for students and researchers in neuroscience, psychology, and biology.
Contents:
Part I. Foundations of memory systems. 1. The history of memory systems ; 2. The history of the brain
Part II. Architecture of vertebrate memory. 3. The reinforcement memory systems of early animals ; 4. The navigation memory system of early vertebrates ; 5. The biased-competition memory system of early mammals
Part III. Primate augmentations. 6. The manual-foraging memory system of early primates ; 7. The feature memory system of anthropoids ; 8. The goal memory system of anthropoids
Part IV. Hominin adaptations. 9. The goal and feature memory systems of hominins ; 10. The social-subjective memory system of hominins ; 11. The origin of explicit memory in hominins
Part V. Deconstructing and reconstructing memory systems. 12. Deconstructing amnesia ; 13. Reconstructing memory's past.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - DigitalKensal E. van Holde, Jordanka Zlatanova.Summary: The Evolution of Molecular Biology: The Search for the Secrets of Life provides the historical knowledge behind techniques founded in molecular biology, also presenting an appreciation of how, and by whom, these discoveries were made. It deals with the evolution of intellectual concepts in the context of active research in an approachable language that accommodates readers from a variety of backgrounds. Each chapter contains a prologue and epilogue to create continuity and provide a complete framework of molecular biology. This foundational work also functions as a historical and conceptual supplement to many related courses in biochemistry, biology, chemistry, genetics and history of science. In addition, the book demonstrates how the roots of discovery and advances-and an individual's own research-have grown out of the history of the field, presenting a more complete understanding and context for scientific discovery.
Contents:
Beginnings
The Origins of Biochemistry
The Chemical Structure of Proteins
Proteins in Three Dimensions
The Origins of Genetics
Nucleic Acids
The Great Synthesis
How DNA is Replicated
The Central Dogma
The Genetic Code
Gene to Protein: The Whole Path
Eukaryotes Pose New Problems
Development and Differentiation
Recombinant DNA: The Next Revolution
Understanding Whole Genomes: Creating New Paradigms
Whole Genomes and Evolution
Practical Applications of Recombinant DNA Technologies
Appendix: Nobel Prize Laureates That Have Contributed to the Development of Molecular Biology.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalWolfgang Seeger.Summary: The main focus of this book is on providing students, neurosurgery trainees, certified neurosurgeons and colleagues in neighbouring disciplines essential information on the evolution of the central nervous system (CNS) of craniata and homo. Therefore the book is divided in three parts: Part I is describing the evolution of CNS of craniata (starting 800 million of years ago). Part II is explaining in detail the exceptional position of the human encephalon. Part III is discussing maturity and immaturity of all parts of CNS of craniatas and the consequences concerning further development of brain structure and psychological functions. In all parts anatomical fundamentals are presented in the form of didactic and self-explanatory illustrations. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Part I: Evolution of Craniata and Homo; Part II: Exceptional Position of the Human Encephalon; Part III: Morphologic Maturity and Immaturity; Contents; Part I: Evolution of Craniata and Homo;
1: Chronological Survey;
2: Ontogenetic and Phylogenetic Basis; 2.1 Survey (Figs. 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4); 2.2 Details (Figs. 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, and 2.12);
3: Comparative Morphology of the Adult Central Nervous System of Craniata; 3.1 Pisces (Figs. 3.1 and 3.2); 3.2 Amphibia (Fig. 3.3); 3.3 Reptilia and Aves (Both Together: Sauropsides) (Fig. 3.4) 3.4 Mammalia (Figs. 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, and 3.10)Part II: Exceptional Position of the Human Encephalon;
4: Telencephalon, Survey;
5: Diencephalon, Mesencephalon, Rhombencephalon, Cerebellum: Survey;
6: Telencephalon: Details; 6.1 Definition of Telencephalic Fiber Systems and Gyri: Introduction; 6.1.1 Gyrification and U-Fibers (Figs. 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, and 6.5); 6.1.2 Association Fibers (Figs. 6.6, 6.7, and 6.8): Anatomical Fiber Dissections; 6.1.3 Projection Fibers (Figs. 6.9, 6.10, 6.11, 6.12, 6.13, 6.14, 6.15, and 6.16) 6.1.3.1 Intratelencephalic Projection System (Corpus Callosum): Survey (Figs. 6.9 and 6.10)6.1.3.2 Corpus Callosum and Extra-Intratelencephalic Systems (Corona Radiata) (Figs. 6.11, 6.12, 6.13, 6.14, 6.15, and 6.16);
7: Diencephalon, Mesencephalon, and Rhombencephalon: Details; 7.1 Topography (Figs. 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4); 7.2 Fiber Connections (Figs. 7.5, 7.6, and 7.7);
8: Transectional Planes of Rhombencephalon (Medulla Oblongata, Pons) and Mesencephalon; 8.1 Topography (Figs. 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, and 8.7); 8.2 Fiber Connections (Figs. 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11)
9: Cranial Nerves9.1 Principles of the Embryonic Developments: Survey (Fig. 9.1); 9.2 Cranial Nerves: Details (Figs. 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 9.11, and 9.12); Part III: Morphologic Maturity and Immaturity;
10: Recent Neocortex; 10.1 Neocortical Areas (Figs. 10.1, 10.2, and 10.3); 10.2 Paleoanthropological Aspects (Figs. 10.4 and 10.5); Bibliography; Further Readings - DigitalJohn Montgomery and David Bodznick.Summary: Uses an evolutionary perspective to open up the exciting body of work that is cerebellar research to a wide audience. Understanding the brain is of interest to many people, from many different backgrounds, and for many different reasons. Therefore, understanding cerebellum is a significant step towards the wider challenge of understanding the brain.
Contents:
Introduction to the cerebellar sense of self
Cerebellar sense of self and sense of agency
Cerebellum as a neuronal machine : the cerebellar 'chip'
Self and other in sensory systems : the cerebellum-like structure in sharks
From cerebellum-like to cerebellum : evolution by duplication?
How does the cerebellum work? Model systems: compensating for self-movement (vestibulo-ocular reflex), predictive motor learning (eye blink reflex), voluntary goal-directed behaviour (saccades), and action and reaction
Adaptive filter as the basis for cerebellar function and versatility
A history of cerebellum research : science, scientists, and the competition of ideas and evidence
Learning from the cerebellum : applications for rehabilitation, sports, and technology
General conclusion.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Michel A. Hofman.Summary: "Evolution of the Human Brain: From Matter to Mind, Volume 250 in the Progress in Brain Research, series documents the latest developments and insights about the origin and evolution of the human brain and mind. Specific sections in this new release include Evolution and development of the human cerebral cortex, Functional connectivity of the human cerebral cortex, Lateralization of the human cerebral cortex, Life history strategies and the human cerebral cortex, Evolution of the modern human brain, On the nature and evolution of the human mind, Origin and evolution of human cognition, Origin and evolution of human consciousness, and more."--publisher's web page, viewed November 7, 2019.
Contents:
Preface / Michel A. Hofman
Section I: Molecular and cellular mechanisms of human brain evolution. Chapter 1. Genetics of human brain evolution / Eric J. Vallender
Chapter 2. Genetic diversity underlying behavioral plasticity in human adaptation / Amy L. Bauernfeind, Courtney C. Babbitt
Section II: Cerebral cortex: neural organization and functional connectivity. Chapter 3. The origin and evolution of neocortex: from early mammals to modern humans / Jon H. Kaas
Chapter 4. Allometry, evolution and development of neocortex size in mammals / Jeroen B. Smaers, Carrie S. Mongle, Kamran Safi, Dina K.N. Dechmann
Chapter 5. Neurodevelopmental disorders of the prefrontal cortex in an evolutionary context / Branka Hrvoj-Mihic, Katerina Semendeferi
Chapter 6. The human connectome from an evolutionary perspective / Dirk Jan Ardesch, Lianne H. Scholtens, Martijn P. van den Heuvel
Chapter 7. Evolution of cerebral asymmetry / Michael C. Corballis
Chapter 8. Life history changes accompany increased numbers of cortical neurons: a new framework for understanding human brain evolution / Suzana Herculano-Houzel
Section III: Origin and evolution of the human mind. Chapter 9. Evolution of the modern human brain / Amélie Beaudet, Andrew Du, Bernard Wood
Chapter 10. On the nature and evolution of the human mind / Michel A. Hofman
Chapter 11. Origin and evolution of human cognition / Gerhard Roth, Ursula Dicke
Chapter 12. Origin and evolution of human consciousness / Franco Fabbro, Damiano Cantone, Susanna Feruglio, Cristiano Crescentini
Chapter 13. Origin and evolution of human speech: emergence from a trimodal auditory, visual and vocal network / Maëva Michon, Vladimir López, Francisco Aboitiz.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - DigitalJennifer A. Clack, Richard R. Fay, Arthur N. Popper, editors.Contents:
Preface
Vertebrate Diversity in a Sensory System: The Fossil Record of Otic Evolution
Actinopterygians: The Ray-Finned Fishes, an Explosion of Diversity
Sarcopterygians: From Lobe-Finned Fishes to the Tetrapod Stem Group
Early Tetrapods: Experimenting with Form and Function
Nonmammalian Synapsids: The Beginning of the Mammal Line
Evolution of the Middle and Inner Ears of Mammaliaforms: The Approach to Mammals
Evolution of the Ear of Mammals: From Monotremes to Humans
Basal Reptilians, Marine Diapsids, and Turtles: The Flowering of Reptile Diversity
The Lepidosaurian Ear: Variations on a Theme
Archosaurs and their Kin: The Ruling Reptiles
Amphibia: A Case of Diversity and Convergence in the Auditory Region. - DigitalMichael C. Brodsky.Summary: This text is a comprehensive collection and discussion of scientific essays that define the pathogenesis of common forms of pediatric strabismus and nystagmus in terms of their common evolutionary mechanisms. The goal of this book is to assemble these essays, to provide a definitive source for current clinicians to use along with follow up comments to help direct future scientific research in the field of pediatric ophthalmology. This book includes 20 original essays written by Michael C. Brodsky which mechanistically explain and unify such enigmatic conditions such as infantile esotropia, latent nystagmus, primary oblique muscle overreaction action, dissociated vertical divergence, infantile nystagmus, and intermittent exotropia in terms of ancestral evolutionary reflexes which become expressed in different ways to generate these disorders. This collection of essays is poised to become a classic reference, providing the necessary neurological framework for contextualizing unique ocular motor disorder and understanding the evolutionary mechanisms responsible for their development in early childhood. Written with focused interest for pediatric ophthalmologists and neuro-ophthalmologists, this reference will also find audience with ophthalmologists, neurologists, evolutionary biologists, and neuroscientists.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: Dissociated Vertical Divergence: A Righting Reflex Gone Wrong
Chapter 3: DVD Remains a Moving Target
Chapter 4: Primary Inferior Oblique Overaction: The Brain Throws a Wild Pitch
Chapter 5: Do You Really Need Your Oblique Muscles? Adaptations and Exaptations
Chapter 6: Latent Nystagmus: Vestibular Nystagmus with a Twist
Chapter 7: Dissociated Vertical Divergence: Perceptual Consequences of the Human Dorsal Light Reflex
Chapter 8: Visuo-Vestibular Eye Movements: Infantile Nystagmus in Three Dimensions
Chapter 9: Does Infantile Esotropia Arise from a Dissociated Deviation
Chapter 10: The Lizard's Tail: An Ocular Allegory
Chapter 11: The Accessory Optic System: The Fugitive Visual Control System in Infantile Strabismus
Chapter 12: The Optokinetic Cover Test: Subcortical Optokinesis in Infantile Esotropia
Chapter 13: An Expanded View of Infantile Esotropia: Bottoms Up!
Chapter 14: A Unifying Neurologic Mechanism for Infantile Nystagmus
Chapter 15: An Optokinetic Clue to the Pathogenesis of Infantile Esotropia
Chapter 16: Intermittent Exotropia and Accommodative Esotropia: Two Ends of a Spectrum?
Chapter 17: Is Infantile Esotropia Subcortical in Origin?
Chapter 18: Phoria Adaptation: The Ghost in the Machine
Chapter 19: Monocular Nasotemporal Asymmetry: Unravelling the Mystery
Chapter 20: Intermittent Exotropia: A Deficit in Phoria Adaptation?. - DigitalCara M. Wall-Scheffler, Helen K. Kurki, Benjamin M. Auerbach.Summary: "Lately, a number of interesting and innovative investigations have started to approach the pelvis and pelvic variation from different perspectives, including developmental, demographic and phylogenetic, as well as functional from the perspectives of tasks other than unloaded, level walking, like burden transport and a combination of arboreality and terrestriality. Additionally, as technology improves, we have begun the vast task of actually quantifying the variation of this complex three-dimensional shape and comparing across and between populations. All of these different studies - functional, morphological, developmental - offer important clues towards a better understanding of hominin evolution, sexual dimorphism, morphological modularity and development constraints. In this volume, people at the forefront of work on the pelvis will process and expand our knowledge in order to explain the evolutionary mechanisms acting on hominin pelvic morphology"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalRobert Jack, Louis Du Pasquier.Summary: Immunology is a nodal subject that links many areas of biology. It permeates the biosciences, and also plays crucial roles in diagnosis and therapy in areas of clinical medicine ranging from the control of infectious and autoimmune diseases to tumour therapy. Monoclonal antibodies and small molecule modulators of immunity are major factors in the pharmaceutical industry and now constitute a multi billion dollar business. Students in these diverse areas are frequently daunted by the complexity of immunology and the astonishing array of unusual mechanisms that go to make it up. Starting from Dobzhanskys famous slogan, "Nothing in biology makes sense except in the light of evolution", this book will serve to illuminate how evolutionary forces shaped immunity and thus provide an explanation for how many of its counter intuitive oddities arose. By doing so it will provide a conceptual framework on which students may organise the rapidly growing flood of immunological knowledge.
Contents:
Chapter 1: What makes evolution tick?
Chapter 2: Immunity
the unicellular to metazoan transition
Chapter 3: Innate immunity
Chapter 4: The triumph of individualism: evolution of somatically generated adaptive immune systems
Chapter 5: The other side of the arms race
Chapter 6: Postface.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalL. Nuno de la Rosa, G.B. Müller, editors.Summary: This reference work provides an comprehensive and easily accessible source of information on numerous aspects of Evolutionary Developmental Biology. The work provides an extended overview on the current state of the art of this interdisciplinary and dynamic scientific field. The work is organized in thematic sections, referring to the specific requirements and interests in each section in far detail. Evolutionary Developmental Biology A Reference Guide is intended to provide a resource of knowledge for researchers engaged in evolutionary biology, developmental biology, theoretical biology, philosophy of sciences and history of biology.
Contents:
Key Concepts in evo-Devo/Theoretical Issues in evo-Devo
Philosophy of evo-Devo
History of evo-Devo
Extensions of evo-Devo
Evolution of Development
Developmental Mechanisms of Evolution
Populational Mechanisms of Developmental Evolution
Methods in evo-Devo Biology
Macroevolutionary Patterns
Evo-Devo by Phenotype: evo-Devo of Organs and Body Parts
Evo-Devo by Phenotype: evo-Devo of Tissues and Cell Types
Plant evo-Devo
Animal evo-Devo
Vertebrate evo-Devo
Invertebrate evo-Devo. - DigitalJeremy J. Burdon, Anna-Liisa Laine.Summary: This volume sits at the cross-roads of a number of areas of scientific interest that, in the past, have largely kept themselves separate - agriculture, forestry, population genetics, ecology, conservation biology, genomics and the protection of plant genetic resources. Yet these areas also have a lot of common interests and increasingly these independent lines of inquiry are tending to coalesce into a more comprehensive view of the complexity of plant-pathogen associations and their ecological and evolutionary dynamics. This interdisciplinary source provides a comprehensive overview of this changing situation by identifying the role of pathogens in shaping plant populations, species and communities, tackling the issue of the increasing importance of invasive and newly emerging diseases and giving broader recognition to the fundamental importance of the influence of space and time (as manifest in the metapopulation concept) in driving epidemiological and co-evolutionary trajectories.
Contents:
The diverse and ubiquitous nature of pathogens
Environment as a determinant of pathogen incidence, abundance and evolution
Genetics of host plant resistance and pathogen infectivity and aggressiveness
Sources and patterns of variation in plant pathogens
Demographic and genetic processes in host and pathogen populations
Coevolutionary dynamics in a metapopulation context
Coevolutionary and host and pathogen life-histories
Effect of pathogens on plant community dynamics
Future developments.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalAlexandra Alvergne, Crispin Jenkinson, Charlotte Faurie, editors.Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1: Applying evolutionary thinking in medicine: an introduction
Chapter 2: "Foetal-maternal conflicts" and adverse outcomes in human pregnancies
Chapter 3: Obstructed labour: the classic obstetric dilemma and beyond
Chapter 4: Bottle feeding: the impact on postpartum depression, birth spacing and autism
Chapter 5: Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
Chapter 6: The Developmental Origins of Health and Disease: adaptation reconsidered
Chapter 7: Is calculus relevant to survival? Managing the evolutionary novelty of modern education
Chapter 8: Binge eating, Disinhibition and obesity
Chapter 9: Evolutionary aspects of the dietary omega-6/omega-3 fatty acid ratio: medical implications
Chapter 10: Evolutionary paradigms in cardiology: the case of chronic heart failure
Chapter 11: Evolutionary imprints on cardiovascular physiology and pathophysiology
Chapter 12: Darwinian Strategies to Avoid the Evolution of Drug Resistance During Cancer Treatment
Chapter 13: Why chemotherapy does not work: cancer genome evolution and the illusion of oncogene addiction
Chapter 14: Evolution, Infection, and Cancer
Chapter 15: Microbes, Parasites and Immune diseases
Chapter 16: Evolutionary principles and Host Defense
Chapter 17: Helminth immunoregulation and Multiple Sclerosis treatment
Chapter 18: Inflammaging and its role in ageing and age-related diseases
Chapter 19: Dementias of the Alzheimer type: views through the lens of evolutionary biology suggest amyloid-driven brain aging is balanced against host defence
Chapter 20: The Evolutionary Etiologies of Autism Spectrum and Psychotic-Affective Spectrum Disorders
Chapter 21: Why are humans vulnerable to Alzheimer's Disease?
Chapter 22: Evolutionary approaches to depression: prospects and limitations
Chapter 23: The ups and downs of placebos. . - Digitaledited by Hitoshi Yoshiji, Kosuke Kaji.Summary: This book comprehensively covers the latest developments in the diagnosis and treatment of liver cirrhosis, including molecular mechanisms and therapeutic strategies. It elaborates on and explores the relation between chronic liver disease (CLD) and its causes, including viral hepatitis, steatohepatitis, autoimmune liver diseases and/or inherited liver diseases, and sustained liver injury. Furthermore, it discusses various complications such as hepatic encephalopathy, ascites, sarcopenia, esophagogastric varices, muscle cramps and pruritus, and the fact that it frequently leads to the development of hepatocellular carcinoma. CLD is becoming a growing issue with substantial effects on public health, and Evolving Landscape in Management of Liver Cirrhosis provides scholars in gastroenterology and hepatology with invaluable insights. At the same time, it is a valuable resource for clinicians specializing in gastroenterology and hepatology as well as for researchers who are curious about new research on liver disease.
Contents:
Liver cirrhosis with steatohepatitis-ASH and NASH
Liver cirrhosis with autoimmune liver diseases-AIH and PBC
Diagnostic imaging in liver cirrhosis
Liver cirrhosis with inherited liver diseases-hemochromatosis
Liver cirrhosis with inherited liver diseases-Wilson disease
Nutrition in liver cirrhosis
Microbiome in liver cirrhosis
Hepatic encephalopathy in liver cirrhosis
Hepatic ascites in liver cirrhosis
Sarcopenia in liver cirrhosis
Esophagogastric varices in liver cirrhosis
Muscle cramps in liver cirrhosis
Management of pruritus in liver cirrhosis
Prevention of hepatocarcinogenesis in liver cirrhosis
Antifibrotic therapy for liver cirrhosis
Liver transplantation for liver cirrhosis
Regenerative therapy for liver cirrhosis. - DigitalAmir R. Aref, David Barbie, editors.Contents:
1. Introduction to Ex Vivo Cancer Models
2. Patient-derived Xenografts in Oncology
3.Organoid Culture: Applications in Development and Cancer
4. Microfluidics and future of cancer diagnostics
5. Advancing techniques and insights in circulating tumor cell (CTC) research
6. The Cancer Secretome
7. An overview of the tumor microenvironments and future of cancer therapy.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalSummary: Examination preparation and subject review for USMLE Step 1 (9000+ questions), USMLE Step 2 (5000+ questions), USMLE Step 3 (3000+ questions), and PANCE (1200+ questions) among others. Certification Review aids cover Family Practice, General Pediatrics, General Surgery, Internal Medicine, Obstetrics and Gynecology, and SPEX. Students can create self-study exams in a variety of subjects.Digital Access DatabaseUsers must register with their Stanford.edu email at https://stanford.myexammaster.com and login via this link. Access is not IP restricted.
- DigitalStephen Russell.Summary: "This book teaches the reader how to properly examine a patient with a suspected focal neuropathy. This instruction includes the pertinent anatomy of each peripheral nerve, clear photographs illustrating the muscular examination, and also discussion on how to approach localization and diagnosis. Because a strong foundation in anatomical relationships is paramount for examining patients with nerve injury, this is stressed in the text and by using numerous illustrations." --Excerpt from notes provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Median Nerve
2. Ulnar Nerve
3. Radial Nerve
4. Brachial Plexus Anatomy
5. Clinical Evaluation of the Brachial Plexus
6. Sciatic Nerve
7. Inguinal Complex of Nerves
8. Lumbosacral Plexus.Digital Access - DigitalMartin Caon.Summary: This second edition provides 2400 multiple choice questions on human anatomy and physiology, and some physical science, separated into 40 categories. The answer to each question is accompanied by an explanation. Each category has an introduction to set the scene for the questions to come. However, not all possible information is provided within these Introductions, so an Anatomy and Physiology textbook is an indispensable aid to understanding the answers. The questions have been used in end-of-semester examinations for undergraduate anatomy and physiology courses and as such reflect the focus of these particular courses and are pitched at this level to challenge students that are beginning their training in anatomy and physiology. The question and answer combinations are intended for use by teachers, to select questions for their next examinations, and by students, when studying for an upcoming test. Students enrolled in the courses for which these questions were written include nursing, midwifery, paramedic, physiotherapy, occupational therapy, nutrition and dietetics, health sciences, exercise science, and students taking an anatomy and physiology course as an elective.
Contents:
Intro; Preface to the Second Edition; Advice to the Exam Candidate; Some Thoughts on Writing Good MCQs and on Answering Poorly Prepared MCQ Quizzes; Ten Pieces of Advice for Writing Good Multiple Choice Questions; Five Ways to Score More Highly on a Poorly Prepared Multiple Choice Question Test; Some Thoughts on the Marking of MCQ Tests (Where There Are 4 Choices of Answer, One of Which Is the Best Correct); Bibliography; Contents;
Chapter 1: Organisation of the Body;
Chapter 2: Cells and Tissues; 2.1 Cells and Tissues; 2.2 Cell Cycle (Mitosis and Protein Synthesis). 12.5 Pressure Applied to the Cardiovascular System12.6 Blood Pressure and Its Control;
Chapter 13: Respiratory System; 13.1 Anatomy and Physiology; 13.2 Pressure Applied to the Respiratory System;
Chapter 14: Nervous System; 14.1 Cells and Action Potential; 14.2 Brain and Spinal Cord Anatomy; 14.3 Autonomic Nervous System, Neurotransmitters, and Reflexes; 14.4 Special Senses (Eye and Ear); 14.4.1 Eye; 14.4.2 Ear;
Chapter 15: Reproductive System;
Chapter 16: Waves, Light Waves, Sound Waves and Ultrasound (The Physics of); 16.1 Waves; 16.2 Light Waves; 16.3 Sound; 16.4 Ultrasound.
Chapter 17: Ionising Radiation17.1 Medical Imaging with X-Radiation; 17.2 Radioactivity, Radiotherapy, Nuclear Medicine and Radiation Safety;
Chapter 18: Electricity;
Chapter 19: Biomechanics;
Chapter 20: Body Temperature, Energy and Heat Loss;
Chapter 21: Essay Topics for a Written Assignment Assessment in Anatomy and Physiology.
Chapter 3: Measurement, Errors, Data and Unit Conversion
Chapter 4: Chemistry for Physiology; 4.1 Atoms and Molecules; 4.2 Solutions; 4.3 Diffusion and Osmosis; 4.4 Tonicity, Moles and Osmoles; 4.5 Acids, Bases and Buffers; 4.6 Organic Chemistry and Macromolecules;
Chapter 5: Integument;
Chapter 6: Homeostasis;
Chapter 7: Skeleton and Joints;
Chapter 8: Muscles;
Chapter 9: Gastrointestinal System;
Chapter 10: Endocrine System;
Chapter 11: Renal System;
Chapter 12: Cardiovascular System; 12.1 Blood; 12.2 Heart; 12.3 Blood Vessels; 12.4 Pressure: The Physics of Pressure. - DigitalMichael F. Klaassen, Earle Brown.Summary: This book serves as a guide for senior trainees preparing for their final professional exams at the end of at least 4 - 5 years of advanced training in an approved plastic and reconstructive surgery training programme. These exams are extremely challenging and difficult to pass, and a knowledge of plastic surgery alone is not enough. Judgement, discipline and the ability to handle the pressure of the exam interactions are key. The book dissects each segment of the exam and presents the common clinical, anatomical and pathological cases that candidates are likely to encounter.
Contents:
The psychology of exam performance
Caught in the spotlight
Knowledge is power, experinece is key
General principles
The art of writing exam answers
Long clinical cases
Shrot clinical cases
Scenarios : surgical pathology + operative surgery
Applied anatomy
Anaesthesia for plastic surgeons
Aesthetic surgery principles
Science principels for plastic surgery
The successful candidate
The failed candidate
For your support team/family/friends
Summary and general advice. - DigitalEelco F.M. Wijdicks.Summary: This indispensable title rethinks the neurologic examination in a format tailored, modified, and specialized for neurocritical illness. Generously illustrated, this book provides a detailed clinical assessment of the acutely ill neurologic patient. It explains why certain neurologic signs appear and provides fundamentals of localization. Certain situations demand certain structured examinations. Eventually, all information has to be integrated logically. Different examination techniques may be needed. Recognition of deterioration and increased vigilance with important mimickers and confounders are part of our professional fabric. Other necessary skills include predicting a clinical course and outcome, coordinating effective transfers of unstable patients, and communicating expected clinical changes. Neurologists traditionally have carefully considered the examination findings before acting and localized findings before ordering tests; these heuristics must remain. An indispensable title designed for all learners, Examining Neurocritical Patients preserves the beauty of a comprehensive clinical neurologic examination and serves as a high-yield master class for every health care professional tasked with clinical assessment of a neurocritically ill patient. .
Contents:
CHAPTER 1: Taking a History
CHAPTER 2: Scales and Scores
CHAPTER 3: Patterns: Interpreting Localizing Findings
CHAPTER 4: Excess or Paucity: Making Sense of Movements
CHAPTER 5: Mimickers, Misleads and Confounders
CHAPTER 6: Detecting Worsening
CHAPTER 7: Unraveling Unconsciousness
CHAPTER 8: Declaring Brain Death
CHAPTER 9: Recognizing Acute Spinal Cord Injury
CHAPTER 10: Sorting through Acute Neuromuscular Disease
Chapter 11: Clinical Course and Anticipated Outcome
CHAPTER 12: Communicating Clinical Findings. - Digitalvolume editor, Tetsuo Himi, Kenichi Takano.Contents:
Clinical review of cochlear implantation performed at Sapporo Medical University Hospital / Ogasawara, N., Takano, K., Shintani, T., Saikawa, E., Takahashi, N., Ito, F., Himi, T.
Cochlear implantation in children with cochlear malformation / Saikawa, E., Takano, K., Ogasawara, N., Tsubomatsu, C., Takahashi, N., Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
Congenital microtia treated at Sapporo Medical University Hospital : clinical characteristics and associated anomalies / Ogasawara, N., Jitsukawa, S., Takahashi, N., Takano, K., Himi, T.
Influence of age on caloric response / Jitsukawa, S., Takano, K., Ito, F., Tsubomatsu, C., Himi, T.
Pneumolabyrinth with labyrinthitis as the suspected cause / Nomura, K., Takano, K., Yamamoto, K., Abe, A., Takahashi, N., Okuni, T., Himi, T.
Behavior of primary cilia and tricellular tight junction proteins during differentiation in temperature-sensitive mouse cochlear precursor hair cells / Kakuki, T., Kaneko, Y., Takano, K., Ninomiya, T., Kohno, T., Kojima, T., Himi, T.
Relationship between otitis media and epithelial function in the lymphoepithelium of pediatric adenoids / Ogasawara, N., Yamamoto, K., Takano, K., Himi, T.
Role of cysteinyl leukotrienes in allergic rhinitis / Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
Radiological assessment of the anatomy of frontal recess cells and the Anterior ethmoidal artery / Okuni, T., Takano, K., Nomura, K., Yamashita, K., Abe, A., Ito, F., Murayama, K., Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
Nasal mucosal expression of the receptors for inflammatory chemical mediators / Shirasaki, H., Kanaizumi, E., Seki, N., Kikuchi, M., Himi, T.
Adenovirus-mediated ICOSIg gene therapy in a presensitized murine model of allergic rhinitis / Sato, J., Konno, N., Murakami, M., Uede, T., Himi, T.
A Novel drug delivery system for the human nasal epithelium / Takano, K., Kojima, T., Keira, T., Miyata, R., Nomura, K., Kakuki, T., Kaneko, Y., Yajima, R., Kakiuchi, A., Himi, T.
Role of crosstalk between epithelial and Immune cells, the epimmunome, in allergic rhinitis pathogenesis / Kamekura, R., Yamashita, K., Jitsukawa, S., Nagaya, T., Ito, F., Ichimiya, S., Himi, T.
A clinical study of maxillary sinus squamous cell carcinoma / Kondo, A., Kurose, M., Obata, K., Yamamoto, K., Murayama, K., Shirasaki, H., Himi, T.
A clinical review of thyroid cancer at Sapporo Medical University Hospital / Koizumi, J., Takano, K., Obata, K., Yamamoto, K., Murayama, K., Himi, T.
Junctional Adhesion Molecule-A in Head and Neck Squamous Cell Carcinoma / Kurose, M., Kakuki, T., Takano, K., Kondo, A., Obata, K., Nomura, K., Miyata, R., Kaneko, Y., Konno, T., Kohno, T., Kojima, T., Himi, T.
Expression of inflammasome-associated proteins in human oropharyngeal squamous cell carcinoma / Takano, K., Kondo, A., Kurose, M., Yamashita, K., Nomura, K., Obata, K., Murayama, K., Ito, F., Himi, T.
Diagnosis and treatment of obstructive sleep apnea syndrome in children / Tsubomatsu, C., Abe, A., Yajima, R., Takahashi, N., Ito, F., Takano, K., Himi, T.
Expression and localization of human defensins in palatine tonsils / Kamekura, R., Imai, R., Takano, K., Yamashita, K., Jitsukawa, S., Nagaya, T., Ito, F., Hirao, M., Tsubota, H., Himi, T.
Studies of tonsils in basic and clinical perspectives : from the past to the future / Yamashita, K., Ichimiya, S., Kamekura, R., Nagaya, T., Jitsukawa, S., Matsumiya, H., Takano, K., Himi, T.
A case study of anisakiasis in the palatine tonsils / Takano, K., Okuni, T., Murayama, K., Himi, T.Digital Access Karger 2016 - DigitalClifford D. Packer.Summary: Working in the outpatient clinic is a key training experience for medical students. When they arrive at the clinic, students may discover that their time on the inpatient wards does not necessarily prepare them to perform well in the outpatient setting. Everything is different in the clinic, from the nature and context of the patient encounter to the student’s role in note-writing, oral case presentation, and case discussion with the attending physician. The purpose of this book is to guide students as they transition to the world of 15-minute appointments, telemedicine, cyberchondriasis, motivational interviewing, shared medical appointments, and real-time informatics. The aim is to give students a clear understanding of their role in a variety of clinic settings, to evaluate and present their patients well, maximize learning, and provide excellent care for their patients. Excelling in the Clinic explains the process of becoming an effective, efficient, and scholarly worker in the primary care clinic.
Contents:
The Importance of Primary Care
Medical Education in the Outpatient Clinic: Benefits and Barriers
Clinic Settings, Schedules, and Structures
COVID-19 and the Rapid Rise of Telemedicine
Preparing to See the Patient
The Patient-Centered Interview
The Physical Exam
The Concise Oral Case Presentation
Discussing the Case
Writing a Clinic Note
Service-Learning Clinics
Careers in Primary Care. - Print[Jerome Hellmuth, editor].Contents:
v. 1. The Normal infant.--
v. 2. Studies in abnormalities.--
v. 3. Assessment & intervention. - Digitaledited by Elkhonon Goldberg.Summary: Executive Functions in Health and Disease provides a comprehensive review of both healthy and disordered executive function. It discusses what executive functions are, what parts of the brain are involved, what happens when they go awry in cases of dementia, ADHD, psychiatric disorders, traumatic injury, developmental disorders, cutting edge methods for studying executive functions and therapies for treating executive function disorders. It will appeal to neuropsychologists, clinical psychologists, neuroscientists and researchers in cognitive psychology.
Contents:
Part I. Executive functions in health
Prefrontal executive functions predict and preadapt
The cellular mechanisms of executive functions and working memory: relevance to mental disorders
Gene expression in the frontal lobe
A functional network perspective on the role of the frontal lobes in executive cognition
Neural network models of human executive function and decision making
Crucial role of the prefrontal cortex in conscious perception
Neurodevelopment of the executive functions
Executive functions and neurocognitive aging
Assessment of executive functions in research
Part II. Executive functions in disease
Cognitive, emotional, and behavioral inflexibility and perseveration in neuropsychiatric illness
Functional neuroimaging of deficits in cognitive control
Executive function in striatal disorders
Neurodevelopmental disorders and the frontal lobes
Executive control and emerging behavior in youth with Tourette's syndrome
Inside the triple-decker: Tourette's syndrome and cerebral hemispheres
Executive dysfunction in addiction
Seizures of the frontal lobes: clinical presentations and diagnostic considerations
Executive functions after traumatic brain injury: from deficit to recovery
Dementias and the frontal lobes
Executive function in posttraumatic stress disorder
Executive dysfunction in medical conditions
Assessment of executive functions in clinical settings.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalNing Chen, editor.Summary: This book establishes a bridge between exercise-mediated functional status of autophagy and non-communicable chronic diseases for elucidating and clarifying the corresponding signal pathways and underlying mechanisms. The book consists of 13 chapters focusing on the in-depth discussion on signal pathways for regulating the functional status of autophagy for the prevention, treatment and rehabilitation of chronic diseases, the optimization of exercise intervention strategies for common and frequently-occurring chronic diseases, and the development of exercise mimetic pills for the persons with disability for exercise performance, or the persons without willing to exercise. This book is interesting and will be useful to a wide readership in the various fields of exercise science, exercise fitness, sports medicine, preventive medicine, and functional foods.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Molecular processes and regulation of autophagy
Chapter 2. Acute and chronic exercise on autophagy
Chapter 3. The beneficial roles of exercise-mediated autophagy in T2DM
Chapter 4. Exercise-induced autophagy and obesity
5. Exercise-mediated autophagy and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease
Chapter 6. Exercise-mediated autophagy and brain aging
Chapter 7. Exercise-mediated autophagy and Alzheimers disease
Chapter 8. Exercise-induced autophagy and Parkinsons disease
Chapter 9.Exercise-mediated autophagy in cardiovascular diseases
Chapter 10. Exercise-induced autophagy in the prevention and treatment of sarcopenia
Chapter 11. Prospective advances in exercise-induced autophagy on health
Chapter 12. Exercise mimetic pills for chronic diseases based on autophagy
Chapter 13. Exercise-mediated functional status of autophagy is beneficial to health. - PrintPaolo Palatini, Enrico Agabiti-Rosei, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.Summary: This book presents the current knowledge on the mechanisms by which exercise lowers blood pressure in hypertension and on its effects on the heart and arteries. In addition, it focuses on the optimal exercise protocols, the international consensus on clinical implementation, and the clinical indications for special populations (obese, diabetic etc). It also addresses possible drawbacks of exercise on left ventricular structure and function. Many experts in epidemiology, patophysiology and clinical research have contributed in preparing the chapters, with the main purpose of guiding clinicians in the optimal application of the present knowledge and to stimulate scientists to fill the gaps in knowledge by performing further research. The book is addressed not only to specialists in Hypertension, Internal Medicine, Cardiology, Metabolism, and Nephrology, but also to general practitioners and all healthcare professionals working in the field of rehabilitation medicine.
Contents:
Haemodynamics of Exercise Testing and Sports Activities
Effect of Physical Activity on Blood Pressure and Prevention of Hypertension
Effect of Regular Exercise on Autonomic Nervous System Activity
Endothelial Function and Physical Exercise: A Key to Cardiovascular Protection?
Exercise and Microcirculation in Hypertension
Effect of Regular Physical Activity on Arterial Distensibility
Physiological Versus Pathological Left Ventricular Hypertrophy in the Hypertensive Athlete
Atrial Fibrillation and Sports: Still a Challenging Problem
Metabolic Syndrome: Effect of Physical Activity on Arterial Elasticity. - DigitalDiana Vaamonde, Stefan S du Plessis, Ashok Agarwal, editors.Contents:
Overview of the male reproductive system.- Overview of the female reproductive system.- Overview of Fertilization, Gestation and Parturition.- Conceptual and terminological foundations for the sciences of physical exercise: new perspectives.- Sports Physiology and Endocrinology (Endurance vs. Resistance Exercise).- General adaptations to exercise. Acute vs. chronic and strength vs. endurance training.- Impact of physical activity and exercise on male reproductive potential. Semen alterations.- Hormonal changes associated with physical activity and exercise training.- Common male reproductive tract pathologies associated with physical activity, exercise and sport.- Consequences of the Use of Anabolic Androgenic Steroids In Male Athletes' Fertility.- Impact of physical activity and exercise on female reproductive potential.- Hormonal and Reproductive Changes Associated with Physical Activity and Exercise.- Risk Biotypes and the Female Athlete Triad.- Consequences Of The Use Of Anabolic Androgenic Steroids On Female Athletes' Fertility.- Impact of intense physical activity on puberty and reproductive potential of young athletes.- Physical activity and pregnancy.- Impact of combined oral contraceptive use on exercise and health in female athletes.- Oxidative Stress and Infertility: a Possible Link to Exer cise.- Nutritional Deficiencies and Impairment of Fertility in Athletes
Recommendations and therapeutic guidelines for exercise-related reproductive disorders
Exercise strategies as therapeutic treatment for fertility disorders (obesity, PCOS, etc).Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalRita Santos-Rocha, editors.Summary: This is the second edition of a well-received, practice oriented, multidisciplinary book filling the gap between evidence-based knowledge on the benefits of physical activity and exercise during pregnancy and postpartum and the implementation of exercise programs and related health promotion measures in pregnant women. Readers will find up-to-date evidence on the psychological, social, physiological, body composition, musculoskeletal, and biomechanical changes that occur during pregnancy and their implications for physical activity and exercise. Further, the authors equip the reader with the latest guidelines and detailed description of exercise testing, prescription, selection and adaptation for pregnant and postpartum women, including those with clinical conditions. This new edition has been thoroughly updated, and includes additional chapters focused on the pedagogical intervention in pre and postnatal exercise programs, exercise prescription and adaptation during postpartum and diet recommendations for the pregnant exerciser and athlete. Written by recognized experts in the field, the book aims to allay undue fears regarding the consequences of exercising during pregnancy. Moreover, it provides medical, sports, and fitness professionals both with the knowledge and the practical expertise needed to offer an optimal guidance on exercising to pregnant exercisers and athletes. .
Contents:
1. Physical Activity, Exercise and Health Promotion for the Pregnant Exerciser
2. Psychological, Social and Behavioural Changes during Pregnancy. Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise
3. Physiological Changes during Pregnancy. Main Adaptations and Discomforts and Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise
4. Body Composition Changes during Pregnancy and Effects of Physical Exercise
5. Biomechanical Adaptations of Gait in Pregnancy. Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise
6. Specific Musculoskeletal Adaptations in Pregnancy: pelvic floor, abdominal muscles, pelvic girdle, and lower back. Implications for physical activity and exercise
7. Evidence-Based and Practice-Oriented Guidelines for Exercising during Pregnancy
8. Exercise Testing and Prescription in pregnancy
9. Exercise Selection and Adaptations during Pregnancy
10. Exercise prescription and adaptations in early postpartum. 11.Strengthening competences of future healthcare professionals to promote physical activity during pregnancy and post-partum
12. Therapeutic Exercise regarding Musculoskeletal Health of the Pregnant Exerciser and Athlete
13. Nutritional and energy Requirements for the Pregnant Exerciser and Athlete
14. Diet Recommendations for the Pregnant Exerciser and Athlete
(new chapters, not included in the first edition, are highlighted in bold). - DigitalJoost Dekker, editor.Summary: Osteoarthritis (OA) is among the top 10 of most disabling diseases in the Western world. It is the major cause of pain and disability among the elderly. This book provides a contextual review of recent research on neuromuscular factors and behavioral risk factors for functional decline in OA, with a special emphasis on explanatory mechanisms. In addition, the book discusses innovative approaches to exercise and physical activity in OA, derived from research on behavioral and neuromuscular risk factors for functional decline in OA. Recent research has shown that neuromuscular factors (such as muscle strength, joint laxity) and behavioral factors (such as avoidance of activity, depressed mood) predict pain and disability in OA. Furthermore, exercise and physical activity are among the dominant interventions aiming at reducing pain and disability, and innovative interventions targeting neuromuscular and behavioral interventions have been recently developed. This research has been published as separate papers, with the result that the field is in need of an integrative contextual review that puts the research into theoretical perspective.
Contents:
1. Introduction
Part I. Osteoarthritis of the knee or hip
2. Epidemiology, pathogenesis, and clinical aspects
3. Therapeutic options
Part II. Functional decline
4. Risk factors for functional decline
5. Neuromuscular mechanisms explaining functional decline
6. Behavioral mechanisms explaining functional decline
Part III. Exercise therapy
7.Regular exercise therapy
8. Exercise aiming at neuromuscular mechanisms
9. Exercise aiming at behavioral mechanisms
10. Comorbidity, overweight, and exercise
11. Concluding remarks. - DigitalRita Santos-Rocha, editor.Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents;
1: Physical Activity, Exercise, and Health Promotion for the Pregnant Exerciser and the Pregnant Athlete; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Education for Health and Lifestyle During Pregnancy; 1.2.1 Pregnancy as an Opportunity to Promote Health; 1.2.2 Preparing for Childbirth and Parenting; 1.2.3 Health and Lifestyle Promotion; 1.3 Public Health and Physical Activity During Pregnancy; 1.3.1 Impact of Maternal Physical Activity on Chronic Disease Risk; 1.3.2 Impact of Maternal Physical Activity on Offspring Health 1.4 Correlates of Physical Activity Among Pregnant Women1.4.1 Identifying Physically Active Pregnant Women; 1.4.2 Identifying Physically Inactive Women; 1.5 Physical Activity Patterns Among Pregnant Women; 1.6 Further Research; References;
2: Psychological, Social and Behaviour Changes During Pregnancy: Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise; 2.1 Psychological and Social Changes During Pregnancy; 2.1.1 Identity; 2.1.2 Loss of Control; 2.1.3 Cognitive Function; 2.1.4 Behaviour Changes 2.2 The Influence of Physical Activity and Exercise on Psychological Well-Being During Pregnancy2.2.1 Depressive Symptoms; 2.2.2 Anxiety Symptoms; 2.2.3 Sleep; 2.2.4 Summary; 2.3 Psychosocial Barriers and Facilitators to Being Active During Pregnancy; 2.3.1 Individual Factors; 2.3.2 Physical Symptoms; 2.3.2.1 Fatigue; 2.3.2.2 Nausea; 2.3.2.3 Discomfort, Physical Limitations and High-Risk Pregnancies; 2.3.2.4 Lack of Time; 2.3.2.5 Motivation; 2.3.2.6 Beliefs; 2.3.3 Social Factors; 2.3.3.1 Social Norms; 2.3.3.2 Healthcare Professional Advice; 2.3.3.3 Social Support 2.3.4 Physical Environmental Factors2.3.4.1 Transport; 2.3.4.2 Access to Facilities; 2.3.5 Summary; 2.4 Behaviour Change Strategies; 2.4.1 Systematic Reviews; 2.4.2 Walking Interventions; 2.4.3 Supervised Individual or Group Exercise; 2.4.4 Information and Behavioural Counselling; 2.4.5 Combined Interventions; 2.4.6 Summary; 2.5 Using Theory to Support Physical Activity in Pregnancy; 2.5.1 The COM-B Model; 2.6 Conclusion; References;
3: Physiological Changes During Pregnancy: Main Adaptations, Discomforts, and Implications for Physical Activity and Exercise; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Cardiovascular Changes3.2.1 Implications of Exercise During Pregnancy on the Maternal Heart; 3.2.2 Maternal Cardiovascular Response to Exercise; 3.2.3 Maternal Cardiovascular Adaptations to Exercise; 3.3 Hematological Changes; 3.4 Respiratory Changes; 3.5 Metabolic Changes; 3.6 Locomotor Changes; References;
4: Body Composition Changes During Pregnancy and Effects of Physical Exercise; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Body Composition Overview; 4.2.1 Body Composition Levels; 4.2.2 Fat and Adipose Tissue; 4.2.3 Fat Depots and Adipose Tissue LocationDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalAnnalisa Cogo, Matteo Bonini, Paolo Onorati, editors.Summary: This book provides an innovative and comprehensive overview of the relationship between lung and exercise, both in healthy, active subjects and in subjects with chronic respiratory diseases. It investigates in detail the central role of the lungs during exercise and illustrates the impact of respiratory impairment due to both acute and chronic lung diseases on performance. Further, the book presents the latest evidence-based findings, which confirm that exercise is an effective and safe form of prevention and rehabilitation in respiratory diseases. The first section describes the changes in the respiratory system during exercise and the contribution of respiration to exercise, while readers will learn how to perform a respiratory assessment in the second section. The third section addresses a broad range of chronic respiratory diseases and the (in)ability of those affected to play sports and perform exercise, thus providing a basis for individual assessments. The last two sections focus on respiratory training, rehabilitation and the relationship between respiration and the environment, e.g. in high-altitude and underwater sports. The book will appeal to a wide readership, including pulmonologists, sport medicine physicians, physiotherapists and trainers, as well as instructors and students in exercise science.
- Digitaledited by Brendon Stubbs, Simon Rosenbaum.Summary: Exercise-Based Interventions for People with Mental Illness: A Clinical Guide to Physical Activity as Part of Treatment provides clinicians with detailed, practical strategies for developing, implementing and evaluating physical activity-based interventions for people with mental illness. The book covers exercise strategies specifically tailored for common mental illnesses, such as depression, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and more. Each chapter presents an overview of the basic psychopathology of each illness, a justification and rationale for using a physical activity intervention, an overview of the evidence base, and clear and concise instructions on practical implementation. In addition, the book covers the use of mobile technology to increase physical activity in people with mental illness, discusses exercise programming for inpatients, and presents behavioral and psychological approaches to maximize exercise interventions. Final sections provide practical strategies to both implement and evaluate physical activity interventions.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalJunjie Xiao, editor.Digital Access
- DigitalKathryn H, Schmitz, editor.Summary: This groundbreaking book presents a unique and practical approach to the evolving field of exercise oncology - the study of physical activity in the context of cancer prevention and control. Presenting the current state of the art, the book is sensibly divided into four thematic sections. Following an opening chapter presenting an overview and timeline of exercise oncology, the chapters comprising part I discuss primary cancer prevention, physical activity and survivorship, and the mechanisms by which these operate. Diagnosis and treatment considerations are discussed in part II, including prehabilitation, exercise during surgical recovery, infusion and radiation therapies, and treatment efficacy. Post-treatment and end-of-life care are covered in part III, including cardio-oncology, energetics and palliative care. Part IV presents behavioral, logistical and policy-making considerations, highlighting a multidisciplinary approach to exercise oncology as well as practical matters such as reimbursement and economics. Written and edited by experts in the field, Exercise Oncology will be a go-to practical resource for sports medicine clinicians, family and primary care physicians, oncologists, physical therapy and rehabilitation specialists, and all medical professionals who treat cancer patients.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Exercise Oncology: Past and Present
Part 1
Physical Activity and Cancer Prevention
Chapter 2. Primary Prevention
Chapter 3. Physical Activity and Cancer Survival
Chapter 4. Mechanisms of Exercise in Cancer Prevention, Treatment and Survivorship
Part 2
From Diagnosis through Treatment
Chapter 5. Exercise Oncology from Diagnosis through Treatment: An Overview of Outcomes and Considerations
Chapter 6. Prehabilitation: An Emerging Standard in Exercise Oncology
Chapter 7. Exercise during Surgical Recovery
Chapter 8. Exercise during Infusion Therapy
Chapter 9. Exercise During Radiation Therapy
Chapter 10. Effects of Exercise on Cancer Treatment Completion and Efficacy
Part 3
Post-treatment to End of Life
Chapter 11. Exercise Oncology from Post-Treatment to End of Life: An Overview of Outcomes and Considerations
Chapter 12. Exercise during Immediate Post-treatment
Chapter 13. Long-term and Late Effects of Cancer Treatments on Prescribing Physical Activity
Chapter 14. Exercise and Cardio-Oncology
Chapter 15. Energetics and Cancer Outcomes
Chapter 16. Exercise for Advanced Cancers, Metastatic Disease and Palliative Care
Part 4
Behavior, logistics, and policy
Chapter 17. Cancer Survivors Becoming and Staying Physically Active: Challenges of Behavior Change
Chapter 18. Making Exercise Standard in Cancer Care
Chapter 19. Viewing Exercise Oncology through the Lens of Multidisciplinarity
Chapter 20. Policy and Reimbursement Considerations for Exercise Programming in Cancer
Chapter 21. Shaping the Future of Exercise Oncology. - DigitalScott K. Powers, University of Florida, Edward T. Howley, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, John Quindry, University of Montana.Summary: "The eleventh edition of this book has undergone major revisions. Identical to all previous editions, this edition of Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to Fitness and Performance is intended for students interested in exercise physiology, medicine, clinical exercise physiology, exercise science, human performance, physical therapy, and physical education. The objective of this text is to provide the student with an up-to-date understanding of the physiology of exercise. Moreover, the book contains numerous clinical applications including a discussion of the benefits of exercise for multiple sclerosis patients and the latest information on sports-related brain injuries. This book is intended for a one-semester, upper-level undergraduate or beginning graduate exercise physiology course. Clearly, the text contains more material than can be covered in a single 15-week semester. This is by design. The book was written to be comprehensive and afford instructors the freedom to select the material that they consider to be the most important for their course. Furthermore, if desired, the book could be used in a two-semester sequence of exercise physiology courses (e.g., Exercise Physiology I and II) to cover the entire 25 chapters contained in the text"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section 1: Physiology of exercise
Chapter 1: Common measurements in exercise physiology
Chapter 2: Control of the internal environment
Chapter 3: Bioenergetics
Chapter 4: Exercise metabolism
Chapter 5: Cell signaling and the hormonal responses to exercise
Chapter 6: Exercise and the immune system
Chapter 7: The nervous system, structure and control of movement
Chapter 8: Skeletal muscle: structure and function
Chapter 9: Circulatory responses
Chapter 10: Respiration during exercise
Chapter 11: Acid-base balance during exercise
Chapter 12: Temperature regulation
Chapter 13: The physiology of training effects of aerobic and anaerobic training
Chapter 14: The physiology of resistance training
Section 2: Physiology of health and fitness
Chapter 15: Preventing chronic disease : physical activity and healthy eating
Chapter 16: Exercise prescriptions for health and fitness
Chapter 17: Exercise for special populations
Chapter 18: Nutrition, body composition and weight management
Section 3: Physiology of performance
Chapter 19: Factors affecting performance
Chapter 20: Training for performance
Chapter 21: Training for the female athlete, children, special populations and the masters athlete
Chapter 22: Nutrition, body composition and performance
Chapter 23: Exercise and the environment
Chapter 24: Ergogenic aids.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021 - Digitaleditors, Jonathan Rhodes, Mark E. Alexander and Alexander R. Opotowsky.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of exercise physiology in patients with congenital heart disease and other pediatric cardiopulmonary disorders. It begins with an in-depth but pragmatic discussion of exercise physiology and the cardiopulmonary adaptations to physical activity, followed by a review of the conduct and interpretation of cardiopulmonary exercise tests. Subsequent chapters discuss exercise physiology and testing in patients with a variety of congenital heart diseases, including tetralogy of Fallot, Fontan physiology, transposition of the great arteries, aortic valve disease, and coarctation of the aorta. Additional chapters analyze other conditions commonly encountered by pediatric and congenital cardiologists such as pulmonary vascular disease, cardiomyopathies, heart transplants, and metabolic disorders. The book also examines the role of exercise testing in patients with electrophysiologic issues such as Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome, long QT syndrome, atrioventricular node dysfunction, and pacemakers. The presentations are enhanced by data from Boston Childrens Hospitals vast experience with clinical exercise testing. The textbook concludes with a series of interesting and illustrative cases that build on the earlier chapters, present some fascinating physiology, and provide real-world examples of how exercise testing can inform clinical decision making. Exercise Physiology for the Pediatric and Congenital Cardiologist is a detailed, practical reference for clinicians and other health care providers engaged in exercise testing for children and adults with congenital heart disease and other conditions that may be encountered by the pediatric and congenital cardiologist. It is an essential resource for physicians, medical students, and exercise physiologists as well as researchers in cardiology, pediatrics, and cardiopulmonary fitness.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Rhodes' Postulates and the Reasons Why Pediatric and Congenital Cardiologists Should Study Exercise Physiology; Clinical Value of Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing in Patients with CHD and Other Disorders; Contents; Contributors; Part I: The Normal Cardiopulmonary Response to Exercise;
1: Biochemistry of Exercise; Suggested Readings;
2: Oxygen Delivery; Heart Rate; Stroke Volume; Oxygen Extraction; Kinetics of Oxygen Delivery and Oxygen Debt; References;
3: Central Hemodynamics and Coronary Blood Flow During Exercise; References;
4: CO2 Elimination (V̇CO2); Tidal Volume Respiratory RateVD/VT Ratio; Anaerobic Threshold: Implications for CO2 Elimination (and Oxygen Delivery); References; Part II: Conduct of the Cardiopulmonary Exercise Test;
5: Laboratory Setup, Equipment, and Protocols; Environment; Equipment; Protocols; The 6-Minute Walk Test (6MWT); Exercise Testing with Electrocardiographic Monitoring; Cardiopulmonary Exercise Testing (CPET); Other Protocols; References;
6: Exercise Stress Echocardiography; Background; Assessment of Myocardial Ischemia; Assessment of Patients with Known or Suspected Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Assessment of Patients with Known or Suspected Pulmonary HypertensionConclusions; References;
7: Other Modalities: Assessment of Pulmonary Response and Measurement of Cardiac Output; Exercise Flow-Volume Loops; Measurement of Cardiac Output; Noninvasive Measurement of Cardiac Output: Inert Gas Rebreathing; Invasive Measurements of Cardiac Output; Blood Sampling During Exercise; Exercise Oscillatory Ventilation; References;
8: Supervision and Safety Precautions for Exercise Testing; References;
9: Special Considerations for Children; Introduction; Pediatric Patients and Their Families Test EquipmentImaging Studies; Conclusion; References;
10: Special Considerations for Adults with Congenital Heart Disease; Introduction; Comorbidities; Exercise Testing; Conclusion; Reference; Part III: Interpretation of the Cardiopulmonary Exercise Test;
11: Peak Exercise Parameters; Peak V̇O2; Peak Work Rate and Endurance Time; Heart Rate; The Oxygen Pulse (O2P); Respiratory Exchange Ratio (RER); Blood Pressure; Arterial O2 Saturation; Respiratory Measurements; References;
12: Parameters from Submaximal Exercise; Ventilatory Anaerobic Threshold (VAT); V̇E/V̇CO2 Slope; End-Tidal pCO2 - DigitalKazumi Kawahira, Megumi Shimodozono, Tomokazu Noma, editors.Summary: This book introduces an innovative, efficient, and patient-friendly neural net constructive therapy for patients with mild to severe hemiplegia, not only in the recovery phase but also in acute and chronic phases. The explanations are supported by extensive photographs of each position and a set of 72 video clips to help readers follow and reproduce the techniques. This book explains the theory of Repetitive Facilitative Exercise (RFE), which is a combination of repetitive volitional flexion and extension movements from neurofacilitation approaches. This exercise is aimed at achieving the intended movements and lessening synergistic movement patterns by reconstructing and strengthening the neuropathways of the injured nerve tract. Instead of interpreting disorders based on reflex theory and constructing treatment methods, the new approach considers scientific treatment methods that emphasize the formation of neural pathways by improving synapse formation and transmission efficiency based on functional localization, central programs, and neural nets. Chapters provide a basic theory of RFE, offering the underlying mechanisms of nerve tract formation/strengthening, such as functional localization, voluntary movement, plasticity, and neural lateral sprouting, giving readers a comprehensive understanding of the prompt and repetitive therapy. This is followed by an exposition of practice and techniques, planning of treatment programs, and facilitation techniques for voluntary movements of the upper limb, individual fingers, and lower limb. Finally, the book introduces RFE to facilitate and enhance motor skills in walking and other functions. Exercise Therapy for Recovery from Hemiplegia - Theory and Practice of Repetitive Facilitative Exercise will provide rehabilitation therapists, physiotherapists, occupational therapists, and medical doctors a refreshing alternative theory and practice to current approaches. Neuroscience researchers, stroke patients, and their families would find this book informative. .
Contents:
Part I: Basics
Chapter 1. Theory of Repetitive Facilitative Exercise
Part II: Practice
Chapter 2. Principles and Basic Techniques for Repetitive Facilitative Exercise
Chapter 3. Planning Treatment Program
Chapter 4. Repetitive Facilitative Exercise for the Upper Limb
Chapter 5. Repetitive Facilitative Exercise for the Lower Limb
Chapter 6. Walking Training to Stimulate the Function of the Affected Lower Limb
Chapter 7. Basic Natural Movements (Rolling Over, Sitting Up, Standing Up, and Sitting Down from a Standing Position). - DigitalWilliam M. Adams, John F. Jardine, editors.Summary: This authoritative work provides clinicians, scientists and students with a comprehensive overview of exertional heat illness. Specifically, it addresses the prevention, recognition, treatment, and care of the various medical conditions that fall within the realm of exertional heat illness. In doing so, the book also offers a setting-specific (that is, athletics, military, occupational, and road race medicine) discussion of exertional heat illness for the consideration of the varied medical providers working in these settings. Clinicians will benefit from the discussion of the evidence-based best-practice considerations that should be made in the management of exertional heat illness. Scientists will benefit from this text in that it will provide them with a review of the current scientific evidence related to exertional heat illness and the translation of evidence to clinical practice - while also discussing directions for future research. Finally, students -- primarily postgraduate students interested in developing a line of research related to exertional heat illness -- will find this title an indispensable text to familiarize themselves with this fascinating field of study. A major contribution to the literature, Exertional Heat Illness: A Clinical and Evidence-Based Guide will be of significant interest to clinicians and scientists at all levels of training and experience, especially professionals in athletic training, emergency medical services, emergency room care, sports medicine and primary care.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Overview of Exertional Heat Illness
Chapter 2: Physiological Response to Heat Stress
Chapter 3: Predisposing Factors for Exertional Heat Illness
Chapter 4: Exertional Heat Stroke
Chapter 5: Heat Exhaustion
Chapter 6: Exercise-Associated Muscle Cramps
Chapter 7: Minor Heat Illnesses
Chapter 8: Molecular Aspects of Thermal Tolerance and Exertional Heat Illness Susceptibility
Chapter 9: Management of Exertional Heat Stroke in Athletics: Interdisciplinary Medical Care
Chapter 10: Exertional Heat Illness Considerations in the Military
Chapter 11: Considerations for Road Race Medical Staff
Chapter 12: Climate Change and Heat Exposure: Impact on Health in Occupational and General Populations.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalGuilherme Messas.Summary: This book contributes to one of the most challenging areas of mental health: substance misuse. Its focus is on the psychopathological experiences associated with it: both the consequences of substance misuse and the existential vulnerabilities that lead to it, even if such a clear-cut distinction is rarely possible. The work brings an innovative perspective to the issue, as it draws on two scientific fields whose association has not yet been fully explored: phenomenological psychopathology and substance misuse studies. The association of these two perspectives could build a greater understanding of this important topic and be of practical help to a wide array of professionals in their clinical practice. The structure of the book is inspired by this overall perspective. Its division into three parts is designed to introduce the reader, in a stepwise manner, to the complexities of the theme, based on the latest advances in the specific literature. The broad objective of this work is therefore to offer a useful instrument for mental health clinicians, psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses, undergraduate students of these disciplines, and all substance abuse workers.
- Digitaledited by Andrei I. Ivanov.Contents:
Pharmacological inhibitors of exocytosis and endocytosis: novel bullets for old targets
Systematic analysis of endocytosis by cellular perturbations
Real-time detection of SNARE complex assembly with FRET using the tetracysteine system
Profiling lysine ubiquitination by selective enrichment of ubiquitin remnant-containing peptides
Secretion of circular proteins using sortase
Fractionation of subcellular membrane vesicles of epithelial and non-epithelial cells by OptiPrep density gradient ultracentrifugation
Combining pulsed SILAC labeling and click-chemistry for quantitative secretome analysis
Probabilistic density maps to study the spatial organization of endocytosis
Use of Kaede and Kikume green-red fusions for live cell imaging of g protein-coupled receptors
HaloTag as a tool to investigate peroxisome dynamics in cultured mammalian cells
SNAP-tag to monitor trafficking of membrane proteins in polarized epithelial cells
FlAsh-palm: Super-resolution pointillist imaging with FlAsh-tetracysteine labeling
Analysis of protein dynamics with tandem fluorescent protein timers
Synchronization of secretory cargos trafficking in populations of cells
Use of transmembrane fret to investigate the internalization of glycosylated proteins
A method to rapidly induce organelle-specific molecular activities and membrane tethering
A novel pair of split Venus fragments to detect protein-protein interactions by in vitro and in vivo bimolecular fluorescence complementation assays
Real-time investigation of plasma membrane deformation and fusion pore expansion using polarized total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy
Nanocones to study initial steps of endocytosis
A novel permeabilization protocol to obtain intracellular 3d immunolabeling for electron tomography
VIS2FIX: Rapid chemical fixation of vitreous sections for immuno-electron microscopy
Chemical genomics: Characterizing target pathways for bioactive compounds using the endomembrane trafficking network
Application of RNAi technology and fluorescent protein markers to study membrane traffic in c. Elegans
Visualization of clathrin-mediated endocytosis in live drosophila egg chambers
A novel extraction protocol to probe the role of cholesterol in synaptic vesicle recycling
Microfluidic devices for imaging trafficking events in vivo using genetic model organisms
The "in situ" proximity ligation assay to probe protein-protein interactions in intact tissues
Probing the role of the actin cytoskeleton during regulated exocytosis by intravital microscopy
Measurement of dynamic F-actin changes during exocytosis. - Digitaledited by Peter Thorn, School of Biomedical Sciences, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, QLD, Australia.Contents:
Part I. Techniques in the Measurement of Exocytosis
Solution Single-Vesicle Fusion Assay by Single-Molecule Alternating-Laser Excitation / Jae-Yeol Kim, Bong-Kyu Choi, Yeon-Kyun Shin, and Nam Ki Lee
Imaging the Stages of Exocytosis in Epithelial Type II Pneumocytes / Thomas Haller and Paul Dietl
Carbon-Fiber Amperometry in the Study of Exocytosis / Michael D. Duffield, Ravinarayan Raghupathi, and Damien J. Keating
Imaging of Insulin Exocytosis from Pancreatic Beta Cells / Mica Ohara-Imaizumi, Kyota Aoyagi, and Shinya Nagamatsu
Functional, Quantitative, and Super-Resolution Imaging and Spectroscopic Approaches for Studying Exocytosis / Rory R. Duncan and Colin Rickman
Electrophysiologic Measurements of Membrane Capacitance in Hormone-Secreting Cells / Boštjan Rituper and Robert Zorec. Part II. Model Systems for the Study of Exocytosis
Measuring Exocytosis in Endocrine Tissue Slices / Maša Skelin Klemen, Jurij Dolenšek, Andraž Stožer, and Marjan Slak Rupnik
Intravital Microscopy and Its Application to Study Regulated Exocytosis in the Exocrine Glands of Live Rodents / Oleg Milberg, Natalie Porat-Shliom, Muhibullah Tora, Laura Parente, Andrius Masedunskas, and Roberto Weigert
Rapid Analysis of Synaptic Vesicle Endocytosis in Synaptosomes / James A. Daniel and Phillip J. Robinson
Isolated Neurohypophysial Terminals: Model for Depolarization-Secretion Coupling / José R. Lemos, James McNally, Edward Custer, Adolfo Cuadra, Hector Marrero, and Dixon Woodbury
The Sea Urchin Egg and Cortical Vesicles as Model Systems to Dissect the Fast, Ca²-Triggered Steps of Regulated Exocytosis / Prabhodh S. Abbineni, Elise P. Wright, Tatiana P. Rogasevskaia, Murray C. Killingsworth, Chandra S. Malladi, and Jens R. Coorssen. - Digitaledited by Armando DeVirgilio, Giuseppe Spriano.Contents:
Exoscopic technology
Educational role and preclinical application of exoscope-assisted surgery
Exoscope-assisted microlaryngeal surgery
Exoscope-assisted laser laryngeal surgery
Exoscope-assisted submandibular salivary stones surgery
Exoscope-assisted oropharyngeal surgery
Exoscope-assisted middle ear surgery
Exoscopic surgery of lateral skull base
The application of the exoscope in lacrimal surgery
3D exoscopic parotidectomy
Exoscope-assisted thyroid surgery
Exoscope application in free flap head and neck reconstruction.Digital Access - DigitalKarl L. Mettinger, Pranela Rameshwar, Vinod Kumar, editors.Summary: "This volume provides insight into the pivotal roles of stem cells, exosomes and other microvesicles in biofunction and molecular mechanisms and their therapeutic potential in translational nanomedicine. It further highlights evidence from recent studies as to how stem cell derived exosomes and microRNAs may restore and maintain tissue homeostasis, enable cells to recover critical cellular functions and begin repair regeneration. These early studies in animal models of aging also show evidence of improved immune, cardiovascular and cognitive functions as well as improved health span and life span. The use of exosomes from body fluids to define specific biomarkers for various tumors may also clear the path to patient-targeted treatments by developing exosome-derived microRNA based cancer therapeutics. It is essential reading for graduate students, research fellow and biomedical researchers in academia or the pharmaceutical or biotech industries"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Part I. A new stem cell biology: transplantation and baseline, cell cycle and exosomes / Peter Quesenberry, Laura R. Goldberg
The emerging roles of microRNAs in stem cell aging / Catharine Dietrich, Manish Singh, Nishant Kumar, Shree Ram Singh
Part II. Treating age-related diseases with somatic stem cells / Robert W. Brooks, Paul D. Robbins
Targeting miRNA for therapy of juvenile and adult diabetic cardiomyopathy / Shyam Sundar Nandi, Paras Kumar Mishra
Stem cell therapies for neurodegenerative diseases / Kiminobu Sugaya, Manjusha Vaidya
Part III. MicroRNAs, regulatory messengers inside and outside cancer cells / Simone Anfossi, Xiao Fu, Rahul Nagvekar, George A. Calin
Exosomes function in tumor immune microenvironment / Yin Huang, Keli Liu, Qing Li, Yikun Yao, Ying Wang
EV, microvesicles/microRNAs and stem cells in cancer / Jacob A. Tickner, Derek J. Richard, Kenneth J. O'Byrne
Human aging and cancer: role of miRNA in tumor microenvironment / Oleta A. Sandiford [and others]. - DigitalJunjie Xiao, Sanda Cretoiu, editors.Summary: The book provides and intensive overview on exosomes in cardiovascular diseases, its potential as biomarkers, as well as pathological and therapeutic effects. It firstly describes the general aspects of exosomes including the definition, formation and secretion of exosomes and highlight their roles as biomarkers and pathological and therapeutic effects in cardiovascular diseases as well. Secondly, basic aspects of exosomes including the purification methods of exosomes, exosomes content, and functional roles of the cardiovascular exosomes are summarized. Thirdly, exosomes as biomarkers of cardiovascular diseases are overviewed including their roles in diagnosis, prognosis and reaction to therapy. Fourthly, pathological effects of exosomes and therapeutic effects of exosomes are highlighted. Finally, future prospects of exosomes in cardiovascular research would be provided. This is an essential reference for researchers working in cell biology and regeneration, as well as clinicians such as cardiologist"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
The multifaceted functions of exosomes in health and disease: an overview / Claudia Arenaccio, Maurizio Federico
Basic aspects of exosomes. Exosomes: nanocarriers of biological messages / Alice Conigliaro, Simona Fontana, Stefania Raimondo, Riccardo Alessandro
Functional role of cardiovascular exosomes in myocardial injury and atherosclerosis / Maarten Vanhaverbeke, Diane Gal, Paul Holvoet
Exosomes as biomarkers of cardiovascular diseases. Exosomes as diagnostic biomarkers in cardiovascular diseases / Felix Jansen, Qian Li
Exosomes-based biomarkers for the prognosis of cardiovascular diseases / Yihua Bei, Pujiao Yu, Dragos Cretoiu, Sanda Maria Cretoiu, Junjie Xiao
Pathological effects of exosomes. Exosomes as new intercellular mediators in development and therapeutics of cardiomyocyte hypertrophy / Qi Huang, Benzhi Cai
Dual behavior of exosomes in septic cardiomyopathy / Valter Vin̕cius Silva Monteiro, Jordano Ferreira Reis, Rafaelli de Souza Gomes [and others]
Pathological effects of exosomes in mediating diabetic cardiomyopathy / Esam S. B. Salem, Guo-Chang Fan
Peripartum cardiomyopathy: do exosomes play a role? / Huanyu Gu, Qiying Dai, Zhuyuan Liu, Hongbao Wang, Jianhua Yao, Lei Zhou
Vascular calcification regulation by exosomes in the vascular wall / Marcel Liberman, Luciana Cavalheiro Marti --Therapeutic effects of exosomes. Cardioprotective effects of exosomes and their potential therapeutic use / Shengguang Ding, Jingying Zhang, Qiying Dai, Mengfei Zhao, Haitao Huang, Yiming Xu [and others]
Therapeutic effects of mesenchymal stem cell-derived exosomes in cardiovascular disease / Etsu Suzuki, Daishi Fujita, Masao Takahashi, Shigeyoshi Oba [and others]
Exosomes derived from embryonic stem cells as potential treatment for cardiovascular diseases / Yao-Hua Song, Lianbo Shao, Yu Zhang, Jin Zhou, Bin Liu, Xiangbin Pan, Yong-jian Geng [and others]
Cardiac progenitor-cell derived exosomes as cell-free therapeutic for cardiac repair / E. A. Mol, M. J. Goumans, J. P. G. Sluijter
Therapeutic potential of hematopoietic stem cell-derived exosomes in cardiovascular disease / Jana Radosinska, Monika Bartekova
Cardiac telocyte-derived exosomes and their possible implications in cardiovascular pathophysiology / Mirca Marini, Lidia Ibba-Manneschi, Mirko Manetti
Circulating exosomes in cardiovascular diseases / Yihua Bei, Ting Chen, Daniel Dumitru Banciu, Dragos Cretoiu, Junjie Xiao
Therapeutic effects of ischemic-preconditioned exosomes in cardiovascular diseases / Shengguang Ding, Zhiqing Fan, Che Lin, Qiying Dai, Jinzhe Zhou, Haitao Huang, Yiming Xu [and others]
Future prospects. Exosomes: outlook for future cell-free cardiovascular disease therapy / Bahar Barani, Sheeja Rajasingh, Johnson Rajasingh.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaleditor, James W. Carpenter, MS, DVM, Diplomate ACZM, Professor, Zoological Medicine, Department of Clinical Sciences, College of Veterinary Medicine, Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas ; assistant editor, Christopher J. Marion, DVM, MPH, Marion Veterinary Consulting, Manhattan, Kansas.Contents:
Invertebrates
Fish
Amphibians
Reptiles
Birds
Backyard Poultry and Waterfowl
Sugar Gliders
Hedgehogs
Rodents
Rabbits
Ferrets
Minature Pigs
Primates
Wildlife
Select topics for the exotic animal veterinarian.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalTauqeer Hussain Mallhi, Yusra Habib Khan, Azreen Syazril Adnan, Nida Tanveer, Raja Ahsan Aftab.Summary: The book discusses all aspects of expanded dengue syndrome (EDS), an emerging entity of dengue infection, and serves as definitive source of information for health care professionals. With each chapter focusing on a different type of EDS, the book covers the definition, concept, prevalence, pathophysiology, management, complications and outcomes of the condition. It also highlights the impact of the disease on healthcare. Further, based on both basic and the latest, cutting-edge research, it examines treatments, algorithms, standard treatment guidelines and the pharmacotherapy of EDS. EDS is referred to as atypical/unusual manifestations of the dengue infections, also termed as isolated organopathies, including hepatic, renal, cardiac, respiratory and neurological involvements that could be explained as a result of severe, profound shock or associated with underlying host conditions or co-infections. Raising awareness of this neglected and little-known complication of dengue infection, the book serves as an educational and teaching aid and useful resource for upper-undergraduate students. It also provides up-to-date reference material for researchers in academia and corporations as well as for clinicians wanting to improve the management of EDS during dengue outbreaks.
Contents:
Classification and symptomology of dengue viral infection
Expanded dengue syndrome
Gastro-hepatic complications in dengue
Renal complications in dengue
Cardiac complications in dengue
Respiratory complications in dengue
Neurological complications in dengue
Musculoskeletal complications in dengue
Lymphoreticular complications in dengue
Miscellaneous complications in dengue
Recommendations for managing expanded dengue syndrome. - Digitalvolume editor, Claudio Ronco.Contents:
Expanded hemodialysis : a new concept therapy / X. Yu
Middle-molecule uremic toxins and outcomes in chronic kidney disease / Z.A. Massy, S. Liabeuf
Uremia retention molecules and clinical outcomes / F. Carvalho Barreto, D. Veit Barreto, M.E.F. Canziani
End-stage renal disease, inflammation, and cardiovascular outcomes / L. Dai, E. Golembiewska, B. Lindholm, P. Stenvinkel
The cardiovascular burden in end-stage renal disease / M. Cozzolino, A. Galassi, F. Pivari, P. Ciceri, F. Conte
Inflammation and protein-energy wasting in the uremic milieu / M. Jankowska, G. Cobo, B. Lindholm, P. Stenvinkel
Inflammation : a key contributor to the genesis and progression of chronic kidney disease / Q. Qian
Solute transport in hemodialysis : advances and limitations of current membrane technology / W.R. Clark, D. Gao, M. Neri, C. Ronco
Membrane innovation in dialysis / A. Boschetti-de-Fierro, W. Beck, H. Hildwein, B. Krause, M. Storr, C. Zweigart
Multidimensional classification of dialysis membranes / C. Ronco, M. Neri, A. Lorenzin, F. Garzotto, W.R. Clark. Modeling of internal filtration in TheraNova hemodialyzers / A. Lorenzin, M. Neri, W.R. Clark, F. Garzotto, A. Brendolan, F. Nalesso, N. Marchionna, M. Zanella, M. Sartori, G.B. Fiore, C. Ronco
The rational for extended haemodialysis therapy (HDx) / C.A. Hutchison, M. Wolley
Expanded hemodialysis therapy : prescription and delivery / N. Heyne
Effects of hemodialysis therapy using dialyzers with medium cut-off membranes on middle molecules molecules / A.H. Kirsch, A.R. Rosenkranz, R. Lyko, D.H. Krieter
The place of large pore membranes in the treatment portfolio of patients on hemodialysis / W. Van Biesen, R. Vanholder, E. Schepers, G. Glorieux, A. Dhondt, S. Eloot
Large middle molecules and albumin removal : why should not we rest on our laurels? / N. Florens, L. Juillard
Effects of expanded hemodialysis therapy on clinical outcomes / S. Mitra, K. Kharbanda.Digital Access Karger 2017 - DigitalJaung-Geng Lin, editor.Summary: This book focuses on the use of acupuncture as a possible and alternative treatment in analgesia, drug addiction, depression, itchiness, peripheral nerve regeneration, stroke, diabetes, cognitive deficits and sleep regulation. Formal recognition by WHO and UNESCO concerning the use and efficacy of acupuncture science in modern medicine has encouraged high levels of investment and commitment to research and development activities into acupuncture science from several top-level health science research and treatment institutes in China Mainland, Taiwan, Japan, Korea, France and the USA. This book aims to provide direction and guidance on how the medical community can proceed with acupuncturology in modern medical treatment and precision medicine.
- DigitalExperimental design for laboratory biologists : maximising information and improving reproducibilityStanley E. Lazic.Summary: Specifically intended for lab-based biomedical researchers, this practical guide shows how to design experiments that are reproducible, with low bias, high precision, and widely applicable results. With specific examples from research using both cell cultures and model organisms, it explores key ideas in experimental design, assesses common designs, and shows how to plan a successful experiment. It demonstrates how to control biological and technical factors that can introduce bias or add noise, and covers rarely discussed topics such as graphical data exploration, choosing outcome variables, data quality control checks, and data pre-processing. It also shows how to use R for analysis, and is designed for those with no prior experience.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Key ideas in experimental design
3. Replication (what is'N'?)
4. Analysis of common designs
5. Planning for success
6. Exploratory data analysis.Digital Access Cambridge 2016 - DigitalJohn H. Challis.Summary: This is the first textbook to comprehensively cover the experimental methods used in biomechanics. Designed for graduate students and researchers studying human biomechanics at the whole-body level, the book introduces readers to the theory behind the primary data collection methods and primary methods of data processing and analysis used in biomechanics. Each individual chapter covers a different aspect of data collection or data processing, presenting an overview of the topic at hand and explaining the math required for understanding the topic. A series of appendices provide the specific math that is required for understanding the chapter contents. Each chapter leads readers through the techniques used for data collection and processing, providing sufficient theoretical background to understand both the how and why of these techniques. Chapters end with a set of review questions, and then a bibliography which is divided into three sections (cited references, specific references, and useful references). Provides a comprehensive and in depth presentation on methods in whole-body human biomechanics; First textbook to cover both collection and processing in a single volume; Appendices provide the math needed for the main chapters. .
Contents:
The Experimental Method
Experimental Tools
Signal Contents
Signal Processing
Electromyography
Motion Analysis
Force Plates and Related Technologies
Anthropometry
Kinematics
Inverse Dynamics and Energetics
Error Analysis
Scaling
Appendix A: Matrices
Appendix B: SI Units and Quantities Used In Biomechanics
Appendix C: Binary Math
Appendix D: Trigonometry
Appendix E: Logarithms
Appendix F: Numerical Data Differentiation
Appendix G: Data Sets for Testing Data Differentiation
Appendix H: Singular Value Decomposition
Appendix I: Ellipses
Appendix J: Calculus
Appendix K: Inertial Properties of Geometric Solids
Appendix L: Dot Product
Appendix M: Cardan and Euler Angles
Appendix N: Quaternions
Appendix O: Cross Product. - PrintJiménez Brundelet, Pablo.Contents: <br/
>1. Histological study in rats of the intra-pulmonary bronchial route of elimination. - DigitalAkshay Kumar Chakravarthy, Venkatesan Selvanarayanan, editors.Summary: The earliest land-plants evolved around 450 million years ago from aquatic plants devoid of vascular systems. The diversification of flowering plants (angiosperms) during the Cretaceous period is associated with speciation in insects. Early insect herbivores were mandibulate, but the evolution of vascular plants led to the co-evolution of other forms of herbivory, such as leaf feeding, sap-sucking, leaf mining, tissue borer, gall forming and nectar-feeding. Plant defense against biotic stress is an adaptive evolution by plants to increase their fitness. Plants use a variety of strategies to defend against damage caused by herbivores. Plant defense mechanisms are either inbuilt or induced. Inbuilt mechanisms are always present within the plant, while induced defenses are produced or mobilized to the site where a plant is injured. Induced defense mechanisms include morphological, physiological changes and production of secondary metabolites. Host plant resistance (HPR) is one of the eco-friendly methods of pest management. It protects the crop by making it less suitable or tolerant to the pest. While books on theoretical aspects of HPR are available, an exclusive book on the practical aspects is lacking. There is a wide gap between the theory and the experimental procedures required for conducting studies on plant resistance for the post graduate students and young researchers. A dire need for a book on practical aspects was strongly felt. Initially a practical manual was prepared which eventually evolved into the present book. We hope this book provides information on major aspects of screening crop germplasm, sampling techniques, genetic and biochemical basis of HPR, behavioural studies on pheromone and plant volatiles, and some of the recent approaches in HPR. Further, the references provide the scientific articles and books as additional information to readers and workers alike.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Editors and Contributors; Part I: Prerequisites for Host Plant Resistance Studies; Introduction; 1 Introduction; 2 Early Success; 3 Role in Pest Management; References; Further Reading; Germplasm Exploration and Collection; 1 Introduction; 2 Major Sources of Crop Germplasm; 2.1 Banana/Plantain, Musa spp.; 2.2 Barley, Hordeum vulgare; Oat, Avena sativa; and Rye, Secale cereale; 2.3 Bean, Phaseolus Species, and Cowpea, Vigna Species; 2.4 Capsicum; 2.5 Castor; 2.6 Cassava, Manihot esculenta 2.7 Chickpea, Cicer arietinum, and Lentil, Lens culinaris2.8 Citrus; 2.9 Coconut; 2.10 Cotton; 2.11 Maize; 2.12 Mango; 2.13 Peanut; 2.14 Peas, Pisum; 2.15 Potato; 2.16 Rice; 2.17 Sesame, Sesamum Species; 2.18 Sorghum, Sorghum Species; 2.19 Soybean, Glycine max; 2.20 Spices (Black Pepper, Cardamom); 2.21 Sugarcane, Saccharum Species; 2.22 Sunflower; 2.23 Sweet Potato, Ipomoea batatas; 2.24 Tomato, Lycopersicon Species; 2.25 Wheat, Triticum aestivum; References; Further Reading; Comparison of Germplasm Evaluation Parameters; 1 Introduction; References; Further Reading 3.3 Larval Rearing Containers3.4 Oviposition Chambers; 4 Diamondback Moth (DBM), Plutella xylostella; 4.1 Materials Required; 4.2 The Rearing Procedure Is as Follows; 5 Cotton Aphid, Aphis gossypii; 5.1 Materials Required; 5.2 The Aphids Can Be Reared as Follows; 6 Bhendi Leafhopper, Amrasca devastans; 6.1 Materials Required; 6.2 Procedure; 7 Green Leafhopper, Nephotettix spp., and Brown Planthopper, Nilaparvata lugens; 7.1 Materials Required; 7.2 Procedure; 8 Whiteflies, Bemisia tabaci; 8.1 Materials Required; 8.2 Procedure; References; Further Reading Determining Relative Abundance and Distribution Patterns of Insect Pests1 Introduction; 2 Distribution Patterns, Sample Size and Sampling; 3 The Steps Are as Follows; 4 Sample Size; 5 Number of Larvae in Damaged Fruiting Structures; References; Further Reading; Mass Culturing of Phytophagous Insects for Host Plant Resistance Studies; 1 Introduction; 2 Tobacco Caterpillar, Spodoptera litura (Muthukumaran and Selvanarayanan 2008); 2.1 Materials Required; 2.2 Procedure; 3 Tomato Fruit Worm, Helicoverpa armigera (Arivudainambi and Selvanarayanan 2000); 3.1 Materials Required; 3.2 Artificial Diet Part II: Instrumentation in Host Plant Resistance StudiesLaboratory Equipments Used for Host-Plant Resistance Studies; 1 Introduction; 2 Electroantennogram; 3 EthoVision; References; Further Reading; Electroantennogram for Recording Olfactory Responses of an Insect to Plant Volatiles; 1 Introduction; References; Further Reading; Standardization of Feeding Tests in Phytophagous Insects to Host and Nonhost Plants; 1 Introduction; References; Further Reading; Wind Tunnel: A Tool to Test the Flight Response of Insects to Semiochemicals; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Structure of Wind Tunnel (Kainoh 2011) - Digital/Printvon Dr. W. Kolle ... und Dr. H. Hetsch ...Digital Access
- DigitalMichael D. Coleman.Contents:
A brief history of occupational toxicology
The expert report process in legal context
Acute toxicity : case histories of solvent exposure
Chronic and permanent injury : bladder cancer and occupation
Chronic and acute toxicity of herbicides and pesticides
Toxicity of imported goods.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Print[edited by] Miral D. Jhaveri [and five others].Contents:
Part I: Skull and brain
I: Scalp, skull
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Clinical based differentials
II: Meninges
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
III: Ventricles, periventricular regions
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
IV: Extraaxial spaces and subarachnoid cisterns
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
V: Brain parenchyma, general
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
Clinically based differentials
VI: Supratentorial brain parenchyma
Anatomically based differentials
VII: Infratentorial brain parenchyma
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Clinically based differentials
VIII: Sella/Juxtasellar, pineal region
Anatomically based differentials
Modality-Specific imaging findings
IX: Arteries
Anatomically based differentials
Modality-Specific imaging findings
X: Veins, venous sinuses
Anatomically based differentials
Modality-Specific imaging findings
XI: Cranial nerves
Clinically based differentials
Part II: Spine
I: Transspatial
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Clinically based differentials
II: Craniovertebral junction
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
III: Vertebral body, posterior elements
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
IV: Intervertebral disc, endplate
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
V: Extradural
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
Clinically based differentials
VI: Intradural extramedullary
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
Clinically based differentials
VII: Intramedullary
Anatomically based differentials
Generic imaging patterns
Modality-Specific imaging findings
Clinically based differentials. - Digitaledited by Len Jennings and Thomas M. Skovholt.Summary: "Thomas Skovholt and Len Jennings' landmark Master Therapists: Exploring Expertise in Therapy and Counseling was the first book to apply qualitative methodology to the study of validly selected expert therapists. Considering the growing number of international qualitative studies on psychotherapy expertise, the authors join forces once again to provide students, academics, researchers, and practitioners with Expertise in Counseling and Psychotherapy: Master Therapist Studies from Around the World. In this book, Jennings and Skovholt compile and compare, for the first time, a series of parallel studies of expertise in psychotherapy from around the world. The studies include therapist expertise research projects in Southeast Asia (Singapore, Japan, and Korea), North America (the U.S.A. and Canada), and Europe (Czech Republic and Portugal). Synthesizing and presenting common characteristics of master practitioners on a global scale, Expertise in Counseling and Psychotherapy is the most comprehensive description of psychotherapy expertise at the international level that has ever been conducted."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The world of expertise in counseling and psychotherapy
Czech master therapists
Canadian master couple therapists
Being and becoming a psychotherapist in Portugal : a dialogue between personal and professional experiences
Psychotherapy expertise in Singapore : a qualitative investigation
Personal and professional characteristics of Japanese master therapists : a qualitative investigation on expertise in psychotherapy and counseling in Japan
Characteristics of Korean master group counselors
Bringing it all together : a qualitative meta-analysis of seven master therapists studies from around the world.Digital Access Oxford [2016] - Printedited by Mehul S. Raval, Mohendra Roy, Tolga Kaya, and Rupal Kapdi.Summary: This book combines technology and the medical domain. It covers advances in computer vision (CV) and machine learning (ML) that facilitate automation in diagnostics and therapeutic and preventive health care. The special focus on eXplainable Artificial Intelligence (XAI) uncovers the black box of ML and bridges the semantic gap between the technologists and the medical fraternity. Explainable AI in Healthcare: Unboxing Machine Learning for Biomedicine intends to be a premier reference for practitioners, researchers, and students at basic, intermediary levels and expert levels in computer science, electronics and communications, information technology, instrumentation and control, and electrical engineering. This book will benefit readers in the following ways: Explores state of art in computer vision and deep learning in tandem to develop autonomous or semi-autonomous algorithms for diagnosis in health care Investigates bridges between computer scientists and physicians being built with XAI Focuses on how data analysis provides the rationale to deal with the challenges of healthcare and making decision-making more transparent Initiates discussions on human-AI relationships in health care Unites learning for privacy preservation in health care
- DigitalTyler VanderWeele.Summary: "The book provides an accessible but comprehensive overview of methods for mediation and interaction. There has been considerable and rapid methodological development on mediation and moderation/interaction analysis within the causal-inference literature over the last ten years. Much of this material appears in a variety of specialized journals, and some of the papers are quite technical. There has also been considerable interest in these developments from empirical researchers in the social and biomedical sciences. However, much of the material is not currently in a format that is accessible to them. The book closes these gaps by providing an accessible, comprehensive, book-length coverage of mediation. The book begins with a comprehensive introduction to mediation analysis, including chapters on concepts for mediation, regression-based methods, sensitivity analysis, time-to-event outcomes, methods for multiple mediators, methods for time-varying mediation and longitudinal data, and relations between mediation and other concepts involving intermediates such as surrogates, principal stratification, instrumental variables, and Mendelian randomization. The second part of the book concerns interaction or "moderation," including concepts for interaction, statistical interaction, confounding and interaction, mechanistic interaction, bias analysis for interaction, interaction in genetic studies, and power and sample-size calculation for interaction. The final part of the book provides comprehensive discussion about the relationships between mediation and interaction and unites these concepts within a single framework. This final part also provides an introduction to spillover effects or social interaction, concluding with a discussion of social-network analyses. The book is written to be accessible to anyone with a basic knowledge of statistics. Comprehensive appendices provide more technical details for the interested reader. Applied empirical examples from a variety of fields are given throughout. Software implementation in SAS, Stata, SPSS, and R is provided. The book should be accessible to students and researchers who have completed a first-year graduate sequence in quantitative methods in one of the social- or biomedical-sciences disciplines. The book will only presuppose familiarity with linear and logistic regression, and could potentially be used as an advanced undergraduate book as well"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Cover; Explanation in Causal Inference; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Preface; Part 1 Mediation Analysis; 1 Explanation and Mechanism; 1.1 Causal Inference and Explanation; 1.2 Forms of Explanation and Types of Mechanisms; 1.3 Motivations for Assessing Mediation, Interaction, and Interference; 1.4 Organization of this Book; 2 Mediation: Introduction and Regression-Based Approaches; 2.1 Classic Regression Approach to Mediation Analysis; 2.2 Counterfactual Approach to Mediation Analysis: Continuous Outcomes; 2.3 Assumptions about Confounding; 2.4 Binary and Count Outcomes. 2.5 Binary Mediators2.6 Comparison of Approaches: Product-of-Coefficient and Difference Methods; 2.7 Description of the SAS Macro; 2.8 Description of the SPSS Macro; 2.9 Description of the Stata Macro; 2.10 Hypothetical Example with Output; 2.11 Empirical Example in Genetic Epidemiology; 2.12 When to Include an Exposure
Mediator Interaction; 2.13 Proportion Mediated; 2.14 Proportion Eliminated; 2.15 Study Design and Mediation Analysis; 2.16 Counterfactual Notation for Natural Direct and Indirect Effects; 2.17 An Alternative Regression-Based Estimation Approach Using Simulations. 2.18 Code for the Simulation-Based Approach in R2.19 Discussion; 3 Sensitivity Analysis for Mediation; 3.1 Sensitivity Analysis for Unmeasured Confounding for Total Effects; 3.2 Sensitivity Analysis for Unmeasured Confounding for Controlled Direct Effects; 3.3 Sensitivity Analysis for Unmeasured Confounding for Natural Direct and Indirect Effects; 3.4 Sensitivity Analysis Using Two Trials; 3.5 Sensitivity Analysis for Direct and Indirect Effects in the Presence of Measurement Error; 3.6 Discussion; 4 Mediation Analysis with Survival Data. 4.1 Earlier Literature on Mediation Analysis with Survival Models4.2 Mediation Analysis with an Accelerated Failure Time Model; 4.3 Mediation Analysis with a Proportional Hazards Model; 4.4 Mediation with an Additive Hazard Model; 4.5 A Weighting Approach to Direct and Indirect Effects with Survival Outcomes; 4.6 Sensitivity Analysis with Survival Data; 4.7 Discussion; 5 Multiple Mediators; 5.1 Regression-Based Approaches to Multiple Mediators; 5.2 A Weighting Approach to Multiple Mediators; 5.3 Controlled Direct Effects and Exposure-Induced Confounding. 5.4 Effect Decomposition with Exposure-Induced Confounding5.5 Path-Specific Effects; 5.6 Sensitivity Analysis for Exposure-Induced Confounding; 5.7 Discussion; 6 Mediation Analysis with Time-Varying Exposures and Mediators; 6.1 Notation and Definitions; 6.2 Controlled Direct Effects with Time-Varying Exposures and Mediators; 6.3 Natural Direct and Indirect Effects and their Randomized Interventional Analogues with Time-Varying Exposures and Mediators; 6.4 Counterfactual Analysis of MacKinnon's Three-Wave Mediation Model; 6.5 Discussion; 7 Selected Topics in Mediation Analysis.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2015 - Digitalby Tabish Qidwai.Summary: This book is aimed to cover the role of genetic polymorphisms in human genes related to RBC disorders, metabolic enzymes, immune response, and cytoadherence in the susceptibility/resistance to malaria caused by Plasmodium falciparum. The chapters provide current information on the balancing trait and the significance of such traits in the malaria resistance. The book covers polymorphisms in the genes of the red blood cells-sickle cell anaemia; glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency and thalassemia that confer protection against malaria. In addition, the book explores selection of genetic variations in the human genome as genetic control mechanism against malaria in endemic regions. It also provides a comprehensive overview of the molecular epidemiology and natural selection of alleles in the genes which are associated with malaria, and presents description of the role of human genetic polymorphisms in malaria disease risk and disease outcome.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Human genetics and infectious disease
Part 1. RBC disorders
Chapter 2. Sickle cell gene
Chapter 3. Alpha-Thalassemia
Chapter 4. Beta-Thalassemia
Chapter 5. Duffy blood group locus
Part 2. Metabolic enzymes
Chapter 6. Pyruvate kinase deficiency
Chapter 7. Glucose 6-Phosphate dehydrogenase
Part 3. Host immune response
Chapter 8. TNF genetic polymorphisms
Chapter 9. iNos genetic polymorphisms
Chapter 10. Human complement receptor 1 polymorphisms
Chapter 11. Interferonalpha receptor-1 (IFNAR1) polymorphisms
Part 4. Cytoadherence
Chapter 12. Intercellular adhesion molecule-1 polymorphisms
Chapter 13. Platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule-1 (PECAM-1) polymorphisms
Chapter 14. Vascular cell adhesion molecule-1 (VCAM1) polymorphisms. - PrintTegan Kehoe.Summary: "This full-color book tells the story of American healthcare history through color photographs of real objects from museums and both famous and little-known medical discoveries"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Unwashed groins and child labor: cancer in the early industrial age
George Washington's toothbrush
The age of the vaccine
No wrong way to eat
A pioneering operation
Healing by a higher power
Morton's ether inhaler and the advent of anesthesia
Bitters and irregulars: alternative healing in the nineteenth century
Blood shed after the battle: bleeding cups
Under the surgeon's tent: the physician in the Civil War
"Inflammatory mischief" meets antiseptic techniques
Answering the milk question
Skull shape and scientific racism
"Health and comfort of body, with grace and beauty of form"
East meets West in the medicine cabinet: a Chinese doctor in America
The "cure" that wasn't
Cocaine the medicine and the drug
Don Pedrito, a legendary healer
A wooden leg in a mechanized world
A community doctor's legacy
Carville, the "Louisiana leper home"
The professional nurse only
The pandemic of the century: the 1918 flu
The Bubonic plague meets bacteriology
Safe, simple, sure? The power of x-rays
"Are you playing the health game?"
The problem with "good" genes
Machinery and machinations
Diabetes: a fatal disease becomes chronic
The tools of a contested trade: a midwife's kit
Sipping on the sunshine vitamin
Preemie care beyond the World's Fair
The penicillin revolution
Blood transfusion comes of age
Insuring and ensuring health
Nursing at war
The science and politics of inhaling dust
Health uplifted, health upended
DDT: the double-edged sword
The iron lung and the polio epidemics
Two eras of change in pharmacy
More than a metaphor: the straitjacket
Changing ways of looking at the gut
The pill's new era of choice (for some)
Smoking under scrutiny
Ed Roberts and the independent living movement
Bypassing the heart
False hopelessness or false hope: the early years of AIDS
September 11 and emergency response
Saving lives amid the opioid crisis. - DigitalGerard Ahern, Maurice Brygel.Summary: "Medicine is an ever-changing science. As new research and clinical experience broaden our knowledge, changes in treatment and drug therapy are required. The authors and the publisher of this work have checked with sources believed to be reliable in their efforts to provide information that is complete and generally in accord with the standards accepted at the time of publication. However, in view of the possibility of human error or changes in medical sciences, neither the authors nor the publisher nor any other party who has been involved in the preparation or publication of this work warrants that the information contained herein is in every respect accurate or complete, and they disclaim all responsibility for any errors or omissions or for the results obtained from use of the information contained in this work. Readers are encouraged to confirm the information contained herein with other sources. For example, and in particular, readers are advised to check the product information sheet included in the package of each medication they plan to administer to be certain that the information contained in this work is accurate and that changes have not been made in the recommended dose or in the contraindications for administration. This recommendation is of particular importance in connection with new or infrequently used medications."--Notice
Contents:
Introduction
Chapter 1: Abdomen
Chapter 2: Distal Lower Limb
Chapter 3: Head
Chapter 4: Mediastinum --Chapter 5: Neck
Chapter 6: Pelvis
Chapter 7: Pleural Cavity
Chapter 8: Proximal Lower Limb
Chapter 9: Spine
Chapter 10: Upper Limb-- Appendix: Atlas.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014 - DigitalGerard Ahern, Maurice Brygel.Summary: Exploring essential surgery introduces basic surgical concepts and techniques to the medical student. Each learning module is grouped by region for ease of study. Numerous videos, images, and definitions comprise each module, giving context to the topic. Clerks can track their understanding of the material with quizzes.
Contents:
Principles
Skin
Head and neck
Thorax
Abdomen
Hernia
Anorectal
Pelvis
Upper limb
Lower limb
Spine
Procedures.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014 - DigitalGanji Purnachandra Nagaraju, Aramati BM Reddy, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively describes the association between metabolic syndrome and pancreatic cancer progression, and the mechanism of action and target definition with a view to drug discovery. Metabolic syndrome, which includes adnominal obesity, hypertension, dyslipidemia, and hyperglycemia, has recently been shown to play an important role in the etiology and progression of various cancers. Further, obesity and diabetes have been associated with an increased incidence of gastric cancers. The book reviews the key biological mechanisms underlying the association between metabolic dysregulation, including obesity-associated enhancement of growth factor signaling, inflammation, and perturbation in pancreatic cancer cell growth and metastasis. It also illustrates the role of the inflammatory signaling pathway in metabolic diseases as well as tumor growth and explores the potential of these pathways as the rational targets for pancreatic cancer therapy. Lastly, the book offers a comprehensive description of the challenges associated with diabetes and pancreatic cancer therapy.
- DigitalSonia Malik, editor.Summary: Natural compounds obtained from plants represent a tremendous global market due to their use as food additives, cosmetics, in agriculture and in pharmaceuticals. This book provides up-to-date information on various strategies and methods for producing compounds of interest. Leading researchers discuss the latest advances in environmentally friendly natural compound production from plants, making the book a valuable resource for biotechnologists, pharmacists, food technologists and researchers working in the medical and healthcare industries.
Contents:
1. Secondary Metabolite Production in Plant Cell Culture: A New Epigenetic Frontier
2. Plant Cell Biofactories as in vitro production platforms of the anti-cancer drug Camptothecin
3. Not One for All: The Interwoven Relationship Between Morphophysiology and Secondary Metabolite Production in Plant Cell Cultures
4. Anthocyanins and proanthocyanidins as Anti-cancer agents
5. Duckweeds for the production of therapeutic proteins
6. Essential oils from plants: Industrial applications and Biotechnological production
7. Biotechnological production of antistress compounds: Current status and future prospects
8. Elicitors as a biotechnological tool for in vitro production of bioactive phenolic compounds
9. Immobilization and Application of Industrial Enzymes on Plant Based New Generation Polymers
10. Recent advances towards development plant cell culture process for sustainable production of lignans and its health benefits
11. Physiology of camptothecin synthesis in plants and root organ cultures of Ophiorrhiza mungos L. and its production in root fermenters
12. In vitro culture of Haloxylon recurvum and Haloxylon salicornicum: valuable source of food additives, pharmaceutical and nutritional components from extreme arid zone. - DigitalV. Venkatramanan, Shachi Shah, Ram Prasad, editors.Summary: The existential environmental crisis prompted the United Nations to formulate the Millennium Development Goals at the turn of the 21st century in order to embark on an era of sustainable development. The progress and deficiencies in achieving the Millennium Development Goals provided impetus to the intelligentsia and policymakers to map out the pertinent goals for a sustainable growth trajectory for humanity and the planet. The United Nations' 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, which was adopted in September 2015, took the shape of 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and 169 targets. In effect, the 17 Sustainable Development Goals focus on protecting the earth's life support systems for intra- and inter-generational equity and for development that is rooted in sustainability science. Attaining these goals is an uphill task; nevertheless, scientific knowledge, trans and interdisciplinary inquiries, concerted global action and capacity building would provide an enabling environment for achieving the SDGs. This book explores the synergies and trade-offs between climate change management and other SDGs. It highlights the policy imperatives as well as the interrelations between combating climate change and its impacts (SDG 13) and food and nutritional security (SDG 2), water security (SDG 6), soil security (SDG 15), energy security (SDG 7), poverty eradication (SDG 1), gender equality (SDG 5), resilient infrastructure (SDG 9), and sustainable and resilient cities (SDG 11).
Contents:
Chapter 1. Achieving Food and Nutrition Security and Climate Change: Clash of the Titans or Alignment of the Stars?
Chapter 2. Climate Change, Hunger and Food Security in Asia with special reference to Sri Lanka: Can the SDGs be Achieved by 2030?
Chapter 3. The Status of Climate Variability and Food Accessibility: A Case of Households in Gauteng Province, South Africa
Chapter 4. Climate resilient mariculture technologies for food and nutritional security
Chapter 5. Climate change and adaptation: Recommendations for agriculture sector
Chapter 6. Integrated Farming Systems: Climate Resilient Sustainable Food Production System in the Indian Himalayan Region
Chapter 7. Adaptation mechanism of methylotrophic bacteria to drought condition and its strategies in mitigating plant stress caused by climate change
Chapter 8. Synergies and Trade-offs between Climate Change and the Sustainable Development Goals in the Context of Marine Fisheries
Chapter 9. Increasing Synergies between Climate Change and Sustainable Development in Energy Policy
Chapter 10. Ensuring Domestic Water Security for Cities under Rapid Urbanisation and Climate Change Risks
Chapter 11. Improving Water Productivity for Smallholder Rice Farmers in the Upper West Region of Ghana: A Review of Sustainable Approaches
Chapter 12. Synergies between climate change, biodiversity, ecosystem function and services, indirect drivers of change and human well-being in forests
Chapter 13. Climate change projections of current and future distributions of the endemic Loris lydekkerianus (Lorinae) in peninsular India
Chapter 14. Climate Change, Air Pollution and SDG 3: An Indian Perspective
Chapter 15. Empowerment of fisherwomen through marine farming. - DigitalEman Ali Saeed Alghamdi, Abdulmalik Yahya Al Qahtani, Mazen M. Sinjab, Khalid Mohammed Alyahya.Contents:
Intro
Preface
Abstract
Acknowledgment
Contents
About the Authors
Abbreviations
Part I
Chapter 1: Ocular Pharmacokinetics
References
Chapter 2: Factors Affecting Bioavailability and Efficacy of Topical Ophthalmic Preparations
References
Chapter 3: Ideal Characteristics of Ophthalmic Drug Delivery System
References
Chapter 4: Inactive Ingredients Used in the Preparation of Ophthalmic Products
References
Chapter 5: Preservatives Used in Ophthalmic Preparations
Reference
Part II
Chapter 6: Topical Ophthalmic Drug Forms
References Chapter 7: Extemporaneous Compounding of Ophthalmic Products
Reference
Chapter 8: Guidelines of The American Society of Health-System Pharmacists (ASHP) on Pharmacy-Prepared Ophthalmic Products
Reference
Chapter 9: Formulations of Extemporaneous Topical Ophthalmic Preparations
9.1 Acetylcysteine Ophthalmic Solution [1-4]
9.2 Amikacin Ophthalmic Solution [5, 6]
9.3 Amphotericin B Ophthalmic Solution [7-12]
9.4 Atropine Ophthalmic Solution [13-15]
9.5 Autologous Serum Ophthalmic Solution [16-22]
9.6 Bacitracin Ophthalmic Solution [15, 23] 9.7 Cefazolin Sodium Ophthalmic Solution [15, 24-29]
9.8 Ceftazidime Ophthalmic Solution [15, 24, 30-33]
9.9 Cefuroxime Ophthalmic Solution [15, 34, 35]
9.10 Ceftriaxone Ophthalmic Solution [36, 37]
9.11 Clindamycin Ophthalmic Solution [38]
9.12 Cyclosporine Ophthalmic Solution [39-49]
9.13 Colistimetate Ophthalmic Solution [50-54]
9.14 Edetate Disodium Ophthalmic Solution [15, 55-58]
9.15 5-Fluorouracil Ophthalmic Solution [59-65]
9.16 Gentamicin Ophthalmic Solution [38, 66, 67]
9.17 Interferon Alfa-2b Ophthalmic Solution [68-80] 9.18 Medroxyprogesterone Ophthalmic Solution [81-83]
9.19 Mitomycin-C Ophthalmic Solution [84-100]
9.20 Penicillin G Potassium Ophthalmic Solution [84, 85, 101]
9.21 Tacrolimus Ophthalmic Solution [102, 103]
9.22 Tobramycin Ophthalmic Solution [84, 85, 104]
9.23 Vancomycin Hydrochloride Ophthalmic Solution [38, 105-107]
9.24 Voriconazole Ophthalmic Solution [108-118]
References
Part III
Chapter 10: Intravitreal Injections
References
Chapter 11: Intracameral Injections
Reference
Chapter 12: Formulations of Extemporaneous Intraocular Injections 12.1 Amikacin Sulfate Intravitreal Injection [1]
12.2 Amphotericin B Intravitreal Injection [2-6]
12.3 Bevacizumab Intravitreal Injection [7-12]
12.4 Cefazolin Sodium Intravitreal Injection [3, 13]
12.5 Ceftazidime Intravitreal Injection [3, 13, 14]
12.6 Cefuroxime Intracameral Injection [15]
12.7 Cidofovir Intravitreal Solution [16]
12.8 Clindamycin Intravitreal Injection [17-20]
12.9 Dexamethasone Phosphate Intravitreal Injection [21]
12.10 Foscarnet Intravitreal Injection [22-24]
12.11 Ganciclovir Intravitreal Injection [22, 25, 26]
12.12 Penicillin G Potassium Intravitreal Injection [27-29]Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalHiro Kiyosue, editor.Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: External Carotid Artery
References
2: Anterior (Visceral) Branches from the Proximal ECA (Superior Thyroidal, Lingual, and Facial Arterial System)
2.1 Superior Thyroidal Artery
2.1.1 Branches of the Superior Thyroidal Artery (Figs. 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6)
2.1.1.1 Infrahyoid Branch
2.1.1.2 Sternocleidomastoid Branch
2.1.1.3 Superior Laryngeal Artery
2.1.1.4 Cricothyroid Branch
2.1.1.5 Anterior and Posterior Branch (Figs. 2.4 and 2.5)
2.1.1.6 Prevertebral Branch
2.2 Lingual Artery (Figs. 2.1, 2.2, 2.7, and 2.8) 2.2.1 Branches of the Lingual Artery (Figs. 2.2, 2.7, and 2.8)
2.2.1.1 Pharyngeal Branch
2.2.1.2 Superior Hyoidal Branch
2.2.1.3 Dorsal Lingual Branch
2.2.1.4 Sublingual Artery
2.2.1.5 Deep Lingual Artery
2.3 Facial Artery (Figs. 2.1, 2.8, 2.9, and 2.10)
2.3.1 Branches of the Facial Artery
2.3.1.1 Ascending Palatine Artery
2.3.1.2 Tonsillar Branch
2.3.1.3 Glandular Branches
2.3.1.4 Submental Artery
2.3.1.5 Masseter Branches and Buccal Branches
2.3.1.6 Inferior and Superior Labial Arteries
2.3.1.7 Lateral Nasal Artery 2.3.1.8 Angular Artery (Fig. 2.10)
References
3: Posterior (Neural) Branches from the Proximal ECA
3.1 Occipital and Ascending Pharyngeal Arterial System
3.2 Occipital Artery
3.2.1 Branches of the Occipital Artery
3.2.1.1 Sternocleidomastoid Branches (Figs. 2.1, 3.3, and 3.4)
3.2.1.2 Stylomastoid Artery
3.2.1.3 Jugular Branch (Meningeal Branch)
3.2.1.4 Descending Muscular Branch
3.2.1.5 Mastoid Branches
3.2.1.6 Small Muscular Branches and Transosseous Branch
3.3 Ascending Pharyngeal Artery
3.3.1 Branches of the Ascending Pharyngeal Artery 3.3.1.1 Pharyngeal Branches (Figs. 3.11, 3.12, and 3.13)
3.3.1.2 Inferior Tympanic Artery (Fig. 3.14)
3.3.1.3 Neuromeningeal Branches (Figs. 3.4, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, and 3.16)
3.3.1.4 Muscular Branches
References
4: Superficial Arteries from the Distal ECA
4.1 Posterior Auricular Artery and the Superficial Temporal Artery
4.2 Posterior Auricular Artery (Figs. 1.1, 2.1, 4.1, and 4.2)
4.2.1 Branches of the Posterior Auricular Artery
4.2.1.1 Parotid Branches
4.2.1.2 Muscular Branches
4.2.1.3 Stylomastoid Artery 4.3 Superficial Temporal Artery (Figs. 1.1, 1.2, 2.1, and 4.3)
4.3.1 Branches of the Superficial Temporal Artery
4.3.1.1 Transverse Facial Artery (Fig. 4.4)
4.3.1.2 Anterior Tympanic Artery (Figs. 4.2 and 4.3)
4.3.1.3 Anterior Auricular Branches (Figs. 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4)
4.3.1.4 Zygomatico-Orbital Artery (Figs. 2.1, 4.3, and 4.4)
4.3.1.5 Posterior Deep Temporal Artery
4.3.1.6 Frontal Branch and Parietal Branch (Terminal Branches) (Figs. 2.1, 3.10, and 4.3)
References
5: Maxillary Artery
5.1 Branches of the First Segment
5.1.1 The Anterior Tympanic Artery (Fig. 5.6)Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Jennie B. Leach, Elizabeth M. Powell.Summary: This volume provides comprehensive procedures for analyzing the extracellular matrix in native, injured, and engineered neural tissues. Divided into four parts, each focusing on different aspects of the extracellular matrix and the nervous system, Extracellular Matrix covers methods to analyze native tissue, in vitro models for investigating cell-extracellular matrix interactions in a variety of contexts, protocols to investigate the role of the extracellular matrix in nervous system injury, degeneration, and regeneration, as well as therapeutics and engineered systems. Each chapter is written by leading experts and presents established protocols in a concise format, encompassing current technologies as well as methods developed over years of research. Beginning with an introduction to the method, chapters continue with a listing of the materials and equipment, step-by-step protocols, and a Notes section with troubleshooting tips, supplemental details and alternative approaches, as well as a list of references for further information.
- DigitalEphraim Cohen, Hans Merzendorfer, editors.Summary: The extracellular matrix (ECM) is an acellular three-dimensional network composed of proteins, glycoproteins, proteoglycans and exopolysaccharides. It primarily serves as a structural component in the tissues and organs of plants and animals, or forms biofilms in which bacterial cells are embedded. ECMs are highly dynamic structures that undergo continuous remodeling, and disruptions are frequently the result of pathological processes associated with severe diseases such as arteriosclerosis, neurodegenerative illness or cancer. In turn, bacterial biofilms are a source of concern for human health, as they are associated with resistance to antibiotics. Although exopolysaccharides are crucial for ECM formation and function, they have received considerably little attention to date. The respective chapters of this book comprehensively address such issues, and provide reviews on the structural, biochemical, molecular and biophysical properties of exopolysaccharides. These components are abundantly produced by virtually all taxa including bacteria, algae, plants, fungi, invertebrates and vertebrates. They include long unbranched homopolymers (cellulose, chitin/chitosan), linear copolymers (alginate, agarose), peptoglycans such as murein, heteropolymers like a variety of glycosaminoglycans (hyaluronan, dermatan, keratin, heparin, Pel), and branched heteropolymers such as pectin and hemicellulose. A separate chapter is dedicated to modern industrial and biomedical applications of exopolysaccharides and polysaccharide-based biocomposites. Their unique chemical, physical and mechanical properties have attracted considerable interest, inspired basic and applied research, and have already been harnessed to form structural biocomposite hybrids for tailor-made applications in regenerative medicine, bioengineering and biosensor design. Given its scope, this book provides a substantial source of basic and applied information for a wide range of scientists, as well as valuable textbook for graduate and advanced undergraduate students.
Contents:
Part 1: Aminosugar-Based Exopolysaccharides Chitin-based extracellular matrices. Chapter1. Chito-Protein Matrices in Arthropod Exoskeletons and Peritrophic Membranes (Xiaoming Zhao, Jianzhen Zhang and Kun Yan Zhu)
Chapter2. Mineral-Chitin Composite in Mollusks (Ingrid M. Weiss)
Chapter3. Chitosan Derivatives and Grafted Adjuncts With Unique Properties (Hans Merzendorfer)
Chapter4. Hyaluronan Extracellular Matrix
Synthesis and Physiological Properties (Alberto Passi and Davide Vigetti)
Chapter5. Sulfated Chondroitin, Dermatan, Heparan and Keratan
Structure and Function (Emiliano Bedini, Maria Michela Corsaro, Alfonso Fernández-Mayoralas and Alfonso Iadonisi)
Chapter6. Peptidoglycan Structures, Biosynthesis and Deposition in Bacterial Cell Walls (Axel Walter and Christoph Mayer)
Chapter7. Cellulose and Hemicellulose Synthesis and their Regulation in Plant Cells (Xiaoyu Zhu, Xiaoran Xin, and Ying Gu)
Chapter8. Cellulose in Bacterial Biofilms (Diego O. Serra and Regine Hengge)
Chapter9. Role of Glucan-Derived Polymers in the Pathogenic Fungus Candida albicans
Chapter10. Structure and Biological Properties of Lasiodiplodan (Mário A.A. Cunha, Vidiany A.Q. Santos, Gabrielle C. Calegari, William N. Sánchez Luna, Sandra L.A. Marin, Robert F.H. Dekker and Aneli M. Barbosa-Dekker)
Chapter11. Structure and Biological Properties of Botryosphaeran (Robert F.H. Dekker, Eveline A.I.F. Queiroz, Mario A.A. Cunha, and Aneli M Barbosa-Dekker)
Chapter12. Pectic Polysaccharides in Plants: Structures, Biosynthesis and Functions (Charles Anderson)
Chapter13. Alginate-based bacterial biofilms (M. Fata Moradali and Bernd H.A. Rehm)
Part2. Industrial and Biomedical Applications of Biopolysaccharides. chapter14. Chitin/Chitosan
Versatile Ecological, Industrial and Biomedical Aapplications (Hans Merzendorfer and Ephraim Cohen)
Chapter15. Marine Glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) and GAG-Mimetics
Applications in Medicine and Tissue Engineering (Sy lvia Colliec-Jouault and Agata Zykwinska)
Chapter16. Alginate
Pharmacological and Medical Applications (Patrícia Sofia Pinhanços Batista, Alcina Maria Miranda Bernardo de Morais, Maria Manuela Estevez Pintado, and Rui Manuel Santos Costa de Morais)
Chapter17. Nanocellulose Composite Biomaterials in Industry and Medicine (Oded Shoseyov, Doron Kam, Tal Ben Shalom, Zvi Shtein, Sapir Vinkler and Yehudit Posen).Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Sheila Spada, Lorenzo Galluzzi.Contents:
Intro
Extracellular Vesicles
Copyright
Contents
Contributors
Preface
Extracellular vesicles: An exciting and rapidly expanding field of investigation
Acknowledgments
Disclosures
References
Chapter One: Genetic labeling of extracellular vesicles for studying biogenesis and uptake in living mammalian cells
1. Introduction
2. Equipment and materials
2.1. Equipment
2.2. Cells and culture medium
2.3. Reagents and chemicals
3. Protocol
3.1. Cell culture
3.2. Generation of transient and stable CD63-GFP/VSVG-GFP expressing cells 3.3. Exosome preparation from conditioned medium
3.4. Cell and exosome imaging
3.5. Cellular uptake of exosomes by confocal microscopy and flow cytometry
4. Concluding remarks
5. Notes
Acknowledgments
References
Chapter Two: Fluorescent labeling of extracellular vesicles
1. Introduction
1.1. Uptake studies
1.2. Biodistribution studies
1.3. Characterization studies
2. Fluorescent labeling
2.1. EV Labeling approaches
2.1.1. Surface marker labeling of EVs
2.1.2. Lipid membrane labeling of EVs
2.1.3. Luminal labeling of EVs 2.2. Post-labeling clean-up
2.2.1. Differential ultracentrifugation
2.2.2. Density gradient centrifugation
2.2.3. Size exclusion chromatography
2.2.4. Filtration
3. Materials, equipment and reagents
4. Protocols
4.1. Sample labeling
4.2. Removing excess dye
4.3. Coverslip preparation
4.4. Fluorescent imaging
4.5. Size assessment using NTA
5. Pros and cons
5.1. Surface marker labeling
5.2. Lipid membrane labeling
5.3. Luminal labeling
6. Conclusion
References Chapter Three: Use of antibody arrays to probe exosome and extracellular vesicle mediated functional changes in cells
1. Introduction
1.1. Exosomes and extracellular vesicles
1.2. Antibody arrays
2. Methods
2.1. Cell culture
2.2. Isolation of exosome fraction
2.3. Labeling of exosome fraction
2.4. Treatment of cells
2.5. Antibody arrays
3. Notes
4. Concluding remarks
References
Chapter Four: Analysis of individual extracellular vesicles by imaging flow cytometry
1. Introduction
2. Single EV analyses
2.1. Equipment
2.2. Materials 2.3. Protocol optimization
2.4. Instrument calibration
3. Protocol
3.1. Preparation of antibody solution
3.2. Sample preparation
3.3. Controls
3.4. Sample acquisition with the ISX
4. Data analysis
4.1. Defining of masks to analyze the raw image file data
4.2. Using the feature manager to determine single events
4.3. Data presentation and calculation of subset concentrations
5. Summary
Acknowledgments
References
Chapter Five: Imaging intercellular interaction and extracellular vesicle exchange in a co-culture model of chronic lymph ...
1. IntroductionDigital Access ScienceDirect 2020 - Printeditors, Thomas V. Brogan, Laurance Lequier, Roberto Lorusso, Graeme MacLaren, Giles Peek.Contents:
I. Extracorporeal life support: General principles
II. Extracorporeal life support: Neonatal respiratory disease
III. Extracorporeal life support: Pediatric respiratory disease
IV. Extracorporeal life support: Neonatal and pediatric cardiac disease
V. Extracorporeal life support: Adult respiratory disease
VI. Extracorporeal life support: Adult cardiac disease
VII. Extracorporeal life support: Special indications
VIII. ECLS: Procedures and adjunctive extracorporeal therapies
IX. Extracorporeal life support: Organization. - DigitalGregory A. Schmidt, editor.Contents:
Physiology of Extracorporeal Life Support (ECLS), Matthew J. Brain, Warwick W. Butt, Graeme MacLaren
Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions, Darryl Abrams, Matthew Bacchetta, Daniel Brodie
Cardiogenic Shock: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions, Nicolas Bréchot, Alain Combes
ECCO2R in Obstructive Diseases: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions, Lorenzo Del Sorbo, V. Marco Ranieri
ECLS as a Bridge to Lung Transplantation, Christian Kuehn.- Modes of ECLS, L. Keith Scott, Benjamin Schmidt
Vascular Access for ECLS, Steven A. Conrad
Circuits, Membranes, and Pumps, Bradley H. Rosen
Ventilator Management during ECLS, Antonio Pesenti, Giacomo Bellani, Giacomo Grasselli, Tommaso Mauri
Daily Care on ECLS, Giles J. Peek
Crises during ECLS, Cara L. Agerstrand, Linda B. Mongero, Darryl Abrams, Matthew Bacchetta, Daniel Brodie
Mobilization during ECLS, Gregory A. Schmidt
ECMO Weaning and Decannulation, Sundar Krishnan and Gregory A. Schmidt
The Story of ECLS: History and Future, J. Ann Morris, Robert Pollock, Brittany A. Zwischenberger, Cherry Ballard-Croft, Joseph B. Zwischenberger. - DigitalGregory A Schmidt, editor.Summary: This new edition presents an evidence-based review of extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) for adults, with a particular focus on veno-venous (VV) ECMO. Due to the dramatic impact of COVID-19, the number of institutions offering ECMO, thus the number of clinicians performing ECMO (or referring their patients for ECMO), has exploded in a truly unprecedented way. While the pandemic may fade, programs built in response will survive by extending the application of ECMO to previously overlooked populations. This fully updated second edition refines its focus to VV ECMO, which has seen the most dramatic increase and relevance. This allows expert authors to go further in depth regarding VV ECMO and provide readers with better guidance from the physiology of VV ECMO to weaning and decannulation. Several areas have been expanded, including anti-thrombotic approaches; how to set the mechanical ventilator and judge the complex interactions between patient, ventilator, and ECMO circuit; assessing the systemic circulation during VV ECMO (especially right ventricular function and intravascular volume); and recognizing membrane lung dysfunction. Finally, new chapters addressing how the VV-capable clinician should think about VA ECMO and how to incorporate ethical principles in patient selection and withdrawal of ECMO have been added. This is an ideal guide for intensive care and respiratory medicine specialists, fellows training in critical care, ECMO specialist staff, perfusionists, nurses, and respiratory therapists.
Contents:
Physiology of Extracorporeal Life Support (ECLS)
Circuits, Membranes, and Pumps
Modes of ECMO
Vascular Access
Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions
Ventilator management during ECLS
Managing the Systemic Circulation: Volume Status and RV Function
Antithrombotic therapy for ECMO
Membrane Dysfunction
ECCO2R in Obstructive Diseases: Evidence, Indications, Exclusions
ECMO as a bridge to lung transplantation
Daily management of patients on VV ECMO
Crises During ECLS
Mobilization During ECLS
ECMO Weaning and Decannulation
Veno-arterial ECMO in respiratory failure
Ethical Challenges in Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation. - DigitalSachinder Singh Hans, editor.Summary: Carotid and vertebral artery disease affects a large segment of the population with the potential of causing severe disability from a major stroke. This book places emphasis on the medical, endovascular and surgical approaches in managing patients with extracranial carotid and vertebral artery disease following pertinent diagnostic studies. Sections focus on carotid and vertebral anatomy, physiology and diagnostic modalities. Subsequent chapters discuss specific disease processes and their management with the best medical therapy neuro-interventions. Contributions from many interrelated specialties, including cerebrovascular physiology, pathology, neuro-radiology, neuro-interventions, stroke-neurology and vascular surgery significantly enhance our knowledge of carotid and vertebral artery disease. Extracranial Carotid and Vertebral Artery Disease: Contemporary Management provides an comprehensive and state-of-the-art approach to managing complex arterial reconstructions. .
- DigitalRochelle Buffenstein, Thomas J. Park, Melissa M. Holmes, editors.Summary: This volume focuses on the huge advances in the last 25 years on the use of this animal model for biomedical research (cancer, heart disease and neurodegeneration), fundamental neuroscience and basic subterranean biology. In 2013, Science magazine named the naked mole-rat as the Vertebrate of the Year. This was partly due to research carried out documenting its extreme longevity, negligible senescence, and prolonged maintenance of cancer free, good health well into old age as well as seminal work on mechanisms involved in these processes, pain and hypoxia resistance. In addition to this research focus on longevity and chronic diseases such as cancer and cardiovascular disease, the naked mole-rat has also made a substantial contribution to the fields of ecophysiology, neuroscience and behavior. With international contributions, this book provides a valuable text for zoological students, behavioral scientists and biomedical researchers.
Contents:
Dedication
About the editors
Preface (Jarvis JUM)
Chapter 1. Social evolution in African mole-rats - a comparative overview (Faulkes CG & Bennett NC)
Chapter 2. Social behavior in naked mole-rats: individual differences in phenotype and proximate mechanisms of mammalian eusociality (Holmes MM & Goldman BD)
Chapter 3. Neuropeptidergic and neuroendocrine systems underlying eusociality and the concomitant social regulation of reproduction in naked mole-rats: a comparative approach (Coen CW, Bennett N, Holmes MM, & Faulkes CG)
Chapter 4. Adult neural plasticity in naked mole-rats: implications of fossoriality, longevity and sociality on the brains capacity for change (Mooney SJ, Forger NG, & Holmes MM)
Chapter 5. Sensory Systems of the African Naked Mole-Rat (Vice EN, Lagestee S, Browe BM, Deb D, Smith ESJ, Park TJ)
Chapter 6. Hearing and vocalizations in the naked mole-rat (Barker AJ, Koch, U, Lewin GR, Pyott, SJ)
Chapter 7. The somatosensory world of the African naked mole-rat (Lewin GR, Smith ESJ, Reznick J, Debus K, Barker A, and Park TJ)
Chapter 8. The idiosyncratic physiological traits of the naked mole-rat; a resilient animal model of aging, longevity, and healthspan (Buffenstein R and Craft W)
Chapter 9. African Naked Mole-Rats Demonstrate Extreme Tolerance to Hypoxia and Hypercapnia (Park TJ, Smith ESJ, Reznick J, Bennett NC, Applegate DT, Larson J, Lewin GR)
Chapter 10. A sweet story of metabolic innovation in the naked mole-rat (Reznick J, Park TJ, and Lewin GR)
Chapter 11. Insights into the molecular basis of genome stability and pristine proteostasis in naked mole-rats (Narayan V, McMahon M, OBrien J, McAllister F and Buffenstein R)
Chapter 12. The Unusual Immune System of the Naked Mole-Rat (Lin TD and Buffenstein R)
Chapter 13
Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells from Cancer-Resistant Naked Mole-rats (Miura. K, Oiwa Y, and Kawamura Y)
Chapter 14. Naked mole-rats: resistant to developing cancer or good at avoiding it? (Hadi F, Smith ESJ and Khaled WT)
Chapter 15. Spontaneous Disease and Pathology of Naked Mole-rats (Delaney MA, Imai DM, Buffenstein R)
Chapter 16. Managed Care of Naked Mole-rats (Smith M, and Buffenstein R)
Chapter 17. Some exciting future directions for work on naked mole-rats (Smith ESJ, ParkTJ, Holmes MM and Buffenstein R). - Digitaleditor, Douglas D. Brunette.Contents:
Airway
Appendages
Central nervous system
Cardiovascular and pulmonary
Obstetrics and gynecology
Foreign bodies
Otolaryngology
Abdomen
Electrocardiogram
Intriguing
Ophthalmology
Orthopedics
Dermatology
Genitalia
Self imposed
Life saving.Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2019 - DigitalAlper Sener, Hakan Erdem, editors.Summary: This book brings awareness to a neglected condition that is nevertheless prevalent world-wide. Much focus is justly given to pulmonary tuberculosis, one of the key medical scourges of humanity, but this disease also often manifests itself in organs outside of the lungs. There is however a surprising lack of information available on extrapulmonary TB, which this book aims to remedy. Specifically, research, as well as epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment options, are discussed in detail by an international list of experts.
Contents:
1. Epidemiology of extrapulmonary tuberculosis
2. Pleural Tuberculosis
3. Gastrointestinal Tuberculosis
4. Hepatobiliary and splenic tuberculosis
5. Lymphatic Tuberculosis
6. Bone and Joint Tuberculosis
7. Tuberculous Spondylodiscitis
8. Tuberculous Meningitis
9. Tuberculous Encephalitis
10. Spinal tuberculosis
11. Genitourinary Tuberculosis
12. Cardiovascular Tuberculosis
13. Cutaneous Tuberculosis
14. Tuberculosis of Eye
15. Infection control in extrapulmonary TB
16. Tuberculosis in the ICU. - DigitalEmilia Pauline Liao, editor.Contents:
Intro; Series Editor Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Vitamin D Biochemistry and Physiology; Introduction; Vitamin D Production; Vitamin D Metabolism; Transport of Vitamin D Metabolites in the Blood and Their Cellular Uptake; Vitamin D Mechanism of Action; Vitamin D Regulation of Cellular Function; Classic Vitamin D Target Tissues; Nonclassic Vitamin D Target Tissues; Regulation of Proliferation and Differentiation; Regulation of Hormone Secretion; Regulation of the Immune System; References;
Chapter 2: Vitamin D and Autoimmune Diseases; Introduction; Vitamin D DeficiencyDigital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalEduardo de Santibañes, Victoria Ardiles, Fernando A. Alvarez, Virginia Cano Busnelli, Martin de Santibañes, editors.Summary: This book describes the diagnoses; staging and management of patients with colorectal liver metastases initially considered unresectable and portrays the different strategies to increase resectability along with their tactics and tricks. Colorectal carcinoma is the third most commonly diagnosed cancer in the world and according to recent cancer statistics around 1.23 million patients are diagnosed each year. Of these patients, approximately 50% will develop liver metastases during the course of their disease and around 15-25% are found to have stage IV disease at diagnosis. Liver resection has been recognized as the treatment of choice for these patients, offering overall 5-year survival rates of up to 50-60% and the only hope for cure. However, at diagnosis only 10-20% of these patients are possibly amenable to surgical resection with curative intent. The possibility to achieve an R0 resection is many times limited by the amount and quality of the future liver remnant (FLR), being posthepatectomy liver failure (PHLF) the most feared and severe complication after major liver resections. With the years, diverse strategies have been developed with the intention to increase resectability by increasing the future liver remnant and/or reducing tumor size, e.g. ALPPS. Along with these techniques, associated surgeries are developed including multivisceral resections, which broadens even more the resectability for patients.
Contents:
Part I Introduction. 1. Introduction
2. Liver surgical anatomy
II. Global patient evaluation and oncological assessment
3. Resectability assessment with diagnostic imaging
4. Liver function evaluation before extreme liver surgery
5. Imaging-based preoperative planning
6. Choosing the best strategy. Multidisciplinary evaluation
III
Non-operative multimodal therapies
7. Conversion and neoadjuvant therapies
8. Portal embolization
9. Intraarterial chemotherapy
10. Radioembolization
IV. Surgical strategies
11. Anesthetics management
12. Intraoperative evaluation of resectability
13. Vascular control in major hepatic resections
14. Two-stage liver surgery
15. Two-stage liver surgery with portal occlusion
16 ALPPS
17. Parenchymal-sparing liver resections
18. Combined vascular resections
19. Ex-vivo liver surgery
20. Liver transplant
21. The roll of laparoscopy in advanced liver disease
V. Management of concomitant extrahepatic disease
22. Pulmonary metastases
23. Nodal involvement
24. Peritoneal disease
25. Adjacent organs invasion. Multivisceral resections
VI. Postoperative complications and their management
26. Complications of hepatic resections
VII. Palliative care
27. Palliative care in patients with extensive disease. - Digital/PrintFrancesco Feletti, editor.Contents:
Part I. Medicine in extreme sports: 1Psychology and the extreme sports experience
2 Nutrition for extreme sports
3 Endocrine responses to extreme sports
4 Infectious diseases and extreme sports
5 Ocular problems in extreme sports: high altitude trekking and surfing
6 Extreme sports dermatology
7 Medical support for expedition-length adventure races
8 Emergency medicine in mountain sports: treatment of casualties in hostile environments
9 Drug abuse and doping in extreme sports. Part II. Injuries and illnesses in the most popular extreme sports: 10 Rock and ice climbing medicine
11. Alpine skiing and snowboarding: current trends and future directions
12 Extreme mountain biking injuries
13 Ultramarathon running: medical issues
14Skateboarding: accidents and injuries
15 BASE jumping and wingsuit flying: accidents and injuries,
16 Foot-launched flying: accidents and injuries. Hang gliding, paragliding, powered hang gliding and powered paragliding
17 Paragliding medicine
18 Kitesports medicine: Kite surfing, snow kiting and kite buggying
19 Injuries associated with skydiving
20 Surfing and skimboarding medicine
21 Windsurfing injuries
22 Extreme sailing injuries
23 White-water paddlesports medicine: canoeing, kayaking and rafting
24 Wakeboarding injuries. 25 Extreme scuba diving medicine. Part III. Prevention, training and rehabilitation: 26 Training and injury prevention strategies in extreme sports
27 An ecological dynamics framework for the acquisition of perceptual motor skills in climbing
28 Windsurfing: the physiology of athletic performance and training
29 Employment of near-infrared spectroscopy to assess the physiological determinants of hiking performance in single-handed dinghy sailors
30 Whole body vibration in extreme sports
31 Physiology and risk management of cold exposure
32 Helmets: technological innovations for safety
33 The eye in extreme sports: prevention, treatment and rehabilitation
34 Rehabilitation of extreme sports injuries
35 Legal issues related to extreme sports.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalA. Neil Salyapongse, Samuel O. Poore, Ahmed M. Afifi, Michael L. Bentz, editors.Summary: Extremity Replantation is a comprehensive text covering all aspects of the upper and lower limb, with an emphasis on state-of-the-art techniques in the surgical and medical management of amputation and avulsion injuries as well as the current understanding of the recovery of function following replantation. It is organized following anatomical zones ? thumb, digits, wrist, forearm and elbow; foot, ankle and lower leg ? with special chapters dedicated to issues common to all replants, such as complications, medical management, nerve recovery and rehabilitation. Furthermore, the international team of authors demonstrates approaches from the entire spectrum of replantation care specialists, including plastic and reconstructive surgeons, orthopedists, and hand therapists. Generously illustrated with intra-operative photos, this book will serve as a standard reference for orthopedic, reconstructive, plastic, and hand surgeons as well as physicians or ancillary medical staff caring for the replant patient.
Contents:
The History of Extremity Replantation
Principles of Musculoskeletal Repair in Extremity Replantation
Principles of Nerve Repair and Neural Recovery in Extremity Replantation Surgery
Replantation of the Thumb
Replantation of the Digits
Replantation at the Level of the Radiocarpal Joint
Replantation of the Forearm or Arm
Optimizing Vascular Patency in Replantation
Toe-to-Hand Transplantation after Failed Replantation
Heterotopic Digital Replantation
Replantation in the Child and Adolescent
Lower Limb Replantation
Management of Complications after Replantation
Secondary Procedures in Replantation
Rehabilitation following Replantation in the Upper Extremity. - DigitalSikha Mandal, Jnanendra Rath.Summary: This volume presents recent developments in the novel drug development and potential of extremophilic cyanobacteria. It discusses how these tiny organism originated, produce oxygen that leads to evolution of life on the earth, how their survival strategies in extreme climatic conditions lead to diverse metabolic pathways, and the opportunity to use them to develop novel drugs. The book is comprised of five chapters, starting with the origin of cyanobacteria, their survival strategies under extreme conditions, and their capabilities to change metabolic activities.The second chapter explores the different metabolic pathways found in cyanobacteria and examines advances in this field and recent techniques like MALDI-TOF imaging and metagenomics tools as well as in silico techniques for rapid screening of secondary metabolites. Further chapters cover the glycomics of cyanobacteria, anticancer drug development, and some issues and challenges of using cyanobacteria to develop drugs. Extremophilic Cyanobacteria For Novel Drug Development provides insight into future perspectives in drug development and is a key resource for students, researchers and professionals in pharmacy, medicinal chemistry, pharmacognosy biotechnology, biology, and academics.
Contents:
1 Introduction
2 Secondary Metabolites of Cyanobacteria and Drug Development
3 Glycoconjugates of Cyanobacteria and Potential Drug Development from them
4 Anticancer Drug Development from Cyanobacteria
5 Issues and Challenges of Drug Development from Cyanobacteria. - DigitalRajesh K. Sani, Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, editors.Summary: This book presents a review and in-depth analyses of improved biotechnological processes emphasizing critical aspects and challenges of lignocellulosic biomass conversion into biofuels and value-added products especially using extremophiles and recombinant microorganisms. The book specifically comprises extremophilic production of liquid and gaseous biofuels (bioethanol, biobutanol, biodiesel, biohydrogen, and biogas) as well as value added products (e.g. single cell protein, hydrocarbons, lipids, exopolysaccharides, and polyhydroxyalkanoates). The book also provides the knowledge on how to develop safe, more efficient, sustainable, and economical integrated processes for enhanced conversion of lignocellulosic feedstocks to liquid and gaseous biofuels. Finally the book describes how to perform the techno-economical and life-cycle assessments of new integrated processes involving extremophiles. These modeling exercises are critical in addressing any deficiencies associated with the demonstration of an integrated biofuels and value-added products production process at pilot scale as well as demonstration on the commercialization scale.
Contents:
Bioprospecting of Extremophiles for Biotechnology Applications / Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, Rajesh K. Sani
Conversion of Lignocellulosic Feedstocks into Bioethanol Using Extremophiles / Sean Michael Scully, Johann Orlygsson
Biobutanol Production Using Recombinant Microorganisms / Rakhee Khandeparker, Rajesh K. Sani
Biodiesel (Microalgae) / Karen M. Moll, Todd C. Pedersen, Robert D. Gardner, Brent M. Peyton
Biohydrogen Production from Lignocellulosic Feedstocks Using Extremophiles / Raman Rao, Rajesh K. Sani, Sachin Kumar
Biogas from Extremophiles / Karthik Rajendran, Gergely Forgacs
Conversion of Lignocellulosic Feedstocks into Biogas / Ritika Verma, Abhilash Kumar Tripathi, Sudhir Kumar
Bioconversion of Methane for Value-Added Products / Qiang Fei, Philip T. Pienkos
Synthetic Biology Enables Photosynthetic Production of Limonene from CO2 and H2O / Charles Halfmann, Liping Gu, William Gibbons, Ruanbao Zhou
Exopolysaccharide Productions from Extremophiles: The Chemical Structures and Their Bioactivities / Paola Di Donato, Annarita Poli, Giuseppina Tommonaro, Gennaro Roberto Abbamondi, Barbara Nicolaus
Polyhydroxyalkanoates Production from Renewable and Waste Materials Using Extremophiles/Recombinant Microbes / Özkan Danış, Ayşe Ogan, Meral Birbir
Rewiring Extremophilic Electrocatalytic Processes for Production of Biofuels and Value-Added Compounds from Lignocellulosic Biomass / Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, Rajesh K. Sani, David Salem
Integrated Consolidated Bioprocessing for Conversion of Lignocellulosic Feedstock to Biofuels and Value-Added Bioproducts / Jia Wang, Navanietha Krishnaraj Rathinam, David R. Salem, Rajesh K. Sani
Value-Added Products from Wastes Using Extremophiles in Biorefineries: Process Modeling, Simulation, and Optimization Tools / Elias Martinez-Hernandez, Kok Siew Ng, Myriam A. Amezcua Allieri, Jorge A. Aburto Anell, Jhuma Sadhukhan - Printedited by Hugh Davson.Contents:
v. 1. Vegetative physiology and biochemistry. - DigitalJohn V. Forrester, Andrew D. Dick, Paul G. McMenamin, Fiona Roberts, Eric Pearlman.Summary: "The Eye: Basic Sciences in Practice provides highly accessible, one-stop coverage of all the essential basic science required by today's ophthalmologists and optometrists in training. It is also core reading for those embarking on a career in visual and ophthalmic science, as well as an invaluable, current refresher for the range of practitioners working in this area. Building on previous success, this fifth edition has been fully revised in line with current curricula, key research developments and clinical best practice. It succinctly incorporates critical developments in fast-moving fields related to the eye and vision, including genetics, pharmacology, microbiology, immunology, pathology, neurophysiology, neuroanatomy and imaging"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Anatomy of the eye and orbit
Embryology and early development of the eye and adnexa
Genetics
Biochemistry and cell biology
Physiology of vision and the visual system
General and ocular pharmacology
Immunology
Microbial infections of the eye
Pathology
Addendum.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - DigitalAlex V. Levin, Robert W. Enzenauer, editors.Summary: "Written and edited by experts in areas of pediatric ophthalmology and pediatrics, this new text describes ocular manifestations of systemic diseases in the pediatric populations in a comprehensive and cataloged fashion. The Eye in Pediatric Systemic Disease is designed as an in-depth and up-to-date reference work that provides extensive citations, thus allowing the reader ready access to the international supporting literature. Everything from ocular manifestations of hematologic disease, child abuse, psychiatric diseases, renal disorders, and vitamin disorders are covered, allowing readers to know what to look for in the eyes of children with a given systemic disorder. The Eye in Pediatric Systemic Disease is written in language that is accessible to ophthalmologists and pediatricians and virtually every physician and allied health who cares for children" -- Back cover.
Contents:
Normal postnatal ocular development / Laura J. Heinmiller and Alex V. Levin
Ocular manifestations of prematurity / Edward W. Cheeseman, Jr., Brita S. Deacon, and Dorothea Jenkins
Ocular manifestations of allergic and immunologic diseases / Logan Christensen, John T. McDonnell, and Jasleen Singh
Ocular manifestations of cardiac disease / Tara j. Guretzky, Peter C. Dyke II, and Herbert G. Whitley
Ocular manifestations of child abuse / Naomie Warner, Kathryn M. McCans, and Alex V. Levin
Oculofacial manifestations of chromosomal aberrations / Mario Zanolli, Alex V. Levin, and Guillermo Lay-Son
Ocular manifestations of craniofacial disorders / Edward P. Buchanan, Emily R. Gallagher, Kara C. LaMattina, Veeral S. Shah, Amy S. Xue, and Jane Edmond
Ocular manifestations of dermatologic diseases / Jennifer L. Jung, Lance M. Siegel, Lawrence F. Eichenfield, and Gregg Lueder
Ocular manifestations of endocrinologic diseases / Rebecca Sands Braverman and Sarah K. Bartz
Ocular manifestations of gastrointestinal disease / James E. Elder and winita Hardikar
Hematologic disorders of the eye / Mary Ellen Hoehn, James E. Elder, and Jeremie Heath Estepp
Ocular manifestations of infectious diseases / Mariam Ahmad, Cara Elise Capitena, Donna Curtis, and Emily A. McCourt
Ocular manifestations of inborn errors of metabolism / Anuradha Ganesh, Fethiya Al-Murshedi, Sana Al-Zuhaibi, and Khalid Al-Thihli
Ocular manifestations of musculoskeletal disorders / Michael Clarke, Gar-Yun Wong, and Jeffry Hogg
Ocular manifestations of neurologic diseases / Rebecca B. Mets-Halgrimson, Melissa L. Cirillo, WanWan Xu, Radha Ram, Allison R. Soneru, Kirstin Tawse, Abigail Angulo, and Robert W. Enzenauer
Phakomatoses-neurocutaneous syndromes / Sabra Lofgren Leitenberger, Mariah N. Mason, Jason Coryell, Robert W. Enzenauer, and Daniel J. Karr
Ocular manifestations of psychiatric diseases / James E. Elder and Andrew Court
Ocular manifestations of pediatric pulmonary diseases / Sylvia H. Yoo, MyMy C. Buu, Marin H. Kollef, and Robert W. Enzenauer
Ocular manifestations of pediatric renal diseases / Sudhi P. Kurup, Mahima Keswani, and Robert W. Enzenauer
Ocular manifestations of pediatric rheumatic diseases / R. Christopher Walton, Clara Lin, and Robert W. Enzenauer
Ocular manifestations of systemic syndromes / Arcot Sadagopan Karthikeyan and Adele S. Schneider
Ocular manifestations of vitamin disorders / Eun Young Choi, Rebecca Freedman Neustein, nancy F. Krebs, and David S. Walton.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAasef Shaikh, Fajun Wang.Summary: This book describes the abnormal eye movements encountered in the critical care unit in everyday practice and elaborates on the mechanism and clinical significance behind them. Beginning with a thorough grounding of the basic anatomy and physiology ocular motor system and how they move the eyeballs; chapters explore the pathological descriptions of all the signs that a practicing neurologist, ophthalmologist, or emergency medicine specialist might see in other ICU's, as well as the diagnostic and prognostic evidence to answer the consult questions. Further chapters describe the abnormal ocular movements seen in the Neuro-ICU, Eye Movements in the Critical Care Setting is a comprehensive resource on eye movement in the critical care setting, and a useful guide for the neurologist, ophthalmologist, and emergency medical specialist and residents alike.
Contents:
Basic anatomy and physiology of ocular motor system
Eye movement disorders in critically ill patients.-Gaze disorders
Roving eye movements.-Ocular dipping.-Inverse ocular dipping.-Medication-induced opsoclonus
Medication-induced nystagmus
Saccades disorders.-Saccadic slowing in encephalopathy.-Medication-induced saccadic slowing
Vestibulo-ocular reflex (VOR) disorders
VOR impairments in cooling
VOR impairments in encephalopathy
Eye movement disorders leading to Neuro-ICU admissions
Eye movements in cerebellar lesions leading to ICU admission
Eye movements in medullary lesions leading to ICU admission
Eye movements in pontine lesions leading to ICU admission
Eye movements in midbrain lesions leading to ICU admission
Eye movements in cerebral cortex lesions leading to ICU admission
Myasthenia gravis crisis
Guillain-Barre syndrome (Miller-Fischer variant)
Eye movements in epilepsy
Medication-induced abnormal eye movements
Epileptic eye movements
Abnormal eye movements in autoimmune disorders. - DigitalRalph C. Eagle, Jr.Contents:
An introduction to ocular anatomy and histology
Congenital and developmental anomalies
Inflammation
Ocular trauma
Conjunctiva
Cornea and sclera
The lens
Glaucoma
Retina
Vitreous
Intraocular tumors in adults
Retinoblastoma and simulating lesions
The eyelid and lacrimal drainage system
Orbit
Optic nerve
Laboratory techniques, special stains, and immunohistochemistry.Digital Access - DigitalSteffen Heegaard, Hans Grossniklaus, editors.Summary: This book is a comprehensive, in-depth, and up-to-date resource on eye pathology that will be of great practical value for ophthalmic and general pathologists and ophthalmologists. Congenital abnormalities, inflammatory conditions, infections, injuries, degenerative diseases, and tumors are all covered with the aid of more than 700 images. In the case of tumors, the wide variety of neoplasms that occur in the eyelid, conjunctiva, retina, uveal tract, lacrimal gland and sac, orbit, and optic nerve are comprehensively reviewed, and the most recent knowledge on the relation between genetics and prognosis is presented. Entries on specific diseases are organized in a standard way, with information on etiology, epidemiology, clinical presentation, pathological characteristics, differential diagnosis, therapy, and prognosis. The authors are all recognized experts and members of the European and American ophthalmic pathology societies.
Contents:
The Eye
Conjunctiva
Cornea
Sclera
Lens
Glaucoma
Optic Nerve
Vitreous
Retina
Uvea
Eyelid
Orbit. - PrintDominique Raynaud.
- DigitalSaif Aldeen Saleh AlRyalat.Summary: The book provides high yield information in basic ophthalmology including anatomy, physiology, pathology, pharmacology, microbiology, and embryology that are required for preparation of ophthalmology exams. The book focusses on all parts of the eye, with special focus on basic science including appropriate amount of information on clinical science for students and trainees. It is written in a lucid manner with textual notes and illustrations for quick learning and better understanding. Each section contains high yield information in separate points, with commonly asked information in Eye Yield Note boxes. It also includes estimated study time for each section to better plan the study. It also includes a pre-exam night study section at the end of the book that provides the information to be reviewed just before the exam. The book will be very helpful in passing almost all basic ophthalmology exams in a relatively short study time, by skipping the filling text available in most of the textbooks. It will be an excellent read for post graduate students looking for concise revision material. It will be relevant for medical students, ophthalmology residents, and medical doctors applying for ophthalmology residency and also for FRCS Part 1 exam.
Contents:
How to use the book
Structural anatomy, physiology, and pathology of eye
Essential pathology and immunology for ophthalmologists
Genetics and embryology for ophthalmologists
Pharmacology for ophthalmologists
Microbiology for ophthalmologists
Neurology for ophthalmologists
Pre-exam eye yields. - Digital[edited by] Mark A. Codner, Clinton D. McCord ; with illustrations by Bill Winn, Amanda Yarberry Behr, Brenda Bunch.Contents:
Volume 1. Part I: Fundamentals
Part II: Aesthetic surgery
Part III: Aesthetic nonsurgical periorbital treatments
Volume 2. Part IV: Reconstructive surgery
Part V: Orbital and lacrimal surgery.Digital Access - DigitalJerry A. Shields, Director, Ocular Oncology Services, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA, Carol L. Shields, Co-Director, Ocular Oncology Services, Wills Eye Hospital, Professor of Ophthalmology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA.Summary: The authors provide guidance on recognition, evaluation, and treatment of ocular tumors, highlighted by more than 3,000 photographs and surgical drawings. This guide to the clinical features, diagnosis, management, and pathology of eyelid, conjunctival, and orbital tumors and pseudotumors, depicting clinical variations, treatment and histopathologic characteristics of the wide spectrum of neoplasms and related lesions includes clinical and scientific innovations.
Contents:
Pt. 1. Benign tumors of the eyelid epidermis
Premalignant and malignant tumors of eyelid epidermis
Eyelid sebaceous gland tumors
Eyelid sweat gland tumors
Eyelid hair follicle tumors
Eyelid melanocytic tumors
Neural tumors of the eyelid
Vascular tumors of the eyelids
Eyelid lymphoid, plasmacytic, and metastatic tumors
Eyelid histiocytic, myxoid, and fibrous lesions
Eyelid cystic lesions simulating neoplasms
Eyelid inflammatory lesions simulating neoplasms
Eyelid miscellaneous conditions simulating neoplasms
Tumors of the lacrimal drainage system
Surgical management of eyelid tumors
pt. 2. Tumors of the conjunctiva. Conjunctival and epibulbar choristomas
Conjunctival benign epithelial tumors
Premalignant and malignant lesions of the conjunctival epithelium
Conjunctival melanocytic lesions
Vascular tumors and related lesions of the conjunctive
Conjunctival neural xanthomatous, fibrous, myxomatous, and lipomatous tumors
Conjunctival lymphoid, leukemic, and metastatic tumors
Caruncular tumors
Miscellaneous lesions that simulate conjunctival neoplasms
Surgical management of conjunctival tumors
pt. 3. Tumors of the orbit. Inflammatory orbital lesions that simulate neoplasms
Orbital cystic lesions
Orbital vascular and hemorrhagic lesions
Orbital peripheral nerve tumors
Optic nerve, meningeal, and other neural tumors
Orbital myogenic tumors
Orbital fibrous connective tissue tumors
Orbital osseous, fibro-osseous, and cartilaginous tumors
Orbital lipomatous and myxomatous tumors
Orbital histiocytic tumors
Orbital primary melanocytic tumors
Lacrimal gland primary epithelial tumors
Orbital metastatic cancer
Orbital lymphoid tumors and leukemias
Orbital secondary tumors
Surgical management of orbital tumors.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - Digitaledited by Mathilde Kaspi, Elisa Cinotti, Jean-Luc Perrot, Thibaud Garcin.Summary: This Atlas gives the complete expert opinion on the diagnostic features of eyelid and conjunctival tumors (benign and malignant): a state-of-the-art guide with numerous images, useful for both dermatologists and ophthalmologists. This invaluable resource, illustrating clinical, histological and re fectance confocal microscopy features, first addresses the normal conditions of the ocular surface, then reviews lesions due to epidermal, melanocytic and adnexal tumors. A final part is devoted to conjunctiva conditions, from normal to malignant conjunctival tumors. The high number of illustrations and their description of many ocular surface lesions with in vivo confocal microscopy make this atlas an essential guide for the practitioners of both specialities.
Contents:
Preface
I EXAMINATION OF THE OCULAR AND PERIOCULAR SURFACE
1 Clinical examination of the eyelid and conjunctiva
2 In vivo Reflectance Confocal Microscopy examination of eyelid and conjunctiva
3 Histopathological examination of the eyelid and conjunctiva
II EYELID AND EYELID MARGIN
4 The normal eyelid
5 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Squamous papilloma
6 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Molluscum contagiosum
7 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Seborrheic keratosis
8 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Melanoacanthoma
9 Benign epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Epidermal cyst
10 Precancerous epidermal lesions of the eyelid: Actinic keratosis
11 Malignant epidermal tumors: Squamous cell carcinoma
12 Malignant epidermal tumors: Basal cell carcinoma
13 Benign lesions with basal melanocyte proliferation: Actinic lentigo
14 Benign melanocytic tumors: Junctional nevus
^15 Benign melanocytic tumors: Subepithelial nevus
16 Benign melanocytic tumors: Compound nevus
17 Malignant melanocytic tumors : Melanoma
18 Benign Adnexal tumors of the eyelid: Trichoepitelioma
19 Benign Adnexal tumors of the eyelid: Pilomatricoma
20 Benign Adnexal tumors of the eyelid: Hidrocystoma
21 Malignant adnexal tumors of th eyelid: Sebaceous carcinoma
22 Vascular tumors of the eyelid: Infantile Hemangioma
23 Vascular tumors of the eyelid: Lobular capillary Hemangioma
24 Miscellaneous tumors of the eyelid: Nerve sheath tumors (Neurofibroma)
25 Non lymphoid cutaneous infiltrates (Xanthelasma)
III CONJUNCTIVA
26 Normal conjunctiva
27 Benign conjunctival lesions: Pterygium
28 Benign conjunctival lesions: Primary acquired melanosis
29 Benign conjunctival lesions:: Nevus
30 Primary acquired melanosis: Epithelial cystic nevus
31 Malignant conjunctival tumors: Squamous cell carcinoma
32 Malignant conjunctival tumors: Melanoma
^33 Malignant conjunctival tumors: B-cell Lymphoma. . - DigitalSuzanne K. Freitag, N. Grace Lee, Daniel R. Lefebvre, Michael K. Yoon.Summary: Highly practical eyelid surgery resource informs important reconstruction decisions and strategies Skin malignancies frequently affect the periocular area, necessitating excision followed by eyelid reconstruction. Periocular trauma is also quite common, and because of the highly complex regional anatomy, requires expertise for effective reconstruction. Preparation by ophthalmic plastic surgeons prior to periorbital reconstruction is often not possible due to the unpredictability of defects left after Mohs micrographic surgeons clear tumor margins or in cases of trauma. Eyelid Reconstruction by.
Contents:
1 Periocular Anatomy
2 Periorbital Surgical Principles
3 Mohs Micrographic Surgery for Periorbital Cutaneous Malignancies
4 Medial Canthal Eyelid Reconstruction
5 Lower Eyelid Reconstruction
6 Upper Eyelid Reconstruction
7 Lateral Canthal Eyelid Reconstruction
8 Eyelid Reconstruction following Trauma
IndexDigital Access - DigitalArnab Biswas.Summary: Eyelid tumors are commonly encountered by oculoplastic as well as plastic surgeons. The challenge of managing these cases lies not only in performing the surgery in a precise manner in small area, but also in ensuring a visually-appealing cosmetic outcome. This is an innovative and concise portable handbook that guides the surgeons on how to approach and manage these cases in a step-by-step manner. Each chapter of this practical guidebook has outstanding illustrations drawn in full color clearly showing each incision line, flap management, suture placement and its technique, and the expected cosmetic outcome. When a lid tumor is excised, there is a tissue defect that needs to be corrected. Ophthalmologists and plastic surgeons will find this work an excellent reference material to solve the jigsaw puzzle of tissue defects in and around the periorbital region. Importantly, they can quickly refer to the images just before starting a procedure. The author has first explained the anatomical aspects and anesthetic techniques for eyelid surgery, followed by review of the benign and malignant tumors, finally describing the flap creation and reconstruction techniques that are currently used in various lid tumors in an organized fashion.
Contents:
Eyelid Anatomy
Types of Lesions Involving the Eyelid Skin
Clinical Evaluation for a Suspected Case of Eyelid Tumor
Classification of Eyelid Tumors
Benign Eyelid Lesions
Malignant Eyelid Lesions
Histopathology of Eyelid Tumors
Anesthesia for Eyelid Surgery
Flaps in Eyelid Reconstruction
Biopsy and Frozen Section
Basics of Eyelid Reconstruction
Upper Eyelid Reconstruction
Lower Eyelid Reconstruction
Medial Canthal Reconstruction
Lateral Canthal Reconstruction
Technique of Repair of Defects Not Involving the Eyelid Margin.
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. Cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature (CINAHL) contains coverage of nursing and allied health literature. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Provides critical assessments of systematic reviews compiled from a variety of medical journals. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides systematic coverage of the psychological literature from the 1800s to the present through articles, book chapters and dissertations. PIER (Physicians' Information and Education Resource) is a Web-based decision-support tool designed for rapid point-of-care delivery of up-to-date, evidence-based guidance for primary care physicians. Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (CENTRAL) provides access to 300,000 controlled trials that have been identified the Cochrane Collaboration. Provides drug information targeted for patients. A continually updating drug monograph. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.